The first six books of Homer's Iliad

Vila

GIFT O

ΡΟΣ

i

veyed? ἡ τῷ,
+ See

ET, τ ye te
¥ » wheats ,
: ᾿ * ᾿ς
*

itiz ved by the Inter Archive
ἽΝ 2007 with funding from

Microsoft Corporation

a

HOMER

From the bust in the National Museum, Naples

THE

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF
HOMER'S ILIAD

WITH

INTRODUCTION, COMMENTARY, AND VOCABULARY

FOR THE USE OF SCHOOLS

BY

THOMAS D. SEYMOUR

HILLHOUSE PROFESSOR OF GREEK IN YALE COLLEGE

REVISED EDITION

GINN & COMPANY

BOSTON - NEW YORK - CHICAGO - LONDON

ece «
; 2s . eo ce
2° e e
2° @ ee Sie: εάν: e
eo *,¢ NE Sry th Se ea
6 e ele tizg 2. ©
.
9 Φο ΓῚ
@s τῷ] ἃ .Φ sc” ete tte e Φ
. e? 6 ou .
en δὲ. α oor ® 8 & 6 ee
O6..6, 6:9" 6:95 8 yt
Φ

COPYRIGHT, 1889, 1901, 1903
By THOMAS ἢ. SEYMOUR
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

28.2

The Athenaeum Press

GINN ἃ COMPANY - PRO-
PRIETORS «+ BOSTON - U.S.A,

PREFACE

Tue Text of this edition of the First Books of Homer’s J/iad is
substantially that of Dindorf-Hentze, as used in the College Series
of Greek Authors, issued by the same publishers.

The Commentary has been adapted to the use of schools from
that of Homer’s Iliad, Books I-III, IV—VTJ, in the same series.

The Introduction has been adapted to the use of schools from
the Editor’s Introduction to the Language and Verse of Homer, also
in the College Series of Greek Authors. Sections 22 and 57 are
most immediately necessary for the beginner.

The Introduction, Commentary, and Vocabulary of the edition of
1889 have been carefully revised for this edition. For criticisms
and suggestions, the editor is indebted in particular to Professor
H. Z. McLain of Wabash College, Mr. R. A. Minckwitz of Kansas
City, Professor Mustard of Haverford College, Professor G. F.
Nicolassen of the Southwestern Presbyterian University, Mr. C. B.
Goold of the Albany Academy, Dr. A. 8. Cooley of Auburndale,
Mass., and Principal A. E. Peterson of South Manchester, Conn.

Reference is made to Books of the Jliad by the capital letters of
the Greek alphabet, A, B, I’, κτλ. ; to Books of the Odyssey, by the
small letters, a, 8, y, xr. References preceded by the symbol [87
are to the Introduction. H. stands for the Greek Grammar of
Hadley-Allen; G. stands for Goodwin’s Greek Grammar. Other
abbreviations are intended to be self-interpreting. Translations
are in italics ; paraphrases are inclosed in double inverted commas ;
quotations are inclosed in single inverted commas.

YALE CoLieGE, March 4, 1901.

MLOTOV2

ll

INDEX TO THE INTRODUCTION

Adjectives § 38.

Adverbs § 56.

Analysis of Iliad § 7.
Analysis of Odyssey § 10.
Anastrophe § 55 ὁ.
Anomalous Forms § 37.
Aorists of yi-form ὃ 53.
Apocope § 29.

. Apostrophe ὃ 16 g.
Asyndeton § 15.

Augment § 43.
Batrachomachia § 2 e,
Bibliographical Note p. Ixxxy.
Books, Division into, ὃ 10 ὃ.
Bucolic Diaeresis § 58 h.
Caesural Pauses § 58.
Change of meanings § 17.
Chiasmus § 16 a.

Comparison of Adjectives § 40.
Comparisons § 14.
Conjugation of Verbs §§ 43-54.
Consonants § 30.

Contract Verbs § 47.
Contraction § 24.

Crasis § 26.

Dactyls ὃ 57 c.

Declension of Nouns §§ 33-37.
Dialect, General Remarks, § 22.
Digamma § 32.

Direct Discourse § 11 e.
Elision § 28.

Epanalepsis ὃ 16 ὃ.
Epexegesis § 12 e.

Epic Poetry § 1.

Epithets § 12 a.

Family Trees § 7 e.

Feminine Caesura § 58 ¢, ἃ.
First Aorist § 48.

First Declension § 34.
Future § 48.

Genitive Absolute ὃ 19 ἢ, g.
Greek Forces § 7 d.
Hexameter Verse § 57.
Hiatus § 27.

Homeric Hymns ὃ 2 /.
‘Homeric Question’ § 1 a.

Hysteron Proteron ὃ 16 /.

Iliad, Action of, according to days, §7 6.

Iliad, Analysis of, ὃ 7 a.

Iliad, Contents in Hexameters, ὃ 7 ὃ.

Iliad, Story of, § 6.
Iterative Forms § 54.

Life in the Homeric Age § 4.
Litotes ὃ 16 6.

Map of Homeric Greece, after Text.
Map of Troad, just before the Text.

Masculine Caesura § 58 ¢, d.
Metathesis § 31.

pe-Verbs ὃ 52.

Middle Voice § 50.
Numerals § 41.

Odyssey, Analysis of, § 10.
Odyssey, Story of, § 9.
Optative Mode ὃ 44 ο, ἃ
Order of Words ὃ 11 ἡ.
Parataxis § 21.

Parechesis § 13.

Particles § 20.

Passive Voice § 51.
Patronymies ὃ 39.

Perfect Tense § 49.
Periphrasis § 16 d.
Prepositions §§ 19 e, 55.
Pronouns § 42.

Quantity § 59.
Reduplication § 43.

Second Declension § 35.
Special Case Endings § 33.
Spondees ὃ 57 6, 6.
Stereotyped Expressions ὃ 12 h.
Style § 11.

Subjunctive Mode § 45.
Synizesis § 25.

Synonymous Expressions § 12 d.
Syntax § 18.

Third Declension § 36.
Trojan War, Story of, §§ 5-8.
Troy § 3.

Verb Endings § 44.

Verse § 57.

Vowels § 23.

Zeugma § 16 e.

INTRODUCTION

EPIC POETRY.

1. a. The Homeric poems are to modern readers the oldest
remains of Greek literature, but they were not the earliest poems
of the Greeks. Lyric poetry naturally precedes epic poetry. Every
nation has love songs, war songs, and dirges before it has narra-
tive poems. Those earliest songs of the Greeks are all lost, although
traces of them remain in the Jliad and Odyssey. Doubtless the
Greeks had also many brief epic songs, narrating exploits in war
and ‘ hair-breadth ’scapes’ in adventure, before any one thought of
composing a long epic poem. In the Iliad and Odyssey are found
indications of poems about the adventures of Heracles, and the
Argonautic Expedition for the Golden Fleece, and of short songs
about the expedition against Troy. The earlier and shorter epic
poems were used freely by Homer (for this name may be given con-
veniently to the man who formed the plan of the Iliad, and to
whom its unity is due) in the composition of the Iliad ; and again,
after him, additions were made by other bards. The poem thus
contains Pre-Homeric, Homeric, and Post-Homeric elements.
Some scholars lay more stress on one class of elements, while
other scholars lay more stress on another. But the lover of the
poem, who reads it attentively again and again, generally feels
the essential unity and harmony of the work more forcibly than
the inconsistencies and discrepancies on which have been based the
arguments for the different authorship of different parts of the
poem. Composed at a time when the art of writing was not familiar
to the people, when Greece had no ‘ reading public,’ the poem was
made to be recited and heard, not to be read. It would, then, be
composed in parts short enough to be recited at a single sitting. The
poet would not be solicitous to preserve exact harmony of detail
between lays which were not likely to be sung in immediate suc-
cession nor on the same occasion. He would not begin his work

Υ͂

vi INTRODUCTION §la.

with the plan of composing a poem of 15,693 verses (like the Iliad),
or of 12,110 verses (like the Odyssey), but, finding that his theme
was popular and admitted of indefinite expansion, he would natu-
rally develop what had been only indicated before. Thus the Books
of the Jliad doubtless were not composed in the order in which
they stand in our texts. The first part of the First Book must
have been the earliest composed, for that is the basis of the whole
poem; but Books II-VI (and still more, Books VII-X) may have
been composed after Book XI, in order to fill up the details of the
story. So in the Odyssey, the First Book is the general introduc-
tion to the rest of the poem, although scholars are not agreed in
believing that it is now in its original form; but Books II-IV
(the Telemachia), which contain an account of the journey of
Odysseus’ son Telemachus to the homes of Nestor and Menelaus
in the hope of obtaining tidings of his long-absent father, may very
likely have been part of an independent poem, or at least may have
been composed after Book V. Doubtless, details were sometimes
filled in later. The reciter of five or six hundred lines might pre-
fix or affix a few verses which would make his recitation seem
more complete in itself, or he might insert what would make this
more suitable to the special occasion. The Alexandrian critics
believed that the original Homeric close of the Odyssey was with
the 296th verse of the Twenty-third Book, and critics have thought
the last two Books of the Iliad, like the last part of the Ot
to be of later composition.

The beginner need not (and should not) be disturbed by ques-
tions as to the diverse authorship of different parts of the Iliad.
The subject is exceedingly complicated, and cannot be studied
profitably until the student is perfectly familiar with the entire
poem, and with similar literature in other languages. The student
should strive to enjoy and appreciate the Homeric poems, — not
to analyze them.’

1 The famous ‘ Homeric Question,’ as to the composition of the Homeric
poems, — whether they were merely the remnants of the songs of many bards,
or the creations of a single poetic genius, — was first treated in a scientific way
by a German scholar, Friedrich August Wolf, in his Prolegomena ad Homerum,
in 1795. He claimed that the Iliad and the Odyssey were not the work of one

81 ἃ. EPIC POETRY vii

poet, and that the unity of each poem was given to it by scholars at the court
of Pisistratus in Athens, in the Sixth Century s.c. He based his view on
external arguments, which have grown weaker rather than stronger since his
day, and are almost entirely neglected now —holding that the art of writing
was introduced into Greece comparatively late, and that poems as long as the
Iliad and the Odyssey would not have been composed before the use of letters
wasknown. The art of writing, however, was known in Greece before 1000 s.c.,
though its application to literary purposes was much later. Just when poets
began to write their lays, is uncertain. About half a century after Wolf, in
18387, another German scholar, Lachmann, divided the Iliad into eighteen differ-
ent lays, resting his division on internal arguments, i.e. on the inconsistencies
of different parts. But we do not know just what degree of logical consistency
the poet or the poet’s audiences required. Certainly, many of the inconsist-
encies on which stress is laid by modern critics had escaped notice for two
thousand years, though men have had copies of the poems in their hands, and
could turn backward and forward to detect discrepancies in a way which was
quite impossible for the poet’s first audiences. Herodotus (ii. 117) said that
Homer could not have composed the poem called Cypria ( § 2 d), because the
Iliad and the Cypria differ in regard to the course taken by Paris on his return
to Troy from Sparta, and Homer nowhere else recalls his statement, — οὐδαμῇ
ἄλλῃ ἀνεπόδισε ἑωυτόν. The discussion now continues with the use of internal
arguments, but scholars are less inclined than a few years ago to suppose that
either the Iliad or the Odyssey is a conglomeration of separate lays, a ‘ fortuitous
concurrence of atoms’; they have abandoned the search for independent lays,
and seek rather for the sources of the different parts of the poem, being dis-
posed to favor the idea of a natural and organic development, —such as was
suggested in 1859 for the Odyssey by Kirchhoff (the first to question seriously the
unity of the composition of the Odyssey), who assigned to the old Νόστος of
Odysseus (with some omissions, — 1200 lines in all) a 1-87, ε48- 297, ἃ 333-
353, and ν 7-184. According to Kirchhoff, 3561 verses formed a later continu-
ation, while the rest of the poem was made up of still later additions and inter-
polations. In some such way the poem may have grown, but he is a bold man
who ventures to say just what and how much is the work of one poet. A
master mind there must have been, but yet the poems came gradually to their
present condition. ‘Many brave men lived before Agamemnon,’ and many
poets preceded, Homer, ‘who used freely the poetic material which was the
inheritance of his generation. No one has stated the case more clearly than
Rudyard Kipling :
W’en ’Omer smote ’is bloomin’ lyre,
Ἔα ’eard men sing by land and sea,
And wot ’e thought ’e might require,
Ἔ went and took, the same as me.

We may compare also Cicero’s words (Brutus xviii. 71): Nihil est simul et inven-
tum et perfectum ; nec dubitari debet quin fuerint ante Homerum poetae

-

ὙΠ INTRODUCTION § 1b.

b. Scholars now do not ask where Homer was born,! but rather
where Greek epic poetry had its rise. The Muses were ‘ Pierian
Muses,’ ᾿Ὀλύμπια δώματ᾽ ἔχουσαι, and their earliest home seems to
have been on the slopes of Mt. Olympus, in Pierian Thessaly.
Thence epic poetry was carried by the Aeolian Greeks to Asia
Minor, where it was adopted and perfected by the Ionians. The
Homeric Poems still contain many Aeolic forms in words and
phrases for which the Ionians had no metrical equivalent. The
Aeolic form has been disposed to persist particularly in proper
names.

c. No one can tell the exact date of the composition of the
Homeric Poems. Probably they were essentially in their present
form as early as the Eighth Century s.c. Herodotus (ii. 53)
believed the poems to have been composed four hundred years
before his time, or about 850 B.c., and this date may serve as well
as another.

d. Bards (dovdoé, cf. ἀείδω) are mentioned in the Homeric poems
as singing on themes connected with the Trojan War. The poems
(ἀοιδαί, Attic dai, English Odes) were recited by rhapsodists
(ῥαψῳδοί),") who were at first themselves poets, but in later times

1 The so-called Lives of Homer which have come down to us under the names
of Herodotus and Plutarch, and anonymously, have no historical value. The
most important opinion preserved is that of Herodotus, who (ii. 53) thought
Homer to have lived about 400 years before his own time, or 850 n.c. That we
know nothing of Homer’s life does not prove that he never existed. Seven
cities, according to a well-known epigram, claimed each to have been the poet’s
birthplace :

ἑπτὰ πόλεις μάρναντο σοφὴν διὰ ῥίζαν ‘Ourpov -

Σμύρνα, Χίος, Κολοφών, ᾿Ιθάκη, Πύλος, “Apyos, ᾿Αθῆναι.
‘ Seven cities claimed great Homer dead,

Through which the living Homer begged his bread.’

The story of Homer’s blindness rests on an expression in a so-called Homeric
Hymn. See §2/.

2 The derivation of this word is not entirely clear. Pindar paraphrases it at
the beginning of his Second Nemean Ode, ‘Ounpliat, parr av ἐπέων ἀοιδοί, singers
of stitched songs. Perhaps this means no more than carefully contrived songs;
cf. μύθους ὕφαινον T 212 wove (i.e. put together) words. Hesiod (Frag. cexxvii)
speaks of himself and Homer as ῥάψαντες ἀοιδήν, stitching a song.

~

§ le. EPIC POETRY ix

were merely reciters. We read of a guild of these Homeridae
on the island of Chios. Nearly six hundred years B.c., Solon intro-
duced regulations for the contests of rhapsodists at the Pan-
athenaic festival at Athens. In the dialogue entitled Jon, ascribed -
to Plato, one of these rhapsodists, Ion of Ephesus, is introduced,
who had just gained the prize for his recitation at Epidaurus, and
was planning to contend at the Panathenaic festival. This Ion is
said to have had audiences of 20,000 people. He must have
flourished in the Fifth Century s.c., but the bloom of his art in
Athens was more than a century earlier, before the rise of tragedy,
in the time of Pisistratus and his sons, when epic recitations were
an important part of the chief festival of the city, and regulations
were adopted in order to insure the presentation of the poems in
due form and order. .

e. The Homeric poems were enjoyed and studied by the Greeks
through all their national life. They were learned by the children
(the distinguished Athenian general Nicias caused his son Niceratus
to learn both Iliad and Odyssey by heart), they were repeated by the
people, and they were carefully examined by scholars. The begin-
ning of literary criticism and of linguistic study were based on
Homer. For the judgment of the Romans, quotations follow from
Cicero and Horace :

Traditum est Homerum caecum fuisse ; at eius picturam, non poesin videmus.
Quae regio, quae ora, qui locus Graeciae, quae species formaque pugnae, quae
acies, quod remigium, qui motus hominum, qui ferarum non ita expictus est, ut
quae ipse non viderit, nos ut videremus efficerit ? — Cicero, Tusc. Disp. v. 39, 114.

Troiani belli scriptorem, maxime Lolli,
dum tu declamas Romae, Praeneste relegi :
qui quid sit pulchrum, quid turpe, quid utile, quid non,
planius ac melius Chrysippo et Crantore dicit... .
fabula, qua Paridis propter narratur amorem
Graecia barbariae lento collisa duello,
stultorum regum et populorum continet aestus.
Antenor censet belli praecidere causam ;
quid Paris? ut salvus regnet vivatque beatus
cogi posse negat. Nestor componere litis
inter Peliden festinat et inter Atriden:
hune amor, ira quidem communiter urit utrumque,

= INTRODUCTION § 2a.

quidquid delirant reges, plectuntur Achivi.
seditione, dolis, scelere atque libidine et ira
Iliacos intra muros peccatur et extra. — Horace, Epist. i. 2. 1 ff.

quanto rectius hic qui nil molitur inepte?...

semper ad eventum festinat et in medias res

non secus ac notas auditorem rapit et quae

desperat tractata nitescere posse, relinquit.

atque ita mentitur, sic veris falsa remiscet,

primo ne medium, medio ne discrepet imum. — Horace, Art of Poetry,
140, 148 ff.

2. a. An Epic Poem is a narration in heroic verse of a digni-
fied story of considerable length which has a definite beginning,
middle, and end, and an organic relation of parts. The time of the
action should not be so long as to make difficult a general view of
the story. The poet puts as much as possible of his tale into the
mouth of his actors, and so the Homeric poems are strongly dra-
matic. In the First Book of the Jliad the first 427 verses are
almost entirely dramatic, the narrative serving simply as ‘stage
directions.’ Of the 444 verses of the First Book of the Odyssey,
285 are in speeches. Epic poetry was the mother of the drama.
A large part of the story of the adventures of Odysseus is told
by the hero himself, a device which not only was followed by
Vergil in making Aeneas tell Dido of his wanderings, and by
Milton in his Paradise Lost, where Raphael, ‘the affable arch-
angel,’ tells Adam of the creation of the world and of the revolt in
heaven, but has been adopted by many modern novelists.

b. The Homeric Poems used to be compared with Vergil’s
Aeneid, Dante’s Divina Commedia, and Milton’s Paradise Lost;
but men have come to see a difference between the Natural Epic
and the Literary Epic. Vergil had no personal (only an artistic)
interest in the battles and adventures of his hero. He sends
Aeneas to Hades simply because the Homeric Odysseus had been
there; he makes Aeneas tell to Queen Dido the story of his wan-
derings and sufferings, because Odysseus had told a similar story
to King Alcinoiis. Vergil consciously strives to unite the charac-
teristics of both Jliad and Odyssey, as he shows by beginning his

8 2 6. EPIC POETRY xi

poem with arma virumque cano,—the arma being for the Jliad,
and the virum for the Odyssey. Vergi! is self-conscious, too, in the
use of cano;— he remembers that he is the court poet of Augustus,
and borrows the word ‘sing,’ although his poem was not meant to
be sung but to be read. But Homer is in earnest when he says,
ἄειδε θεά, Sing, goddess /

In the epics of Vergil, Dante, and Milton, more grace and finish
are expected, and more studied thought. ‘The capital distinction
of Homeric poetry,’ as Professor Jebb has well said, ‘is that it has
all the freshness and simplicity of a primitive age, — all the charm
which we associate with the “childhood of the world ”; while on
the other hand it has completely surmounted the rudeness of form,
the struggle of thought with language, the tendency to grotesque or
ignoble modes of speech, the incapacity for equable maintenance
of a high level, which belong to the primitive stage of literature.’

c. A great Natural Epic is possible only in a nation which has a
rich and varied mythology. Hence, the Romans, being without
a rich mythology of their own, could have no great Natural Epic.

d. The expedition against Troy was the theme of other poems
than the Iliad and the Odyssey, but they have long been lost, and
little is known of them. One, the Cypria (τὰ Κύπρια, sc. ἔπη, ---
assigned to Stasinus of Cyprus), told of the events which preceded
the action of our Iliad. The Aethiopis (Αἰθιοπίς, 86. ποίησις, ---
assigned to Arctinus of Miletus) told of the events which followed
the action of the Iliad. The Iliupersis (Ἰλίου Πέρσις, --- assigned
to Arctinus) and the Little Iliad (Ἰλιὰς Mixpa, — assigned to Lesches
of Lesbos) sang of the destruction of the Trojan city. The Νόστοι
(Returns, — assigned to Agias of Troezen) told of the adventures
of the Achaeans (except Odysseus) on their way home to Greece.
These poems were much briefer than the Jdiad and Odyssey ; prob-
ably all together were not much longer than the Jliad alone.
According to Aristotle, they had less poetic unity and less dramatic
dialogue than the Homeric poems.

6. The Batrachomachia, or Batrachomyomachia (4 Battle of the
Frogs and Mice’), a burlesque ‘epyl,’ which was once thought to
be one of Homer’s Minor Poems, was composed probably not far

xii INTRODUCTION § 2 f.

from the time of the Persian Wars, and is assigned with reason to
-Pigres of Halicarnassus. It contains only 303 verses.

f. The Homeric Hymns (to Apollo, Demeter, Aphrodite, Hermes,
and other divinities) are of different ages, and in them much mate-
rial of high antiquity is combined with what is comparatively
recent. They are epic rather than lyric in form and manner. To
the Hymn in honor of Delian Apollo seems to be due the fixing of
the story of Homer’s blindness, for the poet of that ‘hymn’ says
that he is a blind bard of Chios. The shorter ‘hymns’ are a kind
of ‘grace before meat,’ being intended to be sung as an act of
homage to the gods before the recitation of some epic story.
Twenty-seven of them have each less than twenty-five verses; only
seven are longer. ‘The longest (to Hermes) has 580 verses.

3. a. Homer’s story of the siege of Troy certainly was not
intended to be a history of an actual war. The poet says again
and again that he is of a later generation. He asks the Muse to
tell the story, since she alone knows what really happened.
Doubtless many such battles were fought and many such sieges
endured in Asia Minor about 1000 years B.c.

b. Dr. Heinrich Schliemann was led by his Homeric enthusiasm,
a few years ago, to excavate the site of Hissarlik (‘Ilium Novum’)
in the Troad, near the Hellespont, and that of Mycenae in Argolis.
In both places are found indications and remains of ancient wealth
and power which justify the Homeric epithets of Ilios (as ἐὺ ναι-
dpevov πτολίεθρον 1 402, πολύχρυσον, πολύχαλκον > 289) and Mycenae
(ἐυκτίμενον πτολίεθρον B 569, πολυχρύσοιο Μυκήνης y 304) and make
probable the belief that the story of the expedition against Troy
was founded on fact. The civilization of the two cities was simi-
lar. The king of Mycenae may have been the central power of
Peloponnesus at one time. An armada may have been led by the
king of Mycenae against Troy. The massive walls which have
been uncovered at Hissarlik, about three miles from the sea, must
have been seen long after the sack of the city, and would be
reminders to bards and people of the conflicts on the shore of the
Hellespont. The agreement between the ruined city which has
been found and the situation assumed in the Jliad is too exact to

MYCENAE
From a photograph

St me hs “ete -
“6

ΟἿ

a ἘΣ ἊΝ ἀνα

§ 4b. LIFE IN THE HOMERIC AGE Xili

be the work of chance, but certainly most of the incidents and
names of heroes were invented. The traditional date of the fall of
Troy, 1184 B.c., is not historical, but will answer as well as another.
At that time the Mycenaean civilization was at its height, but
nearing its close.

LIFE IN THE HOMERIC AGE.

4, a. The Homeric Poems give a picture of life in Greece which
differs in important particulars from that of the classical or
historical period. The poet knows no one name for Greece as
opposed to other lands. The Greeks are ‘ Argives,’ ‘ Achaeans,’ or
‘Danaiins.’ The ‘Hellenes’ are as yet only the inhabitants of
a small district in Thessaly. The names of ‘ Attica’ and <Pelo-
_ponnesus’ are unheard. Thebes seems to be in ruins. Athens
has no special distinction. The contrast of Dorians and Ionians
is unknown. Menelaus, king of Sparta, and his country are com-
paratively insignificant, although the war was undertaken to avenge
the wrong which he had suffered from Paris. The king of Mycenae,
Agamemnon, brother of Menelaus, is the chief monarch of Greece.
The Greek colonies in the west and on the Black Sea, and the
Greek cities of Asia Minor are not mentioned. Monarchy pre-
vails; democracies seem to be unknown. The king is also com-
mander-in-chief of the army, judge, and priest; as head of the
nation he represents it before the gods. His power is derived
directly from Zeus, but it is practically limited. Public opinion is
strong, although Homer has no word for law; he recognizes, rather,
institutions (θέμιστες). That is, the πρός Greeks had 8 a very
simple unwritten common law and constitution.

b. Monarchy prevails among the gods as among men. Zeus
(‘Jupiter’) is mightier than all the rest together. Athena
(‘ Minerva’) and Apollo are next to Zeus in power. Athena is the
chief divinity of war. Ares (‘Mars’) is comparatively insignifi-
cant. Demeter (‘Ceres’) is named but six times. Dionysus
(‘ Bacchus ’) is not as yet admitted to the circle of gods on Olym-
pus. Asclepius (‘Aesculapius’) is still a mortal. Pan and the
Satyrs are unknown. The gift of prophecy is granted to individual

xiv INTRODUCTION $4e

men. The oracle of Delphi is hardly mentioned. Temples are —
uncommon, and doubtless are simple in structure.

c. The Homeric warriors roast their meat, and do not boil it.
They sit at tables, and do not recline at dinner. They buy their
wives by large gifts of cattle to the parents. The most useful
metal is copper or bronze; iron is little used. Coined money is
unknown; all trade is barter. The occupations of the rich and
poor differ little. Princes tend flocks and build houses; princesses
fetch water and wash clothes. The heroes are their own butchers
and cooks. Life even in Homeric palaces is primitive.

d. The brunt of battle was borne by the heavy-armed warriors.
Of these the large shield was the main arm of defense. This was
so heavy that it rendered the chariot necessary for speedy and easy
transportation from one part of the field to another. The battles
were decided for the most part by informal single combats. No art
of war, in the modern sense, was known; the commander-in-chief
had no plan of battle. The army had no ‘military organization’
into brigades, regiments, companies, or the like, though on the
advice of Nestor (B 362) members of the same clan or tribe were
to fight together. Ajax was not always with his Salaminians, nor
Odysseus with his Ithacans. The light-armed troops for the
most part stood in the rear of the spearmen, but occasionally an
archer took his place in the front rank, perhaps partly protected by
a friend’s shield. Cavalry were unknown.

THE STORY OF THE TROJAN WAR.

5. a. Before the Action of the liad. The action of the Jliad
itself covers only a few days, but many allusions are made to pre-
ceding events which complete the story.’

Paris (whose Greek name was Alexander), son of King Priam of
Troy (or Ilios) on the shore of the Hellespont, in the northwest
corner of Asia Minor, carried away Helen, wife of King Menelaus
of Sparta. The Achaeans (Greeks) united to avenge the wrong,
under command of Agamemnon, king of Mycenae, the brother of
Menelaus. Nestor of ‘sandy Pylus’ and Odysseus of Ithaca

udeisojoyd v wos]

VLUVdS

ary ek ETT

ἂν

᾿
4

ee
»- b

§5c. . THE STORY OF THE TROJAN WAR xv

visited Thessaly and enlisted Achilles (son of Peleus and the sea
goddess Thetis) and his friend Patroclus. The Greeks assembled
at Aulis, a Boeotian town on the strait between Euboea and the
mainland, opposite Chalcis. There a portent was seen, which the
seer Calchas interpreted to mean that they should fight for nine
years around Troy, and capture the city in the tenth year. On
their way to Troy, they stopped at the island of Lemnos, where
they were hospitably entertained, and where they left one of their
chieftains, Philoctetes, who had been bitten by a water snake. On
their arrival at Troy, Menelaus and Odysseus went to the city as
ambassadors, and demanded the return of Helen, which wag
refused. Some of the Trojans even urged that the ambassadors
be put to death, but their host Antenor and others secured
their safety. The Achaeans began the siege. The Trojans sent
to their neighbors and gained allies. The Achaean ships were
drawn up on land, sterns foremost, and supported by props or
shores. By the side of the ships were built barracks (κλισίαι)
for the men.

b. The siege was not very close. The Greek camp was at a
considerable distance from the city, and the Greeks could not
devote all of their time to fighting. They were obliged to make
expeditions against the neighboring towns in order to obtain sup-
plies. In these marauding forays, the men of the sacked towns
were killed or sent to other countries to be sold as slaves; the
women were often brought to the Greek camp before Troy. When
the action of the Iliad opened, the wealth of the city of Troy
was nearly exhausted. The Trojans had been obliged to pay and
support their allies, and had been shut out from the use of their
fields. They were afraid to meet the Greeks in open battle.

c. Of the gods, Hera (‘Juno’), Athena, and Poseidon (‘Nep-
tune’) favored the Achaeans; Aphrodite (‘Venus’), Ares, and
Apollo favored the Trojans. The reasons for this division of
sentiment are not made clear. The ‘Judgment of Paris’ with
regard to the beauty of the goddesses, and the award of the prize
to Aphrodite, seem to be unknown to the author of the Jliad
(except, possibly, Ω 25 ff.).

xvi INTRODUCTION § 6a.

6. a. The action of the Iliad begins early in the tenth year of
the war. Chryséis, the daughter of a priest of Apollo, had been
captured on one of the marauding expeditions of the Achaeans,
and was given to Agamemnon as the ‘first-fruit’ of the spoils.
The captive’s aged father came to the Greek camp, bearing the
fillets of Apollo as his official insignia, and begged to be allowed to
ransom his daughter, but Agamemnon sent him away, slighting his
request. As he left the Greek camp, the old priest prayed for
vengeance to his god, Apollo, who heard his prayer and sent pesti-
lence upon the Achaeans. For nine days the plague raged in the
camp, but on the tenth day an assembly was called by Achilles,
who urged that some prophet be questioned of the cause of
the god’s anger. The old seer Calchas told the truth. Achilles
reproached Agamemnon, and the two heroes quarreled. At last
Agamemnon sent Chryséis home to her father, but took from
Achilles his prize of honor, Briséis. Achilles refused to fight any
longer for the Achaeans, and begged his mother, the sea goddess
Thetis, to invoke the aid of Zeus, and to pray that victory might
be granted unto the Trojans until the Achaeans learned to value and
honor her son’s might. This prayer was reluctantly granted by
Zeus, and the First Book of the Jliad closes with a half-ludicrous
scene on Olympus, where Zeus was reproached by Hera for yielding
to the request of Thetis, — in the evening of the twenty-first day.

Ὁ. At the opening of the Second Book of the Jdiad, at the begin-
ning of the twenty-second day of the poem’s action, Zeus sent to
Agamemnon a delusive dream, bidding him to arm the Achaeans
for battle, with all haste. After a council of the elders, Agamemnon
tried the temper of the soldiers by proposing to return at once to
their homes. To his grief, the men acceded enthusiastically and
began immediately the preparations for the voyage. They were
stopped by Odysseus, who acted under the direction of Athena.
A second assembly was held, the Greeks were shamed and awed
into remaining, and they prepared for battle. As the Achaean army
advanced against Troy, the poet pauses in order to give a muster of
the forces, — the ‘Catalogue of the Ships,’ — which is followed by
a less elaborate enumeration of the Trojans and their allies.

< tell

Copyrighted, 1897, by Ginn & Company

SITE OF ILIOS—VIEW FROM THE WEST

From a photograph

| ae J
nae o

Je oe
i To Ve

ΤΡ χα
Γ δ“ ι

on” Ὃ

§6g. THE STORY OF THE TROJAN WAR vit

c. At the beginning of the Third Book, the opposing armies were
about to meet, when Paris challenged Menelaus to a single combat
which should decide the war. The two husbands of Helen, — the
wronged Menelaus and the offending Paris, —were the fit cham-
pions of the two armies. This scene would naturally belong to the
first year of the war; but as the poet begins his story in the tenth
year of the war, the best he can do is to make this combat the
beginning of the conflicts which he describes. Priam was called
from the city of Troy, and a truce was struck: If Menelaus slew
Paris, the Greeks were to take Helen and peaceably return to their
homes ; if Paris slew Menelaus, the Greeks were to withdraw at
once. Menelaus disabled Paris and had him in: his power, when
Aphrodite snatched up her Trojan favorite, and deposited him
safely in his home.

d. The terms of the truce had not been fulfilled. Neither com-
batant had been slain, but the victory fairly belonged to the Greeks.
In order that the Trojans might not surrender Helen, and preserve
their city, Athena (who hated Troy) descended a third time to the
field of war, and incited a Lycian archer, a Trojan ally, Pandarus,
to send an arrow at Menelaus. The Greek hero was wounded, and
the Greeks, indignant at this treacherous breach of the truce, pre-
pared at once for the battle, and advanced upon the enemy. This
story is told in the Fourth Book.

e. Most of the Fifth Book is devoted to the brave deeds of
Diomed, son of Tydeus, of Argos. Hera, Athena, Aphrodite, and
Ares took part in the battle, and the two latter divinities were
wounded by Diomed, with Athena’s aid. Diomed wounded Aeneas
also —the incident to which Vergil makes Aeneas allude in Aeneid
i. 96 f.

f. In the Sixth Book, the Trojans were hard pressed, and Priam’s
bravest son, Hector, returned to the city in order to bid the matrons
supplicate Athena’s mercy. He called Paris to return to the field
of battle, and took a pathetic farewell of his wife, Andromache.

g- The day which began at the opening of the Second Book
ended near the close of the Seventh Book. The coming on of night
put a stop toa single combat between Hector and Telamonian Ajax,

ese

avi INTRODUCTION οὐ § 6%

of Salamis. The armies struck a truce for one day, for the burial
of the dead. The Greeks spent another day in building a wall
about their camp, —a wall which was not needed while Achilles
was fighting on their side, but which was necessary when the
Trojans were ready to assume the offensive.

h. The Eighth Book tells of a brief day of battle, in which the
fortunes of war were continually changing, and in which Zeus often
interfered. At the close of this Book, the Achaeans were driven
into their camp, and welcomed the approach of night which afforded
them relief from pursuit and attack. The Trojans bivouacked upon
the plain and were confident of annihilating their enemies on the
morrow.

i. On the night following the battle of the Eighth Book, the
Greek leaders sent to Achilles an embassy, offering him rich gifts,
and begging him to return to the battle, but he stoutly refused.
The account of this embassy fills the Ninth Book.

j. The Tenth Book narrates the visit (on the same night) of
Odysseus and Diomed to the Trojan camp, where they slew Rhesus,
the Thracian leader, who had just arrived on the field of action,
and captured his famous steeds.

k. With the Eleventh Book begins the third of the four days
of battle of the Z/iad,—a day which does not close until the end
of the Eighteenth Book. Agamemnon distinguished himself now
more than on any other occasion, but retired from the field wounded,
and was followed by Diomed and Odysseus, who also were disabled.

1. The Trojans pressed forward to the Greek wall, and, at the
close of the Twelfth Book, Hector broke down the great gates, and
opened a way for his comrades into the Greek camp.

m. At the opening of the Thirteenth Book, Poseidon came from
the sea in order to aid the Greeks. Hera distracted the attention
of Zeus while Poseidon and the Achaeans put the Trojans to rout.

n. The previous action continues through the Fourteenth Book.

o. At the opening of the Fifteenth Book, Zeus noticed what was
doing on the Trojan plain, and sent Poseidon back to his home in
the sea. The Trojans pressed forward again and reached the Greek
ships, and Hector called for fire that he might burn the fleet.

§ 6 v. THE STORY OF THE TROJAN WAR xix

p- At the opening of the Sixteenth Book, Patroclus begged
Achilles to allow him to take his comrades in arms, the Myrmi-
dons, and enter the battle. Achilles consented, and gave his friend
his own armor to wear, but directed him to be satisfied with driv-
ing the enemy from the camp, and not to attempt the capture of
Troy. Patroclus, however, became excited by the fray, and fol-
lowed the Trojans to the very gate of the city. There he was
slain by Apollo and Hector.

q. Most of the Seventeenth Book is devoted to the battle around
the body of Patroclus. Hector stripped off the armor of the friend
of Achilles, but the Achaeans with great difficulty secured the
corpse and carried it back to the camp,— hard pressed by the
enemy.

r. In the Eighteenth Book, Achilles learned with overwhelming
grief of the death of his comrade. His mother, Thetis, came from
the sea to comfort him. .His armor was in the hands of Hector, —
stripped from the body of Patroclus. He could not enter the
combat, but had only to appear unarmed at the trench, and the
Trojans were frightened away. His mother went to Olympus to
beg for him beautiful armor from Hephaestus (‘Vulcan’). Here
ends the third day of battle, which began with the opening of the
Eleventh Book.

s. In the Nineteenth Book, Achilles was reconciled to Aga-
memnon. His hatred for Hector and his desire for vengeance on
_ the slayer of Patroclus more than overbalanced his more ancient
grudge on account of the quarrel of the First Book.

t. The fourth of the battles of the Zliad begins with the Twen-
tieth Book. The gods descended to take part in the battle, but
did not affect its issue.

u. At the beginning of the Twenty-first Book, Achilles has
driven the Trojans as far as the River Scamander, which flowed
about midway between the camp and the city. There many were
slain, almost without resistance.

v. On the opening of the Twenty-second Book, all the Trojans
but Hector were either slain or had fled within the walls of the
city. But Hector did not yield to the entreaties of his father and

xx INTRODUCTION § 6 w.

mother, who, from the wall, prayed him to return. He awaited
Achilles and was slain. His body was dragged to the Achaean camp,
after the chariot of Achilles.

w. The Twenty-third Book is devoted to the burial of Patroclus,
and the funeral games in his honor.

x. In the Twenty-fourth Book, the aged Prigui; under the care
of the gods, went to the Achaean camp and obtained from Achilles
the body of his son Hector. The ‘iracundus, inexorabilis’ Achilles
appeared in a gentler mood. The corpse was brought back to
Troy, and the poem closes with the funeral of Hector.

7. a. Concise Analysis of the Iliad.

a, INTRODUCTION. A. Pestilence (ninedays). Assembly. Quar-
rel. Rest from battle (twelve days). Thetis went to Zeus on the
twenty-first day.

β. Tue Four BatrLEs BEFORE TRoy.

I. B-H 380. First great battle, on the twenty-second day.
Single combats between Paris and Menelaus, Hector and Ajax.

II. H581-K. Burial of the dead and building of the wall, on the
twenty-third and twenty-fourth days. Second great battle, on the
25thday. Embassy to Achilles. Odysseus and Diomed entered

~ the Trojan camp, and killed the Thracians and their king, Rhesus.

ΠῚ. A-3. Third great battle, on the twenty-sixth day. Death
of Patroclus. Hephaestus made armor for Achilles.

IV. T-X. Fourth battle, on the twenty-seventh day. Achilles
killed Hector.

y. Conctusion. W,Q. Achilles abused the body of Hector on
days 27-38 (twelve days; see a, above). Lament for Hector in
Troy on days 39-47 (nine days). Burial of Hector and erection of
a mound over his body, on the forty-eighth and forty-ninth days.

This scheme shows that the action of the Jliad covers but
seven weeks. Three of these are occupied by the action of the
First Book, and three by that of the last two Books; only four days
are spent in fighting. The burial of Hector and the building of
his tomb in the last Book correspond to the burial of the dead and
the building of the wall about the Achaean camp, after the first
day of battle.

§ 7 Ὁ. THE STORY OF THE TROJAN WAR xxi

b.

μι μὲ

1
. Nd δέ: Ποσειδάων Δαναοῖς κράτος ὦπασε λάθρῃ.

ιν μι μα ee a
Ἂν 9. BD Pee CaS ΣΝ ee

ESR LO. Oe ee ae οι

Contents of the Lliad in Greek Hexameters.*

"Arha* λιτὰς Χρύσου, λοιμὸν στρατοῦ, ἔχθος ἀνάκτων.
Βῆτα δ᾽ ὄνειρον ἔχει, ἀγορήν, καὶ νῆας ἀριθμεῖ.
Tappa δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἀμφ᾽ Ἑλένης οἴοιν μόθος ἐστὶν ἀκοίταιν.
Δέλτα: θεῶν ἀγορή, ὅρκων χύσις, “Apeos ἀρχή.

Ei- βάλλει Κυθέρειαν “Apna τε Τυδέος υἱός.

Ζῆτα δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ᾿Ανδρομάχης καὶ “Extopos ἐστ᾽ ὀαριστύς.
ἮΝ τα δ᾽- Αἴας πολέμιζε μόνῳ μόνος “Ἕκτορι δίῳ.
Θῆτα- θεῶν ἀγορή, Τρώων κράτος, “Exropos εὖχος.
᾿Ἐξεσίη δ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆος ἀπειθέος ἐστὶν “lara.

Κάππα δέ: Ῥήσου τὴν κεφαλὴν ἕλε Τυδέος υἱός.
Λάμβδα δ᾽ - ἀριστῆας Δαναῶν βάλον “Extopos ἄνδρες.
Mod: Τρώων παλάμῃσι κατήριπε τεῖχος ᾿Αχαιῶν.

Ξεῖ- Kpovidnv λεχέεσσι καὶ ὕπνῳ ἤπαφεν Ἥρη.
Od: Κρονίδης κεχόλωτο Ποσειδάωνι καὶ Ἥρῃ.
Πεῖ- Πάτροκλον ἔπεφνεν ᾿Αρήιον “Ἕκτορος αἰχμή.

e “ \ af / / a »”
. Pa: Δαναοὶ Τρῶές te νέκυν πέρι χεῖρας ἔμισγον.

Liypa: Θέτις ᾿Αχιλῆι παρ᾽ Ἡφαίστου φέρεν ὅπλα.
Ταῦ δ᾽ - ἀπέληγε χόλοιο καὶ ἔκθορε δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς.

. Ὗ΄ μακάρων ἔρις ὦρτο, φέρει δ᾽ ἐπὶ κάρτος ᾿Αχαιοῖς.
. Det: μόγος Αἰακίδαο παρ᾽ ἠίονας ποταμοῖο.

Χεῖ δ᾽ - ἄρα τρὶς περὶ τεῖχος ἄγων κτάνεν “Ἑκτορ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλεύς
Wet- Δαναοῖσιν ἀγῶνα διδοὺς ἐτέλεσσεν ᾿Αχιλλεύς.

. Ὦ Πρίαμος νέκυν υἷα λαβὼν γέρα δῶκεν ᾿Αχιλλεῖ.
* Ascribed to Stephanus Grammaticus in the Palatine Anthology, ix. 385.

Xxili

Cc.

INTRODUCTION § 7c.

Arrangement of the Action according to Days.

The action of the Jdiad, which covers only seven weeks, or forty-
nine days, may be divided as follows : —

Days.
x
1-9.

39.
39-47.
48.
49.

Visit of Chryses to the Greek camp, A 12.
Pestilence, A 53.
Assembly of the Achaeans, A 54.

. Visit of the gods to the Aethiopians, A 423.
. Return of the gods to Olympus, A 493 f. Visit of Thetis

to Zeus.

. The Achaeans prepare for battle. Single combat between

Menelaus and Paris. The battle begins. Brave deeds of
Diomed. Hector’s meeting with Andromache. Single
combat between Hector and Ajax. B 1- 380.

. Burial of the dead, H 381-482.

Building of a wall for the Achaean camp, H 433-482.

. Second day of battle, ©.

Embassy to Achilles, I. .
Odysseus and Diomed enter the Trojan camp, K.

. Third day of battle. The Trojans break down the Greek

wall. Death of Patroclus. <A 1— > 617.

. Reconciliation of Achilles and Agamemnon. Fourth great

day of battle. Death of Hector. T 1-Ψ 61.

. Burial of Patroclus, Ψ 62-225.
. Funeral games in honor of Patroclus, Ψ 226-897.
27-38.

Achilles drags the body of Hector around the bier or tomb
of Patroclus, O 1-30.

Priam visits the tent of Achilles and ransoms Hector’s
body, Q 31-676, on the evening of the thirty-eighth
day.

Priam brings Hector’s body to Troy, 0 677-775.

Lament for Hector in Troy, Q 784.

Burial of Hector, Q 785-787.

Erection of a mound over Hector’s ashes, Q 788-804.

§7d.

d.

THE STORY OF THE TROJAN WAR

The Greek Forces. (See B 494 ff.)

Order of

mention.

1.

OS eS Ο ὧν

et
De S

a μι μ
SUS

he
ean

20.

Boeotians
Orchomenians
Phocians
Locrians
Euboeans
Athenians
Salaminians
Argives
Myceneans
Spartans
Pylians
Arcadians
Epéans
Dulichians
Cephallenians
Aetolians

Cretans

Rhodians

From Syme

From the Sporades

Myrmidons
From Phylace
Pheraeans
Methonians
Oechalians
From Ormenium
From Argissa
Enianians
Magnesians

Total

MAINLAND OF GREECE.

Nations and Commanders.

(Peneleiis)
(Ascalaphus)
(Schedius)

(Ajax, son of Oileus)

(Elephénor)
(Menestheus)
(Telamonian Ajax)
(Diomed)
(Agamemnon)
(Menelaus)
(Nestor)
(Agapénor)
(Amphimachus)
(Meges)
(Odysseus)
(Thoas)

InsuLAR GREECE.

(Idomeneus)
(Tlepolemus)
(Nireus)
(Phidippus)

THESSALIAN GREECE.

(Achilles)
(Protesilaus)
(Eumelus)
(Philoctetes)
(Podalirius)
(Eurypylus)
(Polypoetes)
(Guneus)
(Prothoiis)

B 494-510.
B 511-516.
B 517-526.
B 527-535.
B 536-545.
B 546-556.
B 557, 558.
B 559-568.
B 569-580.
B 581-590.
B 591-602.
B 603-614.
B 615-624.
B 625-630.
B 631-637.
B 638-644.

B 645-652.
B 653-670.
B 671-675.
B 676-680.

B 681-694.
B 695-710.
B 711-715.
B 716-728.
B 729-733.
B 734-737.
B 738-747.
B 748-755.
B 756-759.

XXiil

No. of
ships.

100

xxiv INTRODUCTION aS es

e. Trees of Noted Families.
THE PELOPIDS.

(1) TANTALUS
|
PE.Lops = HipPoDAMIA ΝΙΟΒΕ
Ϊ Ϊ εἰ
ATREUS PITTHEUS THYESTES

|
AGAMEMNON MENELAUS AEGISTHUS
(m. Clytaemnestra) (m. Heleny

| | |
ORESTES ELECTRA IPHIGENIA HERMIONE

THE AEACIDS.
(2) ZEUS

|
Axacus (of Aegina)
|

PELEvUs = THETIS TELAMON
| | :
ACHILLES AJAX TEUCER
NEOPTOLEMUS EuRYSACES

THE OENEIDS.
(3) OENEUS

ἢ |
TypEusS = DEIPYLE MELEAGER

(d. of Adrastus
of Argos)

DiomED = AEGIALEA

§7e. THE STORY OF THE TROJAN WAR

THE ROYAL FAMILY OF TROY, Y 215 ff.

(4) ZEUS
DARDANUS
(founder of Dardanian race)
ERICHTHONIUS
TRos
(founder of Troy)
| Ϊ |
ILus GANYMED ASSARACUS
(Founder of Dios) (Cupbearer of Zeus) |
LAOMEDON CAPYS
| : |
PriAmM = HECUBA TITHONUS ANCHISES
| (Husband of Dawn)
: |
Hecror = ANDROMACHE MEMNON AENEAS
ASTYANAX (AscanIvs)

LYCIANS, Z 153 ff.
(5) AxEOLUS

SISYPHUS

GLAUCUS

BELLEROPHON

| Ϊ |
IsANDROS Hipro.ocuus LAODAMIA

GLAUCUS SARPEDON

XXV

XXV1 INTRODUCTION § 8.

8. After the Action of the Iliad. For part of the last act in the
siege of Troy, indications exist in the Jliad and Odyssey. Many
other details were added by later poets, especially by those of the
Aethiopis, the Iliupersis, and the Little Iliad (§ 2 d).

a. After the death of Hector, the Amazons came to the help of
the Trojans. Their queen, Penthesiléa, was slain by Achilles.
Memnon,— a cousin of Hector, — the beautiful son of Eos (Dawn)
and Tithdnus, came with his Aethiopians. He slew Nestor’s son
Antilochus, a dear friend of Achilles, but was then himself slain
by the mighty son of Thetis. Achilles was overcome by Apollo
and Paris, as he was about to force an entrance to the city through
the Scaean Gate. His mother came from the sea, with her sister
Nereids, and bewailed him. She offered his beautiful armor as a
prize to the bravest of the Greeks, and it was awarded to Odysseus.
Telamonian Ajax went mad in his disappointment at not receiving
the armor, and committed suicide. Paris was slain, and Helen
became the wife of his brother Deiphobus. Philoctétes, the bearer
of the bow of Heracles, was brought from Lemnos, where he had
been left (§ 5a, B 721 ff.); and Neoptolemus, the young son of
Achilles, was brought from the island of Seyrus. Odysseus entered
the city of Troy as a spy, in the guise of a beggar, and was recog-
nized, and helped out of the city, by Helen. Athena suggested to
Odysseus the building of the ‘ wooden horse,’ in which the bravest
of the Achaeans were hidden, while the rest set fire to their camp
and sailed away. The Trojans dragged the wooden horse within
their city, and at night the Greeks returned, and Troy was sacked.

b. Agamemnon reached home in safety, but was treacherously
murdered by his wife and his cousin, her paramour, Aegisthus.
Menelaus was driven from his course by a storm. Most of his
ships were wrecked on the coast of Crete. He himself, with Helen,
was carried by the wind to Egypt, and wandered for eight years
before his return to his home at Sparta.

c. Nestor, Diomed, and Idomeneus reached home safely. Ajax
the son of Oileus, was wrecked and drowned.

d. Odysseus was driven by a storm (perhaps the same as that
which drove the ships of Menelaus to Crete; see 6, above) to the

§ 9a. THE STORY OF THE ODYSSEY XXVii

land of the Lotus-eaters, thence to the island of Polyphemus (ι),
thence to the island of Aeolus, to the land of the Laestrygonians
(where eleven of his twelve ships were destroyed), and to the
island of Circe, where he and his companions remained during a
year (x). Then they went to Hades (A) to consult the old seer
Tiresias. On their return they passed Scylla and Charybdis; they
came to the island of the Sun, and (urged by hunger) killed one of
his cows. ‘They were punished by shipwreck, from which Odysseus
alone escaped, as innocent of the offense against the Sun. He was
borne to the island of Calypso (μ), where he remained for eight
years. Then he returned to his home on Ithaca, enduring many
sufferings on the way, but receiving kindly hospitality and aid from
the Phaeacians (€-»; see ὃ 9 f-m). He found his faithful wife,
Penelope, surrounded by a large company of young and insolent
suitors. These he killed with the help of Athena, Telemachus, and
two henchmen, and regained his kingdom.

THE STORY OF THE ODYSSEY.

9. The action of the Odyssey opens in the tenth year after
the close of the Trojan War, and twenty years after Odysseus and
the other Achaeans left their homes for the siege of Troy, but
Odysseus had not yet returned to Ithaca. Since the hope of
his return was abandoned by all but his faithful wife, a crowd
of suitors (more than a hundred in number) for the hand of Penel-.
ope gathered at his palace from Ithaca and the neighboring islands
and shores. For four years these suitors had feasted riotously on
the king’s wine, flocks, and herds. The throne of Ithaca, indeed,
would naturally descend to Telemachus, Odysseus’ only son. But
just as the widow of the elder Hamlet carried the scepter of
Denmark to her new husband, Claudius, so these aspirants for
Penelope’s hand each hoped to gain with her the kingdom of her
former husband. Odysseus was still on Calypso’s island, Ogygia,
in the far west.

a. Early in the First Book, Odysseus’ patron saint, the goddess
Athena, took occasion of the absence of Poseidon (whom Odysseus
had offended by the blinding of Polyphemus) to remind the gods

xxviii INTRODUCTION § 9b.

of the hard fate of the Ithacan, who was pining away in his
longing for home. Zeus sent her to the island of Ithaca to
direct Odysseus’ son Telemachus in the course which he should
pursue, and said he would send Hermes to Calypso with orders for
Odysseus’ release. She approached the palace of Odysseus in the
guise of a Taphian prince, Mentes, and claimed to be an old guest
of the house. Telemachus told her his story of the long absence
of his father, without tidings, and of the persistent insolence of
his mother’s suitors; and Athena advised him to visit Nestor, the
oldest and wisest of the Achaean chieftains, at Pylus, and Mene-
laus, who had recently returned to Sparta from an eight years’
wandéring. These might advise him with regard to his father’s
return. The poet devises this journey in order to bring Telema-
chus into connection with some of his father’s friends, thus afford-
ing an opportunity to tell of some events which had happened since
the action of the Jliad.

b. In the Second Book of the Odyssey, Telemachus called an
assembly of the Ithacans and denounced the suitors, who threw
the blame for their course on Penelope, and urged that she should
return to her father’s home and be given in marriage to a new
husband. Athena, in the guise of his father’s friend Mentor, met
Telemachus, and promised to secure a ship and to attend him to
Pylus, in order to consult Nestor. This boat, with Telemachus and
a few companions, set out at evening.

c. As the sun rose on the third day of the action of the Odyssey,
at the beginning of the Third Book, Telemachus, accompanied by
Athena, reached Pylus, and found Nestor and the Pylians offering
sacrifice to Poseidon on the shore. Nestor advised Telemachus to
seek the counsel of Menelaus, and sent his son Pisistratus to escort
him to Sparta.

d. At the beginning of the Fourth Book, at the close of the
fifth day of the action of the Odyssey, Telemachus and Pisistratus
reached the home of Menelaus. Helen recognized Telemachus from
his resemblance to his father. Stories of Odysseus’ valor and
prudence were told. On the next day Menelaus related part of
his own adventures, especially his meeting with the old sea god

891. THE STORY OF THE ODYSSEY xxix

Proteus in Egypt, who had told him that Odysseus was detained
on an island by the nymph Calypso.

At the close of the Fourth Book, Penelope’s suitors on Ithaca
learned of the voyage of Telemachus and planned to lie in ambush
tor him and kill him on his return.

6. With the Fifth Book begins the Odyssey proper, the Νόστος
*‘Oducojos. This Book comprises the events of twenty-five days,
the seventh to the thirty-first inclusive, in the chronology of the
entire poem. In a council of the gods very like that at the begin-
ning of the First Book, Hermes, who for some unexplained reason
did not go to Ogygia after the former council, was dispatched to
Calypso’s island, where Odysseus had been detained for eight years,
in order to secure his return. Reluctantly Calypso told the Ithacan
that he might depart. Odysseus built himself a rude barge and set out
upon his return. As he was approaching the land of the Phaeacians,
he was seen by Poseidon, who raised a storm and wrecked his craft ;
but he was brought safe to land by the sea goddess Leucothea.

f. In the Sixth Book, Athena suggested to Nausicaa, the beautiful
Phaeacian princess, that she should go to the river to wash the
family garments. The princess went to the shore, attended by
her maids. As they were about to return, Odysseus, who had been
sleeping, exhausted by the exertions attending his shipwreck,
awoke, and received from them clothing, food, and instructions as
to the wisest manner of approach to the Phaeacian king Alcinoiis.
These are the events of the thirty-second day.

5. The story of Odysseus’ reception in the palace of Alcinotis —
in the evening of the thirty-second day — occupies the Seventh Book.

h. In the Eighth Book, Odysseus was introduced to the Phaea-
cian nobles, — on the thirty-third day of the action of the poem.

i. In the evening of the thirty-third day, Odysseus began his
‘Apologue to Alcinoiis,’—the story of his wanderings immediately
after leaving Troy, in the Ninth Book, and told of his adventures
(a) at Ismarus with the Ciconians (39-61), (Ὁ) with the Lotus-
eaters (62-104), and (6) in the cave of Polyphemus (105-555).
This last adventure alone is designated by the Greek caption of
the Book, Κυκλώπεια.

Xxx Ξ INTRODUCTION § 9 j.

j. In the Tenth Book, Odysseus tells of his visit to the island of
Aeolus (the lord of the winds), of the destruction of his entire
fleet with the exception of his own ship by the Laestrygonians,
and of his year at the palace of Circe.

k. The Eleventh Book is occupied by Odysseus’ story of his
journey to the land of Hades, in order to consult the soul of
the Theban seer Tiresias, and of his meeting with the shades of the
dead, among them being his mother, Agamemnon, and Achilles. The
consultation of Tiresias seems to have been devised as an occasion for
the interviews with his mother and the chieftains of the Achaeans.

1. In the Twelfth Book, Odysseus tells of his adventures with the
Sirens, and with Scylla and Charybdis, and of his comrades’ slaughter
of one of the cattle of the Sun, — in return for which their ship was
wrecked, and Odysseus alone was carried by the waves in safety to
Calypso’s island.

m. In the Thirteenth Book, Odysseus was brought by the Phaea-
cians to his own island of Ithaca,—in the night following the
thirty-fourth day, resuming the action of the Seventh Book.

n. In the Fourteenth Book, at the suggestion of Pallas Athena,
Odysseus sought the remote dwelling of his faithful swineherd
Eumaeus,—in the morning of the thirty-fifth day.

o. In the Fifteenth Book, Odysseus remained with Eumaeus ;
and Telemachus, returning from Sparta, proceeded at once to the
swineherd’s hut, — on the thirty-seventh day.

p- In the Sixteenth Book, Odysseus made himself known to
Telemachus, and the two planned for the destruction of the
suitors of Penelope.

q. In the Seventeenth Book, Odysseus went to his own palace in
the guise of a beggar, and was treated with wanton insolence by
the suitors, — on the thirty-eighth day.

r. In the Eighteenth Book, the insolence to Odysseus continued.
Penelope rebuked her son for allowing the ufiknown stranger to be
thus illtreated.

s. In the Nineteenth Book, Odysseus, still in the guise of a
beggar, had an interview with Penelope, —in the evening of the
thirty-eighth day. He was recognized by his old nurse Eurycléa,

§ 10a. THE STORY OF THE ODYSSEY XXxi

who was set to wash his feet, by the scar of a wound which he
received in his youth from a wild boar. ἡ

t. In the Twentieth Book, as the thirty-ninth day broke, the
suitors assembled, and victims were brought for the feast, for this
was a festival of Apollo.

u. In the Twenty-first Book, Penelope offered her husband’s bow
to the suitors, promising to wed the one who should string it most
easily, and shoot an arrow most skilfully at a mark formed by axes.
The suitors strove in vain to bend the bow, but Odysseus (who had
now made himself known to Eumaeus the swineherd and to Philoetius
the neatherd), to whom the bow was borne by Eumaeus against
the suitors’ will, bent the bow, and proved his skill in archery.

v. In the Twenty-second Book, Odysseus with his old bow slew
the suitors, with the aid of Athena, Telemachus, Eumaeus, and
Philoetius.

w. In the Twenty-third Book, Odysseus was recognized by
Penelope, —at the close of the thirty-ninth day.

x. In the Twenty-fourth Book, on the fortieth day of the action
of the poem, Odysseus went to his farm and made himself known
to his aged father, Laértes. While he was there, the friends of
the slain suitors came out to take vengeance upon him, and all
prepared for battle, even Laértes arming for the fray, —but
peace was made by Athena. Thus the story ends.

10. a. Concise Analysis of the Odyssey.

A. a-p. What happened before the return of Odysseus to Ithaca.

I. a-8. Adventures of Telemachus.
II. «6. Adventures of Odysseus on leaving Calypso’s island.
III. cp. Previous adventures of Odysseus, on leaving Troy.
B. v-w. What happened after the return of Odysseus to Ithaca.
IV. ν-π. Odysseus at the hut of Eumaeus.
V. ρου. Return of Odysseus to-his palace.
VI. φ-ὦ. Odysseus slays the suitors and regains his kingdom.

This division of the poem into two main parts, each made up of three
sections of four books each, is curiously convenient as an aid to the
memory, though it is not absolutely exact; but no one should suppose
that the Greek poet had such a division in his mind.

sci INTRODUCTION § 10 b.

b. The division of the JMad and Odyssey each into twenty-
four books was not made by the poet himself, nor was it known
in the classical period. It seems to have been made by the scholars
of Alexandria about 250 years B.c. The ‘ books’ were lettered, not
numbered. The large letters of the Greek alphabet (A, B, I, κτλ.)
are used by scholars to designate the books of the Iliad ; the small
letters (a, B, y, κτλ.) are used for the books of the Odyssey. The
‘books’ vary in length, from 909 verses (E) to 331 (£).

c. The Greek titles prefixed to the several books of the poems
are of no definite authority. Some of them were the titles by
which the lays were known before the division into ‘books,’ as
the ‘Bravery of Diomed,’ the ‘Catalogue of Ships,’ the ‘ View
from the Wall.’ Others may have been prefixed by editors in
the Middle Ages.

HOMERIC STYLE. |

11. a. Matthew Arnold enumerates four essential character-
istics of Homer’s poetry: ‘Homer is rapid in his movement,
Homer is plain in his words and style, Homer is simple in his
ideas, Homer is noble in his manner. Cowper renders him ill
because he is slow in his movement and elaborate in his style ;
Pope renders him ill because he is artificial both in his style and
in his words ; Chapman renders him ill because he is fantastic in
his ideas.’

If poets and masters have thus failed, clearly it is no easy
achievement to translate Homer well, to be at the same time
rapid, plain, simple, and noble, — οὔ πως ἅμα πάντα δυνήσεαι αὐτὸς
ἑλέσθαι. The beginner can at least be simple; he should aim to
attain the other qualities also.

Ὁ. Pope says in the preface to his translation : ‘That which in
my opinion ought to be the endeavour of any one who translates
Homer, is, above all things, to keep alive that spirit and fire which
makes his chief character. In particular places, where the sense
can bear any doubt, to follow the strongest and most poetical, as
most agreeing with that character. To copy him in all the varia-
tions of his style, and the different modulations of his numbers.

§ lle. HOMERIC STYLE XXXiil

To preserve in the more active or more descriptive parts a warmth
and elevation ; in the more sedate or narrative, a plainness and
solemnity ; in the speeches, a fulness and perspicuity; in the sen-
tences [sententiae], a shortness and gravity. Not to neglect even
the little figures and turns on the words, nor sometimes the very
cast of the periods. Neither to omit or confound any rites or
customs of antiquity. ... To consider him attentively in com-
parison with Vergil above all the ancients, and with Milton above
all the moderns.’ .

‘The story of the Iliad is the Anger of Achilles, the most short
and single subject that was ever chosen by any poet. Yet this he
has supplied with a greater number of councils, speeches, battles,
and episodes of all kinds than are to be found even in those poems
whose schemes are of the utmost latitude and irregularity. The
action is hurried on with the most vehement spirit, and its whole
duration occupies not so much as fifty days. Vergil, for want of
80 warm a genius, aided himself by taking in a more extensive
subject, as well as a greater length of time, and contracting the
design of both Homer’s poems into one which is but a fourth part
as large as his.’

c. Cowper says in the preface to his translation: ‘My chief
boast is that I have adhered closely to the original, convinced that
every departure from him would be punished with the forfeiture of
some grace or beauty for which I could offer no substitute. ... It
has been my point everywhere to be as little verbose as possible.

In the affair of style, I have endeavoured neither to creep
nor to bluster, for no author is so likely to betray his translator
into both these faults as Homer, though himself never guilty of
either. ... The passages which will be least noticed . .. are
those which have cost me abundantly the most labour. It is
difficult to kill a sheep with dignity in a modern language, to flay
and to prepare it for the table, detailing every circumstance of the
process. Difficult also, without sinking below the level of poetry,
to harness mules to a wagon, particularizing every article of their
furniture, straps, rings, staples, and even the tying of the knots
that kept all together. Homer, who writes always to the eye,

xxxiv INTRODUCTION g1ld.

with all his sublimity and grandeur, has the minuteness of a
Flemish painter.’

d. Two passages from the great German critic, Lessing, are ~
worthy to be remembered in this connection: ‘The picture of the
plague. What do we see on the canvas? Dead bodies, the flame
of funeral pyres, the dying busied with the dead, the angry god
upon a cloud discharging his arrows. The profuse wealth of the
picture becomes poverty in the poet. ... Now let us turn to
Homer himself [A 44-53]. The poet here is as far beyond the
painter as life is better than a picture. Wrathful, with bow and
quiver, Apollo descends from the Olympian towers. I not only
see him, but hear him. At every step the arrows rattle on the
shoulders of the angry god. He enters among the host like the
night. Now he seats himself over against the ships, and with a
terrible clang of the silver bow, sends his first shaft against the
mules and dogs. Next he turns his poisoned [deadly] darts upon
the warriors themselves, and unceasing blaze on every side the
corpse-laden pyres. It is impossible to translate into any other
language the musical painting heard in the poet’s words.’ Laocodn
xiii. (Miss Frothingham’s translation).

‘When Homer wishes to tell us how Agamemnon was dressed —
[B 42 ff.], he makes the king put on every article of raiment in
our presence: the soft tunic, the great mantle, the beautiful san-
dals, and the sword. When he is thus fully equipped he grasps
his scepter. We see the clothes while the poet is describing the °
act of dressing. An inferior writer would have described the
clothes down to the minutest fringe, and of the action we should
have seen nothing. . . . How does he manage when he desires to
give a more full and minute picture [B 101 ff.] of the scepter,
which is here called only ancestral and undecaying, as a similar
one in another place is only χρυσείοις ἥλοισι πεπαρμένον ἡ Does he
paint for us, beside the golden nails, the wood, and the carved
head? He might have done so had he been writing a description
for a book of heraldry, from which at some later day an exact copy
was to be made. Yet I have no doubt that many a modern poet
would have given such heraldic description in the honest belief

§ 11g. HOMERIC STYLE XxXxV

that he was really making a picture himself, because he was giving
the painter material for one. But what does Homer care how far
he outstrips the painter? Instead of a copy, he gives us the his-
tory of the scepter. First we see it in the workshop of Vulcan ;
then it shines in the hands of Jupiter; now it betokens the dignity
of Mercury; now it is the baton of warlike Pelops; and, again,
the shepherd’s staff of peace-loving Atreus. ... And so at last I
know this scepter better than if a painter should put it before my
eyes, or a second Vulcan give it into my hands.’ Laocodn xvi.

e. Direct Discourse. Like the writers of Holy Scripture, and as
in the simple style of ballads and fairy tales and the conversation
of children and uneducated persons, the Homeric poet avoids the
use of indirect discourse; he has no long passages in oratio obliqua,
in the manner of the reported speeches in Caesar’s Commentaries.
He passes quickly from indirect to direct discourse. Contrast 6
yap ἦλθε θοὰς ἐπὶ νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν |... καὶ λίσσετο πάντας ᾿Αχαιοὺς |...
ὑμῖν μὲν θεοὶ δοῖεν ᾿Ολύμπια δώματ᾽ ἔχοντες | ἐκπέρσαι Πριάμοιο πόλιν, εὖ
δ᾽ οἴκαδ᾽ ἱκέσθαι" παῖδα δ᾽ ἐμοὶ λῦσαί τε φίλην τά τ᾽ ἄποινα δέχεσθαι, |
ἁζόμενοι Διὸς υἱόν, ἑκηβόλον ᾿Απόλλωνα A 12 ff. with its paraphrase
which uses indirect discourse, ἐλθὼν ὁ ἱερεὺς εὔχετο ἐκείνοις μὲν τοὺς
θεοὺς δοῦναι ἑλόντας τὴν Τροίαν αὐτοὺς σωθῆναι, τὴν δὲ θυγατέρα οἱ λῦσαι
᾿δεξαμένους ἄποινα καὶ τὸν θεὸν αἰδεσθέντας κτλ. in Plato Rep. ii. 393 E,
Cf. also A 398 ff., Γ 87 ff., and Acts of the Apostles i. 4 : ‘He com-
manded them that they should . .. wait for the promise of the
Father, which ye have heard of me.’

f. Principal Clauses. Similar to this avoidance of indirect
discourse is the poet’s frequent and ready transition from a
subordinate to a principal clause, as ὃς μέγα πάντων | ᾿Αργείων
κρατέει kai οἱ πείθονται ᾿Αχαιοί A 78 f. who rules with might over
all the Argives and him (for whom) the Achaeans obey, ᾧ ἔπι πολλὰ
poynoa, δόσαν δέ μοι vies ᾿Αχαιῶν A162. Cf Xen. An. i. 1. 2. This
change is most frequent at a caesural pause or at the close of a
verse. :

g. Thus the poet deserts the participial for a finite construction,
as ἰοῖσίν τε τιτυσκόμενοι λάεσσί τ᾽ ἔβαλλον T 80, where τέ... τέ mark
the imperfect as correlative with the participle. Cf. E 594.

XXXVi INTRODUCTION 5:11 ἢ

h. Order of Words. The simplicity of the Homeric order of
words is most clearly seen by comparing a passage of Homer with
a similar passage of a later Greek poet or of Vergil. Many verses
of the Iliad and Odyssey can be translated into English, word for
word as they stand, as ὠχόμεθ᾽ és Θήβην ἱερὴν πόλιν “Heriwvos, | τὴν δὲ
διεπράθομέν τε καὶ ἤγομεν ἐνθάδε πάντα. |... ἐκ δ᾽ ἕλον ᾿Ατρεΐδῃ Χρυσηίδα
καλλιπάρῃον κτλ. A 866 ff. When the order differs essentially from
the English, there are generally rhetorical or poetical reasons why the
order is what it is. Noone should suppose that the meter compelled -
the poet to adopt an arrangement of words that was not natural and
did not please him. The verse gave prominence not merely to the first
word but often to the word before the principal caesural pause (§ 58).

i. The thought of each Homeric verse is somewhat more inde-
pendent than is the case in later poetry. Other things being
equal, a word should be construed with words in the same rather
than in another verse. Very rarely does a descriptive adjective at
the close of one verse agree directly with a noun at the beginning
of the next. The pause in the third foot also frequently indicates
the construction of a word, by separating it from the preceding or
connecting it with the following.

j. A noun at the close of one verse often has an adjective
apparently in agreement with it at the beginning of the next
verse, but this adjective may be regarded as in apposition with the
noun, and frequently serves to form a closer connection with a fol-
lowing amplifying clause, as μῆνιν ἄειδε θεά... | οὐλομένην 7 μυρί᾽
᾿Αχαιοῖς ἄλγε᾽ ἔθηκεν A 1 ἔν, where the relative clause explains
οὐλομένην : the wrath was mortal, deadly, because it brought ten
thousand woes upon the Achaeans. So a few verses later, νοῦσον
ἀνὰ στρατὸν ὦρσε κακήν, ὀὁλέκοντο δὲ λαοί A 10, the position of the
adjective κακήν (following the pause in the third foot) is explained
by its connection with the thought of the following clause; ef.
νῦν αὖτέ μιν vies ᾿Αχαιῶν | ἐν παλάμῃς φορέουσι δικασπόλοι οἵ τε θέμι-
στας | πρὸς Διὸς εἰρύαται A 237 ff., where δικασπόλοι is explained by
the following clause. αὐτόν thus often contrasts a man with his com-
panions or possessions, as ἀπὸ μὲν φίλα εἵματα Siow, | αὐτὸν δὲ κλαίοντα
θοὰς ἐπὶ νῆας ἀφήσω Β 261 ff. ᾿

§ 12a. HOMERIC STYLE XXXVii

k. The subject of the sentence usually precedes its verb. Almost
every exception to this remark is found either at the close of the
verse, or (less frequently) before the principal caesura, where the
same metrical freedom is allowed as at the end of the verse, ὃ 59 a3.

1. In order to give prominence to an important word, it is some-
times placed before the relative word of the clause to which it
belongs, as σαώτερος ds κε vena A 32. This is specially frequent
when the subordinate clause precedes the principal sentence, as
Ἕκτωρ δ᾽ ὡς Σκαιάς τε πύλας .. . ἵκανεν, | ἀμφ᾽ dpa μιν... . θέον κτλ.
Z 237.

m. Adnominal genitives and adjectives generally precede their
noun, as in English, except at the close of the verse or at a caesural
pause; but there are many exceptions to the rule in the case of
adjectives, principally, perhaps, where the adjective and substantive
are closely connected. The adjective following its noun after a
pause in the third foot is generally to be regarded as in apposition
with the noun, as κακήν A 10, φίλην A 20 (ef. 7, above). A prepo-

» sition likes to stand near its noun, and so often stands between the
adjective and its noun, as χρυσέῳ ἀνὰ σκήπτρῳ A 15, θοὰς ἐπὶ νῆας
A 12, ἡμετέρῳ ἐνὶ οἴκῳ A 30, νῆας ἔπι γλαφυράς T 119.

n. The infinitive generally follows the verb on which it depends.

o. When a noun is modified by two adjectives, it frequently is
preceded by one and followed by the other, as θοῇ παρὰ νηὶ μελαίνῃ
A 300. So in English poetry ‘human face divine,’ ‘ purest ray
serene,’ ‘old man eloquent.’

12. Hpithets. a. Ornamental epithets frequently have reference
to the most marked natural characteristics of an object rather
than to a particular occasion. The ships are swift (θοαί) even
when they are drawn up on land (A 300 and passim). The heaven
is starry even in broad daylight (Z108). Homer calls milk λευκόν
(A 434), — of course, not to distinguish white milk from milk of
another color, but to bring the object vividly before the mind by
mentioning a quality of it which all would recognize as belonging
to the nature of the object. The choice among these stereotyped
conventional epithets was often determined by the convenience of
meter or rhythm (see ὃ 22 ὁ f.)

XXXVIlii INTRODUCTION § 12 b.

b. Almost every prominent person in the poems has some special
epithet or epithets. Pope calls these ‘a sort of supernumerary
pictures of the persons or things they are joined to. We see the
motion of Hector’s plumes in the epithet κορυθαίολος. No one
but Athena is γλαυκῶπις, and the adjective becomes virtually a
proper name. She bears this epithet ninety times, generally in the
phrase θεὰ γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη. She is Παλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη forty-one times.
The Achaeans are ἐυκνήμιδες ᾿Αχαιοί thirty-six times, κάρη κομόωντες
twenty-nine times, in the genitive ᾿Αχαιῶν χαλκοχιτώνων twenty-four
times, vies ᾿Αχαιῶν sixty-four times, λαὸς ᾿Αχαιῶν twenty-two times,
κοῦροι ᾿Αχαιῶν nine times. Agamemnon is ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν forty-five times
in the Jliad and thrice in the Odyssey, while this title is given to
only five other chiefs, once to each. Achilles is ποδάρκης δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς
twenty-one times, πόδας ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεύς thirty times, ποδώκεος Αἰακίδαο
ten times, ποδώκεα Πηλείωνα ten times. Menelaus is ‘ good at the
war cry’ (βοὴν ἀγαθός) twenty-five times. Hector is κορυθαίολος
thirty-seven times, φαίδιμος Ἕκτωρ thirty times. Cf pius Aeneas,
fidus Achates, and Longfellow’s ‘ gentle Evangeline,’ ‘Basil the |
blacksmith,’ ‘Captain of Plymouth,’ ‘the Puritan maiden Priscilla.’
‘In our own national songs,’ says Macaulay, ‘Douglas is almost
always the doughty Douglas, England is merry England, all the
gold is red, and all the ladies are gay.’ Cf. § 22 a,b, ὁ, 7.

c. The situation of the moment seems sometimes to contradict
the epithet, as τὸν δὲ ἰδὼν ῥίγησε βοὴν ἀγαθὸς Διομήδης E 596 at sight
of him Diomed good at the war cry shuddered.

d. Synonymous Expressions. The poet is fond of a cumulation
of synonymous or nearly synonymous expressions, many of which
remind the reader of redundant legal expressions, as φωνήσας προσ-
ηύδα A 201 lifted up his voice and addressed her, ἔπος τ᾽ ἔφατ᾽ ἔκ τ᾽
ὀνόμαζεν A 361 spoke a word and called upon him, ἐμεῦ ζῶντος καὶ ἐπὶ
χθονὶ δερκομένοιο A 88, ἀπριάτην ἀνάποινον A 99, τῶν ov τι μετατρέπῃ οὐδ᾽
ἀλεγίζεις A 160, πόλεμοί τε μάχαι τε A LTT, πάντων μὲν κρατέειν ἐθέλει
πάντεσσι δ᾽ ἀνάσσειν, | πᾶσι δὲ σημαίνειν A 288 ἔ,, οὔτ᾽ εἴρομαι οὔτε
μεταλλῶ A 553, ὄψεαι εἴ κ᾿ ἐθέλῃσθα καὶ εἴ κέν τοι τὰ μεμήλῃ Δ 353,
ἡγήτορες ἠδὲ μέδοντες B 79. Sometimes the same stem is repeated
for emphasis, in a different form, as ὄψιμον ὀψιτέλεστον B 828.

§ 13 a. HOMERIC STYLE Xxxix

e. Hpexegesis. A clause is often added epexegetically, to explain
a preceding clause or word, as μῆνιν... οὐλομένην ἢ μυρί᾽ ᾿Αχαιοῖς
ἄλγε᾽ ἔθηκεν A 1 f., τά τε δῶρ᾽ “Adpodirns, | 7 τε κόμη τό τε εἶδος T 54 f.
For explanatory asyndeton, see § 15 ὁ.

f. The species often follows in apposition with the genus, as
κύματα μακρὰ θαλάσσης | πόντου ᾿Ικαρίοιο Β 144f., ὀρνίθων, | χηνῶν B
459 f., βοῦς | ταῦρος Β 480 f. Cf the explanatory use of the infini-
tive, as ἔριδι ξυνέηκε μάχεσθαι A 8 brought together in a strife, to
contend.

g. Thus also the part of the mind or body which is employed or
specially affected is mentioned, as οὐκ ᾿Αγαμέμνονι ἥνδανε θυμῷ A 24,
χωόμενος κῆρ A 44, κεχαροίάωτο θυμῷ A 256, ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ὁρᾶσθαι
I 306.

h. Stereotyped Expressions. The same expressions recur under
similar circumstances. We find a stereotyped description of a feast
and of the preparations for it, of the breaking of day and of the
approach of night, of doffing or donning sandals and armor; there
are conventional expressions for setting out on a journey, for an
attack in battle, for the fall and death of a warrior, for lying down
to rest. Such formulae were convenient for the bard, and did not
distract the attention of the hearer from more important matters.
Speeches are introduced and followed by set verses, as καί μὲν (or
σφεας) φωνήσας ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα A 201, and in fifty other
places ; 6 σφιν ἐὺ φρονέων ἀγορήσατο καὶ μετέειπεν A 73 and in fourteen
other places, while the second hemistich is found several times in
other combinations ; ἦ τοι 6 γ᾽ ὡς εἰπὼν κατ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἕζετο, τοῖσι δ᾽ ἀνέστη
A 68,101, Β 76. These stereotyped verses have been compared
with the frequently recurring ‘ And Job answered and said,’ ‘ Then
Eliphaz the Temanite answered and said,’ of the book of Job, and
with the set form in which the reports of the messengers were
brought to the man of Uz, —each of the four reports ending ‘and
I only am escaped alone to tell thee.’

13. a. Parechesis, Onomatopoeia, etc. The poet seems to have
looked with indifference on the similarity of sound in neighboring
words. He does not appear to have designed the rhyme in ἱκέσθαι,
δέχεσθαι A 19 f., δώσει, ἀπώσει A 96 f., χέουσα, τεκοῦσα A 413 ἔ,,

Ses INTRODUCTION | § 13 Ὁ.

ἔρυσσαν, τάνυσσαν A 485 f., or between the two hemistichs of a verse,
as ἔσπετε viv μοι Μοῦσαι ᾿᾽Ολύμπια δώματ᾽ ἔχουσαι B 484.

Most examples of parechesis (παρήχησις) and alliteration are
probably accidental, as πολλέων ἐκ πολίων B 131, és πόλεμον πωλήσεαι
E 350, πατρί τε σῷ μέγα πῆμα πόληί τε παντί τε δήμῳ T δ0.

Ὁ. Occasionally an onomatopoetic (ὀνοματοποιία), imitative expres-
sion is used, giving a kind of echo in the sound, as τριχθά τε καὶ
τετραχθά Τ' 363, of the breaking of the sword of Menelaus; ἐκ δὲ
Χρυσηὶς νηὸς βῆ ποντοπόροιο A 439, where a vivid imagination may
perhaps hear the measured steps of the damsel as she leaves the
ship, with a quick rush at the close; αὖτις ἔπειτα πέδονδε κυλίνδετο
Adas ἀναιδής A 598, of the rolling back of the stone which Sisyphus
in Hades was continually urging to the summit of a hill. Cf.
Vergil’s quadrupedante putrem sonitu quatit ungula cam-
pum (4en. vill. 596).

c. The poet plays occasionally on the names of his heroes, as
Πρόθοος θοὸς ἡγεμόνευεν B 758 (“swift by nature as well as by
name”), Τληπόλεμον . . . τλήμονα θυμὸν ἔχων E 668 ff., Ἕκτορ... φῆς
που ἄτερ λαῶν πόλιν ἑξέμεν E 472 f., where ἑξέμεν seems to be selected
with reference to the assumed etymology of Ἕκτωρ.

14. a. Comparisons or Similes. A notable characteristic of
Homeric style is the comparison. This is designed to throw into
high relief some point in the action narrated, especially some
change in the situation; it often relieves the monotony of the
description of a battle. But the poet is not always satisfied to
illustrate the particular point for which the comparison is intro-
duced; he often completes the picture by adding touches which
have nothing to do with the narrative, as is done in the parables
of Seripture, and the similarity of details must not be pressed.

b. Illustrations are furnished by all experiences of life, from the
lightning of Zeus and the conflict of opposing winds, from the snow-
storm and the mountain torrent, to a child playing with the sand
on the seashore, and a little girl clinging to her mother’s gown;
from lions and eagles, to a stubborn ass which refuses to be driven
from a cornfield by children, and to a greedy fly; from the evening
star, to women wrangling in the street. The lion is a special

$ 15a. HOMERIC STYLE xii

favorite, and appears in comparisons thirty times in the Iliad.
These comparisons afford a wider view of life in the Homeric age
than is presented by the events themselves. .

c. Homer, like Milton, could not think of an army in motion
without thinking of its resemblance to something else. Just before
the Catalogue of the Ships, the movements of the Achaean armies
are described by six detailed comparisons (B 455-483): the splendor
of their armor is compared with the gleam of fire upon the moun-
tains (455-458) ; their noisy tumult, with the clamor of cranes or
swans on the Asian plain (459-466) ; in multitude, they are as the
innumerable leaves and flowers of springtime (467 f.); they are
impetuous and bold as the eager flies around the farm buildings
(469-473) ; they are marshaled by their leaders as flocks of goats
by their herds (474-479); their leader (Agamemnon) is like to
Zeus, to Ares, to Poseidon,—he is preéminent among the heroes
as a bull in a herd of cattle (480-483).

ἃ. The Jliad has 182 detailed comparisons, seventeen briefer
(as παισὶν ἐοικότες ἠγοράασθε | νηπιάχοις οἷς ov τι μέλει πολεμήια ἔργα
Β 337 f.), and twenty-eight of the briefest sort. The Odyssey has
thirty-nine detailed comparisons, six briefer, and thirteen very
brief. The first book of the Iliad has only two comparisons, and
those of the briefest, 6 3’ eg νυκτὶ ἐοικώς A 47, ἠύτ᾽ ὀμίχλη A 359,
in addition to ὄσσε δέ οἱ πυρὶ λαμπετόωντι ἐίκτην A 104. Books B-Z
have forty detailed comparisons.

e. Comparisons are introduced by ὥς re, ὡς εἰ, ws ὅτε, ὥς περ κτλ.

Prepositive ὡς is not used in comparisons (except in pw 433).
In the briefest comparisons, postpositive ws is often used, generally
lengthening the preceding syllable (§ 597).

f. The aorist indicative (the so-called ‘gnomic aorist’) is often
used in comparisons, as Γ 4, 10, 23, 33.

15. a. Asyndeton. In the Homeric period more frequently
than in later Greek, sentences were left unconnected by conjunc-
tions, i.e. asyndeton (H. 1039) was allowed more freely. Orna-
mental epithets are not connected by καί, and sometimes in animated
discourse the poet uses no conjunction between clauses or words,
aS ἀπριάτην ἀνάποινον A 99.

xlii INTRODUCTION § 15 b.

b. Asyndeton of sentences is most frequent where the second
sentence explains the first and is in a kind of apposition with it,
repeating the thought in a different form: ἀλλὰ καὶ ds ἐθέλω δόμεναι
πάλιν εἰ τό γ᾽ ἄμεινον" | BovrAop’ ἐγὼ λαὸν σόον ἔμμεναι ἢ ἀπολέσθαι A
116 f., ὦ πόποι, 7 μέγα πένθος ᾿Αχαιίδα γαῖαν ἱκάνει" | ἦ κεν γηθήσαι
Πρίαμος Πριάμοιό τε παῖδες A 254 f., ἀλλ᾽ ὅδ᾽ ἀνὴρ ἐθέλει περὶ πάντων
ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, | πάντων μὲν κρατέειν ἐθέλει πάντεσσι δ᾽ ἀνάσσειν A 287 Ff.
In B 299, τλῆτε φίλοι καὶ μείνατ᾽ ἐπὶ χρόνον gives the sum of the
preceding sentence, and the asyndeton marks the speaker’s warmth
of feeling.

c. An adversative relation (but) is occasionally expressed by an
asyndeton, especially with ye μέν in the second clause, as B 703,
E 516.

d. The absence of a conjunction often gives rapidity to the style
and thus is found often where. the second sentence begins with
αὐτίκα OF αἶψα, aS εἰ δ᾽ aye μὴν meipnom... αἶψά τοι αἷμα κελαινὸν
ἐρωήσει περὶ δουρί A 302 f., αὐτίκα κερτομίοισι Δία Κρονίωνα προσηύδα
A 539; cf. Β 442.

16. a. Chiasmus.1 For emphasis, the poet sometimes so
arranges the words of two clauses that the extremes, as also the
means, are correlative with or contrasted with each other, as παῖδά
τε σοὶ ἀγέμεν, Φοίβῳ θ᾽ ἱερὴν ἑκατόμβην A 443, where παῖδα and
ἑκατόμβην, σοί and Φοίβῳ respectively are contrasted. Cf. ὡς
᾿Αχιλῆα | τιμήσῃς ὀλέσῃς δὲ πολέας A 558 f., dvopeveow μὲν χάρμα,
κατηφείην δὲ σοὶ αὐτῷ Τ' 51, dpv’, ἕτερον λευκόν, ἑτέρην δὲ μέλαιναν, | Γῇ
τε καὶ ελίῳ Γ 109 f., where the black lamb was for Γῇ and the
white for "Hé\vos, — βασιλεύς τ᾽ ἀγαθὸς κρατερός τ᾽ αἰχμητής T 179,
where the adjectives are brought together, A 450 f. Cf. Milton’s
‘Sweet is the breath of morn, her rising sweet,’ Par. Lost iv. 641,

1The name is given from the Greek letter X, there being a crossing of
ideas, as:
βασιλεύς τ᾽ ἀγαθός
κρατερός Et αἰχμητής Τ' 179.

It should be noticed that this chiastic arrangement is often the most simple and
natural, as in the first example above, where σοί at once suggests the other
person interested, Φοῖβος.

§ 16 d. HOMERIC STYLE xlii

‘ Adam the goodliest man of men since born | His sons, the fairest
of her daughters Eve,’ Par. Lost iv. 323 f., and Shakspere’s ‘ Malice
domestic, foreign levy,’ Macbeth iii. 2. 25.

Ὁ. Epanalepsis. Sometimes a word (generally a proper name)
or a clause is repeated in the same sentence at the beginning of a
new verse. Cf. Milton’s Lycidas 37 f. ‘But O the heavy change,
now thou art gone, | Now thou art gone and never must return,’
58 f. ‘What could the muse herself that Orpheus bore, | The
muse herself for her enchanting son?’ The name is repeated at
the beginning of three successive verses (Nipevs... Nipevs..
Nipevs), B 671 ff. Cf also B 838, 850, 871,2Z 154. The name when
repeated is attracted into the case of the following relative pro-
noun, in ᾿Ανδρομάχη, θυγάτηρ μεγαλήτορος ᾿Ηετίωνος, | ᾿Ηετίων ὃς ἔναιεν
ὑπὸ Πλάκῳ ὑληέσσῃ Z 395 f. Andromache, daughter of the great-
souled Hetion, Ketion who dwelt at the foot of woody Placus.

c. Litdtes (λιτότης ΟΥ μείωσις), a simplicity of language, or under-
statement of the truth (usually a strong affirmation by denial of the
contrary), is common to all languages. Milton’s ‘ unblest feet’ is
stronger than cursed feet. Homeric examples abound, as οὐκ ’Aya-
μέμνονι ἥνδανε θυμῷ A 24 it was not pleasing to the soul of Agamem-
non, ἴ.6. it was hateful, etc.; ἂψ δ᾽ ἐς κουλεὸν ὦσε μέγα ξίφος οὐδ᾽
ἀπίθησεν | μύθῳ ᾿Αθηναίης A 220 f. back into the sheath he thrust his
great sword nor did he disobey the word of Athena, i.e. he obeyed ;
Ἕκτωρ δ᾽ οὔ τι θεᾶς ἔπος ἠγνοίησεν B 807.

d. a. Periphrasis. Certain periphrases occur frequently, as ἄξετε
δὲ Πριάμοιο βίην 1105 bring the might of Priam, i.e. the mighty
Priam, Παφλαγόνων δ᾽ ἡγεῖτο Πυλαιμένεος λάσιον κῇρ B 851, ἢ ἔπει
ὥνησας κραδίην Διὸς ἠὲ καὶ ἔργῳ A 395, πολεμήια ἔργα Β 338, works of
war, ἴ.6. war, μένος ἀνδρῶν Β 387, i.e. brave men. Cf. odora canum
vis Verg. Aen. iv. 132, horrentia centum terga suum {ὖ. i.
634 f. ; ‘First, noble friend, let me embrace thine age,’ Shakspere
Tempest v. i; ‘The majesty of buried Denmark,’ Hamlet init. ;
Milton’s ‘Meanwhile... where the might of Gabriel fought,’ Par.
Lost vi. 355 ; ‘The violence | Of Ramiel, scorcht and blasted, over-
threw,’ ἐδ. vi. 371 f.; ‘By them stood the dreaded name | Of
Demogorgon,’ ib. ii. 965.

“ix INTRODUCTION "= esha

8. Some of these periphrases were used simply for metrical con-
venience. .g. Bin Ἡρακληείη is equivalent to Ἡρακλεὴς; which is
not suited to the Homeric verse.

y. δούλιον ἦμαρ Z 463 is simply a poetic expression for slavery,
ἐλεύθερον ἦμαρ Z 455 for freedom.

e. Zeugma. Sometimes two connected subjects or objects are
construed with a verb which is appropriate to but one of them,
as 9 μὲν ἔπειτα | εἰς ἅλα GAT... | Ζεὺς δὲ ἑὸν πρὸς δῶμα (86. ἔβη)
A 5381 ff. she then leaped into the sea, but Zeus went to his own house,
ἧχι ἑκάστῳ | ἵπποι ἀερσίποδες Kal ποικίλα τεύχε᾽ ἔκειτο Τ' 326 f. where
the high-stepping horses of each were standing, and the bright armor
was lying. Cf. Shakspere, Sonnet 55, 7, ‘Nor Mars his sword, nor
war’s quick fire shall burn | The living record of your memory.’

f. Hysteron Proteron. Occasionally the more important or obvi-
ous object or action is mentioned before another which should
precede it in strict order of time, as ἅμα τράφεν ἠδὲ γένοντο A 251
were bred and born with him. Cf. Shakspere, Twelfth Night i. ii.
‘For I was bred and born | Not three hours’ travel from this very
place’ and Vergil’s moriamur et in media arma ruamus den.
ii. 353. In some phrases metrical convenience may have deter-
mined the order of expression.

g. Apostrophe. At times the poet addresses directly one of his
characters, as οὐδὲ σέθεν, Μενέλαε, θεοὶ μάκαρες λελάθοντο Δ 127 nor
did the gods forget thee, Menelaus, ἔνθ᾽ ἄρα τοι, Πάτροκλε, φάνη βιότοιο
τελευτή IL 787 then, Patroclus, appeared for thee the end of life.
Fifteen times in the Odyssey the poet thus addresses the ‘ godlike
swineherd’ Eumaeus, —which may be there chiefly a metrical con-
venience. Cf. Milton’s apostrophe to Eve, ‘O much deceiv’d, much
failing, hapless Eve, | Of thy presum’d return,’ Par. Lost ix. 404 f.

17. Later Change in Words. The student must be watchful to
apprehend the exact Homeric meaning of words which are used in a
slightly different sense in later Greek. Thus ἀγορή and ἀγών are
used in Homer of an assembly, gathering, not of market and contest.
’Aidns is always the name of a person, not of a place. ἀοιδός, ἀοιδή
are used for the Attic ποιητής, ὕμνος, --- ἔπος and μῦθος are used for
λόγος, κοσμέω for τάσσω. βλάπτω is to injure by detaining, detain.

7

§ 18 b. HOMERIC SYNTAX xlv

δεινός means terrible, not skilful. δεῖπνον is the principal meal of
the day, whenever it is taken. ἔγχος means spear, never sword.
ἔμπης is used for the Attic ὅμως, nevertheless. ἥρως is used of all the
warriors ; it does not mean a hero in the English sense. θεράπων
was nearly the Spartan θεράπων, --- not a menial servant. ἡγέομαι is
to lead, not to think. κρίνω is to select, discriminate, rather than
to judge. dads [λεώς] is often used of soldiery. λίσσομαι is used
only once of entreaty addressed to gods. μέλλω never means delay.
νοέω Often has the sense of αἰσθάνομαι (which is not Homeric), per-
ceive, and φράζομαι is to consider. νόμος is not used for law. ὄνομαι
is not to blame in a general way, but to think insufficient, despise.
οὐτάζω is wound with a weapon held in the hand, not with a missile.
πέμπω is escort, attend, as well as send ; cf. πομπή, convoy. πόλεμος
is often battle rather than war. πρήσσω is to carry through rather
than to do, as in Attic. σχεδόν is near, of place, not almost. σῶμα
is used only of a dead body, δέμας being used of the living form, and
αὖὗτός and περὶ χροΐ taking some of the Attic uses of σῶμα. τάχα
always means quickly, never perhaps, as in later Greek. τίθημι is
often used like ποιέω, make. τλήμων is bold, or enduring, rather than
wretched, as in later Greek. φιλέω is often to entertain hospitably (i.e.
as a friend, φίλος). φόβος is not fright but flight; φοβέομαι is
not fear but flee. ὡς does not mean since. κίνδυνος, ὀργή, ὁπλίτης,
στρατόπεδον, and στρατηγός are not used.

With these changes the student may compare the changes in
meaning of many words between Shakspere’s time and our own, as
in honest, charity, convenient, prevent, homely, painful.

HOMERIC SYNTAX,

18. a. In syntax, as in forms, where the Homeric dialect
differs from the Attic it may be presumed that the Homeric usage
is the earlier. The language was less rigid ; custom had not yet
established certain constructions as normal. There was greater
freedom in the use of the modes and the cases, of prepositions and
conjunctions.

b. It is impossible to bring the Homeric uses of the modes
under the categories and rules that prevailed in the Attic period.

xlvi INTRODUCTION § 18 ο.

Intermediate in force between the simple future and the potential
optative with ἄν were : —

a. The future with κέ, as 6 δέ κεν κεχολώσεται A 139; cf. A 175,
523, B 229.

β. The subjunctive as a less vivid future, as od γάρ πω τοίους ἴδον
ἀνέρας οὐδὲ ἴδωμαι A 262 7 never yet saw such men nor shall I see them.
(H. 868; G. 1821.)

y. The subjunctive with κέν or ἄν, as a potential mode, as εἰ δέ κε
μὴ δώωσιν, ἐγὼ δέ Kev αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι A 137 but if they will not give it,
I myself will then take, etc. οὐκ av τοι χραίσμῃ κίθαρις T 54 the
cithara would not in that case avail thee.

ὃ. The potential optative without ἄν, as B 687, A 18.

c. The subjunctive is used more freely in Homer than in later
Greek.

d. a. Homer prefers εἰ with the subjunctive to εἴ κεν (ai κεν) or
εἰ dv with the subjunctive. εἰ ἄν is not used in general conditions.

B. εἴ xe is rarely used with the optative (twenty-nine times in
all); never in the expression of a wish. εἰ dy is used with the
optative but once, εἴ περ ἂν αὐταὶ | μοῦσαι ἀείδοιεν B 597 f.

y. The optative in indirect discourse is used for the indicative in
direct discourse only in questions.

δ. In a few passages the optative with κέν is used in the apodo-
sis, where Homeric and Attic usage alike lead us to expect av with
a past tense of the indicative, as B 81, I 220, E 85, καί νύ κεν ἔνθ᾽
ἀπόλοιτο ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν Αἰνείας, | εἰ μὴ ἄρ᾽ ὀξὺ νόησε Διὸς θυγάτηρ ’Adpo-
δίτη E 311 f. “Aeneas would have perished if Aphrodite had not
perceived.”

e. a. The infinitive is often (in about two hundred cases, — nearly
twice as frequently in the Odyssey as in the Jliad) used as an
imperative, as A 20.

β. The ‘explanatory ’ or ‘epexegetical’ use of the infinitive is
frequent, as A 8,107, 338, B 108. Often, as in these instances, this
is a survival of the old datival origin of the mood.

f. κέν is used four times as frequently as ἄν.

g. The ‘historical present’ is not used.

h. The imperfect is much used, even associated with the aorist.

8 19g. HOMERIC SYNTAX xlvii

i. ἐστί is not always a mere copula, and is occasionally modified
by an adverb, as a true verb of existence; cf. ἐπεί νύ τοι aloa μίνυνθά
περ, ov τι para δήν A 416 since thy appointed time of life is brief, ete.,
and μίνυνθα δέ ot γένεθ᾽ ὁρμή A 466 but brief was his onset.

19. a. The cases retained more of their original force than in
Attic and had less need of a preposition to make the construction
distinct (it was once thought that the poet omitted the preposition
for the convenience of his verse), as the ablatival genitive in ἕρκος
᾿Αχαιοῖσιν πέλεται πολέμοιο κακοῖο A 284 is a bulwark for the Achaeans
from (to keep off) evil war, καρπαλίμως ἀνέδυ πολιῆς ἁλὸς ἠύτ᾽ ὀμίχλη
A 359 swiftly she rose as a mist out of the hoary sea. The dative of
place is often found without a preposition, as τόξ᾽ ὥμοισιν ἔχων A 45
having his bow upon his shoulder.

b. The accusative without a preposition often expresses the
‘limit of motion, as A 254, 497. This construction is frequent
with fkw, ἱκάνω, ἱκνέομαι, but rare with εἶμι, ἔρχομαι, Baivw. Cf. Mil-
ton’s ‘ Arrive the happy isle,’ Par. Lost ii. 409; Tennyson’s ‘ Arrive
at last the happy goal,’ In Mem. lxxxiii.

c. Clear examples of the so-called ‘accusative of specification’
are not nearly so common as in later Greek.

d. Many cognate accusatives are on their way to become adverbs,

e. The prepositions still retain much of their adverbial nature,
and have not become fixedly attached to the verbs which they
modify (§ 55). It was once thought that the occasional separation
of verb and preposition was a poetic license, and (considered as a
surgical operation) it was called tmesis. The student may think of
the freedom of the prepositions of some German compound verbs.

f. In the Homeric period certain constructions were only begin-
ning to appear definitely in use, such as the accusative with the
infinitive, and the genitive absolute.

g. a. The genitive absolute is more frequent with the present
participle than with the aorist participle. The genitive absolute
with omitted subject is particularly rare, and is denied by most
scholars. The participle sometimes seems to be used with omitted
subject when it really agrees with the genitive which is implied in
a preceding dative.

xlvili INTRODUCTION § 19 ἢ.

B. It is often impossible to say categorically whether the genitive
is in the absolute construction or rather depends on some other
word, as ὑπὸ δὲ Τρῶες κεχάδοντο | ἀνδρὸς ἀκοντίσσαντος A 497 f., where
the position of the genitive at the beginning of the verse gives it
greater independence, but it was probably influenced by the verb,
the Trojans drew back from the man as he hurled his javelin; ef. |
ἔκλαγξαν δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ὀιστοὶ ἐπ᾽ ὥμων χωομένοιο | αὐτοῦ κινηθέντος A 46 ἔ,

y. Sometimes a preposition is used where the genitive absolute
would be used in Attic prose, as ἀμφὶ δὲ νῆες | σμερδαλέον κονάβησαν
ἀυσάντων ὑπ᾽ ᾿Αχαιῶν B 333 f.

h. The dative of interest is often used with the verb where the
English idiom prefers a possessive genitive with a noun, as δεινὼ δέ
οἱ ὄσσε φάανθεν A 200 terribly did her (lit. for her the) eyes gleam ;
or is used instead of an ablatival genitive with a preposition, as
Δαναοῖσιν ἀεικέα λοιγὸν ἀπώσει A 97 will ward off ignominious destruc-
tion from (lit. for) the Danai; or instead of a genitive with verbs
of ruling and leading, as πάντεσσι δ᾽ ἀνάσσειν A 288 to reign over
(lit. be the king for) all; or instead of an adverbial expression, as
τοῖσι δ᾽ ἀνέστη A 68 for them rose (not to be taken as a local dative,
among them).

i. ὑπό is used with the dative in almost the same sense as with.
the genitive in Attic, as ἐδάμῃη ὑπὸ χερσὶ ποδώκεος Αἰακίδαο Β 860 he
was slain by the hands of the swift-footed Aeacides, with perhaps
more of the original local force of the preposition.

j. The use of ἢ after a comparative is rare; only nineteen
instances are found in Homer.

k. Some constructions were used more freely and constantly
than in later Greek. Certain of these were always looked upon
as poetic, as θείῃ πεδίοιο Z 507 runs over the plain, λούεσθαι ποτα-
poto Z 508 bathe in the river. For the genitive of the place to which
the action belongs, see H. 760; G. 1137.

1. A neuter noun in the plural is the subject of a plural verb
more frequently than in Attic.

20. a. Particles. a. The beginner in reading Homer is per-
plexed by a large number of particles that are not easy to render
by English words. Their force can often be given best by the

8.31 ἃ. HOMERIC SYNTAX ein

order of the words in the translation or by the tone of voice in
reading. To translate ῥά as was natural (or even you see or you
know) or γέ at least, often throws upon the particle very dispropor-
tionate emphasis. The student can most easily and clearly appre-
ciate the force of a particle by comparing a number of examples
which have become familiar to him; he will then see the impor-
tance of these particles to the character and tone of a speech or of
the narrative.

β. τέ 18 used far more freely than in Attic prose. A single τέ is
often used to connect single notions, as κύνεσσιν | οἰωνοῖσί τε A 4 f.

γ. ὄφρα is the usual particle to introduce a final clause.

Ὁ. Interrogative Particles. a. The general interrogative particle
in Homer is 4, but in a double question (where the Attic Greek
uses πότερον... 7) 4 Or ἠέ Stands in the first member, ἦ or ἦε in the
second; ef. A 190 ff.

β. When ἢ introduces a single question, it is rarely used as in
Attic, as a mere interrogation point. It regularly implies emotion
of some kind, as A 133, 203. |

21. a. Parataxis. The Homeric language is far less distinct
than the Latin or the English in the expression of logical relations,
and gives less prominence to the logical forms of syntax; but it is
seldom difficult to appreciate the ancient idiom if an attempt is
made to find the Homeric point of view. .

The Homeric poems contain many survivals of the simplest form
of sentences. In the earliest stage of the Greek language, clauses
were not combined with each other as secondary and principal;
they were simply added one to the other. To use the technical terms,
codrdination or parataxis (παράταξις) was the rule, — not swbordina-
tion or hypotaxis (iréragis). Originally the relatives were demon-
stratives, and relative sentences have been called ‘ parenthetic
demonstrative sentences.’ Thus δέ was used in the apodosis of
relative and conditional sentences. This was especially frequent
when the relative or conditional clause preceded, as εἰ δέ κε μὴ
δώωσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι A137 but if they shall not give it,
(but) then I myself shall take, etc., clos ὃ ταῦθ᾽ ὥρμαινε... ἦλθε δ᾽
᾿Αθήνη A 193 f. while he was pondering this... (but) then Athena

] INTRODUCTION § 21 b.

came, οἵη περ φύλλων γενεή, τοίη δὲ καὶ ἀνδρῶν Z 146 as is the race of
leaves, (but) even such is also the race of men. Soairdp and ἀλλά are
used with stronger emphasis than δέ, as εἰ δὲ σὺ καρτερός ἐσσι, θεὰ δέ
σε γείνατο μήτηο, | ἀλλ᾽ ὅδε φέρτερός ἐστιν ἐπεὶ πλεόνεσσιν ἀνάσσει A 280 1,
but uf thou art mighty and a goddess is thy mother, (but) yet, ete.,
where the apodosis is really contrasted with the protasis; cf. A 81,
quoted in the next paragraph.

b. Compare with the foregoing the use of καί in the conclusion
of relative sentences, to mark the connection of the clauses. Thus
also τέ was freely used in subordinate clauses, as ὅς xe θεοῖς ἐπιπείθηται
μάλα τ᾽ ἔκλυον αὐτοῦ A 218 whoever obeys the gods, (and) himself the
gods readily hear; and ré... τέ is found in both protasis and
apodosis, marking their correlation, as εἴ περ γάρ τε χόλον... κατα-
πέψῃ, | ἀλλά τε καὶ μετόπισθεν ἔχει κότον A 81 f. for even if he should
restrain his wrath, (but) yet even hereafter, ete.

c. The first part of a paratactic sentence may introduce the
cause or reason for what follows, as in Andromache’s words to
Hector, Ἕκτορ ἀτὰρ σύ μοί ἐσσι πατὴρ καὶ πότνια μήτηρ, | 70 κασί-
γνητος, σὺ δέ μοι θαλερὸς παρακοίτης" ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε νῦν ἐλέαιρε καὶ αὐτοῦ
pipy ἐπὶ πύργῳ Z 429 ff. but thou, Hector, art my father, ete.,
which implies “ Hector, since thou art my all.”

d. Correlative Constructions. The Greek language was always
fond of a parallel or antithetic construction, a contrast, a balance,
where the English subordinates one thought to the other; but the
adversative relation, where the English idiom would use a subordi-
nate clause introduced by for, although, when, while, or since, is
more frequent in these poems than in later Greek, as ἀλλὰ πίθεσθ᾽"
ἄμφω δὲ vewrépw ἐστόν ἐμεῖο A 259, φύλλα τὰ μέν τ᾽ ἄνεμος χαμάδις χέει,
ἄλλα δέ θ᾽ ὕλη | τηλεθόωσα φύει, ἔαρος δ᾽ ἐπιγίγνεται ὥρη Z 141 1....
when the season of spring comes on, ἠμὲν δή ποτ᾽ ἐμεῦ πάρος ἔκλυες εὐξα-
μένοιο.. .. ἠδ᾽ ἔτι καὶ viv μοι τόδ᾽ ἐπικρήηνον ἐέλδωρ A 453 ff. as thou
didst hear my former prayer so now also fulfill this my desire.

e. αὐτάρ also is used where a causal particle would be used in
English, as ὀδύνῃσι rerappévos, αὐτὰρ ὀιστὸς | ὦμῳ ἐνὶ στιβαρῷ ἠλήλατο
E 399 f. thrilled with pains since the arrow was fixed in his stout
shoulder.

§ 22 a. THE HOMERIC DIALECT li

f. In these contrasted clauses, αὖ, αὖτε, αὐτάρ, ἀτάρ, ἀλλά, as well as
δέ, may be used in correlation with μέν. And καὶ τότε and dpa (ῥά,
dp) are used as well as δέ to mark the apodosis.

g. A copulative conjunction is sometimes used where the English
uses a disjunctive 07, as τριπλῇ τετραπλῇ te A 128 threefold or (and)
fourfold, in which prominence is given to the second member. Cf.
ἕνα καὶ δύο B 346, χθιζά τε καὶ πρωιζά B 303, τριχθά τε καὶ τετραχθά
Τ' 363, O terque quaterque beati Verg. Aen, i. 94.

h. The Homeric poet sometimes puts into an independent clause
the incidental thought which in later Greek would be expressed
regularly by a participle, as λαοὶ δ᾽ ἠρήσαντο θεοῖς ἰδὲ χεῖρας ἀνέσχον
I 318 the people prayed to the gods with uplifted hands (lit. and
lifted their hands) ; for χεῖρας ἀνασχόντες, ef. μεγάλ᾽ εὔχετο, χεῖρας ava-
σχών A450; (Ζεὺς μερμήριζε ws ᾿Αχιλῆα) τιμήσῃ, ὀλέσῃ δὲ πολέας ἐπὶ
νηυσὶν ᾿Αχαιῶν Β 4 was pondering how he might honor Achilles by
destroying (lit. and destroy), etc.; ef. ἦλθε φέρων, ἔχων A 12 f.; ἀλλ᾽
ἀκέουσα κάθησο, ἐμῷ δ᾽ ἐπιπείθεο μύθῳ A 565 for ἐμῷ πειθομένη μύθῳ.

i. Conversely, the participle, as in later Greek, often contains
the principal idea, as κατένευσεν | Ἴλιον ἐκπέρσαντ᾽ εὐτείχεον ἀπονέεσθαι
B 113 promised that I should sack Ilios, and return, but in the very
next verse is the English idiom, viv δὲ κακὴν ἀπάτην βουλεύσατο, καί
pe κελεύει | δυσκλέα “Apyos ἱκέσθαι B 114 f. planned an evil deceit and
bids me go, ete., for ἀπάτην βουλεύσας. ©

THE HOMERIC DIALECT.

22. a. The dialect of the Homeric poems is in one sense arti-
ficial: it was spoken at no place and at no time. But it is not a
mosaic composed of words and forms chosen capriciously from the
different Greek dialects; it is a product of natural growth. The
poets retained many old words and forms which had disappeared
from the spoken language (ef. hath, lovéd, I ween, etc., in English
verse), and unconsciously excluded all that was not adapted to
dactylic verse; but they did no violence to their language; they
did not wantonly change metrical quantities, nor did they intro-
duce new grammatical terminations, nor violate syntactic usage.

lii INTRODUCTION § 22 b.

b. The student must always remember that the Homeric dialect
was not a modification of the Attic dialect, and was not derived
from it, but that it represents an older stage of the language.
Many Attic forms can be derived from the Homeric forms. Thus
Homer uses the longer forms of the dative plural, as κοιλῃσιν [κοΐ
Aas] A 26, οἰωνοῖσι [οἰωνοῖς, ὃ 35 d] A 5; of the genitive singular
of the second declension, as Πριάμοιο [ Πριάμου, ὃ 35 a] A 19; and
of the infinitive endings, as χολωσέμεν [χολώσειν, ὃ 44 75] Α 78,
δόμεναι [dodvac] A 98 ; and uncontracted forms generally, as ἄλγεα
[ἄλγη, ὃ 24] A 2, ἐτελείετο [ἐτελεῖτο] A 5, ᾿Ατρεΐδης A 7. Even
where a shorter form is used, as ἔσταν [ἔστησαν] A 535, ἑτάρων
[ἑταίρων] A 349, this is not to be regarded as shortened from the
Attic form, but as nearer the original.

c. The Homeric dialect is essentially Ionic and seems to have
been developed among the Ionians of Asia Minor, influenced pos-
sibly by the speech and certainly far more by the old poems of their
Aeolian neighbors. The oldest form of Greek epic songs seems
to have been Aeolic, but the Ionians brought epic poetry to per-
fection. Even the Pythian priestess delivered the oracles of
Apollo in epic verse and Ionic dialect, and the Dorian Spartans
sang about their camp fires the Ionian songs of Tyrtaeus.

d. Some forms seem to be borrowed from other dialects ; but the
student must remember that when the poems were composed, the
difference between the dialects was less than at the earliest period
when we have monumental evidence concerning these.

e. The conservation of old forms together with the introduction
of new forms was very convenient for the verse; e.g. for the infini-
tive of the verb to de, Homer could use ἔμμεναι as dactyl, ὦ;
ἔμεναι AS anapaest, ὦ —; ἔμμεν as trochee, —v ; ἔμεν as pyrrhic,
uv; εἶναι as spondee,__—. Naturally, the choice being offered,
metrical convenience determined which of these forms should be
used. No difference in meaning exists between Κρονίων, son of
Cronus, and Foovidys. Metrical convenience often or generally
decides between the use of ᾿Αχαιοί or ᾿Αργεῖοι. If prominence is
to be given to the name of the Greeks, at the beginning of the
verse, ᾿Αργεῖοι must be used. On the other hand, the verse can

§ 23 a. VOWELS AND VOWEL CHANGES 1111

close with ᾿Αχαιοί, but not with Δαναοί or ᾿Αργεῖοι, ---- with ᾿Αργείοισιν,
but not with ᾿Αχαιοῖσιν, with ᾿Αχαιῶν, but not with Δαναῶν or
᾿Αργείων. Vergil also uses Argi, Achivi, Danai, Dorici, and
Pelasgi as synonymous.

f. Synonyms and stock epithets or phrases, also, are used
according to the poet’s convenience. ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾿Αγαμέμνων is used
after the feminine caesura (ὃ 58 f) of the third foot, but εὐρὺ κρείων
᾿Αγαμέμνων, ᾿Αγαμέμνονος ᾿Ατρείδαο, or ᾿Αγαμέμνονα ποιμένα λαῶν after
the masculine caesura of the same foot. Πηληιάδεω ᾿Αχιλῆος is used
after the masculine caesura of the third foot (ὃ 58 e), πόδας ὠκὺς
᾿Αχιλλεύς after the masculine caesura of the fourth foot (ὃ 58 g),
but ποδάρκης δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς, ποδώκεος Αἰακίδαο Or ἀμύμονος Αἰακίδαο,
ποδάρκεϊ Πηλεΐωνι, ποδώκεα Πηλείωνα, ἀμύμονα ἸΠηλείωνα, or ᾿Αχιλλῆα
πτολίπορθον, after the feminine caesura of the third foot, with δῖος
᾿Αχιλλεύς as a tag when the verse is filled up to the bucolic diaeresis
(8 ὅδ h). Cf the epithets of Apollo, ἑκάτοιο A 3885 VU YU_v,
ἑκηβόλου A 14 ὦ. ὦ, ἑκάεργος A 479 YVU—v, ἑκατηβόλου
A370 Vv VU— VU YU, ἑκατηβελέταο ATSB VU VU Hv. See § 12.

5. Some anomalies of form (as of verse) are as yet unexplained,
but the assumption is justified that all which remain either (1)
were supported by the usage of the people and might be explained
by more complete knowledge of the history of the language, or
(2) followed the analogy of what was in use, or (3) are errors
which have found their way into the text during the course of
transmission to the present time. As the poems were handed
down among the Greeks at first orally, and afterwards still uncrit-
ically for centuries, errors unavoidably crept in, and when the older
forms were unprotected by the meter, the obsolete forms were
gradually assimilated to (or replaced by) what was later and more
familiar.

VOWELS AND VOWEL CHANGES.
23. a. ἡ is regularly used for a, as ἀγορή, ὁμοίη, νηύς, except in

θεά, goddess, λαός, people, some proper names (as Αἰνείας), and where
a consonant has been lost, as Bas, ψυχάς. Occasionally, as B 370,

|

liv INTRODUCTION § 23 b.

μάν is found instead of the less frequent μήν (the strong form of
μέν). ἄλτο A 5382 (from ἅλλομαι) is another instance of a, unless it
is to be written dAro. a remains when it is the product of con-
traction or ‘compensative lengthening,’ as ὁρᾷ, πάσας. (H. 30 Ὁ.)

Ὁ. The final a of the stem is retained in the genitive endings -do
and -awy of the first declension, as ᾿Ατρείδαο A 203.

c. ao and yo often change to ew, with transfer of quantity:
᾿Ατρείδαο, “Arpeidew. Cf. βασιλῆος with Attic βασιλέως, ἱερῆα and
iepéa. But the frequent Adds never has the Attic form λεώς.

d. Compensative lengthening is sometimes found where it is not
in Attic, as ξεῖνος (ξένρος), εἵνεκα (Lesbian évvexa), κούρη (κόρρα),
μοῦνος [μόνος |, οὖρος (pcos), δουρός [δόρυ], ἶσος (εισρος).

6. Diphthongs occasionally preserve . where it is lost in Attic
before a vowel: αἰεί, aierds, ἐτελείετο (8 47 7), νεικείεσκε, ὀλοιή, πνοιή.

f. Butc is lost before a vowel in ὠκέα (ὠκεῖα) Ἶρις B 786, in -oo for
τοῖο aS genitive ending of the second declension (8 35 6), and in ἐμέο
for ἐμεῖο, etc. ; of. χρυσείοις A 246 with χρυσέῳ A15. As in Attic,
the penult is sometimes short in vids (as A 489, A 473). In these
cases u has turnedintoy. Likewise v is sometimes dropped between
two vowels, — becoming w. See ὃ 59 ἢ ὃ.

24. Contraction. Concurrent vowels generally remain uncon-
tracted : ἀέκων, ἄλγεα, πάις (in nominative and vocative singular),
dis (ὄρις = ovis, ewe). Attic εὖ is regularly év before two conso-
nants, and the adjective is always évs or mvs. Patronymics from
nouns in -evs form -εἴδης, -εἴων, aS “Arpeidns A 7, Πηλείωνα A 197.
These uncontracted vowels were originally separated by a conso-
nant. (H. 37 D; G. 846.)

25. Synizesis. a. Vowels which do not form a true diphthong
may be blended in pronunciation into one long sound, for example, —
᾿Ατρεΐδεω Son ἃ πε ας θεοειδέα ΓΤ, δὴ οὕτως A 131, δὴ αὖτε A 340,
πόλιος B 811, Ἰστίαιαν B 537, σχετλίη Τ' 414, in. which « must have
had very nearly the pronunciation of its cognate semivowel y.
The genitives of the first declension in -ew, -ewy are always pro-
nounced with synizesis. (H. 42 D; G. 47.)

b. Synizesis often served the purpose of the later contraction.
ἡμέων did not differ in metrical quantity from ἡμῶν.

§ 28 b. VOWELS AND VOWEL CHANGES lv

26. Crasis is not frequent. Note rovvexa (rod ἕνεκα) A 291,
witds E 396, χἡμεῖς B 238 (καὶ ἡμεῖς), τἄλλα A 465 (τὰ ἀλλα).
(H. 76; G. 42 ff.)

27. Hiatus (H. 75 D; G. 34) is allowed:

a. After the vowels « and v, as ἔγχεϊ ὀξυόεντι E δύ.

b. When the two vowels between which it occurs are separated
by a caesura (καθῆστο ἐπιγνάμψασα A 569) or by a diaeresis (ὃ 58 Δ):
seldom after the first foot (αὐτὰρ ὃ ἔγνω A 333), more frequently
after the fourth foot (ἔγχεα ὀξυόεντα E 568). Hiatus between the
short syllables of the third foot is allowed nearly as frequently as
in all other places together, —more than two hundred times. This
freedom of hiatus emphasizes the prominence of this caesura
(δ 58 d). .

c. When the final vowel of the first word is long and stands in
the accented part of the foot (ὃ 57 a), as τῷ σε κακῇ αἴσῃ A 418.
See § 59 ke.

d. When a long vowel or diphthong loses part of its quantity
before the following vowel (8 59 1), as τὴν δ᾽ ἐγὼ ov λύσω A 29,
μή νύ τοι ov χραίσμῃ A 28. The final and initial vowels may be
said to be blended in the first example, while in the second the
final letter may have been pronounced as y. This is called weak
or improper hiatus; it is essentially the same as the following.

e. When the last vowel of the first word is already elided, as
μυρί᾽ ᾿Αχαιοῖς ἄλγε᾽ ἔθηκεν A 2.

N.B. Hiatus before words which formerly began with a con-
sonant (§ 32) is only apparent.

The poet did not avoid two or more concurrent vowels in the
same word (8 24).

28. Hlision. (H. 79; G. 48.) a. a (in inflectional endings and
in dpa and fd), ε, t, o may be elided. a is sometimes elided in the
verb endings. οἱ is elided seven times in μοί, three times in τοί,
once in σοί A 170 (unless οὐδέ σοι οἴω or οὔ σοι ὀΐω should be read
there for οὐδέ σ᾽ ὀίω).

Ὁ. τό, πρό, ἀντί, περί, τί, and the conjunction ὅτι do not suffer
elision. ὅτ᾽ is for ὅτε (either the temporal conjunction or the rela-
tive 6 with τέ affixed; ὃ 42 g), τ᾽ for τέ or τοί

lvi INTRODUCTION § 28 ο.

c. «is seldom elided in the dative singular, where it may origi-
nally have been long.

d. Oxytone prepositions and conjunctions lose their accent in
elision; other oxytones throw the acute accent upon the preceding
syllable, as τὰ κάκ᾽ [κακά] A 107.

N.B. Elision is not left to the reader, as in Latin poetry.

29. Apocope. (H. 84 D; G. 53.) a. Before a consonant the
short final vowel of dpa and of the prepositions ἀνά, κατά, παρά may
be cut off (ἀποκοπή, ἀποκόπτω). The accent is then thrown back
upon the preceding syllable (although it might be more rational to
consider it lost, as it is in elision).

b. After apocope, the v of ava and τ of κατά follow the usual
rules for consonant changes: ἀμπεπαλών Τ' 355, ἂμ πεδίον E 87,
κάββαλεν E 343 (κατέβαλεν) κὰδ δέ (κατὰ δέ) frequently, κάκτανε
Z 164 (κατάκτανε), καππεσέτην E 560, cases E 424, κάλλιπε Z 223
leenun)-

c. αὐέρυσαν A 459 is explained as derived by apocope, assimila-
tion, and vocalization of ες, from ἀνά and repvw. Cf. § 32 h.

d. Apocope was no mere metrical license; it was common in the
conversational idiom of some dialects. More striking examples of
apocope and assimilation than any in Homer are found in prose
inscriptions.

CONSONANTS AND CONSONANT CHANGES.

30. a. Where collateral forms appear, one with single and the
other with doubled consonants, the form with two consonants
is generally the older, or justified etymologically, as ποσσί, ποσί
(from ποδ-σι) ; νείκεσσε, νείκεσε (νεῖκος, νεικεσ-), ὅππως (ὅκρεως, ef. Latin
quis, etc.), ὅττι, κτλ.

b. Single initial consonants, especially A, μι, v, p, o, are often
doubled (as p is in Attic) when by inflection or composition a short
vowel is brought before them (see ὃ 59 h), as ἐλλίσσετο Z 45, ἔλλαβε
I 84.

c. But sometimes p is not doubled where it would be in Attic, as
ὠκυρόῳ E 598, κατέρεξεν A 361.

§ 31. CONSONANTS AND CONSONANT CHANGES lvii

d. Palatal and lingual mutes often remain unchanged before p,
as ἴδμεν [ἴσμεν], κεκορυθμένος.

e. Lingual mutes are commonly assimilated to a following σ, as
ποσσί (ποδ-σιδ. o iS sometimes assimilated to m or v: ἔμμεναι
[εἶναι] for ἐσμεναι, dpyevvds, white, for dpyeo-vos, aS ἀργεννάων T 198,
ἕννυμι for εεσνυμι (ὃ 32 a), ἐρεβεννή E 659 dark, ef. Ἔρεβος.

f. ois frequently retained before o, as ἔσσομαι from the stem
ἐσ-, ἐτέλεσσε (cf. τέλος from the stem τελεσ-), βέλεσσιν, from the
stem Perec.

5. Between μ and A or p, β is sometimes developed, as ἄμβροτος
from stem ppo or pop (murder, Latin mors, morior), while in βροτός,
mortal, the μ of the stem is lost; μέμβλωκε A 11 from μλο or por
(cf. ἔμολον) ; ἤμβροτες, aorist of ἁμαρτάνω. Cf. the ὃ of ἀνδρός and
the ὁ in English chamber (camera).

h. κάμβαλε E 343 is found occasionally in the Mss. as a variant
reading, a softer pronunciation for κάββαλε (8 29 ὁ).

i. A parasitic + appears in πτόλις, πτόλεμος for πόλις, πόλε-
pos. Cf. διχθά, τριχθά with Attic δίχα, τρίχα. The proper names
Neoptolemus (Νεοπτόλεμος) and Ptolemy (Πτολεμαῖος) preserved this
τ to a late period.

j. The rough breathing (h) has no power to prevent elision or
weaken hiatus. The smooth breathing is found with several words
which have the rough breathing in Attic, as ἄμμε [ἡμᾶς]. ἦμαρ
[ἡμέρα], dAro (from ἅλλομαι), ἠέλιος [ἥλιος ], "AdSys ["Acdys |, ἠώς [ἕως].

k. The ν movable was written by some ancient critics after the
ending -εἰ of the pluperfect, as βεβλήκειν E 661, ἠνώγειν Z 170; ef.
noxew Τ' 388 (noxeev), ἐφόρειν (impf. of dopéw) A137. It is freely
used before consonants to make a syllable long by position (ὃ 59 /).

1. The final o of adverbs is omitted more often than in prose.
Not merely ἐξ and ἐκ, οὕτως and οὕτω, but also πώς and πώ, πολλάκις
and πολλάκι, dudis and ἀμφί (adverbial), are found as collateral forms.

31. Metathesis of a and p is frequent (H. 64; G. 64): καρδῷῃ
B 452, κραδίη a 353; κάρτιστοι A 266, κράτος A 509, Κράπαθος B 676,
and Kdpzafos. Cf. τραπείομεν T 441 from τέρπω, τερπικέραυνος from
τρέπω.

For the shifting of quantity from -ἄο and -yo to -ew, see § 29 6.

lviii INTRODUCTION § 82 ἃ.

32. The Digamma, (Η. 72 D.) a. The following words seem
to have been pronounced by the Homeric poet more or less con-
sistently with initial digamma (consonantal τε, vaw, -, pronounced
as English w):—

ἄγνυμι, break, ἅλις, enough, ἁλῶναι, am captured, ἄναξ, king, ἁνδάνω,
please, ἀραιός, thin, ἀρνός, lamb, ἄστυ, city, ἕ, οὗ, ot, him, etc., with a
possessive pronoun ds, 7, ὅν (ἐός KrA.), ἔαρ, spring, ἕδνα, wedding gifts,
ἔθνος, tribe, εἴκοσι, twenty, εἴκω, yield, cipw, say (future ἐρέω), ἑκάς, far,
ἕκαστος, each, ἕκυρος, father-in-law, ἑκών, willing, ἔλδομαι, desire, ἑλίσσω,
wind, ἔλπομαι, hope, ἕννυμι (ξεσ-νυμι), clothe, ἐσθής, εἵματα, clothes, ἔπος,
word, ἔργον, ἔρδω, work, ἐρύω, draw, ἕσπερος (Vesper), evening, ἕξ, six,
ἔτος, Year, ἔτης, companion, ἡδύς, sweet (ἁνδάνω, please), ἦθος, haunt,
ἦρα, favor, ἰάχω, cry aloud, tena, desire, strive, ἰδεῖν, see (and οἶδα, εἶδος),
ἴκελος, like, ἔοικα, am like, is, strength, sinew, ἶφι, mightily, ἶσος, equal
(ef. ἔρισος), ἴτυς, felly, and iréy (withe), willow, οἶκος, house, οἶνος,
WINE, ὥς, AS.

b. Probably Ἴλιος, Ἶρις, and several other words also were pro-
nounced with initial -. ΄

0. ἁνδάνω, ἕ, ἕκυρος, ἕξ, ἤθεα, and others seem to have begun
originally with two consonants, σε.

d. In more than two thousand cases ‘apparent hiatus’ (§ 27 /)
is caused by the omission of initial ε. ~Less frequently a ¢ must
be supplied in order to make an apparently short syllable long by
‘position’ (§ 59 7).

e. The verse alone affords no sufficient test for the former exist-
ence of ¢ in any word; it only indicates the loss of some conso-
nant. This is not conclusive evidence for ¢, since σ᾽ and y were
also lost. Which consonant originally was present has to be
learned in each case from inscriptions of other Greek dialects,
from a few notes of ancient grammarians, and from other cognate
languages; cf. ἔργον with work, οἶνος with wine, οἶκος with viecus and
wich (in Norwich), ἔπος and ὄψ with vox.

f. The sound of ¢ evidently was going out of use in the Homeric
period. It is not infrequently neglected in our texts, and sometimes
this neglect seems to be due to the poet himself, but ¢ can be
restored in many passages by minor changes. For υἱὸν ἑκηβόλον

§ 88 c. DECLENSION lix

A 21 it is possible to read via ρεκηβόλον, for πάντεσσι δ᾽ ἀνάσσειν
A 288 it is easy to read πᾶσιν δὲ εανάσσειν, and χερσὶ ρεκηβόλου for
χερσὶν ἑκηβόλου A 14. Perhaps κτεῖναι μέν ῥ᾽ ἀλέεινε Z 167 may have
been κτεῖναι μέν fe κτλ.

5. That the sound of ¢ was still alive in the Homeric age is
shown by the accuracy of the poet in its use where comparative
philology shows that it once existed. But it had disappeared from
some words, and was often neglected in others.

h. ¢ sometimes leaves a trace of its existence in its cognate
vowel v: αὐέρυσαν A 459 for ἀρρεέρυσαν (ὃ 29 6), ταλαύρινον E 289 for
ταλά-ξρινον. So doubtless ἀπούρας A 356 for ἀπο-εράς.

i. Some irregularities of quantity may be explained by this
vocalization of ¢. Thus ἀπδειπών T 35 may have been ἀπορειπών,
pronounced nearly as ἀπουειπών. αὐίΐαχοι finds its analogy in γένετο
ἰαχή A 456 (γένετονυιαχή).

j. A neighboring vowel sometimes seems lengthened to compen-
sate for the loss of ¢ (§ 59 ὁ).

k. An ε sometimes was prefixed to a digammated word and
remained after the ¢ was lost, as ἐέλδωρ, ἐείκοσι, ἐέργει, éé.

1. Sometimes the rough breathing represents the last remnant
of a lost consonant (especially in the words which once began with
OF; aS ἁνδάνω κτλ.; cf. ὁ, above), as ἑκών, ἕσπερος. Often the same root
varies in breathing, as dvddvw and ἡδύς, but ἦδος, --- ἕννυμι, but ἐσθής.

m. For the augment and reduplication of digammated verbs, see
§43d.

n. For δεείδω, δεήν, see ὃ 59 h.

DECLENSION.

33. Special Case Endings. (H. 217; G. 292 ff.) a. The suffix
-φι(ν), ἃ remnant of an old instrumental case, added to the stem,
forms a genitive and dative in both singular and plural: ἀγέληφι,
in the herd, ἶφι, with might, ναῦφιν, from the ships.

Ὁ. The (old locatival) suffix -@ is added to the stem to denote
place where: ὅθι [ob], where, τηλόθι [τηλοῦ], far away.

c. The (old ablatival) suffix -θεν is added to the stem to denote
place whence: ὅθεν, whence, Ἴδηθεν, from Ida, οὐρανόθεν, from

ἧς INTRODUCTION § 38d.

heaven. Cf. ἐντεῦθεν. It forms a genitive with the pronominal
stems, as ἕθεν εἵνεκα Τ' 128, πρὸ ev E 96, σέθεν A 180. |

d. The suffix -σε is added to the stem to denote place whither :
κεῖσε, thither, πάντοσε, in all directions, ἑτέρωσε, to the other side.

e. The enclitic -de is added to the accusative to denote more dis-
tinctly the limit of motion: οἰκόνδε, homeward (also οἴκαδε, especially
of the return of the Achaeans to their homes), ὅνδε δόμονδε, to his
own house, ἅλαδε, seaward, κλισίηνδε, to the tent, Οὐλυμπόνδε, to Olym-
pus, χαμᾶζε, to the ground, θύραζε (Ovpas-de), to the door, out.

34, First Declension. (H. 134 ff.; G. 168 ff.) a. η is found
for final a of the stem with the exceptions mentioned in § 23.

b. The nominative singular of some masculines ends in -ra
for -rys: ἱππότα, horseman, μητίετα, counselor.- Cf. the Latin
poetd, nautd. εὐρύοπα, far sounding, is used also as accusative,
e.g. A 498.

All of these words are adjectival (titular) except Θυέστα B 107.

c. The genitive singular of masculines ends in -ἄο or (by trans-
fer of quantity, ὃ 23) -ew. After a vowel this ending may be
contracted to -w, as Αἰνείω E 534, Bopéw Ψ 692, ἐυμμελίω A 47.
The ending -ew is always pronounced as one syllable by synizesis
(§ 25).

The Attic ending -ov (apparently borrowed from the second
declension) is not used.

d. The genitive plural ends in -awy or -ewv : θεάων, βουλέων. -εων
is regularly pronounced as one syllable.

6. The dative plural ends in -yov(v) or rarely in -ys.

35. Second Declension. (H. 151 ff.; G. 189 ff.) a. The geni-
tive singular has preserved the old ending -ἰο, which, affixed to the
stem-vowel, makes -ouo.

b. The termination -oo (shortened from -ouo, ef. ὃ 23 f) is indicated
by the meter in certain places where all the Mss. give a corrupt
form, as ὀψιτέλεστον ὅο κλέος οὔ ποτ᾽ ὀλεῖται B 325. Cf. “Idirov B 518,
᾿Ασχληπῖοῦ B 731. It is to be recognized also in Πετεῶο B 552 for
Πετεάοο, from Πετεῶς for Πετεάος.

The -oo was afterwards contracted to ov.

c. The genitive and dative dual end in -owv: roti, ὦμοιιν.

§ 87 d. DECLENSION lex

d. The dative plural ends in -οισι(ν) or -os. As in the first
declension, the long ending is the rule; the short ending is very
rare before a consonant.

36. Third Declension. (H. 163 ff.; G. 205 ff.) 4. The ending
cof the dative singular is sometimes long and sometimes short.
It is seldom elided. It is often long before a single consonant, but
only in the first syllable of the foot: Aw μῆτιν ἀτάλαντος, cf. ὑπερ-
pevet φίλον B 116.

Ὁ. The dative plural has the Aeolic ending -εσσι(ν) as well as
the Attic -σι(ν) : πόδεσσι, ποσσί (§ 30 e), ποσί, --- ἄνδρεσσι, ἀνδράσι, ----
κύνεσσι, κυσί, --- νήεσσι, νηυσί, ---- μιμνόντεσσι, μίμνουσι. Ε

c. Nouns in -ἰς and -vs usually retain ὁ or v throughout, but in its
stead may insert ε, which is sometimes lengthened, as πόληες (πόλεις).

ἃ. Nouns in -evs generally lengthen ε to ἡ (perhaps in compen-
sation [ὃ 59 6] for the v which between two vowels becomes ¢ and
is lost), as βασιλεύς, βασιλῆος.

37. Anomalous Forms. a. As verbs appear in the present system
with a variety of collateral forms derived from the same root
(¢f. ἵκω, ἱκάνω, ἱκνέομαι, ---- πεύθομαι, πυνθάνομαι, ---- μένω, μίμνω, μιμνάζω,
— ἀχεύω, ἀκαχίζω, ἄχνυμαι), SO nouns of different declensions are
sometimes formed from the same root and are used without appre-
ciable difference of meaning.

Ὁ. Some nouns have both vowel and consonant stems: ἀλκή
T 45, but ἀλκί E 299; ἐρίηρος ἑταῖρος A 266, but ἐρίηρες ἑταῖροι T 378 ;
ef. πολιήτας B 806 with πολῖται. ἔρος (A 469) and yédos are used for
the Attic ἔρως and γέλως.

c. Of vids three stems are found: (1) vids, υἱόν, υἱέ. The other
forms of this declension are very rare. (2) υἱέος, υἱέϊ, vida, as if
from vivs. (3) υἷος, υἷε, via, as from a nominative vis.

In this word the first syllable is sometimes short (§ 23 f), as it
often is in Attic and in other dialects.

d. Certain names of cities are found in both singular and
plural: Μυκήνη A 52, Μυκήνας B 569; Θήβης A 378, Θήβας E 804;
᾿Αθήνας B 546, but ᾿Αθήνην η 80. Instead of the later plural Θεσπιαί,
Πλαταιαί, Homer uses only the singular: Θέσπειαν B 498, Πλάταιαν
B 504,

Lxii INTRODUCTION § 88 a

ADJECTIVES.

38. a. Some adjectives of three terminations are used as if of
two terminations, ὁ.6. the masculine form is used also for the femi-
nine: ἰφθίμους ψυχάς A 3, κλυτὸς Ἱπποδάμεια Β 742, ἠέρα πουλύν
E 776, Πύλοιο ἡμαθόεντος Β TT.

b. The feminine of adjectives in -vs ends in -εἰὰ (gen. -ειης); -ea
(§ 23 f) or -en: βαθεῖα, ---- wxéa, — βαθείης, βαθέης, --παχείῃ, ---- Babenv.

0. πολύς (πουλύς) has in the masculine and neuter both stems
πολυ- (rovAv-) and πολλο- (for πολυο-, ὃ 387 a), with a nearly -com-
plete set of forms for each: πολλός and πολλόν, πολέος, πολέες, πολέων,
πολέεσσι, κτλ.

PATRONYMICS.

39. (H. 559; G. 846 f.) a. Suffixes which originally expressed
connection or possession are used to form patronymic adjectives.
The original force of these suffixes is occasionally preserved: (θεοὶ)
Οὐρανίωνες A 570 is a mere adjective of connection, like (θεοῖσιν)
ἐπουρανίοισι Z 129; Homer does not recognize Οὐρανός as the ances-
tor of the gods. ’Odvumiddes potoa Β 491 is equivalent to μοῦσαι
᾿Ολύμπια δώματ᾽ ἔχουσαι B 484.

b. Patronymics are frequently used as proper names; ¢f. ᾿Ατρείδης
A 7, Μενοιτιάδῃ A 307, before the names Agamemnon, Patroclus
had been mentioned. Cf. the English names Thompson, Wilson,
Richardson, Dixon, Dix, Ricks, ete.

A. c. The patronymic is formed from stems of the first declen-
sion by adding -δα- : Αὐγηιάδαο B 624, or more frequently by adding
-ἰαδα-, aS Λαερτιάδης Τ' 200.

d. This analogy, giving an ending in εὐθὴς ὁ is followed by stems
in -ἰο of the second declension: Μενοιτιάδης. So also by stems of
the third declension, as Πηληιάδεω A 1 (as well as Πηλείδης Σ 316,
Πηλεΐωνα A 197). See 7, below.

6. The suffix -ιδα- is added to stems in o, and the o is lost as in
d above, as Kpovidns, —also to stems in ev, which lose their v between
two vowels (cf. 23 f), as ᾿Ατρείδης A 7,—also to consonantal stems,
as ᾿Αγαμεμνονίδης a 30. ᾿Ανθεμίδης A 488 is formed as from ἴΑνθεμος
rather than from ᾿Ανθεμίων (᾿Ανθεμίωνος υἱόν A 473).

bl at:

8 40 ο. COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES lxiil

f. Patronymics from stems in -ev, after the loss of the v, do not
in Homer suffer contraction of the ε of the stem with the c of the
suffix. The poet says ᾿Ατρεΐδης, ᾿Ατρεΐων, as tetrasyllables not tri-
syllables. The verse ictus never falls on the εἰ, although Vergil
wrote Atrides and Pelides. .

g. Female patronymics are formed by the suffix -.d-, which loses
8 before the nominative sign, as Χρυσηΐδα (acc. of Xpvonis) A 182,
Βρισηίδα A184. ᾿Αχαιίδες B 235 corresponds to κοῦροι ᾿Αχαιῶν A 473.

B. h. Patronymics are formed also by the suffix -cov-, as Κρονίων
A 528 (with genitive Kpoviwvos or Kpoviovos), ᾿Ατρεΐων, InAciwv. In
these last forms from nouns in -evs the z is always short.

i. The corresponding female patronymic is found in ᾿Αδρηστίνη
E 412.

j- Tadaiovidao B 566 is irregular; it seems to be formed by a
cumulation of suffixes from TaAaos. So Aaopedovtiddys (Aaopedovriady
I 250) is formed from Λαομεδόντιος, which itself appears as a patro-
nymic (in the form Aayeddvrios) in a Boeotian inscription.

k. Some adjectives in -cos are used as patronymics, as Τελαμώνιος
Alas B 528, Νηλήιος vids, ef. B 20, Καπανήιος vids A 367.

1. The patronymics in -dys are far more numerous than those in
τῶν.

m. The patronymic is sometimes derived from the grandfather’s
name: Achilles is called Αἰακίδης B 860; Priam, Δαρδανίδης T 303 ;
the two grandsons of Actor, ’Axropiwve B 621. Thus in later
poetry Heracles is called Alcides ( AAxeidns) from Amphitryo’s father
᾿Αλκαῖος or ᾿Αλκεύς.

COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES.

40. a. Comparatives and superlatives end in -ἴων, -ἰστος more fre-
quently than in Attic. (H. 253; G. 357.)

Ὁ. ἀγαθός has comparatives ἀρείων (cf. ἄριστος), βέλτερον, κρείσσων,
λώιον, φέρτερος.

c. In some comparatives in -repos the poet has no thought οὗ a
greater or less degree, but of a contrast, as ἀγρότερος, wild, ἀρίστερος,
left, as opposed to δεξίτερος, right. Cf. the use of the same ending
in ἡμέτερος, owr (as opposed to all others).

Ixiv INTRODUCTION § 40d.

ἃ. dya-, aS in ἀγάννιφος, ἀρι-, aS in ἀρίζηλος, ἐρι-, aS in ἐρίτιμος,
ἐριβῶλαξ, δα-, aS in δάφοινος, and fa-, as in ζάθεος, are strengthening
prefixes. Cf. πάμπρωτα.

NUMERALS.

41, (H. 288; G. 372 f.) a. ἑνί has a collateral form ἰῷ Z 422;
ef. the feminine form ia A 437. |

Ὁ. δύω, δύο is indeclinable. It has the collateral forms So,
δοιοί, κτλ.

PRONOUNS.
42. a. Personal Pronouns.
SINGULAR.
N. ἐγώ, ἐγών. σύ, τύνη (E 485).
G. ἐμεῖο (cf. ὃ 35a), ἐμεῦ, σεῖο (cf. ὃ 35 a), σέο elo (cf. ὃ 35 a), ἕο (ὃ 28 7),
ped (encl.), ἐμέθεν (§ 23 f), σεῦ (encl.), ev (encl.), ἕθεν (ὃ 33 ¢)
(§ 33 c) [ἐμοῦ, μοῦ]. σέθεν (§ 88 c) [σοῦ]. [οὗ].
D. ἐμοί, μοί (encl.). σοί (encl.), τοί (always of (encl.).
encl.).
A. ἐμέ, μέ (encl.). σέ (encl.). ἔ (encl.), éé, ply (encl.)
[αὐτόν].
DvAL.
N. A. νῶι, N. vod. σφῶι, σφώ. σφωέ (encl.),
G. D. νῶιν. σφῶιν. σφωίν (encl.).
PLURAL.
N. ἡμεῖς, ἄμμες. ὑμεῖς, ὕμμες.
G. ἡμείων, ἡμέων [ἡμῶν]. ὑμείων, ὑμέων [ὑμῶν]. σφείων, σφέων, σφῶν.
D. ἡμῖν, ἄμμι. ὑμῖν, ὕμμι(). σφί (encl.), σφίσι(ν) (encl.).
A. ἡμέας, ἄμμε [ἡμᾶς]. ὑμέας, ὕμμε [ὑμᾶς]. σφέας (encl.), σφάς (encl.).
b. Possessive Pronouns.
ἐμός, my. Teds, ods, thy. éés or ὅς, 7, dv, own, his.
vwlrepos, of us two. σφωίτερος, of you two.
ἡμέτερος, duds, our. ὑμέτερος, buds, your. σφέτερος, opds, their.
οὶ Demonstrative and Relative Pronouns.

ὁ, 7, τό, this; ὅς (in nom.), he; οὗτος, this; ἐκεῖνος, κεῖνος, that, the [man] there,
yon; ὅδε, this, the [man] here. Relative, ὅς or 8, n, 8 or τό; Nom. pl. τοί
or of, who, which.

Adverbs, οὕτως, ws or ws, τῶς, ὧδε, thus.

§ 42 j. PRONOUNS lxv

τόσ(σ)ος, τοσόσδε, τοσσοῦτος, 80 great. Relative, ὅσ(σ)ος, ὁσσάτιος, how large,
(as large) as.

τοῖος, τοιόσδε, τοιοῦτος, such. Relative, οἷος, of what sort, (such) as.

d. Interrogative, Indefinite, and Indefinite Relative Pronouns.

Interr. N. ris, τί (τίπτε), Gen. τέο [τίνος], Acc. τίνα, who, which, what? ποῖος, of
what sort? πότερος, which of two?

Indef. N. ris, ri, Gen. red, Acc. τινὰ, ri, some one, something.

Indef. Rel. N. ὅς τις or ὅτις, ὅτι or ὅττι, Acc. ὅντινα, ἥντινα, ὅττι, Nom. pl. of
τινες, ACC. ovs τινας, ἅσσα [ἅ τινα].

6. The oblique cases of the third personal pronoun when enclitic
are ‘anaphoric,’ like αὐτοῦ κτλ. in Attic; when accented they
have their original reflexive use, like Attic ἑαυτοῦ, ἐμαυτοῦ, σεαυτοῦ,
κτλ., Which compounds are post-Homeric.

f. piv, σφωέ, σφωΐν, opi, and σφάς are always enclitic.

5. a. The possessive ὅς, 7, ὅν is carefully to be distinguished
from the relative ὅς, 7, 6. This distinction is generally easy, since
the possessive once began with a consonant (ες, ὃ 32 a).

B. The place of the possessive pronoun is often filled by a dative
(of interest) of the personal pronoun.

ἢ. αὐτός regularly retains its intensive force in the oblique cases,
even when not connected with a noun expressed, often marking a
contrast which it is difficult to render smoothly in the English
idiom. Cf. ὃ 11 j fin. The presumption is always strongly in
favor of the original use, but all shades of meaning are found,
from the strict intensive to the simple anaphoric use of the Attic
dialect. The weaker use, as a simple personal pronoun, is particu-
larly common after prepositions.

i. For αὔτως in the sense of ὡσαύτως, see k, below. In this use it
has a large variety of meanings, as (ἄφρονά τ᾽) αὔτως T 220 a mere
(simpleton) ; without cause A 520, without a prize A 133, absolutely
B 138, vainly B 342, without chariot E 255. Most of these mean-
ings are derived from in the same way as before, the connection
determining the special sense of each passage.

. The Attic article 6, 4, τό generally retains its demonstrative
force in Homer, but, like the intensive pronoun in the oblique cases,

lxvi INTRODUCTION § 42k,

appears occasionally in its Attic signification. Elsewhere it is
found as a personal or a relative pronoun.

In their demonstrative use 6, #, of, ai are written also 6, 7, οἵ, αἵ.
τοί, Tal, Tas are used besides οἵ, αἵ, ὥς.

k. Thus the absence of the article does not mark a noun as
indefinite; cf. μῆνιν ἄειδε θεά A 1 with arma virumque cano.
Frequently αὔτως is equivalent to Attic ὡσαύτως (ws being the
adverb of the article; see c, above, and ὃ 56 6), while ὡς δ᾽ αὔτως
Τ' 339 is equivalent to Attic οὕτω δ᾽ ὡσαύτως.

1. The demonstrative article is often followed by a noun in appo-
sition with it, as οἱ δ᾽ ἐχάρησαν ᾿Αχαιοί τε Τρῶές re Τὶ 111 but these
rejoiced, both Achaeans and Trojans, αὐτὰρ ὃ βοῦν ἱέρευσεν ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν
᾿Αγαμέμνων Β 402 but he, Agamemnon, king of men, sacrificed an ox.
Cf. 8 18 ὁ,

m. The forms of the article with initial τ often have a relative
force, but refer only to a definite antecedent. This is a relic of
paratactic construction (8 21), as is particularly clear in ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν
πολίων ἐξεπράθομεν τὰ δέδασται A 125 but what we took as spoils from
the cities, these have been divided.

n. τῷ, the dative of the article (sometimes written τῶ), is often
used as an inferential conjunction, then, in that case.

0. ovros is not frequent. It is never used after prepositions.

p- The form ὅς has also a demonstrative use, especially with οὐδέ,
μηδέ, Kal, and yap.

q. The neuter 6 is frequently used as a conjunction, like quod.
So also ὅτι and 6 re.

τ. No one is ov τις OF μή τις, ---- ποῦ οὐδείς Or μηδείς. οὐδέν is rare.

CONJUGATION.

43, Augment and Reduplication, (H. 354 ff.; G. 510 ff.) a. The
augment was for a time considered unessential ; whether temporal
or syllabic, it may be omitted in the Homeric poems. The syllabic
augment is omitted rather more frequently than it is used; the
temporal augment is used rather more frequently than it is omitted.
When the augment is omitted, the accent is thrown back as far
as possible, as τεῦχε A 4, ὀλέκοντο A 10, ἀφἕει A 25; cf. κάππεσον

8 44 c. CONJUGATION Ixvii

[κατέπεσον] A 593, ἔμβαλε [ἐνέβαλε] 1139. This free omission of the -
augment is very odd, since this element was an old inheritance of
the Greek language, and has never been lost, even to the present day.

b. When the augment is omitted, monosyllabic forms with long
vowel take the circumflex accent, as βῆ for ἔβη, φῆ for ἔφη, φῦ for
ἔφυ.

c. Sometimes initial p is not doubled after the augment, as ἔρεζε
B 400; sometimes initial A, μ, or σ is doubled after the augment, as
ἔλλαβε T 34.

d. Stems which originally began with a consonant may take the
syllabic augment or reduplication, as ἔειπον, ἕηκε; ---- ἔοικα, ἔοργα.

e. The second aorist active and middle of verbs whose stem
begins with a consonant is often found with a reduplicated stem, as
ἐκέκλετο, ἀμπεπαλών, ἔτετμε, τετύκοντο, πεπίθοιμεν, τεταγών, κεχαῤοίατο.

f. The so-called Attic reduplication is more common in Homer
than in Attic, and its use extends to the second aorist, where the
augment also may be used (ef. Attic 7yayov), aS npape, wpope, ἠρύκακε,
and the peculiar form ἠνίπαπε B 245 from évirrw, in which the final
consonant of the theme is reduplicated with a as a connective.

g. δείδοικα and δείδια have irregular reduplication ; probably these
are to be explained as for δεδροικα, Sedeua. Cf. § ὅ9 Δ.

h. ἔμμορα (from μείρομαι) and ἔσσυμαι (from σεύω) double the
initial consonant and prefix ε as if they began with two consonants.

44, Endings. (H. 375 ff.; G. 551 ff., 777 ff.) a. The singular »
endings -μι, -σθα, -σι occur more frequently than in Attic; especially Ϊ
-μι and -o. in the subjunctive, as ἔδωμι [ἴδω], ἀγάγωμι, ἐθέλῃσι [ἐθέλῃ], |
βάλῃσι. These endings are rare in the subjunctive of the contracted
pu-forms, as δῷσι [δῷ] A 129.

Ὁ. In the pluperfect, the older endings -ea κτλ. are preserved.
The third person singular ends in -ee(v) or -ev (§ 30 £), as βεβήκειν
A 221, ἤδεε B 409.

c. The second and third persons singular of the first aorist opta-
tive active end in -ειας, -ee(v), aS μείνειας, καλέσειεν. The second per-
son in -αἰς occurs very rarely. The third person in -a is more
common, as γηθήσαι A 255. The third person plural ends in -eay, as
τίσειαν A 42, ἀκούσειαν B 282.

lxviii INTRODUCTION § 44 d.

ἃ. The third person plural optative active of yi-verbs ends in -ter,
as εἶεν, δαμεῖεν, δοῖεν.

6. The third person plural imperative ends in -των, -σθων (never
-τωσαν, -σθωσαν).

f. a. Active infinitives (except in the first aorist) frequently end
in -wevat, Which is sometimes shortened after a short vowel to -μεν;
as ἔμμεναι, ἔμμεν [etvar |, ἐλθέμεν(αι) [ἐλθεῖν], reOvapev(ar).

B. The shortening of -μεναὶ to -wev occurs generally before a
vowel, where it may be called elision.

y. The ending -va is found only after a long vowel, as δοῦναι.

ὃ. The second aorist active infinitive sometimes ends in -eev, as
φυγέειν Β 393, πεσέειν Z 82. (Perhaps these were once φυγέμεν,
TET ELE.)

g. Aorist passive infinitives end in -pevac or -vaw.

h. The second person singular of the middle generally remains
uncontracted (ὃ 24), as ὀδύρεαι, ἴδηαι T 130, βάλλεο A 297. Con-
tracted forms are used occasionally, as perarpéry A 160, γνώσῃ
B 365, κεκλήσῃ T 138.

i. In the perfect middle, -ca regularly loses its σ.

j- -σο retains its o only in the imperative, as ἔσσο, ἵστασο.

k. The first person plural middle often ends in -μεσθα.

1. The third person plural of the perfect and pluperfect indica-
tive middle often, and of the optative middle always, ends in -arat,
-aro for -vrat, -vro. Before these endings smooth labial and palatal
mutes are aspirated, as ἐπιτετράφαται (perfect passive of ἐπιτρέπω).

m. The third person plural indicative of the aorist passive
generally ends in -ev instead of -noav, as ἤγερθεν A 57, φάανθεν A 200,
τράφεν A 251 διέτμαγεν A 531. Cf. the active €Av-ca-y, &Avo-v.

n. Similarly, ν is used for the later -σαν in the imperfect and
second aorist of ju-verbs, as ξύνιεν [Evvincav] A 273, éorav, orav
[ἔστησαν], ἔβαν [ἔβησαν] (ὃ 22 ὁ).

o. For the optative ending of pi-verbs, in -ἰεν, not -ἰησαν; see d,
above.

45. Subjunctive Mode. a. The variable vowel (‘connecting
vowel’) of the subjunctive is generally short in the present of
verbs in -μι, the first aorist, second aorist of p-forms, second aorist

a]

§ 47 6. CONJUGATION lxix

passive, second perfect of primitive formation, as βήσομεν, ἀγείρομεν,
ἴομεν, θείομεν [θῶμεν], τραπείομεν, δαμείετε, εἴδομεν [εἰδῶμεν], πεποίθομεν.
(H. 818 D; G. 780.)

This short vowel is found before the endings -μεν, -rov, -re, and in
middle forms. 7

b. A few forms of the first aorist have a long vowel, following
the analogy of the present, as δηλήσηται T 107.

c. There are no certain examples of the short mode-vowel in the
present of verbs in -w. (For βούλεται ἀντιάσας A 67, βούλητ᾽ ἀντιάσας
may be substituted, etc.)

N.B. The forms of the first aorist subjunctive are easily con-
fused with those of the future, with which they are identical in
appearance.

46. Optative Mode. For the optative endings, see 44 ο, d.

47. Contract Verbs. (H. 409 D; G. 784 ff.) a. Verbs in -aw
exhibit unchanged, assimilated, and contracted forms; the poet’s
choice between contracted and uncontracted forms seems to have
been determined largely by the rhythm. The vowels are regularly
contracted when the second is in a short syllable.

b. Uncontracted forms without assimilation occur rarely, as
πεινάων T 25. (otra A 525 and often, is a second aorist; see ὃ 53.)
Probably such forms were more frequent in the earliest form of the
poems.

c. The vowels of the uncontracted forms are generally assimi-
lated, a prevailing over a following ε or η but being assimilated to
o, w, or ov. These forms are intermediate between the original
and the contracted stage.

d. One of the vowels is usually lengthened in the text of the
Mss. Sometimes this appears to be a conformation to Attic usage
(δ 22 9). ?

e. Verbs in -ew generally remain uncontracted (except ee, which is
generally contracted in the Mss.), but often the uncontracted forms are
metrically possible.- εὸ is very rarely contracted except in the parti-
ciple ending -evpevos (where contraction occurs to prevent a too fre-
quent recurrence of short syllables; ὃ 59e). ew is never contracted,
but is often pronounced as one syllable by synizesis (8 25).

Ixx INTRODUCTION 8 471.

f. Sometimes the variable vowel ε is contracted with ε of the
stem instead of with the termination. One of these vowels is
sometimes dropped, as dzoatpeo A 275. .

5. The older form of these verbs, in -ew, is sometimes pre-
served, as ἐτελείετο A 5D, νεικεησι A 579, See § 29 6.

ἢ. φορέω forms φορέειν A 144, φορῆναι B 107.

i. Verbs in -ow are generally contracted. Sometimes they have
forms with the double o sound, like verbs in -aw, as ἐστρατόωντο
Γ 187 (which might be written ἐστρατόοντο), with which may be
compared φόως [φάος, φῶς] B 49.

TENSES.

48. Future and First Aorist, Active and Middle. (H. 420 ff.; G.
777.) a. Pure verbs which do not lengthen the stem-vowel in the
formation of the tenses often have oo in the future and first aorist,
active and middle.

b. In the future the o of the before-mentioned verbs often dis-
appears, as δαμᾷ A 61, καλέουσα T 383, ὀλεῖται B 325.

c. Stems in ὃ often show σσ in the aorist.

d. Most of these forms with oo may be explained as original or
assimilated, as νείκεσσε, from the theme νεικεσ (cf. νεῖκος), κομίσσατο
for κομιδσατο (cf. κομιδή), aS ποσσί [ποσί] for ποῦσι. Thus the
stem-vowel of these verbs was not final originally, and hence is not
lengthened in the future and aorist.

e. Some stems in A and p retain the o of the future and aorist
(as some do in Attic), as ἔλσαι A 409, κύρσας T 23, dpoe A 10.

f. The so-called Doric future with tense-sign oe is found in
ἐσσεῖται [ἔσται] B 393.

g. Some verbs have a future without tense-sign, as εἶμι, κακκεί-
ovtes, to lie down, ἔδομαι, πίομαι, épvw. Most of these verbs are old
presents which acquired a future signification. εἶμι is not often
future in Homer; cf. B 87.

h. Some verbs form the first aorist active and middle without o,
as ἔχεεν Z 419 (from ἔχεα for éxeva), ἔσσευα E 208 (from σεύω), ἔκηα
A 40 (from καίω).

§ ὅ0 ὁ. VOICES lexi

i. The first aorist often has the variable vowel of the second
aorist °/,, as ἷξον, dvoero. So in the imperative, as βήσεο E 109, ὄρσεο
T 250, ἄξετε Τ' 105, οἴσετε T 103; infinitive, οἰσέμεναι T 120; par-
ticiple, ἐπιβησόμενον E 46.

j- Verbs in -ζω often have themes in y, and thus futures and first
aorists in -ξω and -£a, as ἐξαλαπάξαι A 129, πτολεμίζξομεν B 328.

49. Perfect. (H. 446 ff.,490; G. 682 ff.) a. The so-called first
perfect in -xa is formed from only twenty vowel-stems. It is
almost as rare as the first aorist in -xa (ἔδωκα, ἕηκα, ἔθηκα). Forms
without κ are derived even from vowel-stems, especially participial
forms, as κέκμηκας Z 262, but κεκμηῶτι Z 261; ἐμπεφυυῖα A 513, but
πεφύκει A 109.

b. The final mute of the stem is not aspirated.

c. The endings are affixed immediately to the reduplicated verb-
stem in βεβάασι, yeyadras, δείδιθι, ἐίκτην, ἴδμεν, κεκμηώς, ἐπέπιθμεν,
τέτλαθι.

ἃ. ἐρρίγῃσι Τ' 353 and ὀλώλῃ A 164 have the force of present sub-
junctives.

8. ἀκαχήμενος and ἐσσύμενος are accented irregularly as presents.

f. The second perfect often has a long vowel in the stem where
the second aorist has a short vowel, as ὄρωρεν B 797, wpope B 146.

g. In the feminine participle the short form of the stem appears,
as dpypws, but ἀραρυῖα ; hence ἐικυῖα (ρερικυῖα), not εἰκυῖα, Τ' 386.

VOICES.

50. Middle. a. The active and middle forms ὁρᾶν (about forty
times) and ὁρᾶσθαι (about twenty times), ἐδεῖν (more than two hun-
dred times) and ἰδεσθαι (ninety times), are used often without
appreciable difference of meaning; ¢f. A 56, 203, 262, 587, B 237,
1163. Cf ἔφατο B 807, ἔφη A 584.

b. The first aorist middle is sometimes used without difference
of meaning from the second aorist active, as βήσετο T 262, ἔβη
A 311; ἐδύσετο T 328, ἔδυ T 36.

c. The future middle is sometimes used as passive, as τελέεσθαι
B36. Cf δ1 ὁ.

lxxii INTRODUCTION 8 50d.

ἃ. The aorist middle is often used as passive. Cf. χολωσαμένη
Γ 413 with χολωθείς A 9, χάρη T 76 with κεχαροίατο A 256, ἀγέροντο
B 94 with ἤγερθεν A 57, ἀμφέχυτο B 41, λίποιτο T 160, κταμένοιο
T 375. Cf. ἐλελίχθησαν E 497 they rallied, θωρηχθῆναι A 226 arm
himself.

51. Passive. a. For the ending of the aorist passive infinitive,
see § 44 g. /

b. For the ending of the third person plural indicative, see
§ 44 m.

c. The second aorist subjunctive passive usually remains uncon-
tracted, and follows the rule of ju-verbs (δ 52 ¢).

d. In the second aorist subjunctive, the passive suffix is often
long (and the mode-vowel short in the dual and in the first or sec-
ond person plural; ὃ 45 a), as δαμήῃς T 436 (δάμνημι), τραπείομεν
T 441 (τέρπω, ὃ 31), but μιγέωσιν B 475 (μίσγω).

e. Homer has only two futures from passive stems. Cf. δ0 ὁ.

f. Some verbs have both first and second aorists passive, as
ἐμίχθη E 134, ἐμίγην T 445.

g. The ‘verbal adjective’ is not always passive.

N.B. The passive formation in Greek is comparatively late,
and infrequent in Homer. ‘The so-called second aorist passive is
closely related to the intransitive aorist active, like ἔβη; ἔστη. Cf.
ἐδάην, learned or was taught.

52. Verbs in -MI. (H. 476 ff.; G. 787 ff.) a. Some verbs in
-μι have forms in the present and imperfect indicative which follow
the analogy of contract verbs: τιθεῖ, διδοῖ, διδοῦσι, ἀφίει, προθέουσι
A 291. |

b. For the ending -ν for -σαν, see ὃ 44 n.

c. The second aorist subjunctive active generally remains uncon-
tracted. The stem-vowel often appears in*its long form with short
mode-vowel in the dual and in the first and second persons plural
(cf. §§ 45 a, 51 d), as δώῃσιν A 324, δώωσιν [δῶσιν] A 137, θείομεν
A 143 (better θήομεν, Attic θῶμεν), γνώωσι A 802, ἐφείω [ἐφῶ]
A 567, ἀνήῃ [ἀνῇ] Β 34, ἐρείομεν A 62 (better ἐρήομεν, as from an
ἔρημ). The short form of the stem is seen in βάτην [ἐβήτην]
A 327,

§ 55d. PREPOSITIONS teeth

53. Second Aorists without Variable Vowel. (H. 489; G. 798 f.)
Many second aorists, active and middle, are found without variable
vowel, following the analogy of verbs in -μι, as ἦλτο A 532 (ἄλλομαι),
δέχθαι A 23, δέκτο B 420 (δέχομαι), βλῆτο A 518 (βάλλω), κλῦθι A 37,
κλῦτε B 56 (κλύω), otra Z 64, ἔσσυτο B 809 (cevw).

54. Iterative Forms. (H. 493; G. 778.) a. Iterative forms of
the imperfect and aorist indicate the repetition of a state or action,
as φιλέεσκε Τ' 388. The augment is generally omitted. These forms
are characterized by the suffix -σκ, and have the inflection of the
imperfect of verbs in -w. They are confined to the Ionic dialect.
The iterative idea is occasionally wanting, as in ἔσκε [jv] Γ 180.

b. Verbs in -w add the endings -cxoy or -σκομὴην to the «form of
the stem of the present or second aorist, as ἔσκε, εἴπεσκε, ἴδεσκε.

PREPOSITIONS.

55. a. Prepositions often retain their original adverbial force
(as ἐν δέ, but therein, ὑπό, below, beneath, παρὰ dé, and beside him),
especially with reference to place. They may be placed after the
verbs or nouns with which they are connected. See § 19 ὁ. (H.
785; G. 1222 ff.) Frequently an editor must be in doubt whether
to print the preposition as part of the verb or separately.

b. The preposition is often separated from the verb which it
modifies, as πὰρ δὲ Κεφαλλήνων ἀμφὶ στίχες οὐκ ἀλαπαδναί | ἕστασαν
A 330 ἢ, where πάρ modifies ἕστασαν.

c. Anastrophe. (H. 109; G. 116.) a. Disyllabic prepositions,
when they immediately follow the word with which they are con-
strued, take the accent upon the penult, except ἀμφί, ἀντί, ἀνά, διά.
ἄνα Z 331 stands for ἀνάστηθι. ἔνι is used for ἔνεισι or ἔνεστι, ἔπι for
ἔπεστι, μέτα for μέτεστι, πάρα for πάρεστι E 605 f.

B. Elided prepositions suffer anastrophe only when they as ad-
verbs modify a verb to be supplied, as ἔπ᾽ Τ' 45 for ἔπεστι, --- or by
way of exception, in order to avoid ambiguity, as ἔφ᾽ A 350, to show
that the preposition is to be connected with the preceding word.

d. a. ἐν has the parallel forms εἰν, év. εἰν stands only in the
part of the foot which receives the stress of voice, and its use is
nearly confined to certain phrases, as εἰν ἀγορῇ, εἰν ᾿Αίδαο δόμοισιν.

Ixxiy INTRODUCTION 8 δδ 6.

β. The poet uses both és and εἰς, πρός, προτί, and ποτί, ὑπό and
trai (B 824), παρά and παραί (B 711), ὑπέρ and ὑπείρ (B 426).

6. ἀμφί, ἀνά, and pera are used also with the dative.

f. For the short forms of ἀνά, κατά, παρά, see ὃ 29.

ADVERBS.

56. (H. 257 ff.; G. 365 ff.). a. A predicate adjective is often
used where the English idiom has an adverb or an adverbial phrase,
as χθιζὸς ἔβη A 424 went yesterday, nepin A 497 early in the morning,
πανημέριοι A 472 all day long, πρηνής E 58 (pronus) on his face,
καίοντο θαμειαί A 52 burned thickly, perapaliov E 19 between the
breasts.

B. πρόφρων, willing, is used only as a predicate, where the English
idiom uses willingly. |

Ὁ. Adverbs ending in -a are common: σάφα (not σαφῶς), τάχα
(ταχέως only once), ὦκα (not wxews). These seem to have been
originally neuter cognate accusatives, and many are such still; οὐ
πόλλ᾽ ἐπέτελλε, πολλὰ ἠρᾶτο, μέγα νήπιε, μεγάλ᾽ εὔχετο. See on A 78.

c. Adverbs in -ws are not common; they are most frequent from
o-Stems: οὕτως (οὗτος), ὥς (8), αὔτως (αὐτός), κακῶς (κακός). ἴσως and
ὁμοίως are not found, καλῶς only β 63, φίλως only A 347.

HOMERIC VERSE.

The beginner should remember that, while both Homer and
Vergil use the dactylic hexameter,

(1) Homer has far more dactyls than Vergil; his verse is much
lighter and more tripping (§ 57 d).

(2) Homer slightly prefers a pause between the two short syl-
lables of the third foot (§ 58 6), while Vergil strongly
prefers a pause after the first syllable of that foot.

(3) Homer freely begins his verse heavily, with one or two
spondees, while Vergil prefers a dactylic beginning.

(4) Homer has a spondee in the fifth foot (8 57 4) more com-
monly than Vergil.

(5) In the Homeric text, elision is already made.

Fi ita

§ 57 a. HOMERIC VERSE lxxv

The beginner should remember also, that

(6) The ‘rough breathing’ has no power to make ‘a short
vowel long by position,’ nor to prevent elision. S& of
course, 6, φ, and x are not ‘ double consonants.’ =

(7) An enclitic in reading should be connected with the word
which its accent is thrown.

If the beginner has not already made the general rhythm of the

verse familiar to himself from Vergil and his followers, he may

_ read to advantage Longfellow’s Evangeline! and Miles Standish,

and Clough’s Bothie. He will do well to commit to memory a few
(if not many) verses of the Jliad, and repeat them when he is walk-
ing at leisure, keeping time, uttering the first syllable of the foot
as he sets his left foot down, and the other half of the metrical
foot as he plants his right foot.

The exact division of the verse into metrical feet is the founda-
tion of all good scanning, but it is useless in itself. The scholar
must read the verse metrically and yet in harmony with the sense,
—not allowing his voice to fall mechanically at the close of the
verse, nor at the caesural pause, and still less making Vergil’s
pause after the first syllable of the third foot, whether Homer
made the pause there or not.

57. The Heroic Hexameter. (H. 1064 ff., 1100; G. 1668 f.)
a. The poems are to be read with careful attention to the metrical
quantity of each syllable, as well as to the sense of the passage.
There are six feet (bars or measures) in each verse; hence the
name hexameter. Emphasis or stress of voice (ictus) is laid on the
first syllable of each foot. The part of the foot which has no ictus
(the arsis) should receive as much time though not so much stress as
the ictus-syllable (the thesis). The rhythm would be called 2 time
in modern music. The English hexameter (e.g. in Longfellow’s
Evangeline) is generally read as of 2 time, without much reference te
the quantity of the syllables, and so, too, the Aeneid is often scanned.

1

ae Tate is the forest priméval, , the miirmuring pines and the hémlocks
Stand like Drifids of éld A With voices sad and prophétic,

Stand like hdrpers hdéar , With bedrds that rést on their bésoms.’
Evang. init.

γι εν! INTRODUCTION - g 87d.

b. The written word-accent must be disregarded in reading
Homeric verse. Occasionally the verse-ictus and word-accent may
coincide (as in a 1, quoted in ὃ 58 6), but the word-accent had no
influence on the formation of the verse.

c. The dactyl! ( a Bi % or__u ὦ), With the ictus on the first
syllable, is the fundamental and prevailing foot of Homeric verse.
It is often replaced by a spondee? or heavy dactyl ( =f e οὔ 3)

Dactyls are about three times as frequent as spondees in the
Homeric poems.

d. Verses in which each of the first five feet is a dactyl are
far more common in Homer than in Vergil; there are 160 in the
first book of the liad alone, and very nearly three thousand in
the entire Iliad. Many frequently recurring verses have this
rhythm; as τὸν δ᾽ ἀπαμειβόμενος προσέφη πόδας ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεύς, ----αὐτὰρ
ἐπεὶ πόσιος καὶ ἐδητύος ἐξ ἔρον évro. Many other verses have but one
spondee (generally in the first foot) among the first five feet; as
ἦμος δ᾽ ἠέλιος κατέδυ καὶ ἐπὶ κνέφας ἦλθεν. Seven verses, according
to the usual text, have each six spondees: B 544, A 180, Ψ 221,
o 334, φ 15, χ 175, 192.

e. Spondees are most common in the first two feet; they are
more and more avoided in each foot toward the close of the verse.

f. The first foot allows more freedom than any other. A short
vowel there more frequently retains its natural quantity before a
mute and a liquid, and yet is more frequently lengthened in the
unaccented part of the foot before that combination. At the close
of the first foot, hiatus is allowed (ὃ 27 6).

5. The bucolic diaeresis (58 ἢ) is seldom immediately preceded
by a word of three long syllables. Before this diaeresis, a dactyl
is strongly preferred.

h. Verses which have a spondee in the fifth foot are called
spondaic verses (ἔπη σπονδειακά). They are more common in Homer
than in the Latin poets, — about four per cent of the verses of
the Iliad being spondaie.

1 This name is borrowed from δάκτυλος, finger, and the fanciful explanation was
given that this foot, like the finger, has one long and two short elements.

2 This name is derived from the use of this slow, solemn measure in the -
hymns which accompanied the libation (σπονδή) to the gods.

§ 58 ¢. CAESURAL PAUSES lxxvil

i. These spondaic verses seem especially frequent at the close of
emphatic sentences or of divisions of the narrative (ef. A 21, 157,
291, 600) and in descriptions of suffering and toil, but often no
rhythmic effect is sought; the convenience of the verse determined
the measure.

j- In about half of the cases; a word of four syllables closes the
spondaic verse. Never should the fifth foot be filled by a disyl-
labic word.

k. The last foot in each verse is a spondee, but the final syllable
may be short; the deficiency in time is then made up by the slight
pause which follows at the end of the verse (§ 59 α, 1). A heavy
or consonantal ending is preferred; hence the v-movable is often
used. :

1. Though the student need not concern himself about elision,
as in Latin poetry, yet he must be watchful for synizesis (§ 25).

~CAESURAL PAUSES.

58. (H. 1081; G. 1642.) a. Each verse has one or more caesural
pauses (caesura = τομή, cutting), — pauses within a foot.

b. The principal caesura of the verse is always a pause in the
sense, which is often indicated by punctuation, but occasionally
commas are found where no pause is necessary, and at times the
poet indicates by the rhythm a pause where not even a comma
could stand, as A 152, 154.

Of course no pause can be made immediately before an enclitic,
since this is closely connected with the foregoing word.

c. A caesura is found almost always in the third foot; only
185 verses of the Iliad and seventy-one of the Odyssey have no
pause there. It occurs either after the first syllable (as μῆνιν
ἄειδε θεά A Πηληιάδεω ᾿Αχιλῆος AL υὑὐυ. uv |_A_|_ vy
v v|__|) or between the two short syllables (as ἄνδρα μοι ἔννεπε
Μοῦσα A πολύτροπον ὃς μάλα πολλά a 1, Vv li υὐὐ] υλυ]
—_vv|_vv |__|). These two caesuras are about equally fre-
quent; but the second slightly predominates and seems to have
been preferred.

Ixxviii INTRODUCTION 8 58 d.

d. The pause after the first syllable of a foot is called a masculine
caesura, because of the vigorous movement which it gives to the
verse. Cf. also 7

Arma virumque cano A Troiae qui primus ab oris, Verg. Aen. i. 1,

and .

‘Sat by some nameless grave , and thought that perhaps in its bosom
He was already at rest λ and she longed to slumber beside him.’
Longfellow, Huasn
The pause between two unaccented syllables is called a feminine
caesura. Cf. also

‘ This is the forest primeval. A The murmuring pines and the hemlocks.’
Longfellow, Evang.

e. The importance of the caesura in the third foot is marked not
only by the freedom with which hiatus is allowed there (§ 27 b),
and by the evident avoidance of elision at that point, but also by
the large number of tags of verses which are suited to follow it; as
πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε, βοῶπις πότνια Ἥρη; θεὰ λευκώλενος Ἥρη, θεὰ
γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη, φιλομμειδὴς ᾿Αφροδίτη, Διὸς θυγάτηρ ᾿Αφροδίτη, ἐυ-
κνήμιδες ᾿Αχαιοί, ᾿Αχαιῶν χαλκοχιτώνων, κάρη κομόωντες ᾿Αχαιοί, ἀρηΐφιλος
Μενέλαος, ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾿Αγαμέμνων, βοὴν ἀγαθὸς Διομήδης, Γερήνιος ἱππότα
Νέστωρ κτλ. ; ---- 811 of which must be preceded by the feminine
caesura (see d) of the third foot; while ᾿Αγαμέμνονος ᾿Ατρείδαο, εὐρὺ
κρείων ᾿Αγαμέμνων, ἡγήτορες ἠδὲ μέδοντες, ἀπαμείβετο φώνησέν τε κτλ.
must be preceded by the masculine caesura of the third foot.
See ὃ 22 6, Καὶ

f. The pause after the first syllable of the third foot is called the
penthemimeral caesura (πέντε, ἣμι-, μέρος) because it comes after the
fifth half-foot ; it divides the verse into 24 +34 feet. The pause
between the two short syllables of the third foot divides the verse
into 23+ 3} feet.

5. Sometimes the principal pause of the verse is the masculine
caesura of the fourth foot. This is called the hephthemimeral
caesura (ἑπτά, ἣμι-, μέρος). It is frequent after a feminine caesura of
the third foot. It gives an energetic movement after a penthe-
mimeral caesura, when the verse is divided into 24 + 1 - 24 feet.

a .«..

§ 58 n. CAESURAL PAUSES lxxix

h. Sometimes the pause of the verse is at the close of the
fourth foot; this is called the bucolic diaeresis (a diaeresis being
a pause at the end of a word between two feet) or caesura, since
it is most evidently aimed at in the bucolic or pastoral poetry of
Theocritus. Occasionally there is a transition at this point to
another part of the story, as A 318, 348, 430. This bucolic
diaeresis with the penthemimeral caesura divides the verse into
232 - 12 - 2 feet.

i, The importance of the bucolic diaeresis is marked by the
large number of tags of verses which are ready to follow it, as δῖος
᾿Οδυσσεύς, ἕρκος ᾿Αχαιῶν, ἱππότα Νέστωρ, ὄβριμος ΓΑρης, φαίδιμος
Ἕκτωρ, Φοῖβος ᾿Απόλλων, Παλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη, δῖα θεάων, μητίετα Ζεύς,
ἰσόθεος φώς. See § 22 f. Hiatus is allowed here occasionally.
See § 27 ὁ.

j. A slight pause occurs often after the first short syllable of
the fifth foot. The poet prefers to close the verse with the rhythm
— v;v —— (where the comma represents the end of a word) rather
than —v v,——; hence οὔτε τέλεσσας A 108, not οὔτ᾽ ἐτέλεσσας,
and ἄλγε᾽ ἔθηκεν A 2, not ἄλγεα θῆκεν. This rhythm is found in all
verses which close with Παλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη, Φοῖβος ᾿Απόλλων, δῖος ᾿᾽Οδυσ-
σεύς, ᾿Αχιλλεύς, ᾿Αχαιοί κτλ.

k. The principal pause of the verse is found seldom at the close
of the third foot. This would divide the verse into two equal
parts and cause monotony. A word ends there not infrequently,
but this is accompanied by a more prominent caesura in the third or
fourth foot; as ἔνθα ἴδον πλείστους Φρύγας dvepas Τ' 185, where the
last two words are so closely connected that no caesura is felt
between them.

1. Even a slight pause is rare between the two short syllables of
the fourth foot. In καὶ ἐπείθετο μύθῳ A 33, the objectionable pause
might be avoided by omitting the augment, but the conjunction is
connected with the verb so closely that no caesura is felt.

m. No sentence ends with the second foot.

n. The pause in the third foot gives to the rest of the verse an

anapaestic movement, from which it is often recalled by the bucolic
diaeresis.

lxxx INTRODUCTION § 58 ὁ.

0. The varied position of the main caesura, and the minor
pauses in different parts of the verse give perfect freedom from
monotony without detracting from the grace and dignity of the
measure.’

QUANTITY.?

a9. ἘΠ 92°98. 3°G, 95 ff. 1622.) a. Metrical convenience or

necessity often determined the poet’s choice among synonymous
words (ὃ 22 a, e, f). The poet in general preferred the light dactyls

to the heavy dactyls or spondees, and retained in the epic dialect a ᾿

large number of dactylic forms which were afterwards contracted.
An amphimacer (— ὦ —, ἀμφί, μακρόν) was avoided often by means
of apocope (§ 29), synizesis (§ 25), or elision (§ 28).

Most exceptions to the rules of quantity are only apparent. The
poet, for example, did not lengthen a short syllable by placing the
ictus upon it. If an apparently short final syllable stands where a
long syllable is expected, it is probable either

(1) that the final syllable was originally long, and later lost part
of its quantity ; or

(2) that the following word has lost an initial π᾿
would have made the preceding syllable long by position (see ὡς
below) ; or

1 Coleridge’s lines with regard to the Homeric verse are worth remembering :
‘Strongly it bears us along in swelling and limitless billows,
Nothing before and nothing behind but the sky and the ocean.’

2 The beginner will find it convenient to remember with regard to a, «, v, the
vowels whose quantity is not clear at the first glance, that

(1) they are short in the final syllable of any word when the antepenult has
the acute or the penult has the circumflex accent ;

(2) they are regularly short in inflectional endings, as μάχῃσι; ἥρωα, τρέπουσι,
τέθνηκα, --- ἴῃ the final syllables of neuter nouns, as δῶμα, ἦμαρ, μέλι, δάκρυ, ---- ἴῃ
suffixes, except where ν has been lost before σ, as φύσϊς, δολίης, Φοίνισσα, ---- ἴῃ
particles, especially in prepositions, as dvd, περί, ὑπό, dpa, rx, —and generally
in the second aorist stem of verbs ;

(8) they are long in the final syllable when the penult is long by nature and
has the acute accent ;

(4) they are long when they are the result of contraction, as ἐτίμα from
érluae, ipdv, from ἱερόν, and as the final vowel of the stem of nouns of the first
declension.

—" Δ.

§ 59 ἃ. QUANTITY ixxxi

(3) that the pause (musical res#) at a caesura or diaeresis fills
out the time occupied by the foot, allowing the same freedom as at
the end of the verse (ὃ 57 ἢ).

~b. A considerable number of anomalies, however, remain unex-
plained. Prominent among the unexplained anomalies of quantity
is the τ of certain abstract nouns, which form such a definite class
that it may be assumed that there was some explanation, perhaps
physiological, for them all ; as ὑπεροπλσι A 205, προθυμίῃσι B 588.

c. Many apparently irregular variations of natural quantity, as
well as apparent freedom in allowing hiatus, and variations of
quantity made by position (see 7, below), seem to be explained best
by the loss of a consonant, 6... *AiSos Τ' 522 but “Ai& A 3, from α-ειδ
(δ 32), μέμᾶσαν B 863 but μεμάότες Β 818 (μεμαροτες).

d. a. A syllable which contains a long vowel or a diphthong is
long by nature. Final aw and οἱ are metrically long, although short
as regards accentuation.

B. The quantity of some vowels is not fixed, ἃ8 ᾿Απόλλωνος A 14,
᾿Απόλλων A 380 ; "Apes, “Apes E31 (if the text is right).

y- Most of these vowels with variable quantity were originally
long and were becoming short, as the Homeric ἶσος, καλός, and
φᾶρος became ἴσος, καλός, and φάρος in Attic poetry. ρειαρινός (ef.
ὥρῃ εἰαρινῇ B 471), Attic ἐαρινός, is found in a Boeotian inscription.
Evidently every vowel which at first was long and afterwards
became short must have had at some time a metrical quantity
which could be treated as either long or short, i.e. its quantity was
variable.

8. For the length of final . in the dative singular of the third
declension, see ὃ 36 a. πρίν in πρὶν αὖτ᾽ Z 81 retains its original
length, as a contracted comparative. |

e. With this variation of natural quantity may be compared the
double forms employed in Homer, —one with a single consonant,
another with two consonants, as ᾿Αχιλλεύς A 54, ᾿Αχιλεύς A 199 ;
᾿Οδυσσεύς A 430, Ὀδυσεύς A 494; Τρίκκην Β 729, Τρίκης A 202:
ὅππως A 344, ὅπως A 136; μέσσον T 266, μέσον A 481 κτλ., many
of which doubled consonants are known to be justified etymo-
logically.

lxxxii INTRODUCTION § 59 6.

e. Sometimes a naturally short vowel was lengthened (not by
the poet, but in the speech of the people) in order to avoid the too
frequent recurrence of short syllables. This is illustrated by the
rule for the use of o or ὦ in the comparison of adjectives (σοφώτε-
pos but κουφότερος), and by the words which have a vowel similarly
lengthened in the Attie dialect (as ἀθάνατος, προσήγορος, ὑπηρέτης).
We find ἄνήρ but ἀνέρες, Πρίαμος but Πριαμίδης, θύγάτηρ but θυγατέρα.

f. a. In Homeric verse a syllable which contains a short vowel is
long by position when the vowel is followed by a double consonant
(ζ, €, w) or by two or more consonants, whether these are in the same
or in the following word or are divided between the two words.

B. This rule holds good also in case of a mute followed by a
liquid. This combination rarely fails to make position within
a word, and generally makes position when it stands at the begin-
ning of a word, especially when this word is closely connected with
the preceding.

g. a. Sometimes a vowel remains short before a mute followed
by A or p, as“Adpodirn T 380, ἀμφίβρότης B 389, ἀμφίδρυφής B 700,
προτραπέσθαι Z 336, νεῦσξ Κρονίων A 528, βάλξ Πριαμίδαο Τ' 356, yap
pa Κλυταιμνήστρης A113. These words and phrases could not have
been brought into the verse if the mute and liquid must make
length by position, and the history of the language shows that this
combination of mute and liquid was gradually losing its weight.

β. That a mute and a liquid do not always make length by posi-
tion is explained by the ease with which the combination can be
pronounced at the beginning of a syllable, leaving the preceding
vowel short and ‘ open.’

y. Before four words, two of which begin with the double con-
sonant ζ and two with the two consonants ox (not a mute and a
liquid), the preceding vowel remains short: of re Ζάκυνθον B 634,
ot δέ Ζέλειαν B 824, προχέοντὸό Σκαμάνδριον B 465, ἔπειτα σκέπαρνον
ε 237.

h. a. A single A, p, ν,ρ, σ at the beginning of certain words
may ‘make position’ (ef. § 306): ἔπεα νιφάδεσσι T 222 (cf. ἀγά-
ννιφον A 420 and English snow), ἕο μέγα Β 239, B 43, B 196, Ata
λίσαι A 394, ἐνὶ μεγάρῳ B 661.

§ 59 k. QUANTITY lxxxiii

B. So also 8 ‘makes position’ in the stem δει- (δεῖσαι, fear) and
always in δήν, long, as ἔδεισεν δ᾽ ὁ γέρων A 33, ov τι μάλα δήν A 416,
ἔπι δέος A 515.

i. a. Cognate languages and collateral dialectic forms show that
most words which in the Attic dialect began with p once began
with op or sp. This explains the doubling of the p after the aug-
ment and in composition, as well as its power to ‘make position’ in
Homeric verse.

B. Of the instances of lengthening before μ, many are only
physiologically explained,—the p-sound being easily continued
until it is virtually a double consonant. But this lengthening
occurs only before certain stems (especially before péyas and its
kin), — not before μάχεσθαι, μένειν, μοῦνος.

j- One of the consonants which ‘made position’ has often been
lost, as γρηὶ δέ μιν ρεϊκυῖα T 386, βέλος ἐχεπευκές A 51, θεὸς ὥς T 230
(for θεὸς cas), ef. κακὸν ds B 190, ὄρνιθες ὥς T 2, πέλεκυς ὥς T 60, οἱ δ᾽
dp ἴσαν ws εἴ τε B 780. (¢ has been lost more frequently than any
other initial consonant. See § 32.)

k. a. A long final vowel or diphthong in the arsis of the foot is
generally, but not always, shortened before a following vowel :
᾿Ατρεΐδαι τε Kat ἄλλοι ἐυκνήμιδες ᾿Αχαιοί A 17, τὴν δ᾽ ἐγὼ οὐ λύσω A 29.
The shortening of a long vowel is essentially the elision of half the
vowel (8 27 d).

B. Final a, οι, εἰ are most frequently shortened before an initial
vowel. Final οἱ is shortened eight times as often as final y.

γ. The diphthongs ending in v seem to have been more firm in
retaining their quantity than those which end in «.

δ, This shortening of diphthongs seems to indicate a tendency
of the final « or v of the diphthong to go into its cognate y (7)
or w (¢) sound and disappear (¢f. ὃ 23 7). In Pindar, also, a
final diphthong is shortened five times as often as a long final
vowel. Of course there was no hiatus as long as the y or w was
spoken.

ε. Final » and y are shortened before an initial vowel more
rarely than other diphthongs. is seldom shortened except before
an ε or (less frequently) an a.

lxxxiv INTRODUCTION § 59 1.

1, Before a pause (as before the close of the verse ; see ὃ 57 k), a
short vowel may be used in place of a long vowel: ἐκπέρσαι Πριά-
poo πόλιν A 19 ——|— VU |— UV |“A. Not infrequently thus
the short final vowel of a vocative takes the place of a long syl-
lable, even ὦ υἱὲ Πετεῶο A 338 ; in such cases the nominative form
generally could be used. The pause in the rhythm occupies the
remainder of the time which would be spent in pronouncing a long
syllable, Mi j= J J: Before a pause, also, a long final vowel
may preserve its quantity although the following word begins with
a vowel, as ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ᾿Ατρείδῃ ᾿Αγαμέμνονι A 24, —just as a verse
may close with a short vowel although the next following verse
begins with a vowel, as ἐρίσαντε | ᾿Ατρείδης A 6 f. ,

m. A few verses seem to begin with a short syllable, as os ἤδη
τά τ᾽ ἐόντα A 70 (for os ceidn, ὃ 32).

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTE

Tue Homeric Mss. are better and more ancient than those of
any other secular Greek author. In all, more than one hundred are
known and described. In the last century about fifty portions of
the Πα were found written on papyrus in Egypt, — some of them
written before the beginning of our era, — and others are found
almost every year. The most valuable of all Mss. for the Homeric
text, and far the most valuable for the old Greek Commentary
(Σχόλια), is known as Venetus A, in the library of San Marco at
Venice. It contains the entire J/iad, with Introduction and Scholia,
on 325 leaves of parchment in large folio, 15 x 11 inches. It was
written not later than the eleventh century of our era.

The earliest printed edition of Homer was that of Demetrius
Chalcondylas, in two large and handsome volumes, Florence, 1488.

The text published by Henricus Stephanus, Poetae Graeci prin-
cipes heroici carminis, Paris, 1566, long served as the vulgate.

The most important critical editions of the Iliad are those of
Bekker (1858), La Roche (1873), Nauck (1877), Christ (1884), van
Leeuwen and Da Costa (1895).

Convenient text editions are those of Dindorf-Hentze (Leipzig,
1884) and Cauer (Leipzig, 1890).

The most scholarly English edition of the Jliad is that of Leaf,
in two volumes, London, Vol. I, ed. 2, 1900; Vol. II, 1888.

The most complete exegetical edition of the Homeric poems is
that of Ameis-Hentze (K. F. Ameis and Carl Hentze), published by
Teubner at Leipzig, with German notes, to which the present edi-
tion for schools is greatly indebted.

The most convenient small work treating of (a) the general
literary characteristics of the poems, (ὦ) the Homeric world, (c)
Homer in antiquity, (d) the Homeric question, is Homer: An Intro-
duction to the Iliad and the Odyssey, by Professor Jebb, Boston, 1887.

Monro’s Grammar of the Homeric Dialect, 2d ed., Oxford, 1891,
is the best work on the subject ‘edhe any language.

v

ΠΡ fT

pe >t ey ae
Ὁ TOS ἐς τς Mis Form

i ‘a
Pt ¥ ’
:
ἐς sre
ie
2 »
ν᾽ i ate +
F
ὌΝ ς
x ora δι
ας ὸ Vs
ὦ
Σ
ἷ - τὴ
ν \ .. ¥ &
a i we
ς͵ :
\ ; ; x t She
. τ SE rE RS
; f “ἡ Α ) "
= ᾿ 7 > re
i
> rae 5
vy, ΕἾΝ ᾿ a
" Ὶ ΣΝ "Ἔχ eee &
a ? “ὺυ Ὁ ᾿ ΜΝ 2 ‘
' ; '* Ἰῷ. ales ies
a et ἢ 9 4 ei τ i Lee! ἂν
Ὁ ἢ Φ als ἴ ἃ νὰ Ὁ Ad
ἕξ ων é :
: , ~ ᾿
Υ ; Ey ἮΝ
"

Ms ‘ = i “πὶ ‘ ζ, Sue ἕω ἣ J J

4
;
‘ Ἧ ΤῸ ᾿ ,
y ΤΣ ἐν ¢ ᾿ Β 5 ἐν ΑΝ a J ἑ
ἡ ὦ ‘ Z ae Os) j re FSi Ghee
ee τ , ; ω oe he es
> } ue 2 “Se δ — Ψ} ᾿ ΨΥ ἐν Tht a χὰ Bes 5.
~~" ¥ poo perk , ἡ Voy ;. « " . ;

THE TROAD
(after Kiepert )

τς «ΔΆ
a eT

"a
E
swe

.

om ἢ"
4 yy
4, Zaps»
ὡς 4

Freer,
ρον

Ν
ay,

my

ie ‘ny

M-N. ENG,

., = ae

10

15

OMHPOT IATAAOX

ΓΑλφα λιτὰς Χρύσου, λοιμὸν στρατοῦ, ἔχθος ἀνάκτων.
Alpha preces Chrysae, pestis mala, iurgia regum. ,
f

‘Alpha the prayer of Chryses sings:
The army’s plague; the strife of kings.’

λοιμός. μῆνις.

Invocation of the Muse. Theme of the Iliad.
Μῆνιν ἄειδε, θεά, ἸΤηληιάδεω ᾿Αχιλῆος
οὐλομένην, ἡ μυρί᾽ ᾿Λχαιοῖς aye ἔθηκεν,
πολλὰς δ᾽ ἰφθίμους ψυχὰς “Ade προΐαψεν
ἡρώων, αὐτοὺς δὲ ἑλώρια τεῦχε κύνξ Αν.
οἰωνοῖσί τε δαῖτα, Διὸς δ᾽ ἐτελείετο βουλή,
ἐξ οὗ δὴ τὰ πρῶτα διαστήτην ἐρίσαντε ᾿
᾿Ατρεΐδης τε ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν καὶ δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς.

The Injured Priest. The Avenging Apollo.

: dco!
τίς τ᾽ ἄρ σῴφωε θεῶν ἔριδι ξυνέηκε (μάχεσθαι;
Λητοῦς καὶ Διὸς υἱός. OP δ᾽ γὰρ βασιλῆι χολῳωθεὶς .
νοῦσον ἀνὰ στρατὸν ὦρσε κακήν, ᾿ὀλέκοντο δὲ λαοί,

οὕνεκα τὸν Χρύσην ἠτίμασεν ἀρητῆρα

᾿Ατρεΐδης. ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε θοὰς ἐπὶ νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν
λυσόμενός τε θύγατρα, φέρων T ἀπερείσι᾽ ἄποινα,
στέμματ' ἔχων ἐν χερσὶν ἑκηβόλου ᾿Απόλλωνος
χρυσέῳ ἀνὰ σκήπτρῳ, καὶ ἐλίσσετο πάντας ᾿Αχαιούς,
᾿Ατρεΐδα δὲ μάλιστα δύω κοσμήτορε λαῶν.

“°Arpeldar τε καὶ ἄλλοι ἐυκνήμιδες ᾿Αχαιοί,
1

g

-
»»"-
» 4."

Thea

2 OMHPOY IAIAAOS A

) . ὯΝ
ὑμῖν μὲν θεοὶ δοῖεν ῥ Ολύμπια δώματ᾽ ἔχοντες /

ἐκπέρσαι Πριάμοιο πόλιν, ἐὺ δ᾽ οἴκαδ᾽ ἱκέσθαι:

20 παῖδα δ᾽ ἐμοὶ Waat τε φίλην, τά τ᾽ ἄποινα δέχεσθαι,

ge) “ἀζόμενοι Διὸς υἱόν, ἑκηβόλον ᾿Απόλλωνα.
— ἐνθ᾽ ἄλλοι͵ μὲν, πάντες ἐπευφήμησαν ᾿Αχαιοὶ
αἰδεῖαθαί θ᾽ ἱερῆα καὶ ἄγ νρα δέχθαι ἄποινα"
ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ "Ἀτρεΐδης ὶς dmc myBave θυμῷ,
25 αλλά κακῶς ἀφίει, κρατερὸν δ᾽ ἐπὶ μῦθον ἔτελλεν-
“μή σε, γέρον, κοίλῃσιν ἐγὼ παρὰ νηυσὶ κιχείω
ἢ νῦν δηβύψουτ᾽ ἢ ὕστερον αὖτις ἰόντα,
ek : μή νύ τοι οὐ χραίσμῃ σκῆπτρον καὶ στέμμα “θεοῖο,

τὴν δ᾽ ἐγὼ οὐ λύσω: πρίν μιν καὶ γῆρας ἔπείσιν
80 (ἡμετέρῳ͵ ἐνὶ οἴκῳ ἐν “Apyel, τηλόθι πάτρης,
ἱστὸν ἐποιχομέκην καὶ ἐμὸν λέχος. ἀντιόωσαν.

ἀλλ᾽ ἴθι, ἴθι, μή μ᾽ ἐρέθιζε, σαώτερος WS κεν ena.” a

&

Prayer of the Old Priest and Es Answer.

ὡς ἐφατ᾽, were δ᾽ ὁ γέρων καὶ. ἀπείθετὸ ο μύθᾳ.
a Qu = δ᾽ δον Ἢ Tapa Otye., nokudhore oi. ovo θαλάσσης,
p74 . 85 πολλὰ δ᾽ ἔπειτ᾽ ἀπάνευϑὲ ἰὼν ἠρᾶθ᾽ ὁ γεραιὸς

.--.--.-

᾿Απόλλωνι. ἄνακτι, τὸν ἠύκομος τέκε Λητώ.

“κλοθς μευ, ἀργυρότοξ᾽, ὃς Χρύσην, dude ιβέβηκας.
ΤΥ, Κίλλαν TE ly: Τενέδοιό 010. τε ε ἶφι, ἀνάσσεις, a) 5
SN Scr oeben: ont arn eee τον jf ‘for
40 ἢ εἰ δή ποτέ τοι κατὰ πίονα μηρί Ἴ a, ἄμα
ταύρων ἠδ᾽ αἰγῶν, τόδε μοι κρήηνον. ἐέ Sep °
oe) Δαναοὶ ἐμὰ δάκρυα σοῖσι Béreroiv.”
Ὡς bar’ εὐχόμενος, TOU δ᾽ “ἔκλυε Φοῖβος ᾿Απόλλων.

«Ἀ .»- »}» Smeal

aonk βῆ δὲ Kar’ Οὐλύμποιο. καρήνῶν͵ Xasusvas κῆρ,

Τι

45 TOL ὦμοισιν ἔχων « ἀμφηρεφέα Te φαρέτρην᾽ 7 yan
2 ἔκλαγξαν δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ διστοὶ ἐπ᾽ ὥμων Χωομέναιο,

͵
Wf 8 ἀμίαι al
υ

oe an

APOLLO BELVEDERE

From the statue in the Vatican Museum, Rome

epee” EE EAS Lee)

FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD 3

. ~~ o}— ΠΡ :
ἜΝ αὐτοῦ κινηθέντος ὁ δ᾽ ἤιε; ψυκτὶ ἐοικώς.
ae ἂν ἡμέ gee
er ἔπειτ᾽ ἀπάνευθε pewy, μετὰ δ ἰὸν “ἕηκεν. > ae

δεινὴ. δὲ κλα αγγὴ γένετ᾽ ἀργυρέοιο ᾿βιοῖο. υς |
50 οὐρηὰᾶς αν. πρῶτον ἐπῴχετο, καὶ κύνας ἀργούς, aac
αὐτὰῤ ἔπειτ᾽ αὐτοῖσι βέλος ἐ ἐχεπευκὲς ἐφιεὶς

Barr’: “ai αἰεὶ δὲ πυραὶ νεκύων καίοντὸ θαμειαί. Une

Raa 4 of the Achaeans (53-305). Achilles calls an Assembly to
, consult with Regard to the Plague.

ἐννῆμαρ, μὲν ἀνὰ στρατὸν ῴχετο κῆλα θεοῖο,
τῇ δεκάτῃ p, δ᾽ bs Gs te καλέσσατο Χαὸν ᾿Αχιλλεύς.
55 τῷ γὰρ ἐπὶ φρεσὶ Oi θῆκε θεά, χευκώλενος, Ἥρη"

a a κήδετο γὰρ Δ Δαναῶν, ὅτι pa θνήσκοντας ἃ ,ὁρᾶτο- ὠς i
got « saat ar ἐπεὶ οὖν φἤγερθεν D ὁμηγέρέες τε έύοντο, 7 ϑοεωμξις
τοῖσι δ ἀνιστάμενος μετέφη. πόδας ὠκὺς XX εὐς
Ε΄ τὰν ρεΐδη, νῦν ,ἄμμε πάλιν πλαγχθῶντας di ὀίω ~ Afunex
G0 hep ἂψ ἀπὸόνοστήσειν, et κεν. ϑάνατόν γέ γέ φύγοιμεν,
? eo ee
} = εἶ δὴ ὁ ὁμοῦ πόλεμός TE doug καὶ λοιμὸς ᾿λχαιούς.

ἀλλ᾽ aye bo “τινα μάντιν ἐρεῖ tose ν᾿ 4 ἱερῆα

tA
7” και ο εἰροπό ov, καὶ γάρ τ᾽ “ὄνάρ ἐκ. Διός, ἐσ: ἐστιν,

ee —)——
a5 ae éri τόσσον ἐχώσατό οιβος ᾿Ἀπόλλων,
5
ye" 65 εἴ τ᾽ ey “ὦ ὅ γ εὐχωλῆς ἐπιμέι pera εἰ εἴ θ᾽ θ᾽ ἑκατόμβης, ies
Rau “αἵ κέν πὼς ἘΞ κνίρῃς αἰγῶν τέ ΤΣ. there θέ

᾿ ᾿ς ΔΖ 2 a

Prix %
over au ἀντι ας; ἡμῖν ἀπὸ /Novyov ἀμῦναι.

Calchas states the Cause οἱ the ner sel

ἢ. τοι ὅ γ᾽. ὡς εἰπὼν κατ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἕζετο, τοῖσι δ᾽ ἀνέστη
rv

Κάλχο ας Θεστορίδης, οἰωνοπόχων Ox’ ἥριστος, "

ψ wy st σι μ
70 ὃς 1 ἡ, τά τ᾽ ἐοντα τά τ ἐσσόμενα. πρό T ἵ ἐόντα,

——

Kal νήεσσ᾽ ἡγήσατ᾽ ᾿Ἀχαιῶν᾽ Ἴλιον »ν εἴσω.
VY =.

7 “ἣν, διὰ μαντοσύνην, τὴν οἱ πόρε Φοῖβος ig ONS
i ‘, eS
4 ἣν ae

Γ

75

80

85

90

95

100

OMHPOY IAIAAOS A

‘ σφιν ἐὺ φρονέων ἀγορήσατο καὶ μετέειπεν᾽
ὦ ᾿Αχιλεῦ, Kéheat με, διίφιλε, μυθήσασθαι
μῆνιν ᾿Ἀπόλλωγνῃξ, ἑκατηβελέξαο ἄνακτος
ae ἐγὼν ἐρέω, σὺ δὲ σύνθεο, καί pet, ὄμοσσον
ἡ μὲν Eos πρόφρων ἔπεσιν καὶ χερσὶν ἀρήξειν.
ἢ γὰρ, ὀίομαι ἄνδρα χολωώσέμεν, os μέγα πάντων
᾿Αργείων κρατέει, καί OL ἐτρ’ ΤΑΙ Αχαιοί.
κρείσσων γὰρ βασιλεύς, ὅτε χώσεται ἀνδρὶ χέρηι"
εἴ περ γάρ τε χόλον γε καὶ αὐτῆμαρ καταπέψῃ,
ἀλλά τε καὶ μετόπισθεν ἔχει κότον, ὄφρα τελέσσῃ,
ἐν στήθεσσιν ἑοῖσι. σὺ δὲ φράσαι εἴ με Tadces.”
τὸν δ᾽ ἀπαμειβόμενος προσέφη πόδας ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεύς:
Α θαρσήφας μᾶλα εἰπὲ (εὐ pana. ὅτι οἶσθα"
οὐ μᾶ γὰρ ᾿Απόλλωνα διίφιλον, ᾧ τε σύ, Κάλχαν,
εὐχόμενος Δαναοῖσι θεοπροπίας ‘satiate ea
ov τὶς ἐμεῦ ζῶντος καὶ ἐπὶ χθονὶ δερκομένοιο )
σοὶ κοίλῃς παρὰ νηυσὶ βαρείας χεῖρας ἐποίσει
συμπάντων Δανβών, οὐδ᾽ ἢν Bi nis phe Saal εἴπῃς,
ὃς νῦν πολλὸν ἄριστος ᾿Αχφιῶν εὔχεται εἶναι." τ
καὶ τότε Ka? θάρσησε καὶ ηὔδα μάντις ἀμύμων." ~
‘our ap ὅ ba εὐχωλῆς ἐπιμέμφεται οὔθ᾽ ἑκατόμβης,
ἀλλ᾽ ἕνεκ᾽ ὁ ἀρητῆρος, ὃν ἠτίμησ' ᾿Αγαμέμνῶν
οὐδ᾽ ἀπέλυσε θύγατρα καὶ οὐκ ἀπεδέξατ᾽ ἄποινα,
τούνεκ᾽ ap aye ἔδωκεν ἑκηβολοῖ ἠδ᾽ ἔτι δώσει.
οὐδ᾽ ὃ ὯΣ πρὶν Δαναοῖσιν ἀεικέα λοιγὸν ἀπώσει, ᾿
πρίν γ ἀπὸ πατρὶ Pio δόμεναι" ἑλικώπιδα κούρην
ἀπριάτην ἀνάποινον, ἄγειν θ᾽ ἱερὴν ἑκατόμβην
ἐς Χρύσην: τότε κέν μιν ἱλασσάμενοι πεπίθοιμεν."
δι ΟἿ

Ζ' ξ Ν \

Zz
ar”

105

115

120

125

FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD 5

Agamemnon is Ready to give up Chryseis, but demands Recompense.
ἢ τοι ὅ γ᾽ ὡς εἰπὼν κατ᾽ ap’ ἕζετο, τοῖσι δ᾽ ἀνέστη
ἥρως ᾿Ατρεΐδης,. εὐρὺ κρείων ᾿Αγαμέμνων

ἀχνύμενος: “μένεος δὲ μέγα φρένες ἀμφιμέλαιναι

πίμπλαντ᾽, ὄσσε δέ οἱ πυρὶ λαμπετόωντι ἐίκτην.

Κάλχαντα πρώτιστα κάκ᾽ ὀσσόμενος προσέειπεν.

, μάντι κακῶν, οὔ πώ ποτέ μοι τὸ κρήγυον εἶπας

αἰεί τοι τὰ κάκ᾽ ἐστὶ φίλα φρεσὶ μαντεύεσθαι, “᾿

ἐσθλὸν δ᾽ οὔτε τί πω εἶπας ἔπος Τοῦτε τέλεσσας.

καὶ νῦν ἐν Δαναοῖσι θεοπροπέων ἀγορεύεις,

ὡς δὴ τοῦδ᾽ ἕνεκά σφιν ἑκηβόλος ἄλγεα τεύχει,

οὕνεκ᾽ ἐγὼ κούρης Χρυσηίδος ἀγλά᾽ ἄποινα

οὐκ ἔθελον δέξασθαι, --- ἐπεὶ πολὺ βούλομαι αὐτὴν

οἴκοι ἔχειν. καὶ γὰρ ῥα Κλυταιμνήστρης προβέβουλα,

κουριδίης ἀλόχου, ἐπεὶ ov ἐθέν ἐστι χερείων,

οὐ δέμας οὐδὲ φυήν, ovr ap φρένας οὔτε τι ἔργα.

ἀλλὰ καὶ ὡς ἐθέλω δόμεναι πάλιν, εἰ τό γ᾽ ἄμεινον.

Bovhop. ἐγὼ λαὸν σόον ἐμμεναὶ n ἀπολέσθαι.

αὐτὰρ ἐμοὶ γέρας αὐτίχ᾽ Ἑτοιμάσατ', ὄφρα μὴ οἷος

᾿Αργείων ἀγέῤαστος ἕω, ἐπεὶ οὐδὲ ἔοικεν"

λεύσσετε γὰρ τό γε πάντες, ὅ μοι γέράς ἔρχεται ἄλλῃ."

“

Immediate Recompense is Impossible.

τὸν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἐπειτα ποδάρκης δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς’ ΄«.

“"Arpeton κύδιστε, φιλοκτέανώτατε πάντων,

πῶς γάρ 7 τοι δώσουσι γέρας μεγάθυμοι ᾿Αχαιοί;
οὐδέ τί που ἴδμεν ξυνήια κείμενα πολλά,

ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν “πολ ἔξεπράθομεν, τὰ δέδασται,
λαοὺς δ᾽ οὐκ᾿ enéoixe παλίλλογα ταῦτ᾽ ἐπαγείρειν.
ἀλλὰ σὺ μὲν νῦν τήνδε θεῷ πρόες, αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχαιοὶ

Δι

ARK 5 : AAI ACMNVA 4 ALO εν. FACED

ὶ ᾿ ΒΡ 7 i} Ἐ =
ack BP) 4 61] ὶ ᾿ ᾿ rh ates tina iA) « v Τί LUA t F345 ef

6 OMHPOY IAIAAOS A

t t ) ς

Agamemnon will take the Gift of Honor of one of the Achaean
Princes.
130 τὸν δ᾽ ἀπαμειβόμενος προσέφη κρείων ᾿Αγαμέμνων
μὴ δὴ. οὕτως, ἀγαθός περ ἐών, θεοείκελ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλεῦ,
κλέπτε νόῳ, ἐπεὶ οὐ ξάβεχευσεαι οὐδέ με πείσεις;
ἢ ἐθέλεις, opp αὐτὸς ἔχῃς γέρας, αὐτὰρ ἔμ᾽ αὔτως
τῷ ’ / δέ ΄, a > 5 la)
ἧσθαι δευόμενον, κέλεαι δέ pe τήνδ᾽ ἀποδοῦναι ;
1385 ἀλλ᾽ εἰ μὲν δώσουσι γέρας μεγάθυμοι ᾿Αχαιοί,
ἄρσαντες κατὰ θυμόν, ὅπως ἀντάξιον ἔσται,-- ὃν
3 , \ , Wan,’ 7 5... ἃ τὰ
εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώωσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι
x Ν x » ἊΝ /, x 3 lal
ἢ τεὸν ἢ Αἴαντος ἰὼν γέρας, ἢ ᾿Οδυσῆος
» e\ 7 ε , , Ψ ν
ἄξω ἑλών ὁ δέ κεν κεχολώσεται, ὃν κεν ἵκωμαι.
140 ἀλλ᾽ ἢ τοι μὲν ταῦτα μεταφρασόμεσθα καὶ αὖτις
ἢ τοι μ μεταφρασόμ Dir!
a » A A ee
νῦν δ᾽ aye νῆα μέλαιναν ἐρύσσομεν εἰς aha Stay,
3 + eis: pa ς Abed i. > , 3 Φιτ- et
ἐς ὃ peers ἐπιτηδὲς ἀγείρομεν, ἐς δ᾽ ἑκατόμβην
θείομεν, av δ᾽ αὐτὴν Χρυθηΐδα, καλλιπάρῃον ah
paces, εἷς δέ τις ἀρχὸς ἀνὴρ βουληφόρος ἔστω
145 ἢ Αἴας ἢ Ἰδομενεὺς ἢ ἢ δῖος ᾿Οδυσσεὺς
᾿ς ἠὲ σύ, Πηλεΐδη, πάντων ἐκπαγλότατ᾽ ἀνδρῶν,
” Disa ΣΤῊΝ tT ες: ey > ε ᾿ς ΣΝ ”
opp ἡμῖν ἑκάεργον ἱλάσσεαι iepa ῥέξας.

Achilles reproaches Agamemnon with Ingratitude, and threatens to
return to Achaea.

_ τὸν δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ὑπόδρα ἰδὼν ἡπροφέφη πόδας ὠκὺς A ee
“ὦ μι, ἀναιδείην ἐσιειμένε, κερδαλεόφρον, “4 Υ
150 πῶς τίς TOL πρύφρων ἔπεσιν πείθηται ᾿Αχαιῶν
ἢ ὁδὸν ἐλθέμεναι ἢ ἀνδράσιν ἶφι μάχεσθαι;

οὐ γὰρ ἐγὼ Τρώων ἕνεκ᾽ ἡλόιθον has aa

4 FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD (

δεῦρο μαχησόμενος, ἐπεὶ ov τί μοι αἴτιοί εἰσιν."
Ὁ , ’ 5 σῷ." ὅδ. tint Oe Ν ν
οὐ γάρ πώ ποτ᾽ ἐμὰς βοῦς ἡλασαν, οὐδὲ μὲν ἵππους,
155 οὐδέ ποτ᾽ ἐν Φθίῃ ἐριβώλακι βωτιανείρῃ "
καρπὸν ἐδηλήσαντ᾽, ἐπεὶ ἢ μάλα πολλὰ μεταξύ,
οὔρεά τε σκιόεντα θάλασσά τε ἠχήεσσα- (oO
Σλλὰ aa Ἧς ΧΟ δέ ἉΨ. 3 re , θ᾽ a \ ΄,
ἀλλὰ σοί, ὦ μέγ᾽ ἀναιδές, ἅμ᾽ ἐσπόμεθ᾽͵ ὄφρα σὺ χαίρῃς,
τιμὴν ἀρνύμενοι Μενελάῳ oot τε, κυνῶπα,
‘ ᾿ς “Ὁ » ’ 3 > > 7
160 πρὸς Τρώων. τῶν ov τι μετατρέπῃ οὐδ᾽ adeyilets:
Ἀ ᾽’ὕ ’ ιν Ὁ > 4 > nw
καὶ δή μοι γέρας αὐτὸς ἀφαιρήσεσθαι ἀπειλεῖς,
D ἐ λλὰ μό δό δέ tes ᾿Αχαιῶ
ᾧ ἔπι πολλὰ μόγησα, δόσαν O€ μοι υἷες ᾿Αχαιῶν.
οὐ μὲν σοί ποτε ἶσον ἔχω γέρας, ὁππότ᾽ “Ayatot |
Τρώων ἐκπέρσωσ᾽ ἐὺ sper na πτολίεθρον. wei!
- eee ἃ Ἵ δηλλλλεὶ .
165 ἀλλὰ τὸ μὲν πλεῖον (πολύαϊκος πολέμοιο
χεῖρες ἐμαὶ διέπουσ᾽, ἀτὰρ ἣν ποτε δασμὸς ἵκηται,
> Ν ΄ Ν a eR οὐδ Aw
σοὶ TO γέρας πολὺ μεῖζον, ἐγὼ δ᾽ ὀλίγον τε φίλον τε
ἔρχομ᾽ ἔχων ἐπὶ νῆας, ἐπεί κε κάμω πολεμίζων.
νῦν δ᾽ εἶμι Φθίηνδ᾽, ἐπεὶ ἦ πολὺ φέρτερόν ἐστιν
τον de ASL Ν , NE gale Bak
170 οἴκαδ᾽ ἴμεν σὺν νηυσὶ κορωνίσιν, οὐδέ σ᾽ ὀίω
3 LN oo es >\ ¥ — A Ἣν BE. ”
ἐνθάδ᾽ ἄτιμος ἐὼν ἄφενος καὶ πλοῦτον ἀφύξειν.

Agamemnon does not heed Achilles’ displeasure, and will take his
Prize, Briseis.
τὸν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾿Αγαμέμνων-
“ a 4\ > ¥ Ν 5 4 > > > ,
φεῦγε μάλ᾽, εἴ Tor θυμὸς ἐπέσσυται, οὐδέ σ᾽ ἐγώ γε
΄ 9 ae A , + Meat ΄, Ὁ»;
λίσσομαι εἵνεκ᾽ ἐμεῖο μένειν: παρ᾽ ἐμοί γε καὶ ἄλλοι,
Ψ ΄ 2 7 \ eS oe 2
175 οἵ κέ pe τιμήσουσι, μάλιστα δὲ μητίετα Ζεύς.
» θ δέ : ’ > 5 ’ la
ἔχθιστος δέ μοί ἐσσι διοτρεφέων βασιλήων.
αἰεὶ γάρ τοι ἔρις τε φίλη πόλεμοί τε μάχαι τε.
> 4 / 3 ’ \ / > ¥
εἰ μάλα καρτερός ἐσσι, θεός που σοὶ τό γ᾽ ἔδωκεν.
οἴκαδ᾽ ἰὼν σὺν νηυσί Te σῇς καὶ σοῖς ἑτάροισιν
180 Μυρμιδόνεσσιν ἄνασσε. σέθεν δ᾽ ἐγὼ οὐκ ἀλεγίζω

ν {
5 δὶ
a a

195

200

Ἢ

205

OMHPOY IAIAAOS A

οὐδ᾽ ὄθομαι κοτέοντος: ἀπειλήσω δέ τοι ὧδε.

ὡς eu ἀφαιρεῖται Χρυσηίδα Φοῖβος ᾿Απόλλων,

τὴν μὲν ἐγὼ σὺν νηί τ᾽ ἐμῇ καὶ ἐμοῖς ἑτάροισιν
,ὔ 3 \ la > ¥ / ’

πέμψω, — δέ K ἄγω Βρισηίδα ser eeatabse 4a

αὐτὸς ἰὼν κλισίηνδε, τὸ σὸν γέρᾳς, ὄφρ᾽ ἐὺ εἰδῇς,

ὅσσον φέρτερός εἰμι σέθεν, στυγέῃ δὲ καὶ ἄλλδε

ἶσον ἐμοὶ EATS καὶ ὁμοιωθήμεναι ἄντην."

Achilles is restrained from killing Agamemnon by the Goddess Athena,

who pa Satisfaction. at
4»

ὡς φάτο: Πηλεΐωνι δ᾽ ἄχος γένετ᾽, ἐν δέ οἱ ne
ἀτήθεσασι» λασίοισι διάνδιχα μερμήριξεν," ἀπ ον
ἢ ὃ γε φάσγανον ὀξὺ ἐρυσαάμενος παρὰ μηροῦ "
τοὺς μὲν ἀναστήσειεν, ὁ δ᾽ ᾿Ατρεΐδην ἐναρίζοι,
ἦε χόλον παύσειεν! ἐρᾳτύσεις τε θυμόν.
εἷος ὁ ταῦθ᾽ ὥρμαινε κατὰ φρένα καὶ κατὰ θυμόν,
ἕλκετο δ᾽ ἐκ κολεοῖο μέγα ξίφος, ἦλθε δ᾽ ᾿Αθήνη
οὐρανόθεν: πρὸ γὰρ ἧκε θεά, λευκώλενος Ἥρη,
ἄμφω ὁμῶς θυμῷ φιλέουσά τε κηδομένη τε.
στῆ δ᾽ ὄπιθεν, ξανθῆς δὲ κόμης ἕλε Πηλεΐωνα,
οἴῳ φαινομένη, τῶν δ᾽ ἄλλων οὔ τις ὁρᾶτο.
θάμβησεν δ᾽ ᾿Αχιλεύς, μετὰ δ᾽ ἐτράπετ᾽, αὐτίκα δ᾽ ἔγνω

Παλλάδ᾽ ᾿Ἀθηγαϊην! δεινὼ δέ οἱ ὄσσε φάανθεν.". 1 pt.
καί μιν φωνήσαξι ἔπεα πτέρόεντα) προσηύδα." ἅ

᾿ τίπτ᾽ αὖτ᾽, alone Διὸς τέκος, εἰλήλουθας; por
ἢ ἵνα ὕβριν ἴδ ἢ, ᾿Αγαμέμνοκα ᾿Ατρεΐδαο:
ἀλλ᾽ ἔκ) τοι few, TO δὲ Kat τελέεσθαι᾽ ὀίω. ἣν
ἧς ὑπεροπλίῃσι τάχ᾽ ἄν ποτε θυμὸν décor.”
τὸν δ᾽ αὖτε προσέειπε θεά, γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη᾽
“ἦλθον ἐγὼ παύσουσα τὸ σὸν μένος, αἴ κε πίθηαι,
οὐρανόθεν: πρὸ δέ μ᾽ ἧκε θεά, λευκώλενος Ἥρη,

| ἢ Ὶ

a ἕω.“ | ay —

ATHENA
From the statue in the National Museum, Nap'es

FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD 9

ἄμφω ὁμῶς θυμῷ φιλέουσά τε κηδομένη τε.
210 ἀλλ᾽ aye Any ἔριδος, μηδὲ ξίφος ἕλκεο χειρί’
> > > ¥ ‘ > , ε »¥ ΄
ἀλλ᾽ ἢ τοι ἔπεσιν μὲν ὀνείδισον, ὡς ἔσεταί περ.
& Ν > ΄ Ν \ ‘ / »
ὧδε γὰρ ἐξερέω, τὸ δὲ καὶ τετελεσμένον ἔσται
καί ποτέ τοι τρὶς τόσσα παρέσσεται ἀγλαὰ δῶρα
ἘΠΕ ν A Υ Ν > ¥ ΄ ig i. αχὶ j
ὕβριος εἵνεκα τῆσδε: σὺ δ᾽ ἴσχεο, (πείθεο δ᾽ ἡμῖν. ©
215 τὴν δ᾽ ἀπαμειβόμενος προσέφη πόδας ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεύς-
( \ Ν / , / » > 4
χρὴ μὲν σφωίτερόν γε, θεά, ἔπος εἰρύσσασθαι,
καὶ μάλα περ θυμῷ κεχολωμένον᾽ ὡς yap ἄμεινον
ὅς κε θεοῖς ἐπιπείθηται, μάλα τ᾽ ἔκλυον αὐτοῦ.
ἢ καὶ ἐπ᾽ apyupé) porn £ oxebs χεῖρα βαρεῖαν,
220 ἂψ δ᾽ ἐς κουλεὸν aoe μέγα ξίφος, οὐδ᾽ ἀπίθησεν
μύθῳ ᾿Αθηναίης. ἡ δ᾽ Οὐλυμπόνδε βεβήκειν (na (Pag
δώματ᾽ ἐς αἰγιόχοιο Διὸς μετὰ δαίμονας ἄλλους.

Achilles swears that Agamemnon will repent his Action.
Πηλεΐδης δ᾽ ἐξαῦτις ἀταρτηροῖς ἐπέεσσιν
> oh , A 3», ἴω ,
Ατρεΐδην προσέειπε, καὶ ov πω λῆγε χόλοιο:

A

225 “olvoBapés, κυνὸς ὄμματ᾽ ἔχων, κραδίην δ᾽ ἐλάφοιο,
οὔτε ποτ᾽ ἐς πόλεμον ἅμα λαῷ θωρηχθῆναι
» ’ 5° 52 ‘ > 4 > ‘al
οὔτε λόχονὸ ἱέναι σὺν ἀριστήεσσιν Αχαιῶν
τέτληκας θυμῷ. τὸ δέ τοι κὴρ εἴδεται εἶναι.
ἐπα λὺ r +e 4 3 Ν Ν » ‘ > ‘al
ἢ πολὺ λώιόν ἐστι κατὰ στρατὸν εὐρὺν ᾿Αχαιῶν
| δῶ > 5 “ ν / > / »
230 δῶρ᾽ ἀποαιρεῖσθαι, ὅς τις σέθεν ἀντίον εἴπῃ"
ὃ “ny Χ 7 Biss > ὃ a Rae.
npoBopos βασιλεύς, ἐπεὶ οὐτιδανοῖσιν ἀνάσσεις"
> \ ” > ἐδ σ᾿ . ΄,ὕ :
ἢ yap av, ᾿Ατρεΐδη, νῦν ὕστατα λωβήσαιο:
aX > ὦ δ, τ ΔΥΌ 7 ν > a
ἀλλ᾽ ἔκ τοι ἐρέω, Kal ἐπὶ μέγαν ὅρκον ὀμοῦμαι.
ΕῪ wn
val μὰ τόδε σκῆπτρον. TO μὲν οὔ ποτε φύλλα Kal ὄζους
μ
Ν “
235 φύσει, ἐπεὶ δὴ πρῶτα τομὴν ἐν ὄρεσσι λέλοιπεν,
οὐδ᾽ ἀναθηλήσει: περὶ γάρ ῥά ἑ yadkds ἔλεψεν
φύλλα τε καὶ φλοιόν: νῦν αὖτέ μιν υἷες ᾿Αχαιῶν

᾿ : v “Abn .O »ἋΑ

᾿ ,.

10

240

245

250

255

260

OMHPOY IATAAOS A |

ἐν παλάμῃς φορέουσί δικασπόλοι, οἵ τε θέμιστας.
of Διὸς εἰρύαται- ὁ δέ τοι μέγας ἔσσεται ὅρκος"
ἢ ποτ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλῆος ποθὴ ἵξεται υἷας Axasey, i |
σύμπαντας" τότε δ᾽ οὔ τι δυνήσεαι ἀχνύμενός περ
χραισμεῖν, εὖτ᾽ ἂν πολλοὶ ὑφ᾽ Ἕκτορος ἀνδροφόνοιο
θνήσκοντες πίπτωσι: σὺ δ᾽ ἔνδοθι θυμὸν ἀμύξει LS UH

υ

χωόμενος, ὅ τ᾽ ἄριστον ᾿Αχαιῶν οὐδὲν ἔτισας.᾽

Nestor strives to reconcile the Angry Princes: Agamemnon should
not take Briseis; Achilles should pay Honor to
the Commander-in-Chief.

ὡς φάτο Πηλεΐδης, worl δὲ σκῆπτρον βάλε γαίῃ
χρυσείοις nowt πεπαρμένον, ἕζετο δ᾽ αὐτός.
᾿Ατρεΐδης δ᾽ ἑτέρωθεν ἐμήνιε. τοῖσι δὲ Νέστωρ
ἡδυεπὴς ἀνόρουσε, λιγὺς Πυλίων ἀγορητής,
τοῦ καὶ ἀπὸ γλώσσης μέλιτος Foy ead ῥέεν αὐδή.
τῷ δ᾽ ἤδη δύο μὲν γενεαὶ μερόπων ἀνθρώπων
ἐφθίαθ᾽, οἵ οἵἱ πρόσθεν ἅμα τράφεν ἠδὲ γένοντο
ἐν Πύλῳ ἠγαθέῃ, μετὰ δὲ τριτάτοισιν ἄνασσεν.
ὅ σφιν ἐὺ φρονέων ἀγορήσατο καὶ μετέειπεν
co , > V4 ga θ 3 ΑΔ A ARNE:

"ὦ πόποι, ἢ μέγα πένθος “Axaida γαῖαν ἱκάνει"
> θ 7΄ “-“ σι δαιΝ ν , , ro
ἢ Kev γηθῆσαι Ipiazos I piaporo τε παῖδες,
ἄλλοι Te Τρῶες μέγα Kev κεχαροίατο θυμῷ,
εἰ σφῶιν τάδε πάντα πυθοίατο μαρναμένοιιν,

ἃ ἈΝ \ \ “A ἃ 5° 3 Ν ’ θ
ot περὶ μὲν βουλὴν Δαναῶν, περὶ δ᾽ ἐστὲ μάχεσθαι’
3 Χ 4 > Ἢ Ν 4 2 Ν "see
ἀλλὰ πίθεσθ᾽. ἄμφω δὲ νεῶτερῶ ἐστὸν ἐμεῖο.
ἤδη γάρ ποτ᾽ ἐγὼ καὶ ἀρείοσιν ἦέ περ ὑμῖν ahaa tee
ἀνδράσιν ὠμίλησα, καὶ οὔ ποτέ μ᾽ οἵ γ᾽ ἀθέριζον.
οὐ γάρ πω τοίους ἴδον ἀνέρας, οὐδὲ ἴδωμαι,

οἷον Πειρίθοόν τε Δρύαντά τε, ποιμένα λαῶν,

Καινέα τ᾽ Ἔξάδιόν τε καὶ ἀντίθεον ἸΤολύφημον

265

' 270

275

280

285

290

FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD 11

[Θησέα τ᾽ Αἰγεΐδην, ἐπιείκελον ἀθανάτοισιν].
er a Χ A s33—p’ 4 — iB 3 “
κάρτιστοι δὴ κεῖνοι ἐπιχθονίων appa, ἀνδρῶν.
κάρτιστοι μὲν ἔσαν καὶ καρτίστοις ἐμάχοντο,

Φηρσὶν ὁρέσξῴῷδισι, καὶ ἐκπάγλως ἀπόλεσσαν. i”

καὶ μὲν τοῖσιν ἐγὼ μεθομίλεον ἐκ Πύλου ἐλθών,
τηλόθεν ἐξ ἀπίης γαίης: καλέσαντο γὰρ αὐτοί:

\ , A ie We ΄ 5 a »
καὶ μαχόμην κατ᾽ ἔμ᾽ αὐτὸν ἐγώ" κείνοισι δ᾽ ἂν ov τις
τῶν, οἱ νῦν βροτοί εἰσιν ἐπιχθόνιοι, μαχέοιτο.
καὶ μέν μευ βουλέων ἕύνιεν͵ πείθοντό τε μύθῳ

μ μ A μ « >
> Ν / \ ¥ 5 ‘\ / ¥
ἀλλὰ πίθεσθε καὶ ὕμμες, ἐπεὶ πείθεσθαι ἄμεινον.

4 ‘\ ’ ὃ᾽ a θ / ε ἑἐ 4 a 4 4
μήτε σὺ τόνδ᾽, ἀγαθός περ ἐών, ἀποαίρεο κούρην,
ἰλλ᾽ ἔα, Ws οἱ πρῶτα δόσ έρας υἷες ᾿Αχαιῶν"
ἀλλ᾽ ἔα, ws οἱ mp αν γέρας υἷες ᾿Αχαιῶν

» ἴω
μήτε σύ, Πηλεΐδη, θέλ᾽ ἐριζέμεναι βασιλῆι

“3 , sw ¥ ee = Ἂν s al
ἀντιβίην, ἐπεὶ ov ποθ᾽ ὁμοίης ἔμμορε τιμῆς

σκηπτοῦχος βασιλεύς, ᾧ τε Ζεὺς κῦδος ἔδωκεν.
> \ Ἁ /, > ἈΝ la ’ /
εἰ δὲ σὺ καρτερός ἐσσι, θεὰ δέ σε γείνατο μήτηρ,
ἀλλ᾽ ὅδε φέρτερός ἐστιν, ἐπεὶ πλεόνεσσιν ἀνάσσει.

᾿Ατρεΐδη, σὺ δὲ παῦε τεὸν μένος αὐτὰρ ἐγώ γε ὼμ

λίσσομ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλχῆι μεθέμεν χόλον, ds μέγα πᾶσιν

΄ 5 -ν ‘¥ 7 aA ᾽ν
epkos ἈΑχαιοισιν πέλεται πολέμοιο κακοῖο.
L&

Neither of the Angry Men will yield.

Ν » > ’ 4 4 > 4
τὸν ὃ ἀπαμειβόμενος προσέφη κρείων Ἀγαμέμνων᾽
“ναὶ δὴ ταῦτά γε πάντα, γέρον, κατὰ μοῖραν ἔειπες.
ἀλλ᾽ ὅδ᾽ ἀνὴρ ἐθέλει περὶ πάντων ἔμμεναι ἄλλων,
πάντων μὲν κρᾶτέειν ἐθέχει, πάντεσσι δ᾽ ἀνάσσειν,
πᾶσι δὲ σημαίνειν, a TW οὐ πείσεσθαι ὀίω.
εἰ δέ μιν αἰχμητὴν ἔθεσαν θεοὶ αἰὲν ἐόντες,
4 ’ ε , > / / ”
τούνεκά οἱ προθέουσιν ὀνείδεα μυθήσασθαι;
τὸν δ᾽ ap’ ὑποβλήδην ἠμείβετο δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς'
“ , 7 : Wy is Ν ΄
ἢ γάρ κεν δειλός τε καὶ οὐτιδανὸς καλεοίμην,

12 OMHPOY IAIAAOS A .

> \ \ A » ε , 9 ¥
εἰ δὴ σοὶ πᾶν ἔργον ὑπείξομαι, ὅττι κεν εἴπῃς"
295 ἄλλοισιν δὴ ταῦτ᾽ ἐπιτέλλεο, μὴ γὰρ ἐμοί γε
᾽ 3 > Ν > 4 5 » Ν 2 5.292
[σήμαιν΄. οὐ γὰρ ἐγώ γ᾽ ἔτι σοὶ πείσεσθαι ὀίω. |
ἄλλο δέ τοι ἐρέω, σὺ δ᾽ ἐνὶ φρεσὶ βάλλεο σῇσιν.
χερσὶ μὲν οὔ τοι ἐγώ γε μαχήσομαι εἴ εἵνεκα κούρης
οὔτε σοὶ οὔτε τῷ ἄλλῳ, ἐπεί μ᾽ ἀφάχεσθε γε δόντες"
800 τῶν δ᾽ ἄλλων a μοι ἔστι θοῇ παρὰ νηὶ μελαίνῃ,
a 9 A / 3 Ν δῦ, 3 A
TOV οὐκ ay TL φέροις ἀνελὼν (ἀέκοντος ἐμεῖο.
> > + XN 7 ν ’ ‘ Y'
εἰ δ᾽ aye μὴν πείρησαι, ἵνα γνώωσι Kal olde:
> , @ ἣν 5 , \ 499
αἶψά τοι αἷμα κελαινὸν ἐρωήσει περὶ δουρί.

Chryseis is dispatched to her Father. .The Camp is purified.

a , oat M4 2 og eT ee
ὡς τώ γὙ see LATOR ERT
305 ἀνστήτην, λῦσαν δ᾽ ἀγορὴν παρὰ νηυσὶν ᾿Αχαιῶν
Πηλείδης μὲν ἐπὶ κλισίας καὶ νῆας ἐΐσας) Ww τά
nue σύν τε Μενοιτιάδῃ καὶ οἷς ἑτάροισιν;
᾿Ατρεΐδης δ᾽ ἄρα νῆα θοὴν dade προέρυσσεν,
ἐς δ᾽ ἐρέτας ἔκρινεν ἐείκοσιν, ἐς δ᾽ ἑκατόμβην
310 βῆσε θεῷ, ἀνὰ δὲ Χρυσηίδα καλλιπάρῃον
iw a x ae ΤΩΣ. $2 i , 05 ,
εἷσεν ἄγων" ἐν ἀρχὸς ἔβη πολύμητις ᾿Οὐυσσεύς.
ε Ν » 3 > , 3 ’, ε Ἂν rs
οἱ μὲν ἔπειτ᾽ ἀναβάντες ἐπέπλεον ὑγρὰ κέλευθα, .
λαοὺς δ᾽ ᾿Ατρεΐδης ἀπολυμαίνεσθαι ἄνωγεν...“
οἱ δ᾽ ἀπελυμαίνοντο καὶ εἰς ἅλα λύματ᾽ ἔβαλλον,
818 ἔρδον δ᾽ ᾿Απόλλωνι τεληέσσας ἑκατόμβας
ταύρων ἠδ᾽ αἰγῶν παρὰ Ov’ ἁλὸς ἀτρυγέτοιο"
κνίση δ᾽ οὐρανὸν κεν ἑλισσομένη περὶ καπνῷ.
Crd LAH

Heralds of Agamemnon fetch Briseis from the Tent of Achilles.

a ε \ Ν , Ν ld 5 35.595 Ἂ
ὡς οἱ μὲν τὰ πένοντο κατὰ στρατόν: οὐδ᾽ ᾿Αγαμέμνων
ληγ᾽ aes τὴν πρῶτον ἐπηπείλησ᾽ ᾽Αχιλῆι,
320 ἀλλ᾽ ὅ γε Ταλθύβιόν τε καὶ EvpuBarnv προσέειπεν,

yi

325

330

335

340

345

δας,

FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD 13

τώ Ol ἔσαν κήρυκε Kal ὀτρηρὼ θεράποντε:
“ ἔρχεσθον κλισίην Πηληιάδεω ᾿Αχιλῆος:

BE, Ch eee” fe poe ὧν ,
χειρὸς ehovT ἀγέμεν Βρισηΐδα καλλιπάρῃον. ~,_,
> , ‘ ΄ ate, , > \ Ψ «,
εἰ δέ Ke μὴ δώῃσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι,
9 Ν Ἁ / / ε Ν εὕὔ' ¥ %
ἐλθὼν σὺν πλεόνεσσι" τό οἱ καὶ ῥίγιον ἔσται.

a > \ BA Ν > eee lal »

ὡς εἰπὼν προΐει, κρατερὸν δ᾽ ἐπὶ μῦθον ἔτελλεν.
\ > > 7 ’ Ν a > ey Av 35 ’ὔ
τὼ δ᾽ ἀέκοντε βάτην παρὰ Oy’ adds ἀτρυγέτοιο,
Μυρμιδόνων δ᾽ ἐπί τε κλισίας καὶ νῆας ἱκέσθην.
Ν 3 e la 4 \ \ 4
τὸν δ᾽ εὗρον παρά τε κλισίῃ καὶ νηὶ μελαίνῃ

ν >

ἥμενον: οὐδ᾽ apa τώ ye ἰδὼν γήθησεν ᾿Αχιλλεύς.

\ \ , ἈΝ > ’ὔ “Ὁ
τὼ μὲν ταρβήσαντε καὶ αἰδομένω βασιλῆα acids

4 > ’ / , > > 3 ’
στήτην, οὐδέ τί μιν προσεφώνεον οὐδ᾽ ἐρέοντο"
40 - α΄. ὧν * ν ey. \ , ,
αὐτὰρ ὁ ἔγνω now ἐνὶ φρεσὶ φώνησέν Te:
ςς ΄’ , Ν » ' ἡδὲ ee A
χαίρετε, κήρυκες, Διὸς ἄγγελοι ἠδὲ καὶ ἀνδρῶν.
3 ¥ > ¥ , ¥ > ’ 3 3. 5 ’, :
ἄσσον iT* οὐ Ti μοι ὑμμες ἐπαίτιοι, ἀλλ᾽ ᾿Αγαμέμνων,
a “A oh BA 9 4
ὃ σφῶι προΐει Βρισηΐδος εἵνεκα Rovpns.
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε, διογενὲς Πατρόκλεις, ἔξαγε κούρην
’ Ν » \ > > \ , »
καί σφωιν δὸς ἄγειν. τὼ δ᾽ αὐτὼ μάρτυροι ἔστων
πρός τε θεῶν μακάρων πρός τε θνητῶν ἀνθρώπων
Ν Ν a A > , ¥ Ν =
Kal πρὸς TOU βασιλῆος ἀπηνέος, εἴ ποτε δὴ αὖτε
χρειὼ ἐμεῖο γένηται ᾿ἀεικέα λοιγὸν ἀμῦναι
~ »” > \ 4 > sy) αν \ ,
τοῖς ἄλλοις. ἢ yap ὅ γ᾽ ὀλοιῇσι φρεσὶ θύει,
οὐδέ τι οἷδε νοῆσαι ἅμα πρόσσω καὶ ὀπίσσω,
Ψ ε \ .« 79 : fn ἐν 499
ὅππως οἱ παρὰ νηυσὶ σόοι μαχεοίατ᾽ ᾿Αχαιοί.
ὡς φάτο, Πάτροκλος δὲ φίλῳ ἐπεπείθεθ᾽ ἑταίρῳ,
ἐκ δ᾽ ἄγαγε κλισίης Βρισηίδα καλλιπάρῃον,
A > δ’ \ > > Ἂν» Ν “ > “Ὁ
δῶκε δ᾽ ἄγειν. τὼ δ᾽ αὖτις ἴτην παρὰ νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν,

᾿

Achilles appeals to his Mother, the Goddess Thetis.

ε Ne 27 > ¢ ᾿ \ , oF ἃ a dr a
-- ἢ QEKOVT αμα τοισι γυνὴ κιεν. auTap Xt ευ;:

δακρύσας ἑτάρων ἄφαρ ἕζετο νόσφι λιασθεὶς

MMS) ¢

14 OMHPOY IAIAAOS A

350 Oty’ eb adds πολιῆς, ὁρόων ἐπ᾽ ἀπείρονα πόντον᾽
πολλὰ δὲ μητρὶ φίλῃ ἠρήσατο (χεῖρας δρεγνύκ:
“μῆτερ, ἐπεί μ᾽ ἔτεκές γε μινυνθάδιόν περ ἐόντα, ) /

τιμήν πέρ μοι ὄφελλεν ᾿Ολύμπιος ἐγγυαλίξαι, “ "ΩΝ

5:

Ζεὺς ὑψιβρεμέτης νῦν δ᾽ οὐδέ με τυτθὸν ἔτισεν." Ὁ

ταν δα

355 ἢ γάρ μ᾽ ᾿Ατρεΐδης, εὐρὺ κρείων ᾿Αγαμέμνῳν, ὦ ie

ἠτίμησεν: ἑλὼν yap ἔχει γέρας, αὐτὸς ἀπούράς."
ὡς os δάκρυ χέων! τοῦ δ᾽ ἔκλυε πότνια μήτηρ,
ἡμένη ἐν βένθεσσιν ἁλὸς παρὰ πατρὶ γέροντι.
καρπαλίμως δ᾽ ἀνέδυ πόλιῆς ἁλὸς ἠύτ᾽ ὀμίχλην".
860 καί ῥα πάροιθ᾽ αὐτοῖο καθέζετο δάκρυ χέοντος,
’ ’ ’ » oe. > » 3 > /
χειρί τέ μιν κατέρεξεν, ἔπος τ᾽ ἔφατ᾽ ἔκ τ᾽ ὀνόμαζεν"
“cc ’ ’ ’ / ’ 7 ν ᾽’
τέκνον, τί κλαίεις; τί δέ σε φρένας ἵκετο πένθος ;
3 ΄ Ν A , Y ¥ ¥ ”
ἐξαύδα, μὴ κεῦθε νόῳ, ἵνα εἴδομεν ἄμφω.

& Achilles tells his Story.
τὴν δὲ βαρὺ στενάχων προσέφη πόδας Wks Αχιλλεύς'
365 “ οἶσθα". τί ἢ τοι ταῦτα ἰδυίῃ πάντ᾽ ἀγορεύω ;
ὠχόμεθ᾽ ἐς Θήβην, ἱερὴν πόλιν Ἠετίωνος,
\ Ν ’, ᾽ Ν » 5 4 4
τὴν δὲ διεπράθομέν τε καὶ ἤγομεν ἐνθάδε πάντα.

Ν Ν x 5 , Ν , a 5 A
καὶ τὰ μὲν εὖ δάσσαντο μετὰ σφίσιν υἷες ᾿Αχαιῶν,
ἐκ δ᾽ ἕλον ᾿Ατρεΐδῃ Χρυσηίδα καλλιπάρῃον.

810 Χρύσης δ᾽ αὖθ᾽ ἱερεὺς ἑκατηβόλου ᾿Απόλλωνος
> Ν ων ial > A ,
ἦλθε θοὰς ἐπὶ νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν χαλκοχιτώνων
χυσόμενός τε θύγατρά; φέρων T ἀπερείσι ἄποινα,
στέμματ᾽ ἔχων ἐν χερσὶν ἑκηβόλου ᾿Απόλλωνος
χρυσέῳ ἀνὰ σκήπτρῳ, καὶ ἐλίσσετο πάντας ᾿Αχαιούς,
815 ᾿Ατρεΐδα δὲ μάλιστα δύω κοσμήτορε λαῶν.
» > 5», \ , 3 ᾽’ 3 \
ἔνθ᾽ ἄλλοι μὲν πάντες ἐπευφήμησαν ᾿Αχαιοὶ

> “A 4, > ε ‘al Ἁ > Ἂν 7 ¥ :
αἰδεῖσθαί θ᾽ iepna καὶ ἀγλαὰ δέχθαι ἄποινα"
ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ᾿Ατρεΐδῃ ᾿Αγαμέμνονι ἥνδανε θυμῷ,

380

abl fi
᾿ a :

385
aa . CALA
eat οἱ
a : ae
mee

390

395

405

FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD 15

ἀλλὰ κακῶς adie, κρατερὸν δ᾽ ἐπὶ μῦθον ἔτελλεν.
’ > ε 4 4 » A“ > > 4 ‘

χωόμενος δ᾽ ὁ γέρων πάλιν ᾧχετο' Toto δ᾽ ᾿Απόλλων
> / ¥ > ‘ 4 ε ’ >
εὐξὰμένου. ἤκουσεν, ἐπεὶ μάλα οἱ φίλος ἦεν,
ἧκε δ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ᾿Αργείοισι κακὸν βέλος: ot δέ νυ λαοὺ
θνῆσκον ἐπάσσύτερδι, τὰ δ᾽ ἐπῴχετο κῆλα θεοῖο
πάντῃ ἀνὰ στρατὸν εὐρὺν ᾿Αχαιῶν. ἄμμι δὲ μάντις
(εὖ εἰδὼς; ἀγόρευε θεοπροπίας ἑκάτοιο. +’

αὐτίκ᾽ ἐγὼ πρῶτος κελόμην θεὸν ἱλάσκεσθαι"
᾿Ατρεΐωνα δ᾽ ἔπειτα χόλος λάβεν, αἶψα δ᾽ ἀναστὰς
ἠπείλησεν μῦθον, ὃ δὴ τετελεσμένος ἐστίν.

‘ ‘ ‘ ‘ \ aA eyes > rr
τὴν μὲν yap σὺν νηὶ θοῇ ἑλίκωπες ᾿Αχαιοὶ “

5 4 / ¥ 4 A »¥

és Χρύσην πέμπουσιν, ἄγουσι δὲ δῶρα ἄνακτι"

\ δὲ 7 4 A »¥ ’ 3»,
τὴν oe νέον κλισίηθεν ἔβαν κήρυκες ἀγοντες
κούρην Βρισῆος, τήν μοι δόσαν υἷες ᾿Αχαιῶν.

> ‘ ee , , ΌΡ , ΟΣ ἄρρενι x en

ἀλλὰ ov, εἰ δύνασαί ye, περίσχεό παιδὸς Eos:
ἐλθοῦσ᾽ Οὐλυμπόνδε Δία Liga: εἴ ποτε δή τι

ἢ (ἔπεὺ ὥνησας. κραδίην Διὸς ἠὲ καὶ. ἔργῳ.
πολλάκι γάρ Geo πατρὸς ἐνὶ μεγάροισιν ἄκουσα
εὐχομένης, ὅτ᾽ ἐφησθα κελαινεφέι Κρονίωνι

οἴη ἐν ἀθανάτοισιν ἀεικέα λοιγὸν ἀμῦναι,
ὁππότε μιν ξυνδῆσαι ᾿Ολύμπιοι ἤθελον ἄλλοι,
Ἥρη τ᾿ ἠδὲ Ποσειδάων καὶ Παλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη.
ἀλλὰ σὺ τόν γ᾽ ἐλθοῦσα, θεά, ὑπελύσαο δεσμῶν, /

β L1iNa Ὁ
ὦχ᾽ ἑκατόγχειρον καλέσασ᾽ ἐς μακρὸν Ὄλυμπον,
ὃν Βριάρεων καλέουσι θεοί, ἄνδρες δέ τε πάντες
ΑἰγαίωνῚ ὁ γὰρ αὖτε βίῃ οὗ πατρὸς ἀμείνων. at
ὅς pa παρὰ Κρονίωνι καθέζετο ᾿κύδεϊ γαίων: wy
τὸν καὶ ὑπέδεισαν μάκαρες θεοὶ. οὐδέ τ᾽ ἔδησαν.
τῶν νῦν μιν μνήσασα παρέζεο καὶ λαβὲ γούνων,
αἴ κέν πως ἐθέλῃσιν ἐπὶ Τρώεσσιν apnea,
τοὺς δὲ κατὰ πρύμνας τε Kal ἀμφ᾽ ἅλα ἔλσαι ᾿Αχαιοὺς

TSA

part .-

oy ~ Γι

16

I

OMHPOY IJAITAAOS A Ya

oni~ *

4 Y ,
410 κτεινομένους, ἵνα πάντες ἐπαύρωνται βασιλῆος,

415

γνῷ δὲ καὶ ᾿Ατρεΐδης εὐρὺ κρείων ᾿Αγαμέμνων
ἃ » ν 3 ¥ > a 2Q\ » })
ἣν ἄτην, 0 T ἄριστον ᾿Αχαιῶν οὐδὲν ἔτισεν.

Thetis promises to secure Honor for Achilles from Zeus.

Ἂς 3 5 ’ὔ > » , Ν ’ a
τὸν ὃ mpetper ἔπειτα Θέτις κατα δάκρυ χεοουσοι
uM
‘@ μοι, τέκνον ἐμόν, τί νύ σ᾽ ἔτρεφον αἰνὰ τεκοῦσα:

hn FRAC

ai” ὄφελες παρᾶ νηυσὶν ἀδάκρυτος καὶ ἀπήμων

i

ἧσθαι, € ἐπεί νύ TOL αἷσα μίνυνθά περ, οὐ TL μάλα δήν.

ΕΨῸΝΝ A

420

430

435

νῦν δ᾽ ἅμα τ᾽ ὠκύμορος καὶ ὀιζυρὸς περὶ πάντων
ἔπλεο: τῷ σε κακῇ αἴσῃ τέκον ἐν peepee.
τοῦτο δέ τοι ἐρευυσά ἔπος Διὶ ιΤερσικεραῦνῳ

εἶμ᾽ αὐτὴ πρὸς Ὄλυμπον ἀγάγνιφον, αἴ κε πίθηται.
ἀλλὰ σὺ μὲν νῦν νηυσὶ παρήμενος Sip du
μήνι᾽ ᾿Αχαϊοϊσο; πολέμου δ᾽ ἀποπαύεο πάμπαν"

Ζεὺς γὰρ ἐς ᾿Ωκεανὸν per ἀμύμονας Αἰϑιοπῆας
χϑιζὸς ἔβη κατὰ δαῖτα, θεοὶ δ᾽ ἅμα πάντες ἕποντο"
δωδεκάτῃ δέ τοι αὖτις ἐλεύσεται Οὐλυμπόνδε,

\ ,> » , > \ \ Ἢ A
Kal TOT ἔπειτά τοι εἶμι Διὸς ποτὶ χαλκορατες δῶ,
καί μιΨ γουνάσομαι, Kat μιν πείσεσθαι ὀίω." ΠΡῚ,

ὡς ἄρα φωνήσασ' ἀπεβήσετο, τὸν δ᾽ ἔλιπ᾽ αὐτοῦ
χωόμενον κατὰ θυμὸν ἐὐζώνοιο γυναικός,

΄ ε 7 rr SS δ. rh ae EON 3 "-π A
τήν pa Bin ἀέκοντος ἀπηύρων. αὐτὰρ ‘Odvaceds
Chryseis is conducted to her Home and delivered to her Father, who

prays that the Plague may cease.
3 , Y ΨΥ ες ὡς ἕξ Be,
ἐς chris ἵκανεν ἄγων ἱερὴν ἐκάφομβίην,
οἱ δ᾽ ὅτε δὴ λιμένος πολυβενθέος͵ ἐγγὺς ἵκοντο,
ἱστία μὲν στείλαντο, θέσαν δ᾽ ἐν νηὶ μελαίνῃ,
ἱστὸν δ᾽ ἱστοδόκῃ πέλασαν προτόνοισιν ὑφέντες
καρπαλίμως, τὴν δ᾽ εἰς ὅρμον προέρεσσαν ἐρετμοῖς.

FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD 17

ἐκ δ᾽ εὐνὰς ἔβαλον, κατὰ δὲ πρυμνήσι᾽ ἔδησαν"

ak > -----:

ἐκ δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ βαῖνον ἐπὶ ῥηγμῖνι θαλάσσης,

ἐκ δ᾽ ἑκατόμβην βῆσαν ex Boh ᾿Απόλλωνι:

ἐκ δὲ Χρυσηὶς νηὸς By ποντόπόροιο. >

440 τὴν μὲν ἔπειτ᾽ ἐπὶ βωμὸν ἄγων πολύμητις ᾽Οδυσσεὺς
cnet φίλῳ ἐν χερσὶ τίθει, Kal μιν προσέειπεν -"

ὦ Χρύση, πρὸ μι ἔπεμψεν ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾿Αγαμέμνων
παῖδά τε σοὶ ἀγέμεν, Φοίβῳ θ᾽ ἱερὴν ἑκατόμβην
ῥέξαι ὑπὲρ Δαναῶν, ὄφρ᾽ ἱλασόμεσθα ἄνακτα,

446 ὃς νῦν ᾿Αργείοισι πολύστονα᾽ κήδε ἐφῆκεν."

ὥς εἰπὼν ἐν χερσὶ τίθει, ὃ δὲ δέξατο χαίρων

ὶ 35. -4.ὰ ine Ee ε 7
παῖδα φίλην. τ δ᾽ ὦκα θεῷ ἱερὴν ἑκατόμβην

mM "ἑξείης στησαν "ἐ μητον. περὶ βωμόν,
χερνίψαντο δ᾽ ἔπειτα καὶ οὐλοχύτας ἀνέχοντο.

450 τοῖσιν δὲ Χρύσης μεγάλ᾽ εὔχετο χεῖρας ἀνασχών'
“κλῦθί μευ, ἀργυρότοξ᾽, ὃς Χρύσην ἀμφιβέβηκας
Κίλλαν τε ζαθέ en Τενέδοιό τε ἶφι ἀνάσσεις"
ἠμὲν δή ποτ᾽ ἐμεὺ πάρος ἔκλυες εὐξαμένοιο,
τίμησας μὲν ἐμέ, μέγα δ᾽ ἵψαο λαὸν ᾿Αχαιῶν
5» > » \ ~ 4Q> ] ’ὔ 5»52

455 ἠδ᾽ ἔτι καὶ νῦν μοι τόδ᾽ ἐπικρήηνον ἐέλδωρ"
ἤδη νῦν Δαναοῖσιν ἀεικέα λοιγὸν ἄμυνον." “

ὡς ehar εὐχόμενος, τοῦ δ᾽ ἔκλυε Φοῖβος ᾿Απόλλων.

=, Ὁ, 5 ᾿»- ΔΆ ¥ ‘ > 7 7
αὐτὰρ ἐπεί ῥ᾽ εὔξαντο καὶ οὐλοχύτας προβάλοντο,

27 τς a 4ΨφὋἔὁυΓ “ » “

αὐέρυσαν μὲν πρῶτα καὶ ἔσφαξαν καὶ ἔδειραν,
nein? , > 36% 5. ᾿ ψ.-. 3 4)

400 μηρούς τ ἐξέταμον κατά τὲ κνίσῃ ἐκάλυψαν -.
δίπτυχα ποιήσαντες, ἐπ᾿ αὐτῶν δ᾽ oe a
καῖε δ᾽ ἐπὶ σχίζῃς ὁ γέρων, ἐπὶ δ᾽ ᾿αἴθοπα οἶνον
λεῖβε: νέοι δὲ παρ᾽ αὐτὸν ἔχον πεμπώβολα χερσίν.
αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ κατὰ μῆρα 'κάη, καὶ σπλάγχνα ζάσαντο,.

46δ᾽ “μίστυλλόν τ᾽ ἄρα τἄλλα καὶ ἀμφ' ὀβελοῖσιν ἔπειραν,
ὥπτησάν τε περιφραδέως, ἐρύσαντό τε πάντα.

Ἃ

oo ee TOMA”

18

470

475

480

485

v4.90

OMHPOY IAIAAOS A

αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ παύσαντο πόνου τετύκοντό τε δαῖτα,

’ 3 3 4 Ἀ 3 ’ Ν 5.
δαίνυντ᾽, οὐδέ τι θυμὸς ἐδεύετο δαιτὸς ἐίσης.

> Ν 3 \ ’ὔ XN > 4 > » 4
αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ πόσιος Kat ἐδητύος ἐξ ἔρον ἕντο,
κοῦροι μὲν κρητῆρας ἐπεστέψαντο TOTOLO,
νώμησαν δ᾽ ἄρα πᾶσιν ἐπαρξάμενοι δεπάεσσιν,
οἱ δὲ πανημέριοι μολπῇ θεὸν ἱλάσκοντο,
καλὸν ἀείδοντες παιήονα, κοῦροι ᾿Αχαιῶν,

, ε A c Ν id 4, > > 4
μέλποντες Exdepyov: ὁ δὲ φρένα τέρπετ᾽ ἀκούων.

Return of Odysseus to the Camp. Achilles ‘sulks in his Tent.’
ἦμος δ᾽ ἠέλιος κατέδυ καὶ ἐπὶ κνέφας ἦλθεν,
δὴ τότε ORT DATS Tapa πρυμνήσια νηός.
ἦμος δ᾽ Ἡρυγένεια, φάνη ῥοδοδάκτυλος ‘Hos,
καὶ TOT ἔπειτ᾽ ἀνάγοντο. μετὰ, στρατὸν εὐρὺν ᾿Αχαιῶν'
τοῖσιν δ᾽ ἵκμενον οὖρον ἵει ἑκάεργος ᾿Απόλλων.
οἱ δ᾽ ἱστὸν στήσαντ', ἀνά θ᾽ ἱστία λευκὰ πέτασσαν᾽
ἐν δ᾽ ἄνεμος πρῆσεν μέσον ἱστίον, ἄμφι δὲ κῦμα
στείρῃν πορφύρεον μεγάλ. ἴαχε νηὸς ἰούσης"
ἡ δ᾽ ἔθεεν κατὰ κῦμα διαπρήσσουσα κέλευθον.
αὐτὰρ ἐπεί ῥ᾽ ἵκοντο κατὰ στρατὸν εὐρὺν ᾿Αχαιῶν,
νῆα μὲν οἵ γε μέλαιναν ( ἐπ᾽ “ἥπείβοιο ἐρῦσσαν
ὑψοῦ ἐπὶ ψαμάθοις, ὑπὸ δ᾽ ἕρματα μακρὰ τάνυσσαν,
αὐτοὶ δ᾽ ἐσκίδναντο κατὰ κλισίας τε νέας τε.
αὐτὰρ ὁ μήνιε νηυσὶ παρήμενος ὠκυπόροισιν,
διογενὴς Πηλῆος υἱός, πόδας ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεύς.
οὔτε ποτ᾽ εἰς ἀγορὴν πωλέσκετο κυδιάνειραν
οὔτε ποτ᾽ ἐς πόλεμον, ἀλλὰ φθινύθεσκε φίλον κῆρ
αὖθι μένων, ποθέεσκε δ᾽ ἀυτήν τε πτόλεμόν τε.

Zeus promises Thetis to honor her Son by punishing the Achaeans.
ἀλλ᾽ ore δή ῥ᾽ ἐκ τοῖο δυωδεκάτη γένετ᾽ ἠώς,
‘\ 4 \ Ν » » Ν 2 -

καὶ τότε δὴ πρὸς Ὄλυμπον ἴσαν θεοὶ αἰὲν ἐόντες

ZEUS OF OTRICOLI
From the bust in the Vatican Museum, Rome

dat i) ie

eee ee

Με

~~
“ vevy wove
? vue

495

505

510

515

520

525

FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD 19

πάντες ἅμα, Ζεὺς δ᾽ ἦρχε. Θέτις δ᾽ οὐ λήθετ᾽ ἐφετμέων
Ν en > > 9 > > 4, rn ,
παιδὸς ἑοῦ, ἀλλ᾽ ἥ γ᾽ ἀνεδύσετο κῦμα θαλάσσης,
> / > > 4 4 > Ν ¥ /
ἠερίη δ᾽ ἀνέβη μέγαν οὐρανὸν Οὐλυμπόν τε.
- > u's» _y ᾿ Y ¥
εὗρεν δ᾽ εὐρύοπα Κρονίδην arep ἥμενον ἄλλων
ἀκροτάτῃ κορυφῇ πολυδειράδος Οὐλύμποιο,
ri @ ΄ > φΦ. “οὶ , \ , ,
καί pa πάροιθ᾽ αὐτοῖο καθέζετο, καὶ λάβε γούνων
“~ ~ > ¥ 3 ε > > ‘al ε “
akan δεξιτερῇ δ᾽ ap ὑπ᾽ ἀνθερεῶνος ἑλοῦσα
λισσομένη προσέειπε Δία Κρονίωνα ἄνακτα"
“ “ / ¥ 4 > > , 3»,
Ζεῦ πάτερ, εἴ ποτε δή σε μετ᾽ ἀθανάτοισιν ὄνησα
a ἊΨ ρας, , “ὃ 4 27 ὃ
ἢ ἔπει ἢ ἔργῳ, τόδε μοι κρήηνον ἐέλδωρ-᾽
τίμησόν μοι υἱόν, ὃς ὠκυμορώτατος ἄλλων
» > > , a ¥ 5 ὃ “~ > ’
ἔπλετ᾽- ἀτάρ μιν νῦν γε ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾿Αγαμέμνων
ἠτίμησεν: ἑλὼν γὰρ ἔχει γέρας, αὐτὸς ἀπούρας.
» Ν 4 7 “~ > 4 / la
ἀλλὰ σύ πέρ μιν τῖσον, Ολύμπιε μητίετα Zev,
ως
τόφρα δ᾽ ἐπὶ Τρώεσσι τίθει κράτος, ὄφρ᾽ av ᾽Αχαιοὶ
en δι. αι ’ > 4 7 ’ ε ΝΜ}
υἱὸν ἐμὸν τίσωσιν, ὀφέλλωσίν τέ ἐ τιμῇ.
ὡς φάτο τὴν δ᾽ ov τι προσέφη νεφεληγερέτα Ζεύς,
3 9. + % \ e , , Re 4 ,
ἀλλ᾽ ἀκέων δὴν ἧστο. Θέτις δ᾽ ὡς ἥψατο γούνων,
a » ξφα, a Ν ¥ , >
Os ἔχετ᾽ ἐμπεφυυῖα, καὶ εἴρετο δεύτερον avris:
“νημερτὲς μὲν δή μοι ὑπόσχεο καὶ κατάνευσον,
a3 , > > Ν ¥ 3» 4 ¥ > ον 290.4
ἢ ἀπόειπ᾽, ἐπεὶ ov τοι ἔπι δέος, ὄφρ᾽ ἐὺ εἰδῶ,
ὅσσον ἐγὼ μετὰ πᾶσιν ἀτιμοτάτη θεός εἰμι."
Ν Ν ry gah / 4 ’ 4
τὴν δὲ μέγ᾽ ὀχθήσας προσέφη νεφεληγερέτα Ζεύς
“2 δὴ oe FeS ὙΦ > ζωϑοδοπῇ ea,
ἢ δὴ λοίγια ἔργ᾽, ὅτε μ᾽ ἐχθοδοπῆσαι ἐφήσεις
"H . Fak 4 a3 ‘) > ὃ , σὴν
ρῃ, ὅτ᾽ ἄν μ᾽ ἐρέθῃσιν ὀνειδείοις ἐπέεσσιν.
ε A \ ¥ > + Ν 5 > / A
ἡ δὲ Kal αὔτως μ᾽ αἰεὶ ἐν ἀθανάτοισι θεοῖσιν
“~ ’ ’ ’ ’ T 4 > 4 .
VELKEL, Kal TE μέ φησι μάχῃ Τρώεσσιν ἀρήγειν.
> κ᾿ \ \ A > “ἢ , ,
ἀλλὰ σὺ μὲν νῦν αὖτις ἀπόστιχε, μή TL νοήσῃ
"H . > Ν δέ la λ , »” λέ
pn: ἐμοὶ δέ κε ταῦτα μελήσεται, ὄφρα τελέσσω.
εἰ δ᾽ aye/ φαλῇ j op ίθῃς "
γεήτοι κεφαλῇ κατανεύσομαι, ὄφρα πεποίθῃς
τοῦτο γὰρ ἐξ ἐμέθεν γε per ἀθανάτοισι μέγιστον

20

530

535

540

545

550

OMHPOY IAIAAOS A

Ζ

id > Ν : Ἂν ’ 50.» 5 ; Ν
τέκμωρ: οὐ γὰρ ἐμὸν παλινάγρετον οὐδ᾽ ἀπατηλὸν

δ᾽ 5 4 ν ~ 4 ”
οὐὸ ἀτελεύτητον, oT. κεν κεφαλῇ κατανεύσω.

ἢ καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσι νεῦσε Κρονίων -
ἀμβρόσιαι δ᾽ ἄρα χαῖται ἐπερρώσαντο ἄνακτος
κρατὸς ἀπ᾽ ἀθανάτοιο, μέγαν δ᾽ ἐλέλιξεν ἴΟλυμπον.

Strife between Zeus and Hera on Olympus. Hera reproaches Zeus
for his Promise to Thetis, but is παρ rebuked.

τώ γ᾽ ὡς βουλεύσαντε διέτμαγεν᾽ ἡ μὲν ἔπειτα
εἰς ἅλα ἄλτο βαθέϊαν ἀπ᾽ αἰγλήεντος Ὀλύμπου,
Ζεὺς δὲ ἑὸν πρὸς δῶμα. θεοὶ δ᾽ ἅμα πάντες ἀνέσταν
3 ἐῷ 7 A ae ΄ 530. 7 ¥_)
ἐξ ἑδέων, σφοῦ πατρὸς ἐναντίον: οὐδέ τις ἔτλη
μεῖναι ἐπερχόμενον, ἀλλ᾽ ἀντίοι ἔσταν ἅπαντες.

ἃ ε \ » / > ees." / 2Q7 9
ὡς ὁ μὲν ἔνθα καθέζετ ἐπὶ Opdvov: οὐδέ μιν Ἥρη
ἠγνοίησεν ἰδοῦσ᾽, ὅτι οἱ συμφράσσατο βουλὰς
ἀργυρόπεζα Θέτις, θυγάτηρ ἁλίοιο γέροντος.
αὐτίκα κερτομίοισι Δία Κρονίωνα προσηύδα:

“τίς δὴ αὖ τοι, δολομῆτα, θεῶν συμφράσσάϊο βουλάς;
αἰεί τοι φίλον ἐστίν, ἐμεῦ ἀπονόσφιν ἐόντα,
κρυπτάδια φρονέοντα δικαζέμεν: οὐδέ τί πώ μοι
πρόφρων τέτληκας εἰπεῖν ἔπος ὅττι νοήσῃς."

% 3 ᾿ῳ ΄ > ¥ Ν 3 A a

τὴν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν te θεῶν Te:
ἐς“ \ δλ , 3 ‘ 9. “47 e

Hpy, μὴ δὴ πάντας ἐμοὺς ἐπιέλπεο μύθους.

> 7 / » > > Ψ > , ‘
εἰδήσειν: χαλεποί τοι ἔσοντ᾽ ἀλόχῳ περ ἐούσῃ.

λλ᾽ ἃ , ie \ > bn, 5» 3» ;
ἀλλ᾽ ὃν μέν κ᾽ ἐπιεικὲς ἀκουέμεν, OV TLS ἔπειτα
οὔτε θεῶν πρότερος τόν γ᾽ εἴσεται οὔτ᾽ ἀνθρώπων"
ἃ ὃ , S55 RN > , la 52 7 la ᾿
ὃν δέ K ἐγὼν ἀπάνευθε θεῶν ἐθέλωμι νοῆσαι,

΄, Ν a Y ὃ hp’ δὲ ΄ ἂν Lae
μή τι σὺ ταῦτα ἕκαστα διείρεο μηδὲ μετάλλα. |

᾿ς 3 5 4 > » “~ / ν

τὸν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα βοῶπις πότνια Ἥρη"
ΣΈ ee Md A Ν 7 ¥ .

αἰνότατε Κρονίδη, ποῖον τὸν μῦθον ἔειπες.

\ , , > ¥> » ¥ A
καὶ λίην σε πάρος γ᾽ OUT εἴρομαι οὔτε. μεταλλῶ,..

From the statue in the Vatican Palace, Rome

FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD 21

ἀλλὰ μάλ᾽ εὔκηλος ta φράζεαι, aoa ἐθέλῃσθα:
555 νῦν δ᾽ αἰνῶς δείδοικα κατὰ φρένα, μή σε παρείπῃ
> / id θ ’ ει 7 4
ἀργυρόπεζα Θέτις, θυγάτηρ ἁλίοιο γέροντος
> 7 Ν 4 / \ ’ὔ 4
nepin yap aot ye παρέζετο καὶ λάβε γούνων.
τῇ σ᾽ ὀΐω κατανεῦσαι ἐτήτυμον, ws ᾿Αχιλῆα
’ > / de / eh Ν 3 aS. Ὁ
τιμήσεις, ὀλέσεις δὲ πολέας ἐπὶ νηυσὶν ᾿Αχαιῶν.
560 τὴν δ᾽ ἀπαμειβόμενος προσέφη νεφεληγερέτα Zevs:
“ ὃ , > \ \ 27 7 We) / X 70
αιμονίη, αἰεὶ μὲν ὀίεαι οὐδέ σε λήθω,
A δ᾽ » » ὃ ’ὔ > > > ἈΝ θ nw
πρῆξαι ἔμπης οὐ τι δυνήσεαι, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπὸ θυμοῦ
aX 5 Ἁ ΕΣ Ν ὃ / . cs ¥
μᾶλλον ἐμοὶ ἔσεαι: TO δέ τοι Kal ῥίγιον ἔσται.
εἰ δ᾽ οὕτω τοῦτ᾽ ἐστίν, ἐμοὶ μέλλει φίλον εἶναι.
565 ἀλλ᾽ ἀκέουσα κάθησο, ἐμῷ δ᾽ ἐπιπείθεο μύθῳ,
/ " 4 > 4 9 θ ’ μῦς δ... [ὦ 5» 4,
μή νύ τοι οὐ χραίσμωσιν ὅσοι θεοί cio” ἐν ᾿Ολύμπῳ
5 3.9 » ν , ιν A 3 ose
ἄσσον ἰόνθ᾽, ore κέν τοι ἀάπτους χεῖρας ἐφείω.

Hephaestus restores Good Humor at the Feast of the Gods.

ὡς ἔφατ᾽, ἔδεισεν δὲ βοῶπις πότνια Ἥρη,
4 «> > ’ A 3 Ud / “A
καί ῥ᾽ ἀκέουσα καθῆστο, ἐπιγνάμψασα φίλον κῆρ᾽

570 ὥχθησαν δ᾽ ἀνὰ δῶμα Διὸς θεοὶ Οὐρανίωνες"

lal 339 ’ > > > 4
τοῖσιν δ᾽ Ἥφαιστος κλυτοτέχνης ἦρχ᾽ ἀγορεύειν,
μητρὶ φίλῃ ἐπὶ Apa φέρων; λευκωλένῳ Ἥρῃ:
“ἢ δὴ λοίγια ἔργα τάδ᾽ ἔσσεται, ey ἔτ᾽ ἀνεκτά,
εἰ "35 σφὼ ἕνεκα θνητῶν ἐριδαίνετον ὧδε,

575 ἐν δὲ θεοῖσι κολῳὸν ἐλαύνετον: οὐδέ τι δαιτὸς

ἐσθλῆς ἔσσεται ἦδος, ἐπεὶ τὰ χερείονα νικᾷ.
- «
\ > / Ἁ ie
μητρὶ δ᾽ ἐγὼ παράφημι, καὶ αὐτῇ περ νοεούσῃ,
πατρὶ φίλῳ ἐπὶ ἦρα φέρειν Διί, ὄφρα μὴ αὖτε
νεικείησι πατήρ, σὺν δ᾽ ἡμῖν δαῖτα ταράξῃ.
¥ / > > la > 4 > \

580 εἰ TEP yap K ἐθέλῃσιν Ολύμπιος αστεροπΉΤΗης
ἐξ ἑδέων στυφελίξαι- ὁ γὰρ πολὺ φέρτατός ἐστιν.
> ‘\ ‘ ’ > 5 id , “
ἀλλὰ qd τόν γ᾽ ἐπέεσσι καθάπτεσθαι μαλακοῖσιν᾽

22

585

590

595

600

605

610

OMHPOY IAIAAOS A

αὐτίκ᾽ ἔπειθ᾽ ἵλαος ᾿Ολύμπιος ἔσσεται ἡμῖν."

ὡς ap ἔφη, καὶ ᾿ἀναΐξας δέπας ἀμφικύπελλον
μητρὶ φίλῃ ἐν χειρὶ τίθει, καί μιν προσέειπεν:
“τέτλαθι, μῆτερ ἐμή, καὶ ἀνάσχεο κηδομένη περ,

/ / 7 A > 5 “a ¥
μὴ σε φίλην περ ἐοῦσαν ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ἴδωμαι
θεινομένην: τότε δ᾽ ov τι δυνήσομαι ἀχνύμενός περ

“ > " \ > 4 > -
χραισμεῖν: ἀργαλέος yap Ὀλύμπιος ἀντιφέρεσθαι.
» , : 4 9. x C"F ae
non yap pe Kal ἄλλοτ᾽ ἀλεξέμεναι μεμαῶτα

en de \ > Ν “ ,
pupe ποδὸς τεταγὼν ἀπὸ βηλοῦ θεσπεσίοιο.

A > αὶ , y <> ΄ ,
πᾶν δ᾽ ἦμαρ φερόμην, apa δ᾽ ἠελίῳ καταδύντι

’ 5 ’ > ’ 3 » ἈΝ 7, A
κάππεσον ἐν Λήμνῳ, ὀλίγος δ᾽ ἔτι θυμὸς ἐνῆεν"

» ΄ ¥ ¥ , , ”
ἔνθα με Σίντιες ἄνδρες ἄφαρ κομίσαντο πεσόντα.
ὡς φάτο, μείδησεν δὲ θεά, λευκώλενος Ἥρη,

μειδήσασα δὲ παιδὸς ἐδέξατο χειρὶ κύπελλον.

3 Ν ε “A » ω 3 4 “A "
αὐτὰρ ὁ Tots ἄλλοισι θεοῖς ἐνδέξια πᾶσν | A
οἰνοχόει γλυκὺ νέκταρ, ἀπὸ κρητῆρος ἀφύσσων.

» 3 Ὧν, το 7: “A ’ ’ ᾿ . A
ἄσβεστος δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἐνῶρτο γέλως μακαρεσαι θεοῖσιν,
ὡς ἴδον Ἥφαιστον διὰ δώματα ποιπνύοντα.

ὡς τότε μὲν πρόπαν ἦμαρ ἐς ἠέλιον καταδύντα

7 > 5 ’ Ν 3 4 Ν 37
δαίνυντ᾽, οὐδέ τι θυμὸς ἐδεύετο δαιτὸς ἐΐσης,
οὐ μὲν φόρμιγγος περικαλλέος, ἣν ἔχ᾽ ᾿Απόλλων,
Μουσάων θ᾽, ai ἀειδον ἀμειβόμεναι ὀπὶ καλῇ.

> Ν 3 Ἁ ’ Ν ’ὔ’ > ’ὔ
αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ κατέδυ λαμπρὸν φάος ἠελίοιο,

ε \ Ω » 5. πὰ ν
οἱ μὲν κακκείοντες ἔβαν οἰκόνδε ἕκαστος, _»
ἧχι ἑκάστᾳ δῶμα περικλυτὸς ἀμφιγυήεις
Ζεὺς δὲ πρὸς ὃν λέχος Hv Ὀλύμπιος ᾿ἀστεροπητής,
ἔνθα πάρος κοιμᾶθ᾽, ὅτε μιν γλυκὺς ὕπνος ἱκάνοι"

ἔνθα καθεῦδ᾽ ἀναβάς, παρὰ δὲ χρυσόθρονος Ἥρη.

Ἥφαιστος ποίησεν ἰδυίῃσι πραπίδεσσιν.

τ σ

μι ἴα ζει Ws Orr:
whi. nde - ἘΣ the

. ὐδερεσας ATE ἢ, 5δὸ plus
Ϊ

rele 44]

τ (AACA

OMHPOY IATAAO®D

ἢ ᾿ Vin.
᾿ ‘ ee

Bara δ᾽ ὄνειρον ἔχει, ἀγορήν, καὶ νῆας ἀριθμεῖ.
Somnia Beta refert, coetum populique ratesque.

‘Beta the dream and synod cites;
And catalogues the naval knights.’

»” , , ΕῚ Ἂ A
OVELPOS. διάπειρα. Βοιώτεια 7) κατάλογος μΜξεω ν.

Zeus sends a Deceitful Dream to oes

ἄλλοι. μέν ῥα θεοί τε καὶ ἀνέρες ἱπποκορυσταὶ

εὗδον παννύχιοι, Δία δ᾽ οὐκ ἔχε νήδυμος ὕ UTVOS,

ἀλλ᾽ ὅ ye μερμήριζε κατὰ φρένα, ws ᾿Αχιλῆα
eal τιμήσῃ, ὀλέσῃ δὲ πολέας ἐπὶ νηυσὶν ᾿Αχαιῶν.

5 noe δέ οἱ κατὰ θυμὸν ἀρίστη φαίνετο βουλή,
πέμψαι ἐπ᾽ ᾿Ατρεΐδῃ ᾿Αγαμέμνονι οὗλον ὄνειρον "
καί μιν φωνήσας ἔπεα πτερόεντα, προσηύδα.

“Bdor’ ἴθι, οὖλε ὄνειρε, θοὰς ἐπὶ νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν:

χ λν ἐλθὼν ἐς κλισίην ᾿Αγαμέμνονος ᾿Ατρεΐδαο
ο΄ 10 πάντα μάλ᾽ ἀτρεκέως ἀγορενέμεν ὡς ἐπιτέλλω.
θωρῆξαί ἑ κέλευε κάρη κομόωντας ᾿Αχαιοὺς
πανσυδίῃ: νῦν γάρ κεν ἕλοι πόλιν ἐὐρυάγυιὰν
Τρώων: οὐ γὰρ er ἀμφὶς Ὀλύμπια δώματ᾽ ἔχοντες
ἀθάνατοι φράζονται-: ἐπέγναμψεν γὰρ ἅπαντας

15 Ἥρη λισσομένη, Τρώεσσι δὲ κήδε ἐφῆπται."

ὡς φάτο, βῆ δ᾽ ap’ ὄνειρος, ἐπεὶ τὸν μῦθον ἄκουσεν.
καρπαλίμως δ᾽ ἵκανε θοὰς ἐπὶ νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν.
Bn δ᾽ ap’ ἐπ᾽ ᾿Ατρεΐδην ᾿Αγαμέμνονα: τὸν δὲ κίχανεν

evoovt ἐν κλισίῃ, περὶ δ᾽ ἀμβρόσιος κέχυθ᾽ ὕπνος.
28

24

20

25

30

35

40

45

a)

OMHPOY IAIAAO® B

στῆ δ᾽ ap ὑπὲρ κεφαλῆς Νηληίῳ vit ἐοικὼς
Νέστορι, τόν pa μάλιστα γερόντων Te Αγαμέμνων.
τῷ μιν ἐεισάμενος, προσεφώνεε θεῖος ὄνειρος"
“εὕδεις, ᾿Ατρέος υἱὲ δαΐφρονος ἱπποδάμοιο;

> Ν , ὃ ,ὔ ἊΨ ὃ

οὐ χρὴ παννύχιον εὐδειν βουληφόρον avdpa,

Ks Bs, a 1S 7 Ν , ,

ᾧ λαοί τ ἐπιτετράφαται καὶ τόσσα μέμηλεν.
νῦν δ᾽ ἐμέθεν ξύνες aKa: Διὸς δέ τοι ἄγγελός εἶμι,
ὅς σευ ἄνευθεν ἐὼν μέγα κήδεται ἠδ᾽ ἐλεαίρει.
θωρῆξαί σ᾽ ἐκέλευσε κάρη κομόωντας ᾿Αχαιοὺς
πανσυδίῃ- νῦν γάρ κεν ἕλοις πόλιν εὐρυάγυιαν

’ > Ν » 5 5 \ 3 4 , > »

Τρώων. οὐ γὰρ er ἀμφὶς ᾿Ολύμπια δώματ᾽ ἔχοντες
5 ’ ’ 5 / x ν
ἀθάνατοι φράζονται: ἐπέγναμψεν γὰρ ἀπαντας

Ἥρη λισσομένη, Τρώεσσι δὲ κήδε᾽ ἐφῆπται

ἐκ Διός. ἀλλὰ σὺ σῇσιν ἔχε φρεσί, μηδὲ σε λήθη
αἱρείτω; εὖτ᾽ av σε μελίφρων ὕπνος ἀνήῃ.᾽ koa
ὡς apa φωνήσας ἀπεβήσετο, τὸν δὲ hit αὐτοῦ
\ Ap et \ o£ > , ¥
τὰ φρονέοντ᾽ ava θυμὸν a ῥ᾽ οὐ τελέεσθαι ἔμελλον -
lal Ν 4 > ε / / / » ,
φῆ yap 0 γ᾽ αἱρήσειν ἸΙριάμου πόλιν ματι κείνῳ.
, 2Q\ τ oie \ r > ¥
νήπιος, οὐδὲ τὰ ἤδη, a pa Ζεὺς μήδετο ἔργα:
θήσειν γὰρ ἔτ᾽ ἔμελλεν ἐπ᾿ ἀἄλγεά τε στοναχάς TE
Τρωσί τε καὶ Δαναοῖσι διὰ κρατερὰς ὑσμίνας.
ἔγρετο δ᾽ ἐξ ὕπνου, θείη δέ μιν ἀμφέχυτ᾽ ὀμφή.
ἕζετο δ᾽ ὀρθωθείς, μαλακὸν δ᾽ ἔνδυνε χιτῶνα,
καλὸν νηγάτεον, περὶ δὲ μέγα βάλλετο φᾶρος:
ποσσὶ δ᾽ “ὑπὸ λίπαροῖσιν ἐδήσατο καλὰ πέδιλα,
ἀμφὶ δ᾽ ap ὥμοισιν βάλετο ξίφος ἀργυρόηλον"
εἵλετο δὲ σκῆπτρον πατρώιον, ἄφθιτον αἰεί:
σὺν τῷ ἔβη κατὰ νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν χαλκοχιτώνων.

2 Tres ws +o A ate μι.

{- of Cotte ami
OG z Aue Γλ KS vy, his ἐς. ὦ } . :
rv. j ᾿

>

56

65

70

75

f «
(race doied

PAAAMS

λα Aoslete
SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD 25

Council of the Achaean Princes.

Ἠὼς μέν ῥα θεὰ προσεβήσετο μακρὸν Ὄλυμπον,
Ζηνὶ φόως ἐρέουσᾳ καὶ ἄλλοις ἀθανάτοισιν.

αὐτὰρ ὁ κηρύκεσσι λιγυφθόγγοισι κέλευσεν

κῃρψασειν ἀγορήνδε κάρη κομόωντας ᾿Αχαιούς.
οἱ μὲν ἐ κήρυσσον,. τοὶ δ᾽ ἠγείροντο μάλ᾽ ὦκα.
βουλὴν δὲ πρῶτον μεγαθύμων ile γερόντων
Νεστορέῃ παρὰ νηὶ Πυλοιγενέος βασιλῆος.
τοὺς ὅ γε συγκαλέσας πυκινὴν ἠρτύνετὸ βουλήν.
“ κλῦτε; φιλοι. θεῖός μοι ἐνύπνιον ἦλθεν ὄνειρος
ἀμβροσίην διὰ νύκτα, μάλιστα δὲ Νέστορι δίῳ
, ΄ , 4 .».»ν >7
εἶδός τε μέγεθός τε φυήν τ᾽ ἄγχιστα ἐῴκειν.
“~ > ¥ 3 ε Ν “~ ’ Ν : “A ¥
στῆ δ᾽ ap ὑπὲρ κεφαλῆς, καί με πρὸς μῦθον ἔειπεν"
‘ “ὃ > ’, εν" ὃ «.« ε ὃ ’
εὐδεις, ᾿Ατρέος υἱὲ δαΐφρονος ἱπποδάμοιο ;
> Ἁ 4 9 , ΝΜ
οὐ χρὴ παννύχιον εὕδειν βουληφόρον ἄνδρα,
Ἂν r ’ » 5 ’ \ ’ 4 Χ
ᾧ λαοί T ἐπιτετράφαται καὶ τόσσα μέμηλεν.
“ Ae Tog , (Ὁ Ν 4 ¥ / >
νῦν δ᾽ ἐμέθεν ξύνες ὦκα: Διὸς δέ τοι ayyedds εἰμι,
ν μ ΘΝ ’ ΄ τ ἥν, ’,
ὅς σευ ἄνευθεν ἐὼν μέγα κήδεται ἠδ᾽ ἐλεαίρει.
θωρηξαί σ᾽ ἐκέλευσε κάρη κομόωντας ᾿Αχαιοὺς
πανσυδίῃ: νῦν γάρ κεν ἕλοις πόλιν εὐρυάγνιαν
Τρώων. οὐ γὰρ er ἀμφὶς ᾿Ολύμπια δώματ᾽ ἔχοντες
> 4 ’ὔ » 7 \ ν
ἀθάνατοι φράζονται: ἐπέγναμψεν γὰρ ἅπαντας
ν , ’ Ν ’ὔ > > ~
Ηρη λισσομένη, Ἐρμεσαν δὲ κήδε᾽ ἐφῆπται
> / a € \ > \
ἐκ Διός. ἀλλὰ σὺ σῇσιν ἔχε φρεσίν. ὡς ὁ μὲν εἰπὼν
ᾧχετ᾽ ἀποπτάμενος, ἐμὲ δὲ γλυκὺς ὕπνος ἀνῆκεν.
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγετ᾽, αἴ κέν πως θωρήξομεν υἷας ᾿Αχαιῶν.
πρῶτα δ᾽ ἐγὼν ἔπεσιν πειρήσομαι, ἣ θέμις ἐστίν,
Ν 4 ‘ ‘ / 4

καὶ φεύγειν σὺν νηυσὶ πολυκλήισι κελεύσω:"

ee. > »¥ ν ete ἢν δ. 2 ”

ὑμεῖς δ᾽ ἄλλοθεν ἄλλος ἐρητύειν ἐπέεσσιν.
> GB tS Sa 2 wis A δ 5 ὦ [
ἢ τοι ὅ γ᾽ ὡς εἰπὼν Kat ap ἕζετο, τοῖσι δ᾽ ἀνέστη

80

-)

90

ψεῦδός κεν φαίμεν, καὶ νοσφιζοίμεθα ΘΈΝΑ:

ΓΑ ἀπο ον οὐδ,

OMHPOY ΙΔΙΑΔΟΣ B

Νέστωρ, ὅς pa Πύλοιο ἀναξ ἣν ἡμαθόεντος
0 ὁ oe ἐὺ φρονέων ἀγορήσατο καὶ μετέειπεν -"

ὦ Φίλοι ᾿Αῤγείων ἡγήτορες ἠδὲ μέδοντες,
εἰ μέν τις τὸν ὄνειρον, ᾿Αχαιῶν. ἄλλος ἔνισπεν,

f
νῦν δ᾽ ἴδεν ἢ ὃς pey ἄριστος eee. εὔχεται εἶναι.
ἀλλ᾽ dyer’, αἴ Kev πὼς θωρήξομέν υἷας Ph

Assembly of the Achaeans. Agamemnon’s Speech.

ὡς apa φωνήσας βουλῆς ἐξ ἢ ἦρχε νέεσθαι,
οἱ δ᾽ ἐπανέστησαν. πείθοντό τε πδιμένι Χαῶν,
σκηπτουχοὶ βασιλῆες. ἐπεσσεύοντο δὲ λαοί.
ἠύτε ἔθνεα εἶσι “μελισσάων ἀδινάων,
πέϊρης ἐκ γλαφυρῆς αἰεὶ νέον ἐρχομενάων-.
βοτρυδὸν δὲ πέτονται ἐπ᾿ ἄνθεσιν εἰαρινοῖσιν ᾿
αἱ μέν τ᾽ ἔνθα ἅλις πεπότήαται, αἱ δέ τε ἔνθα"
ὡς τῶν ἔθνεα πολλὰ! νεῶν ἄπο καὶ κλισιάων᾽"
ἠιόνος προπάροιθε βαθείης ἐστιχόωντο

“ ἰλαδὸν εἰς SOR: μετὰ δέ a ke ὄσσα δε δέ: 2. |

95

100

105

φσρύνουσ᾽ ἰέναι, Διὸς ἄχχελος: o δ᾽ ἀγέροντο.
τετρήχει δ᾽ ἀγορή, ὑπὸ δὲ σγεναχίζετο γαῖα

λαῶν ἱζόντων; ὅμαδος δ᾽ ἦν. ἐννέα δέ σφεας
κήρυκες βοόωντές ἐρήτυον, εἴ ποτ᾽ ἀυτῆς

σχοίατ᾽, ἀκούσειαν δὲ διοτρεφέων βασιλήων.
σπουδῇ δ᾽ ἕζετο λαός, ἐρήτυθεν δὲ καθ᾽ ἕδρας
παυσάμενοι κλαγγῆς. ἀνὰ δὲ κρείων ᾿Αγαμέμνων
ἔστη σκῆπτρον ἔχων: τὸ μὲν Ἥφαιστος κάμε τεύχων.

ν A \ ὃ"
Ηφαιστος μὲν δῶκε Ati Κρονίωνι ἄνακτι,

> \ » Ν a) ’ 3 => 4
αὐτὰρ apa Ζεὺς δῶκε διακτόρῳ ἀργεϊφόντῃ
ε , \ ¥ “ ’ »»ἤ,
Ερμείας δὲ ava€ δῶκεν Πέλοπι πληξίππῳ,
αὐτὰρ ὃ αὖτε Πέλοψ δῶκ᾽ ᾿Ατρέι, ποιμένι Lady:

4

Wee γ᾿ ᾿

~

Bete Bo (( saa #5 Υ x / ee Oaos-o SOAs ΚΟ
Ἂ GAmM une Kuck - " ™~ μ Γφκὰ δὶ

Fa RAMGOL- assy κἰώ 5.

SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD

herpes δὲ θνήσκων ἔλιπεν πολύαρνι Θυέστῃ,
αὐτὰρ ὁ αὖτε Θυέστ᾽ ᾿Αγαμέβμνονι λεῖπε φορῆναι, ©
πολλῇσιν. νήσοισι καὶ. CApyet παντὶ ἀνάσσειν.
τῷ ὃ γ᾽ ἐρεισάμενος eme ᾿Αργείοισι μετηύδα.
110 “ὦ φίλοι ἥρωες Δαναοί, θεράποντες. “Apnos,
Ζεύς pe μέγα Κρονίδης arp ἐνέδησε, βαρείῃ,
σχέτλιος, ὃς πρὶν μέν μοι ὑπέσχετο καὶ κατένευσεν
Ἴλιον ἐκπέρσαντ Sane ἀπονέεσθαι,’
νῦν δὲ κακὴν ἀπάτην βουλεύσάτο, Kai με κελεύει
115 δυσκλέα “Apyos ἱκέσθαι, ἐπεὶ πολὺν ὥλεσα λαόν.
[οὕτω mov Aut μέλλει ὑπεῤμενέι φίλον εἶναι,
ὃς δὴ πρλλόων πολίων κατέλυσε κάρηνα “
ἠδ᾽ Sore Ral Atos “τοῦ γὰρ κράτος ἐστὶ μέγιστον.
ATX PSP yap τόδε γ᾽ ἐστὶ καὶ ἐσσομένοισι πυθέσθαι,
120 “μὰψ OUT@ τοιόνδε τοσόνδε τε λαὸν ᾿Αχαιῶν
ἄπρηκτον πόλεμον πολεμίζειν ἠδὲ μάχεαθαι

ἀνδράσι παυροτέροισι, τέλος δ᾽ ov πώ τι πέφανται.

εἴ περ γάρ K ἐθέλοιμεν ᾿Αχαιοί τε Τρῶές τε,
ὅρκια πιστὰ ταμόντες, ἀριθμηθήμεναι ἄμφω,
125 Τρῶες μὲν λέξασθαι ἐφέστιοι “ὅσσοι ἔασιν, ~*~
ἡμεῖς δ᾽ ἐς δεκάδας διακοσμηθεῖμεν ᾿Αχαιοί,
Τρώων δ᾽ ἄνδρα ἕκαστοι ἑλοίμεθα οἰνοχοεύειν,
πολλαί κεν δεκάδες δευοίατο he, pe
τόσσον. εγώ φημι πλέας ἔμμεναι υἷας ᾿Αχαιῶν
130 Τρώων, οἵ ναίουσι κατὰ πτόλιν. ἀλλ᾽ ἐδύκουροι
πολλέων ἐκ odor ἐγχέσπαλοι ἄνδρες ἔνεισιν,
οἵ με μέγα πλαζουσὶ καὶ οὐκ εἰωσ᾽, ᾿ἐθέλοντα)
Ἴλιον ἐκπέρσαι, ἐὺ ναϊόμενον πτολίεθρον.
ἐννέα δὴ βεβάασι Διὸς μεγάλου ἐνιαυτοί,
135 καὶ δὴ δοῦρα. σέσηπε νεῶν καὶ σπάρτα λέλυνται'
ai δέ που. ἡμέτεραί τ᾽ ἄλοχοι καὶ νήπια τέκνα

:

Ἂ

28

140

145

150

160

OMHPOY IAIAAOS B

det ee αι , , ¥ Arg
ElaT ἐνὶ μεγάροις ποτιδέγμεναι: ἄμμι δὲ ἔργον
ty ree We eo “Aye a Ney eee

αὕτως ἀκῥάαντον, ov εἵνεκα δεῦρ᾽ ἱκόμεσθα.

3 41: Εν > ε x 5. = oy eee! ,
ἀλλ᾽ ayel’, ws av ἐγὼ Γείπω, πειθώμεθα πάντες:
͵ , τρ uM wo - s ‘a
φεύγωμεν σὺν, νηυσὶ φίλην és '᾿πατρίδα γαῖαν.

οὐ γὰρ ἔτι Τροίην αἱρήσομεν εὐρυαγυιαν:"

Unexpected Effect of Agamemnon’s Speech.

a la “ \ - φῶς / »
ὡς φάτο, τοῖσι δὲ θυμὸν ἐνὶ στήθεσσιν ὄρινεν
A x 1 , Y > A es
πᾶσι μετὰ πληθύν, ὅσοι οὐ βουλῆς ἐπάκουσαν.
/ > > Ν \ 4 Ν ’,’
κινήθη δ᾽ ἀγορὴ φὴ κύματα μακρὰ θαλάσσης,
, 3 , \ , > Oe ,
πόντου ΪἹκαρίοιο: τὰ μέν τ Kupos te Νότος τε
cha A Ν Ν 3 ΄
ὥρορ ἐπαΐξας πατρὸς Διὸς ἐκ νεφελάων.
ὡς δ᾽ ὅτε κινήσῃ Ζέφυρος pally λήιον ἐλθών,
hg
λάβρος ἐπαιγίζων, ἐπί T “ἡμύει ἀσταχύεσσίιν,

ὡς τῶν πᾶσ᾽ ἀγορὴ κινήθη, τοὶ δ᾽ δλαλητῷ tw, CX Gans

γῆας ἐπ᾽ ἐσσεύοντο, ποδῶν δ᾽ ὑπένερθε κονίη

ἵστατ᾽ ἀειρομένη. τοὶ δ᾽ ἀλλήλοισι κέλευον

ἅπτεσθαι νηῶν ἠδ᾽ ἑχκέμεν εἰς ἅλα δῖαν,
9. τὰρ 2s 72. 3 \ 3 > \ @
oupovs τ᾽ ἐξεκάθᾶιρον: aut? δ᾽ οὐρανὸν tkev
» § ε 4 «-. ἃ δ᾽ y ν : A
οἴκαδε ἱεμένων: ὑπὸ δ᾽ ἤρεον ἕρματα νηῶν.

Interference of Athena. Odysseus checks the People.

» > ΄, ΓΑ ΣΣς ΨΦ ΔΡΑ͂Ν 3. ἢ
ἔνθα κεν ᾿Αργείοισιν ὑπέρμορα νόστος ἐτύχθη,
> \- 3 4 ν Ν ἴω »
εἰ μὴ ᾿Αθηναίην Ἥρη πρὸς μῦθον ἔειπεν"
“ὦ πόποι, αἰγιόχοιο Διὸς τέκος, ἀτρυτώνη, οὐ
ν Ν 3 ’ὔ / > - A
οὕτω δὴ οἰκόνδε, φίλην ἐς πατρίδα γαῖαν,
> “~ 4 3-3 5 ’ “Ὁ ’ὔ
Αργεῖοι φεύξονται ἐπ᾽ εὐρέα νῶτα θαλάσσης;
κὰδ δέ κεν εὐχωχλὴν Πριάμῳ καὶ Τρωσὶ λίποιεν
᾿Αργείην Ἑλένην, ἧς εἵνεκα πολλοὶ ᾿Αχαιῶν
> 4 5 ’ὔ 4 5 Ν 4 ¥
ἐν Tpoin ἀπόλοντο, φίλης ἀπὸ πατρίδος αἴης.
ἀλλ᾽ ἴθι νῦν κατὰ λαὸν ᾿Αχαιῶν χαλκοχιτώνων,

165

170

175

180

185

190

SECOND BOOK sae THE ILIAD 29

a roa a”

(cots ἄγανοις ἐπέεσσιν, ἐρήτυε φῶτα ἕκαστον,
μηδὲ ξα νῆας adad’ ἑλκέμεν ἀμφιελίσσας."
ὡς ἔφατ᾽, οὐδ᾽ ἀπίθησε θεά, γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη,
A Ν 3 4“. 4 πὰ ot 5.
βῆ δὲ κατ᾽ Οὐλύμποιο καρήνων ἀΐξασα,
4 2 Ὁ Ἁ “. ἅν ΄Ὁ > a
καρπαλίμως δ᾽ ἵκανε θοὰς ἐπὶ νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν.
- ¥ > > κ᾿ \ A μνν
εὗρεν ἔπειτ Οδυσῆα Aw μῆτιν ἀτάλαντον,
ἑστεῶτ᾽ . οὐδ᾽ ὅ ἐμ νηὸς ἐυσσέλμοιό μελαίνης
ἅπτετ᾽, ἐπεί μιν ἄχος κραδίην καὶ θυμὸν ἵκανεν.
ἀγχοῦ δ᾽ ἱσταμένη προσέφη γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη-
“ διογενὲς Λαερτιάδη, πολυμήχαν ᾿Οδυσσεῦ,
Y Ν Ἐν. ΄, > ’, A
οὕτω δὴ oikdvde, φίλην ἐς πατρίδα γαῖαν,
, at , / / ,
φεύξεσθ᾽ ἐν νήεσσι πολυκλήισι πεσόντες ;
Ν 4 > \ 4 ‘\ \ /
Kad δέ Kev εὐχωλὴν Πριάμῳ καὶ Τρωσὶ λίποιτε
> ε A
Apyeinv Ἑλένην, ἧς εἵνεκα πολλοὶ ᾿Αχαιῶν
> / > ’ ’ 5 Ἃ, ’ »
ἐν Τροίῃ ἀπόλοντο, φίλης ἀπὸ πατρίδος αἴης.
> > »¥ “ Ν Ν 3 : aA , > 3 , ‘arr
ἀλλ᾽ ἴθι viv κατὰ λαὸν ᾿Αχαιῶν, μηδέ τ᾽ ἐρώει, “““
σοῖς δ᾽ ἀγανοῖς ἐπέεσσιν ἐρήτυε φῶτα ἕκαστον,
μηδὲ ἔ ἔα νῆας ἅλαδ᾽ ἑλκέμεν ἀμφιελίσσας."
ὡς φάθ᾽, ὁ δὲ ξυνέηκε θεᾶς ὅπα φωνησάσης,
Bn δὲ ἐξ ἀπὸ δὲ χλαῖναν βάλε: τὴν δὲ κόμισσεν
κῆρυξ EvpuBaryns ᾿Ιθακήσιος, ὅς οἱ ὀπήδει. aoc
αὐτὸς δ᾽ ᾿Ατρεΐδεω ᾿Αγαμέμνονος ἀντίος ἐλθὼν
δέξατό οἵ σκῆπτρον πατρώιον, ἄφθιτον αἰεί:
σὺν τῷ ἔβη κατὰ νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν, χαλκοχιτώνων.
ὅν τινα μὲν βασιλῆα καὶ ἔξοχον ἄνδρα κι χείη,
τὸν δ᾽ ἀγανοῖς ἐπέεσσιν) ᾿ἐρητύσασκε παραστάς'
e δαιμόνι᾽, οὔ σε ἔοικε κακὸν ὡς δειδίσσεσθαι,
ἀλλ᾽ αὐτός τε κάθησο καὶ ἄλλους ἵδρυε λαούς.
οὐ γάρ πω σάφα οἶσθ᾽ οἷος νόος ᾿Αγρϑωνος.
νῦν μὲν πειρᾶται, τάχα δ᾽ ὄψεται υἷας ᾿Αχαιῶν. |
ἐν βουλῇ δ᾽ ov πάντες ἀκούσαμεν, οἷον ξειπεν.

30 OMHPOY IAIAAOS B

'y , ba | N a 3 τς
1900 μή τι χολωσάμενος ῥέξῃ κακὸν υἷας ᾿Αχαιῶν.
Ν Ν , 3 Ν : ΄ la
θυμὸς δὲ μέγας ἐστὶ διοτρεφέος βασιλῆος,
τιμὴ δ᾽ ἐκ Διός ἐστι, φιλεῖ δέ ἑ μητίετα Ζεύς." Ae
a Μὰ > , ¥ ¥ , ‘aoe ee AE ane
ὃν (δ᾽ ad δήμου, ἄνδρα ἴδοι βοόωντά τ ἐφεύβοι

Ν ΄, x» 2 ε gute , =

TOV σκήπτρῳ ἐλάσασκεν ὁμοκλήσασκέ τε μύθῳ.
«ς Se ee , @ ἄγαν » κα ¥
200 “ δαιμόνι᾽, ἀτρέμας ἧσο καὶ ἄλλων μῦθον ἄκονε,

ἃ ΄ 22D, .9 ‘ aay, , \ » r,
ot σέο φέρτεροί εἰσι, σὺ δ᾽ ἀπτόλεμος καὶ avadkis

» > 5 , > ’ ¥ > . eS “A
οὔτε TOT ἐν πολέμῳ ἐναρίθμιος ovr ἐνὶ βουλῇ.

3 ’ 4 , > 4Q> Ὁ 4
ov μέν πως πάντες βασιλεύσομεν ἐνθάδ᾽ ᾿Αχαιοί.
οὐκ ἀγαθὸν πολυκοιρανίη. εἷς κοίρανος ἔστω,

205 εἷς βασιλεύς, ᾧ ἔδωκε Κρόνου πάις ἀγκυλομήτεω
Ὁ ld > 5 Ν 7 ν rf 4 3)
[σκῆπτρόν τ᾽ ἠδὲ θέμιστας, ἵνα σφίσι βασιλεύῃ].
Ἄν 3 ΄ , , ἐ Q> > ,
ὡς 6 ye κοιρανέων δίεπε στρατόν: οἱ δ᾽ ἀγορήνδε
αὖτις ἐπεσσεύοντο νεῶν amo καὶ κλισιάων
ἠχῇ, ὡς ὅτε κῦμα πολυφλοίσβοιο θαλάσσης
910 peg μεγάλῳ βρέμέται;, σμαραγεῖ δέ τε πόντος.

The Insolent Thersites criticises AgAmprANON, εἶ

ἄλλοι μέν p ἕζοντο, ἐρήτυθε δὲ ga ἕδρας.
Θερσίτης δ᾽ ἔτι pores ἀμετροεπὴς ἐκολῴα,
ὅς ῥ᾽ ἔπεα φρέδιν how ἄκοσμά τε πολλά τε ἤδη,
μάψ, ἀτὰρ οὐ κατὰ κόσμον, ἐριζέμεναι βασιλεῦσιν,
215 ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι οἱ εἴσαιτο γελοίιον ᾿Αργείοισιν
ἔμμεναι. αἴδχιστος δὲ ἀνὴρ ὑπὸ Ἴλιον ἦλθεν
. ¥ Ν ἢ. ἱ , \ are
φολκὸς env, χωλὸς δ᾽ ἕτερον πόδα: τὼ δέ οἱ pw
κυρτώ, ἐπὶ στῆθος συνοχωκότε': αὐτὰρ ὕπερθεν
φοξὸς ἔην κεφαλήν, ψεδνὴ δ᾽ ἐπενήνοθε λάχνη.
220 ἔχθιστος δ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆι μάλιστ᾽ ἦν ἠδ᾽ Ὀδυσῆι:
τὼ γὰρ νεικείεσκε. τότ᾽ αὖτ᾽ ᾿Αγαμέμνονι δίῳ
ὀξέα κεκληγὼς λέγ᾽ ὀνείδεα: τῷ δ᾽ ap’ ᾿Αχαιοὶ
3 ’ ld 4 lA > a. % “~
ἐκπάγλως κοτέοντο, νεμέσσηθέν τ᾽ ἐνὶ θυμῷ.

225

230

240

250

aos

SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD 31

αὐτὰρ ὁ μακρὰ Booey ᾿Αγαμέμνονω veikee μύθῳ.
“᾿Ατρεΐδη, τέο δὴ αὖτ᾽ ἐπιμέμφεαι ἠδὲ χατίζεις ;
πλεῖαί τοι χαλκοῦ κλισίαι, πολλαὶ δὲ γυναῖκες
> Ν a= % / > ? 9 > \
εἰσὶν ἐνὶ κλισίῃς ἐξαίρετοι, as τοι ᾿Αχαιοὶ
, , >> RK , 9
πρωτίστῳ δίδομεν, εὖτ᾽ ἂν πτολίεθρον ἕλωμεν.
ἢ ἔτι καὶ χρυσοῦ ἐπιδεύεαι, ὅν κέ τις οἴσει
, ε ΄ > > , we ¥

Τρώων ἱπποδάμων ἐξ ᾿Ιλίου υἷος ἄποινα,

ν > \ 4 > , xX » > “
ὄν κεν" ἐγὼ δήσας ἀγάγω ἢ ἄλλος ᾿Αχαιῶν:
ἠὲ Te νέην, wa μίσγεαι ἐν PROT HM,
ἦν T αὐτὸς ἀπονόσφι κατίσχεαι: οὐ μὲν ἔοικεν
ἀρχὸν ἐόντα κακῶν ἐπιβασκέμεν υἷας ᾿Αχαιῶν.
ὦ πέπονες, κάκ᾽ ἐλέγχέ, ᾿Αχαιίδες, οὐκέτ᾽ ᾿Αχαιοί,
οἴκαδέ περ σὺν νηυσὶ νεώμεθα, τόνδε δ᾽ ἐῶμεν
> ποι meee T ΄, ~ ae 4 » iS
αὐτοῦ ἐνὶ Τροίῃ γέρα πέσσέμεν, oppa Lyra,
ἤ ῥά τί οἱ χἡμεῖς προσαμύνομεν ἦε καὶ οὐκί:
a ἃ a) > aA ν MLE / n
ὃς καὶ νῦν Αχιλῆα, €0 μέγ ἀμείνονα φῶτα,
ἠτίμησεν: ἑλὼν γὰρ ἔχει γέρας, αὐτὸς ἀπούρας,
ἀλλὰ μάλ᾽ οὐκ ᾿Αχιλῆι χόλος φρεσίν, ἀλλὰ μεθήμων
> \ » > oh ‘al ν / 3)
ἢ γὰρ ἄν, ᾿Ατρεΐδη, νῦν ὕστατα λωβήσαιο.

Thersites is chastised by Odysseus. |

as φάτο νεικείων ᾿Αγαμέμνονα, ποιμένα λαῶν,
Θερσίτης. τῷ δ᾽ ὦκα παρίστατο, δῖος ᾿Οδυσσεύς,
καί μιν, ὑπόδρα ἰδὼν χαλεπῷ gina μύθῳ.
“Θερσῖτ᾽ ἀκριτόμνθε, λιγύς περ ἐὼν ἀγορητής,
ἴσχεο, μηδ᾽ ἔθελ᾽ δῖος ἐριζέμεναι βασιλεῦσιν.
οὐ γὰρ ἐγὼ σέο φημὶ χερέϊότερον βροτὸν ἄλλον
ἔμμεναι, ὅσσοι ἅμ᾽ Arpetdys . ὑπὸ Ἴλιον ἦλθον.
τῷ οὐκ av βασιλῆας ἀνὰ στόμ’ ἔχων ἀγορεύοις,
καί σφιν ‘éveided τε προφέροις, νόστον τε φυλάσσοις
οὐδέ τί πω σάφα ἴδμεν ὅπως ἔσται τάδε ἔργα,

By.

St ta

~ tA rv εἶ Ὗ »- ἐ τ Ὁ | soe Tr ~ ΄- as *
͵ ; af ἡ ἢ =
;
|

ελ ) fF Of . oF Γι! αἱ 2

32 OMHPOY ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ B

x Φ 4 “ , e > ἴω
ἢ εὖ 7S HORA =< BOOTN TORU ULES AKRON:
[ro νῦν ᾿Ατρεΐδῃ ᾿Αγαμέμνονῖ, ποιμένι λαῶν,

266 ἦσαι ὀνειδίζων, ὅτι οἵ μάλα, πολλὰ διδοῦσιν

ἥρωες Δαναοί. σὺ δὲ κερτομέων ἀγορεύεις.]

ἀλλ᾽ ἔκ, τοι ἐρέω, τὸ δὲ καὶ Τετελεξ μένον ἔσται"

εἴ κ᾽ ἔτι σ᾽ ἀφραίνοντα κιχήσομαι ws νύ περ ὧδε,
μηκέτ᾽ ἔπειτ᾽ ᾿Οδυσῆι κἀρὴ ὦμοισιν ἐπείη,

260 μηδ᾽ ἔτι Τηλεμάχοιο πατὴρ κεκλημένός emmy, 4
εἰ μὴ ἐγώ σε λαβὼν ἀπὸ μὲν φίλα εἵματα δύσω,
χλαῖνάν τ᾽ ἠδὲ χιτῶνα. τά τ᾽ αἰδῶ ἀμφικαλύπτει,.
αὐτὸν δὲ κλαίοντα θοὰς ἐπὶ νῆας ἀφήσω
πεπληγὼς ἀγορῆθεν ἀεικέόσι πληγῇσιν."

265 ws ap ἔφη, σκήπτρῳ. δὲ μετάφρενον ἠδὲ Kal Oo
πλῆξεν- ὁ δ᾽ ἰδνώθη, θαλερὸν δέ οἱ ἔκπεσε δάκρυ,
σμῶδιξ δ᾽ Κι λον e μεταφρένου͵ ἐξυπανέστη.
σκήπτρου ὕπο χρυσέου. ὁ δ᾽ ap’ ἕζετο τάρβησέν τε,
ἀλγῆρας, δ᾽, ἀχρεϊὸν ἰδεῖν, ιἀπομόρξατο δάκρυ.

270 οἱ δὲ καὶ ἀχνύμενοί περ ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ ἡδὺ γέλασσαν᾽
ΒΡῈ δέ τις εἴπεσκεν ἰδὼν ἐς πλησίον ἄλλον

‘@ πόποι, ἢ, δὴ μυρί᾽ ᾿Οδυσσεὺς ἐσθλὰ ἔοργεν
βουλάς. T eee ἀγαθὰς πόλεμόν τε κορύσσων:
νῦν δὲ τόδε μέγ᾽ ἄριστον ἐν ᾿Αργείοισιν ἔρεξεν,

275 ὃς τὸν λωβητῆρα ἐπεσ βόλον ἔσχ᾽ ἀγοράων. ον qe

“ov θήν μιν πάλιν αὖτις ἀνήσει θυμὸς ἀγύχωρ wh τος
νεικείειν βασιλῆας ὀνειδείοις ἐπέεσσιν."

Odysseus urges the Continuance of the War, reminding of the Portent
at Aulis.
ὡς φάσαν ἡ πληθύς, ava δ᾽ ὁ πτολίπορθος ᾽Οδυσσεὺς
ἔστη σκῆπτρον ἔχων. παρὰ δὲ γλαυκώπις ᾿Αθήνη
280 εἰδομένη κήρυκι σιωπᾶν λαὸν. ἀνάγειν,

285

290

295

305

310

n> punks
SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIA 33

ε Ψ > ε A δὶς ας οἱ / @ > A
ὡς ἅμα θ᾽ οἱ πρῶτοί τε καὶ ὕστατοι vies ᾿Αχαιῶν
“ > 4 \ > 7 7

μῦθον ἀκούσειαν καὶ ἐπιφρασσαίατο βουλήν.

ὅ σφιν ἐὺ φρονέων ἀγορήσατο καὶ μετέειπεν᾽

“᾿Ατρεΐδη, νῦν δή σε, ἄναξ, ἐθέλουσιν ᾿Αχαιοὶ

πᾶσιν ἐλέγχιστον θέμεναι μερόπεσσι βροτοῖσιν,

ἠδ ν

οὐδέ ‘Tou ἐκτελέουσιν ὑπόσχεσιν, ἣν περ ὑπέσταν
> “dQ? ¥ 7 > > ¥ ε /

ἐνθάδ᾽. ἔτι στείχοντες am “Apyeos ἱπποβότοιο,"

Ἂ, > - > 5» 4 » 4
ἵλιον ἐκπέρσαντ᾽ ἐυτείχεον ἀπονέεσθαι:

ὡς τε γὰρ ἢ παῖδες νεαροὶ χῆραΐί τε γυναῖκες
3 ΄ 2Q7 > ἐδ ,

ἀλλήλοισιν ὀδύρονται οἰκόνδε νέεσθαι.

> \ \ , > ‘ > , ae

ἦ μὴν καὶ πόνος ἐστὶν ἀνιηθέντα νέεσθαι.

καὶ γάρ τίς θ᾽ ἕνα μῆνᾳ μένων ἀπὸ ἧς ἀλόχοιο
ἀσχαλάᾳ σὺν νηὶ᾿ πολυζύγῳ, ὅν περ ἄελλαι
Χείμέριαι εἰλέωσιν ὀρινομένη τε θάλασσα"

ἡμῖν δ᾽ εἴνατός ἐστι πεβιτρδδεων ἐνιαυτὸς
ἐνθάδε μβεμνόντεσσι. τῷ οὐ νεμεσίζομ᾽ ᾿Αχαιοὺς
ἀσχαλάαν παρὰ νηυσὶ κορωνίσιν. ἀλλὰ καὶ ἔμπης
αἰσχρόν τοι δηρόν τε μένειν κένεόν τε νέεσθαι.

“A 4 \ 4 > | , >” A
τλῆτε, φίλοι, καὶ peivar ἐπὶ χρόνον, ὄφρα Samper,
x 5 Ν ’ ͵,ὕ > Ν φ΄ 4
ἢ: ἐτεὸν Κάλχας Ἐαντενειμι ἦε. καὶ οὐκί:
εὖ γὰρ δὴ τόδε Bus ev evi φρεσίν, ἐστὲ δὲ πάντες
μάρτυροι, οὕς μὴ κῆρες ἔβαν θανάτοιο φέρουσαι
χθιζά τε καὶ πρωίζ, ὅτ᾽ ἐς Αὐλίδα νῆες ᾿Αχαιῶν

᾿ἤγερέθοντο, κακὰ Πριάμῳ καὶ Τρωσὶ φέρουσι"

ἡμεῖς δ᾽ ἀμφὶ περὶ κρήνην ἱεροὺς κατὰ βωμοὺς
¥ > ’ , ε /
ἔρδομεν ἀθανάτοισι τεληέσσας ἑκατόμβας,

~ ε ‘\ ’ 9 ait > Ν ν
καλῇ ὑπὸ πλατανίστῳ, ὅθεν ῥέεν ἀγλαὸν ὕδωρ,
¥ > > / ’ “Ὁ 4 | »ἢ AN ’
ἔνθ᾽ ἐφάνη μέγα σῆμα. δράκων ἐπὶ νῶτα δαφοινός,

΄, , © > 8 > , e ,

σμερδαλέος, τόν ῥ᾽ αὐτὸς ᾿Ολύμπιος ἧκε φόωσδε,
βωμοῦ ὑπαΐξας πρός ῥα πλατάνιστον ὄρουσεν.
ἔνθα δ᾽ ἔσαν στρουθοῖο νεοσσοΐ, νήπια τέκνα,

34 OMHPOY IAIAAOS B

ὄζῳ ἐπ᾽ ἀκροτάτῳ, πετάλοις ὑποπεπτηῶτες,

ὀκτώ, ἀτὰρ μήτηρ, ἐνάτη ἦν, ) τέκε τέκνα. ἀπ

ἔνθ᾽ & γε τοὺς 'ἐλεεινὰ κατήσθιε “τετριγῶτας.

816 ΜΕ ΠΤῊΡ δ᾽ ἀμφεποτᾶτο ὀδύρομένη φίλα τέκνα" |

| τὴν δ᾽ ἐχελιξάμενος! πτέρυγος λάβεν ἀμφιαχυῖαν..

αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ κατὰ τέκν᾽ ἔφαγε στρουθοῖο καὶ αὐτήν,

τὸν μὲν ἀρίζηλον θῆκεν θεός, ὅς περ ἔφηνεν.
το κα γάρ μιν ἔθηκε Κρόνου πάις ἀγκυλομήτεώ" a

320 ἡμεῖς δ᾽ ἑσταότες θαυμάζομεν οἷον ἐτύχθη.

AMA,

ὡς οὖν δεινὰ ᾿πέλωρα θεῶν eon se cadens

᾿

ἡμῖν μὲν x: ἔφηνε τέβας, μέγα. μητίετα Ζεύς, ἐς
γ᾿ a
325 ὄψιμον ἀψφισέλεστον, ὅου κλέος οὐ ποτ᾽ ὀλεῖται.
ὡς οὗτος κατὰ τέκν᾽ ἔφαγε στρουθοῖο καὶ αὐτήν,
> ἃ
ὀκτώ, ἀτὰρ μήτηρ ἐνάτη ἣν, ἣ τέκε τέκνα,
ἃ ε A ws ἐν , 5
ὡς ἡμεῖς τοσσαῦτ᾽ ἔτεα πτολεμίξομεν αὖθι,
las ὃ ’ δὲ aN ε , > , ’
τῷ δεκάτῳ δὲ πόλιν αἱρήσομεν εὐρυάγυιαν.
880 κεῖνος τῶς ἀγόρευε: τὰ δὴ νῦν πάντα τελεῖται.
3 3 μέ ’ὔ A > ’ > ,
ἀλλ᾽ aye μίμνετε πάντες, ἐυκνήμιδες ᾿Αχαιοί,
1 ofA 5 A 3 Ψ ¥ , , pe Σ
“Εαὐτοῦ, εἰς ὅ κεν ἄστυ μέγα Πριάμοιο ἕλωμεν.
3 » > > A de VT. SERS, > Ν δὲ ἴω
ὡς epar, ᾿Αργεῖοι δὲ μέγ᾽ ἰαχον, ἀμφὶ δὲ νῆες
, OFT 4's ) ΕΑ γ᾿ a
σμερδαλέον κονάβησαν, ἀυσάντων ὑπ᾽ ᾿Αχαιῶν,
885 μῦθον ἐπαινήσαντες ᾿Οδυσσῆος θείοιο.

Nestor would have the Dissatisfied return. He advises a New
Organization of the Army.

A Ν Ν ’ ᾽ὔ ε ’ Ws
τοῖσι δὲ καὶ μετέειπε Γερήνιος ἱππότα Νέστωρ.
ς-ς ἃ ’ > δὴ Ν 3 ᾽ὔ 3 ’ὔ

ὦ πόποι, ἢ δὴ παισὶν ἐοικότες ἀγοράασθε

/ e ¥ 4 7 »

νηπιάχοῖς, OLS οὐ τι μέλει πολεμήια εργα.

Ὁ \ ’ \ 4 4 ε A
ΤΠ δὴ συνθεσίαι τε καὶ ορκια βήσεται ἡμιν;

oe

\ow

- 84

350

355

360

865

SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD 35.

ἐν πυρὶ δὴ βουλαί τε γενοίατο [ήδεά τ᾽ ἀνδρῶν
“σπονδαί 7 ἀκρητοι καὶ δεξιαί, ἧς ἐπέπιθμεν -

αὕτως γάρ ῥ᾽ ἐπέεσσ᾽ ἐριδαίνομεν, οὐδέ τι μῆχος
εὑρέμεναι δυνάμεσθα, πολὺν χρόνον ἐνθάδ᾽ ἐόντες.
᾿Ατρεΐδη, σὺ δ᾽ ἔθ᾽ ὡς πρὶν ἔχων ἀστεμφέα βουλὴν
ἄρχευ᾽ ᾿Αργείοισι κατὰ κρατερὰς ὑσμίνας,

τούσδε δ᾽ ἔα φθινύθειν, ἕ ἕνα καὶ δύο, τοί κεν ᾿Αχαιῶν

᾿γόσφιν βουλεύωσ᾽ : (ἄνυσις δ᾽ οὐκ ἔσσεται αὐτῶν,)

πρὶν Αργοσδ᾽ ἰέναι, πρὶν καὶ Διὸς αἰγιόχοιο
γνώμεναι εἴ τε ψεῦδος ὑπόσχεσις, εἴ τε καὶ οὐκί.
φημὶ γὰρ οὖν κατανεῦσαι ὑπερμενέα Κρονίωνα
ἤματι τῷ, ὅτε νηυσὶν ἐν κυπόροισιν ἔβαινον

“Ἀργεῖοι Τρώεσσι᾽ φόνον. καὶ κῆρα φέροντες,

ἀστράπτων ἐπιδέξι᾽, ἐναίσιμα σήματα φαίνων.
τῷ μή τις πρὶν ἐπειγέσθω οἰκόνδε νέεσθαι,
πρίν τινα πὰρ Τρώων ἀλόχῳ κατακοιμηθῆναι,
τίσασθαι δ᾽ “EXévns ὁρμήματά τε στοναχάς TE.
εἰ δέ τις ἐκπάγλως ἐθέλει οἰκόνδε νέεσθαι, |

© ΄ Φ Ν 9 ἡ aN Ki A ,
ἁπτέσθω ἧς νηὸς ἐὐσσέλμοιο μελαίνης,

ὄφρα πρόσθ᾽ ἄλλων θάνατον καὶ πότμον ἐπίσπῃ.
ἀλλά, ἄναξ, αὐτός T ἐὺ μήδεο πείθεό T ἄλλῳ"

οὔ τοι ἀπόβλητον ἔπος ἔσσεται, ὅττι κεν εἴπω"

κρῖν' ἄνδρας κατὰ φῦλα, κατὰ φρήτρας, ᾿Αγάμεμνον,
ὡς φρήτρη φρήτρηφιν ἀρήγῃ, φῦλα δὲ φύλοις.

εἰ δέ κεν ὡς ἔρξῃς καΐ τοι πείθωνται ᾿Αχαιοί,
γνώσῃ ἔπειθ᾽ ὅς θ᾽ ἡγεμόνων κακός, ὅς τέ νυ λαῶν,
ἠδ᾽ ὅς K ἐσθλὸς enor: κατὰ σφέας γὰρ μαχέονται-"
γνώσεαι δ᾽ ἢ καὶ θεσπεσίῃ πόλιν οὐκ ἀλαπάξεις, |
ἢ ἀνδρῶν κακότητι καὶ ἀφρροίῃ πολέμοιο."

v

36

370

375

380

385

390

OMHPOY IAIAAOS B

\

\

Agamemnon orders Preparations for Battle.

A > > ’ὔ ᾽ὔ ’ 3 4

τὸν δ᾽ ἀπαμειβόμενος προσέφη κρείων ᾿Αγαμέμνων "
“ἢ μὰν αὖτ᾽ ἀγορῇ νικᾷς, γέρον, υἷας ᾿Αχαιῶν.
at γάρ, Ζεῦ τε πάτερ καὶ πα we καὶ Λπολλον,
τοιοῦτοι δέκα ἔοι συμφράδμονες εἶεν ᾿Αχαιῶν"
τῷ κε τάχ᾽ ἠμύσειε πόλις Πριάμοιο ἄνακτος,
χερσὶν ὑφ᾽ ἡμετέρῃσιν ᾿ἁλοῦσά τε περθομένη τε.
ἀλλά μοι αἰγίοχος Κρονίδης Ζεὺς ἀλγε᾽ ἔδωκεν,

[ 7 ͵ ¥ ‘ ΠΑΝ ΄
ὅς με μετ᾽ ἀπρήκτους ἔριδας καὶ νείκεα βάλλει. |:

\ κ ὅλας, 3 , , 7, ¢ ,
καὶ yap ἐγὼν ᾿Αχιλεύς τε μαχησάμεθ᾽ εἵνεκα κούρης
ἀντιβίοις ἐπέεσσιν, ἐγὼ δ᾽ ἦρχον ΧΑΧΈΤΟΊΨΟΝ,
εἰ δέ ποτ᾽ ἔς γε μίαν βουχεύσοβεν, οὐκέτ᾽ ἔπειτα
Τρωσὶν ἀνάβλησις κακοῦ ἔσσεται, οὐδ᾽ ἠβαιόν.

νῦν δ᾽ ἔρχεσθ᾽ ἐπὶ δεῖπνον, ἵνα ξυνάγωμεν “Apna.

εὖ μέν τις δόρυ θηξάσθω, εὖ δ᾽ ἀσπίδα θέσθω,
εὖ δέ τις ἵπποισιν δεῖπνον δότω ὠκυπόδεσσιν, |, Ὁ
> ΄, Y > \ sn, Sf , , Be allt
εὖ δέ τις ἅρματος ἀμφὶς ἰδὼν" πολέμοιο μεδέσθω,
ὥς κε πανημέριοι στυγερῷ κρινώμεθ᾽ “Apyr. ς΄,
> \ : ΄ 7 29> > er ἢ
οὐ γὰρ παυσωλή γε μετέσσεται, οὐδ᾽ ἠβαιόν,

εἰ μὴ νὺξ ἐλθοῦσα διάκρυ εὶ μένος ἀνδρῶν.

δα.

ἱδρώσει μέν τέυ τελαμὼν ἀμφὶ: στήθεσσιν “ἢ
ἀσπίδος ἀμφιβρότης, περὶ, δ᾽͵ EYXE xetpe καμεῖται"
ἱδρώσει δέ τευ ἵππος ἐύξοον. ἅρμα τιταίνων.

ὃν δέ K ἐγὼν ἀπάνευθε μάχης ἐθέλοντα νοήσω:
μιμνάζειν παρὰ νηυσὶ κορωνίσιν. οὔ οἱ ἔπειτα

» 5 A ?, 4, δὸ 3 RY
ἄρκιον ἐσσεῖται φυγέειν κύνας ἠὸ οἰωνούς.

The Assembly is dismissed. Sacrifice and Feast.

ἃ » 3 3 A A ψφι 9 » ε σ nw
ὡς epat, ᾿Αργεῖοι δὲ μέγ᾽ ἴαχον, ὡς ὅτε κῦμα
ἀκτῇ ἐφ᾽ ὑψηλῇ, ὅτε κινήσῃ Νότος ἐλθών,

SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD 37

τ" - ΄, Ν > ¥ , ΄
προβλῆτι σκοπέλῳ- τὸν δ᾽ ov ποτε κύματα λείπει
/ > ld ν » a » > x ¥ /
παντοίων ἀνέμων, GF ἂν ἔνθ᾽ ἢ ἔνθα γένωνται.
γμἀνστάντες δ᾽ ὀρέοντο κεδασθέντες κατὰ νῆας,
᾿κάπνισσάν τε κατὰ κλισίας, καὶ δεῖπνον ἕλοντο.
400 ἄλλος δ᾽ ἄλλῳ 'ἔρεζε θεῶν αἰειγενετάων, .

3 ’ ’ / ἴω XA ἴω »
εὐχόμενος θάνατόν τε φυγεῖν καὶ μῶλον ἴΑρηος.
αὐτὰρ ὃ βοῦν ἱέρευσεν ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾿Αγαμέμνων,
πίονα πενταέτηρον, ὑπερμενέϊ Κρονίωνι,
κίκλησκεν δὲ γέροντας ἀριστῆας Παναχαιῶν,

405 Νέστορα μὲν πρώτιστα καὶ Ἰδομενῆα ἄνακτα,
αὐτὰρ ἔπειτ᾽ Αἴαντε δύω καὶ "Τυδέος υἱόν,
ἕκτον δ᾽ αὖτ᾽ Ὀδυσῆα, Au μῆτιν ἀτάλαντον.
αὐτόματος δέ οἱ ἦλθε βοὴν ἀγαθὸς Μενέλαος"

"ὃ Ἁ Ν Ἀ LO Ν ε > “Ὁ
ἤδεε γὰρ κατὰ θυμὸν ἀδελφεὸν ὡς ἐπονεῖτο.

a ‘ ey {2 \ > , aes

410 βοῦν δὲ περίστησάν τε καὶ οὐλοχύτας ἀνέλοντο.
τοῖσιν δ᾽ εὐχόμενος μετέφη κρείων ᾿Αγαμέμνων
sé ΄“ “ὃ ’ ’ 3 ᾽’ ’

Ζεῦ κύδιστε μέγιστε, κελαινεφές, αἰθέρι ναίων,

Ἁ Ν > 3 27 a Ν : μῦς. / > a
μὴ πρὶν ἐπ᾽ ἠέλιον δῦναι καὶ ἐπὶ κνέφας ἐλθεῖν,
πρίν με κατὰ “mpnves βαλέειν. Πριάμοιο μέλαθρον.

41 αἰθαλόεν, πρῆσαι. δὲ "πυρὸς δηίοιο΄ θύρετρα,

UPR mop?

Ὁ > gost | ἝἙκτόρεον δὲ χιτῶνᾳ περὶ στήθεσσι δαΐξαι.

foe χαλκῷ, ῥωγαλέον. πολέες δ᾽ ἀμφ᾽ αὐτὸν ἑταῖροι

Ψ ΜΠ

- πρηνέες ἐν κονίῃσιν, ᾿ὀδὰξ λαζοίατο γαῖαν.

ὡς ἔφατ᾽, οὐδ᾽ ἄρα πώ οἱ ἐπεκραίαινε Κρονίων,

420 ἀλλ᾽ ὅ γε δέκτο μὲν ἱρά, πόνον δ᾽ ἀλίαστον ὄφελλεν.

ας > , εν "δ᾿ \ > ΄ ,
αὐτὰρ ἐπεί ῥ᾽ εὔξαντο καὶ οὐλοχύτας προβάλοντο,
“αὐέρυσαν μὲν πρῶτα καὶ ἔσφαξαν καὶ ἔδειραν,

4 > > id 4 4 3 4

ρον μηρούς τ ἐξέταμον κατά τε κνίσῃ ἐκάλυψαν,

δίπτυχα ποιήσαντες, ἐπ᾿ αὐτῶν δ᾽ ὠμοθέτησαν.

425 καὶ τὰ μὲν ἀρ σχίζῃσιν ἀφύλλοισιν κατέκαιοΐ,

,
σπλάγχνα δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἀμπείραντες ὑπείρεχον Ἡφαίστοιο. ὦ

-πὔ τα

38

430

435

440

445

450

455

(καρδίῃ, ἄλληκτον πολεμίζειν ἠδὲ μάχεσθαι. Ppt

OMHPOY IAIAAOS B

αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ κατὰ μῆρα Kean) καὶ σπλάγχνα πάσαντο,
μίστυλλόν T ἄρα τἄλλα καὶ ἄμ ὀβελοῖσιν ἔπειραν, ι

ὠπτησάν ΤῈ περιφραδέως, spc one TE πάντα.
αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ παύσαντο πόνου τετύκοντό TE datra,

᾿δαίνυντ᾽, οὐδέ τι θυμὸς ἐδεύετο δαιτὸς ἐίσης.

αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ πόσιος καὶ ἐδητύος ἐξ ἔρον ἕντο,
τοῖς ἄρα μύθων ἦρχε Τερήνιος ἱππότα Νέστωρ.
Ῥ ᾿Ατρεΐδη κύδιστε, ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾿Αγάμεμνον,
μηκέτι νῦν δήθ᾽ αὖθι λεγώμεθα, μηδέ τι δηρὸν
ἀμβαλλώμεθα ἔργον, ὃ δὴ θεὸς ἐγγυαλίζει. ©
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε, κήρυκες μὲν Ἄχαϊῶν hosts ΡΩΝ
λαὸν κηρύσσοντες ἀγειρόντων κατὰ νῆας,

ἡμεῖς δ᾽ ἁθρόοι ὧδε; κατὰ στρατὸν εὐρὺν ᾿Αχαιῶν

ἴομεν, ὄφρα κε θᾶσσον ἐγείρομεν ὀξὺν “Apna.”

The Army advances to Battle.

ὡς ἔφατ᾽, οὐδ᾽ ἀσίθηδεν ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾿Αγαμέμνων᾽
αὐτίκα κηρύκεσσι λιγυφθόγγοισι κέλευσεν
κηρύσσειν πολεμόνδε κάρη κομόωντας ᾿Αχαιούς.
οἱ μὲν ἐκήρυσσον, τοὶ δ᾽ ἠγείροντο μάλ᾽ ὦκα.
οἱ δ᾽ ἀμφ᾽ al jaan διοτρεφέες βασιλῆες
θῦνον κρινόντες, ἵμετα δὲ γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη,

αἰγίδ᾽ ἔχουσ' ἐρίτίιμον, eyapeor ἀθανάτην TE"

τῆς ἑκατὸν θύσανοι παγχρύσεοι ἠερέθονται,!
πάντες ᾿ξυπλεκέες, ἑκατόμβοιος δὲ ἕκαστος"

σὺν τῇ παιφάσσουσα διέσσυτο λαὸν ᾿Αχαιῶν
ὀτρύνουσ᾽ ἰέναι" ἐν δὲ σθένος ὦρσεν ἑκάστῳ

τοῖσι δ᾽ ἄφαρ πόλεμος γλυκίων γένετ᾽ ἠὲ νέεσθαι
ἐν νηυσὶ γλάφυρῇσι φίλην ἐς πατρίδα γαῖαν.
ἠύτε πῦρ ἀίδηλον ἐπιφλέγει ἄσπετον ὕλην

465

470

475

480

SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD 39

οὔρεος ἐν κορυφῇς, ἕκαθεν δέ re φαίνεται αὐγή,
ὡς τῶν ἐρχομένων ἀπὸ χαλκοῦ θεσπεσίοιο
αἴγλη παμφανόωσα, δι᾽ αἰθέρος, οὐρανὸν ἧκεν.
_ τῶν δ᾽ (ὡς: τ᾽ ὀρνίθων πετεηνῶν ἔθνεα πολλά,
χηνῶν 7 γεράνων a κύκνων δουλιχοδείρων,)
ἸΑσίῳ ἐν λειμῶνι) (Καύστρίου ἀμφὶ ῥέεθρα,
ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα, ποτῶνται (ἀγαλλόμενα πτερύγεσσιν,
κλαγγηδὸν προκαθιζόντων, 'σμαραγεῖ δέ τε λειμών,
ὡς τῶν ἔθνεα πολλὰ νεῶν ἄπο καὶ κλισιάων
ἐς πεδίον προχέοντο Σκαμάνδριον. αὐτὰρ ὑπὸ χθὼν
σμέρδαλέον κοναβιζε ποδῶν αὐτῶν τε καὶ ἵππων.
ἔσταν δ᾽ ἐν λειμῶνι Σκαμανδρίῳ ἀνθεμόεντι,
μυρίοι, ὅσσα τε φύλλα καὶ ἄνθεα γίγνεται, ὥρῃ.
«ἠύτε pride ἀδινάων ἔθνεα πολλά,
αἵ τε κατὰ σταθμὸν ποιμνήιον ἠλάσκουσιν
ὥρῃ ἐν εἰαρινῇ, ὅτε τε γλάγος ἄγγεα δεύει,
τόσσοι ἐπὶ Τρώεσσι κάρη κομόωντες ᾿Αχαιοὶ
ἐν πεδίῳ ἵσταντο, διαρραῖσαι μεμαῶτες.
τοὺς δ᾽ ὥς τ᾽ αἴπόλια trate’ αἰγῶν αἰπόλοι ἄνδρες
peta διακρίνωσιν, ἐπεί κε νομῷ «μιγέωσιν,
ὡς τοὺς ἡγεμόνες διεκόσμεον. ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα,
ὑσμίνηνδ᾽ ἰέναι, μετὰ δὲ κρείων ᾿Αγαμέμνων,
ὄμματα καὶ κεφαλὴν ἴκελος Aut τερπικεραύνῳ,
᾿Αρεῖ δὲ ζώνην, στέρνον δὲ Ποσειδάωνι.
ἠύτε βοῦς ἀγέληφι μέγ᾽ ἔξοχος ἔπλέτο πάντων
ταῦρος: ὁ γάρ τε βόεσσι μεταπρέπει ἀγρομένῃσιν"
τοῖον ap ᾿Ατρεΐδην θῆκε Ζεὺς ἤματι κείνῳ,
ἐκπρεπέ᾽ ἐν πολλοῖσι καὶ ἔξοχον ἡρώεσσιν.

40

485

490

495

500

505

OMHPOY IAIAAO®S B

CATALOGUE OF THE SHIPS.

Achaean Forces (484-785). Prooemium. Invocation of the Muses.

ἔσπετε νῦν aii penned [OM pr α δώματ᾽ ἔχουσαι
ὑμεῖς γὰρ θεαί ἐστε, πάρεστέ τε ἴστε τε πάντα,
ἡμεῖς δὲ κλέος οἷον ἀκούομεν οὐδέ τι ἴδμεν, )
οἵ τινες ἤγεέμαψες Δαναῶν καὶ κοίρανοι ἦσαν.

᾿πληθὺν δ᾽ οὐκ ἂν ἐγὸ μυθήσομαι οὐδ᾽ ὀνομήνω,

οὐδ᾽ εἴ μοι δέκα μὲν γλῶσσαι δέκα δὲ ᾿στόματ᾽ εἶεν,
φωνὴ δ᾽ ἄρρηκτος, χάλκεον δέ μοι ἦτορ ἐνείη,

εἶ μὴ ᾿Ολυμπιάδες μοῦσαι, Διὸς αἰγιόχοιο
θυγατέρες, μνησαίαθ᾽ ὅσοι ὑπὸ Ἴλιον ἦλθον.

4;

ἀρχοὺς av νηῶν ἐρέω νῆάς TE προπάσας."
f

Greece South of Thermopylae, and Adjacent Islands (494-644).
Boeotia (494—), Phocis (517—), Locris (527—), Euboea (536-),
Athens (546-), Salamis (557).

Βοιωτῶν μὲν Πηνέλεως καὶ Λήιτος ἦρχον
᾿Αρκεσίλαός τε Προθοήνωρ τε Κλονίος τε,
ν 8 ὮΝ ’ 3 ’ \ > ’ὔ ’
οἵ θ᾽ Ὑρίην ἐνέμοντο καὶ Αὐλίδα πετρήεσσαν
Σχοῖνόν τε Σκῶλόν τε πολύκνημόν T ᾿Ἑτεωνόν,
Θέσπειαν Τιραῖάν τε καὶ εὐρύχορον Μυκαλησσόν,
ν 3 3 + > Ε] ’ Ν 3 7 \ 3 4
οἵ τ᾽ ἀμφ᾽ App’ ἐνέμοντο καὶ Eihéovov καὶ ᾿Ερύθρας
οἵ τ᾽ ᾿Ελεῶν᾽ εἶχον ἠδ᾽ Ὕλην καὶ Πετεῶνα,
᾿᾽Ωκαλέην Μεδεῶνά τ᾽, ἐυκτίμενον πτολίεθρον,
Κώπας Evrpnoiv τε πολυτρήρωνά τε Θίσβην,
ν A Ν 4 > ε ’ἢ
οἵ τε Κορώνειαν καὶ ποιήενθ᾽ ᾿Αλίαρτον,
ν 4 » 5 3 ἃ ’ ’
οἵ τε Πλάταιαν ἔχον ἠδ᾽ ot Γλίσαντα νέμοντο,
οἵ θ᾽ Ὑποθήβας εἶχον, ἐυκτίμενον πτολίεθρον,
Ὀγχηστόν θ᾽ ἱερόν, ἸΠοσιδήιον ἀγλαὸν ἄλσος,
οἵ τε πολυστάφυλον “Apyyny ἔχον, ot τε Μίδειαν

, δ. -
ay ,

!
(ecu antl
! rh MST ta «
ἢ ΄- -Ὶ 3 ¢
a ea]
Pad
aie ᾿ 1 :
= iy) ἡ
ta ἣν
9. Ὁ Ἔν ;
=, 5 |
‘
* c.

ec »
ἜΑ ΜΡ ae

ydeisojoyd Ἐ woig
VITdNVN

7]
iy “44 J ‘
J eet
> Sed eee :
) "ὦ κως poo
: CSA ge τ ῥέος τ δὲ ‘ ΠῚ és
22h id ¥ εν
4 fey
ae ol ad os Jw @ J
, ) 7) :
j J
, "ὦ
4 I. Lier ὃ
‘ Bc, © ω
a) ΄ ἂν." 4 A
fs J “7 4
228 J

510

515

520

525

630

535

SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD 41

Niody τε ζαθέην ᾿Ανθηδόνα τ᾽ ἐσχατόωσαν.
τῶν μὲν πεντήκοντα νέες κίον, ἐν δὲ ἑκάστῃ
κοῦροι Βοιωτῶν ἑκατὸν καὶ εἴκοσι βαῖνον.

ot δ᾽ ᾿Ασπληδόνα ναῖον id’ ᾿Ορχομενὸν Μινύειον,
τῶν ἦρχ᾽ ᾿Ασκάλαφος καὶ ᾿Ιάλμενος, υἷες “Apyos,
οὗς τέκεν ᾿Αστυόχη δόμῳ “Axtopos ᾿Αζεΐδαο,
παρθένος αἰδοίη, ὑπερώιον εἰσαναβᾶσα,

"Apne κρατερῷ. ὁ δέ οἱ παρελέξατο λάθρῃ.
τοῖς δὲ τριήκοντα γλαφυραὶ νέες ἐστιχόωντο.
αὐτὰρ Φωκήων Σχεδίος καὶ ᾿Επίστροφος ἦρχον,
υἱέες ᾿Ιφίτου μεγαθύμου Ναυβολίδαο,
ὰ / » . A 4 /
ot Κυπάρισσον ἔχον Πυθῶνά τε πετρήεσσαν
Κρῖσάν τε ζαθέην καὶ Δαυλίδα καὶ Πανοπῆα,
ν > 3 , ΨΥ < / > ’
οἵ τ᾽ ᾿Ανεμώρειαν καὶ “Ὑάμπολιν ἀμφενέμοντο,
9 > ἮΝ A Ν ἈΝ A »
οἵ T ἄρα πὰρ ποταμὸν Κηφισὸν δῖον ἔναιον,
ν / y » »¥ A
οἵ τε Λίλαιαν ἔχον πηγῇς ἔπι Κηφισοῖο-
τοῖς δ᾽ ἅμα τεσσαράκοντα μέλαιναι νῆες ἕποντο.
οἱ μὲν Φωκήων στίχας ἵστασαν ἀμφιέποντες,
Βοιωτῶν δ᾽ ἔμπλην ἐπ᾽ ἀριστερὰ θωρήσσοντο.

Λοκρῶν δ᾽ ἡγεμόνευεν ᾿Οιλῆος ταχὺς Αἴας,

, ” ΄ 9 ΄ ¥
μείων, ov τι τόσος ye ὅσος Τελαμώνιος Αἴας,
ἀλλὰ πολὺ μείων: ὀλίγος μὲν ἔην, λινοθώρηξ,
> 4 > > id 7 4
ἐγχείῃ δ᾽ ἐκέκαστο Πανέλληνας καὶ “Ayauods:
ot Κῦνόν τ᾽ ἐνέμοντ᾽ ᾿᾽Οπόεντά τε Καλλίαρόν τε
Βῆσσάν τε Σκάρφην τε καὶ Αὐγειὰς ἐρατεινὰς
Τάρφην τε Θρόνιόν τε Βοαγρίου ἀμφὶ ῥέεθρα.
τῷ δ᾽ ἅμα τεσσαράκοντα μέλαιναι νῆες ἕποντο
Λοκρῶν, ot ναίουσι πέρην ἱερῆς ᾿Ευβοίης.

A Ne: ᾿᾽ ww ’ὔ 4 »

ot δ᾽ ᾿Εύβοιαν ἔχον μένεα πνείοντες ἼΛβαντες,
Χαλκίδα τ᾽ Ἑἰρέτριάν τε πολυστάφυλόν θ᾽ Ἱστίαιαν
Κήρινθόν τ᾽ ἔφαλον Δίου 7 αἰπὺ πτολίεθρον,

42

540

550

555

560

OMHPOY IAIAAOS B

ν ’, » > > ἃ 4 ,
οἵ te Κάρυστον ἔχον ἠδ᾽ οἱ Στύρα ναιετάασκον,
τῶν αὖθ᾽ ἡγεμόνευ᾽ ᾿Ελεφήνωρ, ὄζος “Apnos,
Χαλκωδοντιάδης, μεγαθύμων ἀρχὸς ᾿Αβάντων.

“ > \ ee ee ἡ Y ’, 5», ’ὔ
τῷ δ᾽ ἅμ’ “ABavtes ἕποντο θοοί, ὄπιθεν κομόωντες,
αἰχμηταΐῖ, μεμαῶτες ὀρεκτῇσιν μελίῃσιν
θώρηκας ῥήξειν δηίων ἀμφὶ στήθεσσιν.
τῷ δ᾽ ἅμα τεσσαράκοντα μέλαιναι νῆες ἕποντο.

ἃ > Vint Ss ᾿ > 3 ’, /

ot δ᾽ ap’ ᾿Αθήνας εἶχον, ἐυκτίμενον πτολίεθρον,
δῆμον ᾿Ερεχθῆος μεγαλήτορος, ὅν ποτ᾽ ᾿Αθήνη
θρέψε, Διὸς θυγάτηρ, τέκε δὲ ζείδωρος ἄρουρα,

j Ν 3 9 3 ’ὔ e en 3 ᾽ὕὔ la
κὰδ ὃ εν Αθήνῃς εισέν, ξεῳ εν πιονὲι ΜῊ

» , , \ > A ε ’ὔ
ἔνθα δέ μιν ταύροισι καὶ ἀρνειοῖς ἱλάονται
wn > 4 , > “ἊΜ
κοῦροι ᾿Αθηναίων περιτελλομένων ἐνιαυτῶν
A 3239 ε ΄, $0) SEN, a ,
τῶν αὖθ᾽ ἡγεμόνευ᾽ vids Πετεῶο Μενεσθεύς.
~ δ᾽ » ’ὔ ε a) 5 θό 4 > > Ν
τῷ O οὐ πώ τις ὁμοῖος ἐπιχθόνιος γένετ᾽ ἀνὴρ
“ ν Ν 3 7
κοσμῆσαι ἵππους τε καὶ ἀνέρας ἀσπιδιώτας:
Νέστωρ οἷος ἔριζεν: ὁ γὰρ προγενέστερος ἦεν.
τῷ δ᾽ ἅμα πεντήκοντα μέλαιναι νῆες ἕποντο.
Αἴας δ᾽ ἐκ ZahapivésPayer δυοκαίδεκα νῆας.
[στῆσε δ᾽ ἄγων ἵν᾿ ᾿Αθηναίων ἵσταντο φάλαγγες. |

Peloponnesus (559-), Western Islands (625—), Aetolia (638-).

ἃ ed > > , , ,
ot δ᾽ ΓΑργος τ᾽ εἶχον Τίρυνθά τε τειχιόεσσαν,
ε , > ΄, ὮΝ τον ἢν , pees
Ἑρμιόνην ᾿Ασίνην te, βαθὺν κατὰ κόλπον ἐχούσας,
Τροιζῆν᾽ ᾿ιόνας τε καὶ ἀμπελόεντ᾽ Ἐπίδαυρον,
ν > » ¥ , ’ὔ κ΄ 3 wn
οἱ T ἔχον Avywayv Μασητὰ te κουροι Αχαιων.
ἴω 3.239 ε ’ὔ Ν 3 Ν ,
τῶν αὖθ᾽ ἡγεμόνευε βοὴν ἀγαθὸς Διομήδης
καὶ Σθένελος, Καπανῆος ἀγακλειτοῦ φίλος υἱός.
“ 3 ψ 3 3 , 4 , 3 / /
τοῖσι δ᾽ ἅμ᾽ Evpvados τρίτατος κίεν, ἰσόθεος φώς,
»-πῬ oe »

Μηκιστῆος υἱὸς Ταλαϊονίδαο ἄνακτος.
συμπάντων δ᾽ ἡγεῖτο βοὴν ἀγαθὸς Διομήδης.

zardtyd 9 Ἰοιαθα red ‘ypembrzu γ᾽, 7 SUB 24 ¥ 7 AP 94:25: 4 WOLF
NOILVYOLS3Y ‘SVNSOAW

Sizer

ἘΞ ΤΣ

ΕΓ
hos

ΠΗ͂ Sts
SNe)
rs lage eet tet

er) ma a fuk
nl τις τεῦ.
ia ip

+e ee At
-ςς ἐδ " Ὄπ Ek νπ-:
=e cic Te ok

τ: ΤῈ οἵ

Se Sh

ls al ht iy ih ἊΝ

570

575

590

595

SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD 43

~ > 9 > > 4 ,ὔ ~ 4
τοῖσι δ᾽ ap ὀγδώκοντα μέλαιναι νῆες ἕποντο.

ot δὲ Μυκήνας. εἶχον, ἐυκτίμενον πτολίεθρον,
ἀφνειόν τε Κόρινθον ἐυκτιμένας τε Κλεωνάς,
5» ’ > 5» 4 5 4 > 5 4
Ορνειάς τ᾽ ἐνέμοντο Αραιθυρέην τ᾽ ἐρατεινὴν
καὶ Σικυῶν᾽, ὅθ᾽ ap “Adpynotos πρῶτ᾽ ἐμβασίλευεν,
2 Φ. 8 ͵’͵ Ἁ » A ,
οἵ θ᾽ “Ὑπερησίην τε καὶ αἰπεινὴν Τονόεσσαν
Πελλήνην τ᾽ εἶχον, ἠδ᾽ Αἴγιον ἀμφενέμοντο

» , > 5» A , A > > ¢ 4 5 A
Αὐγιδλὸν T ἀνὰ πάντα καὶ ἀμφ “Ἑλίκην εὐρεῖαν,
τῶν ἑκατὸν νηῶν ἦρχε κρείων ᾿Αγαμέμνων
᾿Ατρεΐδης. ἅμα τῷ re πολὺ πλεῖστοι Kat ἄριστοι
λαοὶ ἕποντ᾽- ἐν δ᾽ αὐτὸς ἐδύσετο νώροπα χαλκὸν
κυδιόων, πᾶσιν δὲ μετέπρεπεν ἡρώεσσιν,
οὕνεκ᾽ ἀριδγος ἔην, πολὺ δὲ πλείστους ἄγε λαούς.

ot δ᾽ εἶχον κοίλην Λακεδαίμονα κητώεσσαν,

. Φαρίν τε Σπάρτην τε πολυτρήρωνά τε Μέσσην,

4, > yy’ ‘ > ‘ > /
Bpvoevas τ ἐνέμοντο καὶ Avyelas ἐρατεινάς,

οἵ τ᾿ ap ᾿Αμύκλας εἶχον Ἕλος τ᾽, ἔφαλον πτολίεθρον,

οἵ τε Λάαν εἶχον ἠδ᾽ Οἴτυλον ἀμφενέμοντο,
τῶν οἱ ἀδελφεὸς ἦρχε, βοὴν ἀγαθὸς Μενέλαος,
ε id “~ > ’ Ἁ 4
ἑξήκοντα νεῶν: ἀπάτερθε δὲ θωρήσσοντο.
> > ee,” 4 i [4 4
ἐν δ᾽ αὐτὸς κίεν How προθυμίῃσι πεποιθώς,
> "sme , , ae nw
ὀτρύνων πολεμόνδε: μάλιστα δὲ ἵετο θυμῷ
τίσασθαι “Ἑλένης ὁρμήματά τε στοναχάς τε.

ot δὲ Πύλον τ᾽ ἐνέμοντο καὶ Apivay ἐρατεινὴν -
καὶ Θρύον, ν, ᾿Αλφειοῖο πόρον, καὶ ἐύκτιτον Αἰπύ,
καὶ Κυπαρισσήεντα καὶ ᾿Αμφιγένειαν ἔναιον,

7 a
καὶ Πτελεὸν καὶ Ἕλος καὶ Δώριον, ἔνθα τε μοῦσαι
ἀντόμεναι Θάμυριν τὸν Θρήικα παῦσαν ἀοιδῆς,
Οἰχαλίηθεν ἰόντα παρ᾽ Ἑὐρύτου Οἰχαλιῆος-
στεῦτο γὰρ εὐχόμενος νικησέμεν, εἴ περ ἂν αὐταὶ
μοῦσαι ἀείδοιεν, κοῦραι Διὸς αἰγιόχοιο"

κα

΄

δ

44

600

605

610

615 ᾿

620

625

OMHPOY IAIAAOS B

at δὲ χολωσάμεναι πηρὸν θέσαν, αὐτὰρ ἀοιδὴν
θεσπεσίην ἀφέλοντο καὶ ἐκλέλαθον κιθαριστύν.
A aa? ε , ΄ ε , 2
τῶν αὖθ᾽ ἡγεμόνευε Γερήνιος ἱππότα Νέστωρ,

A > / Ν :
τῷ δ᾽ ἐνενήκοντα γλαφυραὶ νέες ἐστιχόωντο.

ot δ᾽ ἔχον ᾿Αρκαδίην ὑπὸ Κυλλήνης ὄρος αἰπύ,
Αἱ ’ὔ Ν 4 7 3 5 lA > 4

ἱπύτιον παρὰ τύμβον, W ἀνέρες ἀγχιμαχηταί,
ἃ , a ον χὰ as Ν ,
ov Φενεόν τ΄ ἐνέμοντο καὶ Ορχομενὸν πολύμηλον
ε / id \ 4 ’ > ’
Pirny τε Στρατίην τε καὶ ἠνεμόεσσαν Ἔ νίσπην,
καὶ Τεγέην εἶχον καὶ Μαντινέην ἐρατεινήν,

, / 3 > Χ ΄ es
Στύμφηλόν τ᾽ εἶχον καὶ Παρρασίην ἐνέμοντο,
τῶν ἤρχ᾽ ᾿Αγκαίοιο πάις, κρείων ᾿Αγαπήνωρ,

ε ’ὔ “A 7 > > \ ε 4
ἑξήκοντα νεῶν: πολέες δ᾽ ἐν νηὶ ἑκάστῃ
᾿Αρκάδες ἄνδρες ἔβαινον, ἐπιστάμενοι πολεμίζειν.
+e / ἔὃ ¥. 3 al > ͵
αὐτὸς γάρ σφιν ἔδωκεν ἀναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾿Αγαμέμνων
νῆας ἐυσσέλμους περάαν ἐπὶ οἴνοπα πόντον,
of ἈΝ »
᾿Ατρεΐδης, ἐπεὶ οὐ σφι θαλάσσια ἔργα μεμήλειν.
οὗ δ᾽ apa Βουπράσιόν τε καὶ Ἤλιδα δῖαν ἔναιον,
Ψ 379 € ΄ \ , 5 ,
ὅσσον ἐφ Ὑρμίνη καὶ Μύρσινος ἐσχατόωσα

, - μος ’ὔ 7 > / > Ν 37
πέτρη τ Ὡλενίη καὶ ᾿Αλείσιον ἐντὸς ἐέργει,

A s , 3 4, » , fee ee eee
τῶν av τέσσαρες ἀρχοὶ ἔσαν, δέκα δ᾽ ἀνδρὶ ἑκάστῳ
A 9 4 , δ᾽ » > 4
νῆες ἕποντο θοαί, πολέες ἐμβαινον “Ezrevoi.

κι a ἂρ. 3. ἃ , Ν , e ,
τῶν μὲν ap ᾿Αμφίμαχος καὶ Θάλπιος ἡγησάσθην,
® ε \ / ε δ᾽ ¥ 9 3 ΄, 3 s
vies ὁ μὲν Kreatov o ap Ἐύρύτου, ᾿Ακτορίωνε"
ν΄ > mA iy Ν ’ὔ
τῶν δ᾽ ᾿Αμαρυγκεΐδης ἦρχε, κρατερὸς Διώρης:
τῶν δὲ τετάρτων ἦρχε Πολύξεινος θεοειδής,

en > la 3 » Ν»
υἱὸς ᾿Αγασθένεος Αὐγηιάδαο ἄνακτος.

ot δ᾽ ἐκ Δουλιχίοιο ᾿Εχινάων θ᾽ ἱεράων

Ε Ε
νήσων, αἷ ναίουσι πέρην ἁλός, Ηλιδος ἄντα,
“A 7? »
τῶν αὖθ ἡγεμόνευε Μέγης, ἀτάλαντος Apt,
of,
Φυλεΐδης, ὃν τίκτε διίφιλος ἱππότα Pvdevs,
Ν ,

ὅς ποτε Δουλιχιόνδ᾽ ἀπενάσσατο πατρὶ χολωθείς.

Copyrighted, 1897, by Ginn & Company
ITHACA—NORTHERN PART, FROM MT. AETOS
From a photograph

———— ee ——————— — κζ«ψ͵ουυπσςνζΧσο--Ό-

λέ

ro

635

640

645

650

SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD 45

“ > ν ’ / ~ 4
τῷ δ᾽ ἅμα τεσσαράκοντα μέλαιναι νῆες ἕποντο.
αὐτὰρ ᾽Οδυσσεὺς ἦγε Κεφαλλῆνας μεγαθύμους,
οἵ p Ἰθάκην εἶχον καὶ Νήριτον εἰνοσίφυλλον,
καὶ Κροκύλει᾽ ἐνέμοντο καὶ Αἰγίλιπα τρηχεῖαν,
οἵ τε Ζάκυνθον ἔχον ἠδ᾽ ot Σάμον ἀμφενέμοντο,
οἵ T ἤπειρον ἔχον ἠδ᾽ ἀντιπέραια νέμοντο.
κ᾿ . 5 \ > \ - hae
τῶν μὲν ᾿δυσσεὺς ἦρχε, Διὶ μῆτιν ἀτάλαντος,
τῷ δ᾽ ἅμα νῆες ἕ δυώδ λτοπά AZ
ΐ μα νῆες ἕποντο δυώδεκα μιλτοπάρῃυοι. Ζ
Αἰτωλῶν δ᾽ ἡγεῖτο Θόας, ᾿Ανδραίμονος υἱός,
lan ἌΣ.
ot Πλευρῶν᾽ ἐνέμοντο καὶ Ὥλενον ἠδὲ Πυλήνην
Χαλκίδα 7 ἀγχίαλον Καλυδῶνά τε πετρήεσσαν.
οὐ yap er Οἰνῆος μεγαλήτορος υἱέες ἦσαν,
οὐδ᾽ ap ἔτ᾽ αὐτὸς ἔην, θάνε δὲ ξανθὸς Μελέαγρος"
“~ > Ry, ' , > a Σ > 7 > “
τῷ δ᾽ ἐπὶ πάντ᾽ ἐτέταλτο ἀνασσέμεν Αἰτωλοῖσιν.
τῷ δ᾽ ἅμα τεσσαράκοντα μέλαιναι νῆες ἕποντο.

The Islands in the Southern Part of the Aegean Sea.

Κρητῶν δ᾽ ᾿Ιδομενεὺς δουρικλυτὸς ἡγεμόνευεν,

ot Κνωσόν τ᾽ εἶχον Γόρτυνά τε τειχιόεσσαν,

Λύκτον Μίλητόν τε καὶ ἀργινόεντα Λύκαστον

Φαιστόν TE Ῥυύτιόν τε, πόλεις ἐὺ ναιετοώσας,

ἄλλοι θ᾽ οἱ Κρήτην ὁ ἑκατόμπολιν ἀμφενέμοντο.

τῶν μὲν ἄρ' ᾿Ιδομενεὺς δουρικλυτὸς ἡγεμόνευεν

Μηριόνης τ᾽, ἀτάλαντος ᾿Ενυαλίῳ ἀνδρεϊφόντῃ

τοῖσι δ᾽ ἅμ᾽ ὀγδώκοντα μέλαιναι νῆες ἕποντο. “Μ᾿
Τληπόλεμος δ᾽ Ἡρακλεΐδης, ἠύς τε μέγας τε,

ἐκ Ῥόδου ἐννέα νῆας ἄγεν Ῥοδίων ἀγερώχων, ῳ

οἱ Ῥόδον ἀμφενέμοντο διὰ τρίχα κοσμηθέντες,

Λίνδον Ἰηλυσόν τε καὶ ἀργινόεντα Κάμειρον.

τῶν μὲν Τληπόλεμος δουρικλυτὸς ἡγεμόνευεν,

ὃν τέκεν ᾿Αστυόχεια βίῃ Ἡρακληείῃ,

660

670

675

680

OMHPOY IAIAAO® B

» A
τὴν ayer ἐξ ᾿Εφύρης, ποταμοῦ ἄπο Σελλήεντος,
/ + Ν ᾽ > A
πέρσας ἄστεα πολλὰ διοτρεφέων αἰζηῶν.
TX aN δ᾽ 3 \ μὰ 44? ae , > 4
ἡηπόλεμος ἐπεὶ οὖν τράφ᾽ ἐνὶ μεγάρῳ ἐυπήκτῳ,
αὐτίκα πατρὸς ἑοῖο φίλον μήτρωα κατέκτα,
» , , » ¥
non γηράσκοντα, Λικύμνιον, ὄζον “Apyos.
5 κ᾿ A ¥ δ ἀντι Ν 5 ΄
αἶψα δὲ νῆας ἔπηξε, πολὺν δ᾽ ὅ γε λαὸν ἀγείρας
~ ’ 55: /, > 4 l4 ε »
βῆ φεύγων ἐπὶ πόντον: ἀπείλησαν yap οἱ αλλοι
e?7 ε / ’ ε ras
υἱέες viwvot τε Bins Hpakdneins.
> \ 9 > 3 ~ “ὃ Ὁ 3 Γ᾿ ¥ ,
αὐτὰρ ὅ γ᾽ ἐς Ῥόδον ἷξεν ἀλώμενος ἄλγεα πάσχων᾽
τριχθὰ δὲ ᾧκηθεν καταφυλαδόν, ἠδὲ φίληθεν
> / 4 A \ > , > ’
ἐκ Διός, ὅς τε θεοῖσι καὶ ἀνθρώποισιν ἀνάσσει,
’ὔ ’ ων ’, lA
καί σφιν θεσπέσιον πλοῦτον κατέχευε Κρονίων.
Νιρεὺς αὖ Σύμηθεν aye τρεῖς νῆας ἐΐσας,
4 > oh en / / > »
Νιρεύς, ᾿Αγλαΐης υἱὸς Χαρόποιό τ᾽ ἄνακτος,
Νιρεύς, ὃς κάλλιστος ἀνὴρ ὑπὸ Ἴλιον ἦλθεν
τῶν ἄλλων Δαναῶν per ἀμύμονα Πηλεΐωνα:
ἀλλ᾽ ἀλαπαδνὸς ἔην, παῦρος δέ οἱ εἵπετο λαός.
ot δ᾽ ἄρα Νίσυρόν 7 εἶχον Κράπαθόν τε Κάσον τε
καὶ Κῶν, Ἑὐρυπύλοιο πόλιν, νήσους τε Καλύδνας,
τῶν αὖ Φείδιππός τε καὶ Αντιφος ἡγησάσθην,
Θεσσαλοῦ υἷε δύω Ἡ ρακλεΐδαο ἄνακτος.
A \ ’ \ lA 5 ,
τοῖς δὲ τριήκοντα γλαφυραὶ νέες ἐστιχόωντο.

Northern Greece. Forces of Achilles and Protesilaus.

A > ‘ Ψ δ % aah »

νῦν αὖ τοὺς ὅσσοι τὸ Πελασγικὸν Αργος ἐναιον'
οἵ τ᾽ “AXov οἵ τ᾽ ᾿Αλόπην οἵ τε Τρηχῖνα νέμοντο,
οἵ T εἶχον Φθίην ἠδ᾽ ᾿Ελλάδα καλλιγύναικα,
Μυρμιδόνες δὲ καλεῦντο καὶ Ἕλληνες καὶ ᾿Αχαιοί,
τῶν αὖ πεντήκοντα νεῶν ἣν ἀρχὸς ᾿Αχιλλεύς.
> > ν 3 > vat ᾽’ 3 »Ἅ
ἀλλ᾽ οἵ γ᾽ οὐ πολέμοιο δυσηχέος ἐμνώοντο᾽

> Ἂν » ν / eS ’ ε 7
ov yap env os Tis σφιν ἐπὶ στίχας ἡγήσαιτο.

690

695

700

705

710

SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD 41

κεῖτο γὰρ ἐν νήεσσι ποδάρκης δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς,
κούρης χωόμενος Βρισηΐίδος ἠυκόμοιο,
τὴν ἐκ Λυρνησσοῦ ἐξείλετο πολλὰ μογήσας,
Λυρνησσὸν διαπορθήσας καὶ τείχεα Θήβης,
κὰδ δὲ Μύνητ᾽ ἔβαλεν καὶ ᾿ΕἘπίστροφον ἐγχεσιμώρους
υἱέας Ἑὐηνοῖο Σεληπιάδαο ἄνακτος"

A 9 ee et a , or , ¥
τῆς ὅ γε κεῖτ᾽ ἀχέων, τάχα δ᾽ ἀνστήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν.

ot δ᾽ εἶχον Φυλάκην καὶ Πύρασον ἀνθεμόεντα,
Δήμητρος τέμενος, Ἴτωνά τε, μητέρα μήλων,
ἀγχίαλόν τ᾽ ᾿Αντρῶνα ἰδὲ Πτελεὸν λεχεποίην,
τῶν αὖ Πρωτεσίλαος ἀρήιος ἡγεμόνευεν
ζωὸς ἐών: τότε δ᾽ ἤδη ἔχεν κάτα γαῖα μέλαινα.
τοῦ δὲ καὶ ἀμφιδρυφὴς ἄλοχος Φυλάκῃ ἐλέλειπτο
καὶ δόμος ἡμιτελής: τὸν δ᾽ ἔκτανε Δάρδανος ἀνὴρ
νηὸς ἀποθρώσκοντα πολὺ πρώτιστον ᾿Αχαιῶν.

2Q\ \ »Q? evs » 7, / \ > ,
οὐδὲ μὲν οὐδ᾽ οἱ ἄναρχοι ἔσαν, πόθεόν γε μὲν ἀρχόν
ἀλλά σφεας κόσμησε Ποδάρκης, ὄζος “Apnos,
Ἰφίκλου υἱὸς πολυμήλου Φυλακίδαο,
αὐτοκασίγνητος μεγαθύμου Πρωτεσιλάου,
ὁπλότερος γενεῇ" ὁ δ᾽ ἅμα πρότερος καὶ ἀρείων,
ἥρως Πρωτεσίλαος ἀρήιος: οὐδέ τι λαοὶ

4 > ε ’ , Ν > Ἀ 59
δεύονθ ἡγεμόνος, πόθεόν γε μὲν ἐσθλὸν ἐόντα. ns

“ > 4 4 ~ hii
τῷ δ᾽ apa τεσσαράκοντα μέλαιναι νῆες ἕποντο. 40

ot δὲ Φερὰς ἐνέμοντο παραὶ Βοιβηΐδα λίμνην,
Βοίβην καὶ Γλαφύρας καὶ ἐυκτιμένην ᾿Ιαωλκόν,

a > a, .9 ΄, ΄, Ἔνι. A
τῶν ἦρχ᾽ ᾿Αδμήτοιο φίλος πάις, ἕνδεκα νηῶν,
Εὔμηλος, τὸν ὑπ᾿ ᾿Αδμήτῳ τέκε δῖα γυναικῶν,
ἔλλκηστις, Πελίαο θυγατρῶν εἶδος ἀρίστη.

a 7 ᾽ Ν ’, iA

ot δ᾽ ἄρα Μηθώνην καὶ Θαυμακίην ἐνέμοντο

καὶ Μελίβοιαν ἔχον καὶ ᾿Ολιζῶνα τρηχεῖαν,

τῶν δὲ Φιλοκτήτης ἦρχεν, τόξων ἐὺ εἰδώς,

20

"ὺ

48

120

725

730

735

740

745

OMHPOY IAIAAO®S B

ε \ A > 4 3 5 ε , ἐν
ἑπτὰ νεῶν ἐρέται δ᾽ ἐν ἑκάστῃ πεντήκοντα
ἐμβέβασαν, τόξων ἐὺ εἰδότες ἶφι μάχεσθαι.
3 3 ε Ν 3 ’ “A 4 3 ¥ 4
ἀλλ᾽ ὁ μὲν ἐν νήσῳ κεῖτο κρατέρ adyea πάσχων,
ἢ 9 φ ~
Λήμνῳ ἐν ἠγαθέῃ, ὅθι μιν λίπον vies ᾿Αχαιῶν
"4 9. / sO 2 , ν
ἕλκεϊ μοχθίζοντα κακῷ ὀλοόφρονος ὕδρου.
yn τ Re eS ee , \ , ¥
ἔνθ᾽ ὅ ye Keir ἀχέων: τάχα δὲ μνήσεσθαι ἔμελλον
3 A Ν Ν ’, ¥
Αργεῖοι παρὰ νηυσὶ Φιλοκτήταο avaxTos.
> Ν Ν 50.» e » » / 4 A > /
οὐδὲ μὲν οὐδ᾽ οἱ ἄναρχοι ἔσαν, πόθεόν γε μὲν ἀρχόν᾽
ἀλλὰ Μέδων κόσμησεν, ᾿᾽Οιλῆος νόθος υἱός,
τόν ῥ᾽ ἔτεκεν Ῥήνη ὑπ᾽ ᾿Οιλῆι πτολιπόρθῳ.
A δ᾽ 53 ᾿ νὴ ’ὔ ld
οἵ εἶχον Τρίκκην καὶ ᾿Ιθώνν κλωμακόεσσαν.
οἵ τ᾽ ἔχον Οἰχαλίην, πόλιν Ἑὐρύτου Οἰχαλιῆος,
τῶν αὖθ᾽ ἡγείσθην ᾿Ασκληπιοῦ δύο παῖδε,
ἰητῆρ᾽ ἀγαθώ, Ποδαλείριος ἠδὲ Μαχάων.
τοῖς δὲ τριήκοντα γλαφυραὶ νέες ἐστιχόωντο.
ἃ “ὟΝ 5 2 ν ’ ε ΄,
ot δ᾽ ἔχον ᾿Ορμένιον, οἵ τε κρήνην Ὑπέρειαν,
y >» 3 7 ΄ ΄ \ ,
οἵ T ἔχον ᾿Αστέριον Τιτάνοιό τε λευκὰ κάρηνα,
a > 3 > τὰ > ’ 3 Ν es
τῶν ἦρχ᾽ Εὐρύπυλος, ᾿Εναίμονος ἀγλαὸς υἱός,
τῷ δ᾽ ἅμα τεσσαράκοντα μέλαιναι νῆες ἕποντο.
ἃ >» » Ἁ ’ 3 ’
ot δ᾽ ΓΑργισσαν ἔχον καὶ Τυρτώνην ἐνέμοντο,

Ὄρθην Ἠλώνην τε πόλιν 7 Ὀλοοσσόνα λευκήν,

ἴω fp? ε , / ,
τῶν αὖθ᾽ ἡγεμόνευε μενεπτόλεμος Πολυποίτης,
en ’ὔ Ν 3 ’ ia ,
vids Πειριθόοιο, τὸν ἀθάνατος τέκετο Ζεύς,
, ε ‘\ , , Ν ε ’
τόν ῥ᾽ ὑπὸ Πειριθόῳ τέκετο κλυτὸς Ἱπποδάμεια
¥ lal 9 A ’ὔ
nate τῷ ὅτε φῆρας ἐτίσατο λαχνήεντας,
Ss Ν
τοὺς δ᾽ ἐκ Πηλίου ὦσε καὶ Αἰθίκεσσι πέλασσεν'᾽
> = σ a , »” ¥
οὐκ οἷος, ἅμα τῷ ye Λεοντεύς, ὄζος Apyos,
eX ε , , to
υἱὸς ὑπερθύμοιο Κορώνου Kauvetdao.
A “A ν
τοῖς δ᾽ ἅμα τεσσαράκοντα μέλαιναι νῆες ἕποντο.
‘ > Ν ¥ A
Γουνεὺς δ᾽ ἐκ Κύφου Hye δύω καὶ εἴκοσι νῆας"
~ > 2 A 7 ’ὔ ’ 4
τῷ δ᾽ ᾿Ενιῆνες ἕποντο μενεπτόλεμοί τε Περαιβοί,

750

755

760

765

770

775

SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD 49

ot περὶ Δωδώνην δυσχείμερον οἰκί᾽ ἔθεντο,

οἵ T ἀμφ᾽ ἱμερτὸν Τιταρήσιον ἔργα νέμοντο,

ν «> > Ν “9 A / 7

ὅς ῥ᾽ ἐς Πηνειὸν mpotet καλλίρροον ὕδωρ.

οὐδ᾽ ὅ γε Πηνειῷ συμμίσγεται ἀργυροδίνῃ,

> 4 4 4 > ’ Θὲ. 9 »

ἀλλά τέ μιν καθύπερθεν ἐπιρρέει ἠύτ᾽ ἔλαιον.

ὅρκου γὰρ δεινοῦ Στυγὸς ὕδατός ἐστιν ἀπορρώξ.
Μαγνήτων δ᾽ ἦρχε Πρόθοος, Τενθρηδόνος υἱός,

ot περὶ Πηνειὸν καὶ Πήλιον εἰνοσίφυλλον

ναΐεσκον: τῶν μὲν Πρόθοος θοὸς ἡγεμόνευεν,

τᾷ δ᾽ ἅμα τεσσαράκοντα μέλαιναι νῆες ἕποντο.

Yi)

Epilogue to the Catalogue of Achaean Forces.

e ἄρ ε , - A , >
οὗτοι ap ἡγεμόνες Δαναῶν καὶ κοίρανοι ἦσαν.
τίς T ἄρ τῶν OY ἄριστος ἔην, σύ μοι ἔννεπε, μοῦσα,
5 “~ ἠδ᾽ 9 ἃ ae Pe tS ν
αὕτων NO ἵππων, οἱ αμ Ατρεϊδῃσιν ἐποντο.
ν Ν | tae Ns μ᾿ ΄,
ἵπποι μὲν μέγ᾽ ἄρισται ἔσαν Φηρητιάδαο,
Ἀ > , ¥ , » ν
τὰς ᾿Εύμηλος ἔλαυνε ποδώκεας ὄρνιθας ὥς,
»” >7 4 8. δὰ “Ὁ 9527
οτριχας οἰέτεας, σταφύλῃ ἐπὶ νῶτον ἐΐσας"
τὰς ἐν Πηρείῃ θρέψ᾽ ἀργυρότοξος ᾿Απόλλων,
¥
ἄμφω θηλείας, φόβον “Apnos φορεούσας.
3 Se > ΟΣ . ¥ , ¥
ἀνδρῶν αὖ μέγ᾽ ἄριστος ἔην Τελαμώνιος Αἴας,
»” >” 12 Ἀ 4 ε Ν ‘ ’ >
opp ᾿Αχιλεὺς pyviev: ὃ yap πολὺ φέρτατος ἦεν,
ν > a / > 4 oh
ἵπποι θ᾽, ot φορέεσκον ἀμύμονα Πηλεΐωνα.
ἀλλ᾽ ὁ μὲν ἐν νήεσσι κορωνίσι ποντοπόροισιν
κεῖτ᾽ ἀπομηνίσας ᾿Αγαμέμνονι, ποιμένι λαῶν,
3 δ Ν Ν Ν ε A ,
Ατρεΐδῃ" λαοὶ δὲ παρὰ ῥηγμῖνι θαλάσσης
δίσκοισιν τέρποντο καὶ αἰγανέῃσιν ἱέντες
’ ’ > ν \ > ν e 7
τόξοισίν θ᾽. ἵπποι δὲ παρ᾽ ἅρμασιν οἷσιν ἕκαστος,
λωτὸν ἐρεπτόμενοι ἐλεόθρεπτόν τε σέλινον,
ἕστασαν: ἅρματα δ᾽ εὖ πεπυκασμένα κεῖτο ἀνάκτων
» ’ ε » > Ν > 4 ld
ἐν κλισίῃς. οἱ δ᾽ ἀρχὸν ἀρηΐφιλον ποθέοντες

785

790

795

800

805 |

oN OMHPOY IAIAAOS B

φοίτων ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα κατὰ στρατόν, οὐδ᾽ ἐμάχοντο.
οἱ δ᾽ ap ἴσαν, ws εἴ τε πυρὶ χθὼν πᾶσα νόοιο, |

BS sae δ᾽ ὑπεστενάχιζε Au ὡς τερπικερᾳ BVO » re

“χωομένῳ, ὅτε τὶ ἀμφὶ Τυφωέι γαῖαν ἱ ἄσσῃ τ

εἰν ᾿Αρίμοις, ὅθι φασὶ Τυφωέος ἔμμεναι εὐνάς.

ὡς ἄρα τῶν ὑπὸ ποσσὶ μέγα στεναχίζετο γαῖα

ἐρχομένων ° μάλα δ᾽ ὦκα διέπρησσον. (πεδίοιο.

Forces of the Trojans (786-877). Introduction.

“Tpwow δ᾽ ἀγγέλος ἦλθε ποδήνεμος ὠκέα Ἶρις
πὰρ Διὸς αἰγιδχοιό σὺν ἀγγελίῃ ἀλεγεινῇ
οἱ δ᾽ ἀγορὰς ἀγόρενον ἐπὶ Πριάμοιο θύρῃσιν
πάντες ὁμήγερέες, ἠμὲν νέοι ἠδὲ γέροντες;
ἀγχοῦ δ᾽ ἱσταμένη προσέφη πόδας ὠκέα Ἶρις:
εἴσατο δὲ φθογγὴν υἷι Πριάμοιο Tohérp,
ὃς Τρώων. σκοπὸς tLe, ποδωκείῃσι. πεποιθώς,
τύμβῳ ἐπ᾽ ἀκροτάτῳ, Αἰσνήταο͵ γέροντος, ity ah
δέγμενος ὁππότε ναῦφιν ἀφορμηθεῖεν ᾿Αχαιοί.
τῷ μιν ἐεισαμένη προσέφη πόδας ὠκέα Ἴρις"

“ὦ γέρον, τανε τοι μῦθοι φίλοι ἄκριτοι εἰσίν, Στ
ὥς ποτ᾽ ἐπ᾽ εἰρήνης" πόλεμος δ᾽ ἀλίαστος ὄρωρεν:
ἢ μὲν δὴ dha πολλὰ) μάχας ξἰσήλνθον ἀνδρῶν,
ἀλλ᾽ od πω Τοϊόνδε τοσόνδε τε λαὸν ὄπωπα" OP a
Ne yap φύλλοισιν ἐοικότες ἢ ψαμάθοισιν
ἔρχονται πεδίοιο μαχησόμενοι. προτὶ ἄστυ.
Ἕκτορ, σοὶ δὲ μάλιστ᾽ ἐπιτέλλομαι ὧδέ » γε ῥέξαι.
πολλοὶ γὰρ κατὰ ἄστυ μέγα Πριάμου ἐπίκουροι,
ἄλλη δ᾽ ἄλχων γλῶσσα πολυσπερέων ἀνθρώπων.
τοῖσιν ἕκαστος ἀνὴρ σημαινέτω, οἷσί περ ἄρχει."
τῶν δ᾽ ἐξηγείσθω, Κοσμησάμενος πολιήτας." rf duc

᾿ ὡς ἔφαθ᾽, Ἕκτωρ δ᾽ ov τι θεᾶς ἔπος ἠγνοίησεν,

Ἰώ ᾿

Ι-

SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD 51

αἶψα δ᾽ ἔλυσ᾽ ἀγορήν. ἐπὶ τεύχεα δ᾽ ἐσσεύοντο.
πᾶσαι δ᾽ ᾿ὠϊΐγψυντο πύλαι, ἐκ δ᾽ ἔσσυτο λαός,
810 πεζοί θ᾽ ἱππῆές τε- πολὺς δ᾽ ὀρυμαγδὸς ὀρώρειν.
ἔστι δέ τις προπάροιθε πόλιος ἀϊπέια κολώνη,
ἐν πεδίῳ ἀπάνευθε, περίδρομος ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα,
(τὴν ἢ ἢ τοι ἄνδρες Βατίειαν κικλήσκουσιν,)
(ἀθάνατοι δέ τε σῆμα πολυσκάρθμοιο Μυρίνης-

᾿ 81 ἔνθα τότε Τρῶές τε διέκριθεν ἠδ᾽ ἐπίκουροι.

.-«--

The Trojans and their Allies (816-877).

Τρωσὶ μὲν ἡγεμόνευε μέγας κορυθαίολος Ἕκτωρ,
Πριαμίδης: ἅμα τῷ γε πολὺ πλεῖστοι καὶ ἄριστοι
λαοὶ θωρήσσοντο, μεμαότες ἐγχείῃσιν.

Δαρδανίων αὖτ᾽ ἦρχεν ἐὺς πάις ᾿Αγχίσαο,

820 Αἰνείας, τὸν ὑπ᾽ ᾿Αγχίσῃ τέκε δι᾽ ᾿Αφροδίτη,
Ἴδης ἐν κνημοῖσι θεὰ βροτῷ εὐνηθεῖσα,
οὐκ οἷος, ἅμα τῷ γε δύω ᾿Αντήνορος υἷε,

᾿Αρχέλοχός T ᾿Ακάμας τε, μάχης ἐὺ εἰδότε πάσης.

ot δὲ Ζέλειαν ἔναιον ὑπαὶ πόδα νείατον Ἴδης,
825 ἀφνειοί, πίνοντες ὕδωρ μέλαν Αἰσήποιο,
Τρῶες, τῶν αὖτ᾽ ἦρχε Λυκάονος ἀγλαὸς υἱός,
Πάνδαρος, ᾧ καὶ τόξον ᾿Απόλλων αὐτὸς ἔδωκεν.
ot δ᾽ ᾿Αδρήστειάν τ᾽ εἶχον καὶ δῆμον ᾿Απαισοῦ,
Ἀ ’ ¥ \ 4 »” > 4
καὶ Ilirverav ἔχον καὶ Τηρείης opos αἰπύ,
880 τῶν ἦρχ᾽ ᾿Αδρηστός τε καὶ Αμφιος λινοθώρηξ,
Φ' , ,ὕ ’, ἃ A 4
vie δύω Μέροπος Ilepkwatov, os περὶ πάντων
ἤδεε μαντοσύνας, οὐδὲ οὖς παῖδας ἔασκεν
’ > / , \ / ε ¥
στείχειν ἐς πόλεμον φθισήνορα. τὼ δέ οἱ ov τι
πειθέσθην - κῆρες γὰρ ἄγον μέλανος θανάτοιο.
835 οἷ δ᾽ ἄρα Περκώτην καὶ Πράκτιον ἀμφενέμοντο
καὶ Σηστὸν καὶ “ABvbov ἔχον καὶ diay ᾿Αρίσβην,

᾿

--“ο“......»ὕϑὄἅν.ὕΧ9.5-- ὅὌὕὖὦἢ“-“ν............ ...

52

840

845

850

855

860

865

OMHPOY IAIAAOS B

τῶν αὖθ᾽ Ὑρτακίδης ἦρχ᾽ “Acs, ὄρχαμος ἀνδρῶν,

“Actos Ὑρτακίδης, ὃν ᾿Αρίσβηθεν φέρον ἵπποι,

αἴθωνες μεγάλοι, ποταμοῦ ἄπο Σελλήεντος.
Ἱππόθοος δ᾽ aye φῦλα HOSEN ἐγχεσιμώρων,
τῶν οἵ Λάρισαν ἐριβώλακα ναιετάασκον.
τῶν ἦρχ᾽ Ἱππόθοός τε Πύλαιός τ᾽ ὄζος “Apyos,
υἷε δύω Λήθοιο Πελασγοῦ Τευταμίδαο.
αὐτὰρ Θρήικας yy ᾿Ακάμας καὶ Πείροος ἥρως,
ὅσσους Ἑλλήσποντος ἀγάρροος ἐντὸς ἐέργει.
Εὔφημος δ᾽ ἀρχὸς Κικόνων ἣν αἰχμητάων,
υἱὸς Τροιζήνοιο διοτρεφέος Κεάδαο.
αὐτὰρ Πυραίχμης ἄγε Παίονας ἀγκυλοτόξους
τηλόθεν ἐξ ᾿Αμυδῶνος, ἀπ᾽ ᾿Αξιοῦ εὐρὺ ῥέοντος,
᾿Αξιοῦ, οὗ κάλλιστον ὕδωρ ἐπικίδναται αἷαν.
Παφλαγόνων δ᾽ ἡγεῖτο Πυλαιμένεος λάσιον κῆρ
ἐξ "Ἐνετῶν, ὅθεν ἡμιόνων γένος ἀγροτεράων,
οἵ ῥα Κύτωρον ἔχον καὶ Σήσαμον ἀμφενέμοντο
ἀμφί τε Παρθένιον ποταμὸν κλυτὰ δώματ᾽ ἔναιον,
Κρῶμνάν τ᾽ Αἰγιαλόν τε καὶ ὑψηλοὺς ᾿Ἐρυθίνους.
αὐτὰρ ᾿Αλιζώνων ᾿Οδίος καὶ ᾿Επίστροφος ἦρχον
τηλόθεν ἐξ ᾿Αλύβης, ὅθεν ἀργύρου ἐστὶ γενέθλη.
Μυσῶν δὲ Χρόμις ἦρχε καὶ Ἔννομος οἰωνιστής.
ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ οἰωνοῖσιν ἐρύσσατο κῆρα μέλαιναν,
ἀλλ᾽ ἐδάμη ὑπὸ χερσὶ ποδώκεος Αἰακίδαο
ἐν ποταμῷ, ὅθι περ Τρῶας κεράιζε καὶ adXovs.
Φόρκυς αὖ Φρύγας ἢγε καὶ ᾿Ασκάνιος θεοειδὴς
mr ἐξ ᾿Ασκανίης- μέμασαν δ᾽ ὑσμῖνι μάχεσθαι.
Μήοσιν αὖ Μέσθλης τε καὶ ᾿Αντιφος ἡγησάσθην,
υἷε Ταλαιμένεος, τὼ Τυγαίη τέκε λίμνη,
ot καὶ Μήονας ἦγον ὑπὸ Tudo γεγαῶτας.
Νάστης αὖ Καρῶν ἡγήσατο βαρβαροφώνων,

870

875

SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD 53

ot Μίλητον ἔχον Φθιρῶν τ᾽ ὄρος ἀκριτόφυλλον

Μαιάνδρου τε ῥοὰς Μυκάλης τ᾽ αἰπεινὰ κάρηνα.

τῶν μὲν ap ᾿Αμφίμαχος καὶ Νάστης ἡγησάσθην,

Νάστης ᾿Αμφίμαχός τε, Νομίονος ἀγλαὰ τέκνα,

ὃς καὶ χρυσὸν ἔχων πολεμόνδ᾽ ἴεν ἠύτε κούρη,

νήπιος, οὐδέ τί οἱ τό γ᾽ ἐπήρκεσε λυγρὸν ὄλεθρον,

ἀλλ᾽ ἐδάμη ὑπὸ χερσὶ ποδώκεος Αἰακίδαο

ἐν ποταμῷ, χρυσὸν δ᾽ ᾿Αχιλεὺς ἐκόμισσε δαΐφρων.
Σαρπηδὼν δ᾽ ἦρχεν Λυκίων καὶ Γλαῦκος ἀμύμων

τηλόθεν ἐκ Λυκίης, Ἐάνθου ἄπο δινήεντος.

OMHPOT IAIAAO® PT

Γάμμα δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἀμφ᾽ Ἑλένης ofow μόθος ἐστὶν ἀκοίταιν.
Θ΄αηλιηῖα ---- sua pugnat pro coniuge uterque maritus.

‘Gamma the single fight doth sing
*Twixt Paris and the Spartan king.’

ἢ , \

ὄρκοι. τειχοσκοπία. Πάριδος καὶ Μενελάου
μονομαχία.
Both Armies advance.

αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ κόσμηθεν dpe ἡγεμόνεσσιν ἕκαστοι,
Lpdes jer (κλαγγῇ τ᾽ ἐνοπῇ τὴ ἴ ἴσαν ὄρνιθες (ὡς)
ue ae κλαγγὴ γεράνων πέλει οὐρανόθι πρό, r
αἵ τ᾽ ἐπεὶ οὖν χεϊμῶνα φύγον καὶ ἀθέσφατον ὄμβρον,
5 ᾿κλαγγῇ. Tai γε πέτονται ἐπ᾽ ᾿Ωκεανοῖο ῥοάων, “ :
ἀνδράσι Πυγμαίοισί φόνον καὶ κῆρα φέρουσαι:
pi δ᾽ ἄρα ταί γε͵ κακὴν ἔριδα “προφέρονται:
| pe
Qu ap ἴσαν σιγῇ μένεα πνείοντες ᾿Αχαιοί,
ἐν θυμῷ μεμαῶτες ἀλεξέμεν ἀλλ ket Oa
10: er ὄρεος κορυφῇσι Νότος κατέχευεν ὀμέχ ,
ποιμέσιν ov τι φίλην, κλέπτῃ δέ τε νυκτὸς ἀμείνω"
’ , > oN 4 4 > aa! A ν
τόσσον τίς τ ἐπὶ λεύσσει, ὅσον T ἐπὶ λᾶαν inow:
ἃ ¥ A δι 4 \ 7 . ¥ S73 Venn
ὡς) apa τῶν ὑπὸ ποσσὶ κονίσαλος wpvuT ἀελλὴς
ἐρχομένων: μάλα δ᾽ ὦκα διέπρησσον πεδίοιο.
Paris stands forth as Champion for the Trojans, but withdraws
at Sight of Menelaus.
16 οἱ δ᾽ ore δὴ σχεδὸν ἦσαν ἐπ᾽ ἀλλήλοισιν ἰόντες,

Τρωσὶν μὲν προμάχιζεν ᾿Αλέξανδρος θεοειδής,
δά

Bid weer, |

a

95”

80

35

40

45

THIRD BOOK OF THE ILIAD 55

παρδαλέην ὦμοισιν SX καὶ καμπύλα τόξα

καὶ ξίφος, αὐτὰρ δοῦρε δύω κεκόρυθμένα χαλκῷ
πάλλων ᾿Αργείων προκαλίζετο πάντας ἀρίστους

ἀντίβιον μαχέσασθαι ἐν αἰνῇ δηιοτῆτι.

τὸν δ᾽ ὡς οὖν ἐνόησεν ἀρηΐφιλος Μενέλαος

ἐρχόμενον. “προπάροιθεν ὁμίλου μακρὰ βιβάντα,

@s) re λέων ἐχάρη μεγάλῳ ἐπὶ σώματι κύρσας,

εὑρὼν ἢ ἔχαφον Κεραὸν ἢ ἄγριον αἶγα;

πεινάων᾽ μάλα γάρ τε κατεσθίει, εἴ περ av αὐτὸν

σεύωνται ταχέες τε κύνες θαλεροί τ᾽ αἰζηοί:

ὡς ἐχάρη Μενέλαος ᾿Αλέξανδρον θεοειδέα

ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ἰδών; Pare γὰρ τίσασθαι ἀλείτην.

αὐτίκα δ᾽ ἐξ ὁ ὀχέων, σὺν τεύχεσιν ἄλτο χαμᾶζε.
τὸν δ᾽ ὡς οὖν ἐνόησεν ᾿Αλέξανδρος θεδειδὴξ

ἐν προμάχοισι φανέντα, κατεπλήγη φίλον ἦτορ,

ay) δ᾽ ἑτάρων εἰς ἔθνος ἐχάζεῖο, κῆρ᾽ ἀλεείνων. |

ws δ᾽ ὅτε τίς τε δράκοντα ὌΝ παλίνορσος ἀπέστη Ἶ

οὔρεος ἐν βήσσῃς, ὑπό τε Τρόμος ἔλλαβε." γνια,

ἀψ δ᾽ ἀνεχώρησεν, ὥζρός͵ τέ μιν εἷλε παρειάς,

ὡς αὖτις καθ᾽ ὅμιλον ἔδυ Τρώων ἀγερώχων

δείσας ᾿Ατρέος υἱὸν ᾿Αλέξανδρος θεοειδής.

Hector rebukes Paris for Cowardice.

τὸν δ᾽ Ἕκτωρ γεῖκε coe ἰδὼν, (αἰσχροῖς ἐπέεσσιν"

ns Δύσπαρι, εἶδος ἄριστε, γυναιμανές, ἠπεροπευτά,
αἴθ᾽ ὄφελες ἄγονός τ᾽ ἕμεναι ἄγαμός T ἀπολέσθαι"
καί κε τὸ ἐβουλοίμην, καί κεν πολὺ κέρδιον ἦεν,

ἢ οὕτω λώβην τ᾽ ἔμεναι καὶ ὑπόψιον ἄλλων.

ἢ που καγχαάχόωσι κάρη κομόωντες ᾿Αχαιοί,

ca

υἱὲ Κ ~ ~ 9
φάντες ἀριστῆα πρόμον ἔμμεναι, οὕνεκα καλὸν

εἶδος ἔπ᾽, ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἔστι βίη φρεσὶν οὐδέ τις ἀλκή.

56

50

55

60

tia (=

OMHPOY IAIAAOS TL

n τοιόσδε ἐὼν ἐν ποντοπόροισι, νέεσσιν
πόντον ἐπιπλώσας, ἑτάρους ἐρίηρας ἀγείρας, placer
μιχθεὶς ἐγ ἐς τε our: “γυναῖκ᾽ ἐυειδέ᾽ ἀνῆγες᾽ ,

ἐξ ἀπίης γαίης, νυὸν ἀνδρῶν αἰχμητάων,
πατρί τε σῷ μέγα πῆμα πόληί τε παντί τε δήμῳ,
δυσμενέσιν μὲν χάρμα, δ δὲ σοὶ αὐτῷ;

οὐκ ἂν δὴ μείψειας ἀρψσδαν Μενέλαον ; At
γνοΐης χ᾽, οἵου φωτὸς ἔχεις. θαλερὴν παράκοιτιν.
οὐκ ἄν τοι χραίσμῃ iO cpus τά τε Sap ᾿Αφροδίτης,
ἦ τε κόμη τό τε εἶδος, ὅτ᾽ ἐν Κανίῃσι μιγείης.
ἀλλὰ μᾷλα “Τρῶες δειδήμονες: ἣ τέ κεν ἤδη ΕΣ

λάινον ἔσσο χιτῶνα, κακῶν ἕνεχ᾽, ὅσσα ἔοργας."
Paris offers to meet Menelaus in Single Combat, to decide the Issue
of the War.

τὸν δ᾽ αὖτε ὡροσέειπεν ᾿Αλέξανδρος Δεο ιὀψει,

pa S|

αἰεί TOL κραδίη πέλεκυς ὦ (ὡς ἐστιν ἀτειρής, 7 ]
ὅς 7 εἶσιν διὰ δουρὸς ὑπ᾽ ἀνέρος, Os ῥά τε σέχνῃ)

᾿ γήιον ἐκτάμνῃσιν, ὀφέλλει δ᾽ ἀνδρὸς ἐρωήν-᾿

65

70

ὥς) σοὶ ἐνὶ στήβεσίσω ἀτάρβητος νόος ἐστίν.
μή μοι δῶρ᾽, spare. πρόφερε χρυσέης ᾿Αφροδίτης᾽
οὔ τοι ἀπόβλητ' ἐστὶ θεῶν ἐρικυδέα δῶρα, |
ὅσσα Kev αὐτοὶ δῶσιν, ἑκὼν δ᾽ οὐκ ἄν τις ἕλοιτο.
νῦν αὖτ᾽, εἴ μ᾽ ἐθέλεις πολεμίζειν ἠδὲ μάχεσθαι,

+ . [tes a \ , ? ,
ἄλλους μὲν κάθισον Τρῶας καὶ πάντας ᾿Αχαιούς,

9 Ν ¥y > > ’ὔ Ν > ’ὔ l4
αὐτὰρ ἔμ᾽ ἐν μέσσῳ Kal ἀρηΐφιλον Μενέλαον
συμβάλετ᾽, ἀμφ᾽ Ἑλένῃ καὶ κτήμασι πᾶσι μάχεσθαι.
ὁππότερος δέ κε νικήσῃ κρείσσων τε γένηται,
κτήμαθ᾽ ἑλὼν ἐὺ πάντα γυναῖκά TE οἴκαδ᾽ ἀγέσθω:
ε > ¥ , εἶ ν Ν ’
οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι φιλότητα καὶ ὅρκια πιστὰ ταμόντες

vi Cyr wtary

THIRD BOOK OF THE ILIAD 57.

7
1 by dal

“ναίοιτε Τροίην ἐριβώλακα, τοὶ δὲ νεέσθων
”Apyos és ἱππόβοτον καὶ ᾿Αχαιίδα καλλιγύναικα."

Hector makes known the Proposition of Paris.

Wiad
ὡς ebal’, Ἕκτωρ δ᾽ αὖτ᾽ ἐχάρη μέγα μῦθον ἀκούσας͵
’, ε» > 4 > \ 4 r > ’ /
Kat p ἐς μέσσον ἰὼν Τρώων ἀνέεργε SOY PARES
μέσσου δουρὸς ἑλών. τοὶ δ᾽ ἱδρύνθησαν ἅπαντες.
Ζεῦ»
τῷ δ᾽ ἐπετοξάζοντο κάρη κομόωντες ᾿Αχαιοί,
ἰοῖσίν τε τιτυσκόμενοι λάεσσί τ᾿ ἔβαλλον.
αὐτὰρ ὁ μακρὸν ἀύσεν ᾿ἀἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾿Αγαμέμνων

“«ἴσχεσθ᾽, ᾿Αργεῖοι, μὴ βάλλετε, κοῦροι ᾿Αχαιῶν.

: > aE yap τι ἔπος ἐρέειν κορυθαίολος Ἕκτωρ."

86 ee

95

100

ὡς ἐφαθ', οἱ δ᾽ ἔσχοντο μάχης ἀνεῴ τε “γένοντο
ἀρήμοῤϑη" Ἕκτωρ δὲ per’ ἀμφοτέροισιν ἔειπεν"

“ κέκλυτέ 'μευ, Τρῶες καὶ ἐυκνήμιδες ᾿Αχαιοί,
μῦθον ᾿Αλεξάνδροιο, τοῦ εἵνεκα. νεῖκος ὄρωρεν.
ἄλλους μὲν κέλεται Τρϑας καὶ πάντας ᾿Αχαιοὺς

“τεύχεα Kan ἀποθέσθαι ἐπὶ χθονὶ πουλυβοτείρῃ,

αὐτὸν δ᾽ ἐν μέσσῳ καὶ ἀρηίφιλον Μενέλαον

ν > 2G ’ Ν , “A 4

otovs aud Ἑλένῃ καὶ κτήμασι πᾶσι μάχεσθαι.
ὁππότερος δέ κε νικήσῃ κρείσσων τε γένηται,

, εν αὖ. 3 na s+ 3 ΠᾺΡ ΚΑΤ.
κτήμαθ᾽ ἑλὼν ἐὺ πάντα γυναῖκά τε οἴκαδ᾽ ἀγέσθω.
ε > ¥ / \ 9 Ν , ; 3)

οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι φιλότητα καὶ ὅρκια πιστὰ τάμωμεν.

Menelaus accepts the Challenge.

a ¥ > ε > » , dy te 2 an
ὡς ἔφαθ᾽, οἱ δ᾽ dpa πάντες ἀκὴν ἐγένοντο σιωπῇ.
a \ v , Ν > Ν ,

τοῖσι δὲ Kal μετέειπε βοὴν ἀγαθὸς Μενέλαος -

“ κέκλυτε νῦν καὶ ἐμεῖο: μάλιστα. γὰρ ἄλγος ἱκάνει

θυμὸν ἐμόν: φρονέω δὲ διακῥινθήμεναι ἤδη

> , ‘\ “A > \ Ν Ἁ 4

Αργείους καὶ Τρῶας, ἐπεὶ κακὰ πολλὰ πέποσθε

εἵνεκ᾽ ἐμῆς ἔριδος καὶ ᾿Αλεξάνδρου ἕνεκ᾽ ἀρχῆς.

58

105

110

115

120

125°

OMHPOY IAIAAOS T

ἡμέων δ᾽ ὁπποτέρῳ θάνατος καὶ μοῖρα τέτυκται,
τεθναίη. ἄλλοι, δὲ διακρινθεῖτε Τάχιστα.
οἴσετε δ᾽ apy’, ἕτερον λευκὸν ἑτέρην δὲ μέλαιναν,
γῇ τε καὶ ἠελίῳ: Aut δ᾽ ἡμεῖς οἴσομεν ἄλλον.
ἄξετε δὲ Πριάμοιο βην, ὄφρ᾽ ὅρκια. τάμνῃ
αὐτός, ἐπεί οἱ παῖδες ὑπερφίαλοι καὶ ἄπιστοι, |
μή τις ὑπεέρβασίῃ Διὸς ὅρκια δηλήσηται. 3
αἰεὶ δ᾽ ὁπλότέρων͵ ἀνδρῶν φρένες ἠερέθονται-
οἷς δ᾽ ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν, ἅμα πρόσσω καὶ ὀπίσσω
λεύσσει, ὅπως OX ἀριστὰ per ἀμφοτέροισι ἐνηται."
ὡς ἐφαθ᾽, ot δ᾽ ἐχώρησον. ᾿Αχαιοί τε (Ὡς TE,

ἐχπόμενρι παύσασθαι, διζυῤροῦ͵ πολέμοιο.

Kal ῥ᾽ ἵππους μὲν" ἔρυξαν ἐ ἐπὶ στίχας, ἐκ δ᾽ ἔβαν αὐτοὶ /
τεύχεά T ἐξέδύοντο. τὰ μὲν κατέθεντ᾽ ἐπὶ γαΐῃ
πλησίον ἀλλύκωνις ὀλίγη δ᾽ ἣν ἀμφὶς ἄρουρα:
Ἕκτωρ δὲ προτὶ ἄστυ δύω. κήρυκας ἔπεμπεν,
κἀρπαλίμως ἄρνας τε φέρειν Πρίαμόν τε καλέσσαι.
αὐτὰρ ὁ Ταλθύβιον προΐει κρείων ᾿Αγαμέμνων

νῆας ἔπι γλαφυρὰς ἰένᾳι, ἠδ᾽ ἄρνα κέλευεν μ
οἰσέμεναι: ὁ δ᾽ ap οὐκ ἀπίθησ᾽ ᾿Αγαμέμνονι δίῳ.

The View from the Walls. Helen names to Priam the Achaean
Leaders (121-244). Helen goes to the Tower by the
Scaean Gate.

Ἶρις δ᾽ αὖθ᾽ Ἑλένῃ λευκωλένῳ ἄγγελος ἦλθεν,

5 7 4 > / ’ὔ
εἰδομένη γαλόῳ, ᾿Αντηνορίδαο δάμαρτι,

Ν > 4 iy 4 ε 4 Ν
τὴν ᾿Αντηνορίδης εἶχε κρείων Ἕλικάων;
Λαυδίκηνῃ Πριάμοιο θυγατρῶν, εἶδος ἀρίστην. ΝΣ
τὴν δ᾽ εὗρ᾽ ἐν μεγάρῳ: ἡ δὲ μέγαν ἱστὸν ὕφαινεν,
δαμὰ ποῤφυρέην, πολέας δ᾽ ἐνέπασσεν ἀέθλους
Τρώων θ᾽ ἱπποδάμων καὶ ᾿Αχαιῶν χαλκοχιτώνων,

ἊΣ ANS MSM MXN \X MQM AM A AAS

zaridiys 29 you8g sed ‘yzembizu py .7 SuBP 74,7 AP 24210482 }] WOT
NOILVYOLS3SY ‘SOV1IVd DIYSWOH

. Gar ee evs MN es ΜΠΗ͂Ι i
SaaS . . RS Ὧ Ae ἽΝ tested ree é 6
I= . p, anes RES ᾿ aly VAAN : 8 eral 4 4 th nt ‘ : ; | κα
Σὰν 7} wes i ἤχῳ: Ἣν f lea CREED Sanit " 10, ML | | 4
- ----- Beinn | Ui il ἬΝ 611 MD ; th | :
ΤΠ Mi - ale: HON |
aaa nme ταν ἢ ἢ | eel TTF
' nite J ;
' nul ῬΗ͂Ι , Ἷ :
3) site |
i Se ἢ ΠΗ:
| @ Jui | Ohad Ϊ ' !
| π᾿ i {πὶ }} ;
j 4 Tint ἢ ΒΙΉΜΗΝΙ Slat ἹΠῚΠῚΠΠῚ Ι ] Ἢ ἐπ Ϊ 3 =
1] Γ Ul EM ΠῚ j {Ὁ rE [2 {5} TUL ΠῚ ΣΠΊΤΙΝ εἰ TMT s =
I 10) |) i ΠῚ Πα ΠῚ | ᾿ς RS τ Ὁ 45}}}} ] =
te ἢ aL aS | sas ‘mm J les) | mf
ee vette resis, We Ν᾿ Luray urea: H i 1 : Ἱ
TCT k {ΠῚ ἢ | ἐδ jos ΤῊΝ ia τ Ἷ " Hit :
τ πτπέτοτε τ πο ἢ : Ι ἱ ] Σ ;
_ es 5 5 Hi ᾿ ite TUN: maT male set or = -Ξ ΞΕ
OY | MU TLD TD | EE | TO TLE ETT ΠῚ TO
ΠῚ

tthe

ra
i

ἣ *,
ee

Fiat

THIRD BOOK OF THE ILIAD 59

Sey aa Ee ν é e > ¥ / ὑὸς
οὕς ἔθεν εἵνεκ᾽ ἔπασχον ὑπ᾽ “Apnos παλαμάων.
ἀγχοῦ δ᾽ ἱσταμένη προσέφη πόδας ὠκέα Ἶρις:

180 “ δεῦρ᾽ ἴθι, νύμφα φίλη, ἵνα θέσκελα ἔργα ἴδηαι
Τρώων θ᾽ ἱπποδάμων καὶ ᾿Αχαιῶν χαλκοχιτώνων.

- ot πρὶν ἐπ᾽ ἀλλήλοισι φέρον πολύδακρυν “Apna
ἐν πεδίῳ, (ὀλοοῖο λιλαιόμενοι πολέμοιο,
οἱ δὴ νῦν ἕαται σιγῇ, (πόλεμος δὲ πέπαυται».

135 ἀσπίσι nekkingvor, ἢ παρὰ δ᾽ ἔγχεα μακρὰ πέπηγεν.
αὐτὰρ ᾿Αλέξανδρος καὶ ἀρηΐφιλος, Μενέλαος
μακρῇς ἐγχείῃσι μαχήσονται περὶ σεῖο"
τῷ δέ κε νικήσαντι φίλη κεκλήσῃ ἄκοιτις.᾽

ὡς εἰποῦσα θεὰ γλυκὺν ἵμερον ἔμβαλε ΝΣ

140 ἀνδρός τε προτέροιο καὶ ἄστεος ἠδὲ τοκήων.

αὐτίκα δ᾽ ἀργεννῇσι καλυψαμένη ὀθόνῃσιν

Υ ὡρμ oT ἐκ θαλάμοιο; τέρεν κατὰ δάκρυ χέουσα,

οὐκ οἴη, ἅμα τῇ γε καὶ ἀμφίπολοι δύ᾽ ἕποντο,"

Αἴθρη, Πιτθῆος θυγάτηρ, Κλυμένη τε βοῶπις.

146 αἶψα δ᾽ ἔπειθ᾽ ἵκανον ὅθι Σκαιαὶ πύλαι ἦσαν.

The Old Trojan Senators on the Tower.

ot δ᾽ ἀμφὶ Πρίαμον καὶ Πάνθοον ἠδὲ Θυμοίτην
Λάμπον τε Κλυτίον θ᾽ Ἱκετάονά Πὴν ὄζον "Apnos,
Οὐκαλέγων τε καὶ ᾿Αντήνωρ, ἠεπνυμένω ἄμφω,
εἵατο δημογέροντες ἐπὶ Σκαιῇσι πύλῃσιν,

150 (γήραϊ δὴ πολέμοιο πεπαυμένοι» ἀλλ᾽ ἀγορηταὶ
ἐσθλοί, τεττίγεσσιν ἐοικότες, οἵ τε καθ᾽ igo
δενδρέῳ εφεζόμενοι. ὅπα χειριόεσσαν ἱεῖσιν"
τοῖοι ἄρα Τρώων ἡγήτορες ihe ἐπὶ πύργφ.
οἱ, δ᾽ ὡς οὖν εἴδονθ᾽ “EXévny ἐπὶ πύργον ἰοῦσαν,

1δδ᾽ ἦκα πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἔπεα πτερόεντ᾽ ἀγόρευον.

“οὐ νέμεσις Τρῶας καὶ ἐυκνήμιδας ᾿Αχαιοῦξ

VV tA κί

“+

60

160

165

170

175

180

185

OMHPOY IATAAOS Ὁ

AQ? 9 Sat, N Me τ
τοιῇδ ἀμφὶ γυναικὶ πολὺν xpives ἄλγεα πάσχειν"
αἰνῶς ἀθανάτῃσι Bens εἰς ὦπα ἔοικεν.
ἀλλὰ καὶ as, τοίη περ ἐοῦσ᾽, ἐν νηυσὶ νεέσθω,

» ε Aw ͵7ὔ 4 5 9 , “A 4 39
pnd ἡμῖν τεκέεσσίΐ τ ὀπίσσω πῆμα λίποιτο.

Priam calls Helen, who names Agamemnon.

ὡς ap’ ἔφαν, Iplapos δ᾽ Ἑλένην ἐκαλέσσατο φωνῇ
“ δεῦρο πάροιθ. ἐλθοῦσα, φίλον τέκος, ἵζευ ἐμεῖο,

yer, be ΤΙΣΙ
ὀφρα ἴδῃ πρότερόν τε πόσιν, πηοῦς τε φίλους τε" --

οὔ τί μοι αἰτίη ἐσσί: θεοί νύ μοι αἴτιοΐ εἰσιν,
οἵ μοι ἐφώρμησαν πόλεμον πολύδακρυν ᾿Αχαιῶν᾽ —

et -
|

ὥς μου καὶ τόνδ᾽ ἄνδρα πελώριον ἐξονομήνῃς, ΞΟ \
ὅς ph ὅδ᾽ ἐστὶν “Ἀχαιὸς ἀνὴρ NUS TE preys TE.

ἢ τοι μὲν κεφαλῇ καὶ μείζονες ἄλλοι ἔασιν,

καλὸν δ᾽ οὕτω ἐγὼν ov πω ἴδον ὀφθαλ βοϊσιω,
οὐδ᾽ οὕτω γεβαρόν' βασιλῆι γὰρ ἀνδρὶ ἔοικε ἔοικεν.᾿
τὸν δ᾽ Pages μύθουσων ἀμείβετο, Sia γυναικῶν"
«αἰδοῖός τέ μοί ἐσσὶ, φίχε Exupé, δεινός TE:
ὡς ὀφελεν͵ θάνατός μοι ἁδεῖν κακός, ὁππότε δεῦρο
υἱέϊ σῷ ἑπόμην, θάλαμον γνωτούς τε͵ λιποῦσα
παῖδά τε Ῥηλυγέτην: καὶ ὁμηλικίην͵ ἐρατεινήν. tase
ἀλλὰ τά γ᾽ οὐκ Sonia’ TO καὶ κλαίουσα τ EST ata
τοῦτο δέ τοι ἐρέω, ὅ Ht dveipeat ἠδὲ petaddas >
οὗτός γ᾽ ᾿Ατρεΐδης εὐρὺ κρείων ᾿Αγαμέμϑων, 3a
ἀμφότερον, βάσιλεῦς T ἀγαθὸς Kparepos τ᾽ αἰχμήτής᾽
δαὴρ αὖτ᾽ ἐμὸς ἔσκε. κυνώπιδος, εἴ ποτ᾽ ἔην γε."
ὡς φάτο, τὸν δ᾽ ὁ γέρων ἠγάσσατο φώνησέν τε"
“ὦ μάκαρ ᾿Ατρεΐδη, μοιρηγενές, ὀλβιόδαιμὸν,
ἢ ῥά vd) τοι πολλοὶ δεδμήατὸ κοῦροι ᾿Αχαιῶν.

ῇ

ἤδη καὶ Φρυγίην εἰσήλυθον ἀμπελόεσσαν"
ἔνθα ἴδον πλείστους Φρύγας ἀνέρας, αἰολοπώλους,

ydeasojoyd Ἐ wooly

ΘΟΓ 40 STIVAA

— er

"αν aw uury Aq ‘Z6gr ‘poi AuAdo

= = Bas
PEN

ee δ da,
ole ait
: a

om Φ᾿ pal
ie
hs
ae ek Oe

RL ) Ι - 1 Ἐν

Ἄλλα ρου ρὲ ΄ι “9: iO . , CHCA | ψο 2 ς ἡ ων
a ray Pl } 7) Py tt a, al, ‘ S22 75 Oo - ἃς
) THIRD” ‘BOOK OF THE ILIAD ~ 61

i ‘Orpijos καὶ Μυγδόνος ἀντιθέοιο,
οἵ ῥα τότ᾽ ἐστρατόωντο παρ᾽ ὄχθας Σαγγαρίοιο.
καὶ γὰρ ἐγὼν ἐπίκουρος ἐὼν 'μετὰ τοῖσιν ἐλέχθην ἡ
(ἥματι τῷ ὅτε T ἦλθον ᾿Αμαζόνες ἀντιάνειραι-"

190 ἀλλ᾽ οὐδ᾽ οἱ τόσοι ἦσαν, ὅσοι ἑλίκωπες ᾿Αχαιοί."

Priam asks about Odysseus.

δεύτερον αὖτ᾽ ᾿Οδυσῆα ἰδὼν. ἐρέειν᾽ ὁ yepatds:
( ¥y > »” A , ὃ / ᾿ 4 9 5. > 4
eur aye μοι καὶ τόνδε, φίλον τέκος, ὅς τις ὅδ᾽ ἐστίυ,
μείων μὲν κεφαλῇ ᾿Αγαμέμνονος ᾿Ατρεΐδαο,
εὐρύτερος δ᾽ ὦμοισιν ἰδὲ στέρνοισιν ἰδέσθαι.
106 τεύχεα μέν ot κεῖται ἐπὶ χθονὶ πουλυβοτείρῃ,
ge~
αὐτὸς δὲ κτίλος ws, τ aieeras στίχας ἀνδρῶν.
ἀρνειῷ μιν ἐγώ γε ἐΐίσκω πηγεσιμάλλῳ,
9 9 spat? , ee , > , ”
ὅς T ὀίων μέγα Tav διέρχεται ἀργεννάων.
τὸν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειθ᾽ Ἑλένη, Διὸς ἐκγεγαυῖα"
200 “οὗτος δ᾽ αὖ Λαερτιάδης, πολύμητις ᾿Οδυσσεύς,
ὃς τράφη ἐν δήμῳ ᾿Ιθάκης κραναῆς περ ἐούσης,
εἰδὼς παντοίους τε ances καὶ μήδεα πυκνά." j>

Antenor tells his Recollections of Odysseus.

\ > o>? , . , > , ¥
τὴν δ᾽ αὖτ᾽ ᾿Αντήνωρ πεπνυμένος ἀντίον ηὔδα"
“ὦ γύναι, ἢ μάλα τοῦτο ἔπος νημερτὲς ἔειπες"
205 ἤδη γὰρ καὶ δεῦρό ποτ᾽ ἤλυθε δῖος ᾿Οδυσσεύς,
A 9 > > 4 ‘\ > ’ ’ὔ
σεῦ ἐνεκ ἀγγελίης, σὺν ἀρηιφίλῳ Μενελάῳ:
τοὺς δ᾽ ἐγὼ = nae καὶ ἐν μεγάροισι φίλησα,
ἀμφοτέρων δὲ φυὴν ἐδ any καὶ bien πυκνά.
ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ Τρώεσσιν ἐν ἀγρομένοισιν ἐμι ιχθεν,
210 στάντων μὲν Μενέλαος ὑπειρεχενὶ εὐρέας ὦμους,
5 ἄμφω δ᾽ ἑζομένω, γεραρώτερος ἣεν ᾿Οδυσσεύς.
- λλ᾽ σ Ν , ‘ ΄ fal Ψ
ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ μύθους καὶ μήδεα πᾶσιν ὕφαινον,

62 |

215

220

225

230

235

240

OMHPOY IATAAOS Γ

ἢ τοι μὲν Μενέλαος ἐπιτροχάδην ἀγόρενεν,

παῦρα μέν, ἀλλὰ μάλα, λιγέως, ἐπεὶ οὐ πολύμυθος,
οὐδ᾽ ἀφαμαρτοεπής, εἰ καὶ, γένει, ὕστερος HEV.

ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ πολύμητις ἀναΐξει ᾿Οδυσσεύς,
στάσκεν, ὑπαὶ δὲ ἴδεσκε κατὰ χθονὸς 6 ὄμματα πήξας
σκῆπτρον δ᾽ οὔτ᾽ ὀπίσω οὔτε πῤοπρηνὲς ἐνώμα,
ἀλλ᾽ ἀστεμφὲς ἔχεσκεν, ἀϊδρεῖ φωτὶ Aes

pains κε ζάκοτόν τέ τιν᾽ ἔμμεναι ἀφρονά. T αὕτως.
ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ ὄπα τε at si ἐκ στήθεος ein,

καὶ ἔπεα μιφάδεσσιν ἐοικότα χξιμερίῃσιν,

οὐκ ἂν ἔπειτ᾽ ᾿Οδυσῆί γ᾽ ἐρίσσεϊε βροτὸς ἄλλος

οὐ τότε γ᾽ ὧδ᾽ ᾿Οδυσῆος ἀγασσάμεθ᾽ εἶδος ἰδόντες."

Helen names Ajax and Idomeneus.

Ν 4 9 3 » 3 \ 3 ld > c /
τὸ τρίτον αὖτ᾽ Αἴαντα ἰδὼν ἐρέειν᾽ ὁ γεραιός:
“ 7 > ¥ » ΟΝ ¥ 3 \ δ᾽, 5.2 ,

Tis T ap 00 ἄλλος ᾿Αχαιὸς ἀνὴρ Hus TE μέγας TE
» > , ΄ ΚΤ eee” ee ”
ἔξοχος ᾿Αργείων κεφαλήν τε καὶ εὐρέας wpous;

Ν 248 , tid > ΄ A A
τὸν δ᾽ Ἑλένη τανύπεπλος ἀμείβετο, δῖα γυναικῶν.
δὲ)... Ὁ δ᾽ ¥ 3 5 Pate ΄ σ΄ “50 a

οὗτος Δίας ἐστὶ PRPS: ἔρκος seis
Ἰδομενεὺς δ᾽ ἑτέρωθεν ἐνὶ Κρήτεσσι θεὸς ὡς
ἕστηκ᾽, ἀμφὶ δέ μιν Κρητῶν ἀγοὶ ἠγερέθονται.
πολλάκι μιν ξείνισσεν ἀρηΐφιλος Μενέλαος

γ: 3 ε ΄, ᾿ fF Κ , θ ν
\OLK@ ἐν μέτεβρῳ, OTTOTE PNTHNVEV LKOLTO.

“νῦν δ᾽ ἄλλους μὲν πάντας ὁρῶ ἑλίκωπας ᾿Αχαιούς,
¥
οὕς κεν ἐὺ γνοίην Kat T οὔνομα μυθησαίμην'᾽
Ν > > 4 > ’ ’ὔ A

δοιὼ δ᾽ od δύναμαι ἰδέειν κοσμήτορε λαῶν,
Κάστορά θ᾽ ἱππόδαμον καὶ πὺξ ἀγαθὸν ἸΤολυδεύκεα,
αὐτοκασιγνήτω, τώ μοι μία γείνατο μήτηρ.
An: ΕΝ θ § ΄ 3... to
ἢ οὔχ' ἐσψεσθην Λακε αἰμονός ἐξ ἐῤατεινην,
ἢ δεύρω βὲν ἕποντο νέεσσ᾽ ἔνι ποντοπόροισιν,
νῦν αὖτ᾽ οὐκ ἐθέλουσι μάχην καταδύμεναι ἀνδρῶν,

ΣΝ... .᾿ ..

245

255

260

265

THIRD BOOK OF THE ILIAD 63

αἴσχεα δειδιότες καὶ ὀνείδεα πόλλ᾽, a μοι ἔστιν."

ὡς φάτο, τοὺς δ᾽ ἤδη κάτεχεν φυσίζοος ata
ἐν Λακεδαίμονι αὖθι, φίλῃ ἐν πατρίδι γαΐῃ.

Preparations for the Truce. Priam is summoned.

κήρυκες δ᾽ ava ἄστυ θεῶν φέρον ὄρκια. πιστά,

spre δύω. καὶ οἶνον ἐύφρονα, καῤπὸν ἀρούρης,"

ἀσκῷ ἐν αἰγείῳ- φέρε δὲ κρητῆρα φαεινὸν »
aout Ἰδαῖος ἠδὲ χρύσεια κύπελλα-
ὥτρυνεν δὲ γέροντα παριστάμενος ἐπέεσσιν.
(6 νΔίδ δ a εν »
ὄῤσέεο, Λαομεδοντιάδη, καλέουσιν ἄριστοι
, , ἧς 3 A ,
Τρώων θ᾽ ἱπποδάμων καὶ ᾿Αχαιῶν χαλκοχιτώνων
ἐς πεδίον καταβῆναι, ἵν᾽ ὅρκια πιστὰ τάμητε.
αὐτὰρ ᾿Αλέξανδρος καὶ ἀρηΐφιλος Μενέλαος
μακρῇς ἐγχείῃσι μαχήσοντ᾽ ἀμφὶ γυναικί: Lu ἃ
τῷ δέ κε νικήσαντι γυνὴ καὶ κτήμαθ᾽ ἕποιτο"
ε > ¥ / ‘\ 9 Ν /
οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι φιλότητα Kal ὅρκια πιστὰ ταμόντες
’ ’ 3 4 Ν A ’,
ναίοιμεν Τροίην ἐριβώλακα, τοὶ δὲ νέονται

“Apyos ἐς ἱππόβοτον καὶ ᾿Αχαιίδα καλλιγύναικα."

πα 93 descends to the Field of Action.

uf

ὡς φάτο, ῥίγησεν δ᾽ ὁ γέρων, ἐκέλευσε δ᾽ ἑταίροις
ἵππους ζευγϑνύμεναι. τοὶ δ᾽ ὀτραλέως ἐπίθοντο.
ἂν δ᾽ ap’ ἔβη Πρίαμος, κατὰ δ᾽ ἡνία τεῖνεν ὀπίσσω.
πὰρ δέ οἱ ᾿Αντήνωρ περικαλλέα βήσετο δίφρον.

Ν \ Ν A ΄, μῳ βου ν
τὼ "δὲ διὰ Σκαιῶν πεδίονδ ἔχον ὠκέας ἵππους.
%)\> 9 , oy \ A ye ,
ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δή ῥ᾽ ἵκοντο μετὰ Τρῶας καὶ ᾿Αχαιούς,
> 9 > 4 > =% ’ ’
ἐξ ἵππων ἀποβάντες ἐπὶ χθόνα πουλυβότειραν
ἐς μέσσον Τρώων καὶ ᾿Αχαιῶν ἐστιχόωντο.
» > _ ee Se ¥ ¥ > “ > la
@pvuto δ᾽ αὐτίκ᾽ ἔπειτα ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾽Αγαμέμνων.
wn Set ‘ 4 > ‘ / > 4
ἄν δ᾽ ᾿δυσεὺς πολύμητις: ἀτὰρ κήρυκες ἀγαυοὶ

64 OMHPOY IAIAAOS Γ

ὅρκια πιστὰ θεῶν σύναγον, κρητῆρι δὲ οἶνον
270 μῖσγον, ἀτὰρ βασιλεῦσιν ὕδωρ ἐπὶ χεῖρας ἔχευαν.

The Sacrifice and the Prayer.

ἐΑτρεΐδης δὲ ἐρυσσάμενος χείρεσσι μάχαιραν,
τ οἱ πὰρ ξίφεος μέγα κουλεὸν αἰὲν ἀωρτὸς
ἀρνῶν ἐκ κεφαλέων τάμνε τρίχας: αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα
κήρυκες Τρώων καὶ ᾿Αχαιῶν νεῖμαν ἀρίστοις. “΄

A > > ΝΑ 4\ 3 + A 5 4

275 τοῖσιν ὃ Ατρεΐδης μεγάλ᾽ εὔχετο, χεῖρας ἀνασχών'
“Ζεῦ πάτερ, Ἴδηθεν μεδέων, κύδιστε μέγιστε,
5 7 ’ 3 a 4 > 5 “~ Ν ’ 3 3 4
ἠέλιός θ᾽, ὃς πάντ᾽ ἐφορᾷς καὶ πάντ᾽ ἐπακούεις,
καὶ ποταμοὶ καὶ γαῖα, καὶ οἱ ὑπένερθε καμόνταςἩ
ἀνθρώπους τίνυσθον, ὅτις κ᾽ ἐπίορκον ὀμόσσῃ, ἡ
280 ὑμεῖς μάρτυροι ἔστε, φυλάσσετε δ᾽ ὅρκια πιστά.
εἰ μέν κεν Μενέλαον ᾿Αλέξανδρος καταπέφνῃ,

> Ν » > ε ᾽ὔὕ 5 ta Ν ’ ’ὔὕ
αὐτὸς ἔπειθ᾽ Ἑλένην ἐχέτω καὶ κτήματα πάντα,
ἡμεῖς δ᾽ ἐν νήεσσι νεώμεθα ποντοπόροισιν᾽
εἰ δέ κ᾽ ᾿Αλέξανδρον κτείνῃ ξανθὸς Μενέλαος,

285 Τρῶας ἔπειθ᾽ Ἑλένην καὶ κτήματα πάντ᾽ ἀποδοῦναι,

\ » 9 , » Py , Y > »
τιμὴν ὃ Ἀβεῖσιν ἀϊτοτίνεμεν, Ἣν τιν ἐεοικεν,
7 TE καὶ ἐσσομένοισι μετ᾽ ἀνθρώποισι TENT AL. 4
εἰ δ᾽ ἂν ἐμοὶ τιμὴν Πρίαμος st TE παῖδες,
τίνειν οὐκ ἐθέλωσιν ᾿Ἀλεξάνδροιο πεσόντος, | ©

290 αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ καὶ ἔπειτα μαχήσομαι εἵνεκα ποινῆς
αὖθι βέκων, εἵως κε τέλος πολέμοιο κιχείω.

ἦ καὶ ἀπὸ στομάχους aiprete τάμε ve ᾿'χαλκῷ.
καὶ τοὺς μὲν κατέθηκεν ἐπὶ χθονὸς" ἀσπαίροντας,
θυμοῦ Sevopievous ἀπὸ yap μένος εἵλετο χαλκός"

295 οἶνον δ᾽ ἐκ κρητῆρος ἀφυσσόμενοι δεπάεσσιν ©
ἔκχεον, ἠδ᾽ εὔχοντο θεοῖς αἰειγενέτῃσιν.
ὧδε δέ τις εἴπεσκεν ᾿Αχαιῶν τε Τρώων Te:

300

305
aah, ἐπεὶ ov πω τλήσομ᾽ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ὁρᾶσθαι

910

315

820

THIRD BOOK OF THE ILIAD " 65

“Zed κύδιστε μέγιστε, καὶ ἀθάνατοι θεοὶ ἄλλοι,
ὁππότεροι πρότεροι ὑπὲρ ὅρκιᾳ πημήνειαν,
ὧδέ σφ᾽ ἐγκέφαλος χαμάδις ῥέοι ὡς ὅδε οἶνος,

(αὐτῶν καὶ τεκέων, ἄλοχοι δ᾽ ἄλλοισι Sapeter.”

ὡς ἔφαν, οὐδ᾽ ἄρα πώ odw ἐπεκραίαινε Κρονίων.

Priam returns to the City.

τοῖσι δὲ Δαρδανίδης Πρίαμος μετὰ μῦθον ἔειπεν"
“ κέκλυτέ Lass Τρῶες καὶ ἐυκνήμιδες ᾿Αχαιοί:
ἢ τοι ἐγὼν. εἶμι προτὶ Ἴλιον ἠνεμόεσσαν

μαρνάμενον φίλον υἱὸν ἀρηιφίλῳ Μενελάῳ"
Ζεὺς μέν που τό γε οἶδε καὶ ἀθάνατοι θεοὶ ἄλλοι,
ὁπποτέρῳ θανάτοιο τέλος πεπρωμένον ἐστίν."

ἢ ῥα καὶ ἐς δίφρον ἄρνας θέτο ἰσόθεος φώς,
ἐπ en τὰς; ΤΡ; oe A he’,
av ap €Baw αὐτός, κατὰ ἡνία τεῖνεν ὀπίσσω"
πὰρ δέ οἱ ᾿Αντήνωρ περικαλλέα βήσετο δίφρον.

Preparations for the Single Combat.

‘ \ ¥ > »¥ \ 3 ΄
TW μὲν ap αψορροι προτι Ιλιον ΑἼΤΟΨΕΟΡΤΟ "

Ἕκτωρ δὲ Πριάμοιο πάις καὶ δῖος Ὀδυσσεὺς

χῶρον μὲν πρῶτον διεμέτρεον, αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα
’ > id ’ thd ld ε ’
κλήρους ἐν κυνέῃ χαλκήρεϊ πάλλον ἑλόντες,
ε ’ὔ ‘ , > ’ ’ "»
ὁππότερος δὴ πρόσθεν ἀφείη χάλκεον ἔγχος.
λαοὶ δ᾽ ἠρήσαντο θεοῖς ἰδὲ χεῖρας ἀνέσχον.
Ως ΄ » > a , ;
ὧδε δέ τις εἴπεσκεν ᾿Αχαιῶν τε Τρώων Te:
“Ζεῦ πάτερ, Ἴδηθεν μεδέων, κύδιστε μέγιστε,
ε ’ ’ ¥ > > ’ »ἬᾺ
ὁππότερος τάδε ἔργα μετ᾽ ἀμφοτέροισιν ἔθηκεν,
τὸν δὸς ἀποφθίμενον δῦναι δόμον "Αἴδος εἴσω,
ε κα > > , , ¢ ‘ , ”
ἡμῖν δ᾽ αὖ φιλότητα καὶ ὅρκια πιστὰ γενέσθαι.
a ¥ 2 » , \ / ’ ν
ὡς ap ἔφαν, πάλλεν δὲ μέγας κορυθαΐολος Ἕκτωρ

66

325

330

~ 835

340

345

350

OMHPOY ΛΙΑΔΟΣ

ἂψ ὁρόων: Πάριος δὲ θοῶς ἐκ κλῆρος ὄρουσεν.
οἱ μὲν ἔπειθ᾽ ἵζοντο κατὰ στίχας, ἧχι ἑκάστου
ἵπποι ἀερσίποδες καὶ ποικίλα τεύχε ἔκειτο: ὁ
αὐτὰρ ὅ γ᾽ ἀμφ᾽ ὦμοισιν ἐδύσετο τεύχεα καλὰ

δῖος ᾿Αλέξανδρος, Ἕλένης πόσις ἠυκόμοιο.
κνημῖδας μὲν πρῶτα περὶ κνήμῃσιν ἔθηκεν,

καλάς, ἀργυρέοισιν ἐπισφυρίοις ἀραρυίας.
δεύτερον αὖ θώρηκα περὶ στήθεσσιν ἔδυνεν

οἷο κασιγνήτοιο Λυκάονος, ἥρμοσε δ᾽ αὐτῷ.

ἀμφὶ δ᾽ ap ὦμοισιν βάλετο ξίφος ἀργυρόηλον,
χάλκεον, αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα σάκος μέγα τε στιβαρόν τε.
κρατὶ δ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἰφθίμῳ κυνέην ἐύτυκτον ἔθηκεν,
ἵππουριν" δεινὸν δὲ λόφος καθύπερθεν ἔνευεν.
εἵλετο δ᾽ ἄλκιμον ἔγχος, ὅ οἵ παλάμηφιν ἀρήρειν.
ὡς δ᾽ αὕτως Μενέλαος ἀρήιος ἐντε᾽ ἔδυνεν.

The Combatants meet and strike.

ot δ᾽ ἐπεὶ οὖν ἑκάτερθεν ὁμίλου θωρήχθησαν,
ἐς μέσσον Τρώων καὶ μἀχαϊῶν. ἐστιχόωντο
δεινὸν δερκόμενοι" θάμβος δ᾽ ἔχεν εἰσορόωντας
Ἱρῶάς θ᾽ ἱπποδάμους καὶ ἐυκνήμιδας ᾿Αχαιούς:
καί ῥ᾽ ἐγγὺς στήτην διαμετρητῷ ἐνὶ χώρῳ
σείοντ᾽ ἐγχείας, ἀλλήλοισιν κοτέοντε. —
πρόσθε δ᾽ ᾿Αλέξανδρος προΐει δολιχόσκιον ὁ ἔγχος,
καὶ βάλεν ᾿Ατρεΐδαο κατ᾽ ἀσπίδα πάντοσ᾽ ἐίσην᾽
οὐδ᾽ ἔρρηξεν χαλκός, ἀνεγνάμφθη δέ οἱ αἰχμὴ
ἀσπίδι ἐν κρατερῇ. ὁ δὲ δεύτερος ὥρνυτο χαλκῷ
᾿Ατρεΐδης Μενέλαος, ἐπευξάμενος Aut πατρί:
“Ζεῦ ἄνα, δὸς τίσασθαι ὅ με πρότερος κάκ᾽ ἔοργεν,
δῖον ᾿Αλέξανδρον, καὶ ἐμῇς ὑπὸ χερσὶ δαμῆναι, ...5
ὄφρα τις ἐρρίγῃσι καὶ ὀψιγόνων ἀνθρώπων

‘oS ᾿ δ
«. ὶ Ὶ J af ᾽
> ee

APHRODITE OF MELOS ® * 220,82 eo 2%,”

From the statue in the Louvre, Paris

ee ele ὍΝ

nds
Tak ἜΣ

R

“355

365

875

THIRD BOOK OF THE ILIAD 67

’ ἣν ε,͵ 9 / / ”
ξεινοδόκον κακὰ ῥέξαι, 6 κεν φιλότητα παράσχῃ.

Td

ἢ, pa καὶ ἀμπεπαλὼν προΐει δολιχόσκιον ἔγχος,

\ ΄ ΄, oa , rate > Oe
καὶ βάλε Πριαμίδαο κατ᾽ ἀσπίδα πάντοσ᾽ ἐίσην.
διὰ μὲν ἀσπίδος ἦλθε φαεινῆς ὄβριμον ἔγχος,

Ν Ν , ΄, να ἐς
καὶ διὰ θώρηκος πολυδαιδάλου ἠρήρειστο:
ἀντικρὺς δὲ παραὶ λαπάρην διάμησε χιτῶνα
5. ae 5 0 >. ὦ fends aN
ἔγχος" ὁ ἐκλίνθη καὶ ἀλεύατο 'κῆρα μέλαιναν.
> A \ 5 ’ὔ ’ 5 /

Ατρεΐδης δὲ ἐρυσσάμενος ξίφος ἀργυρόηλον

la be es , v7 “ἢ > ἈΝ a OR
πλῆξεν ἀνασχόμενος κόρυθος φάλον. ἀμφὶ δ᾽ ap’ αὐτῷ
τριχθά τε καὶ τετραχθὰ διατρυφὲν ἔκπεσε χειρός.
> oh 5 we τ ες 4 > > \ Oa
Ατρεΐδης δ᾽ ᾧμωξεν ἰδὼν εἰς οὐρανὸν εὐρύν.
ς A / ¥ ᾽ν a“ A > , ¥

Ζεῦ πάτερ, ov τις σεῖο θεῶν ὀλοώτερος ἄλλος
ἢ τ᾽ ἐφάμην τίσασθαι ᾿Αλέξανδρον (κακότητος ἡ “ἡ

A , > , Oy wy 3 7 ¥
viv δέ μοι ἐν χείρεσσιν ayn ξίφος, ἐκ δέ μοι ἔγχος
»7 “ gu J BSS δὲ ”
ἠίχθη παλάμηφιν ἐτώσιον, οὐδὲ δάμασσα." ©

ἢ, καὶ ἐπαΐξας κόρυθος λάβεν ἱπποδασείης,
> > , > > ’ > 4
ἕλκε δ᾽ ἐπιστρέψας μετ᾽ ἐυκνήμιδας ᾿Αχαιούς-
ν ΄ se 1 er, ε SK ily a ἃ ΄
ἄγχε δέ μιν πολύκεστος ἱμὰς ᾿ἁπαλὴν ὑπὸ δειρήν,

οἢ "Ἂς ΔΑ ἐλοῖε υς " at?

ὅς οἱ ὑπ᾽ ἀνθερεῶνος ὀχεὺς. τέτατο τρυφαλείης. 44 mL’

Aphrodite saves Paris, carries him to his Home, and summons Helen.

kal νύ κεν εἴρυσσέν TE Kal ἄσπετον ἤρατο κῦδος,
» A ¥ 3 5 κ ,ὔ A 4 > 4

εἰ μὴ ap ὀξὺ νόησε Διὸς θυγάτηρ ᾿Αφροδίτη,

σ e ΕΣ... Hh ‘ > ,

n ot ῥῆξεν ἱμάντά Bods ἶφι κταμένοιο"

‘ ‘ 7 ψνν ‘ , it
κεινὴ δὲ τρυφάλεια ἅμ᾽ ἕσπετο χειρὶ παχείῃ.
Ν Ἀ ¥ > 9 > > 4 > A

τὴν μὲν ἔπειθ᾽ ἥρως per ἐυκνήμιδας ᾿Αχαιοὺς

pay ἐπιδινήσας, κόμισαν δ᾽ ἐρίηρες ἑταῖροι"

αὐτὰρ ὁ ἂψ ἐπόρουσε κατακτάμεναι μενεαίνων

ἐγχεῖ χαλκείῳ: τὸν δ᾽ ἐξήρπαξ᾽ ᾿Αφροδίτη

ῥεῖα μάλ᾽ ws τε θεός, ἐκάλυψε δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἠέρϊ πολλῇ,
19 δ᾽ οι > 3 bara ξυώδεϊ /

Ka εἷσ᾽ ἐν θαλάμῳ ἐυώδεϊ κηώεντι.

bt ἢ

68

385

390

395

400

405

410

OMHPOY IAIAAOS T
αὐτὴ δ᾽ αὖθ᾽ “Ἑλένην καλέουσ᾽ ἴε. τὴν. δὲ κίχανεν
πύργῳ ep ὑψηλῷ, περὶ δὲ Τρωαὶ ἅλις ἦσαν.
χειρὶ δὲ νεκταρέου éavod ἐτίναξε λαβοῦσα,
γρηὶ δέ μιν ἐικυΐα παλαιγενέι πρόσέειπεν,
εἰροκόμῳ, n ‘ot “Λακεδαίμονι ναιετοώσῃ
ἤσκειν εἴρια καλά, μάλιστα δέ μιν φιλέεσκεν᾽
τῇ μιν ἐεισαμένη προσεφώνεε dt’ “Adpodirn:

“δεῦρ᾽ ἴθ᾽, ᾿Αλέξανδρός σε καλεῖ οἰκόνδε νέεσθαι.
κεῖνος ὅ γ᾽ ἐν θαλάμῳ καὶ διψωτοῖσι λέχεσσιν,,
κάλλεϊ τε στίλβων καὶ εἵμασιν. οὐδέ κε φαίης
ἀνδρὶ μαχησάμενον τόν γ᾽ ἐλθεῖν, ἀλλὰ χορόνδε

ἔρχεσθ᾽, ἠὲ χοροῖο νέον λήγοντα καθίζειν."

{
LA AM

Helen charges Aphrodite with Deception and Wrong.

ἃ ’ “ 2 ἐν Ν S°N ΄ 3,
ὡς φάτο, τῇ δ᾽ ἄρα θυμὸν ἐνὶ στήθεσσιν opwev:
᾽’ὔ e> ε > a θ ἴω λλέ ὃ Ν
καί ῥ᾽ ὡς οὖν ἐνόησε θεᾶς περικαλλέα δειρὴν,
στήθεά θ᾽ ἱμερόεντα καὶ ὄμματα μαρμαίροντα,
’ ’ Ψ ᾿ς ΥΒ 3 » ϑ»ν» > » me: 4
θάμβησέν τ᾽ ap ἔπειτα, ἔπος τ ἐφατ ἔκ T ὀνόμαζεν᾽
“δαιμονίη, τί με ταῦτα λιλαίεαι ἡπεροπεύειν;
ἢ πή με προτέρω πολίων ἐὺ καιρμενάων
ἄξεις ἢ Φρυγίης ἢ Μῃονίης ἐρατεινῆς,
¥ + 4 UA , ΄ 3 , :
εἴ τίς τοι καὶ κεῖθι φίλος μερόπων ἀνθρώπων,
οὕνεκα δὴ νῦν δῖον ᾿Αλέξανδρον Μενέλαος
ξικήσας ἐθέλει στυγερὴν ἐμὲ οἴκαδ᾽ φγεσθαι-
τούνεκα δὴ νῦν δεῦρο δολοφρονέουσα παρέστης;
¥
ἧσο παρ᾽ ᾿αὐτὸν, ἰοῦσα, θεῶν δ᾽ ἀπόεικε κελεύθου,
μηδ᾽ ἔτι σοῖσι πόδεσσιν ὑποστρέψειας Ὄλυμπον,
ἀλλ᾽ αἰεὶ περὶ κεῖνον ὀίζυε καί ἑ φύλασσε, |
Ag. ee oe ΄ a ., ὃ at ἢ
εἰς 0 κέ σ᾽ ἢ ἀλοχον ποιήσεταν ἢ ὁ γε δούλην.
A > ' ¥
κεῖσε δ᾽ ἐγὼν οὐκ εἶμι, νεμεσσητὸν δέ κεν εἴη,
» ’ ι ’ \ 7 > > 4.
κείνου πορσυνέουσα λέχος: Tpwat δέ μ᾽ ὀπίσσω

THIRD BOOK OF THE ILIAD 69
πᾶσαι μωμήσονται, ἔχω δ᾽ diye ἄκριτα θυμῷ."
τὴν δὲ χολωσαμένη προσεφώνεε δὲ ᾿Αφροδίτη"
“μή we ἐρεθὲ" σχετλίη, μὴ χωσαμένη σε μεθείω, 9
15 tas δέ σ᾽ ἀπε θὴηῤῥὼ ὡς yyy ἔκπαγλὰα φίλησα,
μέσσῳ δ᾽ ἀμφοτέρων μητίσομαι ἔχθεα λυγρὰ,

3)
Τρώων καὶ Δαναῶν, σὺ δέ κεν κακὸν οἶτον ὄληαι.
,, ua by

Helen follows Aphrodite to her Home.

ὡς epar’, ἔδεισεν δ᾽ ἐλέη, Διὸς ἐκγεγαυῖα,
βῆ δὲ κατασχομένη ἑανῷ ἀργῆτι φαεινῷ,
420 σιγῇ, πάσας δὲ Τρωὰς ον ἦρχε δὲ δαίμων.
αἱ δ᾽ ὅτ᾽ ᾿Αλεξάνδροιο. δόμον περίκαλλέ' ἵκοντο,
ἀμφίπολοι μὲν ἔπειτα ϑοῶς ἐπὶ ἔργα τράποντο,
7 δ᾽ εἰς ὑψόροφον θάλαμον κίε δῖα γυναικῶν.
τῇ δ᾽ ἄρα δίφρον ἑλοῦσα φιλόμμειδὴς ᾿Αφροδίτη
Bas ἀντί ᾿Αλεξάνδροιο θεὰ κατέθηκε φέρουσα
ἔνθα Kalil Ἑλένη, κούρη Διὸς αἰγιόχοιο,
ὄσσε πάλιν κλίψασαὶ πόσιν δ᾽ ἠνίπαπε μύθῳ-
τ... “ἥλυθες ἐκ πολέμου ὡς ῴφελες αὐτόθ᾽ ὀλέσθαι,
ἊΝ δαμεὶς κρατερῷ, ὃς ἐμὸς πρότερος πόσις ἦεν.
480 ἦ μὲν δὴ πρίν γ᾽ εὔχε᾽ ἀρηιφίλον Μενελάου =<)
σῇ τε βίῃ καὶ χερσὶ καὶ ἔγχεϊ, φέρτερος εἶναι"
ἀλλ᾽ ἴθι νῦν προκάλεσσαι ἀρηίφιλον Μενέλαον
ἐξαῦτις μαχέσασθαι ἐναντίον. ἀλλά σ᾽ ἐγώ γε
παύεσθαι κέλομαι, μηδὲ ξανθῷ Μενελάῳ
435 ἀντίβιον πόλεμον πολεμίζειν ἠδὲ μάχεσθαι
ἴ. w- ἀφραδέως, μή πως τάχ᾽ ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ δουρὶ δαμήῃς."
β τὴν δὲ Πάρις μύθοισιν ἀμειβόμενος προσέειπεν"
“μή με, γύναι, yadrerotow ὀνείδεσι θυμὸν ἔνιπτε.
νῦν μὲν γὰρ Μενέλαος ἐνίκησεν σὺν ᾿Αθήνῃ,
440 κεῖνον δ᾽ αὖτις ἐγώ: παρὰ γὰρ θεοί εἰσι καὶ ἡμῖν.

in τὰ

10

446

450

455

460

OMHPOY IAIAAOS T

ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε δὴ φιλότητι τραπείομεν εὐνηθέντε.
οὐ γάρ πώ ποτέ μ᾽ ὧδέ γ᾽ ἔρος φρένας ἀμφεκάλυψεν,
οὐδ᾽ ὅτε σε πρῶτον Λακεδαίμονος ἐξ ἐρατεινῆς
ἔπλεον ἁρπάξας ἐν ποντοπόροισι νέεσσιν,

4 > 5» ’ὔ 3 ? ΄ \ 5 ΝᾺ
νήσῳ δ᾽ ἐν Κρανάῃ ἐμίγην φιλότητι καὶ εὐνῇ,
ὥς σεο νῦν ἔραμαι Kai με γλυκὺς ἵμερος αἱρεῖ."

ε

> A ΄ ΄ὕ ψ > ν > »
7) pa και αρχε λέχοσδε κιων" αμα ὃ ΕὐΤΕΊ AKOLTLS.

Menelaus searches in Vain for Paris. Agamemnon claims the Victory
and demands the Fulfillment of the Treaty.
\ “tka ot ae. See eee ΩΝ ae EAP ,
τὼ μὲν ap ἐν τρητοῖσι κατεύνασθεν λεχέεσσιν,

᾿Ατρεΐδης δ᾽ ἀν᾽ ὅμιλον ἐφοίτα θηρὶ ἐοικώς,
εἴ που ἐσαθρήσειεν ᾿Αλέξανδρον θεοειδέα.
3 3 ϑ , , ἷ : A aay ,
ἀλλ᾽ ov tis δύνατο acu κλειτῶν T ἐπικούρων

δεῖξαι ᾿Αλέξανδρον τότ᾽. ᾿ἀρηιφίλῳ Μενελάῳ."

οὐ μὲν γὰρ φιλότητί; γ᾽ ἐκεύθανον, εἴ τις one:

La =
ἶσον yap σφιν πᾶσιν ἀπήχθετο κηρὶ μελαίνῃ. “5
“ \ . Ἃ , 3, 5 “A > /
τοῖσι δὲ Kal μετέειπεν ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν “Ayapeuvor-
“ ’ ’ ‘al Ν Ψ ὃ δ᾽ 5 ’
κέκλυτέ μευ, Τρῶες καὶ Δάρδανοι ἠδ᾽ ἐπίκουροι.
νίκη μὲν δὴ ᾿φαίνετ᾽ ἀρηιφίλου Μενελάου:

ὑμεῖς δ᾽ ᾿Αργείην Ἑλένην καὶ κτήμαθ᾽ ἅμ᾽ αὐτῇ

» Ἁ Ἁ 3 ’ ν 3 »

ἔκδοτε, καὶ τιμὴν ἀποτινέμεν, ἣν τιν΄ ἔοικεν,

oe \ ”

ἡ TE καὶ ἐσσομένοισι per ἀνθρώποισι πέληται.
Α Ν » ΕἾ ,

ὡς ἔφατ᾽ ᾿Ατρεΐδης, ἐπὶ δ᾽ ἥνεον ἄλλοι “Ayauoi.

OMHPOYT IATAAO® A

Δέλτα: θεῶν ἀγορή, ὅρκων χύσις, "Apeos ἀρχή.
Delta Deum fora, laesa fides, primordia pugna.

‘In Delta is the God’s assize ;
The truce is broke; wars freshly rise.’

ε ’ 4 > 4 3 4
ὁρκίων σύγχυσις. ᾿Αγαμέμνονος ἐπιπώλησις.

Breach of the Truce (1-219). Assembly of the Gods. Vexation
of Hera and Athena. i
οἱ δὲ θεοὶ πὰρ Ζηνὶ καθήμενοι ἠγορόωντο
Χρυσέῳ ἐν δαπέδῳ, μετὰ δέ σφισι πότνια Ἥβη
νέκταρ ἐῳνοχόει: τοὶ δὲ (χρυσέοις δεπάεσσιν
δειδέχατ᾽ ἀλλήλους, Τρώων πόλιν εἰσορόωντες.

δ αὐτίκ᾽ ἐπειρᾶτο Κρονίδης ἐρεθεζέμεν Ἥρην
(κερτομίοις ἐπέεσσι, παραβλήδην ἀγορεύων. Saal
“ δοιαὶ μὲν Μενελάῳ ἀρηγόνες εἰσὶ θεάων,
Ἥρη τ᾽ ᾿Αργείη καὶ ᾿Αλαλκομενηὶς ᾿Αθήνη.
ἀλλ᾽ ἦ τοι ταὶ νόσφι καθήμεναι εἰσορόωσαι

10 τέρπεσθον" τῷ δ᾽ αὖτε φιλομβέϊδης «Αφροδίτη
αἰεὶ Trappe Bhoxe Kal αὐτοῦ κῆρας ἀμύνει,
καὶ νῦν ἐξεσάωσεν ὀιόμενον θανέεσθαι.
ἀλλ᾽ ἢ τοι νίκη. μὲν ἀρῃιφίλον Μενελάου -
ἡμεῖς δὲ φραζώμεθ᾽, ὅπως ἔσται τάδε ἔργα,

15 ἢ p αὖτις πόλεμόν τε κακὸν καὶ φύλοπιν αἰνὴν
ὄρσομεν, ἢ φιλότητα per ἀμφοτέροισι βάλωμεν.
εἰ δ᾽ αὖ πως τόδε πᾶσι φίλον καὶ ἡδὺ γένοιτο,

-- ἦ τοι μὲν οἰκέοιτο πόλις Πριάμοιο ἄνακτος,

ar 71

12

20

25

80

8δ᾽

40

45

OMHPOY IAIAAOS A

αὖτις δ᾽ ᾿Αργείην Ἑλένην Μενέλαος ἄγοιτο."
ὡς ἐφαθ', αἱ δ᾽ ἐπέμυξαν ᾿Αθηναΐη τε καὶ Ἥρη".
πλησίαι αἵ γ᾽ ἥσθην, κακὰ δὲ Τρώεσσι μεδέσθην.
ἢ τοι ᾿Αθηναίη ἀκέων ἣν οὐδέ τι εἶπεν,
σκυζομένη Διὶ πατρί, “χόλος δέ μιν ἄγριος ἥρειν"
Ἥρῃ δ᾽ οὐκ ἔχαδε στῆθος χόλον, ἀλλὰ προσηύδα"
‘aivérare Κρονίδη, ποῖον τὸν μῦθον ἔειπες.
πῶς ἐθέλεις ἅλιον θεῖναι πόνον ἠδ᾽ areheoTon,
ἱδρῶ θ᾽, ov ἵδρωσα μόγῳ, καμέτην δέ μοι ἵπποι
λαὸν ἀγειρούσῃ, Πριάμῳ (Κακὰ τοῖό τε παισίν. ἵ ἐξ
ἔρδ᾽ - ἀτὰρ ov τοι πάντες ἐπαινέομεν θεοὶ ἄλλοι."

Zeus rebukes Hera’s Implacable Hatred for Troy.

τὴν δὲ μέγ᾽ ὀχθήσας προσέφη νεφεληγερέτα Ζεύς.
μὲ δαιμονίη, τί νύ σε Πρίαμος Hipigjrove TE παῖδες
τόσσα κακὰ ῥέζουσιν, OT ἀσπερχὲς peveaivers
Ἴλιον ἐξαχάπάξαι, ἐυκτίμενον πτολίεθρον;
εἰ δὲ σύ γ᾽ εἰσελθοῦσα πύλας καὶ τείχεα μακρὰ
ὠμὸν βεβῥὥθοις Πρίαμον Πριάμοιό τε παῖδας
ἄλλους τε Τρῶας, τότε κεν χόλον ἐξακέσαιο:
ἔρξον, ὅπως ἐθέλεις. μὴ τοῦτό γε νεῖκος ὀπίσσω

Ν A Pine A Ὁ 9... ὦ a, ae , ΄
σοι καὶ εἐμοι μεγ ερισμαὰ μὲτ ἀμφοτέροισι YVEVYT AL.

ἄλλο δέ τοι ἐρέω, od δ᾽ ἐνὶ φρεσὶ βάλλεο σῇσιν"
ῃ , Ν τε Tes. ees \ , 3 ,
ὁππότε κεν Kal ἐγὼ μεμαὼς πόλιν ἐξαλαπάξαι
Ἀ 52 72 ν ΄ φυς ἐΨ 3 , eS
τὴν ἐθέλω, ὅθι τοι φίλοι ἀνέρες ἐγγεγάασιν,
’ ’ Ν 5 Ν is > ’ > 3A
μή τι διατρίβειν τὸν ἐμὸν χόλον, ἀλλά μ᾽ ἐᾶσαι"
Ν Ν δὰ Ν δῶ Un ot Δα , fal
καὶ yap ἐγὼ σοὶ δῶκα ἑκὼν (ἀέκοντί ye θυμῷ.
al γὰρ ὑπ᾽ ἠελίῳ τε καὶ οὐρανῷ ἀστερόεντι
ναιετάουσι πόληες ἐπιχθονίων ἀνθρώπων,
, \ AN a ΄ ¥ ec3%
τάων μοι περὶ κῆρι τιέσκετο ἴλιος ἱρὴ
\ / Ἁ Ν 5 / ’
καὶ ΤΠΙρίαμος καὶ λαὸς ἐυμμελίω Πριάμοιο"

—

50

55

60

65

70

75

FOURTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 18

οὐ γάρ μοί ποτε βωμὸς ἐδεύετο δαιτὸς ἐΐσης,

λοιβῆς τε κνίσης TE? τὸ γὰρ λάχομεν γέρας ἡμεῖς."
τὸν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα βοῶπις πότνια Ἥρη:

ς 5 > \ A 4 Ν / , > /

ἢ τοι ἐμοὶ τρεῖς μὲν πολὺ φίλταταί εἰσι πόληες,

"Apyos τε Σπάρτη τε καὶ εὐρυάγυια Μυκήνη-

Ν > , y > ¥ > , \ wn
TAS διαπέρσαι, ὅτ᾽ ἄν τοι ἀπέχϑθωνται περὶ κῆρι.
τάων οὔ τοι ἐγὼ πρόσθ᾽ ἵσταμαι, οὐδὲ μεγαίρω.
[εἶ περ. γὰρ φθονέω τε καὶ οὐκ εἰῶ διαπέρσαι,
οὐκ ἀνύω φθονέουσ᾽, ἐπεὶ ἢ πολὺ φέρτερός ἐσσι.]
ἀλλὰ χρὴ. καὶ ἐμὸν θέμεναι πόνον οὐκ ἀτέλεστον
Ν \ aes, , > , , » Ψ ,
καὶ yap ἐγὼ θεός εἰμι, γένος δέ μοι ἔνθεν, ὅθεν σοί,
καί με πρεσβυτάτην τέκετο Κρόνος ἀγκυλομήτης,
ἀμφότερον, | γενεῇ) τε καὶ οὕνεκα σὴ παράκοιτις
κέκλημαι, σὺ δὲ πᾶσι per ἀθανάτοισιν ἀνάσσεις.
ἀλλ᾽ ἦ τοι μὲν ταῦθ᾽ ὑποείξόμεν ἀλλήλοισιν,
σοὶ μὲν ἐγώ, σὺ δ᾽ ἐμοί: ἐπὶ δ᾽ ἕψονται θεοὶ ἄλλοι
ἀθάνατοι. σὺ δὲ θᾶσσον ᾿Αθηναίῃ ἐπιτεῖλαι.
ἐλθεῖν ἐς Τρώων καὶ ᾿Αχαιῶν φύλοπιν αἰνήν, '
fT ee 2.9 A ε “ς Sf > Ν
πειρᾶν δ᾽, ws κε Τρῶες ὑπερκύδαντας ᾿Αχαιοὺς
ἄρξωσι πρότεροι ὑπὲρ ὅρκια δηλήσασθαι.᾽"
Athena is sent to the Plain of Troy to effect a Breach of the Truce.
ὡς ἔφατ᾽, οὐδ᾽ ἀπίθησε πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν Te:
ee ae 7 ¥ ’, aa < 4
αὐτίκ᾽ ᾿Αθηναίην ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα"
“abba μάλ᾽ ἐς στρατὸν ἐλθὲ μετὰ Τρῶας καὶ ᾿Αχαιούς,
“ > 7 A ε 4 > ‘\
πειρᾶν δ᾽, ws κε be sa ὑπερκύδαντας ᾿Αχαιοὺς
ἄρξωσι. πρότερρι. ὑπὲρ ὅρκια δηλήσασθαι."
ὡς εἰπὼν ὥτρυνε πάρος μεμαύιαν ᾿Αθήνην,
Bn δὲ kar’ Οὐλύμποιο καρήνων ἀίξασα.
οἷον δ᾽ ἀστέρα ἧκε Κρόνου πάις ἀγκυλομήτεω,
ἢ ναύτῃσι τέρας ἠὲ στρατῷ εὐρέι λαῶν,

&

74

80

85

90

100

ΤΩ

OMHPOY IAIAAOS Δ

λαμπρόν. τοῦ δέ τε πολλοὶ ἀπὸ σπινθῆρες ἵενται"

τῷ eve’ ἤϊξεν ἐπὶ χθόνα Παλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη,

Kad δ᾽ Bop’ ἐς μέσσον: θάμβος δ᾽ ἔχεν εἰσορόωντας
Τρῶάς θ᾽ ἱπποδάμους καὶ ἐυκνήμιδας ᾿Αχαιούς:

& ’ - » 3 \ > / »

3 δέ τις εἴπεσκεν ἰδὼν ἐς πλησίον ἄλλον"

ἢ ῥ᾽ αὖτις πόλεμός τε κακὸς καὶ φύλοπις αἰνὴ
ἔσσεται, ἢ φιλότητα μετ᾽ ἀμφοτέροισι τίθησιν

Zevs, ὅς T ἀνθρώπων ταμίης πολέμοιο τέτυκται.᾽"

Athena persuades Pandarus to wound Menelaus.

ὡς apa TUS εἴπεσκεν ᾿Αχαιῶν τε Τρώων τε.
ἡ δ᾽ ἀνδρὶ ἰκέλη Τρώων κατεδύσεθ᾽ ὅμιλον,
Λαοδόκῳ ᾿Αντηνορίδῃ, κρατερῷ αἰχμητῇ, |
Πάνδαρον ἀντίθεον διζημένη, εἴ που a
εὗρε Λυκάονος υἱὸν ἀμύμονά τε κρατερόν TE
ἑστεῶτ᾽ - ἀμφὶ δέ μιν κρατεραὶ στίχες ἀσπιστάων
λαῶν, οἵ οἵ ἕποντο ἀπ᾿ Αἰσήποιο ῥοάων.
ἀγχοῦ: δ᾽ ἱσταμένη ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα.
“ἣ ῥά νύ μοί τι πίθοιο, Λυκάονος υἱὲ δαΐφρον;
τλαίης κεν Μενελάῳ ἐπιπροέμεν ταχὺν ἰόν,
πᾶσι δέ κε Τρώεσσι χάριν καὶ κῦδος ἄροιο,
ἐκ πάντων δὲ μάλιστα ᾿Αλεξάνδρῳ βασιλῆι.

a Ν ’ 3 5 Ν A : 7
Tov Kev δὴ πάμπρωτα παρ᾽ ἀγλαὰ δῶρα φέροιο,

¥ ¥ , REY: 3 , eX
αἴ κεν ἴδῃ Μενέλαον ἀρήιον ᾿Ατρέος υἱὸν

'σῷ βέλεϊ δμηθέντα “πυρῆς. ἐπιβάντ᾽ ἀλεγεινῆς.

ἀλλ᾽ ay ὀίστευσον Μενελάου κυδαλίμοιο,
εὔχεο δ᾽ ᾿Απόλλωνι λυκηγενέι κλυτοτόξῳ

3 a ’ ε΄, Ἁ ε ’
ἀρνῶν πρωτογόνων, ῥέξειν κλειτὴν ἑκατόμβην

» / ε “A > ¥ / 3)
οἴκαδε νοστήσας ἱερῆς εἰς ἄστυ Ζελείης.

105

a ay

115

120

125

130

FOURTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 15

Pandarus shoots an Arrow at Menelaus. ᾿ ὺ a

ὡς har ᾿Αθηναίη, τῷ δὲ φρένας ἄφρονι πεῖθεν -
αὐτίκ᾽ ἐσύλα τόξον ἐύξζον ἰξάλου αἰγὸς

ἀγρίου, Ov pa ποτ᾽ αὐτὸς ὑ ὸ στέρνοιό τυχήσας

πέτρης ἐκβαίνοντα, ἰδεδεγμένος. ἐν προδοκῇσιν, ) J
βεβλήκει πρὸς στῆθος. ὁ δ᾽ ὕπτιος ἔμπεσε πέτρῃ.
τοῦ κέρα ἐκ κεφαλῆς ἑκκαιδεκάδωρα τεφύκειν᾽

καὶ τὰ μὲν ἀσκήσας κεραοξόος npape τέκτων, Me
πᾶν δ᾽ εὖ χειήνας χρυσέην ἐπέθηκε κόῤώνην.

καὶ τὸ μὲν εὖ κατέθηκε τανυσσάμενος, ποτὶ γαίῃ
ἀγκλίνας᾽ πρόσθεν δὲ σάκεα σχέθον ἐσθλοὶ ἑταῖροι,
μὴ πρὶν ἀναΐξειαν ἀρήιοι υἷες ᾿Αχαιῶν,

πρὶν βλῆσθαι Μενέλαον ἀρήιον ᾿Ατρέος υἱόν.

Se ε ΄ ~ ἢ ΄ > > ¢ 2 9A
αὐτὰρ ὁ σύλα πῶμα φαρέτρης, ἐκ δ᾽ Eder ἰὸν

> on ’ ’ 4 > > 4
“ἀβλῆτα πτερόεντα, μελαινέων ἕρμ᾽ ὀδυνάων.

3 Le Sat. vor ae ; Fw Ἂς 3 4
apa δ᾽ ἐπὶ νευρῇ κατεκόσμεε πικρὸν ὀιστόν,
εὔχετο δ᾽ ᾿Απόλλωνι λυκηγενέι κλυτοτόξῳ
ἀρνῶν πρωτογόνων ῥέξειν κλειτὴν ἑκατόμβην
οἴκαδε νοστήσας ἱερῆς εἰς ἄστυ Ζελείης.

nN sau

“ede δ᾽ apoy yrupidas τε λαβὼν καὶ νεῦρα pace

γενρὴν μὲν “palo πέλασεν, τόξῳ δὲ σίδηρον. "

αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ δὴ κυκλότερὲς, μέγα τόξον ἔτεινεν,

λίγξε βιός, νευρὴ δὲ μέγ᾽ ἴαχεν, ἄλτο δ᾽ ὀιστὸς
ὀξυβελής, καθ᾽ ὅμιλον ἐπιστέσιθας. μενεαίνων.
μ H 0 I
Menelaus is wounded.
οὐδὲ σέθεν, Μενέλαε, θεοὶ μάκαρες λελάθοντο
ἀθάνατοι, πρώτη δὲ Διὸς θυγάτηρ ἀγελείη,
n τοι πρόσθε στᾶσα βέλος ἐχέπευκὲς ἄμυνεν.
ἡ δὲ τόσον μὲν ἔεργεν ἀπὸ χροός, ὡς ὅτε μήτηρ

76

135

140

145

150

155

OMHPOY IAIAAOS A

παιδὸς ἐέργῃ μυῖαν, ὅθ᾽ nde τῶν ὕπνῳ"

αὐτῇ δ᾽ αὖτ᾽ ἴθυνεν, ὅθι ζώστῆρος ὀχῆες

χρύσειοι σύνεχον καὶ διπλόος ἥντετο θώρηξ.

ἐν δ᾽ ἔπεσε ζωστῆρι ἀρηρότι πικρὸς ὀιστός:

διὰ μὲν ἄρ ζωστῆρος ἐλήλατο δαιδαλέοιο, ~~
καὶ διὰ θώρηκος πολυδαιδάλου ἠρήρειστο͵ a

δὰ GDP eel

μίτρης θ᾽, ὴν ἐφόρει ἔρυμα χροός, ἕρκος ἀκόντωνι.
ἢ ou πλεῖστον ἐρῦτο. διαπρὸ δὲ εἴσατο καὶ τῆς.
ἀκρότατον δ᾽, ἄρ᾽ ὀϊστὸς ἐπέγραψε χρόα φωτός.
αὐτίκα δ᾽ ἔρρεεν αἷμα κελαινεφὲς ἐξ ὠτειλῆς. τι
ὡς δ᾽ ὅτε τίς τ᾽ ἐλέφαντα, γυνὴ. φοίνικι μιήνῃ

Myovis ἠὲ Κάειρα; παρήιον ἔμμεναι ἵππων"

κεῖται δ᾽ ἐν θαλάμῳ, πολέες τέ μιν ἠρήσαντο
ἱππῆες φορέειν, βασίληι δὲ κεῖται, ἄγαλμα,

ἀμφότερον, κόσμος θ᾽ ἵππῳ ἐλατῆρί τε κῦδος"

τοῖοί τοι, Μενέλαε, μιάνθην αἵματι μηροὶ
εὐφυέες κνῆμαί τε ἰδὲ σφυρὰ κάλ᾽ ὑπένερθεν.

Agamemnon grieves for the Hurt of his Brother.

ῥίγησεν δ᾽ ap ἔπειτα ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾿Αγαμέμνων,
ὡς εἶδεν μέλαν αἷμα καταρρέον ἐξ ὠτειλῆς"
ῥίγησεν δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς ἀρηϊφιας Μενέλαος.
ὡς δὲ ἴδεν νεῦρον τε καὶ ὄγκους ἐκτὸς ἐόντας,
ἀψορρόν ot θυμὸς ἐνὶ στήθεσσιν ἀγέρθη.
τοῖς δὲ βαρὺ στενάχων μετέφη κρείων ᾿Αγαμέμνων,
Χϑιρὸ ἔχων Μενέλαον ἐπεστενάχοντο δ᾽ ἑταῖροι"
“φίλε κασίγνητε, θάνατόν vd τοι ὅρκι᾽ ἔταμνον,
οἷον προστήσᾳς πρὸ ᾿Αχαιῶν Τρωσὶ μάχεσθαι".
ὥς σ᾽ ἔβαλον Τρῶες, κατὰ δ᾽ ὅρκια πιστὰ πάτησαν.
οὐ μέν πως ἅλιον πέλει ὅρκιον αἷμά τε ἀρνῶν
σπονδαί T ἄκρητοι καὶ δεξιαί, ἧς ἐπέπιθμεν.

FOURTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 77

160 εἴ περ yap TE καὶ αὐτίκ᾽ ᾿Ολύμπιος οὐκ ἐτέλεσσεν,
> \ SO A ΄ ΄, 4. τῷ
ἐκ δὲ καὶ ὀψὲ τελεῖ, σύν τε μεγάλῳ ἀπέτισαν,
σὺν σφῇσιν κεφαλῇσι γυναιξί τε καὶ τεκέεσσιν.
> κ᾿ 5% , δ , \ \ ,
εὖ yap ἐγὼ τόδε οἶδα κατὰ φρένα καὶ κατὰ θυμόν.
¥ > 9 > » Ma ἡ x on
ἔσσεται ἦμαρ, OT av ποτ ὀλώλῃ ἴλιος ἱρὴ
165 καὶ Πρίαμος καὶ λαὸς ἐυμμελίω Πριάμοιο,
Ζεὺς δέ σφι Κρονίδης ὑψίζυγος, αἰθέρι ναίων,
αὐτὸς ἐπισσείῃσιν. ἐρεμνὴν αἰγίδα πᾶσιν
Apt
τῆσδ᾽ ἀπάτης κοτέων. τὰ μὲν ἔσσεται οὐκ ἀτέλεστα"
ἀλλά μοι αἰνὸν ἄχος, σέθεν ἔσσεται, ὦ Μενέλαε,
170 αἴ κε θάνῃς καὶ πότμον ἀναπχήσῃς βιότοιο.
΄ x 2. WoT" ) Loy sd ε ΄
καί κεν ἐλέγχιστος πολυδίψιον “Apyos ἱκοίμην"
αὐτίκα γὰρ μνήσονται ᾽Αχαιοὶ πατρίδος αἴης"
κὰδ δέ κεν εὐχωλὴν Πριάμῳ καὶ Τρωσὶ λίποιμεν
᾿Αργείην Ἑλένην" σέο δ᾽ ὀστέα πύσει ἄρουρα
175 κειμένου ἐν Τροίῃ" ἀτελευτήτῳ ἐπὶ Py?”
καί κέ τις ὧδ᾽ ἐρέει Tpdwy ὑπερηνορεόντων,
τύμβῳ ἐπιθρώσκων Μενελάου κυδαλίμοιο-
‘ai?’ οὕτως ἐπὶ πᾶσι χόλον τελέσει᾽ ᾿Αγαμέμνων,
ε ‘ “ ν Ἀ » > 7Q> 3 “~
ὡς Kal νῦν ἅλιον στρατὸν ἤγαγεν ἐνθάδ᾽ ᾿Αχαιῶν,
180 καὶ δὴ ἔβη οἰκόνδε φίλην ἐς πατρίδα γαῖαν
σὺν κεινῇσιν νηυσί, λιπὼν ἀγαθὸν Μενέλαον."
ὥς ποτέ τις ἐρέει: τότε μοι χάνοι εὐρεῖα χθών."

The Wound is not Fatal. The Surgeon Machaon comes.

τὸν δ᾽ ἐπιθαρσύνων προσέφη ξανθὸς Μενέλαος -
“θάρσει, μηδέ τί πω δειδίσσεο λαὸν ᾿Αχαιῶν.
186 οὐκ ἐν καὶϊρίῳ ὀξὺ πάγη βέλος, ἀλλὰ πάροιθεν
εἰρύσατο ζωστήρ τε παναίολος ἠδ᾽ ὑπένερθεν
ζῶμά τε καὶ μίτρη, τὴν χαλκῆες κάμον ἄνδρες.
τὸν δ᾽ ἀπαμειβόμενος προσέφη κρείων ᾿Αγαμέμνων"

78

190

195

200

205

210

215

OMHPOY IAIAAOS A

“at yap δὴ οὕτως εἴη. φίλος ὦ Μενέλαε:
ἕλκος δ᾽ ἱητὴρ ἐπιμάδσεται ἠδ᾽ ἐπιθήσει
φάρμαχ᾽, a κεν παύσῃσι μελαινάων ὀδυνάων."

ἢ καὶ Ταλθύβιον θεῖον κήρυκὰ προσήδδα-
“Ταλθύβι᾽, ὅττι τάχιστα Μαχάονα δεῦρο κάλεσσον,
φῶτ᾽ ᾿Ασκληπιοῦ υἱὸν ἀμύμονος ἰητῆρος,
oppa ἴδῃ Μενέλαον ἀρήιον ᾿Ατρέος υἱόν,
ὅν τις ὀιστεύσας ἔβαλεν τόξων ἐὺ εἰδώς,

Τρώων ἢ Λυκίων, τῷ μὲν κλέος, ἄμμι δὲ πένθος."
ὡς epat’, οὐδ᾽ ἄρα οἱ κῆρυξ ἀπίθησεν ἀκούσας,
βῆ δ᾽ ἰέναι κατὰ λαὸν ᾿Αχαιῶν χαλκοχιτώνων.
παπταίνων ἥρωα Μαχάονα. τὸν δὲ νόησεν .
ἑστεῶτ᾽ ° ἀμφὶ δέ μιν κρατεραὶ στίχες ἀσπιστάων
λαῶν, οἵ οἱ ἕποντο Τρίκης ἐξ ἱπποβότοιο.
ἀγχοῦ δ᾽ ἱστάμενος ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα"
“δρσ᾽, ᾿Ασκληπιάδη, καλέει κρείων ᾿Αγαμέμνων,.
ὄφρα ἴδῃ Μενέλαον ἀρήιον ἀρχὸν ᾿Αχαιῶν, —
ὅν τις ὀιστεύσας ἔβαλεν τόξων ἐὺ εἰδώς,
Ἐρώων n Λυκίων, τῷ μὲν κλέος, ἄμμι δὲ πένθος."
ὡς φάτο, τῷ δ᾽ ἄρα θυμὸν ἐνὶ στήθεσσιν ὄρινεν"
βὰν δ᾽ ἰέναι καθ᾽ ὅμιλον ἀνὰ στρατὸν εὐρὺν ᾿Αχαιῶν.
ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δή ῥ᾽ ἵκανον, ὅθι ξανθὸς Μενέλαος
βλήμενος ἡν(τερὶ δ᾽ αὐτὸν ἀγηγέραθ', ὅσσοι ἄριστοι,
κυκλόσ᾽,) ὁ δ᾽ ἐν μέσσοισι παρίστατο ἰσόθεος φώς,
αὐτίκα δ᾽ ἐκ ζωστῆρος ἀῤηρότος ἕλκεν ὀιστόν᾽
τοῦ δ᾽ ἐξελκομένοιο πάλιν ἄγεν ὀξέες ὄγκοι.
λῦσε δέ οἱ ζωστῆρα παναίολον ἠδ᾽ ὑπένερθεν .
ζῶμά τε καὶ μίτρην, τὴν χαλκῆες κάμον ἄνδρες.
αὐτὰβ ἐπεὶ ἴδεν ἕλκος, ὅθ᾽ ἔμπεσε πικρὸς ὀιστός,
αἷμ᾽ ἐκμυζήσας ἐπ᾿ ap ἤπια φάρμακα εἰδὼς as
πάσσε, τά οἵ ποτε πατρὶ (φίλα φρονέων. πόρε Χείρων.

/

220

FOURTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 19

The Battle begins again. Agamemnon reviews his Forces and
orders an Advance (220-421).

ὄφρα τοὶ ἀμφεπένοντο βοὴν ἀγαθὸν Μενέλαον,
’ > > - 4 4 » 3 Ud
τόφρα δ᾽ ἐπὶ Τρώων στίχες ἤλυθον ἀσπιστάων-
ε > > N re , κ᾿ ΄ ]
οἱ δ᾽ αὖτις κατὰ τεύχε᾽ ἔδυν, μνήσαντο δὲ χάρμης.
ἔνθ᾽ οὐκ av βρίζοντα ἴδοις ᾿Αγαμέμνονα δῖον
29\ ΄ > 29? 3 32 2 ,
οὐδὲ καταπτώσσοντ᾽ οὐδ᾽ οὐκ ἐθέλοντα μάχεσθαι,

225 ἀλλὰ μᾶλα σπεύδοντα μάχην ἐς κυδιάνειραν.

ἵππους μὲν γὰρ ἔασε καὶ ἅρματα ποικίλα χαλκῷ.
καὶ τοὺς μὲν θεράπων ἀπάνευθ᾽ ἔχε φυσιόωντας

«Εὐρυμέδων υἱὸς sg con ave Πειραΐδαο,

τῷ μάλα πόλλ᾽ ἐπέτελλε παᾳρισχέμεν, ὁππότε κέν μιν

230, γα λάβῃ κάματος πολέας͵ διὰ Κοιρανέοντα᾽

αὐτὰρ. ὁ «τεξὸς ἐὼν ἐπεπωλεῖτο στίχας ἀνδρῶν.

καί ῥ᾽ οὖς μὲν σπεύδοντας ἴδοι “Δαναῶν ταχυπώλων,

τοὺς μάλα θαρσύνεσκε παριστάμενος ἐπέεσσιν "

ες ᾽ἅ A , 4, θί θ 4 ὃ ix A μ᾽
Ἄργειοι, μὴ πώ τι μεῦθίετε 'ϑδούριδος ἀλκὴς

> Ν | ὃ ’ Ν \ ¥ > > /
235 ov aa ἐπὶ ψευδέσσι ramp Zevs €OOET Apwyos, -

ἀλλ᾽ οἵ περ πρότεροι. ὑπὲρ Opry, δηλήσαντο,
τῶν ἢ τοι αὐτῶν τέρενα χρόα γῦπες ἔδονται"
ἡμεῖς αὖτ᾽ ἀλόχους τε φίλας καὶ νήπια τέκνα

ἄξομεν ἐν »ηεσσυν, ἐπὴν πτολίεθρον ἕλωμεν."

240 οὕς τινας αὖ μεθιέντας ἴδοι στυγεροῦ πολέμοιο,

τοῖα

τοὺς μάλα νεικείεσ κε χολωτοῖσιν ἐπέεσσιν"

᾿ ᾿Αργεῖοι ἰόμῶῤδι, eheyxecs, ov vu σέβεσθε;
τίφδ' οὕτως ἔστητε τεθηπότες ἠύτε veBpoi, |
al τ᾽ ἐπεὶ οὖν ἔκαμον πολέος πεδίοιο θέουσαι,

245 ἑστᾶσ᾽, οὐδ᾽ apa τίς σφι μετὰ φρεσὶ γίγνεται ἀλκή"

ὡς ὑμεῖς ἕστητε τεθήπότες οὐδὲ μάχεσθε.
ἢ μένετε Τρῶας σχεδὸν ἐλθέμεν, ἔνθα τε νῆες

80

250

255

260

265

270

OMHPOY IAIAAOS A

3, τε 3 MA f A ar UN Ν ’,

εἰρύατ᾽ εὔπρυμνοι ΄πολιῆς ἐπὶ θινὶ θαλάσσης,

» ¥ 3 ἂν. Se ἃ. Ὁ A ΄ ”?
ὄφρα ἴδητ᾽, αἴ K ὕμμιν ὑπέρσχῃ χεῖρα Κρονίων;

Agamemnon praises Idomeneus and the Cretans.

ὡς ὅ γε κριρανέων ἐπεπωλεῖτο στίχας ἀνδρῶν.
ἦλθε δ᾽ ἐπὶ Κρήτεσσι κιὼν ἀνὰ οὐλαμὸν ἀνδρῶν.
οἱ δ᾽ ἀμφ᾽ Ἰδομενῆα δαΐφρονα ξωρήσσοντο:
Ἰδομενεὺς μὲν ἐνὶ προμάχοις, συὶ εἴκελος ἀλκήν,
Μηριόνης δ᾽ ἄρα οἱ πυμάτας ὥτρυνε φάλαγγας.
τοὺς δὲ ἰδὼν γήϑησει σεν ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν͵ ᾿Αγαμέμνων,
αὐτίκα δ᾽ Ἰδομενῆα προσηύδα μειλιχίοισιν"
“Ἰδομενεῦ, περὶ μέν σε τίω Δαναῶν ταχυπώλων
ἠμὲν ἐνὶ πτολέμῳ ἠδ᾽ ἀλλοίῳ ἐπὶ ἔργῳ
ἠδ᾽ ἐν dail’, ὅτε πέρ τε γερούσιον αἴθοπα οἶνον
᾿Αργείων οἱ ἄριστοι ἐνὶ κρητῆρι κέρωνται.
εἴ περ γάρ T ἄλλοι γε κάρη κομόωντες ᾿Αχαιοὶ
δαιτρὸν πίνωσιν, σὸν δὲ πλεῖον δέπας αἰεὶ
ἕστηχ᾽. ὥς περ ἐμοί, πιέειν, ὅτε θυμὸς ἀνώγῃ.
ἀλλ᾽ ὄρσευ πολεμόνδ᾽, οἷος πάρος εὔχεαι εἶναι."

τὸν δ᾽ αὖτ᾽ ᾿Ιδομενεὺς Κρητῶν ἀγὸς ἀντίον nuda:
. “᾿Ατρεΐδη, “μᾶλα μέν τοι ἣν: ἐρίηρος whan Ye

aun ἀλχους ὄτρυνε κάρη. κομόωντας, ᾿Αχαιούς,

ὄφρα τάχιστα μαχώμε', ἐπεὶ σύν γ᾽ ὅρκι' ἔχευαν.

Τρῶες: τοῖσιν δ᾽ αὖ θάνατος καὶ κήδε ὀπίσσω
ἔσσετ᾽, ἐπεὶ πρότεροι ὑπὲρ ὅρκια δηλήσαντο.᾽"

Agamemnon wishes that All were Like the Ajaxes.

ὡς epar , ᾿Ατρεΐδης δὲ παρῴχετο ib course κῆρ.
ἦλθε δ᾽ ἐπ᾽ Αἰάντεσσι κιὼν ἀνὰ οὐλαμὸν ἀνδρῶν.
τὼ δὲ κορυσσέσθην, ἅμα δὲ νέφος εἵπετο πεζῶν.

pyre

275

280

Lor

285

290

300

FOURTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 81

ε > 7 5» > Ν ~ + 4 5 ’ > \

ὡς δ᾽ ὅτ᾽ ἀπὸ σκοπιῆς εἶδεν νέφος αἰπόλος ἀνὴρ

ἐρχόμενον κατὰ πόντον ὑπὸ Ζεφύροιο iwys:

a ee ES. γι , 27 ΄

τῷ δέ T ἄνευθεν ἐόντι μελάντερον ἠύτε πίσσα »
a ey ‘ , » ΄ yy ‘\ 7

φαίνετ᾽ ἰὸν κατὰ πόντον, ἄγει δέ τε λαίλαπα πολλήν

ε͵ , ἊΝ \ π᾿ ὧν Δ ¥ a

REISS τε ᾧ ὧν “ὑπό τε σπέος ἤλασε μῆλα:

τοῖαι ἄμ: Αἰάντεσσι, διοτρεφέων. αἰζηῶν )

δήιον ἐς πόλεμον muKwai κίνυντο φάλαγγες

κυάνεαι, σάκεσίν τε καὶ ἔγχεσι πεφρικυῖαι.

καὶ τοὺς μὲν γήθησεν ἰδὼν κρείων ᾿Αγαμέμνων,

καί σφεας φωνήσας ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα

“Αἴαντ᾽, ᾿Αργείων, ἡγήτορε χάλκοχιτώνων,

σῴϑι μὲν ov yap ἔοικ᾽ ὀτρυνέμεν, οὔ τι κελεύω.

αὐτὼ γὰρ μάλα λαὸν ἀνώγετον ἶφι μάχεσθαι.

ai γάρ, Ζεῦ τε πάτερ καὶ ᾿Αθηναίη καὶ ἴΑΛπολλον,

τοῖος πᾶσιν εβυμὸς ἐνὶ στήθεσσι γένοιτο"

τῷ κε τάχ᾽ ἡμύσειε πόλις Πριάμοιο ἄνακτος

(χερσὶν ὑφ᾽ ἡμετέρῃσιν ἁλοῦσά τε περθομένη TE.

Nestor marshals his Troops skilfully.

ὥς εἰπὼν τοὺς μὲν λίπεν αὐτοῦ, βῆ δὲ per addovs:
» 2» ¢ ΄ Φ. ν' ἐγμλλδὶ \ ΄ > ΄
ἔνθ᾽ ὅ γε Νέστορ᾽ ἔτετμε, λιγὺν Πυλίων ἀγορητήν,
οὖς ἑτάρους στέλλοντα καὶ ὀτρύνοντα μάχεσθαι
ἀμφὶ μέγαν Πελάγοντα, ᾿Αλάστορά τε, Χρομίον τε
Αἵμονά te κρείοντα Βίαντά τε ποιμένα λαῶν.
ἱππῆας μὲν πρῶτα σὺν ἵπποισιν καὶ ὄχεσφιν,
πεζοὺς δ᾽ ἐξόπιθε στῆσεν πολέας τε καὶ ἐσθλούς,
ἕρκος ἔμεν πολέμοιο" κακοὺς δ᾽ ἐς μέσσον ἔλασσεν,
ὄφρα (καὶ οὐκ ἐθέλων τις ἀναγκαίῃ πολεμέζοι.
ἱππεῦσιν μὲν πρῶτ᾽ ἐπετέλλετο: τοὺς γὰρ ἀνὥγειν
σφοὺς ἵππους ἐχέμεν, μηδὲ κλονέεσθαι spiro:
( ’ ε 4 ἈΝ » ΄ ‘

μηδέ τις ἱπποσύνῃ τε Kal ἠνορέηφι πεποιθὼς

82 OMHPOY IAIAAOS A

οἷος πρόσθ᾽ ἄλλων μεμάτω Τρώεσσι μάχεσθαι, ἡ.
305 μηδ᾽ ἀναχωρείτω- ἀλαπαδνότεροι γὰρ ἔσεσθε. ᾿

ἃ , > 3 3, 3 Ἂν φι 3 , 4 3 ν > ὦ

ὃς δέ κ᾿ ἀνὴρ ἀπὸ ὧν ὀχέων ἕτερ᾽ ἅρμαθ᾽ ἵκηται,

¥ 5 , ee ee \ , Y

ἔγχει ὀρεξάσθω, ἐπεὶ 7 πολὺ φέρτερον οὕτως.

1 δ᾽.
yo

Ὁ \ ε / / \ φι. oe EY, be
ὧδε Kal οἱ πρότεροι πόλιας καὶ Teiye ἐπόρθεον,
’ / Ν Ν > ee | ᾽ὔ » ᾽)
τόνδε νόον καὶ θυμὸν ἐνὶ στήθεσσιν ἔχοντες.
ἃ ε 4 A , ’ὔ +X > 4
80 ὧς ὁ γέρων wtpuve πάλαι πολέμων ἐὺ εἰδώς:
Ἁ Ν Ν / ‘ > \ ’ 3 ’ὔ
καὶ τὸν μὲν γήθησεν ἰδὼν κρείων ᾿Αγαμέμνων,
κὰν μιν φωνήσας ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα.
ὦ γέρον, εἴθ᾽, ὡς θυμὸς ἐνὶ στήθεσσι͵ Shore
ὧς TOL γούναθ᾽ ἕποιτο, By δέ τοι ἔμπεδος εἴη.
315 ἀλλά σε γῆρας τείρει ὁμοίιον- ws ὀφελέν τις
ΕῚ A »¥ » Ἁ Ν , lal ”
ἀνδρῶν ἄλλος ἔχειν, σὺ δὲ κουροτέροισι μετεῖναι.
\ δὲς , > »¥ , ε , /
τὸν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα Τερήνιος ἱππότα Néotap:
“«᾿Ατρεΐδη, μάλα μέν κεν ἐγὼν ἐθέλοιμι καὶ αὐτὸς
ἃ ¥ ε Ψ A 9 , ,
ὡς ἔμεν, ὡς ὅτε δῖον ᾿Ερευθαλίωνα κατέκταν.
9 3 ΕἾ Ψ ΄ \ , 3 ΄
820 ἀλλ᾽ οὐ πως ἅμα πάντα θεοὶ δόσαν ἀνθρώποισιν".
εἰ τότε κοῦρος ἔα, νῦν αὖτέ με γῆρας ὀπάζει. ~~
9 δ ae tg A ΄, 294 ,
ἀλλὰ Kal ὡς ἱππεῦσι μετέσσομαι ἠδὲ κελεύσω
βουλῇ καὶ μύθοισι, Τὸ γὰρ γέρας ἐστὶ yeperraie
bo“ αἰχμὰς δ᾽ αἰχμάσσουσι νεώτεροι, οἵ περ ἐμεῖο
325 ὁπλότεροι γεγάασι ' πεποίθασίν τε βίηφιν." ..(
Menestheus and Odysseus are unjustly rebuked by Agamemnon,
who apologizes.
ὡς Spar ᾿Ατρεΐδης δὲ παρῴχετο γηθόσυνος κῆρ.
<p υἱὸν Πετεῶο Μενεσθῆα πλήξιππον Nyt
ἑστεῶτ᾽ - ἀμφὶ δ᾽ ᾿Αθηναῖοι, μήστωρες ἀυτῆς:

αὐτὰρ ὁ πλησίον ἑστήκει πόλύμιηεξ: Ὀδυσσεύς, κεἰ

330 πὰρ δὲ Κεφαλλήνων ἀμφὶ στίχες οὐκ ἀλαπαδναὶ
ἕστασαν: οὐ γάρ πώ σφιν ἀκούετο λαὸς ἀυτῆς,
3 Ν ’ ’ ’ 4
ahha νέον συνορινόμεναι κίνυντο φάλαγγες

335

845

350

355

360
an)

FOURTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 83

Τρώων ἱπποδάμων καὶ ᾿Αχαιῶν, οἱ δὲ μένοντες

ἕστασαν, “ὁππότε πύργος ᾿Αχαιῶν ἄλλος ἐπελθὼν.

Τρώων ὁρμήσειε καὶ ἄρξειαν πολέμοιο. ὠὰ

τοὺς δὲ ἰδὼν νείκεσσεν ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν [SOLS

καί σφεας φωνήσας ἔπεα πτερόεντα TpoTHVoa:

“ὦ υἱὲ Πετεῶο διοτρεφέος βασιλῆος

καὶ σὺ κακοῖσι δόλοισι κεκασμένε, κερδαλεόφρον,

τίπτε καταπτώσσοντες ἀφέστατε, μίμνετε δ᾽ ἄλλους;

σφῶεν μέν τ᾽ ἐπέοικε μετὰ πρώτοισιν ἐόντας

ἑπτάμεν ἠδὲ μάχης καυστείρης ἀντιβολῆσαι.

πρώτω γὰρ καὶ δαιτὸς ἀκουάζεσθον ἐμεῖο,

ὁππότε δαῖτα γέρουσιν. ἐφοπλίζωμεν ᾿Αχαιοί.

ἔνθα φίλ᾽ ὀπταλέα κρέα ἔδμεναι, ἠδὲ κύπελλα

οἴνου πινέμεναι μελιηδέος, opp ἐθέλητον. a

νῦν δὲ pitas χ᾽ ὁρόῳτε, καὶ εἰ δέκα ϑύργοι ᾿Αχαιῶν

ὑμείων “προπάροιθε paxotaro rye χαλκῷ."

τὸν δ᾽ ap ὑπόδρα ἰδὼν προσέφη πολύμητις ᾿Οδυσσεύς-

“"Arpeldn, ποῖόν σε ἔπος φύγεν ἕρκος ὀδόντων. ©

πῶς δὴ φὴς πολέμοιο με εθιέμεν; ὁππότ᾽ ᾿Αχαιοὶ

Τρωσὶν. ἐφ᾽ ἱπποδάμοισιν ἐγείρομεν ὀξὺν “Apna,

ὄψεαι, ἣν ἐθέλῃσθα καὶ at κέν τοι τὰ wenn hy,”

Τηλεμάχοιο φίλον πατέρα προμάχοισι. μιγέντα

Τρώων ἱπποδάμων. σὺ δὲ ταῦτ᾽ ἀνεμώλια βάζεις."
τὸν δ᾽ ἐπιμειδήσας προσέφη κρείων ᾿Αγαμέμνων,

ὡς γνῷ χωομέγνοιο: πάλιν δ᾽ ὅ γε λάζετο μῦθον.“

“διογενὲς Λαερτιάδη, ΄πολυμήχαν᾽ ᾿Οδυσσεῦ,

οὔτε σε νεικείω περιώσιον οὔτε κελεύω:

οἶδα γάρ, ws τοι θυμὸς ἐνὶ στήθεσσι φίλοισιν

ἤπια δήνεα. οἶδε: τὰ yap φρονέεις, a τ᾽ ἐγώ περ.

ἀλλ᾽ ἴθι, ταῦτα δ᾽ ὄπισθεν ἀρεσσόμεθ᾽, εἴ τι κακὸν νῦν

εἴρηται, τὰ δὲ πάντα θεοὶ μεταμώνια θεῖεν."

84

365

370

375

380

385

390

OMHPOY IAIAAOS A

Diomed is compared with his peers Tydeus.

ὡς εἰπὼν τοὺς μὲν λίπεν αὐτοῦ, βῆ δὲ per’ ἄλλους.
εὗρε δὲ Τυδέος υἱὸν ὑπέρθυμον Διομήδεα
ε “a > » 39 f. Ν ν A
ἑστεῷτ᾽ ev θ᾽ ἵπποισι καὶ ἅρμασι κολλητοῖσιν᾽

Ἀ ’, ε ε ᾽’ , ’ ΙΕ |
πὰρ δέ οἱ ἑστήκει Σθένελος Καπανήιος υἱός.
καὶ τὸν μὲν νείκεσσεν ἰδὼν κρείων ᾽Αγαμέμνων,
ἐλ: μιν φωνήσας ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα"

ὦ ir Τυδέος υἱὲ δαΐφρονος ἱπποδάμοιο,
τί πτώσσεις, τί δ᾽ ὀπιπεύεις πολέμοιο γεφύρας;
οὐ μὲν Τυδέι 2 ὧδε φίλον πτωσκαζέμεν ἦεν,
ἀλλὰ πολὺ πρὸ φίλων ἑτάρων δηίοισι μάχεσθαι.
ὡς φάσαν, οἵ μιν ἴδοντο πονεύμενον: οὐ γὰρ ἐγώ γε
ἤντησ᾽ οὐδὲ ἴδον. , περὶ δ᾽ ἄλλων φασὶ γενέσθαι.
ἢ τοι μὲν yap. 'ἅτερ πολέμου. εἰσῆλθε Μυκήνας.
ξεῖνος ap’ ἀντιθέῳ ἸΤολυνείκεϊ, λαὸν ἀγείρων,

ᾧρ; τὸς a ee [4_? oe Ν Ν ΄, ΄
οἵ ῥα τότ᾽ ἐστρατόωνθ᾽ ἱερὰ πρὸς τείχεα Θήβης.

’ ε , ’ ’ὔ \ > 4
καί pa μάλα λίσσοντο δόμεν κλειτοὺς ἐπικούρους"
ε 3.» , ia eS ε 7: Ὁ
οἱ δ᾽ ἔθελον δόμεναι καὶ ἐπήνέόν, ὡς ἐκέλευον
ἀλλὰ Ζεὺς ἔτρεψε, πάραίσια σήματα: φαίνων.

: Pees let, > ΕἾ ION ete ree Peery 2
οἱ δ᾽ ἐπεὶ οὖν ᾧχοντο ἰδὲ mpd ὁδοῦ ἐγένοντο,
9 Ν ’ ῷ a, Ὁ , “
Ασωπὸν δ᾽ ἵκοντο βαθύσχοινον λεχεποίην,

Ϊ A an

ἔνθ᾽ αὖτ᾽ ἀγγελίην ἐπὶ Τυδῆ στεῖλαν ᾿Αχαιοί. |
αὐτὰρ ὁ βῆ, πολέας δὲ κιχήσατο Kadpelwvas -
δαινυμένους κατὰ δῶμα! Bins “Ereokdyneins. )
ἔνθ᾽ οὐδὲ ξεῖνός περ ἐὼν ἱππηλάτα Τυδεὺς
τάρβει, μοῦνος ἐὼν πολέσιν μετὰ Καδμείοισιν,
ἀλλ᾽ ὅ γ᾽ ἀεθλεύειν ΄“προκαλίζετο, πάντα δ᾽ ἐνίκα
ἤιθιως: τοίη οἱ ἐπίρροθος ἦεν ᾿Αθήνη.
ot δὲ χολωσάμενοι Καδμεῖοι, κέντορες ἵππων,
ἂψ ap ἀνερχομένῳ πυκινὸν λόχον εἷσαν ἄγοντες,

395

400

405

FOURTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 85

>
κούρους πεντήκοντα: δύω δ᾽ ἡγήτορες ἦσαν,
Μαίων Αἱμονίδης ἐπιείκελος ἀθανάτοισιν
υἱός T Αὐτοφόνοιο μενεπτόλεμος Πολυφόντης.
Τυδεὺς μὲν καὶ τοῖσιν ἀεικέα πότμον ἐφῆκεν. Son!
, ΨΚ fs Ὁ > 5 Y se ,
πάντας exepy, eva δ᾽ οἷον ἵει οἰκόνδε νέεσθαι"
Ye δ΄. ΄ la ΨΥ." ,
Maiov’ apa προέηκε, θεῶν τεράεσσι πιθήσας.
τοῖος ἔην Τυδεὺς Αἰτώλιος: ἀλλὰ τὸν υἱὸν .
, a , , > A τ: tae ΄ ”
γείνατο elo χέρηα μάχῃ, ἀγορῇ δέ τ᾽ ἀμείνω.

Diomed’s Comrade repels the Criticism.

ὡς φάτο, Tov δ᾽ ov τι, προσέφη κρατερὸς Διομήδης,

αἰδεσθεὶς βασιλῆος ἐνιπὴν αἰδοίοιο.

τὸν δ᾽ υἱὸς Καπανῆος ἀμείψατο κυδαλίμοιο
“᾿Ατρεΐδη, μὴ ψεύδε᾽ ἐπιστάμενος σάφα εἰπεῖν.
ἡμεῖς τοι πατέρων μέγ᾽ ἀμείνονες εὐχόμεθ᾽ εἶναι"

ἡμεῖς καὶ Θήβης ἕδος εἵλομεν ἑπταπύλοιο,

πα , Ν 3 , ay eS A »
παυρότερον λαὸν ἀγαγόνθ᾽, ὑπὸ τεῖχος ἄρειον,

410

{TA

420

πειθόμενοι τεράεσσι θεῶν καὶ Ζηνὸς ἀρωγῇ᾽
κεῖνοι δὲ, (σφετέρῃσιν ἀτασθαλίῃσιν ὄλοντο.
τῷ μή μοι; πατέρας ποθ᾽ ὁμοίῃ ἔνθεο τιμῇ."

τὸν δ᾽ ap ὑπόδρα ἰδὼν προσέφη κρατερὸς Διομήδης"
“τέττα, σιωπῇ ἧσο, ἐμῷ δ᾽ ἐπιπείθεο μύθῳ.
οὐ γὰρ ἐγὼ νεμεσῶ ᾿Αγαμέμνονι ποιμένι λαῶν
ὀτρύνοντι μάχεσθαι ἐυκνήμιδᾳς ᾿Αχαιούς.
τούτῳ μὲν γὰρ κῦδος ἅμ᾽ ἕψεται, εἴ κεν ᾿Αχαιοὶ
Τρῶας δρώσωσιν, ἕλωσί τε Ἴλιον ἱρήν,
τούτῳ δ᾽ αὖ μέγα͵ πένθος | ᾿Αχαιῶν δῃωθέντων.
ἀλλ᾽ ἦγε δὴ καὶ νῶι ἱμεδώμεθα θούριδὸς ἀλκῆς."

ἢ ῥα καὶ ἐξ ὀχέων σὺν τεύχεσιν ἄλτο χαμᾶζε: δ᾽
δεινὸν δ᾽ ἔβραχε χαλκὸς ἐπὶ στήθεσσιν ἄνακτος
ὀρνυμένου" ὑπό κεν ταλασίφρονά περ δέος εἷλεν.

lh
Ἢ

ιν
LAP

86

425

430

435

440

445

OMHPOY IAIAAO® A

The Armies advance. Athena is with the Achaeans; Ares, with the
Trojans.

ὡς δ᾽ oT ἐν αἰγιαλῷ πολυηχέι κῦμα θαλάσσης

ὄργυτ᾽ ἐπασσύτερον Ζεφύρου UTO κινήσαντος"

πόντῳ μέν TE πρῶτα κορύσσεται, αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα

aoa pee
χέρσῳ ῥηγνύμενον μεγάλα, βρέμει, ἀμφὶ δέ 7 ἄκρας
κυρτὰν. ἰὸν Κορυφοῦται" ἀποπτύει δ᾽ ads ἄχνην" ~

ὡς. τότ᾽ ἐπασσύτεραι Δαναῶν κίνυντο φάλαγγες

νωλεμέως πολεμόνδε. κέλευε δὲ οἷσιν ἕκαστος

ἡγεμόνων᾽ οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι ἀκὴν ἴσαν, οὐδέ κε φαίης |
τόσσον λαὸν ἕπεσθαι ἔχοντ᾽ ἐν στήθεσιν αὐδήν,“
συγῇ, δειδιότες σημάντορας" ἀμφὶ δὲ πᾶσιν oh fs
τεύχεα '"“ποικίλ᾽ ἔλαμπε, τὰ εἱμένοι ἐστιχόωντό. )
Τρῶες δ᾽, ὥς τ᾽ ὄιες ᾿πολυπάμονος ἀνδρὸς; ἐν avdy
ἀζηχὲς fore ΣΎΝ ἀκούουσαι ὄπα ἀ ἀρνῶν,

ὡς Ἐρώων ἀλᾶλητὸς ἀνὰ στ βάτον εὐρὺν ὀρώρει".

οὐ γὰρ πάντων ἦεν. ὁμὸς θρόος οὐδ᾽ ἴα γῆρυς,

FS nates)

ἀλλὰ Pane ἐμ έμικτο, πολύκλητοι δ᾽ ἔσαν ἄνδρες.
ὦρσε δὲ τοὺς μὲν “Ἄρης, τοὺς δὲ. -γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη
Δειμός τ᾽ ἠδὲ Φόβος καὶ Ἔρις, ἄμοτον μεμαυῖα," ὍΝ
“Ἄρεος ἀνδροφόνοιο, κασιγνήτη, ἑτάρη TE,

nT ὀλίγῃ μὴν πρῶτά κορύσσεται, αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα
οὐρανῷ ἐστήρι κάρη καὶ ἐπὶ χθονὶ βαίνει.

ἢ σφιν καὶ τότε νεῖκος ὁμοίιον ἔμβαλε μέσσῳ

ἐρχομένη καθ᾽ ὅμιλον, ὀφέλλουσα στόνον ἀνδρῶν.

The Armies meet.
οἱ δ᾽ ὅτε δή ῥ᾽ ἐς χῶρον eva ξυνιόντες ἵκοντο
ἢ Pp ἐς χὼρ UVLOVTES LKOVTO,
4 ec -,y ε ’ \ > ¥ \ 4 > 3 ~
σύν ῥ᾽ ἔβαλον ῥινούς, σὺν δ᾽ ἔγχεα καὶ peve ἀνδρῶν

FOURTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 87

χαλκεοθωρήκων: ἀτὰρ ἀσπίδες ὀμφαλόεσσαι

ἔπληντ᾽ ἀλλήλῃσι, πολὺς δ᾽ ὀρυμαγδὸς ὀρώρειν.

450 ἔνθα δ᾽ ἅμ᾽ οἰμωγή τε καὶ εὐχωλὴ πέλεν ἀνδρῶν
ὀλλύντων τε καὶ ὀλλυμένων, ῥέε δ᾽ αἵματι γαῖα.
ὡς δ᾽ ὅτε χείμαρροι ποταμοὶ κατ᾽ ὄρεσφι ῥέοντες
ἐς μισγάγκειαν ξυμβάλλετον ὄβριμον ὕδωρ
ρουνῶν ἐκ μεγάλων) κοίλης ἔντοσθε χαράδρης "

455 τῶν δέ τε Τηλόσε δοῦπον ἐν oupeow ἔκλυε ποιμήν

ὡς τῶν μισγομένων γένετο ἰαχή τε πόνος τε.

Antilochus kills Echepdlus.
πρῶτος δ᾽ ᾿Αντίλοχος (Τρώων) ἕλεν ἄνδρα κορυστὴν
ἐσθλὸν (evi προμάχοισι, Θαλυσιάδην ᾿Εχέπωλον
τόν ῥ᾽ ἔβαλε πρῶτος κόρυθος φάλον ἱπποδασείης,
400 (ἐν δὲ μετώπῳ THES πέῤησε δ᾽ ap ὀστέον εἴσω
αἰχμὴ χαλκείη" τὸν δὲ σκότος ὄσσε κάλυψεν, ἌΡ
“ἤριπε δ᾽, ὡς ὅτε πύργος, ἐνὶ κρατερῇ ὑσμίνῃ.᾿
τὸν δὲ πεσόντα᾽ ποδῶν ἔλαβε κρείων ᾿Ελεφήνωρ

"Τῇ

Χαλκωδοντιάδης, “μεγαθύμων ἀρχὸς ᾿Αβάντων,

405 ἕλκε δ᾽ ὑπὲκ βέλέων λεχιημένος, ὄφρα τάχιστα
τεύχεα συλήσειε. fila δέ οἱ γένεθ᾽ ὁρμή:
νεκρὸν γάρ p ters) ἰδὼν μεγάθυμος ᾿Αγήνωρ
Trevpd, τά οἱ κύψαντι, παρ᾽ ἀσπίδος ἐξεφαάνθη,"
"οὕτησεί ξυστῷ χαλκήρεϊ, λῦσε δὲ γυῖα.

410 ὡς τὸν μὲν λίπε θυμός, ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ δ᾽ ἔργον ἐτύχθη
ἀργαλέον Τρώων καὶ ᾿Αχαιῶν; οἱ δὲ λύκοι ὡς
ἀλλήλοις ἐπόρουσαν, ἀνὴρ δ᾽ ἀνδρ᾽ ἐδνοπάλιζεν.

Ajax and Odysseus slay Trojans.

ἔνθ᾽ ἔβαλ᾽ ᾿Ανθεμίωνος υἱὸν Τελαμώνιος Αἴας,
ἠΐίθεον θαλερὸν Σιμοείσιον, ὅν ποτε μήτηρ

88

475

480

485

490

500

505

OMHPOY IAIAAOS A
> i

| Ww

Ἴδηθεν κατιοῦσα παρ᾽ ὄχθῃσιν Σιμόεντος

4 > 5 ,’ ε “ P23 4 “ > he
γείνατ᾽, ἐπεί pa τοκεῦσιν ap ἕσπετο μῆλα ἰδέσθαι:
τούνεκά μιν κάλεον Σιμοείσιον: οὐδὲ τοκεῦσιν.
θρέπτρα φίλοις ἀπέδωκε, μινυνθάδιος δέ οἱ αἰὼν
» 8: νἀ er | ¥ ΄ Ν »
ἔπλεθ᾽ ὑπ᾽ Αἴαντος μεγαθύμου δουρὶ δαμέντι.

A ΄ 27 ΄ hie ᾿ χ Ν
πρῶτον, γάρ. μιν ἰόντα βάλε στῆθος παρὰ μαζὸν
δεξιόν, ἀντικρὺς δὲ δι᾿ ὦμου “Δάλκεον ἔγχος |
ἦλθεν. ὁ δ᾽ ἐν κονίῃσι χαμαὶ πέσεν αἴγειρος ὥς,
ἡ ῥά τ᾽ ἐν εἰαμενῇ ἕλεος μεγάλοιο πεφύκῃ
Aer; ἀτάρ τέ οἱ ὄζοι ἐπ᾽ ἀκροτάτῃ Tepvacw :
τὴν μέν θ᾽ ἁρματοπηγὺς ἀνὴρ αἴθωνι σιδήρῳ

ἐξέταμ᾽, ὄφρα ἴτυν κάμψῃ ἱπερικαλλέι δίφρῳ -;

ε l4 > 5 ; 7? κω aA > »
ἡ μέν τ᾽ ἀζομένη κεῖται ποταμοῖο Tap ὄχθας.
τοῖον ap ᾿Ανθεμίδην Σιμοείσιον ἐξενάριξεν
Αἴας διογενής. τοῦ δ᾽ ᾿Αντιῴος αἰολοθώρηξ
Πριαμίδης καθ᾽ ὅμιλον ἀκόντισεν ὀξέι δουρί:
τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ᾽, ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον ᾿Οῦυσσέος ἐσθλὸν ἑταῖρον
βεβλήκει βουβῶνα νέκυν ἑτέρωσ᾽ EpvovTa:
» 3 3 3 > ~ αὶ ld ε » ᾿ ’͵
ἤριπε δ᾽ ἀμφ᾽ αὐτῷ, νεκρὸς δέ οἱ ἔκπεσε χειρός.
τοῦ δ᾽ Ὀδυσεὺς μάλα θυμὸν ἀποκταμένοιο χολώθη,
a \ Χ , "2 »Ω. : a
βῆ δὲ διὰ προμάχων κεκορυθμένος aifom χαλκῷ,"
A \ a es \ ae REP same \ ag
στῆ δὲ μάλ᾽ ἐγγὺς ἰών, καὶ ἀκόντισε δουρὶ φαεινῷ
5 “πώ , ᾿ neat ‘ a , f
ἀμφὶ € παπτήνας. ὑπὸ de Ῥρβες κεκάδοντο
3 Ν 3 ,
ἀνδρὸς ἀκοντίσσαντος. ὁ δ᾽ οὐχ ἅλιον βέλος ἧκεν,
ἀλλ᾽ υἱὸν Πριάμοιο νόθον βάλε Δημοκόωντα,
ὅς οἱ ᾿Αβυδόθεν ἦλθε, παρ᾽ ἵππων ὠκειάων"
τόν ῥ᾽ ᾿Οδυσεὺς “ἑτάροιο χολωσάμενος. βάλε δουρὶ
κόρσην' ἡ δ᾽ ἑτέροιο διὰ κροτάφοιο πέρησεν
> Ν ’ Ἂς Ν ’ μή ’
αἰχμὴ χαλκείη: τὸν δὲ σκότος ὄσσε κάλυψεν,
δούπησεν δὲ πεσών, ἀράβησε δὲ τεύχε᾽ ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ.
4 > ε ’ὔ ’ ‘\ / 7
χώρησαν δ᾽ ὑπό τε πρόμαχοι καὶ φαίδιμος Ἕκτωρ.

510

515

520

525

530

FOURTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 89

Apollo rouses the Trojans. A General Slaughter begins.

᾿Αργεῖοι δὲ μέγα ἴαχον, ἐρύσαντο δὲ νεκρούς,

ἴθυσαν δὲ πολὺ προτέρω. νεέμέσησε δ᾽ ᾿Απόλλων
Περγάμου ἐκκατιδών, Τρώεσσι δὲ κέκλετ᾽ ἀύσας:

“ ὄρνυσθ᾽, ἱππόδαμοι Τρῶες, μηδ᾽ εἴκετε χάρμης
᾿Αργείοις, ἐπεὶ ov σφι λίθος χρὼς οὐδὲ σίδηρος
χαλκὸν ἀνασχέσθαι ταμεσίχροα βαλλομένοισιν.
οὐ μὰν οὐδ᾽ ᾿Αχιλεὺς Θέτιδος πάις ἠυκόμοιο |
μάρναται, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ νηυσὶ χόλον θυμαλγέα πέσσει."
ὡς dar ἀπὸ πτόλιος δεινὸς θεός: αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχαιοὺς
ὦρσε Διὸς θυγάτηρ κυδίστη Τριτογένεια,
ἐρχομένη καθ᾽ ὅμιλον, ὅθι μεθιέντας ἴδοιτο.
ἔνθ᾽ ᾿Αμαρυγκεΐδην Διώρεα μοῖρα πέδησεν"
χερμαδίῳ γὰρ βλῆτο παρὰ σφυρὸν ὀκριόεντι
κνήμην δεξιτερήν: βάλε δὲ Θρῃκῶν ἀγὸς ἀνδρῶν,
Πείροος Ἰμβρασίδης, ὃς ap Αἰνόθεν φληλούδειν᾽,
ἀμφοτέρω δὲ τένοντε καὶ ὀστέα λᾶας ἀναιδὴς eben

, “ἄχρις ἀπηλοίησεν. ὁ δ᾽ ὕπτιος ἐν κονίῃσιν

κάππεσεν, ἄμφω χεῖρε φίλοις ἑτάροισι πετάσσας,
θυμὸν ἀποπνείων. ὁ δ᾽ ἐπέδραμεν, ὅ ὅς ῥ᾽ ἐβαλέν περ,
Πείροος, οὗτα δὲϊδονρὺ παρ᾽ ὀμφαλόν. ἐκ δ᾽ ἄρα πᾶσαι
χύντο χαμαὶ χολάϑες, τὸν δὲ σκότος ὄσσε κάλυψεν.
τὸν δὲ Θόας Αἰτωλὸς ἀπεσσύμενον βάλε δουρὶ
στέρνον ὑπὲρ μαζοῖο, π πάγη δ᾽ ἐν πνεύμονι χαλκός.

᾿ ἀγχίμολον δέ «οἱ ἦλθε Θόας, ἐκ δ᾽ ὄβριμον ἔγχος

ἐσπάσατο στέρνοιο, ἐρύσσατο δὲ ξίφος ὀξύ,

τῷ ὅ γε γαστέρα τύ τύψε μέσην, ἐκ δ᾽ αἴνυτο θυμόν.
τεύχεα δ᾽ οὐκ ἀπέδυσε: περίστησαν γὰρ ἑταῖροι
Θρήικες ἀκρόκομοι δολίχ᾽ ἔγχεα χερσὶν ἔχοντες,
οἵ ἑ μέγαν περ ἐόντα καὶ ἴφθιμον καὶ ἀγαυὸν

90

535

OMHPOY ἘΑΈΝΟΌΣ Δ

ὦσαν ἀπὸ σφείων. 6 δὲ χασσάμενος anes

ὡς τώ γ᾽ ἐν κονίῃσι παρ᾽ ἀλλήλοισι τετάσθην,͵
ἢ τοι ὁ μὲν Θρῃκῶν, 6 δ᾽ Ἐπειῶν χαλκοχιτώνων
ἡγεμόνες - πολλοὶ δὲ περικτείνοντο, καὶ ἄλλοι.
ἔνθα κεν οὐκέτι ἔργον ἀνὴρ ὀνόσαιτο μετελθών,
ὅς τις eT ἄβλητος καὶ ἀνούτατος (ὀξέι χαλκῷ)
δινεύοι κατὰ μέσσον, ἄγοι δέ ἑ Παλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη
χειρὸς ἑλοῦσα, ἀτὰρ βελέων ἀπερύκοι “pany .
πολλοὶ yap Τρώων καὶ ᾿Αχαιῶν nate κείνῳ.

/ 5 ’, 3 > 4 ’
πρηνέες ἐν κονίῃσι παρ ἀλλήλοισι τέταντο.

OMHPOY IAITAAOD FE

ΕΠ: βάλλει Κυθέρειαν “Apnd re Τυδέος vids.
Ei Venerem et Martem Diomedis tela cruentant.

‘In Epsilon, Heaven’s blood is shed
By sacred rage of Diomed.’

Διομήδους ἀριστεία.

Diomed begins his ‘Bravery.’ Athena and Ares leave the Field.
The Achaeans turn the Trojans to Flight.
ἔνθ᾽ αὖ Τυδεΐδῃ Διομήδεϊ Παλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη
δῶκε μένος καὶ θάρσος, ἵν᾿ ἔκδηλος μετὰ πᾶσιν
> ’ ’, O48 ’ > Ν ¥
Ἀργείοισι γένοιτο ἰδὲ κλέος ἐσθλὸν ἄροιτο.
daté οἱ ἐκ κόρυθός τε καὶ ἀσπίδος ἀκάματον πῦρ,
ὅ ἀστέρ᾽ ὀπωρινῷ ἐναλίγκιον, ὅς τε μάλιστα
λαμπρὸν παμφαίνῃσι λελουμένος ᾿Ωκεανοῖο'
τοῖόν οἱ πῦρ δαῖεν ἀπὸ κρατός τε καὶ ὦμων,
53 4 Ν 4 ” A /
ὦρσε δέ μιν κατὰ μέσσον, ὅθι πλεῖστοι κλονέοντο.
5 , > , , 5 \ Si. ee
ἣν δέ τις ἐν Τρώεσσι Adpys ἀφνειὸς ἀμύμων,
ε Ἀ c , , ’ ε IE 4 »
10 ἱρεὺς Ἡφαίστοιο: δύω δέ οἱ υἱέες Horny,
‘ > as / 2 56. ,
Φηγεὺς Ἰδαῖός τε, μάχης ἐὺ εἰδότε πάσης"
τώ οἱ ἀποκρινθέντε ἐναντίω ὁρμηθήτην᾽
Ἀ 4 > iw. 5 c > ᾽ Ν. Ν ¥ ’
τὼ μὲν ἀφ᾽ ἵπποιιν, ὁ δ᾽ ἀπὸ χθονὸς ὦρνυτο πεζός.
οἱ δ᾽ ὅτε δὴ σχεδὸν ἦσαν ἐπ᾽ ἀλλήλοισιν ἰόντες,
15 Φηγεύς ῥα πρότερος προΐει δολιχόσκιον ἔγχος"
Τυδεΐδεω δ᾽ ὑπὲρ ὦμον ἀριστερὸν HAVO’ ἀκωκὴ
» > > ¥ > 5 , c ΒΝ » lal
ἔγχεος, οὐδ᾽ Bad’ αὐτόν. ὁ δ᾽ ὕστερος ὥρνυτο χαλκῷ
Τυδεΐδης: τοῦ δ᾽ οὐχ ἅλιον βέλος ἔκφυγε χειρός,
91

92

20

25

30

35

40

45

OMHPOY IAIAAO®S E

ἀλλ᾽ ἔβαλε στῆθος μεταμάζιον, ὦσε δ᾽ ad’ ἵππων.
Ἰδαῖος δ᾽ ἀπόρουσε λιπὼν περικαλλέα δίφρον,
οὐδ᾽ ἔτλη περιβῆναι ἀδελφειοῦ κταμένοιο-

Oe Ν ἠδέ rbot ε ὰ al ΄,
οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδέ κεν αὐτὸς ὑπέκφυγε κῆρα μέλαιναν,
ἀλλ᾽ Ἥφαιστος ἔρυτο, σάωσε δὲ νυκτὶ καλύψας.
ὡς δή οἱ μὴ πάγχυ γέρων ἀκαχήμενος εἴη.
ν > 3 ’ ’ὔ , en
ἵππους δ᾽ ἐξελάσας μεγαθύμου Τυδέος vids
δῶκεν ἑταίροισιν κατάγειν κοίλας ἐπὶ νῆας.

κ΄ A ’ὔ 5 \ ¥ 4 ’
Τρῶες δὲ μεγάθυμοι ἐπεὶ ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος

Ἀ \ 3 / Ν Ν ’ > Ἦ»
τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον, τὸν δὲ κτάμενον παρ᾽ ὄχεσφιν,
΄“ 5 4 ’ » Ν ΄“ 3 ᾽ὔ
πᾶσιν ὀρίνθη θυμός: ἀτὰρ γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη
χειρὸς ἑλοῦσ᾽ ἐπέεσσι προσηύδα θοῦρον “Apya:
“ἾΑρες, Apes βροτολοιγέ, μιαιφόνε, τειχεσιπλῆτα,
3 x a! “ Ν 2:2 ee Ν
οὐκ ἀν δὴ Tpwas μὲν ἐάσαιμεν καὶ Ἀχαιοὺς

’ 3 ε lA \ ‘ a 5 ia
μάρνασθ᾽, ὁπποτέροισι πατὴρ Ζεὺς κῦδος ὀρέξῃ,
νῶι δὲ χαζώμεσθα, Διὸς δ᾽ ἀλεώμεθα μῆνιν."

Six Achaean Leaders slay Each a Trojan.

ἃ 3 A ’, δ A »»
ὡς εἰποῦσα μάχης ἐξήγαγε θοῦρον “Apna.
τὸν μὲν ἔπειτα καθεῖσεν ἐπ᾽ ἠιόεντι Σκαμάνδρῳ,
Τρῶας δ᾽ ἔκλιναν Δαναοί: ἕλε δ᾽ ἄνδρα ἕκαστος
ἡγεμόνων. πρῶτος δὲ ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾿Αγαμέμνων
ἀρχὸν ᾿“Αλιζώνων, ᾿Οδίον μέγαν, ἔκβαλε δίφρου:
πρώτῳ γὰρ στρεφθέντι μεταφρένῳ ἐν δόρυ πῆξεν
» 4 ὃ Ν δὲ Ai ὅλ
ὦμων μεσσηγύς, διὰ δὲ στήθεσφιν ἔλασσεν.
[δούπησεν δὲ πεσών, ἀράβησε δὲ τεύχε᾽ ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ. ]
5» Ν > ¥ “A 3 ’ ’ en
Ιδομενεὺς δ᾽ apa Φαῖστον ἐνήρατο, Myovos υἱὸν
Βώρου, ὃς ἐκ Τάρνης ἐριβώλακος εἰληλούθειν᾽
τὸν μὲν ap ᾿Ιδομενεὺς δουρικλυτὸς ἔγχεϊ μακρῷ
ζϑ 3 ’ ἣν ὃ Ν Ss
νύξ᾽ ἵππων ἐπιβησόμενον κατὰ δεξιὸν ὦμον.
» δ᾽ 9 ge \ 5° A , tr
ἤριπε δ᾽ ἐξ ὀχέων, στυγερὸς δ᾽ apa μιν σκότος εἷλεν.

65

70

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 93

\ \ et aa A > , ΄
τὸν μὲν ap ᾿Ιδομενῆος ἐσύλευον θεράποντες
en \ / / 7 ’ὔ
υἱὸν δὲ Στροφίοιο Σκαμάνδριον, αἵμονα θήρης,
᾿Ατρεΐδης Μενέλαος ἕλ᾽ ἔγχεϊ ὀξυόεντι,
ἐσθλὸν θηρητῆρα: δίδαξε γὰρ ἤΑρτεμις αὐτὴ
ld ¥ , ’ ’ Ἂ ν
βάλλειν ἄγρια πάντα, τά τε τρέφει οὐρεσιν vA».
> > 4 ε 4 “A o + > 4
ἀλλ᾽ ov οἱ τότε ye χραῖσμ Ἄρτεμις ἰοχέαιρα,
> Ν ε ’ Φ' Ἁ ’ ’
οὐδὲ ἑκηβολίαι, How τὸ πρίν γε κέκαστο᾽
ἀλλά μιν ᾿Ατρεΐδης δουρικλειτὸς Μενέλαος
/ Y, , ’ » A
πρόσθεν ἔθεν φεύγοντα μετάφρενον οὔτασε δουρὶ
» ,ὕ Ν Ν , »
[ὦμων μεσσηγύς, διὰ δὲ στήθεσφιν ἔλασσεν. |
¥ \ / > ’ Ν Le > S92 > ”
ἤριπε δὲ πρηνής, ἀράβησε δὲ τεύχε᾽ ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ.
’, ἈΝ 4 > / 4 en
Μηριόνης δὲ Φέρεκλον ἐνήρατο, Τέκτονος υἱὸν
ε 4 ἃ Ἀ 5 / Ά 4 ,
Appovidew, ὃς χερσὶν ἐπίστατο δαίδαλα πάντα
τεύχειν: ἔξοχα γάρ μιν ἐφίλατο Παλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη.
ἃ 4.28 4 4 ~ 52
ὃς καὶ ᾿Αλεξάνδρῳ τεκτήνατο νῆας ἐΐσας
ἀρχεκάκους, al πᾶσι κακὸν Τρώεσσι γένοντο
e > TP ee > Ν »¥ = 5 , »
of τ᾽ αὐτῷ, ἐπεὶ ov τι θεῶν ἐκ θέσφατα ἤδη.
‘ Ν ’ ν Ν Ψ, 4
Tov μὲν Μηριόνης, ore δὴ κατέμαρπτε διώκων,
βεβλήκει γλουτὸν κάτα δεξιόν: ἡ δὲ διαπρὸ
3 ‘ \ , 4: 1 > , ¥ acts "ἘΠ
ἀντικρὺς κατὰ κύστιν ὑπ᾽ ὀστέον HAVO’ ἀκωκή.
γνὺξ δ᾽ ἔριπ᾽ οἰμώξας, θάνατος δέ μιν ἀμφεκάλυψεν.
Πήδαιον δ᾽ ap’ ἔπεφνε Μέγης, ᾿Αντήνορος υἱόν,
9 ε , A ¥ 4 > ¥ A ,
ὅς pa νόθος μὲν ἔην, πύκα δ᾽ ἔτρεφε Sia Θεανώ,
> / ’ ’ / oe e
ἶσα φίλοισι τέκεσσι, χαριζομένη πόσεϊ ᾧ.

τὸν μὲν Φυλεΐδης δουρικλυτὸς ἐγγύθεν ἐλθὼν

- βεβλήκει κεφαλῆς κατὰ ἰνίον ὀξέι δουρί:

75

> ‘ > > "ῷὸ > / ε Ν “A 4 /

ἀντικρὺς δ᾽ av’ ὀδόντας ὑπὸ γλῶσσαν τάμε χαλκός.

¥ >. Φ / Ν > ¢ Ν 3 “

ἤριπε δ᾽ ἐν κονίῃ, ψυχρὸν δ᾽ ἕλε χαλκὸν ὀδοῦσιν.
Εὐρύπυλος δ᾽ ᾿Εναιμονίδης Ὑψήνορα δῖον,

εν ε ’ 4 7 c 4

υἱὸν ὑπερθύμου Δολοπίονος, ὅς pa Σκαμάνδρου

ἀρητὴρ ἐτέτυκτο, θεὸς δ᾽ ὡς τίετο δήμῳ,

94

80

85

90

95

100

105

OMHPOY IAIAAOS E

Ν \ ¥ 93 > 4 3 ’ὔ 3 Ν ΕΝ
τὸν μὲν ap Ἐὐρύπυλος ᾿Ἑναίμονος ἀγλαὸς υἱὸς

΄ Y, 4 “4 ¥ aes 8ὴ
πρόσθεν ev φεύγοντα μεταδρομάδην ἔλασ᾽ ὦμον

φασγάνῳ ἀΐξας, ἀπὸ δ᾽ ἔξεσε χεῖρα βαρεῖαν.

ε ’ὔ \ Χ / , Ν A 3 ἂν
αἱματόεσσα δὲ χεὶρ πεδίῳ πέσε: τὸν δὲ κατ᾽ ὄσσε
» ͵ , Ν A ’
ἔλλαβε πορφύρεος θάνατος καὶ μοῖρα κραταιή.

Further Introduction to the ‘Bravery’ of Diomed.

ὡς οἵ μὲν πονέοντο κατὰ κρατερὴν ὑσμίνην.
Τυδεΐδην δ᾽ οὐκ ἂν γνοίης, ποτέροισι μετείη,
9.Ἅ, Ν ἃ ε ’ > \ et A
ne μετὰ Τρώεσσιν ὁμιλέοι ἢ pet ᾿Αχαιοῖς.
θῦνε γὰρ ἂμ πεδίον ποταμῷ πλήθοντι ἐοικὼς
χειμάρρῳ, ὅς T ὦκα ῥέων ἐκέδασσε γεφύρας:
Ν 3 γ΄, » - > , > ’
τὸν δ᾽ οὔτ᾽ ἄρ τε γέφυραι ἐερμέναι ἰσχανόωσιν,
¥> » Y ¥ 9 , : ,
OUT apa ἔἕρκεα ἴσχει ἀλωάων ἐριθηλέων
3 ’ 3 5 4 7 3 3 ’ὔ Ν »”
ἐλθόντ᾽ ἐξαπίνης, or ἐπιβρίσῃ Διὸς ὄμβρος:

Ν 3 ε 3 4 “A ¥ 7 4x3 > aA
πολλὰ δ᾽ ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἔργα κατήριπε Kad’ αἰζηῶν.
ὡς ὑπὸ Τυδεΐδῃ πυκιναὶ κλονέοντο φάλαγγες
Τρώων, οὐδ᾽ ἄρα μιν μίμνον πολέες περ ἐόντες.

Diomed is wounded, but is strengthened by Athena.
. Ὁ. te > a » , 9 Ν eX
τὸν δ᾽ ws οὖν ἐνόησε Λυκάονος ἀγλαὸς vids
4 3 x ’ὔ Ν ν ? 4
θύνοντ᾽ ἂμ πεδίον πρὸ Mev κλονέοντα φάλαγγας,
αἶψ᾽ ἐπὶ Τυδεΐδῃ ἐτιταίνετο καμπύλα τόξα,
ἈΝ 4\ > 3 “ἢ, \ Ν Ν +
καὶ Bad’ ἐπαΐσσοντα, τυχὼν κατὰ δεξιὸν ὦμον,
4 4 Ν 3 » Ν 3 ’,
θώρηκος yvadov: διὰ δ᾽ ἔπτατο πικρὸς ὀιστός,
5 ἈΝ \ ’ , > ν 7
ἀντικρὺς δὲ διέσχε, παλάσσετο δ᾽ αἵματι θώρηξ.
a δ ΣΝ Ν » : , > Ν er
τῷ δ᾽ ἐπὶ μακρὸν ἄυσε Λυκάονος ἀγλαὸς vids:
ἐὲ Ὁ “a ( re ν
ὄρνυσθε, Τρῶες μεγάθυμοι, κέντορες ἵππων.
’ Ν 3 3 “A > 4 4
βέβληται yap ἄριστος ᾿Αχαιῶν, οὐδέ ἕ φημι
72» 5 ’ Ν ‘4 > 5 ’᾽
δήθ᾽ ἀνσχήσεσθαι κρατερὸν βέλος, εἰ ἐτεόν με
yy »¥ Ν en > 4 , ”
ὦρσεν ἄναξ Διὸς vids ἀπορνύμενον Λυκίηθεν.

110

115

120

125

130

135

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 95

ὡς ἔφατ᾽ εὐχόμενος. τὸν δ᾽ οὐ βέλος ὠκὺ δάμασσεν,
> > > / ’ δος ὁ \ 3,
ἀλλ᾽ ἀναχωρήσας πρόσθ᾽ ἵπποιιν καὶ ὄχεσφιν
Ὁ» Ν ’ /, 4 cr
ἔστη, Kal Σθένελον προσέφη Καπανήιον viov-
( m” 4 (ὃ ’ὔ δί
ὄρσο, πέπον Καπανηιάδη, καταβήσεο δίφρου,
»” > » 5 4 Ν > / ᾽)
ὄφρα μοι ἐξ ὦμοιο ἐρύσσῃς πικρὸν ὀιστόν.
ὡς ap ἔφη, Σθένελος δὲ καθ᾽ ἵππων ἦλτο χαμᾶζε,
v δὲ ‘ ΄ a ὃ \ 17 > »¥
map δὲ στὰς βέλος ὠκὺ διαμπερὲς ἐξέρυσ᾽ ὦμου-
αἷμα δ᾽ ἀνηκόντιζε διὰ στρεπτοῖο χιτῶνος.
δὴ τότ᾽ ἔπειτ᾽ ἠρᾶτο βοὴν ἀγαθὸς Διομήδης
“κλῦθί μευ, αἰγιόχοιο Διὸς τέκος, ἀτρυτώνη,
¥ ’ Ἁ \ / 4 ,
εἴ ποτέ μοι καὶ πατρὶ φίλα φρονέουσα παρέστης
δηίῳ ἐν πολέμῳ, νῦν αὖτ᾽ ἐμὲ φῖλαι, ᾿Αθήνη
δὸς δέ τέ μ᾽ ἄνδρα ἑλεῖν καὶ ἐς ὁρμὴν ἔγχεος ἐλθεῖν,
bd > »¥ , 3 τὰ 4 1) / /
os μ᾽ ἔβαλε φθάμενος καὶ ἐπεύχεται, οὐδέ μέ φησιν
δηρὸν ἔτ᾽ ὄψεσθαι λαμπρὸν φάος ἠελίοιο."
ὡς ἔφατ᾽ εὐχόμενος, τοῦ δ᾽ ἔκλυε Παλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη,
a 5” “0 > , ὃ \ A ἊΨ θ
γυῖα δ᾽ ἔθηκεν ἐλαφρά, πόδας καὶ χεῖρας ὑπερθεν.
ἀγχοῦ δ᾽ ἱσταμένη ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα.
“θαρσῶν νῦν, Διόμηδες, ἐπὶ Τρώεσσι μάχεσθαι:
ἐν γάρ τοι στήθεσσι μένος πατρώιον ἧκα
ΕἾ e » ,ὕ ε , 5 ,
ἄτρομον, οἷον ἔχεσκε σακέσπαλος ἱππότα Τυδεύς"
ἀχλὺν δ᾽ αὖ τοι ἀπ᾿ ὀφθαλμῶν ἕλον, ἣ πρὶν ἐπῆεν,
» a δ ΄ > § ἈΝ 2O\ a
ὄφρ᾽ ἐὺ γιγνώσκῃς ἠμὲν θεὸν ἠδὲ καὶ ἄνδρα.
τῷ νῦν, αἴ κε θεὸς πειρώμενος ἐνθάδ᾽ ἵκηται,
4 4 > > / aad > ‘\ 4
μή τι σύ γ᾽ ἀθανάτοισι θεοῖς ἀντικρὺ μάχεσθαι
τοῖς ἄλλοις: ἀτὰρ εἴ κε Διὸς θυγάτηρ ᾿Αφροδίτη
» > ’ 4 > > , > ’ ; “” 2}
ἔλθῃσ᾽ ἐς πόλεμον, τήν γ᾽ οὐτάμεν ὀξέι χαλκῷ.
ε Ν ἊΨ» ἃ > ‘al > > 4 “ > 4
ἡ μὲν ap ὡς εἰποῦσ᾽ ἀπέβη γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη,
Τυδεΐδης δ᾽ ἐξαῦτις ἰὼν προμάχοισιν ἐμίχθη:
καὶ πρίν περ θυμῷ μεμαὼς Τρώεσσι μάχεσθαι,
δὴ τότε μιν τρὶς τόσσον ἕλεν μένος, ὥς τε λέοντα,

96 OMHPOY IAIAAOS E

ν e 7 \ > ~ 5. 9 > ’ 9.»
ὃν ῥά τε ποιμὴν ἀγρῷ ἐπ᾽ εἰροπόκοις ὀίεσσιν
4 , > > Ὺ ε ’ > \ 7 ABS:

χραύσῃ μέν τ᾽ αὐλῆς ὑπεράλμενον, οὐδὲ δαμάσσῃ:

τοῦ μέν τε σθένος ὦρσεν, ἔπειτα δέ τ᾽ οὐ προσαμύνει
140 ἀλλὰ κατὰ σταθμοὺς δύεται, τὰ δ᾽ ἐρῆμα φοβεῖται:

αἱ μέν T ἀγχιστῖναι ἐπ᾿ ἀλλήλῃσι κέχυνται,

> Ν ε 3 4 ’ 5 ’ 3 A
αὐτὰρ ὁ ἐμμεμαὼς βαθέης ἐξάλλεται αὐλῆς
ὡς μεμαὼς Τρώεσσι μίγη κρατερὸς Διομήδης.

Diomed slays Eight Chiefs, among them Two Sons of Priam.

ἔνθ᾽ ἕλεν ᾿Αστύνοον kai Ὑπείρονα ποιμένα λαῶν,
145 τὸν μὲν ὑπὲρ μαζοῖο βαλὼν χαλκήρεϊ δουρί,
κ > ¢ spo. , A > 8
τὸν δ᾽ ἕτερον ξίφεϊ μεγάλῳ κληῖδα παρ᾽ ὦμον
Ἂχ ad ο Poe 3 8... -,ἢ Ss 52 2.2 σον ,
TARE’, ἀπὸ δ᾽ αὐχένος ὦμον ἐέργαθεν ἠδ᾽ ἀπὸ νώτου.
τοὺς μὲν ἔασ᾽, ὁ δ᾽ ἼΛβαντα μετῴχετο καὶ Πολύιδον.
υἱέας Ἑὐρυδάμαντος ὀνειροπόλοιο γέροντος,
160 τοῖς οὐκ ἐρχομένοις ὁ γέρων ἐκρίνατ᾽ ὀνείρους,
ἀλλά σφεας κρατερὸς Διομήδης ἐξενάριξεν.
βῆ δὲ μετὰ Ἐάνθον τε Θόωνά τε Φαίνοπος vie,
¥ , ε Be προ rh “ a
ἄμφω τηλυγέτω, ὁ δ᾽ ἐτείρετο γήραϊ λυγρῷ,
en > > / > » 6... la »
υἱὸν δ᾽ οὐ τέκετ᾽ ἄλλον ἐπὶ κτεάτεσσι λιπέσθαι.
155 ἔνθ᾽ 6 γε τοὺς ἐνάριζε, φίλον δ᾽ ἐξαίνυτο θυμὸν
3 , / δὲ 4 Ν “ὃ Ν
ἀμφοτέρω, πατέρι ὃὲ γόον καὶ κήδεα λυγρὰ
Meir’, ἐπεὶ οὐ ζώοντε μάχης ἐκνοστήσαντε
/ \ A Ν iad ,
δέξατο: χηρωσταὶ δὲ διὰ κτῆσιν δατέοντο.
ἔνθ᾽ υἷας Πριάμοιο δύω λάβε Δαρδανίδαο
3 en / 37 > ’, ’’ ’
160 εἰν ἑνὶ δίφρῳ ἐόντας, ᾿χέμμονά τε Χρομίον τε.
ὡς δὲ λέων ἐν βουσὶ θορὼν ἐξ αὐχένα ἀξῃ
’ὔ 5.Ν ’ ᾽ὔ ’ὔ ’ὔ
πόρτιος ἠὲ βοός, ξύλοχον κάτα βοσκομενάων,
a Ν 3 , 3 ν / ex
ὡς τοὺς ἀμφοτέρους ἐξ ἵππων Τυδέος vids
βῆσε κακῶς ἀέκοντας, ἔπειτα δὲ τεύχε᾽ ἐσύλα"
σ > a Le , \ κι 3 ,
165 ἵππους δ᾽ οἷς ἑτάροισι δίδου μετὰ νῆας ἐλαύνειν.

170

175

180

190

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD OT

Aeneas and Pandarus against Diomed and Sthenelus.

tov δ᾽ ἴδεν Αἰνείας ἀλαπάζοντα στίχας ἀνδρῶν,
aA > »¥ ¥ / Ν Ἄν ’ > /
βῆ δ᾽ ἴμεν av τε μάχην Kat ava κλόνον ἐγχειάων
Πάνδαρον ἀντίθεον διζήμενος, εἴ που ἐφεύροι.
εὗρε Λυκάονος υἱὸν ἀμύμονά τε κρατερόν τε,

a \ , > > ~ » ’ 9 4 ν
στῆ δὲ πρόσθ᾽ αὐτοῖο ἔπος τέ μιν ἀντίον yvda: εὐ
« , la , 29 , 5 Ν ᾿ I pK
Πάνδαρε, ποῦ τοι τόξον ἰδὲ πτερόεντες ὀιστοὶ ANE

Ν ΄ @ ¥ ΄ $22 > θ (ὃ a2 grey | Lay In”
καὶ κλέος; @ οὐ Tis τοι ἐρίζεται ἐνθάδε γ᾽ ἀνήρ, jy" ᾿
5 ,- > , / > ” > > ,΄, bh) IY
ovde τις ἐν Λυκίῃ σέο y εὔχεται εἰναι ἀμείνων. Wey 4"

ἀλλ᾽ aye τῷδ᾽ ἔφες ἀνδρὶ βέλος, Διὶ χεῖρας ἀνασχών,
“ 9 Oe, Ν Ν Ἀ παν

ὅς τις ὅδε κρατέει καὶ δὴ κακὰ πολλὰ ἔοργεν
Τρῶας, ἐπεὶ πολλῶν τε καὶ ἐσθλῶν γούνατ᾽ ἔλυσεν.
εἰ μή τις θεός ἐστι κοτεσσάμενος Τρώεσσιν,

ε A / Ν᾿ \ “A ¥ ἊΝ ᾽)

ἱρῶν μηνίσας: χαλεπὴ δὲ θεοῦ ἔπι μῆνις.

Pandarus recognizes Diomed and regrets that he has not come
as a Spearman.

‘ > > , + eal > ‘ er

τὸν δ᾽ αὖτε προσέειπε Λυκάονος ἀγλαὸς vids:
“ Αἰνεία, Τρώων βουληφόρε χαλκοχιτώνων,

h - A oh , 27

Τυδεΐδῃ μιν ἐγώ γε δαΐφρονι πάντα ἐίσκω,
> 4 ’ » 4 ’ὔ ’
ἀσπίδι γιγνώσκων αὐλώπιδί τε τρυφαλείῃ,
Ψ bs ΄ , Bie 350.» > τὰν, ἡ
ἵππους T εἰσορόων: σάφα δ᾽ οὐκ οἶδ᾽, εἰ θεός ἐστιν.

εἰ δ᾽ ὅ γ᾽ ἀνήρ, ὅν φημι, δαΐφρων Τυδέος υἱός,

; “ δῶν A , , > , »”
οὐχ ὅ γ᾽ ἄνευθε θεοῦ τάδε μαίνεται, ἀλλά τις ἄγχι
4 > 5 ’ ’ > ’ »
ἕστηκ᾽ ἀθανάτων νεφέλῃ εἰλυμένος ὦμους,
ἃ 4 , ee, , »Ἤ »
ὃς τούτου βέλος ὠκὺ κιχήμενον ἔτραπεν addy.
ἤδη γάρ οἱ ἐφῆκα βέλος, καί μιν βάλον ὦμον
δι χο pt νὸς ‘ , ,

δεξιόν, ἀντικρὺς διὰ θώρηκος γυάλοιο,

΄ ee, 5, 2 swe > A ap
καί μιν ἐγώ γ᾽ ἐφάμην ᾿ΔΑιδωνῆι προϊάψειν,
» » 5 5 Ud ’ὔ 4 ’ 5 ω ’
ἔμπης δ᾽ οὐκ ἐδάμασσα: θεός νύ τίς ἐστι κοτήεις.
ἵπποι δ᾽ οὐ παρέασι καὶ ἅρματα, τῶν κ᾽ ἐπιβαίην'

98

195

200

205

210

215

220

OMHPOY IAIAAOS E

ἀλλά που ἐν μεγάροισι Λυκάονος ἕνδεκα δίφροι
Ἀ A , 5 Ν \ 4
καλοὶ πρωτοπαγεῖς νεοτευχέες, ἀμφὶ δὲ πέπλοι

- Ἀ ’ὔὕ e a 4 ν
πέπτανται: παρὰ δέ σφιν ἑκάστῳ δίζυγες ἵπποι
ἑστᾶσι κρῖ λευκὸν ἐρεπτόμενοι καὶ ὀλύρας.

5 , ,ὕ \ , 3 \ ,
ἢ μέν μοι μάλα πολλὰ γέρων αἰχμητὰ Λυκάων
ἐρχομένῳ ἐπέτελλε δόμοις ἔνι ποιητοῖσιν᾽

Y , > 3 , \ ν 3 wn
ἱπποισίν μ᾽ ἐκέλευε καὶ ἄρμασιν ἐμβεβαῶτα
ἀρχεύειν Τρώεσσι κατὰ κρατερὰς ὑσμίνας:

3 ᾿Ξ \ > , > 3 a Ν la >
ἀλλ᾽ ἐγὼ οὐ πιθόμην, ἢ T ἂν πολὺ κέρδιον ἦεν,

[2 , , 4 A
ἵππων φειδόμενος, μὴ μοι δευοίατο φορβῆς

> A 3 ͵΄ 5 , ¥ 9
ἀνδρῶν εἰλομένων, εἰωθότες ἔδμεναι ἅδην.
ὡς λίπον, αὐτὰρ πεζὸς ἐς Ἴλιον εἰλήλουθα,

, 4 A 4 > 5 ¥y > » 5 Ἃ
τόξοισιν πίσυνος: τὰ δέ μ᾽ οὐκ ap ἔμελλον ὀνήσειν.
[dy yap δοιοῖσιν ἀριστήεσσιν ἐφῆκα,

Τυδεΐδῃ τε καὶ ᾿Ατρεΐδῃ, ἐκ δ᾽ ἀμφοτέροιιν ‘
ἀτρεκὲς αἷμ᾽ ἔσσευνα βαλών, ἤγειρα δὲ μᾶλλον. a
τῷ ῥα κακῇ αἴσῃ ἀπὸ πασσάλου ayn τόξα

ἤματι τῷ ἑλόμην, ὅτε Ἴλιον εἰς ἐρατεινὴν

ε , ’ , , ν 4
ἡγεόμην Τρώεσσι, φέρων χάριν ᾿κτορι δίῳ.

3 4 4 A 3 , 5 ἴων
εἰ δέ κε νοστήσω καὶ ἐσόψομαι ὀφθαλμοῖσιν

4 5 5 ἈΝ » , A ε A ͵΄ nw . =
πατρίδ᾽ ἐμὴν ἄλοχόν τε Kal ὑψερεφὲς μέγα δῶμα, )

ΕῚ Ψ. 2 »Ὰ 3 5 5 5 ~ , Pe 5 4 4
αὐτίκ ETELT ἀπ᾿ ἐμεῖο κάρη τάμοι ἀλλότριος φώς,

3 A 5 A 7 , “ 5 Ἀ ’ἢ
εἰ μὴ ἐγὼ τάδε τόξα φαεινῷ ἐν πυρὶ θείην

A ὃ , 5 4 , 5 ὃ a»)
χερσὶ ιακλάσσας: ἀνεμώλια γάρ μοι ὀπηδεῖ.

Aeneas takes Pandarus upon his Chariot.
‘\ > 3 3 > / , > Ν 3 ,ὔ ¥
τὸν δ᾽ αὖτ᾽ Αἰνείας Τρώων ἀγὸς ἄντίον ηὔδα"
(( Ν δὴ ν > , , δ᾽ 5 » λλ
Ἂμ ” OUTWS HY OREVE ia pate ουκ €OO ETAL AAAWS,
πρίν γ᾽ ἐπὶ νὼ τῷδ᾽ ἀνδρὶ σὺν ἵπποισιν καὶ ὄχεσφιν
λλ yr
ἀντιβίην ἐλθόντε σὺν ἔντεσι πειρηθῆναι. Ween

\

ἀλλ᾽ ay ἐμῶν ὀχέων ἐπιβήσεο, ὄφρα ἴδηαι,

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 99

e ’ 9 3 / δί

οἷοι Τρωιοι ἵπποι, ἐπιστάμενοι πεδίοιο

κραιπνὰ μάλ' ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα διωκέμεν ἠδὲ φέβεσθαι.

τὼ καὶ νῶι πόλινδε σαώσετον, εἴ περ ἂν αὖτε __
205 Ζεὺς ἐπὶ Τυδεΐδῃ Διομήδεϊ κῦδος ὀρέξῃ. ἌΣ ΞΡ

ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε νῦν μάστιγα καὶ ἡνία σιγαλόεντα

δέξαι, ἐγὼ δ᾽ ἵππων ἐπιβήσομαι, ὄφρα μάχωμαι:

he \ / ὃ ὃ “ὃ λ ΄ 5° 3 ee oe ”

ne σὺ τόνδε δέδεξο, μελήσουσιν δ᾽ ἐμοὶ ἵπποι.

es

pri

Ν > > 4 4 > Ν cv
τὸν δ᾽ αὖτε προσέειπε Λυκάονος ἀγλαὸς vids:
ς > / ‘ Ἁ a » > e. τ. Ἁ Ἁ "4
280 “Αἰνεία, σὺ μὲν αὐτὸς EX ἡνία καὶ τεὼ ἵππω:
“ ε > ε ’ > ’ 4 ν
μᾶλλον ὑφ᾽ ἡνιόχῳ εἰωθότι καμπύλον ἅρμα
ν ¥ x > , θ ὃ , cv
οἴσετον, εἰ περ av αὖτε φεβώμεθα Τυδέος vidv: | οὖ
\ \ ‘ ὃ ΄ , » δ᾽ or, \\ δὰ .
μὴ τὼ μὲν δείσαντε ματήσετον, οὐδ᾽ ἐθέλητον
ἐκφερέμεν πολέμοιο, τεὸν φθόγγον ποθέοντ, 7727. Aim,
285 νῶι δ᾽ ἐπαΐξας μεγαθύμου Τυδέος υἱὸς
αὐτώ τε κτείνῃ καὶ ἐλάσσῃ μώνυχας ἵππους.
> \ 4 > oS Ὁ » 7» ν Ν δ
ἀλλὰ σύ γ᾽ αὐτὸς ἔλαυνε TE ἅρματα Kal τεὼ ἵππω,
τόνδε δ᾽ ἐγὼν ἐπιόντα δεδέξομαι ὀξέι δουρί."

Sthenelus calls Diomed’s Attention to Aeneas and Pandarus.

a » ΄ 5 7 4 4
ὡς apa φωνήσαντες ἐς ἅρματα ποικίλα βάντες
> a 9 S. ¥ aA »»- 3 4 4
240 ἐμμεμαῶτ᾽ ἐπὶ Τυδεΐδῃ ἔχον ὠκέας ἵππους.
τοὺς δὲ ἴδε Σθένελος Καπανήιος ἀγλαὸς υἱός,
αἶψα δὲ Τυδεΐδην ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα:
“Τυδεΐδη Διόμηδες, ἐμῷ κεχαρισμένε θυμῷ,
ἄνδρ᾽ ὁρόω κρατερὼ ἐπὶ σοὶ μεμαῶτε μάχεσθαι, ᾽
245 ν᾽ ἀπέλεθρον ἔχοντας: ὁ μὲν τόξων ἐὺ εἰδώς,
Πάνδαρος, υἱὸς δ᾽ αὖτε Λυκάονος εὔχεται εἶναι"
> ’ > en / > /
Αἰνείας δ᾽ vids μεγαλήτορος ᾿Αγχίσαο
¥ > , ΄ ΄ 9 9» ee ’
εὔχεται ἐκγεγάμεν, μήτηρ δέ οἵ ἐστ᾽ ᾿Αφροδίτη.
> > ¥ Ν ’ὔ > 3,> ¢ , ν
ἀλλ᾽ aye δὴ χαζώμεθ᾽ ἐφ᾽ ἵππων, μηδέ μοι οὕτως
250 θῦνε διὰ προμάχων, μή πως φίλον ἦτορ ὀλέσσῃς."

100 OMHPOY IAIAAOS E

‘ 5 Pesce / > οὐ ᾽’ Ν 4
τὸν δ᾽ ap ὑπόδρα ἰδὼν προσέφη κρατερὸς Διομήδης"
ςς ᾽ὔ ’ δ᾽ 5» ’ὔ > 3 \ δέ ’ 4”
μή τι φόβονδ᾽ aydpev, ἐπεὶ οὐδέ σε πεισέμεν οἴω"
οὐ γάρ μοι γενναῖον ἀλυσκάζοντι μάχεσθαι
οὐδὲ καταπτώσσειν- ἔτι μοι μένος ἔμπεδόν eat:
“π-ο
255 ὀκνείω δ᾽ ἵππων ἐπιβαινέμεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὔτως
ἀντίον εἶμ᾽ αὐτῶν: τρεῖν μ᾽ οὐκ ἐᾷ Παλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη.
τούτω δ᾽ οὐ πάλιν αὖτις ἀποίσετον ὠκέες ἵπποι
ΕἾ 51} ε ΄ res > y , ,
ἄμφω ab ἡμείων, εἰ γ᾽ οὖν ἐτερός ye dvyyow:
ἄλλο δέ τοι ἐρέω, σὺ δ᾽ ἐνὶ φρεσὶ βάλλεο σῇσιν:
» ᾽’ / > ’ lal ’
rn 260 at κέν μοι πολύβουλος ᾿Αθήνη κῦδος ὀρέξῃ
)0 7), 3 ΄, las \ δὲ ΄ ὃ \ a-- 4 y
) ἀμφοτέρω κτεῖναι, σὺ δὲ τούσδε μὲν ὠκέας ἵππους
αὐτοῦ ἐρυκακέειν, ἐξ ἄντυγος ἡνία τείνας,
5 , > 3 Ὡ , ν
: , Αἰνείαο δ᾽ ἐπαΐξαι μεμνημένος ἵππων,
᾿ 5 > 5 / 4 > 3 ᾽ὔ 3 a
, ἐκ ὃ ἐλάσαι, Τρώων μετ ἐυκνήμιδας ᾿Αχαιούς.
200) τῆς γάρ τοι γενεῆς, ἧς Τρωΐ περ εὐρύοπα Ζεὺς

2}. nm » @ \ , ν ἧς, οἷν
yr , δῶχ᾽ υἷος ποινὴν Vavupydeos, οὕνεκ᾽ ἄριστοι
WO οὐ. ἵππων, ὅσσοι ἔασιν ὑπ᾽ ἠῶ τ᾽ ἠέλιόν τε:
ὡ nh ν A a Ψ 5» 39 ὃ A 3 ,
al τῆς γενεῆς ἔκλεψεν ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾿Αγχίσης,
N λάθρῃ Λαομέδοντος ὑποσχὼν θήλεας ἵππους"

A“ ε ἃ 3 δ 4. Ὁ id U4
270 τῶν οἱ ἕξ ἐγένοντο ἐνὶ μεγάροισι γενέθλη"
p if ~ \ ,ὔ y > A » ΒΙΥ AN + ,
εἶσι τοὺς μὲν τέσσαρας αὐτὸς ἔχων ἀτίταλλ᾽ ᾿ἐπὶ φάτνῃ,

τὼ δὲ δύ᾽ Αἰνείᾳ δῶκεν, μήστωρι φόβοιο.
εἰ τούτω κε λάβοιμεν, ἀροίμεθά κε κλέος ἐσθλόν."

Pandarus wounds Diomed, but then is slain by him.

ἃ ε Ν “ ἈΝ >) / > /

. ὡς οἱ μὲν. τοιαῦτα πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἀγόρευον,

Ξ \ \ i ay , > 9 ΄ hale ple”, σ΄

275 τὼ δὲ τάχ᾽ ἐγγύθεν ἦλθον ἐλαύνοντ᾽ ὠκέας ἵππους.
τὸν πρότερος προσέειπε Λυκάονος ἀγλαὸς vids"
“καρτερόθυμε δαΐφρον, ἀγαυοῦ Τυδέος υἱέ,
> ee. 5 > / > Ν ’ Ν 5 ’
ἢ μάλα σ᾽ οὐ βέλος ὠκὺ δαμάσσατο, πικρὸς ὀιστός"
νῦν αὖτ᾽ ἐγχείῃ πειρήσομαι, αἴ κε τύχωμι."

280

285

290

295

300

305 τῷ βάλεν Αἰνείαο κατ

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 101

ε \ > \ BA ’ὔ »

ἢ ῥα καὶ ἀμπεπαλὼν προΐει δολιχόσκιον ἔγχος,
καὶ βάλε Τυδείδαο κατ᾽ ἀσπίδα: τῆς δὲ διαπρὸ

> A 4 ’ ,’ 4
αἰχμὴ χαλκείη πταμένη θώρηκι πελάσθη.

“ δ’ 43% Ν ¥ , > Ν εὕὔ
τῷ δ᾽ ἐπὶ μακρὸν ἄυσε Λυκάονος ἀγλαὸς vids:
“ βέβληαι κενεῶνα διαμπερές, οὐδέ σ᾽ ὀίω
δηρὸν ἐτ᾽ ἀνσχήσεσθαι- ἐμοὶ δὲ μέγ᾽ εὖχος ἔδωκας."

τὸν δ᾽ οὐ ταρβήσας προσέφη κρατερὸς Διομήδης"
“ἥμβροτες, οὐδ᾽ ἔτυχες: ἀτὰρ οὐ μὲν σφῶΐ γ᾽ ὀίω
πρίν γ᾽ ἀποπαύσεσθαι, πρίν γ᾽ ἢ ἕτερόν γε πεσόντα
Ψ “ ν ΄ ee
αἵματος σαι Apna ταλαύρινον πολεμιστήν.

ὡς φάμενος προέηκε: βέλος δ᾽ ἴθυνεν ᾿Αθήνη

ew > > ’ Ν δ᾽ 5 4 > Δ
ῥῖνα παρ᾽ ὀφθαλμόν, λευκοὺς δ᾽ ἐπέρησεν ὀδόντας.
τοῦ δ᾽ ἀπὸ μὲν γλῶσσαν πρυμνὴν τάμε χαλκὸς ἀτειρής, )
αἰχμὴ δ᾽ ἐξεσύθη παρὰ νείατον ἀνθερεῶνα. OK Gg.
¥ δ᾽ > > ΄ > , δὲ , δι o pet
ἤριπε δ᾽ ἐξ ὀχέων, ἀράβησε δὲ τεύχε᾽ ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ
αἰόλα παμφανόωντα, παρέτρεσσαν δέ οἱ ἵπποι
SS Σ A > > , , ,
ὠκύποδες- τοῦ δ᾽ αὖθι λύθη ψυχή τε μένος τε.

Aeneas withdraws. He is sadly hurt by a Stone thrown by Diomed,
but is saved by his Mother.
> 4 > > ’ὔ ‘\ > ’ὔ 4 ἡ “A

Αἰνείας δ᾽ ἀπόρουσε σὺν ἀσπίδι δουρί τε μακρῷ,

4 r 4 ’ ε 3 4 Ν > /
δείσας, μή πώς οἱ ἐρυσαίατο νεκρὸν ᾿Αχαιοί. “Ὁ Sd
.. Φ ‘A > ¥ 3 5 “~ A 4 3a > Ν ,
ἀμφὶ δ᾽ ap αὐτῷ βαῖνε λέων ὡς ἀλκὶ πεποιθώς,

la ΄ ε ’ > ¥ ἈΝ » 4 , > 37
mpdabe δέ οἱ δόρυ τ᾽ ἔσχε καὶ ἀσπίδα πάντοσ᾽ ἐίσην,
‘TOV κτάμεναι μεμαώς, ὅς τις τοῦ γ᾽ ἀντίος ἔλθοι,

᾿ σμερδαλέα ἰάχων. ὁ δὲ χερμάδιον λάβε χειρὶ
Τυδείδης, μέγα ἔργον, ὃ οὐ δύο γ᾽ ἄνδρε φέροιεν,

οἷοι νῦν βροτοί cio’: ὁ δέ μιν ῥέα πάλλε καὶ οἷος"
᾿ ἰσχίον, ἔνθα τε μηρὸς

> 7 > id 4 , ’ ,
ἰσχίῳ ἐνστρέφεται, κοτύλην δέ τέ μιν καλέουσιν.

θλάσσε δέ οἱ κοτύλην, πρὸς δ᾽ ἄμφω ῥῆξε τένοντε"

315°

820

325

330

ferences
; π--------- -

OMHPOY ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ E

iy δ᾽ 5 ἈΝ ε Ἀ Ἁ λίθ 5 A ν 5 ν
ὦσε ἀπὸ ῥινὸν τρηχὺς λίθος. αὐτὰρ 6 γ᾽ ἥρως
»Ὦ A 3 Ἁ Ἁ 5 4 A 4
ἔστη γνὺξ ἐριπὼν καὶ ἐρείσατο. χειρὶ παχείῃ
γαίης: ἀμφὶ δὲ ὄσσε κελαινὴ νὺξ ἐκάλυψεν.

Ψ 4 » > 5 ὔ ¥ “ nw 3 Fa
καί νύ κεν ἔνθ᾽ ἀπόλοιτο ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν Αἰνείας,
εἰ μὴ ap ὀξὺ νόησε Διὸς θυγάτηρ ᾿Αφροδίτη,

͵΄7 ν ε > 5 , 4 -
μήτηρ, ἢ μιν ὑπ ᾿Αγχίσῃ τέκε βουκολέοντι"

a \ > ev ,ὕ φὰς 5 ᾽ὔ ᾽ὕὔ ͵7
ἀμφὶ δ᾽ ἑὸν φίλον υἱὸν ἐχεύατο πήχεε λευκώ,
πρόσθε δέ οἱ πέπλοιο φαεινοῦ πτύγμα κάλυψεν,
9 ¥ , ΄, A ,
ἕρκος ἔμεν βελέων, μή τις Δαναῶν ταχυπώλων
Ν 5 Χ Ps \ 3 ἈΝ σ
χαλκὸν ἐνὶ στήθεσσι βαλὼν ἐκ θυμὸν ἕλοιτο.

Sthenelus captures the Horses of Aeneas.

( ἡ μὲν ἐὸν φίλον υἱὸν ὑπεξέφερεν πολέμοιο: _)
> 3 en “Ὁ 3 ᾽’ ’

οὐδ᾽ υἱὸς Καπανῆος ἐλήθετο συνθεσιάων

τάων, ἃς ἐπέτελλε βοὴν ἀγαθὸς Διομήδης,

3 3 ν Ν Ν a 5 4, , ν

ἀλλ᾽ ὅ γε τοὺς μὲν ἑοὺς ἠρύκακε μώνυχας ἵππους
s ae , πιὸ 5 Ed ¢ 7 ΄
νόσφιν ἀπὸ φλοίσβου, ἐξ ἄντυγος ἡνία τείνας,
Αἰνείαο δ᾽ ἐπαΐξας καλλίτριχας ἵππους

ἐξέλασε Τρώων μετ᾽ ἐυκνήμιδας ᾿Αχαιούς,

δῶκε δὲ Δηυπύλῳ ἑτάρῳ φίλῳ, ὃν περὶ πάσης

: “ ε ’ὔ ν ε Ν » »᾿
τῖεν ὁμηλικίης, OTL οἱ φρεσὶν ἀρτια ἤδη,

ἈΝ » ”~ > , ΝΎ ΌΝ ν > ¢
νηυσὶν ἔπι γλαφυρῇσιν ἐλαυνέμεν. αὐτὰρ ὅ γ᾽ ἤρως
es 4 5 Ν ¥ > ε ,’ /
ὧν ἵππων ἐπιβὰς ἔλαβ᾽ ἡνία σιγαλόεντα,
atba δὲ Τυδεΐδην μέθεπε κρατερώνυχας ἵππους

Diomed pursues and wounds Aphrodite.

5 ’ ε δὲ 4 3 ’ὔ λέ ΄ὉΝ

ἐμμεμαώς. ὃ 0€ Κύπριν ἐπῴχετο νηλέι χαλκῷ,
΄ 7 > » ¥ , "δὲ ΄

γιγνώσκων, ὅ T ἄναλκις ἔην θεός, οὐδὲ θεάων

τάων, αἵ T ἀνδρῶν πόλεμον κάτα κοιρανέουσιν,
νἀ ἄντ ᾧ ΄, ¥ , > rE
οὔτ᾽ ap A@nvain οὔτε πτολίπορθος ᾿Ενυώ.

ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δή ῥ᾽ ἐκίχανε πολὺν καθ᾽ ὅμιλον ὀπάζων,

~

385

340

ἊΝ

355

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 103

ἔνθ᾽ ἐπορεξάμενος μεγαθύμου Τυδέος vids
ἄκρην οὔτασε χεῖρα μετάλμενος ὀξέι δουρὶ ΤΆ δέ
5 , > δὲ ὃ ΄, Ν > s 7 AV Ti ΨΥ
ἀβληχρήν. εἶθαρ δὲ δόρυ χροὸς ἀντετόρησεν !
3 ΄ Ν , Ψ ὦ τ τ ΄ 3 ,
ἀμβροσίου διὰ πέπλου, ὅν οἱ χάριτες κάμον avral,
Ν ν , es | ΤᾺ - a

πρυμνὸν ὕπερ θέναρος. ῥέε δ᾽ ἄμβροτον αἷμα θεοῖο,
ἰχώρ, οἷός πέρ τε ῥέει μακάρεσσι θεοῖσιν -
οὐ γὰρ σῖτον ἔδουσ᾽, ov πίνουσ᾽ αἴθοπα οἶνον

, > > ’ ’ 5 A > 4 ,
TOVVEK ἀναίμονές εἶσι καὶ ἀθάνατοι καλέονται.
ε A 7 > 7 > Ν 4 ’ ε»,
ἡ δὲ μέγα ἰάχουσα ἀπὸ ἕο κάμβαλεν υἱόν. )

ΕΞ \ \ Ν a. τῷ ‘ A > ΄
καὶ τὸν μὲν μετὰ χερσὶν ἐρύσσατο Φοῖβος ᾿Απόλλων
κυανέῃ νεφέλῃ, μή τις Δαναῶν ταχυπώλων
χαλκὸν ἐνὶ στήθεσσι βαλὼν ἐκ θυμὸν ἕλοιτο

~ δ᾽ 2! Ν ¥ εὖ > Ν /
τῇ ὃ ἐπὶ μακρὸν ἄυσε βοὴν ἀγαθὸς Διομήδης -
“εἶκε, Διὸς θύ λέμου καὶ δηιοτῆτος

ike, Διὸς θύγατερ, πολέμου καὶ δηιοτῆτος ὍΝ
πε 9 ν Y A δὲ 0.1 ὃ > , eee. | fi Εἰ
ἢ οὐχ αλις, OTTL γυναῖκας ἀνάλκιδας ἠπεροπεύεις ; ἤ {
εἰ δὲ σύ γ᾽ ἐς πόλεμον πωλήσεαι, ἢ τέ σ᾽ ὀίω TT
ε / / ld ‘ ¥ ey SY 4 ”
ῥιγήσειν πόλεμόν ye, καὶ εἴ χ᾽ ἑτέρωθι πύθηαι.
ὰ ¥ > « ΝΟ το hee / / > > A
ws ἔφαθ᾽, ἡ δ᾽ ἀλύουσ᾽ ἀπεβήσετο, τείρετο δ᾽ αἰνῶς.

Aphrodite returns to Olympus on the Car of Ares.

τὴν μὲν ap Ἶρις ἑλοῦσα ποδήνεμος ἔξαγ᾽ ὁμίλου
ἀχθομένην ὀδύνῃσι, μελαίνετο δὲ χρόα καλόν.
εὗρεν ἔπειτα μάχης ἐπ᾽ ἀριστερὰ θοῦρον "Apna

9 27 eet ie. \ 4> ¢ J 7
ἥμενον, ἠέρι δ᾽ ἔγχος ἐκέκλιτο Kal ταχέ᾽ ἵππω"
ε \ Ἁ » a ᾽’ / ὃν .
ἡ δὲ γνὺξ ἐριποῦσα κασιγνήτοιο φίλοιο
‘ 4 4 » ΄

πολλὰ λισσομένη χρυσάμπυκας. ἥτεεν ἵππους
«17 ΄ ΄ ΄ , δὲ ὃ , Y
φίλε κασίγνητε, κόμισαί τέ με, δὸς δέ μοι ἵππους"
»” > > » 9 ¥ > > ’ 9 > ’
opp ἐς Ὄλυμπον ἵκωμαι, Ww ἀθανάτων ἕδος ἐστίν.
λίην ἄχθομαι ἕλκος, 6 με βροτὸς οὔτασεν ἀνήρ,
Τυδείδης, ὃς νῦν γε καὶ dv Au πατρὶ μάχοιτο."

a 4 ~ > ¥ ῶΦν» ~ ’ ν

ὡς φάτο, τῇ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ΓΑρης δῶκε χρυσάμπυκας ἵππους.

se

104

365

375

380

390

OMHPOY IAIAAOS E

ἡ δ᾽ és δίφρον ἔβαινεν ἀκηχεμένη φίλον ἦτορ,

\ , ὃ Φ » Ν ἘΦ oe ΄, ,
πὰρ δέ οἱ Ἶρις ἔβαινε καὶ ἡνία λάζετο χερσίν,

’ 3 5 ’ὔ’ » 3 5 > ἢ ᾽’ὔὕ
μάστιξεν δ᾽ ἐλάαν, τὼ δ᾽ οὐκ ἀέκοντε πετέσθην.
αἶψα δ᾽ ἔπειθ᾽ ἵκοντο θεῶν ἕδος, αἰπὺν Ὄλυμπον
» : ae Be ¥ , EAT 5
ἔνθ᾽ ἵππους ἔστησε ποδήνεμος ὠκέα Ἶρις
λύσασ᾽ ἐξ ὀχέων, παρὰ δ᾽ ἀμβρόσιον βάλεν cidap:
ἡ 8. ἐν γούνασι πῖπτε Διώνης dt’ ᾿Αφροδίτη,

Ν en ε > 9 \ s\ 8 ie ν
μητρὸς ἑῆς: ἡ δ᾽ ἀγκὰς ἐλάζετο θυγατέρα ἦν,

4 , 4 » > » > » > > ’
epee spe κατέρεξεν, ἔπος τ apa ἐκ T Ovomaler:
“tis νύ σε τοιάδ᾽ ἔρεξε, φίλον τέκος, Οὐρανιώνων
palo iws, ὡς εἴ TL κακὸν ῥέζουσαν ἐνωπῇ ;”

Aphrodite complains of her Treatment by Diomed.

τὴν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα φιλομμειδὴς ᾿Αφροδίτη -
“obra με Τυδέος υἱὸς ὑπέρθυμος Διομήδης,
οὕνεκ᾽ ἐγὼ φίλον υἱὸν ὑπεξέφερον πολέμοιο
Αἰνείαν, ὃς ἐμοὶ πάντων πολὺ φίλτατός ἐστιν.
οὐ γὰρ ἔτι Τρώων καὶ ᾿Αχαιῶν φύλοπις ck
ἀλλ᾽ ἤδη Δαναοί γε καὶ ἀθανάτοισι μάχονται."
τὴν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα Διώνη δῖα θεάων"
“τέτλαθι, τέκνον ἐμόν, καὶ ἀνάσχεο κηδομένη περ᾽ |
πολλοὶ yap δὴ τλῆμεν ᾿Ολύμπια δώματ᾽ ἔχοντες
ἐξ ἀνδρῶν, χαλέπ᾽ adye ἐπ᾽ ἀλλήλοισι τιθέντες.

᾿ τλῆ μὲν ἼΑρης, ὅτε μιν τος κρατερός τ᾽ ᾿Εφιάλτης,

᾿ παῖδες ᾿Αλωῆος, δῆσαν κρατερῷ ἐνὶ δεσμῷ.

χαλκέῳ δ᾽ ἐν κεράμῳ δέδετο τρισκαίδεκα μῆνας.
καί νύ κεν ἔνθ᾽ ἀπόλοιτο "Apys τος πολέμοιο,

εἰ μὴ μητρυιὴ περικαλλὴς Ἠερίβοια

Ἑρμέᾳ ἐξήγγειλεν: ὁ δ᾽ ἐξέκλεψεν “Apna

ἤδη τειρόμενον, χαλεπὸς δέ ἑ δεσμὸς ἐδάμνα.

τλῆ δ᾽ Ἥρη, ὅτε μιν κρατερὸς πάις ᾿Αμφιτρύωνος

395

400

405

410

415

420

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 105

Ν Ν Ν > ἰοὺ ’
δεξιτερὸν κατὰ μαζὸν ὀιστῷ τριγλώχινι
/ ’ 4 > ’ 4 »”
βεβλήκει: τότε Kat μιν ἀνήκεστον λάβεν adyos.
“ et 4 > “A ’ ᾿ » Ἁ » ’
τλῆ δ᾽ ᾿Αΐίδης ἐν τοῖσι πελώριος ὠκὺν ὀιστόν,
> 72 ey a vs eX \ > ,
εὖτέ μιν wWUTOS ἀνήρ, υἱὸς Διὸς αἰγιόχοιο,
> sh > 4 λ \ ὃ ΄ “5
ἐν πύλῳ ev νεκύεσσι βαλὼν ὀδύνῃσιν ἔδωκεν.

αὐτὰρ ὁ βῆ πρὸς δῶμα Διὸς καὶ μακρὸν Ὄλυμπον ,
a gs 297 , > κα > ‘ ls
κῆρ ἀχέων, ὀδύνῃσι πε EVOS, αὐτὰρ OLOTOS (We

ὦμῳ ἔνι στιβαρῷ ἠλήλατο, κῆδε δὲ θυμό. LAA yu
a » ΣΝ ΄ 5 ΄ 7 ΄ ;

τῷ δ᾽ ἐπὶ Παιήων ὀδυνήφατα φάρμακα πάσσων ;
Sy ΄, > i δ ; “i ἀξ ΄ 72 U ,

nKéoaT: ov μὲν γάρ τι καταθνητός ye τέτυκτο. ;

, > , ἃ > ee hs ge A Va 0 he
σχέτλιος, ὀβριμοεργός, ὃς οὐκ offer αἴσυλα ῥέζων, A.
ἃ , ΕΣ , Aa »* ¥ :
ὃς τόξοισιν ἔκηδε θεούς, οὗ Ἴολυμπον ἔχουσιν.
σοὶ δ᾽ ἐπὶ τοῦτον ἀνῆκε θεά, γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη᾽
νήπιος, οὐδὲ τὸ οἶδε κατὰ φρένα Τυδέος υἱός,
ὅττι pan’ ov δηναιό: , 0s ἀθανάτοισι μάχηται,
οὐδέ τί μιν παῖδες ποτὶ γούνασι παππάζουσιν
» ’ > > 7 ‘ Φ'ι. "δὰ “
ἐλθόντ᾽ ἐκ πολέμοιο καὶ αἰνῆς δηιοτῆτος.

a na ὃ he > Ν ’ ’ 5
τῷ νῦν Τυδεΐδης, εἰ καὶ μάλα καρτερός ἐστιν,
φραζέσθω, μή τίς οἵ ἀμείνων σεῖο μάχηται,
μὴ δὴν Αἰγιάλεια περίφρων ᾿Αδρηστίνη
ἐξ ὕπνου γοόωσα φίλους oui OS ἐγείρῃ,
κουρίδιον ποθέουσα πόσιν, τὸν ἄριστον ᾿Αχαιῶν,

ἰφθίμη ἄλοχος Διομήδεος. ἱπποδάμοιο."

Aphrodite’s Wound is healed. Athena’s Jest.

ἢ ῥα καὶ ἀμφοτέρῃσιν an’ ἰχῶ χειρὸς a
ἄλθετο χείρ, ὀδύναι δὲ κατηπιόωντο βαρεῖαι. vs τη

αἱ δ᾽ αὖτ᾽ εἰσορόωσαι ᾿Αθηναίη τε καὶ Ἥρη “ἂν
κερτομίοις ἐπέεσσι Δία Κρονίδην ἐρέθιζον.
τοῖσι δὲ μύθων ἦρχε θεά, γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη:
“ ‘ , yd e7 ,ὕ , o ¥
Zev πάτερ, ἡ pa τί μοι κεχολώσεαι, OTTL KEV ETH;

106 OMHPOY IAIAAOS E

ἢ μάλα δή τινα Κύπρις ᾿Αχαιιάδων ἀνιεῖσα
Τρωσὶν ἅμα σπέσθαι, τοὺς νῦν ἔκπαγλα φίλησεν
A Ἔβγὲς . 3 , 3 ΄ i.
τῶν τινα καρρέζουσα ᾿Αχαιιάδων ἐυπέπλων ""
425 πρὸς χρυσέῃ περόνῃ καταμύξατο χεῖρα ἁραιήν." K |
ὡς φάτο, μείδησεν δὲ πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν Te,
’ ε 4 ’ », > 4
καί pa καλεσσάμενος προσέφη χρυσέην ᾿Αφροδίτην.
“οὔ τοι, τέκνον ἐμόν, δέδοται πολεμήια ἔργα,
ἀλλὰ σύ γ᾽ ἱμερόεντα μετέρχεο ἔργα γάμοιο,
480 ταῦτα δ᾽ ἼΑρηι θοῷ καὶ ᾿Αθήνῃ πάντα μελήσει."

Aeneas is assailed by Diomed, but saved by Apollo.

ἃ ε \ “ Ν > ᾽’ 3 /
ὡς οἱ μὲν τοιαῦτα πρὸς ᾿ἀλλήλους ἀγόρευον,
Αἰνείᾳ δ᾽ ἐπόρουσε βοὴν ἀγαθὸς Διομήδης,
4, 4 ε 4. .ἣς ε ’ lal > ’
γιγνώσκων, ὁ οἱ αὐτὸς ὑπείρεχε χεῖρας ᾿Απόλλων
94:4 τ οὐ ον, δὲ ae Ren γὴν σ oN
ἀλλ᾽ 6 γ᾽ ap οὐδὲ θεὸν μέγαν alero, ἵετο δ᾽ αἰεὶ
> / “A ἈΝ > ‘\ ᾿ς , A
435 Αἰνείαν κτεῖναι καὶ ἀπὸ κλυτὰ τεύχεα δῦσαι.
1 | τρὶς μὲν ἔπειτ᾽ ἐπόρουσε κατακτάμεναι μενεαίνων,
\tpis δέ οἱ ἐστυφέλιξε φαεινὴν ἀσπίδ᾽ ᾿Απόλλων.
Ι 9 > ¢ \ \ , ERY, ΄ >
(GAN ὅτε δὴ τὸ τέταρτον ἐπέσσυτο δαίμονι ἶσος,
“| Seva δ᾽ ὁμοκλήσας προσέφη ἑκάεργος ᾿Απόλλων᾽
440,“ φράζεο, Τυδεΐδη, καὶ χάζεο, μηδὲ θεοῖσιν
|e.» » ΄, ie ¥ A eae.
ix ἔθελε φρονέειν, ἐπεὶ ov ποτε φῦλον ὁμοῖον
ἀθανάτων τε θεῶν χαμαὶ ἐρχομένων τ᾽ ἀνθρώπων."
a Ἂ 4 fa x Pn PXOP XN Ρ ’ὔ ;
ὡς φάτο, Τυδεΐδης δ᾽ ἀνεχάζετο τυτθὸν ὀπίσσω,
μῆνιν ἀλευάμενος ἑκατηβόλου ᾿Απόλλωνος.
445 Αἰνείαν δ᾽ ἀπάτερθεν ὁμίλου θῆκεν ᾿Απόλλων

Tl , > ξ΄ Ὧι df) ε Ν ΄
| Περγάμῳ εἰν ἱερῇ, ὅθι οἱ νηὸς γε τέτυκτο.
5 . , , » 3 ᾽ὔ
ἢ τοι τὸν Λητώ τε καὶ Αρτεμις ἰοχέαιρα
5 ’ > , 5 ’ 4 ὃ /
ἐν μεγάλῳ ἀδύτῳ ἀκέοντό τε κύδαινόν TE:
3 Ν ε τ Ἶ lal ated > , > “4
αὐτὰρ ὁ εἴδωλον τεῦξ᾽ ἀργυρότοξος ᾿Απόλλων
450 αὐτῷ τ᾽ Αἰνείᾳ ἴκελον καὶ τεύχεσι τοῖον᾽

455

460

465

470

475

«-----......

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 107

ἀμφὶ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ εἰδώλῳ Τρῶες καὶ δῖοι ᾿Αχαιοὶ

δήουν ἀλλήλων ἀμφὶ στήθεσσι βοείας,

> 4 > 4 4 7 ,
ἀσπίδας εὐκύκλους λαισήια τε πτερόεντα.

Ares, roused by Apollo, takes Part in the Battle.

δὴ τότε θοῦρον “Apna προσηύδα Φοῖβος ᾿Απόλλων
“*Aoes, “Apes βροτολοιγέ, μιαιφόνε, τειχεσιπλῆτα,

3 x ‘ , ΡΨ ΄, ᾿- 3 ΄
οὐκ ἂν δὴ τόνδ᾽ avdpa μάχης ἐρύσαιο μετελθών,
Τυδεΐδην, ὃς νῦν ye καὶ ἂν Au πατρὶ μάχοιτο;
Κύπριδα μὲν πρῶτα σχεδὸν οὕτασε χεῖρ᾽ ἐπὶ καρπῷ,
αὐτὰρ ἔπειτ᾽ αὐτῷ μοι ἐπέσσυτο δαίμονι ἶσος."

a > Ἁ 2% Ἁ 5» , / ᾿Ξ

ὡς εἰπὼν αὐτὸς μὲν ἐφέζετο Περγάμῳ ἄκρῃ,

T 4 δὲ ’ OX 7A ¥ λθ \
ρῴας δὲ στίχας οὖλος “Apys ὥτρυνε μετελθὼν

ἰδό ᾿Ακά θοῷ ἡγήτορι Θρῃκῶ
εἰδόμενος ᾿Ακάμαντι θοῷ ἡγήτορι Θρῃκῶν.

ε»ὔ Ἀ , / la
υἱάσι δὲ Πριάμοιο διοτρεφέεσσι κέλευεν
“ὦ υἱεῖς Πριάμοιο διοτρεφέος βασιλῆος,
> βοῦν ’ὔ 5», ἈΝ > A
ἐς τί ἔτι κτείνεσθαι ἐάσετε λαὸν ᾿Αχαιοῖς:
> > 9 > \ 4 3 ’ὔ ’

ἢ εἰς ὅ κεν ἀμφὶ πύλῃς ἐυποιήτῃσι μάχωνται;

“- eae “ > 4 ee 7 ,
κεῖται ἀνήρ, ὅν τ᾽ ἶσον ἐτίομεν Ἕκτορι δίῳ,
Αἰνείας υἱὸς μεγαλήτορος ᾿Αγχίσαο'
ἀλλ᾽ ayer ἐκ φλοίσβοιο σαώσομεν ἐσθλὸν ἑταῖρον."

Sarpedon taunts Hector with Lack of Spirit.

a > \ » , Ν Ν ei
ὡς εἰπὼν wrpuve μένος καὶ θυμὸν ἑκάστου.

7 A
ἔνθ᾽ αὖ Σαρπηδὼν μάλα νείκεσεν Ἕκτορα δῖον.
«Γ᾽ “~ ὃ ’ὔ , » ca) ‘ ¥

Extop, πῇ δὴ τοι μένος οἴχεται, ὃ πρὶν ἔχεσκες;
nw Ἣν “A / c id ἠδ᾽ > 4
φῆς που ἄτερ λαῶν πόλιν ἑξέμεν ἠδ᾽ ἐπικούρων
οἷος, σὺν γαμβροῖσι κασιγνήτοισί τε σοῖσιν.

A A »* > > a BE 2 4 > »Q\ A
τῶν νῦν ov TW’ ἐγὼ ἰδέειν δύναμ᾽ οὐδὲ νοῆσαι,

> Ν 4 4 a > Ἁ ’
ἀλλὰ καταπτώσσουσι, κύνες ὡς ἀμφὶ λέοντα"

ε A > da > mS FR. a, θ᾽ ν 4 > a ΕἾ
HEELS au μαχομεσ 4 Ol περ T ἐπίκουροι ενειμεν.

A

485

490

495

500

505

OMHPOY IAIAAOS E

Ἃς ᾿ 3 \ 3 4 a5 / / ν
καὶ γὰρ ἐγὼν ἐπίκουρος ἐὼν μάλα τηλόθεν ἥκω:
la \ 4 mel 7 ¥ Ps
τηλοῦ yap Avkin, Ἐάνθῳ ἔπι Suwevte-
ev? ἄλοχόν te φίλην ἔλιπον καὶ νήπιον υἱόν,
LO de / Ar / ’ 3 ὅλὸὃ ν 3" 4 ὃ ΄
καὸ O€ κτήματα πολλά, τά T ἔλδεται, ὃς κ᾽ ἐπιδευής -
9 \ age. ,΄ 3 , © Soy ΄ > ΜΝ μέ
ἀλλὰ καὶ ὡς Λυκίους ὀτρύνω καὶ μέμον᾽ αὐτὸς y,
ἀνδρὶ μαχήσασθαι: ἀτὰρ ov τί μοι ἐνθάδε τοῖον,
@r os aay , 3 \ Ψ »
οἷόν K ἠὲ φέροιεν ᾿Αχαιοὶ ἢ κεν ἀγοιεν.
, > ¢ Ὧν 50.» » ,
τύνη δ᾽ ἕστηκας, ἀτὰρ οὐδ᾽ ἄλλοισι κελεύεις
λαοῖσιν μενέμεν καὶ ἀμυνέμεναι ὦρεσσιν᾽ ἐ
ε 3. Rs, / ε / /
μή πως, ws ἀψῖίσι λίνου adovTe πανάγρου,
> 4 , ν \ 4 4 sd
ἀνδράσι δυσμενέεσσιν ἕλωρ καὶ κύρμα γένησθε:
ε Ν ᾿ς 5» 4 5 “Ἂς la ’ ε la
οἱ δὲ τάχ᾽ ἐκπέρσουσ᾽ ἐὺ ναιομένην πόλιν ὑμήν.
ἃ, \ Ν (ὃ la 4 Ν >
σοὶ δὲ χρὴ τάδε πάντα μέλειν νύκτας τε Kal ἦμαρ,
ἀρχοὺς λισσομένῳ τηλεκλειτῶν ἐπικούρων

νωλεμέως ἐχέμεν, κρατερὴν δ᾽ ἀποθέσθαι ἐνιπήν."
ee ad ‘
The Trojans rally. Aeneas returns.

ὡς φάτο Σαρπηδών, δάκε δὲ φρένας Ἕκτορι μῦθος.
Bs ae 3 / Ν ΄ 3 a
αὐτίκα δ᾽ ἐξ ὀχέων σὺν τεύχεσιν λτο χαμᾶζε,
΄, Φιιιϑ A Ν Ν ἊΨ 4
πάλλων δ᾽ ὀξέα δοῦρε κατὰ στρατὸν ᾧχετο πάντῃ
t ι

> ’ 4 » Ν 4 > ζ΄
ὀτρύνων μαχέσασθαι, ἔγειρε δὲ φύλοπιν αἰνήν.

ε 3 5 a \ 3 ’ » 3 “A
οἱ δ᾽ ἐλελίχθησαν καὶ ἐναντίοι ἔσταν ᾿Αχαιῶν.
᾿Αργεῖοι δ᾽ ὑπέμειναν ἀολλέες οὐδὲ φόβηθεν.

ε >» ¥F ¥ ’ ε \ > > ΄ς
ὡς δ᾽ ἄνεμος ἄχνας φορέει ἱερὰς κατ᾽ ἀλωὰς
5 ων ’ὔ 4 \ "ROP
ἀνδρῶν λικμώντων; ὅτε TE ξανθὴ Δημήτηρ
κρίνῃ ἐπειγομένων ἀνέμων καρπόν τε καὶ axvas:

ε 3 ε 4 > 7 ἃ ὦ, “ΑΝ ᾿
αἱ δ᾽ ὑπολευκαίνονται ἀχυρμιαί: ὡς τότ᾽ ᾿Αχαιοὶ
λευκοὶ ὕπερθε γένοντο κονισάλῳ, ὅν pa δι᾿ αὐτῶν

> Ν 3 , 2. 2 ; Y 7“ )
οὐρανὸν ἐς πολύχαλκον ἐπέπληγον πόδες ἵππων, ἃ
x 9 ὔὕ ε Ν 9. ἈΝ ε al
ἀψ ἐπιμισγομένων: ὑπὸ δ᾽ ἔστρεφον ἡνιοχῆες"

ε ἈΝ ’ “A > Ν ’ 3 \ \ 4
οἱ δὲ μένος χειρῶν ἰθὺς φέρον. ἀμφὶ δὲ νύκτα

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 109

\ ἢ θοῦρος "Apys ἐκάλυψε μάχῃ Τρώεσσιν ἀρήγων, ἢ, vl Lf
: πάντοσ᾽ ἐποιχόμενος, τοῦ δ᾽ ἐκραίαινεν ἐφετμὰς ν
Φοίβου ᾿Απόλλωνος Χρυσαόρου, ὅς μιν ἀνώγειν. ἢ 7 ἘΔ]
510 Τρωσὶν θυμὸν ἐγεῖραι, ἐπεὶ ἴδε Παλλάδ᾽ ᾿Αθήνην͵ ὰλ WA i
διχοβένην. ἡ γάρ ῥα πέλεν Δαναοῖσιν ἀρηγών. ~
αὐτὸς δ᾽ Αἰνείαν μάλα πίονος ἐξ ἀδύτοιο
, ἧκε, καὶ ἐν στήθεσσι μένος βάλε ποιμένι λαῶν.
_,- Αἰνείας δ᾽ ἑτάροισι μεθίστατο: τοὶ δὲ χάρησαν,
τ δι᾿ ὡς εἶδον ζωόν τε καὶ ἀρτεμέα. προσιόντα
ἐὰν 3 | Kal μένος ἐσθλὸν ἔχοντα" μεράλλησάν γε μὲν οὔ τι ΜΕΝ
ΠΤ οὐ γὰρ ἔα πόνος ἄλλος, ὃν ἀργυρότοξος ἔγειρεν
τι 4 \"Apns te βροτολοιγὸς Ἔρις 7 ἄμοτον μεμαυῖα.
πο setts

4

fi ᾿
ΤΥ

Ρ

᾿
᾿

The Achaeans await the Trojans.

τοὺς δ᾽ Αἴαντε δύω καὶ ᾿Οδυσσεὺς καὶ Διομήδης
520 ὦτρυνον Δαναοὺς πολεμιζέμεν: οἱ δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ

» 4 , ε ,ὔ + > ld

οὔτε Bias Τρώων ὑπεδείδισαν οὔτε ἰωκάς,

ἀλλ᾽ ἔμενον νεφέλῃσιν ἐοικότες, ds τε Κρονίων “, //)
μ μ S, as povioy') Thy th

νηνεμίης ἔστησεν ἐπ᾽ ἀκροπόλοισιν ὄρεσσιν

πᾳ γῆ Y

ἀτρέμας, ὄφρ᾽ εὔδῃσι μένος Βορέαο καὶ ἄλλων

a ° "ἡ Λα
525 ζαχρειῶν ἀνέμων, οἵ τε νέφεα σκιόεντα awn wi
πνοιῇσιν λιγυρῇσι διασκιδνᾶσιν aévtes: ΡΥ.»

ὡς Δαναοὶ Τρῶας μένον ἔμπεδον οὐδὲ φέβοντο.
᾿Ατρεΐδης δ᾽ av’ ὅμιλον ἐφοίτα πολλὰ κελεύων:
“ὦ φίλοι, ἀνέρες ἔστε καὶ ἄλκιμον ἦτορ ἕλεσθε,

530 ἀλλήλους τ᾽ αἰδεῖσθε κατὰ κρατερὰς ὑσμίνας.
αἰδομένων ἀνδρῶν πλέονες σόοι ἠὲ πέφανται,
φευγόντων δ᾽ οὔτ᾽ ap κλέος ὄρνυται οὔτε τις ἀλκή."

ἢ καὶ ἀκόντισε δουρὶ θοῶς, βάλε δὲ πρόμον ἄνδρα,

Αἰνείω ἕταρον μεγαθύμου, Δηικόωντα

δ85 Περγασίδην, ὃν Τρῶες ὁμῶς Πριάμοιο τέκεσσιν

110

540

545

550

560

OMHPOY IAIAAOS E

“ 3 Ν ἣν » Ν ’ ’
τῖον, ἐπεὶ θοὸς ἔσκε μετὰ πρώτοισι μάχεσθαι.

ld ε » 3 ’ὔ \ ’ὔ Φ' > 4
Tov pa Kat ἀσπίδα δουρὶ βάλε κρείων ᾿Αγαμέμνων-
ε 3 5 » » Ν \ » /
ἡ δ᾽ οὐκ ἔγχος ἔρυτο, διαπρὸ δὲ εἴσατο χαλκός,
νειαίρῃ δ᾽ ἐν γαστρὶ διὰ ζωστῆρος ἔλασσεν.

4 \ 4 > / ! 4 > 2-2 > Ἂ“
δούπησεν δὲ πεσών, ἀράβησε δὲ τεύχε ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ.)
App

Aeneas slays two Achaeans, but yields before Menelaus and .

Antilochus.

/ ἔνθ᾽ adr Αἰνείας Δαναῶν ἕλεν ἄνδρας ἀρίστους,
vie Διοκλῆος Κρήθωνά τε ᾿᾽Ορσίλοχόν τε,
τῶν pa πατὴρ μὲν ἔναιεν ἐυκτιμένῃ ἐνὶ Φηρῇ
ἀφνειὸς βιότοιο, γένος δ᾽ ἢν ἐκ ποταμοῖο
᾿Αλφειοῦ, ὅς τ᾽ εὐρὺ ῥέει Πυλίων διὰ γαίης,
ἃ / > 5 ’ ’ὔ 9 ¥ ¥
ὃς τέκετ᾽ ᾿Ορσίλοχον πολέεσσ᾽ ἄνδρεσσιν ἄνακτα"
Ὀρσίλοχος δ᾽ ap’ ἔτικτε Διοκλῆα μεγάθυμον,
ἐκ δὲ Διοκλῆος διδυμάονε παῖδε γενέσθην,
Κρήθων ᾿Ορσίλοχός τε, μάχης ἐὺ εἰδότε πάσης.

Ἂν" Ν » 59 ε ’ ’ 5. νι lal
TO μὲν ap ἡβήσαντε μελαινάων ἐπὶ νηῶν
» 3 iP Ψι »Ὁ. “9 7 ε ,

Ιλιον εἰς ἐύπωλον ἅμ᾽ ᾿Αργείοισιν ἑπέσθην,
τιμὴν ᾿Ατρεΐδῃς ᾿Αγαμέμνονι καὶ Μενελάῳ
ἀρνυμένω: τὼ δ᾽ αὖθι τέλος θανάτοιο κάλυψεν.
ν ’ 4 4 3, ἴω

οἵω τώ γε λέοντε δύω ὄρεος κορυφῇσιν
ἐτραφέτην ὑπὸ μητρὶ βαθείης τάρφεσιν ὕλης"

\ \ ¥ 9. @ , ΄ . »¥ Ἐν, ἃ τῶν
τὼ μὲν ap ἁρπάζοντε βόας καὶ ipia μῆλα

Ν > ’ oh » Ν 5 Ὁ
σταθμοὺς ἀνθρώπων κεραΐζετον, ὄφρα καὶ αὐτὼ

ἀνδρῶν ἐν παλάμῃσι κατέκταθεν ὀξέι χαλκῷ᾽
’ὔ A 4 oe > , ’
τοίω τὼ χείρεσσιν ὑπ᾽ Αἰνείαο δαμέντε
4 5 4 > ’ ε “~
καππεσέτην ἐλάτῃσιν ἐοικότες ὑψηλῇσιν.
τὼ δὲ πεσόντ᾽ ἐλέησεν ἀρηίφιλος Μενέλαος,
Ὺ Ν Ν 4 , » “
βῆ δὲ διὰ προμάχων κεκορυθμένος αἴθοπι χαλκῷ,
A ¥
σείων ἐγχείην- τοῦ δ᾽ ὥτρυνεν μένος “Apys,

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 111

τὰ φρονέων, iva χερσὶν ὑπ᾽ Αἰνείαο Sapein. )
565 τὸν δ᾽ ἴδεν ᾿Αντίλοχος μεγαθύμου Νέστορος υἱός, τα
βῆ δὲ διὰ προμάχων" περὶ γὰρ die ποιμένι λαῶν, d ἐᾷ,
μή τι πάθοι, μέγα δέ σφας ἀποσφήλειε πόνοι. TT 0)
τὼ μὲν δὴ χεῖράς τε καὶ ἔγχεα ὀξυόεντα λώ
ἀντίον ἀλλήλων ἐχέτην μεμαῶτε μάχεσθαι,
670 ᾿Αντίλοχος δὲ μάλ᾽ ἄγχι παρίστατο ποιμένι λαῶν.
Αἰνείας δ᾽ οὐ μεῖνε, θοός περ ἐὼν πολεμιστής, \
ἱ ὡς εἶδεν δύο φῶτε παρ᾽ ἀλλήλοισι μένοντε.
οἱ δ᾽ ἐπεὶ οὖν νεκροὺς ἔρυσαν μετὰ λαὸν ᾿Αχαιῶν
τὼ μὲν ἄρα δειλὼ βαλέτην ἐν χερσὶν ἑταίρων,
675 αὐτὼ δὲ στρεφθέντε μετὰ πρώτοισι μαχέσθην.
ἔνθα Πυλαιμένεα ἑλέτην ἀτάλαντον ἴΑΛρηι,
ἀρχὸν Παφλαγόνων μεγαθύμων ἀσπιστάων.
τὸν μὲν ap ᾿Ατρεΐδης δουρικλειτὸς Μενέλαος
ἑστεῶτ᾽ ἔγχεϊ νύξε, κατὰ κληῖδα τυχήσας:
680 ᾿Αντίλοχος δὲ Μύδωνα Bad’ ἡνίοχον θεράποντα,
ἐσθλὸν ᾿Ατυμνιάδην, 6 δ᾽ ὑπέστρεφε μώνυχας ἵππους,
χερμαδίῳ ἀγκῶνα τυχὼν μέσον. ἐκ δ᾽ ἄρα χειρῶν
ἡνία λεύκ᾽ ἐλέφαντι χαμαὶ πέσον ἐν κονίῃσιν.
᾿Αντίλοχος δ᾽ ap ἐπαΐξας ξίφει ἤλασε κόρσην,
δ8δ αὐτὰρ ὅ γ᾽ ἀσθμαίνων ἐυεργέος ἔκπεσε δίφρου
κύμβαχος ἐν κονίῃσιν ἐπὶ βρεχμόν τε καὶ ὦμους.
δηθὰ μάλ᾽ ἑστήκει, τύχε γάρ ῥ᾽ ἀμάθοιο βαθείης,
ὄφρ᾽ ἵππω πλήξαντε χαμαὶ βάλον ἐν κονίῃσιν,
τοὺς ἵμασ᾽ ᾿Αντίλοχος, μετὰ δὲ στρατὸν nao’ ᾿Αχαιῶν.

Before Hector and Ares Diomed bids the Achaeans yield.

690 τοὺς δ᾽ Ἕκτωρ ἐνόησε κατὰ στίχας, ὦρτο δ᾽ ἐπ᾿ αὐτοὺς
4 ν ἈΝ ’ ν /
κεκληγώς: ἅμα δὲ Τρώων εἵποντο φάλαγγες
a iy > ¥ »¥ \ / SS ,
καρτεραί: ἦρχε δ᾽ ἄρα σφιν “Apns καὶ πότνι᾽ ᾿Ἐνυώ,

112 OMHPOY IAIAAOS E

ε \ » ὃ Ν 3 δέ. ὃ A
ἡ μὲν ἔχουσα κυδοιμὸν ἀναιδέα δηιοτῆτος,

"Ἄς δ᾽ 5 λ , λ ΄ ¥ YA
ρης δ᾽ ἐν παλάμῃσι πελώριον ἔγχος ἐνώμα,
695 φοίτα δ᾽ ἄλλοτε μὲν πρόσθ᾽ Ἕκτορος, ἄλλοτ᾽ ὄπισθεν.
Ν απο, Ἀ cP? x > Ν ’ὔ
τὸν δὲ ἰδὼν ῥίγησε βοὴν ἀγαθὸς Διομήδης.

ε > ῳ 3 > Ν 5 , > & 7 4
ὡς δ᾽ ὅτ᾽ ἀνὴρ ἀπάλαμνος, ἰὼν πολέος πεδίοιο,
στήῃ ἐπ᾽ ὠκυρόῳ ποταμῷ ἅλαδε προρέοντι,
3 ~ UA > , > 4 > » 3 53 4
ἀφρῷ μορμύροντα ἰδών, ἀνά 7 ἔδραμ᾽ ὀπίσσω,

600 ὡς τότε Τυδεΐδης ἀνεχάζετο, εἶπέ τε had:

“ὦ φίλοι, οἷον δὴ θαυμάζομεν Ἕκτορα δῖον
αἰχμητήν τ᾽ ἔμεναι καὶ θαρσαλέον πολεμιστήν.
τῷ δ᾽ αἰεὶ πάρα εἷς γε θεῶν, ὃς λοιγὸν ἀμύνει"
καὶ νῦν οἱ πάρα κεῖνος ΓΑ βροτῷ ἀνδρὶ ἐοικώ

ρ 5 Apns ββοτῴ Pp. 5:
3 ‘\ Ν ~ ’ 3.Ν > ¥

605 ἀλλὰ πρὸς Τρῶας τετραμμένοι αἰὲν ὀπίσσω
» δὲ θ A ?, 5 , θ 3)
εἴκετε, μηδὲ θεοῖς μενεαινέμεν ἶφι μάχεσθαι.

ὡς ap ἔφη, Τρῶες δὲ μάλα σχεδὸν ἤλυθον αὐτῶν.
» 5. ὦ ’ ΜᾺ, ’ 3 ’ ’
ev? Ἕκτωρ δύο φῶτε κατέκτανεν εἰδότε χάρμης,
εἰν ἑνὶ δίφρῳ ἐόντε, Μενέσθην ᾿Αγχίαλόν τε.

610 τὼ δὲ πεσόντ᾽ ἐλέησε μέγας Τελαμώνιος Alas:

A \ 3 9 ὡς δ 8 ee tee \ a
στῆ δὲ μάλ᾽ ἐγγὺς ἰὼν Kal ἀκόντισε δουρὶ φαεινῷ, ), ἷ
ἃ Ἵ 7 ΄ cr y eee ek na ἐλ

καὶ βάλεν ᾿Αμφιον Σελάγου υἱόν, ὅς ῥ᾽ ἐνὶ Παισῳ
la) - ’ὔ 3 ’ ε A

vate πολυκτήμων πολυλήιος, ἀλλά ἑ μοῖρα

HY ἐπικουρήσοντα μετὰ Πρίαμόν τε καὶ vias.

615 τόν pa κατὰ ζωστῆρα βάλεν Τελαμώνιος Αἴας,
νειαΐρῃ δ᾽ ἐν γαστρὶ πάγη δολιχόσκιον ἔγχος,
δούπησεν δὲ πεσών. ὁ δ᾽ ἐπέδραμε φαίδιμος Αἴας

, , A > oN , > »
τεύχεα συλήσων: Τρῶες δ᾽ ἐπὶ δούρατ᾽ ἔχευαν
ὀξέα παμφανόωντα: σάκος δ᾽ ἀνεδέξατο πολλά.

3 « ε \ N 9 an , »

620 αὐτὰρ ὃ λὰξ προσβὰς ἐκ νεκροῦ χάλκεον ἔγχος
3 ’ 3 δ᾽ ἊΨ 3 » 3 ¥ ? 4 Ν
ἐσπάσατ᾽ " οὐδ᾽ ap er ἄλλα δυνήσατο τεύχεα καλὰ
» 3 ’ 3 lA Ν ,
ὦμοιιν ἀφελέσθαι: ἐπείγετο γὰρ βελέεσσιν.
δεῖσε δ᾽ ὅ γ᾽ ἀμφίβασιν κρατερὴν Τρώων ἀγερώχων,

Ἢ

625

635

640

645

650

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 113

ot πολλοί τε καὶ ἐσθλοὶ ἐφέστασαν ἔγχε᾽ ἔχοντες,
20 Ud ΕΝ Ἁ » \ > Ν

οἵ ἑ μέγαν περ ἐόντα καὶ ἴφθιμον καὶ ἀγανὸν
<j .- oN ΄ ε \ , ,
ὦσαν ἀπὸ odeiwy: ὁ δὲ χασσάμενος πελεμίχθη.

Tlepolemus and Sarpedon fight.

ὡς οἵ μὲν πονέοντο κατὰ κρατερὴν ὑσμίνην.
Τληπόλεμον δ᾽ Ἡρακλεΐδην ἠύν τε μέγαν τε
ὦρσεν ἐπ᾽ ἀντιθέῳ Σαρπηδόνι μοῖρα κραταιή.
ε > ¢ Ν Ν o > > > , 27
οἱ δ᾽ ore δὴ σχεδὸν ἦσαν ἐπ᾽ ἀλλήλοισιν ἰόντες,
cs > ε ’ ‘\ 7
vids θ᾽ viwvds τε Διὸς νεφεληγερέταο,
Ν Ἀ ’ ’ Ἀ an ¥
τὸν Kal Τληπόλεμος πρότερος πρὸς μῦθον ἔειπεν.
“Σαρπῆδον, Λυκίων βουληφόρε, τίς τοι ἀνάγκη
la > #Q3> 5 ἢ ’ 5» ’ 4
πτώσσειν ἐνθάδ᾽ ἐόντι μάχης ἀδαήμονι φωτί;
’ ᾽ὔ ’,ὕ κ ’ > ,’
ψευδόμενοι δέ σέ φασι Διὸς γόνον αἰγιόχοιο
Φ 5 \ Ν / 3 ὃ / > ὃ a
εἶναι, ἐπεὶ πολλὸν κείνων ἐπιδεύεαι ἀνὸρῶν,
ἃ Ν > ’ὔ 2. .8, ’ 5 4
ot Διὸς ἐξεγένοντο ἐπὶ προτέρων ἀνθρώπων.
ἀλλ᾽ οἷόν τινά φασι βίην Ἡρακληείην
εἶναι, ἐμὸν πατέρα θρασυμέμνονα θυμολέοντα,
9 ἴω > 5 \ 9 Jae /
ὅς ποτε δεῦρ᾽ ἐλθὼν ἕνεχ᾽ ἵππων Λαομέδοντος
ἕξ oins σὺν νηυσὶ καὶ ἀνδράσι παυροτέροισιν
Ἰλίου ἐξαλάπαξε πόλιν, χήρωσε δ᾽ ἀγυιάς.
σοὶ δὲ κακὸς μὲν θυμός, ἀποφθινύθουσι δὲ λαοί.
> , ’ ,ὕ 52 Ἂ »
οὐδέ τί σε Τρώεσσιν ὀΐομαι ἄλκαρ ἔσεσθαι
> / > > ’ 50.» » “4 ’ 3
ἐλθόντ᾽ ἐκ Λυκίης, οὐδ᾽ εἰ μάλα καρτερός ἐσσι,
ἀλλ᾽ ὑπ᾽ ἐμοὶ δμηθέντα πύλας ᾿Αίδαο περήσειν."
ἈΝ > > \ 4 > A > 7 4
τὸν δ᾽ αὖ Σαρπηδὼν Λυκίων ἀγὸς ἀντίον ηὔδα"
“Τληπόλεμ᾽, ἢ τοι κεῖνος ἀπώλεσεν Ἴλιον ἱρὴν
> ’ > 4 > Lal A
ἀνέρος ἀφραδίῃσιν ἀγαυοῦ Λαομέδοντος,
9 cr > »¥ oe ΜΡ ,
ὅς pa μιν εὖ ἔρξαντα κακῷ ἠνίπαπε μύθῳ,
οὐδ᾽ ἀπέδωχ᾽ ἵππους ὧν εἵνεκα τηλόθεν ἦλθεν.
\ > > \ 5» ’ A ,’ Ἀ A ,
σοὶ δ᾽ ἐγὼ ἐνθάδε φημὶ φόνον καὶ κῆρα μέλαιναν

114

655

660

665

670

675

OMHPOY IAIAAOS ἢ

ἐξ ἐμέθεν τεύξεσθαι, ἐμῷ δ᾽ ὑπὸ δουρὶ δαμέντα
εὖχος ἐμοὶ δώσειν, ψυχὴν δ᾽ "Aids κλυτοπώλῳ."

Sarpedon is wounded; Tlepolemus is killed.

ὡς φάτο Σαρπηδών, ὁ δ᾽ ἀνέσχετο μείλινον ἔγχος
Τληπόλεμος: καὶ τῶν μὲν ἁμαρτῇ δούρατα μακρὰ
ἐκ χειρῶν ἠιξαν: 6 μὲν βάλεν αὐχένα μέσσον
Σαρπηδών, αἰχμὴ δὲ διαμπερὲς HP ἀλεγεινή,
τὸν δὲ κατ᾽ ὀφθαλμῶν ἐρεβεννὴ νὺξ ἐκάλυψεν:
Τληπόλεμος δ᾽ ἄρα μηρὸν ἀριστερὸν ἔγχεϊ μακρῷ
βεβλήκειν, αἰχμὴ δὲ διέσσυτο μαιμώωσα,
ὀστέῳ ἐγχριμφθεῖσα, πατὴρ δ᾽ ἔτι λοιγὸν ἄμυνεν.

οἵ μὲν ap ἀντίθεον Σαρπηδόνα δῖοι ἑταῖροι
ἐξέφερον πολέμοιο: βάρυνε δέ μιν δόρυ μακρὸν
ἑλκόμενον: τὸ μὲν οὔ τις ἐπεφράσατ᾽ οὐδὲ νόησεν,
μηροῦ ἐξερύσαι δόρυ μείλινον, ὄφρ᾽ ἐπιβαίη,
σπευδόντων: τοῖον γὰρ ἔχον πόνον ἀμφιέποντες.
Τληπόλεμον δ᾽ ἑτέρωθεν ἐυκνήμιδες ᾿Αχαιοὺ
ἐξέφερον πολέμοιο: νόησε δὲ δῖος ᾿Οδυσσεὺς
τλήμονα θυμὸν ἔχων, μαίμησε δέ οἱ φίλον ἤτορ᾽

Odysseus slays Seven Lycians.

’ Β-. ἂν Ν ’ \ Ν ’
μερμήριξε δ᾽ ἔπειτα κατὰ φρένα καὶ κατὰ θυμόν,
x , Ν ενΝ 3 ὃ ΄, ὃ ’

ἢ προτέρω Διὸς υἱὸν ἐριγδούποιο διώκοι,
> ν A ’ ’ > Ἂν θ x “4
ἢ ὁ γε τῶν πλεόνων Λυκίων ἀπὸ θυμὸν ἔλοιτο.
5 5 y¥ 3 5 A , , >
οὐδ᾽ ap ᾿Οδυσσῆι μεγαλήτορι μόρσιμον ἦεν
» Ν en > , > /, A
ἴφθιμον Διὸς υἱὸν ἀποκτάμεν ὀξέι χαλκῷ
τῷ pa κατὰ πληθὺν Λυκίων τράπε θυμὸν ᾿Αθήνη.
ἔνθ᾽ ὅ γε Κοίρανον εἷλεν ᾿Αλάστορά τε Χρομίον τε
᾿Αλκανδρόν θ᾽ “λιόν τε Νοήμονά τε Πρύτανίν τε.
’, 4 > ¥ 4 ’ , A > ’
καί νύ K ἔτι πλέονας Λυκίων κτάνε δῖος Ὀδυσσεύς,

680

685

690

695

700

705

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 115

> A ¥ 3 5 A 4, ,ὔὕ ᾽ὕὔ ν
εἰ μὴ ap ὀξὺ νόησε μέγας κορυθαίολος Ἕκτωρ.
βῆ δὲ διὰ προμάχων κεκορυθμένος αἴθοπι χαλκῷ
δεῖμα φέρων Δαναοῖσι: χάρη δ᾽ ἄρα οἱ προσιόντι
> ὃ Ἀ Ἀ es 3, 5° aN ὃ Ν ¥
αρπηδὼν Διὸς vids, ἔπος δ᾽ ὀλοφυὸνὸν eEeizrev:
“ Πριαμίδη, μὴ δή με ἕλωρ Δαναοῖσιν ἐάσῃς
»"“ » > 5 ’ὔ ὃ ’, \ ᾽ὔὕ > a |
κεῖσθαι, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπάμυνον: ἔπειτά με καὶ λίποι αἰὼν
» , e 4 5 Ἀ » » > ¥ » 4
ἐν πόλει ὑμετέρῃ, ἔπει οὐκ ap ἔμελλον ἐγώ γε
͵ὕ » ,ὔ ,ὔὕ 5 4 nw

νοστήσας οἰκόνδε φίλην ἐς πατρίδα γαῖαν

5 4 » ,ὕ a A 4 evs 3)
εὐφρανέειν ἀλοχόν τε φίλην καὶ νήπιον υἱὸν.

Hector and Ares again drive the Achaeans.

ὡς φάτο, τὸν δ᾽ ov τι προσέφη κορυθαίολος Ἕκτωρ,
ἀλλὰ παρήιξεν λελιημένος, ὄφρα τάχιστα
»» ΟΣ, ’ , > > ‘ Ν ν
ὥσαιτ᾽ ᾿Αργείους, πολέων δ᾽ ἀπὸ θυμὸν ἕλοιτο.
ε Ν αὐλῷ / / a ε A
ot μὲν ap ἀντίθεον Σαρπηδόνα δῖοι ἑταῖροι
e e 3 > 4 Ν ΄ὕ κ
εἷσαν ὑπ᾽ αἰγιόχοιο Διὸς περικαλλέι φηγῳ-
5 > ¥ ε “ ’ / 4
ἐκ δ᾽ dpa οἱ μηροῦ δόρυ μείλινον ὦσε θύραζε
ἴφθιμος Πελάγων, ὅς οἱ φίλος ἦεν ἑταῖρος"
τὸν δ᾽ ἔλιπε ψυχή, κατὰ δ᾽ ὀφθαλμῶν κέχυτ᾽ ἀχλύς.
> ͵ > > 4 Ἁ Ν \ /
αὖτις δ᾽ ἀμπνύνθη, περὶ δὲ πνοιὴ Βορέαο
ζώγρει ἐπιπνείουσα κακῶς κεκαφηότα θυμόν.
᾿Αργεῖοι δ᾽ ὑπ᾽ ΓΑρηι καὶ Ἕκτορι χαλκοκορυστῇ
ΡΎ βρη pe-X ρυστῃ
» 4 Ν “
οὔτε ποτὲ προτρέποντο μελαινάων ἐπὶ νηῶν
¥ > 5 ’ , > > >\ > ’
οὔτε ποτ᾽ ἀντεφέροντο μάχῃ, ἀλλ΄ αἱὲν ὀπίσσω
’ > ε > 4 Ν ’ »ν
χάζονθ᾽, ὡς ἐπύθοντο μετὰ Τρώεσσιν “Apna.
¥ / n , ᾿ς Ἣν > ,
ἔνθα τίνα πρῶτον, τίνα δ᾽ ὕστατον ἐξενάριξαν

Ἕκτωρ τε Πριάμοιο πάις καὶ χάλκεος ἴΔΑρης;

ἀντίθεον Τεύθραντ᾽, ἐπὶ δὲ πλήξιππον ᾿Ορέστην,
Τρῆχόν τ᾽ αἰχμητὴν Αἰτώλιον Οἰνόμαόν τε,
Οἰνοπίδην θ᾽ Ἕλενον καὶ ᾿Ορέσβιον αἰολομίτρην,

ὅς ῥ᾽ ἐν Ὕλῃ ναΐίεσκε μέγα πλούτοιο μεμηλώς,

116

710

715

720

725

730

OMHPOY IAIAAOS E

λίμνῃ κεκλιμένος Κηφισίδι- πὰρ δέ οἱ ἄλλοι

“A 4 ’ ᾽’ὔ lal »
ναῖον Βοιωτοί, μάλα πίονα δῆμον EX OVTES.

Hera and Athena prepare to go to the Field.

τοὺς δ᾽ ws οὖν ἐνόησε θεά, λευκώλενος Ἥρη,
> vd 5 4 - Ὁ ΄“ ε 4

Αργείους ὀλέκοντας ἐνὶ κρατερῇ ὑσμίνῃ,

3 ΞΘ 8 4 » / 4
αὐτίκ᾽ ᾿Αθηναίην ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα"

ςς oN , > , \ , 3 ,
ὦ πόποι, αἰγιόχοιο Διὸς τέκος, aTpUTwYN,

ἢ ῥ' ἅλιον τὸν μῦθον ὑπέστημεν Μενελάῳ,
» 3 ’ 3 9 4 3 ’ὔ
Ιλιον ἐκπέρσαντ᾽ ἐυτείχεον ἀπονέεσθαι,
3 Ψ , θ 9 ὃλ »
εἰ οὕτω μαίνεσθαι ἐάσομεν οὖλον “Apna.
ἀλλ᾽ aye δὴ καὶ νῶι μεδώμεθα θούριδος ἀλκῆς."
ὡς ἔφατ᾽, οὐδ᾽ ἀπίθησε θεά, γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη.
ἡ μὲν ἐποιχομένη χρυσάμπυκας ἔντυεν ἵππους
ν 4, 4 , 4 ’ὔ’ Ν
Ηρη πρέσβα θεά, θυγάτηρ μεγάλοιο Κρόνοιο:
Ἥβη δ᾽ ἀμφ᾽ ὀχέεσσι θοῶς βάλε καμπύλα κύκλα,
χάλκεα ὀκτάκνημα, σιδηρέῳ ἄξονι ἀμφίς.
la > Ψ
τῶν ἢ τοι χρυσέη ἴτυς ἄφθιτος, αὐτὰρ ὕπερθεν
4, > 5 ’ὔ ’ὔ “ > la
χάλκε᾽ ἐπίσσωτρα προσαρηρότα, θαῦμα ἰδέσθαι:
“ 5° > ,ὔ > Ν (ὃ 3 ὔ θ
πλῆμναι δ᾽ ἀργύρου εἰσὶ περίδρομοι ἀμφοτέρωθεν.
’ Ν ’ὔ Ν 5 4 ε A
δίφρος δὲ χρυσέοισι Kal ἀργυρέοισιν ἱμᾶσιν
Ν Ν / ὮΝ 4 >
ἐντέταται, δοιαὶ δὲ περίδρομοι ἀντυγές εἰσιν.
al 5° > > 4 ε Ν aN Ε] Ν ee ¥
τοῦ δ᾽ ἐξ ἀργύρεος ῥυμὸς πέλεν: αὐτὰρ ἐπ᾽ ἄκρῳ
δὴ 4 λὸ ζ ’ 5 δὲ λέ ὃ
noe χρύσειον καλὸν ζυγόν, ἐν δὲ λέπαδνα
Kan ἔβαλε χρύσει᾽. ὑπὸ δὲ ζυγὸν ἤγαγεν Ἥρη
ἵππους ὠκύποδας, μεμαυΐϊ᾽ ἔριδος καὶ ἀυτῆς.
> Ν > ’ὔ ’ὔ Ν 3 ’
αὐτὰρ ᾿Αθηναίη κούρη Διὸς αἰγιόχοιο
πέπλον μὲν κατέχευεν ἑανὸν πατρὸς ἐπ᾽ οὔδει
ποικίλον, ὅν ῥ᾽ αὐτὴ ποιήσατο καὶ κάμε χερσίν'
ε δὲ ~ 3 5 Su Ἂν λ ΄,
ἡ δὲ χιτῶν ἐνὸῦσα Διὸς νεφεληγερέταο
τεύχεσιν ἐς πόλεμον θωρήσσετο δακρυόεντα.

740

745

750

755

760

765

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 117

ἀμφὶ δ᾽ ap wpoow Bader αἰγίδα θυσανόεσσαν
4 ἃ ’ Ν ’ ’ > ’

δεινήν, ἣν πέρι μὲν πάντῃ φόβος ἐστεφάνωται,

> > ¥ > > > 4 > \ , > /

ἐν δ᾽ ἔρις, ev δ᾽ ἀλκή, ἐν δὲ κρυόεσσα ἰωκή,

ἐν δέ re Γοργείη κεφαλὴ δεινοῖο πελώρου

δεινή τε σμερδνή τε, Διὸς τέρας αἰγιόχοιο.

κρατὶ δ᾽ ἐπ᾿ ἀμφίφαλον κυνέην θέτο τετραφάληρον
χρυσείην, ἑκατὸν πολίων πρυλέεσσ᾽ ἀραρυῖαν.

ἐς δ᾽ ὄχεα φλόγεα ποσὶ βήσετο, λάζετο δ᾽ ἔγχος
βριθὺ μέγα στιβαρόν, τῷ δάμνησι στίχας ἀνδρῶν
ἡρώων, τοῖσίν τε κοτέσσεται ὀβριμοπάτρη.

7 \ ’ ~ > 4 > A 2 ΥΨ
Ηρη δὲ μάστιγι θοῶς ἐπεμαίετ᾽ ap’ ἵππους

δὲ , ΄ > a ἃ » τ
αὐτόμαται δὲ πύλαι μύκον οὐρανοῦ, ἃς ἔχον ὯΩραι,
τῆς ἐπιτέτραπται μέγας οὐρανὸς Οὐλυμπός τε,

3 Ν > A Ν ’ὔ 50.» 5 ω.
ἡμὲν ἀνακλῖναι πυκινὸν νέφος ἠδ᾽ ἐπιθεῖναι.
τῇ ῥα δι’ αὐτάων κεντρηνεκέας ἔχον ἵππους.

Hera secures Zeus’ Approval of their Plan.

εὗρον δὲ Κρονίωνα θεῶν ἄτερ ἥμενον ἄλλων
ἀκροτάτῃ κορυφῇ πολυδειράδος Οὐλύμποιο.
¥ θ᾽ ν ’ , ΄ ν
ἔνθ᾽ ἵππους στήσασα θεά, λευκώλενος Ἥρη,

a 3 ν / 5 ’ \ 7
Ζῆν᾽ ὕπατον Κρονίδην ἐξείρετο καὶ προσέειπεν."
“ ΔΝ ὃς, > / » ’ Ν ¥
Zed πάτερ, ov νεμεσίζῃ “Apa τάδε καρτερὰ ἔργα;
ε ’ ’ \ e > A Ἀ > “
ὁσσαάτιόν TE καὶ οἷον ἀπώλεσε λαὸν ᾿Αχαιῶν

/ > Ν > κι / > ‘ δ᾽ ¥ ε δὲ ν
μάψ, ἀτὰρ οὐ κατὰ κόσμον, ἐμοὶ δ᾽ ἄχος, οἱ δὲ ἕκηλοι
’ 4 Ν » ’ > ’ὔ
τέρπονται Κύπρις τε καὶ ἀργυρότοξος ᾿Απόλλων
¥ an αν ἃ ΕΣ > ,
ἄφρονα τοῦτον ἀνέντες, ὃς ov τινα olde θέμιστα.

A , α΄, σὺ / , ¥ ”
Zev πάτερ, ἢ pa Ti μοι κεχολώσεαι, αἴ Kev “Apna
Avyp@s πεπληγυῖα μάχης ἐξαποδίωμαι; ᾿"

Ν > > / 7 / 4

τὴν δ᾽ ἀπαμειβόμενος προσέφη νεφεληγερέτα Ζεύς:
ἜΣ, ΄ εν 3 , > ,

ἄγρει μάν οἱ ἔπορσον ᾿Αθηναίην ἀγελείην,
ΒΡ. (ὦ , > ¥ ~ 29 7 , ᾽)

ἑ μάλιστ᾽ εἴωθε κακῇς ὀδύνῃσι πελάζειν.

μ Η) ἴ)

118 OMHPOY IAIAAOS E

The Goddesses reach the Trojan Plain. Hera shouts to encourage
the Achaeans.
ὡς ἔφατ᾽, οὐδ᾽ ἀπίθησε θεά, λευκώλενος Ἥρη,
’ 3 ν \ > 5 a 4 I 4
μάστιξεν δ᾽ ἵππους: τὼ δ᾽ οὐκ ἀέκοντε πετέσθην
μεσσηγὺς γαίης τε καὶ οὐρανοῦ ἀστερόεντος.
710 ὅσσον δ᾽ ἠεροειδὲς ἀνὴρ ἴδεν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν
ἥμενος ἐν σκοπιῇ λεύσσων ἐπὶ οἴνοπα πόντον,
’, 5 ’ὕ “ ε ᾽ ν
τόσσον ἐπιθρώσκουσι θεῶν ὑψηχέες ἵπποι.
5 3 σ A v nas e 4 e7
ἀλλ᾽ ore δὴ Τροίην tEov ποταμώ τε ῥέοντε,
ἧχι ῥοὰς Σιμόεις συμβάλλετον ἠδὲ Σκάμανδρος,
775 ἔνθ᾽ ἵππους ἔστησε θεά, λευκώλενος Ἥρη,
λύσασ᾽ ἐξ ὀχέων, περὶ δ᾽ ἠέρα πουλὺν ἔχευεν"
A > 5 4 , 5 , l4
τοῖσιν δ᾽ ἀμβροσίην Σιμόεις ἀνέτειλε νέμεσθαι.
\ \ ’ὔ 4 4 » > ε A
τὼ δὲ βάτην τρήρωσι πελειάσιν ἴθμαθ᾽ dporat, ᾿
5 ’ > , 5 , Aw
ἀνδράσιν ᾿Αργείοισιν ἀλεξέμεναι pewaviar.
> > 9 ᾽ὔ eo y¢ ν “Ὁ \ ¥
780 ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δή ῥ᾽ ἵκανον, ὅθι πλεῖστοι καὶ ἄριστοι
ν 5 ἃ 4 ’ὔ, ε ’
ἕστασαν, ἀμφὶ βίην Διομήδεος ἱπποδάμοιο
5 7 - 5 ’ὔ 3 ’
εἰλόμενοι, λείουσιν ἐοικότες ὠμοφάγοισιν
ἢ συσὶ κάπροισιν, τῶν τε σθένος οὐκ ἀλαπαδνόν,
ἔνθα στᾶσ᾽ ἤυσε θεά, λευκώλενος Ἥρη,
88 Σ , 3 , § λ , λ ,
5 Στέντορι εἰσαμένη μεγαλήτορι χαλκεοφώνῳ,
ὃς τόσον αὐδήσασχ᾽, ὅσον ἄλλοι πεντήκοντα
“297 > a eee ee. 5 > ,
αἰδώς, ᾿Αργεῖοι, κάκ᾽ ἐλέγχεα, εἶδος ἀγητοί:
ὄφρα μὲν ἐς πόλεμον πωλέσκετο δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς,
2 , ~ Ν 4 ,
οὐδέ ποτε Τρῶες πρὸ πυλάων Δαρδανιάων
¥ ΄ὕ . Ὁ “ », ¥
790 οἴχνεσκον: κείνου yap ἐδείδισαν ὄβριμον ἔγχος:
nw \ ε \ , 4 i my \ r ”
νῦν δὲ ἑκὰς πόλιος κοίλῃς ἐπὶ νηυσὶ μάχονται.

Athena goes to Diomed.

ν 5 nA > »¥ , A Ν ε 7’
ὥς εἰποῦσ᾽ ὥτρυνε μένος καὶ θυμὸν ἑκάστου.

Τυδεΐδῃ δ᾽ ἐπόρουσε θεά, γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη"

795

805

810

815

820

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 119

= A 7 »¥ Di" a0 4 »
εὗρε δὲ τόν γε ἄνακτα Tap ἵπποισιν Kal ὄχεσφιν
ἕλκος ἀναψύχοντα, τό μιν βάλε Πάνδαρος ἰῷ.
ἱδρὼς γάρ μιν ἔτειρεν ὑπὸ πλατέος τελαμῶνος
ἀσπίδος εὐκύκλου: τῷ τείρετο, κάμνε δὲ χεῖρα,
Δ ».}»8ῪῪ - ‘ es.’ ΄
dv δ᾽ ἴσχων τελαμῶνα κελαινεφὲς αἷμ᾽ ἀπομόργνυ.
ε ΄ Ν Ν ὃν οὖν ΄ 4
ἱππείου δὲ θεὰ ζυγοῦ ἥψατο φώνησέν te:
“ἢ ὀλίγον of παῖδα ἐοικότα γείνατο Τυδεύς.
Τυδεύς τοι μικρὸς μὲν ἔην δέμας, ἀλλὰ μαχητής:
καί ῥ᾽ ὅτε πέρ μιν ἐγὼ πολεμίζειν οὐκ εἴασκον

A
οὐδ᾽ ἐκπαιφάσσειν ,----ὅτε T ἤλυθε νόσφιν ᾿Αχαιῶν
ἄγγελος ἐς Θήβας πολέας μετὰ Καδμεΐωνας,
δαίνυσθαί μιν ἄνωγον ἐνὶ μεγάροισιν ἕκηλον,
αὐτὰρ ὁ θυμὸν ἔχων ὃν καρτερόν, ὡς τὸ πάρος περ,

, , / 4 > | Ce
κούρους Καδμείων προκαλίζετο, πάντα δ᾽ ἐνίκα

ε ΄ ΄ ἌΓ, > ΄ >
[ῥηιδίως τοίη ot ἐγὼν ἐπιτάρροθος ja].

Ἃ > \ > \ Ud 7, ὦ > A 4
σοὶ δ᾽ ἢ τοι μὲν ἐγὼ παρά θ᾽ ἵσταμαι ἠδὲ φυλάσσω,
καί σε προφρονέως κέλομαι Τρώεσσι μάχεσθαι:
> ld Δ 4 “A “ ,
ἀλλά σευ ἢ κάματος πολυᾶιξ γυῖα δέδυκεν,
¥ 4 / / ¥ > / > , Ce.

n νύ σέ που δέος ἴσχει ἀκήριον: οὐ σύ γ᾽ ἔπειτα
Τυδέος ἔκγονός ἐσσι δαΐφρονος Oivetdao.”

Diomed explains to Athena his Retreat.

‘\ 5’ > / 4 Ν /
τὴν δ᾽ ἀπαμειβόμενος προσέφη κρατερὸς Διομήδης:
“γιγνώσκω σε, θεὰ θύγατερ Διὸς αἰγιόχοιο"
τῷ τοι προφρονέως ἐρέω ἔπος οὐδ᾽ ἐπικεύσω.
οὔτε τί με δέος ἴσχει ἀκήριον οὔτε τις ὄκνος,
> > » ’ ’ > 4 a 5 4
ἀλλ᾽ ἔτι σέων μέμνημαι ἐφετμέων, as ἐπέτειλας-
οὔ μ᾽ εἴας μακάρεσσι θεοῖς ἀντικρὺ μάχεσθαι
τοῖς ἄλλοις: ἀτὰρ εἴ κε Διὸς θυγάτηρ ᾿Αφροδίτη
» > > 4 / > > / 5 , “
ἔλθῃσ᾽ ἐς πόλεμον, τήν γ᾽ οὐτάμεν SEE χαλκῷ.
7 “ > ’ > > / > Ν ‘\ ¥
τούνεκα νῦν αὐτός T ἀναχάζομαι ἠδὲ καὶ ἄλλους

120 OMHPOY IAIAAOS E

᾿Αργείους ἐκέλευσα ἀλήμεναι ἐνθάδε πάντας
γιγνώσκω γὰρ “Apna μάχην ἀνὰ κοιρανέοντα."

Athena bids Diomed drive against Ares, and wounds him.

825 τὸν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα θεά, γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη"
«Τυδεΐδη Διόμηδες, ἐμῷ Keyapiopeve θυμῷ,

7 , > ¥ , ὃ (ὃ ᾽’, > A
μήτε σύ γ᾽ “Apna τό ye δείδιθι μήτε τιν᾽ ἄλλον
ἀθανάτων: τοίη τοι ἐγὼν ἐπιτάρροθός εἰμι.
> > Soe 9.922 7 » ’ὔ ν
ἀλλ᾽ ay ἐπ Αρηι πρώτῳ ἔχε μώνυχας ἵππους,

830 τύψον δὲ σχεδίην μηδ᾽ aleo θοῦρον ΓΑρηα
τοῦτον μαινόμενον, τυκτὸν κακόν, ἀλλοπρόσαλλον,
ὃς πρώην μὲν ἐμοί τε καὶ Ἥρῃ στεῦτ᾽ ἀγορεύων
Τρωσὶ μαχήσεσθαι, ἀτὰρ ᾿Αργείοισιν ἀρήκξειν,

~ \ ‘\ , ε Ὁ “A 2 4 3)
νῦν δὲ μετὰ Τρώεσσιν ὁμιλεῖ, τῶν δὲ λέλασται.

886 ὡς φαμένη Σθένελον μὲν ἀφ᾽ ἵππων ὦσε χαμᾶζε,
χειρὶ πάλιν ἐρύσασ᾽- ὁ δ᾽ ap ἐμμαπέως ἀπόρουσεν.
ἡ δ᾽ ἐς δίφρον ἔβαινε παραὶ Διομήδεα δῖον
5 A , ͵ὔ > » , ἃ ΕἾ
ἐμμεμαυῖα θεά: μέγα δ᾽ ἔβραχε φήγινος ἄξων
βριθοσύνῃ: δεινὴν γὰρ ἄγεν θεὸν avdpa τ᾽ ἄριστον.

840 λάζετο δὲ μάστιγα καὶ ἡνία Παλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη:
αὐτίκ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ΓΑρηι πρώτῳ ἔχε μώνυχας ἵππους.

3 ε \ ΄, ΄ > ΄ὕ
ἢ τοι ὃ μὲν Περίφαντα πελώριον ἐξενάριζεν,
Αἰτωλῶν ox ἄριστον, ᾿Οχησίου ἀγλαὸν υἱόν

Ν \ » > , ’ 3 Ν > -
Tov μὲν “Apns ἐνάριζε μιαιφόνος: αὐτὰρ ᾿Αθήνη

845 Suv Αἰδος κυνέην, μή μιν ἴδοι ὄβριμος “Apys.
ὡς δὲ ἴδε βροτολοιγὸς ἼΑρης Διομήδεα δῖον,

5. © \ , , 4 pee

ἢ τοι ὁ μὲν Περίφαντα πελώριον αὐτόθ᾽ ἔασεν
κεῖσθαι, ὅθι πρῶτον κτείνων ἐξαίνυτο θυμόν,
αὐτὰρ ὁ βῆ ῥ᾽ ἰθὺς Διομήδεος ἱπποδάμοιο.

ε > 9 \ Ν > ἣν τοῖν 5 ’ >7

850 οἱ δ᾽ ὅτε δὴ σχεδὸν ἦσαν ἐπ᾽ ἀλλήλοισιν ἰόντες,

’ » 3 ΄, ? ε Ν Ἂς δ: 9

πρόσθεν “Apns ὠρέξαθ᾽ ὑπὲρ ζυγὸν ἡνία θ᾽ ἵππων

855

865

870

875

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 121

¥ i ’ \ > XN θ τυ Ἂς ε ’ὔ θ
ἔγχεϊ χαλκείῳ, μεμαὼς ἀπὸ θυμὸν ἑλέσθαι"
‘\ ’ Ἁ “ 4 “A > /
καὶ τό ye χειρὶ λαβοῦσα θεά, γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη,
= Θ΄ <5 ΄ BE > A
aoe ὑπὲκ δίφροιο ἐτώσιον ἀιχθῆναι.
δεύτερος αὖθ᾽ ὡρμᾶτο βοὴν ἀγαθὸς Διομήδης
ἔγχεϊ χαλκείῳ: ἐπέρεισε δὲ Παλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη
νείατον ἐς κενεῶνα, ὅθι ζωννύσκετο μίτρην"
“ ε»ὔ > 4 ὃ \ δὲ / XO “5
τῇ ῥά pw obra τυχών, διὰ δὲ χρόα καλὸν ἔδαψεν,
ἐκ δὲ δόρυ σπάσεν αὖτις. ὁ δ᾽ ἔβραχε χάλκεος ἴΑρης,
9 > > ’ 5 ’ "ἡ ,
ὅσσον τ᾽ ἐννεάχιλοι ἐπίαχον ἢ δεκάχιλοι
> 2 > , ν , ¥
ἀνέρες ἐν πολέμῳ, ἔριδα Evvayovtes “Apnos.
\ See a , e > , ns
τοὺς δ᾽ ap ὑπὸ τρόμος εἷλεν ᾿Αχαιούς τε Τρῶάς τε
δείσαντας: τόσον ἔβραχ᾽ “Apns τος πολέμοιο.

Ares departs to Olympus and complains to Zeus.
οἵη δ᾽ ἐκ νεφέων ἐρεβεννὴ φαίνεται ἀὴρ
καύματος ἐξ ἀνέμοιο δυσαέος ὀρνυμένοιο,
τοῖος Τυδεΐδῃ Διομήδεϊ χάλκεος “Apys
’ » c ἴω 4 5" > > Ν > 4
haive? ὁμοῦ νεφέεσσιν ἰὼν εἰς οὐρανὸν εὐρύν.
καρπαλίμως δ᾽ ἵκανε θεῶν ἕδος, αἰπὺν Ὄλυμπον,
πὰρ δὲ Au Κρονίωνι καθέζετο θυμὸν ἀχεύων,
δεῖξεν δ᾽ ἄμβροτον αἷμα καταρρέον ἐξ ὠτειλῆς,
Kai p ὀλοφυρόμενος ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα.
“ Ζεῦ πάτερ, οὐ νεμεσίζῃ ὁρῶν τάδε καρτερὰ ἔργα;
αἰεί τοι ῥίγιστα θεοὶ τετληότες εἰμὲν
> ’ »»ὕ ’; ¥ /
ἀλλήλων ἰότητι, χάριν ἄνδρεσσι φέροντες.
σοὶ πάντες μαχόμεσθα- σὺ γὰρ τέκες ἄφρονα κούρην,
> δ - » ᾽"ν ἂν » ’
οὐλομένην, ἣ τ alev ἀήσυλα ἔργα μέμηλεν.
»¥ Ν ‘ Ud 9 ’ -: ἰῷ > > Le
ἄλλοι μὲν yap πάντες, ὅσοι θεοί εἰσ᾽ ἐν ᾿Ολύμπῳ,
’ > 5 / Ἀ ’ὔ ν
σοί τ᾽ ἐπιπείθονται καὶ δεδμήμεσθα ἕκαστος"
, > OE Ga cae , ¥ ν
ταύτην δ᾽ ovr ἔπεϊ προτιβάλλεαι οὔτε τι ἔργᾳ,
> > > ἴω > \ ee 5 6 μον 527
ἀλλ᾽ ἀνιεῖς, ἐπεὶ αὐτὸς ἐγείναο παῖδ᾽ ἀίδηλον-

122

885

890

895

900

905

OMHPOY IAIAAOS E

ἣ νῦν Τυδέος υἱὸν ὑπερφίαλον Διομήδεα
μαργαίνειν ἀνέηκεν ἐπ᾽ ἀθανάτοισι θεοῖσιν.
» » »“ nw

Κύπριδα μὲν πρῶτον σχεδὸν οὕτασε χεῖρ᾽ ἐπὶ καρπῷ

μ t?
αὐτὰρ ἔπειτ᾽ αὐτῷ μοι ἐπέσσυτο δαίμονι ἶσος"
3 ΄, Δ / / , > , Ν
ἀλλά μ᾽ ὑπήνεικαν ταχέες πόδες: ἢ τέ κε δηρὸν
αὐτοῦ πήματ᾽ ἔπασχον ἐν αἰνῇσιν νεκάδεσσιν,
¥ A A
ἢ κε Cas ἀμενηνὸς ἔα χαλκοῖο τυπῇσιν."

Ares receives Slight Comfort from Zeus, but his Wound is healed.

τὸν δ᾽ ap ὑπόδρα ἰδὼν προσέφη νεφεληγερέτα Ζεύς"

ςς ΄ ΄ LAA / XX / 4
’ ’ -

μή τί μοι, ἀλλοπρόσαλλε, παρεζόμενος μινύριζε
ἔχθιστος δέ μοί ἐσσι θεῶν, ot ΓοΟλυμπον ἔχουσιν"

9." ’ὔ » ’ὔ ’ ’ ’
αἰεὶ γάρ τοι ἔρις τε φίλη πόλεμοί τε μάχαι τε.
μητρός τοι μένος ἐστὶν ἀάσχετον, οὐκ ἐπιεικτόν,

Ἥρης: τὴν μὲν ἐγὼ σπουδῇ δάμνημ᾽ ἐπέεσσιν"

τῷ σ᾽ ὀίω κείνης τάδε πάσχειν ἐννεσίῃσιν.
5 3 5 ’ 3 » XN > l4 ¥ > »
ἀλλ᾽ οὐ μάν σ᾽ ἔτι δηρὸν ἀνέξομαι ἄλγε᾽ ἔχοντα:
ἐκ γὰρ ἐμεῦ γένος ἐσσί, ἐμοὶ δέ σε γείνατο μήτηρ.
εἰ δέ τευ ἐξ ἄλλου γε θεῶν γένευ ὧδ᾽ ἀίδηλος,
A \ ΄ > 2 stl > , ”
καί Kev δὴ πάλαι ἦσθα ἐνέρτερος Οὐρανιώνων.
ἃ 4, \ ‘4 > > 4 5.2
ὡς φάτο, καὶ ἸΠαιήον᾽ ἀνώγειν ἰήσασθαι.
ἰφὺ 3 as ’ > ’ ’ ,
τῷ δ᾽ ἐπὶ Παιήων ὀδυνήφατα φάρμακα πάσσεν.
[ἠκέσατ᾽ - οὐ μὲν γάρ τι καταθνητός γε τέτυκτο.
c > y 3 5 Ν ᾽ὔ » > / 4
ὡς δ᾽ ὅτ᾽ ὀπὸς γάλα λευκὸν ἐπειγόμενος συνέπηξεν
ε Ν 57 ΄ ie , ’
ὑγρὸν ἐόν, μάλα δ᾽ ὦκα περιτρέφεται κυκόωντι,
a » , > 7 a »
ὡς ἄρα καρπαλίμως ἰήσατο θοῦρον “Apna.
Ν 9 Ὁ. an / \ ν ν
τὸν δ᾽ Ἥβη λοῦσεν, χαρίεντα δὲ εἵματα ἕσσεν"
πὰρ δὲ Aut Κρονίωνι καθέζετο κύδεϊ γαίων.
ῃ 9 = \ A N , ,
ai δ᾽ αὖτις πρὸς δῶμα Διὸς μεγάλοιο νέοντο,
Ἥρη τ᾽ ᾿Αργείη καὶ ᾿Αλαλκομενηὶς ᾿Αθήνη,
4 : Ν » 3 ὃ ΄
παύσασαι βροτολοιγὸν Αρην ἀνὸροκτασιάων.

10

15

OMHPOY IAIAAOD Z

Ζῆτα δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ᾿Ανδρομάχης καὶ “Exropés ἐστ᾽ ὀαριστύς.
Colloquium Hectoreum narrat cum coniuge Zeta.

‘In Zeta, Hector prophesies ;
Prays for his son; wills sacrifice.’

Ἕκτορος καὶ ᾿Ανδρομάχης ὁμιλία.
After the Departure of the Divinities the Achaeans prevail.

Τρώων δ᾽ οἰώθη καὶ ᾿Αχαιῶν φύλοπις αἰνή
πολλὰ δ᾽ ap ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθ᾽ ἴθυσε μάχη πεδίοιο,
ἀλλήλων ἰθυνομένων χαλκήρεα δοῦρα,

‘ ’ὔ ἰδὲ »- fF θ ε ΄
μεσσηγὺς Σιμόεντος ἰδὲ Ξάνθοιο ῥοάων.

Αἴας δὲ πρῶτος Τελαμώνιος, ἕρκος ᾿Αχαιῶν,
Τρώων ῥῆξε φάλαγγα, φόως δ᾽ ἑτάροισιν ἔθηκεν,
¥ , a ¥ ~ oe / ,
ἄνδρα βαλών, ds ἄριστος evi Θρήκεσσι τέτυκτο,

«2 , > , ee ἢ ,
viov Evogw@pov AkapavtT ηὖν τε μέγαν TE.

, > ἐν “~ ’ ’ ε ’
τόν ῥ᾽ ἔβαλε πρῶτος κόρυθος φάλον ἱπποδασείης,
> .2 ΄ a ἐδ (5. ees. 5-0 ae ΄ ¥
ev δὲ μετώπῳ πῆξε, πέρησε δ᾽ ap ὀστέον εἴσω

> \ 4 Ν \ /, ” 4
αἰχμὴ χαλκείη: τὸν δὲ σκότος ὄσσε κάλυψεν.
Λξυλον δ᾽ ap’ ἔπεφνε βοὴν ἀγαθὸς Διομήδης
’ a » 3 4 > > ’
Τευθρανίδην, ὃς ἔναιεν ἐυκτιμένῃ ἐν ᾿Αρίσβῃ
’ »
ἀφνειὸς βιότοιο, φίλος δ᾽ ἦν ἀνθρώποισιν.

’ A / c “~ » > / ’»

πάντας γὰρ φιλέεσκεν ὁδῷ ἔπι οἰκία ναίων.
5 , ε 3, “ Fx? » Ν »
ἀλλά οἱ οὐ τις τῶν γε τότ᾽ ἤρκεσε λυγρὸν ὄλεθρον

’ ε ’ὔ > > ὮΝ» Ν > 4
πρόσθεν ὑπαντιάσας, ἀλλ᾽ ἄμφω θυμὸν ἀπηύρα,
ἐς. 5. ὦ Ἁ 4 ’ 9 ε » 2»
αὐτὸν καὶ θεράποντα Καλήσιον, ὅς ῥα τόθ᾽ ἵππων
¥ ε , Ἁ > ¥ A 3 7
ἔσκεν ὑφηνίοχος: τὼ δ᾽ ἄμφω «γαῖαν ἐδύτην.

125

124

20

25

90

36 |

40

45

“.--.“6ὕ...

OMHPOY IAIAAOS Ζ

>

Δρῆσον δ᾽ Ἑὐρύαλος καὶ ᾿Οφέλτιον ἐξενάριξεν
A \ > ¥ Ν 4 9 ,
βῆ δὲ per Αἴσηπον καὶ Πήδασον, οὖς ποτε νύμφη
\ > ld 4? 3 ’ ’ὔ
νηὶς ᾿Αβαρβαρέη τέκ ἀμύμονι Βουκολίωνι.
Βουκολίων δ᾽ ἦν υἱὸς ἀγαυοῦ Λαομέδοντος
πρεσβύτατος γενεῇ, σκότιον δέ ἑ γείνατο μήτηρ"
ποιμαίνων δ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ὄεσσι μίγη φιλότητι καὶ εὐνῇ,
ἡ δ᾽ ὑποκυσαμένη διδυμάονε γείνατο παῖδε.
Ν A a ε , ’ Ἀ ᾽’ 3 A
καὶ μὲν τῶν ὑπέλυσε μένος Kal φαίδιμα γυῖα
Μηκιστηιάδης καὶ ἀπ᾽ ὦμων τεύχε᾽ ἐσύλα.
᾿Αστύαλον δ᾽ ap ἔπεφνε μενεπτόλεμος Πολυποίτης"
Πιδύτην δ᾽ ᾿Οδυσεὺς Περκώσιον ἐξενάριξεν
» ee , ἴω we ’ “
ἔγχει χαλκείῳ, Τευκρος ὃ Αρετάονα δῖον.
᾿Αντίλοχος δ᾽ "ABAnpov ἐνήρατο δουρὶ φαεινῷ
Νεστορίδης, Ἔλατον δὲ ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾿Αγαμέμνων"

A δὲ ΄, 9 / > » θ \
ναῖε δὲ Σατνιόεντος ἐυρρείταο παρ᾽ οχθας '

Πήδασον αἰπεινήν. Φύλακον δ᾽ ἕλε Λήιτος ἥρως ,

φεύγοντ᾽ Ἐὐρύπυλος δὲ Μελάνθιον ἐξενάριξεν.

Menelaus takes Adrastus.

ΓΑδρηστον δ᾽ ap ἔπειτα βοὴν ἀγαθὸς Μενέλαος
Ν ὧν > ν , e > vd /
ζωὸν ἕλ᾽ - ἵππω γάρ ot ἀτυζομένω πεδίοιο
ὄζῳ ἔνι βλαφθέντε μυρικίνῳ, ἀγκύλον ἅρμα
+ > 5 ’ ε “~ > \ \ > la
a€éavt ἐν πρώτῳ ῥυμῷ αὐτὼ μὲν ἐβήτην
'- «e ε ¥ > / 7
πρὸς πόλιν, ἣ περ οἱ ἄλλοι ἀτυζόμενοι φοβέοντο,
a.” > 5 ’ὔ Ν Ν 3 4
αὐτὸς δ᾽ ἐκ δίφροιο παρὰ τροχὸν ἐξεκυλίσθη
πρηνὴς ἐν κονίῃσιν ἐπὶ στόμα. πὰρ δέ οἱ ἔστη
᾿Ατρεΐδης Μενέλαος ἔχων δολιχόσκιον ἔγχος"

ΓΛδρηστος δ᾽ ap ἔπειτα λαβὼν ἐλλίσσετο γούνων"

“ ζώγρει, ᾿Ατρέος υἱέ, σὺ δ᾽ ἄξια δέξαι ἄποινα.
A > > > “ A 4 “Ὁ
πολλὰ δ᾽ ἐν ἀφνειοῦ πατρὸς κειμήλια κεῖται,
χαλκός τε χρυσός τε πολύκμητός τε σίδηρος"

55

70

SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 125

TOV κέν TOL χαρίσαιτο πατὴρ ἀπερείσι᾽ ἄποινα,
» =. \ , δι 3. Ἂς \ > mites
εἴ κεν ἐμὲ ζωὸν πεπύθοιτ᾽ ἐπὶ νηυσὶν ᾿Αχαιῶν.
a ’ ~ > ¥ Ν ΜΡ 3 / ¥
as φάτο, τῷ δ᾽ apa θυμὸν ἐνὶ στήθεσσιν ἔπειθεν.
\ / ee » Ν | “Ὁ 3 ἴω
καὶ δή μιν τάχ᾽ ἔμελλε θοὰς ἐπὶ νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν
, 3 , 7, 3 5. 3 ,
δώσειν ᾧ θεράποντι καταξέμεν: ἀλλ᾽ ᾿Αγαμέμνων
> , 5 , ase , ¥ »¥
ἀντίος ἦλθε θέων, καὶ ὁμοκλήσας ἔπος ηὔδα-
{Ὁ / 2. ΄, , 4 δὲ \ “ὃ ν
ὦ πέπον, ὦ Μενέλαε, τί ἢ δὲ σὺ κήδεαι οὕτως
ἀνδρῶν ; ἦ σοὶ ἄριστα πεποίηται κατὰ οἶκον
Ν ’ ~ 4 ε ’ 5 Ν 3,
πρὸς Τρώων; τῶν μή τις ὑπεκφύγοι αἰπὺν ὄλεθρον
χεῖράς θ᾽ ἡμετέρας, μηδ᾽ ὅν τινα γαστέρι μήτηρ
ἴω + lA > a 4 5 > δι ’
κοῦρον ἐόντα φέροι, ---- μηδ᾽ ὃς φύγοι,----ἀλλ᾽ ἅμα πάντες
3 ’ 3 / > > ? A ¥ ”
Ιλίου ἐξαπολοίατ ἀκήδεστοι καὶ αφαντοι.
ὡς εἰπὼν παρέπεισεν ἀδελφειοῦ φρένας ἥρως,

αἴσιμα παρειπών" δ᾽ δ᾽ ἀπὸ ἔθεν ὥσατο χειρὶ

ἥρω ᾿Αδρηστον. τὸν δὲ κρείων ᾿Αγαμέμνων
οὗτα κατὰ λαπάρην: 6 δ᾽ ἀνετράπετ᾽, ᾿Ατρῥεΐδης δὲ

λὰξ ἐν στήθεσι βὰς ἐξέσπασε μείλινον ἔγχος.

Νέστωρ δ᾽ ᾿Αργείοισιν ἐκέκλετο, μακρὸν ἀὔσας:
“ὦ φίλοι ἥρωες Δαναοί, θεράποντες ἴΑρηος,

la “A > ’ > / /
μή τις νῦν ἐνάρων ἐπιβαλλόμενος μετόπισθεν
μιμνέτῳ, ὥς κεν πλεῖστα φέρων ἐπὶ νῆας ἵκηται,
5 Ε] Ἂ ’ ¥ Ν Ἁ \ ν
ἀλλ ἄνδρας κτείνωμεν: ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τὰ ἕκηλοι
νεκροὺς ἄμ πεδίον συλήσετε τεθνηῶτας."

Helenus sends Hector to Troy, to order a Sacrifice to Athena for the
Safety of the City.
a > \ » 4 \ Ν ε ,
ὡς εἰπὼν ὥτρυνε μένος καὶ θυμὸν ἑκάστου.
ἔνθα κεν αὖτε Τρῶες ἀρηιφίλων ὑπ᾽ ᾿Αχαιῶν
¥ ὃ » 4 > 7 7
ἴλιον εἰσανέβησαν ἀναλκείῃσι δαμέντες,

ας, >
75 εἰ μὴ ap Αἰνείᾳ τε καὶ Ἕκτορι εἶπε παραστὰς

Ἱπριαμίδης Ἕλενος, οἰωνοπόλων ὄχ᾽ ἄριστος"

85

95

100

105

OMHPOY IAIAAOX Z

SOA 2.7 \ 9 eee, ΄, » ,
Αἰνεία τε καὶ Exrop, ἐπεὶ πόνος ὑμμι μάλιστ

, μ᾿ ’ » ld 4 > ¥
Τρώων καὶ Λυκίων ἐγκέκλιται, οὐνεκ ἄριστοι
la + a FR 4 3 , / ὔ

πᾶσαν ἐπ᾽ ἰθύν ἐστε μάχεσθαί τε φρονέειν τε,
στῆτ᾽ αὐτοῦ, καὶ λαὸν ἐρυκάκετε πρὸ πυλάων
πάντῃ ἐποιχόμενοι, πρὶν αὖτ᾽ ἐν. χερσὶ γυναικῶν
φεύγοντας πεσέειν, δηίοισι δὲ χάρμα γενέσθαι.
αὐτὰρ ἐπεί κε φάλαγγας ἐποτρύνητον ἁπάσας,
ἡμεῖς μὲν Δαναοῖσι μαχησόμεθ᾽ αὖθι μένοντες,
καὶ μάλα τειρόμενοί περ: avayKain γὰρ ἐπείγει"

YY 5 A Ν ’ ’ > . > »
Εκτορ, ἀτὰρ av πόλινδε μετέρχεο, εἰπε δ᾽ ἔπειτα

μητέρι σῇ καὶ ἐμῇ: ἡ δὲ ξυνάγουσα γεραιὰς

Ν 3 ’ 4 3 , ᾿Ξ
νηὸν ᾿Αθηναίης γλαυκώπιδος ἐν πόλει ἀκρῃ, J
» lal 4 e A /
οἴξασα κληῖδι θύρας ἱεροῖο δόμοιο,

’ ν ε ed , 5 % »
πέπλον, ὅ οἱ δοκέει χαριέστατος ἠδὲ μέγιστος

> 3 UN ’ ’ ε Ν ’ὔ 5 ἴω
εἶναι evi μεγάρῳ καί οἱ πολὺ φίλτατος αὐτῇ,
θεῖναι ᾿Αθηναίης ἐπὶ γούνασιν ἠυκόμοιο,

’ ε ε ’ ~ ala 4 “~ Pay “~
καί οἱ ὑποσχέσθαι δυοκαίδεκα βοῦς ἐνὶ νηῷ
» 5 4 ε ’ » > > 7
VIS NKETTAS ἱερευσέμεν, al K ἐλεήσῃ
¥ Ν ’ 3 ’ \ 4 ᾽ὔ
ἄστυ τε καὶ Τρώων ἀλόχους καὶ νήπια τέκνα,

» ΄ os > , > δ᾿ ε “
αἴ κεν Τυδέος υἱὸν ἀπόσχῃ Ἰλίου ἱρῆς,
ἄγριον αἰχμητήν, κρατερὸν μήστωρα φόβοιο,
ἃ Ἁ 3 \ , > a Ν ,
ὃν δὴ ἐγὼ κάρτιστον ᾿Αχαιῶν φημὶ γενέσθαι.
οὐδ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆά ποθ᾽ ὧδέ γ᾽ ἐδείδιμεν, ὄρχαμον ἀνδρῶν,
ὅν πέρ φασι θεᾶς ἐξέμμεναι- ἀλλ᾽ ὅδε λίην

’ 5 , ’ ε 4 ᾽’ 3 4 ”
μαίνεται οὐδέ τίς ot δύναται μένος ἰσοφαρίζειν.

Hector rallies the Trojans.

ὡς ἔφαθ᾽, Ἕκτωρ δ᾽ ov τι κασιγνήτῳ ἀπίθησεν.

ΜΡ > 5 5 ’ Ν 4 5S ἴω
αὐτίκα δ᾽ ἐξ ὀχέων σὺν τεύχεσιν ἄλτο χαμᾶζε,

’ὔ 5 5 , “ Ν Ν ad ld
πάλλων δ᾽ ὀξέα δοῦρε κατὰ στρατὸν ᾧχετο πάντῃ
> 4 / A » δὲ Δ Laer
ὀτρύνων μαχέσασθαι, ἔγειρε δὲ φύλοπιν αἰνήν.

~~ «... Δ 4

110

115

120

125

130

SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 127

οἱ δ᾽ ἐλελίχθησαν καὶ ἐναντίοι ἔσταν ᾿Αχαιῶν.
᾿Αργεῖοι δ᾽ ὑπεχώρησαν, λῆξαν δὲ φόνοιο,

Ν / > > 4 > > “ > ’
dav δέ τιν᾽ ἀθανάτων ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἀστερόεντος
Τρωσὶν ἀλεξήσοντα κατελθέμεν.- ὡς ἐλέλιχθεν.
Ψ \ , 2-9 9 , 77
Extwp δὲ Τρώεσσιν ἐκέκλετο μακρόν avoas”
“Τρῶες ὑπέρθυμοι τηλεκλειτοί τ᾽ ἐπίκουροι,
ἀνέρες ἔστε, φίλοι, μνήσασθε δὲ θούριδος ἀλκῆς,
᾿, > x ἈΝ Δ" / τὺ ν roe /
opp av ἐγὼ βήω προτὶ Idov nde γέρουσιν
εἴπω βουλευτῇσι καὶ ἡμετέρῃς ἀλόχοισιν

’ > 4 ε ’ > ε ’ ”
δαίμοσιν ἀρήσασθαι, ὑποσχέσθαι δ᾽ ἑκατόμβας.

a ἮΝ / > / ’ ν

ὡς ἄρα φωνήσας ἀπέβη κορυθαίολος “Ἑκτωρ-
> \ ΄, ‘ , ‘ ῳ “2 , ,
ἀμφὶ δέ μιν σφυρὰ τύπτε καὶ αὐχένα δέρμα κελαινόν,
<4 ἃ , 4 > (ὃ 3 ΄,
ἄντυξ ἣ πυμάτη θέεν ἀσπίδος ὀμφαλοέσσης.

Meeting of Glaucus and Diomed.

Γλαῦκος δ᾽ Ἱππολόχοιο πάις καὶ Τυδέος vids
ἐς μέσον ἀμφοτέρων συνίτην μεμαῶτε μάχεσθαι.

ε as \ Ν > ES ee ΄ 5.

οἱ δ᾽ ὅτε δὴ σχεδὸν ἦσαν ἐπ᾽ ἀλλήλοισιν ἰόντες,
Ν ’ ’ \ > Ν ’
τὸν πρότερος προσέειπε βοὴν ἀγαθὸς Διομήδης"
“7 δὲ pe , θ A > θ ,

Tis 0€ σύ ἐσσι, φέριστε, καταθνητῶν ἀνθρώπων ;
οὐ μὲν γάρ ποτ᾽ ὄπωπα μάχῃ ἔνι κυδιανείρῃ

Ν ’ > \ \ a Fs ‘\ ’ ε ’
τὸ πρίν: ἀτὰρ μὲν νῦν γε πολὺ προβέβηκας ἁπάντων
σῷ θάρσει, ὅ T ἐμὸν δολιχόσκιον ἔγχος ἔμεινας "
δυστήνων δέ τε παῖδες ἐμῷ μένει ἀντιόωσιν.

> 7 > 4 > > nw > /
εἰ δέ τις ἀθανάτων ye κατ᾽ οὐρανοῦ εἰλήλουθας,
οὐκ ἂν ἐγώ γε θεοῖσιν ἐπουρανίοισι μαχοίμην.

» \ Ν > \ 4 en ‘ /

οὐδὲ yap οὐδὲ Δρύαντος vids κρατερὸς Λυκόοργος
δὴν ἦν, ὅς ῥα θεοῖσιν ἐπουρανίοισιν ἔριζεν,

ὅς ποτε μαινομένοιο Διωνύσοιο τιθήνας

Ὁ“ > > , ’ὔ ε > ν “

σεῦε Kat ἠγάθεον Νυσήιον: αἱ δ᾽ ἅμα πᾶσαι
θύσθλα χαμαὶ κατέχευαν, ὑπ᾽ ἀνδροφόνοιο Λυκούργου
----.

128

135

140

145

150

155

160

OMHPOY IAIAAOS Z

θεινόμεναι βουπλῆγι: Διώνυσος δὲ φοβηθεὶς

δύσεθ᾽ ἁλὸς κατὰ κῦμα, Θέτις δ᾽ ὑπεδέξατο κόλπῳ

δειδιότα" κρατερὸς γὰρ ἔχε τρόμος ἀνδρὸς ὁμοκλῇ.

᾿τῷ μὲν ἔπειτ᾽ ὀδύσαντο θεοὶ ῥεῖα, ζώοντες,

Kai μιν τυφλὸν ἔθηκε Κρόνου mais: οὐδ᾽ ap ἔτι δὴν
ἦν, ἐπεὶ ἀθανάτοισιν ἀπήχθετο πᾶσι θεοῖσιν.

» > x > \ ’ “A 3 ’ ’

οὐδ᾽ ἂν ἐγὼ μακάρεσσι θεοῖς ἐθέλοιμι μάχεσθαι.

> ad 4 3 “~ ἃ > ’, Ν ¥

εἰ δέ Tis ἐσσι βροτῶν, ot ἀρούρης καρπὸν ἔδουσιν,
> ¥~)? 9 A 2\ 7 A 7h ”
ἄσσον ἴθ᾽, ὡς κεν θᾶσσον ὀλέθρου πείραθ᾽ ἵκηαι.

The Family of Glaucus.

τὸν δ᾽ αὖθ᾽ Ἱππολόχοιο προσηύδα φαίδιμος, υἱός"
“Τυδεΐδη μεγάθυμε, τί ἢ γενεὴν ἐρεείνεις ;

* οἴη περ φύλλων γενεή, τοίη δὲ καὶ ἀνδρῶν. )

φύλλα τὰ μέν T ἄνεμος χαμάδις χέει, ἄλλα δέ θ᾽ ὕλη |),
τηλεθόωσα φύει, ἔαρος δ᾽ ἐπιγίγνεται wpn.

ὡς ἀνδρῶν γενεὴ ἡ μὲν φύει, ἡ δ᾽ ἀπολήγει. wh
εἰ δ᾽ ἐθέλεις Kal ταῦτα δαήμεναι, opp ἐὺ εἰδῇς, ΜΝ
ἡμετέρην γενεήν: πολλοὶ δέ μιν ἄνδρες ἴσασιν᾽ Ἶ R
ἔστι πόλις ᾿Εφύρη μυχῷ “Apyeos ἱπποβότοιο, Rs δι}

ἔνθα δὲ Σίσυφος ἔσκεν, ὃ κέρδιστος γένετ᾽ ἀνδρῶν;
Σίσυφος Αἰολίδης- ὁ δ᾽ ἄρα Γλαῦκον τέκεθ᾽ υἱόν, δ᾽,
αὐτὰρ Γλαῦκος ἔτικτεν ἀμύμονα Βελλεροφόντην.
τῷ δὲ θεοὶ κάλλος τε καὶ ἠνορέην ἐρατεινὴν
ΐ ἠνορέην ἐρατεινὴ
, ε ~ / nw
ὦπασαν. αὐτάρ ot Προῖτος κακὰ μήσατο θυμῷ,

ὅς ῥ᾽ ἐκ δήμου ἔλασσεν, ἐπεὶ πολὺ φέρτερος ἦεν,

᾿Αργείων: Ζεὺς γάρ οἱ ὑπὸ σκήπτρῳ ἐδάμασσεν.
τῷ δὲ γυνὴ Προίτου ἐπεμήνατο, dv “Avrea, E 1h

πεῖθ᾽ ἀγαθὰ φρονέοντα, δαΐφρονα Βελλεροφόντην. ΄
ἡ δὲ ψευσαμένη Προῖτον βασιλῆα προσηύδα"

'κρυπταδίῃ φιλότητι μιγήμεναι: ἀλλὰ τὸν ov τι WM

:

SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 129

‘reOvains, ὦ Προῖτ᾽, ἢ κάκτανε Βελλεροφόντην,

ς 165 ὅς μ᾽ ἔθελεν φιλότητι μιγήμεναι οὐκ ἐθελούσῃ.

$
y
]

lV =

170

175

180

185

190

ὡς φάτο, τὸν δὲ ἄνακτα χόλος λάβεν, οἷον akovoer:
A 7 «> > 4 ’ Ν ’ ~
κτεῖναι μέν ῥ᾽ ἀλέεινε, σεβάσσατο yap τό ye θυμῷ,
id ld 4 ’ > 9 ’ 4
πέμπε δέ μιν Λυκίηνδε, πόρεν δ᾽ 6 ye σήματα λυγρά, }
4 > ’ “Ὁ ’ὔ ’
γράψας ἐν πίνακι πτυκτῷ θυμοφθόρα πολλά,
“ > 5 4 es “Ὁ » > > ’ὔ
δεῖξαι δ᾽ ἠνώγει ᾧ πενθερῷ, ὄφρ᾽ ἀπόλοιτο.
> ‘\ c ~ ’ “ ε 3 > ’ “~
αὐτὰρ ὁ BH Avkinvde θεῶν ὑπ᾽ ἀμύμονι πομπῇ.
ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ Λυκίην ἴξε Ἐάνθον τε ῥέοντα,
’ “ ¥ ’ > 7
προφρονέως μιν τῖεν ἄναξ Λυκίης evpeins:
ἐννῆμαρ ξείνισσε καὶ ἐννέα βοῦς ἱέρευσεν.
ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ δεκάτη ἐφάνη ῥοδοδάκτυλος Ἠώς,
καὶ τότε μιν ἐρέεινε καὶ nree σῆμα ἰδέσθαι,
9 ce? ε “ ’ ’ ’
οττι ῥά οἱ γαμβροῖο πάρα IIpoirovo φέροιτο.
> ‘ 3 Ἁ A ~ ἈΝ , “
αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ δὴ σῆμα κακὸν παρεδέξατο γαμβροῦ,
πρῶτον μέν ῥα Χίμαιραν ἀμαιμακέτην ἐκέλευσεν
’ὕ ε > 2 » “Ὁ ’ » > > 7
πεφνέμεν. ἡ δ᾽ ap ἔην θεῖον γένος οὐδ᾽ ἀνθρώπων,
’ / 3, \ ’ὔ ’ \ /
πρόσθε λέων, ὄπιθεν δὲ δράκων, μέσση δὲ χίμαιρα,
δεινὸν ἀποπνείουσα πυρὸς μένος αἰθομένοιο.
καὶ τὴν μὲν κατέπεφνε θεῶν τεράεσσι πιθήσας"
, 5 , ne ,
δεύτερον αὖ Σολύμοισι μαχήσατο κυδαλίμοισιν.
ey nell
καρτίστην δὴ τήν ye μάχην φάτο δύμεναι ἀνδρῶν.
τὸ τρίτον αὖ κατέπεφνεν ᾿Αμαζόνας ἀντιανείρας.
“Ὁ δι oe »Ὁ / Ν / ¥ ν
τῷ δ᾽ ap’ ἀνερχομένῳ πυκινὸν δόλον ἄλλον ὕφαινεν᾽
κρίνας ἐκ Λυκίης εὐρείης φῶτας ἀρίστους
@ , ‘ > ¥ , ae ,
εἷσε λόχον: τοὶ δ᾽ ov τι πάλιν οἰκόνδε νέοντο-
’ Ν 4 > 4 /
πάντας yap κατέπεφνεν ἀμύμων Βελλεροφόντης.
> > 9 \ / “ ‘4 xX >7
ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ γίγνωσκε θεοῦ γόνον ἠὺν ἐόντα,
5 lal , 4 > 9 / ν
αὐτοῦ μιν κατέρυκε, δίδου δ᾽ ὅ γε θυγατέρα ἦν,
nw , © A ,ὕ id ,
δῶκε δέ οἱ τιμῆς βασιληίδος ἥμισυ πάσης:
‘ , ε , ͵΄ , ¥ »
Kal μέν οἱ Λύκιοι τέμενος τάμον ἔξοχον ἄλλων,

130 OMHPOY IAIAAOS Z

195 καλὸν φυταλιῆς Kat ἀρούρης, ὄφρα νέμοιτο.
ἡ δ᾽ ἔτεκε τρία τέκνα δαΐφρονι Βελλεροφόντῃ,
¥ , ye , \ ,
Ioavdpov τε καὶ ‘Immddoyov καὶ Aaoddmevar:
Λαοδαμείῃ μὲν παρελέξατο μητίετα Zev
μείῃ μὲν παρ μη ς,
ε 5° » 3 3 6 δό rd
ἡ ἔτεκ᾽ ἀντίθεον Σαρπηδόνα χαλκοκορυστήν.
200 ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ καὶ κεῖνος ἀπήχθετο πᾶσι θεοῖσιν,
5 ε \ ΄ ν 9 , > x\ A
ἢ τοι ὃ Kam πεδίον τὸ ᾿Αλήιον οἷος ἀλᾶτο
ἃ Ν 4 ’ὔ’ > ’ 3 ,
ὃν θυμὸν κατέδων, πάτον ἀνθρώπων ἀλεείνων,
ΤαΤΟῚ
» , ε eX » 5 /
Ισανδρον δέ οἱ υἱὸν “Apns τος πολέμοιο
μαρνάμενον Σολύμοισι κατέκτανε κυδαλίμοισιν,
205 τὴν δὲ χολωσαμένη χρυσήνιος Αρτεμις ἔκτα.
ε ΄, oe a \ > ~ Ν 4
: Ἱππόλοχος δ᾽ ἔμ᾽ ἔτικτε, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ φημὶ γενέσθαι:
πέμπε δέ μ᾽ ἐς Τροίην, καί μοι μάλα πόλλ᾽ ἐπέτελλεν
αἰὲν ἀριστεύειν καὶ ὑπείροχον ἐμμένᾶι ἄλλων,
μηδὲ γένος πατέρων αἰσχυνέμεν, οἵ μέγ ἄριστοι
210 ἔν T ᾿Εφύρῃ ἐγένοντο καὶ ἐν Λυκίῃ. εὐρείῃ.
ταύτης τοι γενεῆς τε καὶ αἵματος εὔχομαι εἶναι."

Glaucus and Diomed prove to be Old Friends. They exchange Arms.

as φάτο, γήθησεν δὲ βοὴν ἀγαθὸς Διομήδης.
» \ ’ 3): \ 7
ἔγχος μὲν κατέπηξεν ἐνὶ χθονὶ πουλυβοτείρῃ,
αὐτὰρ ὃ μειλιχίοισι προσηύδα ποιμένα λαῶν.
215 “ἢ ῥά νύ μοι ξεῖνος πατρώιός ἐσσι παλαιός:
Οἰνεὺς γάρ ποτε δῖος ἀμύμονα Βελλεροφόντην

a
ADD. , 3.50.1 , 27 » ee ΣΕ
yum ξείνισ᾽ ἐνὶ μεγάροισιν ἐείκοσιν ἡματ᾽ ἐρύξας.
: οἱ δὲ καὶ ἀλλήλοισι πόρον ξεινήια καλά:
NY? Οἰνεὺς μὲν ζωστῆρα δίδου φοίνικι φαεινόν,
220 Βελλεροφόντης δὲ χρύσεον δέπας ἀμφικύπελλον,
αἴ : ΄ 5 oN , >\ 3 ὃ , 3°54 A
Vi kai μιν ἐγὼ κατέλειπον ἰὼν ἐν δώμασ᾽ ἐμοῖσιν.

Τυδέα δ᾽ οὐ μέμνημαι, ἐπεί μ᾽ ἔτι τυτθὸν ἐόντα
κάλλιφ᾽, ὅτ᾽ ἐν Θήβησιν ἀπώλετο λαὸς ᾿Αχαιῶν.

225

230

235

240

245

250

SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 131

“ a ‘ \ ae a , ¥ ee , ;
τῷ νῦν σοὶ μὲν ἐγὼ ξεῖνος φίλος “Apyel μέσσῳ
> 4 ‘ 5° > ’ 9 “ δῇ ΄
εἰμί, συ ἐν Λυκίῃ, OTE κεν τῶν ONMOY ικωμαι.
ἔγχεα δ᾽ ἀλλήλων ἀλεώμεθα καὶ δι᾿ ὁμίλου

Ἁ \ Ν 5 Ν “A 4 > > 4
πολλοὶ μὲν yap ἐμοὶ Τρῶες κλειτοί T ἐπίκουροι
ἃ

κτείνειν, ὅν κε θεός γε πόρῃ καὶ ποσσὶ κιχείω,
πολλοὶ δ᾽ αὖ σοὶ ᾿Αχαιοὶ ἐναιρέμεν, ὅν κε δύνηαι.
τεύχεα δ᾽ ἀλλήλοις ἐπαμείψομεν, ὄφρα καὶ οἵδε
γνῶσιν, ὅτι ξεῖνοι πατρώιοι εὐχόμεθ᾽ εἶναι."

a ἂν ΄ pee 5

ὡς ἄρα φωνήσαντε καθ᾽ ἵππων ἀΐξαντε

Lal 4 > 5 4 4 \ 4
χεῖράς τ ἀλλήλων λαβέτην καὶ πιστώσαντο.
ἔνθ᾽ αὖτε Γλαύκῳ Κρονίδης φρένας ἐξέλετο Ζεύς,
ὃς πρὸς Τυδεΐδην Διομήδεα τεύχε᾽ ἄμειβεν

’ ’ ε / > > ’
χρύσεα χαλκείων, ἑκατόμβοι᾽ ἐννεαβοίων.

Hector bids Hecuba offer Sacrifice to Athena.

Ἕκτωρ δ᾽ ὡς Σκαιάς τε πύλας Kal φηγὸν ἵκανεν
5 » 3, 4 ¥ / QO 4, ;
ἀμφ᾽ apa μιν Τρώων ἄλοχοι θέον ἠδὲ θύγατρες
εἰρόμεναι παῖδάς τε κασιγνήτους τε ἔτας τε

Ἁ / ε 3 »ῈΆ A » > 4
καὶ πόσιας.: ὁ δ᾽ ἔπειτα θεοῖς εὔχεσθαι ἀνώγειν
πάσας ἑξείης. πολλῇσι δὲ κήδε ἐφῆπτο.

ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ Πριάμοιο δόμον περικαλλέ; ἵκανεν, 7
ἕεστῇς αἰθούσῃσι τετυγμένον, αὐτὰρ ἐν αὐτῷ Ὶ TV Xd
Pana |

πεντήκοντ᾽ everav θάλαμοι ἕεστοῖο λίθοιο, |
πλησίοι ἀλλήλων δεδμημένοι. ἔνθα δὲ παῖδες
κοιμῶντο Πριάμοιο παρὰ μνηστῇς ἀλόχοισιν᾽
κουράων δ᾽ ἑτέρωθεν ἐναντίοι ἔνδοθεν αὐλῆς
δώδεκ᾽ ἔσαν τέγεοι θάλαμοι ξεστοῖο λίθοιο,
πλησίοι ἀλλήλων δεδμημένοι: ἔνθα δὲ γαμβροὶ
κοιμῶντο Πριάμοιο παρ᾽ αἰδοίῃς ἀλόχοισι».
ἔνθα οἱ ἠπιόδωρος ἐναντίη ἤλυθε μήτηρ
Λαοδίκην ἐσάγουσα, θυγατρῶν εἶδος ἀρίστην.

132

255

260

270

275

280

] μον IAIAAOS Z

» 3 ¥ ε ἴω 4 », > » a ΣΝ αὶ 5. ἴα ’
ἔν T apa οἱ φῦ χειρί, ἔπος T ἐφατ᾽ ἐκ T ὀνόμαζεν."

“χέκνον, τίπτε λιπὼν πόλεμον θρασὺν εἰλήλουθας ;
5 , A 2 , @ 9 A
ἢ μάλα δὴ τείρουσι δυσώνυμοι vies ᾿Αχαιῶν

4 \ » A > 5 A Ν » “A
μαρνάμενοι περὶ ἄστυ, σὲ δ᾽ ἐνθάδε θυμὸς ἀνῆκεν
3 ’ 3 > » , A ἴω. 5 A
ἐλθόντ᾽ ἐξ ἄκρης πόλιος Διὶ χεῖρας ἀνασχεῖν.
> A 43 3 τ 4 > 3 4
ἀλλὰ per’, ὄφρα κέ Tor μελιηδέα οἶνον ἐνείκω,
ε , ἈΝ A Ν » 5 ,
ὡς σπείσῃς Διὶ πατρὶ καὶ ἄλλοις ἀθανάτοισιν β

A » δὲ ὅτις > 2 ¥ ΄ θ py iy
πρῶτον, ἔπειτα δὲ καὐτὸς ὀνήσεαι, al KE πίῃσθα.
9 \ \ an , —— 9 27
ἀνδρὶ δὲ κεκμηῶτι μέρος “μεγαττοῖμος ἀέξει,

PS,
ὡς τύνη κέκμηκας dpiony σοῖσιν EeTnow.”

τὴν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα μέγας κορυθαίολος ἐλ τ
“uy μοι οἶνον ἄειρε μελίφρονα, πότνια μῆτερ,

’ὔὕ 3 5 4 7 > 5 La 4
μή μ᾽’ ἀπογνιώσῃς, μένεος δ᾽ ἀλκῆς τε λάθωμαι:"

\ = Pear \ , ¥ >
χερσὶ ἀνίπτοισιν Διὶ λείβειν αἴθοπα οἶνον
ἄζομαι: οὐδέ πῃ ἔστι κελαινεφέι Κρονίωνι ,Ἶ
αἵματι καὶ λύθρῳ πεπαλαγμένον εὐχετάασθαι. Ne
9 \ N \ \ N 3 δ 3 ΄
ἀλλὰ σὺ μὲν πρὸς νηὸν Αθηναίης ἀγελείης
ἔρχεο σὺν θυέεσσιν, ἀολλίσσασα γεραιάς"
πέπλον δ᾽, ὅς τίς τοι χαριέστατος ἠδὲ μέγιστος
ἔστιν ἐνὶ μεγάρῳ καί τοι πολὺ φίλτατος αὐτῇ,
Ἀ A 3 ’ὔὕ 5 A ᾽ὕὔ 5 ’ὔ
τὸν θὲς ᾿Αθηναίης ἐπὶ γούνασιν ἠυκόμοιο,

’ὔ ε ε , ΄,ὕ ἴω ͵ΙᾺ “A
Kai οἱ ὑποσχέσθαι δυοκαίδεκα βοῦς ἐνὶ νηῷ < Ti
mms ἠκέστας ἱερευσέμεν, αἴ κ᾽ ἐλεήσῃ Ke
ἄστυ TE καὶ spew ἀλόχονς καὶ νήπια τέκνα,
αἴ κεν Τυδέος υἱὸν ἀπόσχῃ ᾿Ἰλίου ἱρῆς,
ἄγριον αἰχμητήν, κρατερὸν μήστωρα φόβοιο.

5 A Ν A A A > 4 5 ’ὕ

ἀλλὰ σὺ μὲν πρὸς νηὸν ᾿Αθηναίης ἀγελείης

ἔρχευ, ἐγὼ δὲ Πάριν μετελεύσομαι, ὄφρα καλέσσω,
» 3 5 4 3 > , > , 9 4 ε DA

αἴ κ᾿ ἐθέλῃσ᾽ εἰπόντος ἀκουέμεν: ὡς KE οἱ αὖθι

“A 4 4 4 > 4 » ~
γαῖα χάνοι- μέγα γάρ μιν ᾿Ολύμπιος ἔτρεφε πῆμα
Τρωσί τε καὶ Πριάμῳ μεγαλήτορι τοῖό τε παισίν.

ρ ριάμῳ μεγαλήτορι .

ἵ ὑ. ͵

συ od

285

290

295

300

805

810

ae ao v9 , , , :
αὐτὴ δ᾽ ἐς θάλαμον κατεβήσετο κηώεντα, ᾿

SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 133

εἰ κεῖνόν γε ἴδοιμι κατελθόντ᾽ “Avdos εἴσω,

φαίην κεν φίλον ἦτορ ὀιζύος ἐκλελαθέσθαι." Φ Ky γ-

Sacrifice to Athena by Trojan Matrons. 4 fy 7

ὡς ἔφαθ᾽, ἡ δὲ μολοῦσα ποτὶ μέγαρ᾽ ἀμφιπόλοισιν |
4 ‘ > ¥y > > 7 Ν ¥ ἀν Ths ’
κέκλετο. ταὶ δ᾽ ap ἀόλλισσαν κατὰ ἄστυ γεραιάς.
ν δὴ »¥ ε ΄ ΄ ¥ A
ἔνθ᾽ ἔσαν ot πέπλοι παμποίκιλοι, ἔργα γυναικῶν
Σιδονίων, τὰς αὐτὸς ᾿Αλέξανδρος θεοειδὴς , Ξ
ἤγαγε Σιδονίηθεν, ἐπιπλὼς εὐρέα πόντον, ΕἼ 77, ) ey
\ eQs a EEA re: Sm Ee, > ΄
τὴν ὁδόν, ἣν Ἑλένην περ ἀνήγαγεν εὐπατέρειαν.
τῶν ἕν᾽ ἀειραμένη Ἑκάβη φέρε δῶρον ᾿Αθήνῃ,
ἃ / » 4 > A Αἵ
ὃς κάλλιστος ἔην ποικίλμασιν ἠδὲ μέγιστος,
> Ν > ἃ 3 , » Ν / ¥
ἀστὴρ δ᾽ ὡς amédapmev: ἔκειτο δὲ νείατος ἄλλων.
~ > 5» ‘\ \ 4 4
βῆ δ᾽ ἰέναι, πολλαὶ δὲ μετεσσεύοντο γεραιαί.
ε > 9 , Pia ὦ > , > / Ἂ
αἱ δ᾽ ὅτε νηὸν ἵκανον ᾿Αθήνης ἐν πόλει ἄκρῃ,
“~ 4 »¥ \ ’
τῇσι θύρας ὦιξε Θεανὼ καλλιπάρῃος
Κ af ~ / OF ae - Sf :
ἱσσηΐς, ahoxos «Ἀντήνορος ἱπποδάμοιο
\ \ “Ὁ » > 4 ΝΑ
τὴν γὰρ Τρῶες ἔθηκαν ᾿Αθηναίης ἱέρειαν.
ε > > ~ “~ > 4 “a > 4
ai δ᾽ ὀλολυγῇ πᾶσαι ᾿Αθήνῃ χεῖρας ἀνέσχον"
ε ae 1 ’ ε A ‘ rs /
ἡ δ᾽ ἄρα πέπλον ἑλοῦσα Θεανὼ καλλιπάρῃος
θῆκεν ᾿Αθηναίης ἐπὶ γούνασιν ἠυκόμοιο,
» ’ » » ΄“ ἈΝ ’ ’
εὐχομένη δ᾽ ἠρᾶτο Διὸς κούρῃ μεγάλοιο.
“πότνι᾽ ᾿Αθηναίη, ῥυσίπτολι, dia θεάων,
5 ἣΝ ἜΣ Δ 2Q\ Ν τος
afov δὴ ἔγχος Διομήδεος, ἠδὲ καὶ αὐτὸν
πρηνέα δὸς πεσέειν Σκαιῶν προπάροιθε πυλάων,
ὄφρα τοι αὐτίκα νῦν δυοκαίδεκα βοῦς ἐνὶ νηῷ
ἥνις ἠκέστας ἱερεύσομεν, αἴ κ᾿ ἐλεήσῃς
» ‘\ 4 > ’ Ἀ ’ 4 ”
ἄστυ τε καὶ Τρώων ἀλόχους Kal νήπια τέκνα.
ὡς ἔφατ᾽ εὐχομένη, ἀνένευε δὲ Παλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη.

wi84

320

325

330

335

OMHPOY IAIAAO®S Z

Hector goes to the House of Paris.

a ε ’ «> + Ν , ,
WS αι μὲν P εὔχοντο Διὸς κουρῃ μεγάλοιο,

Ἕκτωρ δὲ πρὸς δώματ᾽ ᾿Αλεξάνδροιο ᾿βεβήκειν

4 4 «> 5 A » Ν 5 4 aA fet dk,
καλά, τά ῥ᾽ αὐτὸς ἔτευξε σὺν ἀνδράσιν, ot τότ᾽ ἄριστοι

7 ψ ας , 9 , , ¥
ἦσαν ἐνὶ Τροίῃ ἐριβώλακι τέκτονες avdpes:
ν ε > / / Ν A Ν 9 \
ol ot ἐποίησαν θάλαμον καὶ δῶμα Kal αὐλὴν
> ΄ bias vy REGRESS 4 ΟΣ
ἐγγύθι τε Πριάμοιο καὶ “Exropos ἐν πόλει ἄκρῃ.
ἔνθ᾽ Ἕκτωρ εἰσῆλθε διίφιλος, ἐν δ᾽ ἄρα χειρὶ
» wy S ὺ τὰ ὦ 4 Ν 4 ἣν
ἔγχος ἔχ᾽ ἑνδεκάπηχυ: πάροιθε δὲ λάμπετο δουρὸς
αἰχμὴ χαλκείη, περὶ δὲ χρύσεος θέε πόρκης. _
Ν 3 @ > 3 ld 7 4 > Y
τὸν δ᾽ εὗρ᾽ ἐν θαλάμῳ περικαλλέα τεύχε᾽ ἕποντα,
3 ’, Ν ’ Ν 3 4 4& c /
ἀσπίδα καὶ θώρηκα, καὶ ἀγκύλα TOE’ addwrta:
5 , x ¢ , “ἢ : rn \
Apyein δ᾽ Ἑλένη μετ᾽ apa δμωῇσι γυναιξὶν
® Ν
ἧστο καὶ ἀμφιπόλοισι περικλυτὰ ἔργα κέλευεν.
Ν. > ¢. ’ 3 \ > ~ 3 rd
τὸν δ᾽ Ἕκτωρ νείκεσσεν ἰδὼν αἰσχροῖς ἐπέεσσιν"
“δαιμόνι᾽, οὐ μὲν καλὰ χόλον τόνδ᾽ ἔνθεο θυμῷ.
λαοὶ μὲν φθινύθουσι περὶ πτόλιν αἰπύ τε τεῖχος
’ὔ’ , > ν 3 > ’ / /
αρνάμενοι: σέο δ᾽ εἵνεκ᾽ ἀυτή τε πτόλεμός TE
μαρνάμ μ
Ἁ > Ν ¥
ἄστυ τόδ᾽ ἀμφιδέδηε: σὺ δ᾽ ἂν μαχέσαιο καὶ ἄλλῳ,
9 , 4, lo wn ,
ov τινά tov μεθιέντα ἴδοις στυγεροῦ πολέμοιο.
3 > ¥ Ν ’ + Ν ’ὔ i“ 3)
ἀλλ᾽ ἄνα, μὴ τάχα ἄστυ πυρὸς δηίοιο θέρηται.

Paris promises to go forth to fight.

τὸν δ᾽ αὖτε προσέειπεν ᾿Αλέξανδρος θεοειδής"
“Ἕκτορ, ἐπεί με κατ᾽ αἶσαν ἐνείκεσας οὐδ᾽ ὑπὲρ αἶσαν,
τούνεκά τοι ἐρέω: σὺ δὲ σύνθεο Kai μευ ἄκουσον.
οὔ τοι ἐγὼ Τρώων τόσσον χόλῳ οὐδὲ νεμέσσι
ἥμην ἐν θαλάμῳ, ἔθελον δ᾽ ἀχεὶ προτραπέσθαι.
νῦν δέ με παρειποῦσ᾽ ἄλοχος μαλακοῖς ἐπέεσσιν
ὥρμησ᾽ ἐς πόλεμον, δοκέει δέ μοι ὧδε καὶ αὐτῷ

SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 135

λώιον ἔσσεσθαι. νίκη δ᾽ ἐπαμείβεται ἄνδρας.
> > ἊΝ a“ > 4 > ’ ’ ’
840 ἀλλ᾽ aye νῦν ἐπίμεινον, ἀρήια τεύχεα δύω"
x νὼ S| de , , A ὃ ΄, 3. σον 2,
ἢ ἴθ᾽, ἐγὼ δὲ μέτειμι, κιχήσεσθαι δέ σ᾽ ὀίω.
ὡς φάτο, τὸν δ᾽ ov τι προσέφη κορυθαίολος Ἕκτωρ.
Ν Ae , 4 ’ ’ὔ
τὸν δ᾽ Ἑλένη μύθοισι προσηύδα μειλιχίοισιν"
7 “Saep ἐμεῖο, κυνὸς κακομηχάνου ὀκρυοέσσης,
84 ὥς μ᾽ ὄφελ᾽ ἤματι τῷ, ὅτε με πρῶτον τέκε μήτηρ,
¥ ’ὔ ἈΝ 5 ’ ’ὔ
οἴχεσθαι προφέρουσα κακὴ ἀνέμοιο θύελλα
εἰς ὄρος ἢ εἰς κῦμα πολυφλοίσβοιο θαλάσσης,
᾿ ἔνθα pe Kip’? ἀπόερσε πάρος τάδε ἔργα γενέσθαι.
ιν > ‘ , 3.}0 6 Ν Ν ᾽
αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ τάδε γ᾽ ὧδε θεοὶ κακὰ τεκμήραντο,
350 ἀνδρὸς ἔπειτ᾽ ὦφελλον ἀμείνονος εἶναι ἄκοιτις,
ἃ ¥ / ’ Ν ¥ , 2) <> ΄
ὃς ἤδη νέμεσίν τε καὶ αἴσχεα πόλλ᾽ ἀνθρώπων.

4 > ¥ 3 oy [ω͵ 4 » » 3 Ps /
τούτῳ δ᾽ ovr ap νῦν φρένες ἔμπεδοι ovr ap ὀπίσσω
ἔσσονται: τῷ Kai μιν ἐπαυρήσεσθαι ὀίω.
ἀλλ᾽ aye νῦν εἴσελθε καὶ ἕζεο τῷδ᾽ ἐπὶ δίφρῳ,

355 δᾶερ, ἐπεί “oe μάλιστα πόνος φρένας ἀμφιβέβηκεν
΄ > > “Ὁ Ν ς ᾿ ’ 4 > ¥
εἵνεκ᾽ ἐμεῖο κυνὸς καὶ ᾿Αλεξάνδρου ἕνεκ᾽ ἄτης,
φΦ ρ" Ν “Ὁ ‘ / c ae ’
οἷσιν ἐπὶ Ζεὺς θῆκε κακὸν μόρον, ὡς καὶ ὀπίσσω
> , , > > / > , ”
ἀνθρώποισι πελώμεθ᾽ ἀοίδιμοι ἐσσομένοισιν.

Hector refuses to sit down. He is needed on the Battle Field, and
he wishes to see his Wife and his Child.
τὴν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα μέγας κορυθαίολος Ἕκτωρ.
800 “μή pe Kalil’, Ἑλένη, φιλέουσά περ: οὐδέ με πείσεις"
ἤδη γάρ μοι θυμὸς ἐπέσσυται, ὄφρ᾽ ἐπαμύνω
Τρώεσσ᾽, ot μέγ᾽ ἐμεῖο ποθὴν ἀπεόντος ἔχουσιν.
> Ν 4 > » A > / Ν Ν 5 ,
ἀλλὰ σύ γ᾽ ὄρνυθι τοῦτον, ἐπειγέσθω δὲ Kai αὐτός,
9 eS » ’ ’ »»
ws κεν ἔμ᾽ ἔντοσθεν πόλιος καταμάρψῃ ἐόντα.
365 καὶ γὰρ ἐγὼν οἰκόνδ᾽ ἐσελεύσομαι, ὄφρα ἴδωμαι
οἰκῆας ἄλοχόν τε φίλην καὶ νήπιον υἱόν

136 OMHPOY IAIAAOS Z

> / > 76° x » ε ’ ν >
ov yap T οἷδ᾽, ἢ ἔτι σφιν ὑπότροπος ἵξομαι αὖτις,
> "ὃ SY ee A Ν ρ Ν ὃ , 9 a ἊΣ
ἢ δὴ μὶ ὑπὸ χερσι θεοὶ δαμόωσιν ᾿Αχαιῶν.

Hector goes to his Home, but Andromache is not there.

ὡς apa φωνήσας ἀπέβη κορυθαίολος Ἕκτωρ.
= > > τὰν 2 ¢ , oN ,
370 αἶψα δ᾽ ἔπειθ᾽ ἵκανε δόμους ἐὺ ναιετάοντας,
5 > eee 5 ’ ’ 3 ,
οὐδ᾽ εὗρ᾽ ᾿Ανδρομάχην λευκώλενον ἐν μεγάροισιν,
ἀλλ᾽ ἢ γε ξὺν παιδὶ καὶ ἀμφιπόλῳ ἐυπέπλῳ
πύργῳ ἐφεστήκει γοόωσά τε μυρομένη τε.
Ἕκτωρ δ᾽ ὡς οὐκ ἔνδον ἀμύμονα τέτμεν ἄκοιτιν,
» > #3 sQXr 3. ed Ν Ν “A »
375 €OTN €7 οὐδὸν ἰών, μετα δὲ δμωῇσιν εεύπεν *
“cc > > ¥ ’ ’ ’
εἰ δ᾽ ἄγε μοι, ὃμωαΐ, νημερτέα μυθήσασθε:
A » 3 ’ ’ὕ > , ;
πῇ ἔβη ᾿Ανδρομάχη λευκώλενος ἐκ μεγάροιο;
ἠέ πῃ ἐς γαλόων ἢ εἰνατέρων ἐυπέπλων,
ἀν a τ χα , "5 2 » ¥
ἢ ἐς ᾿Αθηναίης ἐξοίχεται, ἔνθα περ ἄλλαι
880 Tpwat ἐυπλόκαμοι δεινὴν θεὸν ἱλάσκονται; "
τὸν δ᾽ αὖτ᾽ ὀτρηρὴ ταμίη πρὸς μῦθον ἔειπεν."
““Extop, ἐπεὶ μάλ᾽ ἄνωγας ἀληθέα. μυθήσασθαι,
» 3 ’ ¥ 3 > ’ 3 4
οὔτε πῃ ἐς γαλόων ovT εἰνατέρων ἐυπέπλων
οὔτ᾽ ἐς ᾿Αθηναίης ἐξοίχεται, ἔνθα περ ἄλλαι
| 385 Tpwat ἐυπλόκαμοι δεινὴν θεὸν ἱλάσκονται,
ΠΣ 3 ee ie. , » ΄ > , ψ > »
- [ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ πύργον ἔβη μέγαν ᾿Ιλίου, οὐνεκ᾽ ἄκουσεν"
. oo A an ]
."τείρεσθαι Τρῶας, μέγα δὲ κράτος εἶναι ᾿Αχαιῶν. ,
SA ἡ μὲν δὴ πρὸς τεῖχος ἐπειγομένη ἀφικάνει
ἴ ν , 5 A , 3 Ψ ἴω ’ 3)
ὙΠ τα μαινομένῃ ἐικυῖα: φέρει δ᾽ ἅμα παῖδα τιθήνη.
es 3)
> Ve
Hector and Andromache meet near the Scaean Gate.
390 ἢ pa γυνὴ ταμίη, 6 δ᾽ ἀπέσσυτο δώματος Ἕκτωρ
τὴν αὐτὴν ὁδὸν αὖτις ἐυκτιμένας κατ᾽ ἀγυιάς.
εὖτε πύλας ἵκανε διερχόμενος μέγα ἄστυ,
la “A » 55 » ’ ’
Σκαιάς, TH ap ἔμελλε διεξίμεναι πεδίονδε,

SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 137

ἔνθ᾽ ἄλοχος πολύδωρος ἐναντίη ἦλθε θέουσα
395 ᾿Ανδρομάχη, θυγάτηρ μεγαλήτορος “Hertwvos,
3 ’ὔ a ¥ ε ἣν 4 ε ’
Ηετίων, ὃς ἔναιεν ὑπὸ Πλάκῳ ὑληέσσῃ,
Θήβῃ ὑποπλακίῃ, Κιλίκεσσ᾽ ἄνδρεσσιν ἀνάσσων'
la “<a ¥ > “
τοῦ περ δὴ θυγάτηρ ἔχεθ᾽ “Ἕκτορι χαλκοκορυστῇῃ.
n οἱ ἔπειτ᾽ ἤντησ᾽, ἅμα δ᾽ ἀμφίπολος κίεν αὐτῇ
400 παῖδ᾽ ἐπὶ κόλπῳ ἔχουσ᾽ ἀταλάφρονα, νήπιον αὕτως,
Ἑκτορίδην ἀγαπητόν, ἀλίγκιον ἀστέρι καλῷ,
, eo” ΄, ὌΝ ΣΌΝ ΝΣ 4 »
τόν ῥ᾽ Ἕκτωρ καλέεσκε Σκαμάνδριον, αὐτὰρ οἱ ἄλλοι

=
᾿Αστυάνακτ᾽ - οἷος yap ἐρύετο Ἴλιον Ἕκτωρ.

2 τοι ὃ μὲν μείδησεν ἰδὼν ἐς παῖδα σιωφστῇ-
jj μὲν μείδη ὠπῇ

Andromache begs Hector to remain within the Walls.

> ld , ε » 4 ’ ’
405 ᾿Ανδρομάχη δέ οἱ ἄγχι παρίστατο δάκρυ χέουσα,
» » ¥ ε “ 4 ” > ¥ > » > > ,
ἔν τ᾽ apa ot φῦ χειρί, ἔπος τ᾽ ehar ex τ᾽ ovopaler:
« ὃ 4 A Ν Ν , ἠδ᾽ 3 ,
αιμόνιε, φθίσει σε TO σὸν μένος, οὐδ᾽ ἐλεαίρεις
παῖδά τε νηπίαχον καὶ ἔμ᾽ ἄμμορον, ἣ τάχα χήρη
σεῦ ἔσομαι: τάχα γάρ σε κατακτανέουσιν ᾽Αχαιοὶ
’ > ’ 5» Ν , la ¥
410 πάντες ἐφορμηθέντες- ἐμοὶ δέ Ke κέρδιον εἴη
σεῦ ἀφαμαρτούσῃ χθόνα δύμεναι: οὐ yap er ἀλλ
μαρτούσῃ x μ γὰρ ἡ 1
¥ eT’ ae , ΄, δ A nd
ἔσται θαλπωρή, ἐπεὶ av σύ γε πότμον ἐπίσπῃς, ΑἾὉ"
ἐνῷ estrt Ὧ ρ
ἀλλ᾽ aye: οὐδέ μοι ἔστι πατὴρ καὶ πότνια μήτ LE

al
ἮΝ τὶ ih!
415 ἐκ δὲ πόλιν πέρσεν Κιλίκων ἐὺ ναιετόωσαν, 1 NAL 1
it — -
Θήβην ὑψίπυλον: κατὰ δ᾽ ἔκτανεν ᾿Ηετίωνα, ie
"ὃ ΄, 3 , , \ , θ a ᾿
οὐδέ μιν ἐξενάριξε, σεβάσσατο γὰρ τό γε θυμῷ,
> > 3 / ‘ ¥ ,
ἀλλ᾽ dpa μιν κατέκηε σὺν ἔντεσι δαιδαλέοισιν
-Π-
ἠδ᾽ ἐπὶ σῆμ᾽ ἔχεεν: περὶ δὲ πτελέας ἐφύτευσαν

420 νύμφαι ὀρεστιάδες, κοῦραι Διὸς αἰγιόχοιο.

Ν 43 eR, > 7 δὶ > ,
ἢ τοι yap πατέρ᾽ ἁμὸν ἀπέκτανε δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς,

ot δέ μοι ἑπτὰ κασίγνητοι ἔσαν ἐν μεγάροισιν, ». oo

ε Ν , 2A ΄ ¥ ¥ ὃ ” O Mie ce >

Ol μὲν πάντες ἰῳ κίον ἡματι ALoos εἰσω" JO0S= ES
—

138 OMHPOY IAIAAOS Z

πάντας yap κατέπεφνε ποδάρκης δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεὺς
βουσὶν ἐπ᾽ εἰλιπόδεσσι καὶ ἀργεννῇς ὀίεσσιν.
a ““ππΦππος
’ 3 ἃ ’ὔ ε Ν ’ ε ’
425 μητέρα δ᾽, ἣ βασίλευεν ὑπὸ Πλάκῳ ὑληέσσῃ,
\ \ pets. Sy ‘eh ὃ
τὴν ἐπεὶ ap δεῦρ nyay ἀμ᾽ ἄλλοισι κτεάτεσσιν,
ἂψ Ν ε Ν a Ζλ λ βὼ 3 τ ES
γε τὴν ἀπέλυσε λαβὼν ἀπερείσι᾽, ἄποινα,
> / ἌΝ > ἂν
πατρὸς δ᾽ ἐν μεγάροισι Bad’ Αρτεμις ἰοχέαιρα.
Y
/ — Exrop, ἀτὰρ σύ μοί ἐσσι πατὴρ Kal πότνια μήτηρ, /
430 ἠδὲ κασίγνητος, σὺ δέ μοι θαλερὸς tapaxoirys:
τ“...
ἀλλ᾽ aye νῦν ἐλέαιρε καὶ αὐτοῦ μίμν᾽ ἐπὶ πύργῳ,
\ AQ > > ν᾿ / ’ὔ “A
μὴ παῖδ᾽ ὀρφανικὸν θήῃς χήρην τε γυναῖκα"
A >
[λαὸν δὲ στῆσον παρ᾽ ἐρινεόν, ἔνθα μάλιστα
> ’ 3 / Ν 5 (ὃ » lal
ἀμβατός ἐστι πόλις καὶ ἐπίδρομον ἔπλετο τεῖχος᾽
Ν Ν “A 3 5 ’ 5 ’ὔ 3 ε »»
435 τρὶς γὰρ τῇ y ἐλθόντες ἐπειρήσανθ᾽ οἱ ἄριστοι
> wn
ἀμφ᾽ Αἴαντε δύω καὶ ἀγακλυτὸν Ἰδομενῆα
ἠδ᾽ ἀμφ᾽ ᾿Ατρεΐδας καὶ Τυδέος ἄλκιμον υἱόν."
n πού τίς σφιν ἔνισπε θεοπροπίων ἐὺ εἰδώς,
QFE eee
ἢ νυ καὶ αὐτῶν θυμὸς ἐποτρύνει καὶ aveye.” |

Hector must fight among the Foremost.

1440 τὴν δ᾽ αὖτε προσέειπε μέγας κορυθαίολος “Extwp-
«ς 5 Ν- ie ἡ ΚΑ (δ ΄ ΄, ΄ 5 \ y's Ste

ἢ Kal ἐμοὶ τάδε πάντα μέλει, γύναι ἀλλὰ Mad αἰνῶς
αἰδέομαι Τρῶας καὶ Τρῳάδας ἑλκεσιπέπλους,

¥ Ν ἃ , > , /
αἴ κε κακὸς ὡς νόσφιν ἀλυσκάζω πολέμοιο:

> ’ ἈΝ ¥ > Ν 4 » 3 Ν
οὐδέ με θυμὸς ἄνωγεν, ἐπεὶ μάθον ἔμμενοι ἐσθλὸς

445 αἰεὶ καὶ πρώτοισι μετὰ Τρώεσσι μάχεσθαι,
ἀρνύμενος πατρός τε μέγα κλέος ἠδ᾽ ἐμὸν αὐτοῦ.

5 ‘ ree, , > \ , \ \ ,
εὖ yap ἐγὼ τόδε οἶδα κατὰ φρένα καὶ κατὰ θυμόν"
¥ 5 97> »¥ See TORS » Ἐν αὶ
ἔσσεται ἦμαρ, OT ἂν ToT ὀλώλῃ ἵἴλιος ἱρὴ

Ν / \ Ν 5 / ,
καὶ Πρίαμος Kat λαὸς ἐυμμελίω Πριάμοιο.
“: 3 3 Ψ , , , » 5 ΄’
450 ἀλλ΄ οὐ μοι Τρώων τόσσον μέλει adyos ὀπίσσω,

¥ > » 2 ae ε ’ὔ » , »

οὔτ᾽ αὐτῆς Ἑκάβης οὔτε Πριάμοιο ἄνακτος

455

460

465

470

475

SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 139

” , Y , gis, Ss ‘
οὔτε κασιγνήτων, οἵ κεν πολέες TE καὶ ἐσθλοὶ
ἐν κονίῃσι πέσοιεν ὑπ᾽ ἀνδράσι δυσμενέεσσιν,
ὅσσον σεῦ, ὅτε κέν τις ᾿Αχαιῶν χαλκοχιτώνων
δακρυόεσσαν ἄγηται, ἐλεύθερον ἦμαρ ἀπούρας.

ad 9 A Ν ἃν ε Ν ε Ud
καί κεν ἐν Apye. ἐοῦσα πρὸς ἄλλης ἱστὸν ὑφαίνοις,

,ὔ ν ,ὕ ,ὕ a ε ’ὔ
Kai κεν ὕδωρ φορέοις Μεσσηίδος ἢ “Trepeins

7 > > ’ Ν » > 4 > > 4,
πόλλ᾽ ἀεκαζομένη, κρατερὴ δ᾽ ἐπικείσετ᾽ ἀνάγκη:
καί ποτέ τις εἴπῃσιν ἰδὼν κατὰ δάκρυ χέουσαν᾽
oy 25 ἘΦ > , , 6
Exropos Oe γυνή, ὃς ἀριστεύεσκε μάχεσθαι

, ε , ν » 3 ’, ᾽

Τρώων ἱπποδάμων, ὅτε Ἴλιον ἀμφεμάχοντο.

ν la > Ν > > ,ὔ ΕΝ ΕἾ
ὥς ποτέ τις ἐρέει, σοὶ δ᾽ αὖ νέον ἔσσεται ἄλγος

, φῇ >> > ὃ 4 EY 5 nN M Κ
χήτεϊ τοιοῦδ᾽ ἀνδρός, ἀμύνειν δούλιον ἦμαρ.
ἀλλά με τεθνηῶτα χυτὴ κατὰ γαῖα καλύπτοι,

4 7 “A ~ “ μι δ ᾿ “A / 9
πρίν γέ τι σῆς τε βοῆς σοῦ θ᾽ ἑλκηθμοῖο πυθέσθαι.

Hector takes his Child in his Arms and prays for him.

ὡς εἰπὼν ov παιδὸς ὀρέξατο φαίδιμος Ἕκτωρ.
ΕΝ > ε ’ Ν / > ’ ’
ἂψ δ᾽ ὁ πάις πρὸς κόλπον ἐυζώνοιο τιθήνης
ἐκλίνθη ἰάχων, πατρὸς φίλον ὄψιν ἀτυχθείς,

᾽7 ld 50." / ε ’ὔ

ταρβήσας χαλκόν τε ἰδὲ λόφον ἱππιοχαίτην,
δεινὸν ἀπ᾿ ἀκροτάτης κόρυθος νεύοντα νοήσας.
> > > / 4 / Ἁ ’ ’
ἐκ δ᾽ ἐγέλασσε πατήρ τε φίλος καὶ πότνια μήτηρ.
8. °3 > Ν Ν ’ > ν ’ ν
αὐτίκ᾽ ἀπὸ κρατὸς κόρυθ᾽ εἵλετο φαίδιμος Ἕκτωρ,
καὶ τὴν μὲν κατέθηκεν ἐπὶ χθονὶ παμφανόωσαν,

> Ν ν > a ’ εν 5 ‘ 4 ~ 4 ’ὔ
αὐτὰρ ὅ γ᾽ ὃν φίλον υἱὸν ἐπεὶ κύσε πῆλέ τε χερσίν,
ἽΡ > , ᾽, .ϑν , A
εἶπεν ἐπευξάμενος Διί τ᾽ ἄλλοισίν τε θεοῖσιν.
“Ζεῦ ἄλλοι τε θεοί, δότε δὴ καὶ τόνδε γενέσθαι

“Q> > / ε \ > 7 > 4 ,
παῖδ᾽ ἐμόν, ws Kal ἐγώ περ, ἀριπρεπέα Τρώεσσιν,
ὧδε βίην τ᾽ ἀγαθὸν καὶ ᾿Ιλίον ἶφι ἀνάσσειν.

΄ ΄ ν ‘ , > “5 ‘ "ae, ;
Kal ποτέ τις εἴποι ‘TaTpOS y Od€ πολλὸν ἀμείνων

140.

480

485

490

495

500

505

OMHPOY IAIAAOS Z

ἐκ πολέμου ἀνιόντα- φέροι δ᾽ ἔναρα βροτόεντα
κτείνας δήιον ἄνδρα, χαρείη δὲ φρένα μήτηρ."

Hector comforts Andromache and sends her home. ,

a > \ > 4 ’ 3 Ν Y,
ὡς εἰπὼν ἀλόχοιο φίλης ἐν χερσὶν ἔθηκεν
παῖδ᾽ ἐόν: ἡ δ᾽ ἄρα μιν κηώδεϊ δέξατο κόλπῳ
’ὔ ’ὔ , > > 4 4
daxpudev γελάσασα: πόσις δ᾽ ἐλέησε νοήσας
’ὔ ’, , » ϑ»ν ϑ»ν» > » ’
χειρί τέ μιν κατέρεξεν, ἔπος T ἔφατ᾽ ἔκ τ᾽ ὀνόμαζεν.
« ὃ , , , , 3 , a
αιμονΐη, μή pot τι λίην ἀκαχίζεο θυμῷ.
> , , ΓΑ ΤΑ > > AN » one
ov γάρ τίς μ᾽ ὑπὲρ αἶσαν ἀνὴρ “Ard. προϊάψει:"
A > + , "4 ¥ > A
μοῖραν δ᾽ ov τινά φημι πεφυγμένον ἔμμεναι ἀνδρῶν,
5 / 2Q\ Ν 3 ’ Φι ςὦ Ν “a ’
οὐ κακόν, οὐδὲ μὲν ἐσθλόν, ἐπὴν τὰ πρῶτα γένηται.

> > > > 35. A Ν 3 5 “ » ’ὔ’
ἀλλ᾽ εἰς οἶκον ἰοῦσα τὰ σ᾽ αὐτῆς ἔργα κόμιζε,

ε ; 3 5 ’ Ν > / ,
ἱστόν τ΄ ἠλακάτην TE, Kal ἀμφιπόλοισι κέλευε
» ee ΄ > »¥ ΄
ἔργον ἐποίχεσθαι: πόλεμος δ᾽ ἄνδρεσσι μελήσει
ἴω 3 \ \ 4 ®% 2 / 3 ’ ”
πᾶσιν, ἐμοὶ δὲ μάλιστα, τοὶ ᾿Ιλίῳ ἐγγεγάασιν.
ἃ ¥ / , > ν ’ὔ ν

ὧς ἄρα φωνήσας κόρυθ᾽ εἵλετο φαίδιμος Ἕκτωρ
ἵππουριν: ἄλοχος δὲ φίλη οἰκόνδε βεβήκειν

5 ’ Ν Ν ’ ,
ἐντροπαλιζομένη, θαλερὸν κατὰ δάκρυ χέουσα.

> SS > ¢ , 3N\ “4
αἶψα δ᾽ ἔπειθ᾽ ἵκανε δόμους ἐὺ ναιετάοντας

Ἕκτορος ἀνδροφόνοιο, κιχήσατο δ᾽ ἔνδοθι πολλὰς

> / ~ \ / 4 +: ὟΝ
ἀμφιπόλους, τῇσιν δὲ γόον πάσῃσιν ἐνῶρσεν.
ε Ἁ » Ν ’ ν 4 2. % »

αἱ μὲν ἔτι ζωὸν γόον Εκτορα ᾧ ἐνὶ οἴκῳ"

> / » > » ε ’ὔ 3 ¥

ov yap μιν er ἔφαντο ὑπότροπον ἐκ πολέμοιο
ν ΄ ld \ A > A
ἵξεσθαι προφυγόντα μένος καὶ χεῖρας ᾿Αχαιῶν.

Paris overtakes Hector by the Scaean Gate.

οὐδὲ Πάρις δήθυνεν ἐν ὑψηλοῖσι δόμοισιν,
> > 9 > 5 Ἁ / Ν 4 ’ “
ἀλλ᾽ ὅ γ᾽ ἐπεὶ κατέδυ κλυτὰ τεύχεα ποικίλα χαλκῷ,
σεύατ᾽ ἔπειτ᾽ ἀνὰ ἄστυ, ποσὶ κραιπνοῖσι πεποιθώς.
ε > ν Ν ν > ’,ὕ - ee 4,
ws δ᾽ ὅτε τις στατὸς ἵππος, ἀκοστήσας ἐπὶ φάτνῃ,

=". =

510

515

520

525

SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 141

δεσμὸν ἀπορρήξας θείῃ πεδίοιο κροαίνων, ) ΄
εἰωθὼς λούεσθαι ἐυρρεῖος ποταμοῖο, Ἵ τε E?

κυδιόων: ὑψοῦ δὲ κάρη ἔχει, ἀμφὶ δὲ χαῖται
ὥμοις ἀίσσονται: ὃ δ᾽ ἀγλαΐηφι πεποιθώς, analok-
μ γλαΐη
es ε ““ / 4 > » Ἁ Ν ν
ῥίμφα ἑ γοῦνα φέρει μετά τ ἤθεα καὶ νομὸν iter:
a eX , ΄ Ν ’, ¥
ws υἱὸς Πριάμοιο ἸΙάρις κατὰ Lepyapou axpys,
4 / ν > > / > /
τεύχεσι παμφαίνων ws τ᾽ ἠλέκτωρ, ἐβεβήκειν
, , \ , , > > ἂν
καγχαλόων, ταχέες δὲ πόδες φέρον. αἶψα δ᾽ ἔπειτα
Ἕκτορα δῖον ἔτετμεν ἀδελφεόν, εὖτ᾽ ap ἔμελλεν
μ μ
/ θ᾽ > 4 50 ""- ΨΚ ΄
στρέψεσθ᾽ ἐκ χώρης, ὅθι ἢ ὀάριζε γυναικί.
Ν ’ / > / ,
Tov πρότερος προσέειπεν ᾿Αλέξανδρος θεοειδής -
“0c, ἦ μάλα δή σε καὶ ἐσσύμενον κατερύκω
’ δ᾽ > > , ε Ψ- ἐν ”
δηθύνων, οὐδ᾽ ἦλθον ἐναίσιμον, ws ἐκέλευες.
τὸν δ᾽ ἀπαμειβόμενος προσέφη κορυθαίολος Ἕκτωρ'
“ δαιμόνι᾽, οὐκ ἄν τίς τοι ἀνήρ, ὃς ἐναίσιμος εἴη,
»ἬᾺΆ > ’ὔ ’ 5 νι ¥ , >
ἔργον ἀτιμήσειε μάχης, ἐπεὶ αλκιμὸς ἐσσι"
» ‘ ε Ἁ ~ Ἀ > 5 / Ν > Pe ς ~
ἀλλὰ ἑκὼν μεθιεῖς τε καὶ οὐκ ἐθέλεις. τὸ δ᾽ ἐμὸν κῆρ
a é θ las 50’ ἃ. ὁ Ἣν έθ ¥ > > ,
χνυται ἐν θυμῷ, of ὑπὲρ σέθεν αἴσχε᾽ ἀκούω
πρὸς Τρώων, ot ἔχουσι πολὺν πόνον εἵνεκα σεῖο.
ἀλλ᾽ ἴομεν: τὰ δ᾽ ὄπισθεν ἀρεσσόμεθ᾽, αἴ κέ ποθι Ζεὺς
δώῃ ἐπουρανίοισι θεοῖς αἰειγενέτῃσιν
“A / > 4 > 4
κρητῆρα στήσασθαι ἐλεύθερον ἐν μεγάροισιν,
> ’ > ’ 5» ’ὔ > 4° 3)
ἐκ Τροίης ἐλάσαντας ἐυκνήμιδας ᾿Αχαιούς.

, ν᾿ ὦ one δὰ a ‘i
on m4 BL ag FSO ek

J ἊΝ ᾿Ξ
τ 3 ΠΝ
τὸ ᾿ -.

τως ἑὰς : ed is es
τ ; Als ; ‘ rg BF δ, os

᾿ ~ ᾿ β
al Lin F i

4 “ 4
x « ἐν Lia baal }- Ἂ
vi © =
= {
« .
1
- os EF,
a Κ᾽. » »
ὃν - io 4 »
ὃ , - r τ » toh +f | Ai? us
Rtg ἥ Fe Ἶ Σι ΝΟΥ URAS ¥
ἐ é ς κ᾿ tr. pen ati Stig τῇ,
r Ὑ Pa = eer ey Re ee
. . iy

> all

Sa ty

a Sa μ“ Li ἈΦ ly

: Mt.Olymp 8

ὁ)
ως r
(3
Dodonao Pad tine RY Mt
J aus Rr Ossa
j Ὁ
7
—~ <i
: at Mt.Pelio
— “ ? ) }
; | = =I ξ tL
= ς gts
‘ { ΨΥ \ < Y
- ν ὁ eee
Pn ¢, ἐς», ἄξω
& PG δ / Se
Fc lad Ep . Mt. ParnassusSxZ Opusoy > - 4 δ᾽ ἽΟ
Pi ἷ : τς Pleuron ‘ — eres =
ἃ εἰ πάσα. απ ad Pyt ne uOCIANS akan. gee ἜΣΧΟΝ «
+> 3 Ά = Seg
ἐς ja Ὁ» ΠῚ ΞΕ ς ἢ parry LES OF
| Ὁ “Phisbe 2 --
nent ὃ. pe = Jas ee
= Ξ AE Gra =e atta.
SA pepe A : a εἱ i
J ee, oe 8 » —=SS item" “carves
— “Si cyon & 5 : ᾿ Ξ .
ἘΞ eee “yi: -Oylne Ke ° Cgrin cae > Gerastand
ZACYNTHUS | gt τῷ ἢ = %, re
‘2 » ploufana | YW Orchomients i Mycénae ἔΞΞΞΞ. ΄ ( Mg ;
KX NIAR CA DIAL azine J 27 ~%, οϑυπίνηι
ae 1% > Mantin@a” 4re0 en Epidaurus/ "4 =
’ \ )Merntonee,_* Troecen Ξ Ξ
Ἢ iS ee =
το — =
“eS =
Pylus ἮΝ ‘ |
2R/PNO
Helus
; 4--
ΨΥ
a 7a i
HOMERIC GREECE : ~~~ 6 Maléa
(AFTER KIEPERT) C.Taenarum Ἢ, qe

ε CYTHERA

——- a τσ υ.

— = ϑϑρυυ “«ᾳ0Ἐ δι. «ἢ... ἀκ.

COMMENTARY
TO THE FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD

1-7. Prooemium: The wrath of Achilles, from its very beginning, and the
destructive consequences which followed in accordance with the will of Zeus.
This is the principal theme of the Iliad. ‘These first verses are like the
tones of a funeral march rising to a sky shrouded in gloomy clouds.’ ‘A
series of verses which like heralds announce the whole poem. A gloomy
cloud gathers over the Greeks. The field is covered by the corpses of
fallen heroes. Dogs and vultures tear the bodies of the slain. The most
powerful of men and the mightiest mortal descendant of Zeus quarrel.
Zeus has determined the destruction of the people. — All this in a single
sentence which closes with ᾿Αχιλλεύς.᾽ Hermann Grimm. |

The First Book serves as an introduction to the whole poem. It nar-
rates the story of the strife between Achilles and Agamemnon, and the
decree of Zeus, which is made on the intercession of Thetis. — The events
narrated in this Book occupy twenty-one days. See §6a. For the situa-
tion at the opening of the war, see § 5.

1. μῆνιν: the wrath, lasting anger, the memorem iram of Verg. Aen.
i. 4. Cf. 81, 247, 488. This receives prominence as being most impor-
tant for the subject of the poem.— The definite article is not needed in
early Greek. The connection decides, as in Latin, whether the article
should be used in translation. See ὃ 42 ἢ. ---θεά: 1.6. the Muse. The
Muses bestow the gift of song (@ 64), and take it away (B 599 f.). —
Homer does not assign special names and offices to different Muses. See
on B 484. Cf. ἄνδρα μοι ἔννεπε μοῦσα a 1.—For the following caesural
pause, see ἃ 58 a, ὁ, f. — ΠΠηληιάδεω [ΠΠηληιάδου or ἸΠηλείδου] : for the geni-
tive-ending, see § 34 ὁ. This adjective is called a ‘patronymic,’ and is
often used as a proper name. See $39. The last two vowels are pro-
nounced as one. Cf. χρυσέῳ 15; see § 29. --᾿π͵ Αχιλῆος [᾿Αχιλλέως]: for
the ending, see § 23 c. Homer often drops one of two doubled consonants.
See § 59 d, e.

2. οὐλομένην : destructive, deadly: cf. Milton Par. Lost i. 2, ‘forbidden
fruit ... whose mortal taste | Brought death into the world,’ and Shaks-
pere’s ‘mortal sword,’ Macbeth iv. 3.3. This is put in a kind of apposi-
tion with μῆνιν, as if it were an afterthought. The idea is amplified in

1

2 COMMENTARY TO THE

the following relative clause; cf. 10, B 227; see § 12 6. --- μυρία: countless ;
not a numeral (μύρια) in Homer. — For the ‘elision’ of a, see § 28 a. —
For the ‘ hiatus,’ allowed when the final vowel has been elided, see § 27 e.
—’Axavois: often used for all the Greeks ; see § 4 a.— ἄλγεα [ἄλγη] : i.e.
the defeats caused by the absence of Achilles from the conflict. — For the
uncontracted form, see ὃ 24. -- ἔθηκεν: caused, as I’ 321 (see § 17), nearly
equivalent to τεῦχε, below, or to the Attic ἐποίησεν.

3. πολλάς: the second clause of the relative sentence is closely con-
nected with the first, since πολλάς repeats the idea of μυρία, while the third
clause is added in the form of a contrast, αὐτοὺς δὲ κτλ. --- ἰφθίμους
[xpatepds]: the feminine form ἰφθίμας is used by Homer only of persons.
See § 38 a. — Mighty souls is nearly equivalent to ‘souls of mighty men.’
—" Aidt προΐαψεν : sent off to Hades, a vigorous expression for a violent
death, as E190, Z 487. Cf. multos Danaum demittimus Orco Verg.
Aen. ii. 398. For the use of πρό, cf. πρὸ ἧκε 195. —"Ai& [”Aidy]: a “ meta-
plastic’ form of ᾿Αἔδης, which in Homer is always the name of a person,
the ruler of the nether world. See § 37.

4. ἡρώων: brave warriors. The word had not acquired the meaning of
heroes in the English sense (§ 17). —avrots: themselves, i.e. their bodies as
contrasted with their souls. — ἑλώρια [Attic ἁρπαγήν] : booty; cf. canibus
data praeda Latinis | alitibusque Verg. Aen. ix. 485 f. For the
preceding hiatus, see ὃ 27 b. — τεῦχε κύνεσσιν : since the bodies often had
to lie unburied; cf. B 393. Dogs are the scavengers of the East. Cf
‘Him that dieth of Ahab in the city the dogs shall eat; and him that
dieth in the field shall the fowls of the air eat’ 1 Kings xxi. 24; ‘ And the
Philistine said to David, «Come to me and I will give thy flesh unto the
fowls of the air, and to the beasts of the field” ’ 7 Sam. xvii. 44. To be
left unburied was a dreaded fate; so Hector at the point of death besought
Achilles not to allow the dogs to devour him (X 339).— τεῦχε [€revye] : for
the omission of the augment, see § 43 α.--- κύνεσσιν [xvoiv]: for the
ending, see ὃ 36 ὃ.

5. οἰωνοῖσι [οἰωνοῖς : the long form of the dative is more frequent in
Homer than the dative in -os. See § 35 d.—8aira [Attic ἑορτήν7: here of
the food of brutes ; cf. Β 383.— Διὸς... βουλή: instead of Διὸς μεγάλου
διὰ βουλάς. This is joined parenthetically (§ 21) to the preceding relative
clause. — The will of Zeus was accomplished in the consequences of the
wrath of Achilles. Cf ‘Such was the will of heaven,’ Milton Par. Lost ii.
1025. — βουλή : will; cf. βούλομαι. This corresponds to the θέλημα (θελω)
of the New Testament (γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου, in the Lord’s Prayer).

FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD 3

6. ἐξ οὗ xri.: since first, since once; the starting point for μῆνιν ovAo-
μένην. This expression takes the place in Homer of the prose ἐπεὶ ἅπαξ,
ἐπεὶ τάχιστα, cf. 235. πρῶτον and πρῶτα are used adverbially with little
difference of meaning ; cf. 276, 519. --τά : for the short vowel lengthened
before the following consonants, see § 59 Κ --- διαστήτην [duerryrnv]
ἐρίσαντε : contending separated, i.e. contended and separated, parted in strife
(Epis). “

7. ᾿Ατρεΐδης : of four syllables; see 8 39 7. For the use of the patro-
nymic, instead of ᾿Αγαμέμνων, see ὃ 39 b. — For the genealogy of Agamem-
non, son of Atreus, see § 7 6. He is described by Helen as ‘a good king
and a brave warrior’ (Τ' 179). — ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν : elsewhere precedes a proper
name; only here is it found after a patronymic. It is generally applied
to Agamemnon (as 442, 506), as commander-in-chief. He is βασιλεύτατος,
most royal, in 1 69. — For the ‘apparent hiatus,’ see §§ 27 N.B., 32. δῖος:
godlike, glorious (εὐγενής), a standing epithet of Achilles and of Odysseus.
No special excellence of character is implied. Observe the metrical adap-
tation to the names of these two heroes, allowing the ‘bucolic diaeresis’
after the fourth foot; see ἃ 58 i; ef. Φοῖβος ᾿Απόλλων 64, Παλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη
A 78. dios ᾿Αχιλλεύς closes the verse in Homer more than fifty times.

8. τίς + ἄρ: who then? Cf. τίς dpa οὗτός ἐστιν Luke viii. 25. A ques-
tion from the standpoint of the hearer, suggested by 6. Cf. ‘ Who first
seduced them to that foul revolt ?— Th’ infernal serpent,’ Milton Par.
Lost i. 33. Some god must have decreed the calamity; the Homeric
theology recognized no blind chance. — ἔριδι ξυνέηκε: brought together in
strife. — ξυνέηκε [συνῆκε] : for the augment, see ὃ 43 d.— μάχεσθαι: to con-
tend; sc. ἐπέεσσιν. Cf. 304, B 377 ἢ. For the explanatory infinitive, see
§§ 12 4 18 e; H. 951; 6. 1533.

9. Λητοῦς: cf. 36.— For the inflection, see H. 197; G. 242 f. Λητώ
seems to be a short form of Latona, but the latter ase not appear in
Greek. Apollo was the mediate cause of* the trouble, since the pestilence
occasioned the quarrel.—6 [ovros]: for the demonstrative use of the
article, see § 42 j.— βασιλῆι [βασιλεῖ] : ic. Agamemnon, ἄναξ dvdpdv. —
For the ‘dative of association,’ see H. 772; G.1177. For the form, ef.
᾿Αχιλῆος 1. — χολωθείς : see on 81.

10. νοῦσον [νόσον, § 23 d]: this is called λοιμός (pestilence) in 61. —
ἀνὰ στρατόν: up through the camp (cf. κατὰ στρατόν 318), as the plague
spread from tent to tent. Cf ὅ3. --- ὦρσε: for the retention of o after p,
see § 48 ὁ. --- κακήν : the adjective is explained by the following clause, the
first word of which takes up the thought of the adjective. For the order

4 COMMENTARY TO THE

of words, connecting κακὴν with what follows, see § 11 7. --- λαοί [ew] :
his men, soldiery; ef. T 186 and Agamemnon’s epithet ποιμὴν λαῶν B 243
shepherd of the people. — Attic ἀπέθνῃσκον οἱ στρατιῶται.

11. τὸν [τοῦτον τὸν] Χρύσην: that Chryses, well known to the hearers
from stories or other songs. Nowhere else in Homer is the article used
with a proper name. — ἠτίμασεν : slighted. —dpyrijpa: receives prominence
from its rhythm and position, almost equivalent to “though he was,” eic.
He is called ἱερεύς (the Attic word) below. — This verse has a ‘spondee’
in the fifth foot, and hence is called ‘spondaic.’ See § 57 A; ef. 21, 157,
291, 600. This gives an emphatic close to the sentence.

12. Gods: cf. νηυσὶ ὠκυπόροισιν 421. A standing epithet of the ships
even when they were on shore; see § 12 a. — ἐπὶ νῆας [vais]: i.e. to the camp,
where the ships were drawn up on land; cf. B 688. — For the position of
the preposition between the adjective and noun, cf. 15, 20 ; see § 11 m.

13. Avodpevos: to release for himself, to ransom. The active is used of
him who receives the ransom (20, 29); the middle, of him who offers it. —
θύγατρα [θυγατέρα] : for the form, see H. 188, D; G. 276.— Homer knows
her only by her patronymic Xpvonis (111, see 8 39 g), daughter of Chryses.
— φέρων : bringing with him, probably on a wagon or pack animal. ἄγων
is used 139, 867, 431 of living creatures. — ἀπερείσι: ἄποινα: bullion
(either of gold, silver, or copper), or vessels of precious metal, or clothing.

14. oréupar ᾿Απόλλωνος: cf Apollinis infula Verg. Aen. ii. 480.
This ribbon, or chaplet, of white wool, bound about the head and falling
down on both sides, marked the priest’s official character. He came under
the god’s protection, but as a suppliant carried the fillet, instead of wear-
ing it. Cf laurumque manu vittasque ferentem | Chrysen,
Ovid Ars Am. ii. 401. — ἑκηβόλου : he was the Archer Apollo. For similar
epithets, see § 22 f.—For the loss of quantity in the final diphthong
before an initial vowel, cf 17 ; see § 59 k. —’Arméddewvos: for the length of
the first syllable, as 21, 36, etc., see § ὅθ d. :

15. χρυσέῳ [χρυσῷ] : not of solid gold, but adorned with golden studs
or nails. See on 219,B45; cf. 246. So the soul of the seer Tiresias had
ἃ χρύσεον σκῆπτρον in Hades. — χρυσέῳ is pronounced as of two syllables
(cf. 1) and is thus metrically like the Attic form.—4dva σκήπτρῳ: on a
staff. Construe with στέμματ᾽ ἔχων. Equivalent to Attic éxt σκήπτρου.
For the dative, cf. § 55 e; H. 792,15; G. 1196. — Princes, judges, priests,
and heralds carried σκῆπτρα as symbols of authority; kings were σκηπτοῦ-
xo, scepter bearers (B 86). Cf. B 100 ff., 186. A σκῆπτρον was placed in
the hands of him who was about to address the assembly, as a sign that he

FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD 5

‘had the floor’; εὐ 245, Τ' 218, στῇ δὲ μέσῃ ἀγορῃ " σκῆπτρον δε of μβαλε
χειρὶ | κῆρυξ β 37 f. - Achilles swears by it (234). The judge in an
Athenian court had a Baxrypia. The Spartans also carried stout staffs,
and Athenian gentlemen carried canes. — πάντας : the bard’s hearers easily
made for themselves the necessary limitations for such general expressions.
The priest’s errand was to the army and its leaders.

16. δύω [δύο] : for δύω with the dual, cf. Αἴαντε δύω B 406, Τ' 18, λέοντε
δύω E 554. This form is more frequent in Homer than dvo.— The pause
in the verse throws this with κοσμήτορε. ---- Menelaus, king of Sparta (B 586),
as husband of Helen, is associated with his brother Agamemnon; ef.
B 408. See § 5a.— κοσμήτορε: κοσμέω (cf. κόσμος, order) is used of mar-
shaling troops in the sense of the later τάόσσω. Cf. B 126, 476, 554, T 1;
see § 17.

17. The usual introduction to a speech (§ 12 h) is omitted. — For the
use of the speaker’s very words, instead of indirect discourse, see ὃ 11 e. —
ἐυκνήμιδες : a standing epithet of the Achaeans (§ 12 δ). In historical
times, Herodotus mentions greaves as worn by the Lycians in the army of
Xerxes.

18. cot: monosyllable by ‘ synizesis’; see ὃ 25. — Cf. Horace’s transla-
tion, di tibi dent capta classem deducere Troia Sat. ii. 3.191.

19. Πριάμοιο [Πριάμου] : for the form, see ὃ 35 α. --- πόλιν: for the
length of the last syllable, see ὃ 59 1. — οἴκαδε: homeward, always of the
return to Greece, not like οἰκόνδε, into the house. See § 33 e.

20. παῖδα δέ: made prominent because of the priest’s love for his
daughter; instead of the ἐμοὶ δέ which is expected in contrast with ὑμῖν
μέν 18. ---λῦσαι : corresponds to δοῖεν. Cf 13.— φίλην : in apposition with
παῖδα, after the pause in the verse (8 11 j), — “my dear child.” Its position
shows that it is not an otiose epithet, meaning not much more than my.
— “As I pray that you may be victorious and have a safe return, so may
ye restore to me” ete. Cf. the prayer of Priam for Achilles, σὺ δὲ τῶνδ᾽
ἀπόναιο, καὶ ἔλθοις | σὴν és πατρίδα γαῖαν Q 556 f. mayst thou enjoy these
gifts and in safety reach thy native land, where the return of Hector’s body
is the condition implied for the prayer. The infinitive is here used for
the imperative, but in an optative sense (like ἄειδε 1), not as a‘command ;
ef. the infinitive and imperative in parallel clauses (322 f., T 459). — τά τ᾽
ἄποινα: the priest points to the gifts which he brought with him.

21. ἁζόμενοι [Attic σεβόμενοι] κτλ. : a prime motive for granting the
request. The Achaeans were to honor the god in the person of his priest,
— For the spondee in the fifth foot, see on 11.

' 4 ᾿

6 | COMMENTARY TO THE

22. ἐπευφήμησαν : for the usual ἐπήνησαν, because of the awe which was
required by the priest. It is followed by the infinitive as being equivalent
to ἐκέλευσαν ἐπευφημοῦντες, they bade with pious reverence ; cf. B 290.

23. αἰδεῖσθαι: repeats the thought of ἁζόμενοι. ---- ἱερῆα [ἱερέα] : equivalent
to ἀρητῆρα 11.— ἀγλαά : an important epithet, introducing a motive for the
action. — δέχθαι [δέξασθαι] : second aorist infinitive from δέχομαι. See § 53.

24. ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ κτλ. : a sharp contrast to ἄλλοι μέν, giving prominence to
the negative, —but not to the son of Atreus.—’Arpet§y: receives further
emphasis from its position immediately before the pause of the verse.
Thus in the preceding verse ἱερῆα is contrasted with ἄποινα, as θύγατρα 13,
and the λῦσαί re 20 with δέχεσθαι. ---- θυμῷ : local, in heart. See-§ 12 g.—
This verse in prose would be ἀλλ᾽ ᾿Ατρείδης οὐχ ἥσθη.

25. κακῶς: harshly. Cf. the use of κακήν 10.— ἀφίει : for the form, as
from a verb in -éw, see § 52 a; for the omission of the augment, see ὃ 43 a.
— Homer is fond of using the imperfect to describe an action as in prog-
ress; cf. τεῦχε 4. — κρατερόν : strong, stern. — ἔπὶ μῦθον ἔτελλεν : laid upon him
his command. — ἔπί : construe with ἔτελλεν. See § 55 a, ὃ. --- μῦθον : had not
yet received the idea of fiction which is contained in the English myth. It
and ἔπος (216) are often used for the Attic λόγος, which is found but twice
~ in Homer (8 17).

26. μή κτλ. : see to it that I do not, let me not, etc. This warning use of
μή with the first person singular is rare. Cf. Β 195, E 487 f. — κοίλῃσιν
[κοίλαις] : for the form, cf. οἰωνοῖσι 5; see § 34 6. -- νηυσί [ναυσί] : for the
form, see ὃ 23 a.

27. αὖτις ἰόντα : returning; cf. πάλιν πλαγχθέντας 59, δόμεναι πάλιν 116.

28. μή νύ τοι κτλ. : lest perhaps, etc., adds to the preceding command
the result that was to be feared if the command were disregarded. — οὐ
χραίσμῃ: the negative and the verb form but one idea, be- useless, of no
avail; cf. 566, Τ' 289. --- σκῆπτρον κτλ. : “thy priestly dignity.”

29. πρίν: sooner, adverb with ἔπεισιν, with strengthening καί, even; much
rather. (Cf. the change in use of rather.) — For the animated ‘adversative
asyndeton,’ see ὃ 15 c. — μίν [αὐτήν] : λέν. --- ἔπεισιν : shall come upon.

30. ἡμετέρῳ : the familiar our of the household. — év”Apyei: i.e. in Pelo-
ponnesus (which name is not found in Homer), “Apyos ᾿Αχαιικόν, not
Πελασγικὸν “Apyos (Thessaly, B 681), nor the city “Apyos, where Diomed
ruled (B 559). — This clause is in apposition with the first clause of the
line, and it is repeated again by τηλόθι πάτρης [μακρὰν ἀπὸ τῆς πατρίδος.
The pause is very distinct after οἴκῳ, although it is not marked in print-
ing. Cf. ᾿Ατρείδῃ 24.

“Se

FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD 7

31. ἱστὸν ἐποιχομένην : going to and fro before the loom, plying the loom.
The Greek women stood as they wove at their upright looms. Weaving
was the principal occupation of the female slaves. — λέχος : accusative of
‘limit of motion,’ only here with ἀντιάω, approach, share the couch. See
8. 19 ὃ.

32. ἴθι ἐρέθιζε: for the ‘explanatory asyndeton,’ see ὃ 15 ὁ. ---σαώτερος :
more safely; sc. than if thou shouldst refuse to go. This independent use
of the comparative is frequent in Homer. — as: in order that, here follows
the emphatic word (811 /) ; so ὅτι, 6, ὄφρα, and iva may have the second place
in the clause. Cf. B 125.— For κέ with the subjunctive, see H. 882;
G. 1367.

33. Cf. 568, T 418. -- ἔδεισεν : “ fearcame upon him.” For the ‘ incep-
tive aorist,’ cf. βῆ 34, ἐχώσατο 64, θάρσησε 92, ταρβήσαντε 331, δακρύσας
349, ὀχθήσας 517; see H. 841; G. 1260. Observe the change to the imper-

fect. — For the quantity of the first syllable, cf. 406, 568, I 418; see § 59 ἢ.

— ὁ γέρων : ὃ γεραιός 35. .

34. βὴ [ἔβη]: set out; cf. B 183. For the accent, see § 43 0. — ἀκέων:
86. in terror at the harsh words.

35. πολλά: earnestly, cognate accusative used as adverb with ἠρᾶτο.
See § ὅθ b and on 78. — ἀπάνευθε κιών : 1.6. as he left the Achaean camp.

36. τόν [ὅν] : relative pronoun; see § 42 m.

37. κλῦθι: for the forms of this verb, see H. 489 D 30. — ped [μοῦ] : for
this contraction, from péo, see H. 37, D σ. ---- ἀργυρότοξε: the use of the
epithet instead of the name gives a touch of intimacy to the address.
Odysseus thus addresses Athena as yAavx@m, and Athena addresses Apollo
as ἑκάεργε. See ὃ 12 δ. The gods’ instruments are of precious metal even
where the metal is not best adapted to the work; cf. E 724, 731. In
Homer, Apollo has a golden sword, Hera golden sandals, Iris golden
wings, Hermes a golden wand. — Χρύσην, Κίλλαν: Mysian cities, seats of
the worship of Apollo, on the gulf of Adramyttium. They disappeared
before the classical period. Chrysa was the home of the priest, who
received his name from it. — ἀμφιβέβηκας : “dost guard.” The figure is
taken from a beast standing over (bestriding) its young in order to protect
it; cf. E 299. For the figurative use, cf. ‘Let us rather | Hold fast
the mortal sword, and like good men | Bestride our down-fall’n birthdom,’
Shakspere Macbeth iv. 3. 3; cf. another figure in the psalmist’s ‘As
the mountains are round about Jerusalem so the Lord is round about his
people,’ Psalm exxy. 2. Cf. Gradivumque patrem Geticis qui
praesidet arvis Verg. Aen. iii. 35.

8 COMMENTARY TO THE

38. TevéSo0: cf. est in conspectu Tenedos, notissima fama }
insula, dives opum, Priami dumregna manebant Verg. Aen. ii.
21 f. — The genitive probably depends on the notion of the noun ἄναξ,
which is contained in ἀνάσσεις. --- ἀνάσσεις : in its original meaning, art
protecting lord. βασιλεύω is not used of the gods in Homer.

39. εἴ wore: if ever, a form of adjuration. — χαρίεντα : ‘proleptic,’ to thy
pleasure; literally, as a pleasing one. —ém\ ἔρεψα : roofed over, i.e. completed,
built. The early temples were of simple construction. In general the groves
were sacred, rather than a building. The temples of Athena and Apollo

ὌΝ
re

A tn bs
"ay WZ!
Roos i

is?

Wa
oe

EARLY TEMPLE OF DELOS

in Troy and of Athena in Athens are the only temples named by Homer.
The first temple of Apollo at Delphi was built of laurel boughs, according
to the ancients. — The suppliant believes that he has made the god his
debtor by his services, and he claims favors in return; cf. 503 f. The
gods themselves recognized this obligation. — νηόν [νεών] : Homer follows
the so-called Attic second declension in but a few words. Cf. λαοί 10,

FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD 9

40. δή: nearly equivalent to ἤδη. --- xara: construe with ἔκηα. --- πίονα :
as covered with fat; cf. 4θ0. --- For the details of a sacrifice, see 458 ff.,
B 421 ff. -

41. τόδε μοι xrA.: a formula, after which ‘this desire’ is expressed by
the optative, as here; by the imperative, as 456, 505; or by ὡς with the
optative.

42. τίσειαν: the verb is placed first, as containing the sum of the
speaker’s desire. — βέλεσσιν : βέλεσιν. See § 80 αὶ

44. Bi... καρήνων: as B 167, A 74. ---ξβῆ: set out. The motion is
continued in ὃ δ᾽ ἤιε 47. — Οὐλύμποιο : Olympus in Homer is always the
Thessalian mountain as home of the gods (not heaven itself), as is indi-
cated by its epithets, ἀγάννιφος 420 snow-capped, vidoes, μακρός 402, πολυ-
δειράς 499, πολύπτυχος. But the peaks tower above the clouds into
heaven (οὐρανός). Cf.195. And see ἀπέβη γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη | Οὐλυμπόνδ᾽
ὅθι φασὶ θεῶν ἕδος ἀσφαλὲς αἰεὶ | ἔμμεναι. οὔτ᾽ ἀνέμοισι τινάσσεται... οὔτε
χιὼν ἐπιπίλναται κτλ. ζ 41 ff. Athena departed to Olympus, where (men say)
is the ever firm seat of the gods. It is not shaken by winds, nor does snow come
nigh it. —xaphvev: construe with κατά. For its use for the summits of
mountains, cf. B 167, 869. Cf. κάρα, head; see H. 216, D8; ἃ. 291, 16.
—kfip: accusative of specification, as ἦτορ, θυμόν, φρένα, all frequent with
verbs of emotion (§ 12 g). — For this description of the plague, see Lessing
as quoted in § 11 d.

45. dpoww: dative of place (see § 19 a), equivalent to Attic ἐπὶ τῶν
Gpwv. — ἀμφηρεφέα : i.e. closed both above and below as it hung on the
shoulder; see on B 389. The explanation of the lengthened ultima is
uncertain. — Apollo as god of the bow always carries bow and quiver; cf.
his words σύνηθες ἀεὶ ταῦτα βαστάζειν ἐμοί Eur. Alc. 40 it is my custom ever
to bear this bow. So he is often represented in works of art.

46. ἔκλαγξαν : seems to represent to the ear the sound of the arrows in
the quiver; cf. λίγξε βιός A125. Cf. telasonant humeris Verg. Aen.
iv. 149.

47. αὐτοῦ κινηθέντος : αὐτοῦ contrasts the god with his arrows (88 11 /,
42h). For the genitive absolute, see 8 19 f, ψ. ---- νυκτί : a time of dread.
Cf. ἔσθορε φαίδιμος Ἕκτωρ | νυκτὶ θοῇ ἀτάλαντος ὑπώπια Μ 462 f. Hector
rushed in, like in countenance to swift night, and ‘ He on his impious foes right
onward drove, | Gloomy as night,’ Milton Par. Lost vi. 831 f. For Homeric
‘comparisons,’ see § 14. — ἐοικώς [eixws]: for the inflection, see H, 492 ;
G. 537, 2.

48. μετά: into the midst of the camp.

-- -

10 COMMENTARY TO THE

49. δεινή: attributive with xAayyy. Cf. horrendum stridens
sagitta Verg. Aen. ix. 632. — yévero: arose, was heard. — βιοῖο : from the
bow ; ablatival genitive; § 19 a.

50. οὐρῆας kal κύνας : mules and dogs in the baggage train of the army.
-- ἐπῴχετο : attacked with his deadly missiles. — ἀργούς : swift.— The Attic
might be πρῶτον μὲν τοῖς ἡμιόνοις ἐπεξήει καὶ τοῖς ταχέσι κυσίν.

51. αὐτάρ: stronger than δέ, correlative with μέν 50; § 21 “ --- αὐτοῖσι:
the Greeks themselves, contrasted with their domestic animals. The inten-
sive pronoun is reinforced by the pause in the verse. — βέλος : for the
quantity of the ultima, see 59 7. --- ἐφιείς : iterative in meaning, like βάλλε
following.

52. βάλλε: shot, with emphatic position at the close of a sentence and
beginning of a verse; cf. 143 f., 241, 296, 501, 506, 523, 526. — πυραί:
plural, since a new pyre was built each day. —vextov: so-called ‘ genitive
of material.’ — This is a poetic form of the statement that multitudes per-
ished from the pestilence. — θαμειαί : predicate adjective, where an adverb
might have been used ; ὃ 56 a.

53. ἐννῆμαρ: ἐννέα is around number in Homer. Cf. ‘ Nine times the
space that measures day and night | To mortal men,’ Milton Par. Lost
i. 50.—d@yero: “flew.” The arrows are personified; ¢f. dAto δ᾽ ὀιστὸς |
ὀξυβελής, καθ᾽ ὅμιλον ἐπιπτέσθαι μενεαίνων A 125 f. leaped, eager to fly into
the throng.

54. τῇ δεκάτῃ: dative of time. The article calls attention to this as
the decisive day.— The adjective agrees with ἡμέρῃ or ἠοῖ implied in
ἐννῆμαρ. Cf. the omission of χειρί 501, B-341, βουλήν B 379, γῇ B 162,
dopav Τ' 17, χλαῖναν Τ' 126, πυλέων T 263, and the use of neuter adjectives-
as substantives, as ἐμόν 526, κερτομίοισι 539, A 256. —8é: may stand after
the second word in the clause, since the first two words are so closely con-
nected. — ἀγορήνδε: for the ending -δε, see § 33 e. The agora of the
Achaeans was at the center of their camp, a little removed from the sea,
by the ships of Odysseus. The ἀγορή in Homer was not yet degraded to
be a market place (see § 17); it corresponded to the meeting place of the
Athenian ἐκκλησώ. ----καλέσσατο: summoned; cf. B 50. Other princes
than the commander-in-chief had authority to call an assembly of the
people. In Vergil’s Aeneid (ii. 122), Odysseus (not Agamemnon) demands
of Calchas what must be done to appease the gods. — This expresses pic-
turesquely the prosaic ἐκκλησίαν ἐποίησε. --- For the oa, see 48 a.

55. τῷ: equivalent to Attic αὐτῷ (§ 42 gy, 7); literally, for him.—ém
φρεσὶ θῆκε : put into (literally, upon) his heart. The Homeric Greeks did not

FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD 1

think of the head as the seat of the intellect. — λευκώλενος : frequent epi-
thet of Hera (8 12 2), not often of women, as Τ' 121; cf. βοῶπις 551. —
Ἥρη: for Hera’s motive, cf. ὃ 5c.

56. Δαναῶν: genitive after a ‘verb of mental action.’ See H. 742; G.
1102. — ῥά: you see, with reference to the scene depicted in 51 f. — éparo:
for the middle voice, see § 50 a.

57. ἤγερθεν xrA.: the two verbs are thought to express the beginning
and the completion of the act; but we may compare the ‘assemble and
meet together’ of the Prayer Book. For the full expression, see § 12 d.

58. τοῖσι [αὐτοῖς] : ‘dative of advantage.’ ΟἿ 68, 247, 450, 571. —8é:
for its use in the ‘apodosis,’ see § 21 a. — ἀνιστάμενος : the members of
the assembly are seated (B 99), the speaker stands in their midst holding
a staff (see on 15). — πόδας ὠκὺς κτλ. : see § 12 ὁ.

59. ᾿Ατρεΐδη : the speaker addresses Agamemnon as chief in command.
—viv: ic. as things now are. — πάλιν πλαγχθέντας : driven back, i.e. unsuc-
cessful. Cf. B 132.

60. εἴ κεν φύγοιμεν: the optative is used instead of the subjunctive,
because escape is thought of only vaguely. — θάνατόν ye: contrasted with
ἀπονοστήσειν. “If indeed we may expect to return, and are not to die
here.”

61. εἰ δή: if now, as seems likely. —Sapq: future; see § 48 ὃ.

62. aye: has become a mere interjection, and is used with the plural,
as B 331, but ἄγετε also is used, as B 72, 83. — épetopev [ἐρῶμεν, Attic ἐρώ-
μεθα] : let us ask. —tepia [ἱερέα, § 23 67 : here some Trojan priest seems to
be meant, since a priest could not desert the sanctuary of which he had
charge, and so there were no priests in the Greek camp before Troy. The
kings performed the sacrifices and offered prayers for the army. Cf.
B 411 ff., Τ' 275 ff.

63. ὀνειροπόλον : a dream oracle is described by Vergil, Aen. vii. 86-91.
— καὶ yap κτλ. : for a dream also, as well as other signs. Cf. the dreams of
the ‘dreamer’ Joseph, and the prophet Joel’s ‘ Your sons and your daugh-
ters shall prophesy ; your young men shall see visions, and your old men
shall dream dreams.’ — γάρ te: closely connected, like namque.—é&
Διός : Zeus sends to Agamemnon (B 6) a dream that calls itself Διὸς ἄγγε-
dos. Athena also sends a dream to Penelope.

64. ὅς κ᾽ εἴποι : potential optative in final sense, since the end aimed
at is considered as a possible result of the principal action (épe/ouev). —
ὅ τι: at what, wherefore. —rércov ἐχώσατο : conceived such heavy anger.
For the inceptive aorist, cf. ἔδεισεν 33.— τόσσον : cognate accusative, used

12 COMMENTARY TO THE

as an adverb. Cf. 35.— AmédAdov: Achilles assumes that the pestilence
was sent by the god of health and disease.

65. εἴ re... εἴ τε κτλ. : indirect questions explaining the previous verse ;
cf. B 349. x ye: for the repetition of the subject, see on 97. — εὐχωλῆς,
ἑκατόμβης : because of an unfulfilled vow or a hecatomb which has not been
offered ; ¢f. ἱρῶν μηνίσας E178 angry on account of the omission of sacrifices.
Cf. «He is dying for [lack of] bread.’ — For the genitive of cause, cf. 429,
B 225, 689, 694, τῆσδ᾽ ἀπάτης κοτέων A 168.

66. al κεν [ἐὰν] κτλ. : if perchance (in the hope that) he may please. See
H.907. Connect in thought with 62. --- ἀρνῶν : for the inflection, see H. 216,
2; G. 291, 4.— κνίσης : partitive genitive with ἀντιάσας. ---- τελείων : con-
strue with both nouns. Only unblemished victims were well pleasing to
the gods. Thus the heifers offered to Athena were ‘sleek, untouched by
the goad, upon whose necks the yoke had never rested’ (Z 94). Cf. «Thou
shalt not.sacrifice unto the Lord thy God any bullock or sheep wherein is
blemish or any eyil-favouredness,’ Deut. xvii. 1. But τέλειος may mean
full-grown, in contrast to immature.

67. βούλεται [βούληται] : for the short mode-vowel in the subjunctive,
see ὃ 45. — ἀντιάσας κτλ. : to partake of the sacrifices and ward off from us
(literally, for us; see § 19 h).—daré: construe with ἀμῦναι,

68. For such stereotyped verses, cf. 73,201. See 8 12 h.— Cf. the
prose equivalent in Xen. Hell. ii. ὃ. 35, 6 μὲν ταῦτ᾽ εἰπὼν ἐκαθέζετο: Θηρα-
μένης δ᾽ ἀναστὰς κτλ. --- ἄρα: here refers to the participle, like εἶτα in
prose, as Β 910. --- τοῖσι : for them; see on 58.

70. ὅς: is long ‘by position,’ since ἤδη once began with vau; cf. B 38.
See § ὅθ ηι. --- ἐσσόμενα: ἐσόμενα. ὃ 30 Κὶ --- πρό τ᾽ ἐόντα : and which were
before (i.e.) past, —the mental eye being thought of as turned to the past
(what was before), and not toward the future (as we say, what is before us).
Cf. ὀπίσσω Τ' 100 (behind) hereafter. —évra: forms of εἰμί in Homer regu-
larly retain the ε of the stem.— This verse describes the seer’s power in
its full extent; cf. novit namque omnia vates| quae sint, quae
fuerint, quae mox ventura trahantur Verg. Georg. iv. 392 f. See
I 109.

71. νήεσσι [ναυσί] : ‘dative of interest’ with the verb. — For the inflec-
tion, see § 860; H. 206 D; G. 270. --- ἡγήσατο: he led the way, guided.
Here metaphorically of the seer who interpreted the portents relating to
the voyage; cf. B 322 f. So on the Argonautic Expedition, the seer
Mopsus gave the word for setting out. No expedition was complete with-
out a soothsayer, even in the time of the Persian War; cf. Hdt, ix, 37,

—

FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD 13

But Xenophon and Clearchus in person inspected the sacrifices and
observed the omens. —"IAvov: here like Tpofy, of the kingdom of Priam.

72. ἥν: possessive pronoun, where the Attic prose would use the article
τήν. This must not be confounded with the relative pronoun. See § 32 ὃ.
— διά: by the help of; Attic διὰ τῆς μαντικῆς. For the thought, see on
B 832. —’AmédAdov: the sun god, the god of physical and intellectual
light, —the prophet of Zeus and the patron of prophecy.

73. σφίν: construe with ἀγορήσατο. --- ἐὺ φρονέων: cf. φίλα φρονέων
A 219, Attic εὔνους. --- ἀγορήσατο : addressed them.

74. κέλεαί pe: Calchas as μάντις felt himself called to speak by the
words of Achilles (62), and he turns naturally to the one who had ‘ called
the meeting.’ — διίφιλε : cf. ἀρηίφιλος T 21. For the length of the ante-
penult, see § 36 α. --- μυθήσασθαι : declare, interpret.

75. ἑκατηβελέταο : for the form, see §§ 22 αὶ 34¢; H. 148, D1; G. 188, 3.

76. ἐρέω κτλ. : I will speak, etc. A solemn form of introduction. Cf.
‘Behold now I have opened my mouth, my tongue hath spoken in my
mouth,’ Job xxxiii. 2. — ὄμοσσον [ὄμοσον : see § 48 a.

77. 4% μέν [μήν]: surely and ἔνα. ---- πρόφρων : construe with ἀρήξειν.
§ 56 a βΆ. ---- ἔπεσιν καὶ χερσίν: “with hand and voice,” equivalent to the
prose λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ, by word and deed. Cf. 395. --- ἀρήξειν : observe the
future infinitive after words of promising or hoping.

78. ἄνδρα: object of χολωσέμεν [χολώσειν, ὃ 44 71, shall enrage. — μέγα:
used adverbially with κρατέει, ¢f. 103, πολλόν 91, πολύ 112, εὐρύ 102. It
strengthens all three degrees of comparison in Homer; cf. B 274, 239, 480.
See § 56 ὃ.

79. καί οἱ [αὐτῷ] : for cai. The relative construction is abandoned,
as often in later Greek. Cf. 162, 506. See 8 11 f; H. 1005; G. 1040.
This was especially natural after the pause in the verse. — The last half
of the verse repeats the same thought in reverse order. :

80. γάρ: introduces a further explanation of his special need (cf. πρό-
φρων 77) of protection. — ὅτε χώσεται [ὅταν χώσηται]: whenever his wrath is
roused. For the short mode-vowel, see § 45 a. For the hypothetical rela-
tive sentence without dy or κέ, cf. 230, 543, 554; see H. 914 a; G. 1437.

81. εἴ wep κτλ. : for even if, with the subjunctive. See 8 18 d; H. 894 Ὁ;
G. 1396. — χόλον: a burst of anger, while κότος is the lasting grudge, resent-
ment, Which plans for revenge, and the μῆνις of Achilles led him simply to
withdraw from the fight (see on 1). χόλον is emphasized in contrast with
κότον by γέ and by its ‘chiastic’ position (8 16 a). The Attic ὀργή is not
found in Homer. —kararépy: digest, suppress. Cf. ᾿Αχιλεὺς. . . ἐπὶ νηυσὶ

14 COMMENTARY TO THE

χόλον θυμαλγεα πεσσει A 512 f. Cf. *Then he chew’d | The thrice-turn’d :
eud of wrath, and cook’d his spleen,’ Tennyson The Princess i. 64.

82. ἀλλά: after εἴ wep, as Latin at after si, yet. The apodosis is really
contrasted with the protasis (§ 21 a).— The reciprocal relation of the
thoughts is marked by the τέ, τέ (§ 21 δ); cf. 218, T 12, 33 f.— ee:
holds fast, cherishes. —6ppa: temporal, until. — τελέσσῃ [τελέσῃ] : sc. κότον,
accomplishes, satisfies, his wrath, i.e. does what he plans in anger.

83. ἐν στήθεσσιν [στήθεσιν, cf. βέλεσσιν 42]: not capriciously, nor for the
sake of the meter, separated from ἔχει κότον, but added with greater
emphasis than it could have at the close of the verse; § 12 e.— ἑξοῖσι : pos-
sessive pronoun. The Attic might be satisfied with the article; cf. 72. —
φράσαι : aorist middle imperative, make clear to thyself, consider. —e:
whether. —cadoras: Attic σώσεις.

84. The first ‘hemistich’ (with τήν occasionally for τόν) is used in
Homer more than one hundred times. —-rév: construe with mpooépy. —
ἀπαμειβόμενος κτλ. : With epic fullness and dignity instead of the prosaic
ἀπεκρίνατο. - Achilles is forward in taking the lead here, but he had sum-
moned the assembly. ;

85. θαρσήσας: cf. 92. --- For the aorist, cf. ἔδεισεν 83. --- pada: construe
with the imperative, as 173. — θεοπρόπιον : equivalent to Attic μαντεῖον.

86. od pa: no, in truth. pa is a particle of swearing with the accusa-
tive, which probably depends upon a verb implied. In affirmative assey-
erations vat μά is used, as 234. The negative is repeated in 88 for
greater earnestness. —6§iipidov: only here as an epithet of a divinity.
—@® τε εὐχόμενος : Calchas prayed to Apollo as his patron, the god of
prophecy, who revealed to him what he declared to the Greeks. — Κάλχαν :
vocative. See H. 170 D.

87. θεοπροπίας : a collateral form to θεοπρόπιον 85 ; see § 37. — ἀναφαί-
ves: art wont to reveal.

88. ἐμεῦ ζῶντος : while 7 live; in a threatening tone. —ém\ χθονὶ κτλ.: a
poetic expression for ζῶντος, cf. vivus vidensque in Terence. For the
fullness of expression, see § 12 d; cf. 57, 99, 160, 177, 288 f., 533, I’ 71,
‘as sure as I live and breathe.’

89. χεῖρας ἐποίσει: cf. χεῖρας ἐφείω 567.

90. οὐδ᾽ ἤν: not even if, generally, as here, after ἃ negative. “This promise
_ will hold even if.” —’ Ayapépvova: Calchas had indicated him clearly in 78 f.

91. πολλόν: for its adverbial use, see on μέγα 78.— ἄριστος : mightiest,
as commander-in-chief of the army. Cf. Β 82, 580; see on B 108.— The
Homeric heroes were always frank of speech. Achilles calls himself

—— OS

FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD 15

ἄριστος Ἀχαιῶν 244, 412; Odysseus says that his fame reaches to the
heavens; Hector challenges the bravest of the Achaeans to fight Ἕκτορι
δίῳ H75. Cf sum pius Aeneas fama super aethera notus Verg.
Aen. i. 378 f. But the formula εὔχομαι εἶναι often contains no idea of
boasting, and may mean only claim to be, affirm oneself to be.

92. καὶ τότε δή: and so then (temporal).— θάρσησε: took courage.
Cf. ille haec, deposita tandem formidine, fatur Verg. Aen. ii. 76. —
ἀμύμων : refers generally to nobility of birth, or to beauty or strength of
person, — not to moral quality.

93 = 65, with the change of οὔτε for εἴτε.

94. ἕνεκ᾽ ἀρητῆρος : construe with ἐπιμέμφεται. The preposition is used
here, perhaps, because of the remoteness of the noun from the verb, but
the poet was free to use the preposition or not, just as he chose.

95. οὐδ᾽ ἀπέλυσε κτλ. : a more definite statement of ἠτίμησε, abandon-
ing the relative construction; cf. 79.—In later Greek, participles would
be expected, instead of the indicative; § 21 1. --- καὶ οὐκ: is used, not
οὐδέ, since the negative is construed closely with the verb. See on 28.

96. τούνεκ᾽ ἄρα : on this account then (as I said). This repeats emphat-
ically 94, and adds a prediction of the results of the god’s anger.

97. ὅ γε : emphatic repetition of the subject; cf. 65, 496, πολλὰ δ᾽ ὅ γ᾽ ἐν
πόντῳ πάθεν ἄλγεα a 4, which Vergil copied in multum 1116 et terris
iactatus et alto Aen. i. 3. — Δαναοῖσιν κτλ. : cf. 67. — ἀπώσει : metaphor-
ically, of a heavy burden.

98. ἀπὸ δόμεναι [δοῦναι7: ef. δόμεναι πάλιν 116. The subject of the verb
is easily supplied from Δαναοῖσιν. :

99. ἀπριάτην ἀνάποινον : “ without money and without price.” For the
‘asyndeton,’ see § 15; cf. Β 825. ---- ἱερήν : standing epithet, as 431, 443.

100. ἱλασσάμενοι : for the manner of propitiation, ¢f. στρεπτοὶ δέ τε καὶ
θεοὶ αὐτοί... καὶ μὲν τοὺς θυέεσσι καὶ εὐχωλῇς ἀγανῇσιν | λοιβῇ τε κνίσῃ τε
παρατρωπῶσ᾽ ἄνθρωποι | λισσόμενοι 1 497 ff. the gods themselves may be bent,
and men move their hearts by supplicating them with offerings and goodly vows
and the savor of burnt sacrifices. — πεπίθοιμεν : ὃ 45 6.

101 = 68.

102. εὐρὺ κρείων : standing epithet of the king, as 355, 411,178. See
88 12 6,22 Δ Cf. B 108. — For the adverbial use of εὐρύ, see on egy 78.

103. péveos: with rage; genitive of material. — ἀμφιμέλαιναι : darkened
on all sides. The mind is dark with passion, which is thought of as a
cloud enveloping the φρένες. Cf. T 442, θάρσευς πλῆσε φρένας ἀμφιμελαίνας
P 573 filled his dark heart with courage.

16 COMMENTARY TO THE

104. οἵ [αὐτῳ, § 42 ¢]: dative with the verb, instead of a limiting geni-
tive with ὄσσε. Cf. τῷ 55; see 19 σ. --- λαμπετόωντι [λαμπετῶντι] : in con-
trast with ἀμφιμέλαιναι.

105. For the lack of a conjunction, see ὃ 15. — κάκ᾽ ὀσσόμενος : looking
evil things, i.e. with look that boded ill. — For the accent of κάκ᾽ (for xaxa),
see § 28 d.

106. μάντι κακῶν: prophet of ill, ill-boding seer. Some of the ancients
thought this referred to the seer’s words at Aulis, where he showed that
Artemis demanded the sacrifice of Agamemnon’s daughter Iphigenia in:
return for a proud word of the king (Soph. El. 566 ff.). — Cf. « But I hate
him; for he doth not prophesy good concerning me, but evil,’ 1 Kings
xxii. 8. --- τὸ κρήγυον : equivalent to ἐσθλόν 108, in contrast with κακῶν.
For the ‘ generic’ use of the article, cf. τὰ κακά 107, and see on τὰ χερείονα
576, — εἶπας [eizres]: has the ‘variable vowel’ of the first aorist.

107. αἰεί: Agamemnon exaggerates in his anger. — τὰ κακά: subject
of the verb of which φίλα is predicate. — μαντεύεσθαι : explanatory infini-
tive; cf. μάχεσθαι 8.— « Always dost thou delight to prophesy calamity.”

108. τέλεσσας : brought to pass. — ““ Nothing good in word or deed comes
from thee.”

109. καὶ viv: a special instance under αἰεί 107.—év: in the presence of,
before. — θεοπροπέων ἀγορεύεις : as B 322.

110. δή: ironical, like the later δῆθεν, δήπου, scilicet; construe with
τοῦδ ἕνεκα, evidently on this account. — ἑκηβόλος : for the epithet used as a
proper name, cf. 37. — τεύχει : see on ἔθηκεν 2.

111. ἐγώ: Agamemnon speaks only of the rejection of the ransom, not
of the slight offered to the priest; but gives prominence to the odious
charge that he, their king, was the cause of the sufferings of the Danai.
—otpys Χρυσηίδος : genitive of price; cf. δῶκ᾽ υἷος ποινὴν (as a price for
his son) Tavupndeos E266. For the ‘patronymic,’ see on 13; it is used here
exactly like the genitive Xpvojos.

112. ἐπεί: introduces the explanation of οὐκ ἔθελον, was not inclined.
Cf. 156. — βούλομαι: contains the idea of ‘choice,’ ‘preference’ (sc. ἢ
ἄποινα δέχεσθαι), which is here strengthened by the adverb πολύ (accusa-
tive of extent). Cf. 117.— atriv: the maiden herself, contrasted with the
ransom. — To his accusation of Calchas, the king adds at once his own
defense.

113. οἴκοι ἔχειν : 1.6. to retain in my possession. — καί ; even. Construe
with Κλυταιμνήστρης. --- γάρ pa: for, you see. — Ἰζλυταιμνήστρης : according
to the later story, Clytaemnestra was daughter of Tyndareiis and Leda,

FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD 17

and thus half-sister of Helen. The ancient Greek on hearing these lines
remembered well that she proved unfaithful to Agamemnon, and slew him
on his return to his home. According to the later story, she was herself
in turn slain by her son Orestes. The deaths of Agamemnon and Cly-
taemnestra formed the theme of famous tragedies by the three greatest
tragic poets of Greece, — the Agamemnon and Choéphoroe of Aeschylus, the
Electra of Sophocles, and the Electra of Euripides. — rpoBéBovda: with
present signification. — For the form, see H. 510, D 4.

114. ot ἕθεν: for the hiatus, see ὃ 27 N.B. The negative receives
emphasis from its position. — χερείων [χείρων : cf. χέρηι 80.

115. οὐ δέμας: not in build. This probably refers to her stature, since
the Greeks always associated height and beauty; cf. T 167.— οὐδὲ φυήν:
has reference to her fair proportions. — With these two qualities of her
person are contrasted by ‘asyndeton’ two mental characteristics, neither in
mind nor in accomplishments.

116. καὶ ds: even thus, “although Chryseis is so beautiful and accom-
plished.” Cf. T 159. — δόμεναι πάλιν : restore ; cf. ἀπὸ δοῦναι 98, 134. — τό
Υ ἄμεινον : the ‘copula’ is here omitted in a condition, as Γ 402, E 184.

117. For the lack of a conjunction, see ὃ 15.— βούλομαι ἤ : see on 112.

118. αὐτίχ᾽ ἑτοιμάσατε: the unreasonable demand provokes the quarrel
with Achilles and elicits the epithet φιλοκτεανώτατε 122.— γέρας xri.:
this is made more definite later; cf. 138, 182 ff.

119. ἔω [ὦ7: for the form, see on ἐόντα 70.— οὐδὲ ἔοικεν : it is not even
seemly, to say nothing of its unfairness.

120. 6: like quod, equivalent to ὅτι, that. Cf. γιγνώσκων ὅ οἱ αὐτὸς
ὑπείρεχε χεῖρας ᾿Απόλλων E 438. --- ἔρχεται ἄλλῃ : i.e. leaves me. The present
ἔρχεται is used of the immediate future.

122. κύδιστε: a standing epithet of Agamemnon, like an official title;
cf. B 434. The following epithet is contrasted bitterly with this.

123. πῶς κτλ.: the question implies the absurdity of the proposition.
— γάρ : introduces the explanation of some gesture of surprise or vexation.
Its force may often be given by the exclamation ‘ what! ’

124. ἴδμεν : ἴσμεν. ὃ 80 «. --- ξυνήια [κοινὰ] κτλ.: undistributed treasures
lying in abundance, from which the king could be recompensed easily for
the loss of his prize. This again refers to Agamemnon’s αὐτίκα 118. All
had been distributed. — Booty taken on their marauding expeditions was
the common property of the army after the several prizes of honor (yépa
185) had been selected for the chiefs; cf. 368 f., ἐκ πόλιος δ᾽ ἀλόχους καὶ
κτήματα πολλὰ λαβόντες | δασσάμεθ᾽ ὡς μή τίς μοι ἀτεμβόμενος κίοι ἴσης

18 COMMENTARY TO THE

ι 41 f. taking from the city the wives and many treasures we divided them, that
no one might lack his fair share. — These prizes were sometimes selected by
the leaders themselves, but are often spoken of as the gift of the people
(276, 369, 392). Doubtless they were distributed by the general, with the
approval of the army. ‘Thus I 367, Agamemnon is said by Achilles to
have given Briseis to him.

125. τά, τά:. strictly both are demonstratives (88 21 a, 42 m) (the sec-
ond repeating the first), although the first may be translated as a relative.
--- τὰ pév: the thought contrasted with this, is implied in 127 ff. — πολίων
[πόλεων, § 36 67: 1.6. cities near Troy, of which Achilles had sacked twelve
with his fleet and eleven with a land force; see I 328 f. Homer mentions
the sack of Lesbos, of Lyrnessus, of Pedasus, of Scyrus, of Tenedos, of
Theba. Cf. Nestor’s words, ξὺν νηυσὶν ἐπ᾽ ἠεροειδέα πόντον | πλαζόμενοι
κατὰ Anid ὅπῃ ἄρξειεν ᾿Αχιλλεύς γ 105 f. . . . wandering for booty wherever
Achilles led. See ὃ 5 b.—The genitive depends upon the following
preposition in composition. — ἐξεπράθομεν: equivalent to ἐξείλομεν πέρ-
σαντες. --- δέδασται; the tense marks that the matter is not to be recon-
sidered. Ά

126. λαούς : receives emphasis from its position, while the contrast lies
in δέδασται and παλίλλογα ἐπαγείρειν, collect again what has been distributed.
-- παλίλλογα: ‘proleptic,’ “so as to be together.”

127. θεῷ: in honor of the god, for the god’s sake; dative of interest. —
αὐτάρ: as in 51.

128. τριπλῇ τετραπλῇ te: for the copulative conjunction, see ὃ 21 g.

129. ἐυτείχεον : Poseidon built the walls of Troy (® 446).

131. ph δή: with imperative, as Εἰ 218; with subjunctive, used as
imperative in E 684. — δὴ οὕτως : for the ‘ synizesis,’ see ὃ 25. — ἀγαθός : no
moral quality isimplied. Cf. ἀμύμων 92.

132. κλέπτε vow: have secret thoughts in mind, be deceitful, —an accusa-
tion most hateful to the outspoken Achilles. Cf. English steal and stealth.
-- παρελεύσεαι : for the uncontracted form, cf. νέηαι 32.—pé: construe
with both verbs.

133. ἢ ἐθέλεις κτλ. : dost thou wish indeed that thou thyself shouldst have a
prize of honor (referring to 126) while (literally, but) J, ete. Agamemnon
replies to the charge of covetousness (122) by the assertion that Achilles
has a selfish end in view in urging him to give up Chryseis. — ἦ : is never
used in Homer as a simple interrogation point. It always expresses
emotion. Cf. 203, 865. --- ὄφρ᾽ ἔχῃς κτλ. : instead of the customary infinitive
or an object clause with ὅτι. Cf. θυμὸς ἐπέσσυται ὄφρ᾽ ἐπαμύνω Z 361. —

FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD 19

αὐτάρ: for the use of the ‘adversative’ conjunction, see § 21 d. — αὔτως :
explained by δευόμενον. See § 11 j.

134. joa: with a participle marks the continuance of a state,
especially where a person is given up to sadness or misfortune; cf. B 255.

136. ἄρσαντες κτλ. : suiting it to my mind, i.e. choosing one which will
be satisfactory. — κατὰ θυμόν : nearly equivalent to dvuo. — ἀντάξιον : sc.
Xpvonidos. — The conclusion of the sentence is omitted (‘ aposiopesis’) ;
ef. St. Luke xiii. 9 « And if it bear fruit, —[well].’ It would be perhaps
εὖ ἔχει, καλῶς ἂν ἔχοι. When two mutually exclusive conditional sentences
stand side by side, the conclusion of the first may be omitted. See H. 904 a.

137. ἐγὼ δέ: δέ in apodosis, as in ὅϑ. -- ἕλωμαι ; for the subjunctive
used almost like a future, see 8. 18 ὃ; ef. 184, 324, T 417.

138. τεόν [σοῦ, ὃ 42 b]: sc. γέρας. --- Αἴαντος : son of Telamon, from
Salamis. —ltév: cf. ἰὼν κλισίηνδε 185. Homer is fond of a participle which
completes the picture but is not strictly necessary to the sense, as ἄγων
311, ἐλθών 401, ἑλών 139, ἰδοῦσα 537, λαβών B 261, παραστάς B 189,
φέρουσα T 425, ἀμφιέποντες B 525, εὐχόμενος B 597. These participles are
commonly intransitive in this use. —’O8vefjs [Ὀδυσσέως]: Odysseus or
Ulysses, the hero.—For the single o, cf. ᾿Αχιλῆος 1.— Agamemnon
expresses his sovereignty in an arbitrary way, declaring his absolute
authority over the three mightiest princes of the army.

139. ἄξω ἑλών: shall seize and lead away. The return to the principal
thought (ἕλωμαι) betrays the king’s passionate excitement. — κεν κεχολώ-
σεται: he will be angry, I think. The tone is sarcastic. —6v: accusative
of ‘limit of motion,’ to whom. See on 354. --- ἵκωμαι : for the hypothetical
relative sentence, see H. 916; G. 1434.

140. ταῦτα: i.e. what is to be the recompense. — μεταφρασόμεσθα : μετά,
afterwards, is repeated more definitely in καὶ αὖτις. --- “ We will discuss that
later.”” — For the ending, see 8 44 k.— Here the speaker adopts a more
quiet tone (interrupted only by an echo of his anger, in 146) and enters
into the details of the ship’s equipment.

141. μέλαιναν: for the color of the ships, see on B 637. — ἐρύσσομεν
[épvowpev]: “ hortatory subjunctive.’

142. ἐς δέ: adverb, as 309; see § 55 a; proleptic, “so as to be therein.”

143. θείομεν [θῶμεν] : cf. ἐρείομεν 62.— ἄν [ava]: up, on board. Adverb
with βήσομεν. --- For the loss of the final a, see § 29. --- αὐτήν: herself, as
the person principally concerned. — Χρυσηίδα : in apposition with αὐτήν.

144. ἀρχός : predicate, as commander.— ἀνὴρ βουληφόρος : in apposition
with εἷς τις.

20 COMMENTARY TO THE

145. ᾿Ιδομενεύς : leader of the Cretans (B 645).

147. ἡμῖν: dative of interest. —édepyov: for similar epithets of Apollo,
see 14, 75, 370, 385; § 22 f.—iAdooeat: agrees in person with the nearest
subject.

148.. ὑπόδρα ἰδών : Vergil’s torva tuentem Aen. vi. 467.

149. émepéve: clothed with. Of the two accusatives which the verb
governs in the active, the ‘accusative of the thing’ is retained with the
passive. See Η. 724 ἃ; G. 1239. Cf. Αἴαντες θοῦριν (impetuous) ἐπιειμένοι
ἀλκήν (valor) H 164. -- κερδαλεόφρον : cunning minded, referring to 146.—
Achilles thinks that the king wishes to send him to Chrysa in order to rob
him in his absence of what he would lack the courage to take in his
presence.

150. τοί: dative of interest. — πρόφρων: cf. 77. ---- πείθηται : deliberative
subjunctive in the third person.— For the alliteration of z, cf. 165; see
§ 18 a.

' 151. ὁδόν (cognate accusative; see H. 715 Ὁ; G. 1052): journey, of
an embassy like that suggested for him in 146. -- ἐλθέμεναι: ἐλθεῖν. ὃ. 44 7.

152. γάρ: the reasons for the preceding question (which is equivalent
to a negative assertion) continue through 162.—“Thou dost repay with
base ingratitude us who are fighting not for our own cause but only for
thee.” —éyé: sudden transition from the indefinite ris of 150.— Observe
the force of the caesural pause, throwing emphasis on Τρώων. Cf. ἐμάς
154.— ἤλυθον [ἦλθον] : for the v of the penult, cf. the penult of ἐλήλυθα.

153. δεῦρο: construe with ἤλυθον. ---- μαχησόμενος : for the length of the
last syllable, cf. 226; see ὃ 59 1.—atmol εἰσιν: are to blame for me, have
done me wrong. Cf. T 164.

154. ἐμάς: is made emphatic by the following pause, where of course
no punctuation mark could stand. Cf. Τρώων 152. § 58 b.— βοῦς : femi-
nine, of the herds. —HAawav: drove off.— οὐδὲ pév: nor in truth; cf. 603.—
This verse and the next indicate the common causes of war in the heroic
period, as between the English and the Scotch in the time of the border
troubles.

155. Φθίῃ: the later Phthiotis (B 683), not the city, as is shown by the
epithet ἐριβώλακι.

156. πολλὰ μεταξύ: much lies between, explained by the following.

157. οὔρεα κτλ. : in apposition with πολλά, above. — ἠχήεσσα : only here
as epithet of the sea. Cf. πολυφλοίσβοιο 34, B 209.

158. μέγα: see on 78.— yalpys: subjunctive in a final sentence after
the aorist, as B 206, Z 357 f.

FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD 21

159. τιμήν: recompense, satisfaction, especially the return of Helen and
the treasures carried away by Paris. Cf. T 286, E ὅ52. --- κυνῶπα : the dog
was to the oriental the personification of shamelessness; cf. 225. Helen
in self-reproach applies to herself the epithet κυνῶπις T 180 ; ef. δᾶερ ἐμεῖο
(addressing Hector), κυνὸς κακομηχάνου ὀκρυοέσσης Z 344. The highest
impudence was indicated by κυνάμυια, dog fly. In the Odyssey, however,
the dog is in better favor. Argus, the old hunting dog of Odysseus,
remembers his master during the twenty years of his absence, and alone
recognizes him on his return, dying as he welcomes him home.

160. τῶν: neuter, referring to the various details included in the pre-
ceding thought (158 f.).

161. καὶ δή: and now, nearly equivalent to καὶ ἤδη, as in Attic. Cf.
40, Β 135, καὶ δὴ ἔβη οἰκόνδε A 180. --- μοί: dative of disadvantage with
ἀφαιρήσεσθαι. Cf. ἡμῖν 67, Τλαύκῳ Κρονίδης φρένας ἐξέλετο Ζεύς Ζ 234.—
γέρας : see on 124.—airés: i.e. of thine own will, arbitrarily, as 157. Con-
strue with the subject of ἀφαιρήσεσθαι.

162. 6 ἔπι: for which. For the ‘ anastrophe’ of the accent, see ἃ δῦ c.
— δόσαν δέ: the relative construction is abandoned, as 79.

163. οὐ μὲν [μὴν] κτλ.: yet never have I. A present expression of past
experience. This thought increases the unfairness of Agamemnon’s pres-
ent course. —got: i.e. like to thine, equivalent to τῷ σῷ γέραι, the person
instead of the attribute being compared. See H. 773 Ὁ ; G.1178.

164. Ἰρώων πτολίεθρον : a city of the Trojans, as B 228. See on 125.

165. τὸ μέν : the principal thought follows (167). The English idiom
prefers the subordinate construction, “although my hands... yet.” § 21d.

167. τὸ γέρας: the article is used almost as in Attic, the usual gift of
honor. — ὀλίγον τε κτλ. : the thought is ‘adversative,’ though the con-
junctions are ‘copulative’; cf. δόσις ὀλίγη τε φίλη τε € 208. See § 21 d.
Cf. ‘an ill-favored thing, but mine own,’ Shakspere As You Like It v.
4. 60.

168. ἔρχομαι ἔχων: go off to my tent with, more picturesquely descrip-
tive than ἔχω 163 ; cf. 391, B 71. — ἐπὶ νῆας : cf. 12.— ἐπεί κε κτλ. : when I
have fought myself weary. This gives renewed prominence to the thought
of insufficiently recompensed effort.

169. νῦν δὲ κτλ. : contrast with Achilles’ previous activity in battle.

170. οὐδέ co: construe with ddvgew. For the elision, see § 28 α. ---
ὀίω: as 296.

173. φεῦγε: odious expression for the return to his home which
Achilles had announced (169). --- μάλα: by all means; cf. 85.

22 COMMENTARY TO THE

174. ἐμεῖο [ἐμοῦ] : for the form, see § 42 a; H. 261 D; G. 393. — ἐμοί
ye: with self-assertion. — ἄλλοι : 86. εἰσίν.

175. pe tushoovor: will gain me honor, referring to 169. --- μητίετα : a
standing epithet of Zeus; cf. Ad μῆτιν ἀτάλαντον Β 169.— In this confi-
dence of the king is ‘seen the poet’s irony, when the later course of Zeus is
remembered, which brought defeat and humiliation to Agamemnon.

176. ἐσσί [ei]: in this form are preserved both the original stem, ἐσ,
and the original ending -ov. — διοτρεφέων : the royal power had its source
in Zeus, the patron god of princes; οὐ 279, B 205. Cf. διογενές 337,
B 173. Kings are called θεράποντες (attendants, as 321) Διός, as warriors
are θεράποντες ΓΑρηος (B 110).

177. φίλη: the predicate adjective agrees as usual with the preceding
noun, and the rest of the verse is in a sort of apposition with ἔρις.

178. The ‘asyndeton’ here and below shows the speaker’s excitement.
—el μάλα κτλ.: cf. 280, 290. — καρτερός : refers to 165. — θεός που [δήπου]
KTA.: “it is not thy merit.”

179. σὺν νηυσὶ κτλ. : Agamemnon returns to the thought of 178. The
circumstantial fullness of the expression, as of 183, marks the complete
separation of the two forces.

180. Μυρμιδόνεσσιν: cf. B 684. Dative of advantage. This word is
made prominent since the thought is before the speaker’s mind that
Achilles, in the consciousness of his strength, desires to usurp Agamem-
non’s prerogatives ; cf. 287 ff.. Cf. illa se iactet in aula Verg. Aen, i.
140. — σέθεν κοτέοντος : “thy anger”; cf. 160; the participle is really sup-
plementary. —oéev [σοῦ] : for this form of the genitive, cf. ἕθεν 114.

182. ὡς: just as. The corresponding thought of the apodosis is found
in ἐγὼ κτλ. 184. The interposed clause, τὴν μὲν κτλ., has properly only the
value of a subordinate clause, though with the form of a principal sentence.
Cf. 165. — ἀφαιρεῖται : here followed by two accusatives, as 275. Cf. 161.

183. τήν: either ταύτην or αὐτήν could have been used in Attic.— σὺν
νηί τ᾽ ἐμῇ: with a ship of mine.

184. ἄγω: subjunctive as future. Cf. 262; see § 18 b. — Agamemnon
now acts in accordance with his threat of 137.

185. τὸ σὸν γέρας : μὲν ἀφο contrast, that prize of thine. In apposition
with Βρισηΐδα.

186. ὅσσον: how much; accusative of extent where the Attic might
have used ὅσῳ, dative of «degree of difference.’ Cf. μέγα 78.— φέρτερος :
sc. as commander of the entire army and powerful king; cf. 281, B 108.—
ἄλλος : 1.6. every other. ᾿

FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD 93

187. trov: masculine with ἐμοὶ φάσθαι, assert himself my equal.— Φάσθαι:
follows στυγέῃ. --- μοιωθήμεναι ἄντην : liken himself to me,‘to my face.

188. ὡς φάτο: Attic οὕτως ἔφη. --- Πηλεΐωνι : for the formation of the
patronymic, see ὃ 39 ἡ. ---ἄχος γένετο: grief arose for, i.e. grief came upon
him. Cf. ἀχνύμενος 109. ----ἐν 8€: within, adverb, defined more exactly by the
local στήθεσσιν. Cf. ἐς δέ 142.—oi: dative of interest.

189. λασίοισι: a shaggy breast was thought to indicate manliness and
courage. Cf. B 743, 851.

190. 4: for 7, ἦε (192) in a double indirect question, see § 20 ὁ.

191. τοὺς μέν: i.e. the other princes, who were seated (cf. 58) between
him and Agamemnon (cf. 347)).--- ἀναστήσειε : should rouse from their seats,
and drive away, as he sprung at the king.—6 δέ: repeats the last subject ;
it is almost equivalent to αὐτὸς δέ. Cf. ἐγὼ δέ 184. This either makes
prominent the identity of subject in a contrast of actions, or marks the
progress of the action by calling renewed attention to the doer of the
deed.—évapito.: the optative represents the ‘deliberate subjunctive’ of
direct discourse; ef. T 317.

193. κατὰ φρένα κτλ. : in mind and heart.

194. ἕλκετο : he was drawing ; the act was interrupted (¢f. 220).— ἦλθε
δέ: δέ in the apodosis, as in 58. ᾧ

195. οὐρανόθεν : but Athena returns Οὐλυμπόνδε (221). See on 44. -- πρὸ
ἧκε: sent forth, i.e. sent hither; cf. 442. Athena often acts as subordinate
to Hera; cf. B 156, E 713.— Hera is patron goddess of the Atridae.

196. ἄμφω: object of φιλέουσα, to which κηδομένη is added in a freer
relation.—6vp@: as in 24.

197. στῆ δ᾽ ὄπιθεν: she stepped up behind.— ξανθῆς : epithet of Menelaus,
as Γ΄ 284; of Meleager, B 642; of Rhadamanthys; of Demeter, Εἰ 500.—
κόμης : genitive of the part touched. See on 323.

198. οἴῳ: Homeric divinities appeared only to single persons; not to
companies of men, except when disguised in human form. Only to the
people of the fairyland Phaeacia were the gods wont to appear visibly. —
τῶν δ᾽ ἄλλων κτλ.: the thought of the first word of the verse is repeated in
negative form.

199. θάμβησεν: sc. at being thus seized.—perd δ᾽ ἐτράπετο: since
Athena stood behind him. Literally, not as 160.

200. Savi: predicate. They were the eyes of γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη (206).
—8é: for the use of the adversative instead of a causal conjunction, cf.
228, 259; see § 21 d.—ol: dative of interest.—déove as a neuter dual may
have a verb in the plural as here, or in the singular, or in the dual.

24 COMMENTARY TO THE

201. An often-repeated verse; see 12 h.—plv: object of προσηύΐδα.----
φωνήσας : lifted up his voice; cf. § 12 d; not equivalent to εἰπών, which in
Homer is used only of what has just been related.—-mrepéevra: for the
final vowel, here short though before two consonants, see ὃ 59 q.

202. τίπτ᾽ αὖτε: “What now! why art thou come?” αὖτε is here not
equivalent to αὖτις, and does not imply that she had been there before, but
is uttered in a tone of vexation.—-imre εἰλήλουθας [ἐλήλυθας : for this
greeting, cf. τέκνον, τίπτε λιπὼν πόλεμον θρασὺν εἰλήλουθας; Z 254.—
αἰγιόχοιο . . . τέκος : ten times repeated in Homer; cf. ὃ 12 ὃ.

203. This verse contains several metrical peculiarities. For the hiatus
after the first foot, see § 27 ὃ; for that after ἴδῃ, see § 27 c.—H ἵνα κτλ.:
Achilles answers the question himself by a conjecture; cf. B 229, Z 255.
— $y: for the voice, cf. dparo 56.

204. ἐκ: construe with ἐρέω. Cf. 212.—xal: also; construe with tere
εσθαι (future). ‘This will not be a mere prediction.”

205. ὑπεροπλίῃσι: for the long antepenult, see § 59 ὃ. For the plural
(especially in the dative), ¢f B 588, 792, ἀναλκείῃσι Z 174 .---τάχα κτλ.: a
covert hint at his murderous thoughts. —év: construe with ὀλέσσῃ (ὃ 18 δ).

206. γλαυκῶπις : gleaming-eyed; cf. devo κτλ. 200. The Homeric
Athena is the fierce-eyed, courageous goddess of war. Cf. ταῦτα (sc. rode
μήια ἔργα) δ᾽ “Apy θοῷ καὶ ᾿Αθήνῃ πάντα μελήσει E 430. Her epithet
Παλλάς seems to belong to her as wielding the lance. She became ᾿Αθηνᾶ
Νίκη and ᾿Αθηνᾶ Πρόμαχος at Athens.

207. ἦλθον: not equivalent to the perfect εἰλήλουθα, but presenting the
same act from a different point of view.—-rateovea: to stop, to allay; cf.
192.- τὸ σὸν pévos: this thy rage, this rage of thine. Cf. φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν
μένος Z 407.— at κε κτλ.: cf. 66.

210. ἔριδος: 1.6. the contest of force to which he is inclined.—€&keo:
present imperative, continue to draw; cf. 194.

211. ἀλλ᾽ ἦ τοι: after a negative idea this emphasizes the affirmative
thought.— ὡς ἔσεται [ἔσται : “as opportunity shall offer.”

212. A set verse, often accompanied by a sharp threat.—rereheopévov
ἔσται: will be a thing accomplished, i.e. shall surely be done.

213. καί wore xrA.: affords the motive for 210, and recalls Achilles
from his decision to return to his home. “Thou hast no need to wreak
bloody vengeance on him, for thou shalt at some time receive,” etc.—ar
τρίς: even threefold, proverbial; cf. τρὶς τόσσον ἕλεν μένος E 136.—
παρέσσεται : the gifts offered to Achilles as atonement for the wrong are
enumerated in I 121 ff. (seven tripods, ten talents of gold, twenty basins,

FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD 25

twelve race horses, seven slaves, etc.), in a passage closing ταῦτα μὲν αὐτίκα
πάντα παρέσσεται 1135. These treasures were delivered in T 243 ff.

214. ὕβριος [ὕβρεως] : for the form, cf. πολίων 125.—toyeo: check thyself.

216. μέν: indeed.—odwtlrepov: of you two, Athena and Hera. The
emphasis given by γέ marks the reverence felt for these goddesses.—‘émos:
word, command.—elptocac0a: protect, observe, by obedience. Cf. 239.

217. καὶ xrA.: “however much enraged.”

218. ὅς κε xrA.: i.e. if any one. * “Whoever obeys the gods is himself
heard by them.” Cf. ἐάν tis θεοσεβὴς 7 καὶ τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ ποιῇ, τούτου
ἀκούει (sc. ὃ θεός) St. John ix. 31, and Psalm cxlv. 19.---μάλα: surely,
readily.—ré: for its use in marking the reciprocity of the two clauses, see
on 82.—Avov: gnomic aorist; H. 840; G. 1292.- αὐτοῦ: himself. The
prominence given to the object of the verb, which is also the subject of the
previous clause, makes prominent the identity of the two and contrasts
the man with θεοῖς.

219. ἢ Kal: he spake and, as 528, T 292, 310, 355, 369, 447. This is
always used after a speech which is reported, where the same gram-
matical subject is continued.—dpyvpéy: adorned with silver nails or studs;
cf. 246.— σχέθε: kept, held, as A 118.

220. οὐδ᾽ ἀπίθησεν : ‘litotes,,—in form saying less than is really meant;
866 8 106. Cf. 24, 536 f., B 166.

221. βεβήκειν : had set out, was gone.

222. μετά: into the midst of, among, as 423, T 264, --- δαίμονας ἄλλους :
these assembled daily in the palace of Zeus as nobles in the hall of their
feudal lord. Cf. οἱ δὲ θεοὶ πὰρ Ζηνὶ καθήμενοι ἠγορόωντο | χρυσέῳ ἐν δαπέδῳ
ΔΙ. All were members of his family although they had separate man-
sions (607).— Homer does not clearly distinguish between δαίμονες and
θεοί, but see on T 420. — The second half-verse is explanatory of the first,
repeating the thought in a different form. Cf. Z 105 ff.

223. ἐξαῦτις : anew, after the interruption by Athena which no one
had noticed. ;

224. οὐ λῆγε χόλοιο : the goddess had not forbidden the anger, but
only a certain expression of it.

225. olvoBapés: this was a grievous reproach in the eyes of the tem-
perate Greeks.—kvuvds ὄμματα: see on 189 .---ἐλάφοιο : the deer was the
personification of cowardice ; cf. A 243. The poet shows in his story that
these epithets were undeserved by Agamemnon.— Observe the ‘chiasmus,’
i.e. that κυνός and ἐλάφοιο are separated, while ὄμματα and κραδίην are
brought together; §16a. Cf. 255.

26 COMMENTARY TO THE

226. ἐς πόλεμον : for (literally, into) battle. For the lengthened ultima
before the caesura, as 491, cf. 153.—The last three feet of the verse are
spondees ; cf. B 190.

227. λόχονδε: cf. ἐς λόχον ἔνθα μάλιστ᾽ ἀρετὴ διαείδεται ἀνδρῶν N 277
to ambush, where especially the valor of men is discerned. 'This is contrasted
with the open battle (πόλεμον) of 226. The knights of the Middle Ages
were the first to count ambush dishonorable.—édpirrherow [ἀριστεῦσιν] :
mark the contrast with λαῷ. ’

228. τέτληκας : hast had the courage. Cf. 548.--- κήρ: cf. T 454, ’Tis
death to me to be at enmity,’ Shakspere Richard Third ii. 1. 60.— The
accent distinguishes «yp, death, from κῆρ, heart.

229. 7: in truth, yes. The speaker pretends to recognize his opponent’s
motives. Cf. 7 ἵνα κτλ. of 203.

230. δῶρα : γέρα. --- ἀποαιρεῖσθαι : present infinitive in iterative sense;
the following clause supplies its object. For the hiatus between the prepo-
sition and the verb, see on 999. --- σέθεν : genitive after the adverb.—
ἀντίον εἴπῃ: oppose.

231. δημοβόρος κτλ. : emphatic exclamation of γϑχδύϊοῃ.--- ἐπεὶ κτλ. :
this does not give the reason for the exclamation, but shows why Aga-
memnon’s course is possible. CY. ἐπεί 112. — οὐτιδανοῖσιν : interpreted by
Achilles (293 f.). He holds the Greeks in part responsible, since they did
not oppose and restrain the king.

232. ἢ γὰρ KTA.: for else, surely. With aorist optative as potential of
the past, where in Attic we should expect a past tense of the indicative
with av. Cf. B81; see ὃ 18 ἃ ὃ; H. 896; G. 1399.

233. ἐπὶ ὀμοῦμαι : swear thereto, take an oath upon it.

234. τόδε σκῆπτρον: by this scepter here, which he had just received
from a herald; see on 15.- For oaths by this symbol of power, see ὡς
εἰπὼν τὸ σκῆπτρον ἀνέσχεθε πᾶσι θεοῖσιν H 412 with these words he lifted the
scepter to all the gods, ὃ δ᾽ ἐν χερσὶ σκῆπτρον λάβε καί οἱ ὄμοσσεν K 328.
So King Richard swears ‘Now, by my sceptre’s awe, I make a vow,’
Shakspere Richard Second i. 1. 118. --- τὸ μέν : demonstrative.—«“ As surely
as this staff shall never put forth leaves, so surely shall the Achaeans miss
me sorely.” — This is imitated by Vergil (Aen. xii. 206 ff.), ut seeptrum
hoc...nunquam fronde levi fundet virgulta nec umbras, | cum
semel in silvis, imo de stirpe recisum, | matre caret, posuitque
comas et bracchia ferro;|...patribusque dedit gestare Lati-
nis. Cf. Wagner’s Tannhduser, ‘Not till this crosier buds and blooms,
shall thy sin be forgiven.’

FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD 27

235. ἐπεὶ δὴ πρῶτα: see on 6.

236. γάρ ῥα: as 113.--ἕ: the living shoot, while pi below is the
σκῆπτρον made from it.— aAdxés: i.e. the tool of bronze; ¢f. the English
poetic use of steel for sword.

237. φύλλα κτλ.: ἔλεψεν as a ‘verb of depriving’ is followed by an
accusative of the thing taken away.—viv αὖτε: now on the other hand, but
now. αὖτε in this use differs little from αὐτάρ. Cf. 51, 127, 333, A 321.

238. δικασπόλοι: appositive, as ministers of justice. For its position,
see § 11 7. ---θέμιστας : for the inflection, see H. 216, D7; G. 291, 14.

239. πρὸς Ards: before the eyes of Zeus, in the name of Zeus. Cf. πρὸς
ἄλλης ἱστὸν ὑφαίνοις Z 4θ. --αἰρύαται: defend; cf. 216.—For the ending,
see § 44 /.—6 δέ: attracted to the gender of ὅρκος. Cf. B 5,73; see H. 631.

240. 74: repeats the ναί of 234. Cf. 86. ---᾿Αχιλλῆος : instead of ἐμοῦ,
with feeling. Cf. Β 259, Γ 99, and Hector’s challenge to the bravest Greek
to fight Ἕκτορι δίῳ H 75. Edmund says, ‘Yet Edmund was beloved,’
Shakspere King Lear v. 3. 239; Antonio says, ‘Tell her the process of
Antonio’s end,’ Shakspere Merchant of Venice iv. 1. 274.

241. σύμπαντας: for the prominence of its position, see on 52.

242. χραισμεῖν: avail, help; without oblique case, as ὅ89. -- ὑφ᾽ Ἕκτορος
θνήσκοντες : ὑπό is used, since the verb is passive in sense, and active only
in form; ef. T 61, 128; see H. 820.—For the epithet of Hector, ef.
homicidam Hectorem Hor. Epod. xvii. 12.

243. πίπτωσι: for the mood, cf. ἵκωμαι 139. ---ἔνδοθι: “in thy breast.”

244. χωόμενος: full of rage (sc. at thyself).—8 te: ὅτι τε, that; cf. 6 120,
412...-- οὐδέν: accusative of specification (strictly, cognate accusative)
instead of the simple οὐ. --- ἄριστον : this was strictly true; see 283, B 769.
See on δῖος 7.

245. worl... γαίῃ [γῇ]: here a sign of anger.—-orl: adverb with
Bare. It is followed by the dative because of the state of rest that
follows the action. Cf. 441, 593, B 175, I" 89; see.H. 788; °G. 1225, 2.
— By this act, Achilles says plainly that he will not discuss the matter
further.

246. πεπαρμένον : studded, as decoration.

247. ἑτέρωθεν: see on 191. ---ἐμήνιε : was raging, continued his rage. Cf. 1.
—roio.: for the dative, cf. ὅ8. --- Νέστωρ: the oldest and wisest of the
Achaeans before Troy. For his interposition here, cf, Nestor conpo-
nere lites|inter Peliden festinat et inter Atriden: | hune
amor, tra quidem communiter urit utrumque. | quidquid deli
rant reges, plectuntur Achivi Hor. Epist. i. 2. 11 ff.

28 COMMENTARY TO THE

249. τοῦ: relative, limiting γλώσσης. ---- καί : also, belongs to the whole
sentence, referring to ἡδυεπής, which is explained by the comparison; ef.
406, B 827, 866, 872. Cicero translates: ex eius lingua melle dulcior
fluebat oratio de Sen. 10; cf. tibi Homerici senis mella proflu-
ere Pliny Ep. iv. 3, γλυκερή οἱ ἀπὸ στόματος ῥέει αὐδή Hes. Theog. 97, and
cf. ‘Pleasant words are as an honeycomb, sweet to the soul, and health to
the bones’ Proverbs xvi. 24.

250. τῷ: for the dative of interest with ἐφθίατο, cf. Β 298. --- γενεαί:
generations, reckoned as of about thirty years each. Since Nestor was now
in the middle of the third generation, he is to be thought of as about ‘three
score and ten’ years old. In y 245, ten years later, he is said to have
reigned τρὶς yeve ἀνδρῶν. Cf. ter aevo functus senex Hor. Carm. ii. 9;
Tennyson’s words of Sir Bedivere in the Morte d’Arthur, ‘Not tho’ I live
three lives of mortal men.’

251. οἵ: construction according to sense, referring to ἀνθρώπων rather
than to γενεαί. -- οἵ : dative of accompaniment with ἅμα. ----τράφεν κτλ. : for
the ‘hysteron proteron,’ see ὃ 16 f. The more important or obvious
element is mentioned first.

252. τριτάτοισιν: 1.6. in the third generation. 253 = 73.

254. ὦ πόποι: can this be! —’Axaida yaiav: i.e. the Achaeans. For the
accusative of limit of motion, see §19 ὃ; H. 722; G.1065. Cf. 31, 322.

255. The thought of the preceding verse is repeated in different form;
hence the lack of connective; see 8 15 ὃ. ----γηθήσαι : singular to agree with
the nearest subject; contrasted, by the caesural pause, with πένθος ἱκάνει.
The aorist is inceptive; cf. 338. For the form, see § 44 c.—For the
‘chiastic’ arrangement of verbs and their subjects, cf. 225.—TIptapos...
παῖδες: as Γ΄ 288, A 31, 35. Of course, if Priam should be glad, all the
Greeks would be sorry. Cf. Sinon’s argument, hoc Ithacus velit, et
magno mercentur Atridae Verg. Aen. ii. 104.

257. σφῶιν papvapévouv: de vobis rixantibus, genitive after πυθοίατο.
The participle is supplementary, —ré8e: direct object of the verb.

258. περὶ μέν, περὶ δέ: construe with ἐστέ, superior to; with the geni-
tive, as 287. -- βουλήν: as to counsel, in council.—pédyxerOar: in battle, like
paxnv.— For the thought, cf Τ' 179, Τυδείδη, περὶ μὲν πολέμῳ én καρτερός
ἐσσι, | καὶ βουλῇ ἔπλευ ἄριστος 153 f. “First in war and first in peace.”
Cf. 490 f., B 202, 278.

259. δέ: cf. 200.— Cf. ‘Love and be friends, as two such men should
be; | For I have seen more years, I’m sure, than ye,’ Shakspere Jai. Caes.
iv. 3. 181 f.

FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD 29

260. ἠέ περ ὑμῖν: 1.6. ἠέ περ ὑμεῖς ἐστέ. The pronoun is attracted to
the case of ἀρείοσιν, cf. οἷον κτλ. 263 for οἷος Πειρίθοος ἦν. ----Νιοδῦογ here
reckons himself with the former generations, in praising the past in con-
trast with the present.

261. καὶ οὔ wore: the contrast might have been marked by ἀλλά, but
is only implied by the context.—ot ye: emphasized with reference to
ἀρείοσιν.

262. γάρ: refers to ἀρείοσιν 260. --- ἴδωμαι: for the subjunctive as
future, cf. 184.

263 f. Ilepi®oov... Πολύφημον : Lapithae, a Thessalian mountain folk
famed for its conflict with the centaurs. This strife began at the wedding
feast of Peirithous (a friend of Theseus) because of the insolence of the in-
toxicated centaurs; cf. B 741 ff. The battle furnished subjects for the
sculptures in the west pediment of the temple of Zeus at Olympia, for the
metopes on the south side of the Parthenon at Athens, for the decoration
of the shield of Athena Promachus on the Acropolis, and for the orna-
ments of the shoes of the chryselephantine statue of Athena in the Parthe-
non, for the frieze of the temple of Apollo at Phigaleia, and for the frieze
of the tomb of Mausolus (the ‘ Mausoleum’) at Halicarnassus, as well as
for vases and other works of art.

266. κάρτιστοι: predicate; “these were the mightiest ever born on
earth”; cf. B 216, 673. — For the repetition of κάρτιστοι, cf. that of πείθε-
σθαι 273 f.; see § 16 b. — δή: doubtless, strengthens the superlative, as it
often does.

267. pév: without Speremporsting δέ, as 269 and frequently. In such
eases, it is equivalent to μήν. ---- ἔσαν [ἦσαν] : without an bg

268. φηρσίν: cf. B 743.

269. καί: even. Construe with τοῖσιν. The new thought is intro-
duced by καί also in 271, 273, with increasing emphasis. — The thought
returns to 201, ---- τοῖσιν: i.e. the Lapithae. The dative is governed by
μετά in composition ; ef. πολίων 125.

270. ἐξ ἀπίης γαίης : from a distant land; explains τηλόθεν. ----καλέσαντο :
called to their aid. — Nestor is fond of relating achievements of his youth,
as at A 319 ff., H 124 ff., A 670 ff.

271. κατ᾽ ἔμ᾽ αὐτόν : by myself alone, i.e. as a single champion (πρόμαχος
Γ81). Cf. κατὰ opéas B 366. — κείνοισι : 1.6. the centaurs.

272. οἵ viv xrA.: who now live as mortals upon the earth. The construc-
tion would have seemed more natural if βροτός had been in the main
clause, as οὔ τις τῶν βροτῶν of ἐπιχθόνιοί εἰσιν. Cf. Z 452. — ἐπιχθόνιοι»

80 COMMENTARY TO THE

equivalent to ἐπὶ χθονὶ ὄντες. See H. 588. —paxéoiro: present optative
from μαχέομαι, a collateral form of μάχομαι, cf. αἰδεῖσθαι 23 with αἰδομένω
331.

273. Bovdéwv [βουλῶν] : for the form, see § 34 d.— Note the parallelism
of the two halves of the verse; cf. 79.

275. ἀγαθός περ ἐών : as 131. —Grroalpeo [ἀφαιροῦ] : ‘syncopated’ from
ἀποαιρέεο, ὃ 47 7. It is followed by two accusatives, as 182.

276. ἔα: sc. κούρην. --- ὡς πρῶτα: as once; cf. 0. --- δόσαν; see on 124,
299.

277. μήτε θέλε: noli; cf. B 247. — βασιλῆι: used of Agamemnon, as 9.

278. ἀντιβίην : originally cognate accusative; sc. ἔριδα, cf. 1 435. The
adverb receives emphasis from its position. — οὔ ποθ᾽ ὁμοίης : 1.6. a greater.
The Greek idiom leaves to the connection the determination of the exact
meaning. Cf. post mihi non simili poena commissa luetis Verg.
Aen. i. 1386. — ἔμμορε: has share of, has received. This is followed by a
‘ genitive of the whole.’

279. σκηπτοῦχος : see on 15.— ᾧ τε Ζεὺς xrA.: see on 176.

280. εἰ: not conditional in thought here, but refers to a matter of fact.
Cf. εἰ τότε κοῦρος ἔα, νῦν αὖτέ με γῆρας ὀπάζει A 321. — καρτερός : as 178. —.
θεὰ δὲ κτλ. : second clause of the protasis, explaining the first; “ being sor.
of a goddess.” —@ea: i.e. Thetis; cf. 351 ff.

281. ἀλλά: as in 82. --- πλεόνεσσιν : see B 108; 576 ff.

282. ᾿Ατρεΐδη, σὺ δέ: the vocative in Greek poetry often precedes the:
clause with which it is connected; of course it-has no syntactical construc-
tion in the sentence, and thus cannot be followed immediately by δέ. Cf.
B 344, Z 86, Ἕκτορ, ἀτὰρ ov μοί ἐσσι πατὴρ καὶ πότνια μήτηρ Z 429.—.
παῦε: cf. 192, 207. --- αὐτὰρ ἐγώ ye: “ And I also on my part beg thee.”

283. λίσσομαι: sc. σέ. --- Αχιλλῆι: dative of opposition. The name is
used with special emphasis (cf. 240), instead of the pronoun (275, 281).
--- μεθέμεν : cf. μεθήμων Β 241.— ὃς μέγα κτλ.: the motive for the request.

284. ἕρκος πολέμοιο: as A 299; cf. ἕρκος ἀκόντων A 137, ἕρκος βελέων
E 316. For the ablatival genitive, see § 19 a. With another use of the
genitive, Ajax is called ἕρκος ᾿Αχαιῶν Τ' 229 bulwark of the Achaeans.

286. πάντα: is not to be urged in meaning. It refers especially to
284. “All this is true, but—.’ Agamemnon admits no fault on his
part, but throws all the blame on Achilles; cf. ἀλλά, below.

287. περὶ πάντων: cf. 258.

288. This verse repeats the thought of the foregoing. The speaker’s
passion is shown by the use of synonymous expressions. § 12 d.

FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD 81

289. ἅ: in which, accusative of specification. — τινά : some one, espe-
cially Agamemnon himself. — πείσεσθαι : from πείθω.

290. αἰχμητήν: pregnant, for κρατερὸς αἰχμητής Γ' 179. — ἔθεσαν:
equivalent to ἐποίησαν. Cf. ἔθηκεν 2. --- αἰὲν ἐόντες : cf. θεῶν αἰειγενετάων
Β 400.

291. προθέουσιν : i.e. commission him, allow him. The word seems
chosen here with reference to ἔθεσαν.

293. ἢ yap: Achilles gives at once the reason for his course. — καλεοί-
μην; should be called, i.e. should be. Cf. B 260, Γ 138.

294. From Agamemnon’s complaint, 287 ff., Achilles infers with
exaggeration that he is expected to obey in everything (πᾶν ἔργον). --- εἰ
δή: “in case that I actually.” — ὑπείξομαι : the form of the condition is
changed, and the future indicative is used in the protasis instead of the
optative.

295. δή: construe with the imperative, as 131.— ταῦτα: i.e. πᾶν ἔργον
ὑπείκεσθαι. ---- ph γὰρ ἐμοί : in contrast with ἄλλοισιν.

296. οὐ: construe with ἔτι, as in prose they are united, οὐκέτι. --- ὀίω:
with the future infinitive, as 170.— This verse is parallel with 289.

297. This verse is used when the speaker changes the subject in the
middle of his speech. It is followed by the new thought, without a con-
junction. — Cf. accipite ergo animis atque haec mea figite dicta
Verg. Aen. iii. 250.

298. μέν: correlative with d¢300. The contrast is changed from that
between action and heart, to one between κούρης and τῶν ἄλλων. --- κούρης:
would have the article in prose.

299. ἀφέλεσθε: the aorist assumes that Agamemnon’s threat has been
executed, and the second person holds the Achaeans responsible because
of their acquiescence (cf. 231).—8évres: ye who gave. Cf. Achilles’
words, γέρας δέ μοι ὅς περ ἔδωκεν | αὐτὸς ἐφυβρίζων ἕλετο κρείων ᾿Αγαμέμνων
1367 f. The γέρας was a gift (cf. δόσαν 276), not a right, like the share
in the booty.

300. θοῇ: for such standing epithets, see § 12 a. — παρὰ νηί: i.e. in my
tent; ef. 329.— For the position of the adjective, see ὃ 11 m.

301. τῶν: repeats τῶν ἄλλων. --- οὐκ ἄν τι φέροις : the optative with ἄν
and a negative often expresses a confident expectation, and sometimes
approaches a threat, as here. — φέροις ἀνελών: cf. ἄξω ἑλών 139. |

302. εἰ: retains its original force as an interjection. “Up then,
come.” --- ἄγε: asin 602. --- γνώωσι: shall recognize it, perceive it, referring to
the following verse. ΟἿ, 185, 333.— For the form, ¢f. dowow 137.

82 COMMENTARY TO THE

303. The preceding πείρησαι represents a protasis to which this would
be the apodosis; ς΄. 583. «Τὶ he tries, he and the rest will find out.”

304. μαχησαμένω: cf. μάχεσθαι 8.

305. ἀνστήτην : stood up, rose from their seats. —Atcav: the dual and
plural are seen to be used in this verse without special distinction. CY.
321; see H. 634; 6. 155.— The speeches of 285-303 were uttered infor-
mally, while sitting; ¢f. 246.

307. Μενοιτιάδῃ : Patroclus was so well known to the hearers of Homer,
from old stories and songs, that he needed no more exact designation
here; see § 39 b. When a boy in Opus, Patroclus killed a comrade in a
fit of anger and was taken by his father to Phthia, where Peleus received
him kindly (W 84 ff.), and brought him up with Achilles. He attended
Achilles on this Trojan expedition as his warmest and most faithful friend
and squire (θεράπων). The narrative of his exploits fills a large part of
the Sixteenth Book of the Iliad. He was slain by Hector (II 818 ff.). To
avenge his death, Achilles ends his quarrel with Agamemnon. Most of
the Twenty-third Book is occupied with an account of the funeral games
in his honor.

308. —’ArpetSns κτλ. : sc. as he had planned (dpa), 141 ΤΠ. ---- προέρυσσεν :
caused to be drawn down from its position on shore ; cf. 486, B 152 f.

309. ἐς δέ: as 142. All four adverbs (és, és, ἀνά, ἐν) refer to νῆα, suy-
plied from 808. --- ἐς δέ: into it, adverb with βῆσε. ---- ἐείκοσιν : ships for
other purposes than war generally have twenty oarsmen in Homer.

310. βῆσε: cf. βήσομεν 144. — ἀνά: adverb with εἶσεν (aorist from ἵζω).

311. ἄγων: see on ἰών 138.— dpxds: cf: 144. —’OBveceds: as πολύμητις,
πολυμήχανος, he was often sent on embassies; cf. I' 205. See ὃ 5a.

312. The story which is here broken off, of the voyage to Chrysa, is
resumed at 480. .

313. ἀπολυμαίνεσθαι: they were to purify themselves symbolically from
the sin of Agamemnon which had brought upon them the pestilence. Cf.
the action of the children of Israel, after their idolatry: « And they
gathered together to Mizpeh, and drew water, and poured it out before
the Lord, and fasted on that day, and said there, We have sinned against
the Lord,’ 1 Sam. vii. 6. They trusted that the pollution would depart
from them into the sea, where they washed themselves.

315. τεληέσσας : see on 66.

316. παρὰ θῖνα: as 34. The line of people was stretched out along the
strand.

317. περὶ καπνῷ: around, in the smoke. See § δῦ a.

ei - ae

ῃ δ.

FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD 38

318. Transition to another scene, which fills the blank during the
journey of the embassy to Chrysa.— κατὰ στρατόν : (down) through the
camp; cf. ava στρατόν 10, 53, κατὰ νῆας B 47, κατὰ βωμούς Β 305.— For
the transition, at the ‘ bucolic diaeresis,’ see § 58 ἡ.

319. ἔριδος : as 210. — πρῶτον : once ; see on 6.— ἐπηπείλησε: see 181 ff.

320. προσέειπεν : is regularly followed by the direct address in the
next verse, but occasionally some incidental remark intervenes by way of
parenthesis.

321. θεράποντε : companions, squires. Patroclus is θεράπων of Achilles,
brave warriors are called θεράποντες "Apynos (B 110), and kings are θερά-
movres Διός.

322. ἔρχεσθον : here followed by the accusative of ‘limit of motion.’
§ 19 b. Agamemnon does not go in person (αὐτός 185), since Achilles had
declared (298) that he would make no resistance.

323. χειρός: genitive of the part touched, with ἑλόντε. Cf. κόμης 197,
γούνων 407, 500, ποδός 591. -- ἀγέμεν [ἄγειν] : infinitive for the imperative,
parallel with ἔρχεσθον. Cf. λῦσαι 20.— This contains an explanation of
the preceding imperative and hence is not connected with it by a conjunc-
tion (8 15 δ); ef. 363.

324 = 137, with δώῃσιν for déwow.

325. καί: strengthens ῥίγιον.

326. ta... ἔτελλεν : as 9. --- μῦθον : i.e. the preceding command.

327. ἀέκοντε: because of their dread and reverence for Achilles; ¢f. 331.
— βάτην (§ 52 c): dual forms generally have no augment in Homer.— rapa
θῖνα: cf. 347. The quarters of Achilles were at the extreme right of the
camp; cf. ἐπ᾿ Αἴαντος κλισίας... ἠδ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλῆος, τοί ῥ᾽ ἔσχατα νῆας
ἐίσας | εἴρυσαν, ἠνορέῃ πίσυνοι καὶ κάρτεϊ χειρῶν A 7 ff. to the tents of Ajax
and to those of Achilles, who drew up their ships at the extremities of the line,
trusting to their bravery and the strength of their arms.

329. rév: refers back to 322, viz. Achilles.

330. οὐδ᾽ ἄρα: but naturally τοί. -τ γήθησεν : “did joy enter his heart”;
inceptive aorist; ef. 33, 92, 255.

331. ταρβήσαντε: seized by fear (the opposite of θαρσήσας 85), while the
present αἰδομένω expresses the continued attitude of their minds.

333. ὁ ἔγνω: for the hiatus, cf. 532, B 105; see § 27 ὃ.-- - ἔγνω: se.
their errand. Cf. 302.

334. χαίρετε: the customary greeting.— Διὸς ἄγγελοι κτλ.: they are
inviolable servants of διοτρεφέων βασιλήων (on 176). Hermes is not yet
the patron god of heralds in Homer.

34 COMMENTARY TO THE

335. ἐπαίτιοι: to blame; sc.éoré. Cf. 153.—’Ayopépvev: se. ἐπαίτιός ἐστι.

336. ὅ: ds.—Kovpys: κοῦρος and κούρη are used especially of young
men and women of noble families. But κοῦροι ᾿Αχαιῶν (473) does not
differ materially, except in metrical form, from vies ᾿Αχαιῶν (162).

338. ἄγειν: final infinitive ; cf. μάχεσθαι 8, ἀγέμεν 448, B 477, 1 117. —
τὼ δ᾽ αὐτώ: these two themselves. The very men who executed the unjust
order are to be witnesses of its injustice and of Achilles’ justification in
withdrawing from active service.

339. πρός: in the sight of, before. Cf. 239, Xen. An. i. 6.6. For the
repetition of the preposition, cf: that of ἐκ 436 ff.—Ocdv, ἀνθρώπων : for a
strong “all persons.” |

340. καί: after τέ, τέ, gives special prominence to this clause. — πρὸς
τοῦ βασιλῆος ἀπηνέος : before that king, the cruel king; equivalent to πρὸς
τούτου τοῦ βασιλέως τοῦ ἀπηνοῦς. For the order of words, ¢f 11, τὸν
λωβητῆρα ἐπεσβόλον B 275. Since the article is still a demonstrative in
Homer, the foregoing are merely apparent exceptions to the rule that the
attributive adjective stands between the article and its noun.— δὴ αὖτε:
for the ‘ synizesis,’ cf. 131.—atre: not again, marking a repetition, but
indicating a situation opposed to the present; ef. 237.

341. χρειὼ γένηται: this happens in the Ninth Book; see ὃ 6 1.—The
object before the speaker’s mind is Agamemnon. Hence at the close of
the sentence, τοῖς ἄλλοις is used instead of the general word ᾿Αχαιοῖς.

342. τοῖς ἄλλοις: dative of interest with ἀμῦναι, cf. 67. — yap: length-
ened, as B 39, for an unknown reason.

343. οὐδέ τι : and not at αἰϊ. ---- νοῆσαι κτλ.: proverbial expression for
prudence; cf. 109.— The infinitive follows οἶδε, knows how.

344. ot: ethical dative with σόοι μαχεοίατο. --- paxeolaro [μάχοιντο] :
that they should fight. The present of the principal sentence is followed by the
optative, since the purpose is presented as a mere conception of the mind.

347. ἄγειν : as 598. --- αὖτις : like πάλιν 59.

348. ἀέκουσα : this indicates that Briseis was more than a mere γέρας
to Achilles, and that his anger arose not simply from the insult offered to
his dignity but also from wounded love. So at 1 340 he asks whether the
sons of Atreus alone love their wives; he loves his heartily, though she is
a captive. In T 287 ff., she mourns bitterly for the dead Patroclus on her’
return to the tent of Achilles.—-yuwvq: explanatory appositive with 7.—
The scene ends at the ‘bucolic diaeresis’ (§ 58 h); cf. 318, 490. --- αὐτὰρ
᾿Αχιλλεὺς KTA.: a Simple description of the effect which the loss of Briseis
had upon the hero, without depicting his feelings in modern fashion. —

κυ

FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD 85

ACHILLES SENDS AWAY BRISEIS

349. δακρύσας : fell to weeping. Burst into tears is perhaps too strong a
translation, but gives the inceptive force of the aorist. — ἑτάρων : construe
with νόσφι λιασθείς. ---- ἄφαρ : construe with λιασθείς, cf. 594.

350. iv ἔφ᾽ ἁλός : i.e. ἐπὶ θῖνα κτλ. Construe with ἕζετο. ----ἔφ᾽ : is
accented, in spite of the elision, in order to prevent the reader from con-
struing it with ἁλός (55 c βδ[).. --- ἁλός: GAs and θάλασσα are the general
words for sea ; πόντος is the high, deep sea (often with reference to a par-
ticular tract; cf. B 145) ; πέλαγος, the open sea.

351. πολλά : as 35.—dpeyvis: not ἀνασχών (χεῖρας ἀνασχών 450), since
while invoking the sea divinity he stretched out his hands toward the
deep. Cf. 1568, where Althaea beats upon the ground as she calls upon
the nether gods; palmas ponto tendens utrasque... Di, quibus
imperium est pelagi Verg. Aen. vy. 233 ff.

36 COMMENTARY TO THE

352. érexés ye: the prominence given by ye emphasizes the fact ag
responsible for the inference which is drawn from it. “Since you gave
me birth, you ought to see that Iam made happy. Zeus ought to grant
me honor since he does not vouchsafe me long life.” — μινυνθάδιον : equiva-
lent to ὠκύμορος 417. --- πέρ: in its original use, very.

353. τιμήν wep: honor at least ; placed first with emphasis. ‘Chiastic’
with μινυνθάδιον (8 16 a).— ὄφελλεν : the past tense of verbs of obligation
is used to imply that the obligation was not complied with.

354. ὑψιβρεμέτης : cf. δεινὸν δὲ βρόντησε πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε | ὕψοθεν
(thundered terribly from on high) ¥ 56.— νῦν δέ: but as it is, marking a return
to the reality from a merely hypothetical case ; cf. 417, B 82.

356. ἑλὼν ἔχει : differs from εἷλε chiefly in giving prominence to the
possession as still continued. Cf. (of the same act) εἵλετ᾽ ἔχει δ᾽ ἄλοχον
I 886. --- ἀπούρας : participle of ἀπηύρων 430; explanatory of ἑλών. For
the strengthening by αὐτός, cf. 1387, 161, 185, 324.

357. ὡς φάτο κτλ.: cf. sic fatur lacrimans Verg. Aen. vi. 1.

358. πατρὶ γέροντι : 1.6. Nereus, who is not named by Homer but only
designated as ἅλιος γέρων (538). His home is in the Aegean Sea. With
him is Thetis, who has left her aged husband Peleus.

359. adds: ablatival genitive, from the sea. See § 19 α. ---ἢὐύτ᾽ ὀμίχλη :
like a mist, which rises easily and quietly from the water; the com-
parison is especially fitting for a sea goddess. Cf. ‘As evening mist |
Risen from a river o’er the marish glides,’ Milton Par. Lost xii. 629 f. —
For the Homeric comparison, cf. 47 ; see ὃ 14.

360. πάροιθ᾽ αὐτοῖο: before him(self). The intensive pronoun contrasts
Achilles himself with his voice, which his mother had just heard; cf. 47.
See § 42 h.—S8dxpv xéovros: the repetition of these words from 357 is
characteristic of the fullness of epic style. The Homeric heroes were
never ashamed to express emotion. They wept copiously.

361. κατέρεξε: for the single p after the augment, see § 80 c.— For the
epic fullness, cf. 57, 88.

362. σέ, φρένας : accusatives of the whole and part, —thy heart.

363. ἐξαύδα κτλ. : the second imperative repeats the thought of the
first, hence the ‘asyndeton’; cf. 529. ---νόῳ: as in 132.

364. βαρύ: cf. εὐρύ 355, μέγα 78.

365. οἶσθα: cf 355f.— ἢ: is not a simple sign of a question in Homer
(see on 133), and hence can be joined with τί. --- ἰδυίῃ : intransitive. —
Though his mother knows all, Achilles tells the story. A man in suffer-
ing finds relief in rehearsing his ills, and this recital was followed by the

ΝΟ ὌΞ--ς-ς.-
Ms

FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD 97

sympathy of the poet’s hearers. The repetition is more natural because
the consequences of these events continue through the whole poem.—
ἀγορεύω : ‘subjunctive of deliberation.’ For the verbal repetition, cf.
B 10-15, 23-34, 60-70.

366. Observe that this story is introduced without a conjunction.—
ὠχόμεθα: sc. on his marauding expeditions in the neighborhood of Troy.
See on 125.— Θήβην : the connection of Chryseis with Theba is not made
plain. Was she there on a visit? Or were Theba and Chrysa sacked on
the same expedition ?—tepqv: since the gods were worshipped there. —
Note the simple order of words.

367. ἤγομεν ἐνθάδε : Andromache tells of the sack of the city, of her
father’s death and her mother’s captivity, in Z 414 ff.— ἤγομεν : implies liy-
ing creatures, especially prisoners. Cf. φέρων 13. .

368. εὖ: properly, so that each received his due share.— δάσσαντο: cf.
δέδασται 125, δασμός 166.

369. ἐκ δ᾽ ἕλον : as γέρας (ἐξαίρετον, cf. B 227), besides his share of the
spoils. See on 124.—The capture of Chrysa (37), or at least of Chryseis,
on the same expedition is assumed here. B 690 ff. shows that Lyrnessus
was sacked, and Briseis taken captive, on the same voyage, which seems to
have been shortly before Chryses’ visit to the camp.

371-379 = 12-16, 22-25.

380. πάλιν: back; cf. πάλιν πλαγχθέντας 59, δόμεναι πάλιν 116.

381. φίλος ἦεν: sc. ὃ γέρων. This was shown by the event.

382. ἐπ᾽ ᾿Αργείοισι : ἐπί with a dative of the person in Homer often
implies hostility, like ἐπί with the accusative in prose; οὖ. 51, T 15, 132.
- κακόν: cf. 10.—Bé&os: as 51.

383. ἐπασσύτεροι : in quick succession ; cf. 52.

384. ἄμμι [ἡμῖν] : for us.

385. θεοπροπίας : as 87. -- ἑκάτοιο: of the Far Darter. ἕκατος is a short,
‘pet’ form of ἑκατηβόλος (as “Exdry was a name of the moon goddess).
Cf. Σμινθεῦ 39. For similar epithets of Apollo, see § 22 κὶ

386. αὐτίκα : for the lack of a conjunction, see § 15 «. --- κελόμην : cf.
62 ff., and see on 74.

387. Arpetova κτλ. : equivalent to ᾿Ατρεΐων ἐχολώθη (cf. χολωθείς 9).

388. ἠπείλησεν μῦθον : the English idiom reverses the construction, he
uttered the threat.—%: ὅς, as 336.

389. τὴν μέν : contrasted with τὴν δέ 391.— σὺν νηί: with a ship, almost
equivalent to by ship. This expression seems more instrumental than
where the comrades also are mentioned; ef. 179, 183,

38 COMMENTARY TO THE

390. πέμπουσιν: escort (§ 17). The present is used, since the act
is not completed. The ‘historical present’ is not Homeric. — ἄγουσι
δέ: a subordinate member of the sentence, with ‘chiastic’ relation to
πέμπουσιν (8 10). --- δῶρα : i.e. victims for sacrifice. —avaxr.: Apollo; ef.
36, 444.

391. τὴν δὲ xrA.: contrasted with 389. -- νέον: adverb with ἔβαν
ἄγοντες. --- ἔβαν [ἔβησαν] ἄγοντες : cf. ἔβαν φέρουσαι B 302, BH φεύγων
Β 665. οἴχομαι is more frequently used. with a participle; cf. B 71,
οἴχεσθαι προφέρουσω θύελλα Z 346. See on ἰών 138, 168.

392. δόσαν κτλ. : as 162; see on 124.

393. παιδὸς ἑῆος : thy valiant son. It seems part of the poet’s naivetd
that the heroes apply such epithets to themselves ; but the phrase is part
of the poet’s stock, and he hardly thinks whether he is applying the epi-
thet himself or is putting it in the hero’s mouth.

394. Ata: for the length of the ultima before λίσαι, see 8 59 h.—ed
mote: cf. 39, 503 ff.

395. ἔπει, ἔργῳ : emphatically placed in contrast, at the beginning and
the close of the verse. —xpaSinv Διός : for the ‘periphrasis,’ see ὃ 16 d.—
ἠὲ kal: or also.

396. πολλάκι: for the omission of final s, see § 30 /.—eéo: genitive of
source with ἄκουσα .--- πατρός : i.e. of Peleus, in Thessaly, where Thetis
seems to have remained after her marriage until the outbreak of the
Trojan War; cf. Π 221 ff. (where mention is made of the chest of Achilles
that Thetis packed for him as he set out for Troy). See on 358.

397. edxopévns: supplementary participle with σέο, cf. 207. ----ὖὄτε κτλ. :
explains εὐχομένης. See ὃ 11 7.

398. ἀεικέα κτλ. : as 541 ; cf. 67.

399. ὁππότε: when once upon a time.—Thetis makes no use of this
suggestion in her interview with Zeus. Aristotle observes this, and
remarks that men do not care to be reminded of the favors which they
have received.

400. The three divinities named are now on the side of the Achaeans.

401. ἐλθοῦσα : see on ἰών 138. ---θεά : marks her power to accomplish.
- ὑπελύσαο δεσμῶν: didst loose from under the chains, didst free from the
pressure of the chains.—Transition to direct discourse from the infinitive
construction of 398 ; cf. B 12, 126; see § 11] e.

402. ἑκατόγχειρον : cf. centimanus Gyas Hor. Carm. ii. 17. 14,
belua centiceps id. ii. 18. 84. --ικαλέσασα : by calling, coincident in time
with ὑπελύσαο.

FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD 39

403. Βριάρεων : by transfer of quantity for Βριάρηον, ὃ 23 ὁ. The
name (Heavy-handed; cf. Bpupds) marks his strength and character.
He is called Αἰγαίων (Stormy ; cf. aiyis, Atyat, Αἴγιναν) in the popular speech,
as a sea divinity. He is the personified might and roar of the sea. Hesiod
makes him aid Zeus against the Titans.— Homer attributes to the lan-
guage of the gods names which are going out of use (but which may seem
clearer in meaning than the others); cf. B 813 f. See on B 782.

404. αὖτε: on his part.—od πατρός: 1.6. Poseidon, the mighty sea god.
All of Poseidon’s sons are represented as violent.—ot: cf. ἦν 72.

405. ὅς fa: so he; for the demonstrative use of the relative, see ὃ 42 p.
— Sei γαίων : delighting in the fullness of his might. — This seems to play
upon the name Αἰγαίων.

406. καί: also; marks the effect corresponding to κύδεϊ γαίων. ( 349.
--ὑπέδεισαν : for the length of the antepenult, cf. 33. ὑπό with verbs of
fearing, fleeing, yielding marks the superiority on the side of the person
who is the efficient cause.—ré: indicates the close connection of the two
clauses ; cf. 82, 218, Β 179.—€neav: possibly a play on ἔδεισαν.

407. τῶν : see on 160.—plv: construe with μνήσασα. παρέζεο would
govern the dative.—yotvev: for the genitive, cf. χειρός 323.—This was
the attitude of a suppliant ; ¢f. 500 ff.

408. al κέν πως : cf. 66. ἐμοῦ ἀρῆξαι : come to the aid of. (7. the force of
ἐπί in 345.

409. κατὰ πρύμνας : the ships were drawn up with their sterns toward
the land.—épq’ ἅλα : about the sea, i.e. on the shore between the promon-
tories Sigéum and Rhoetéum. Until now the battles had been fought on
the plain, far from the ships and near the city. Cf. Achilles’ words, ὄφρα
δ᾽ ἐγὼ μετ᾽ ᾿Αχαιοῖσιν πολέμιζον, | οὐκ ἐθέλεσκε μάχην ἀπὸ τείχεος ὀρνύμεν
Ἕκτωρ I 352 f. As long as I was fighting among the Achaeans, Hector was not
willing to rouse the battle away from the wall (of the city).— Αχαιούς : in
apposition with τούς.

410. ἐπαύρωνται : may come to enjoy; oe Cf. quidquid deli-
rant reges, plectuntur Achivi Hor. Epist. i. 2. 14.

411. καί: also, i.e. as well as the other ἀῶ

412. ἣν ἄτην: his blind infatuation, his blindness. This is made more
definite by 6 re κτλ. (i.e. ὅτι τε), as 244. Cf. B 111.

413. κατά: construe with χέουσα.

414. τί νυ: why now, to what end; accusative of specification.—atva :
cognate accusative with τεκοῦσα, dreadfully, to sorrow. Cf. κακῇ αἴσῃ 418.
Thetis calls herself δυσαριστοτόκεια & 54 mother of an unhappy hero.

40 COMMENTARY TO THE

415. a0’ ὄφελες : for this form of expression for an unattainable wish,
see H. 871 a; G. 1512. --᾽ἀδάκρυτος κτλ. : i.e. full of joy and happiness.
This thought receives the emphasis.

416. aloa: sc. ἐστί. Here like αἰών, term of life.—ptvv0a: adverb
modifying the ἐστί to be supplied, which is sometimes modified by an
adverb in Homer (8 187). Cf. ἀκὴν ἐγένοντο σιωπῇ T 95, οὐδ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἔτι δὴν |
ἦν Z 139 £., A 466, “nor did he live long.” —ot τι μάλα δήν : the preceding
thought is repeated in negative form.—For the length of the ultima of
μάλα, see § 59 ἢ β.

417. νῦν δέ: as 854.-- τέ: its position is free; cf. B 281.

418. ἔπλεο: thou art, literally thou becamest by decree of fate ordered at
thy birth.—r@: therefore. She infers from the foregoing, not the fact
but the justification of the expressions αἰνὰ τεκοῦσα, κακῇ alon.—Kaxq αἴσῃ:
to an evil lot.

419. τοῦτο ἔπος: 1.6. 407 ff.—-rol: dative of interest; cf. rot 425 £.—
ἐρέουσα : future participle, expressing purpose.—Both ‘hiatus’ in this
verse are merely apparent. §§ 27 N.B., 32.

420. ᾿Ολυμπον ἀγάννιφον : see on 44.—al κε winrar: cf. 207.

421. σὺ μέν: correlative with 426. The interposed explanation makes
it natural to change the form of the apodosis from ἐγὼ d€.— viv: i.e. until
her visit to Zeus.—-raptpevos: as 488. Inactivity is implied; cf. B 688,
694.—Thetis does not encourage her son to carry out his threat of 169,
to return to Phthia.

422. phve: present imperative, continue to rage. See on 210. Cf.
μῆνιν 1, 247.

423. Ζεὺς γὰρ xrX.: gives the reason for the preceding direction, espe-
cially for viv, showing why his request cannot be granted at once.—és
Ὠκεανόν: to the abode of Oceanus, near which was the home of the Aethio-
pians. The Aethiopians lived in the southeast and southwest of the
Homeric world. They are represented as a god-fearing people, enjoying
the personal intercourse of the divinities.—perd: as 222.

424. χθιζός: predicate adjective instead of adverb, as 472, 497, B 2,
ΤΊ. See 8 ὅθα. --- κατὰ [μετά] δαῖτα : of. κατὰ πρῆξιν;, on an errand, πλαζόμενοι.
κατὰ ληΐδα, wandering for ρίμηπάον. --- ἅμα πάντες : cf. 49. ---ἕποντο : apparent
contradiction of 195, 221 f., where Athena and Hera are thought of as on
Olympus.

425. ϑωδεκάτῃ: cf. 54. This is reckoned from the day on which
Thetis is speaking. Twelve is sometimes a round number, in Homer as
well as in the Bible. —éctoerar: εἶσι. .

FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD 41

426. xadkoBarés: with bronze threshold, an epithet applied four times
to the home of Zeus, once to that of Hephaestus, and once to the palace of
. Alcinous. The threshold of wood was probably covered with a plate of
bronze. The floor of the hall of Zeus was covered with gold, A 2. Cf.
‘and the floor of the house he overlaid with gold, within and without,’
1 Kings vi. 30, of Solomon’s temple.

427. καί μιν, καί μιν: for the animated repetition, cf. καί μιν βάλον
ὦμον . . . καί μιν ἐγώ γ᾽ ἐφάμην ᾿Αιδωνῆι προϊάψειν Ἐ 188, 190 and I hit him
in the shoulder, and I said that I should send him to Hades.—-yovvéacopan :
cf. λαβὲ γούνων 407.

428. ἀπεβήσετο: only in this place in the verse, before the bucolic
diaeresis (§ 58 h); elsewhere, ἀπέβη is used; see 8 50 ὃ. --- αὐτοῦ : intensive
when adverbial (not very frequent) in Homer, as well as when a pronoun.

429. γυναικός: genitive of cause, with ywouevov. See on εὐχωλῆς 65.

430. βίῃ xrA.: by force, against his will.—dékovtos: sc. ev, genitive of
separation.

430-487. The scene in Chrysa naturally intervenes between the
promise of Thetis and its fulfillment, and thus seems to fill up in part the
twelve days’ delay. See on I 121.

430. αὐτὰρ ᾽Οδυσσεὺς xrA.: cf. 311 ff.—For the beginning of the narra-
tive, cf. the transition at αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχιλλεύς 348.

431. ἵκανεν ἄγων: cf. ἔρχομ᾽ ἔχων 168, ἧκε Τισσαφέρνης ἔχων τὴν ἑαυτοῦ
δύναμιν Xen. An. ii. 4. 8. ἄγων, with, is used because the hecatomb was
composed of live animals. See on 13.

433. ἱστία στείλαντο: they took in their sails. The middle takes the
place of a possessive pronoun. Cf. 480, 524.

435. προέρεσσαν: when near their haven they furled their sails and
rowed the boat to land.

436. ἐκ δέ: for the repetition, cf. 339 f.; see § 16 b.—etvas: these were
large stones which served as anchors. These were cast from the prow,
while the πρυμνήσια (476) held the stern. When the boat was to remain
long, it was drawn up on land.

437. βαῖνον: for the descriptive imperfect, cf. ἀφίει 25.—énl: for tlie
length of the ultima, see § 59 7.

438. βῆσαν: first aorist, transitive. Cf 144, 191, 310, ἔστησαν 448.

439. The rhythm has been thought to imitate the maiden’s measured
steps ; § 13 b.—&: adverb, as above, but more exactly defined by νηός.

440. ἐπὶ βωμόν: the god is thus made a witness of the return. Thus in
a Boeotian inscription a man emancipates his slave éyayrioy ᾿Ασκληπιοῦ, in

42 COMMENTARY TO THE

the presence of Asclepius. ‘The priest dwelt in the sacred inclosure (τέμενος,
ἄλσος) of the god. Observe that no temple is mentioned.

441. ἐν χερσὶ τίθει : placed in the arms. For the dative, cf. γα 245. .
For χείρ as arm, cf. Z 81, 482. --- τίθει : for the form, cf. ἀφίει 25.

442. πρὸ (hither) ἔπεμψεν : cf. πρὸ ἧκε 195. ᾿ :

443. ἀγέμεν : for the infinitive, cf ἄγειν 598. --- ἑκατόμβην ῥέξαι : cf. ἱερὰ
ῥέξας 147.

444. ὑπὲρ Δαναῶν: in behalf of the Danai. This figurative use of ὑπέρ,
frequent in later Greek, hardly appears elsewhere in Homer.

446. Chryseis here disappears from the story.

(τ) τ 7

ἘΝ

= 7 \\\
ij

WS 2)
ii)
PIN

RECONCILIATION OF CHRYSES

448. ἑξείης : in order, since ἑκατόμβην is collective. —torrycav: first
aorist, transitive; cf. βῆσαν 438.

449. yepviavro: they could not pray to the gods with unwashed hands.
Cf. T 270, χερσὶ δ᾽ ἀνίπτοισιν Au λείβειν αἴθοπα οἶνον | ἄζομαι (dread)
Z 26θ0.- οὐλοχύτας: unground, bruised barleycorns (οὖλαι κριθαί), which,
roasted and mixed with salt (cf. ‘with all thine offerings thou shalt offer
salt,’ Levit. ii, 13), were thrown upon the fire (προβάλοντο 458) as an

:

FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD 43

initiatory sacrifice, whence they were proleptically called οὐλόχυται, poured
out barleycorns. The use of these in sacrifices is a survival of usage from
the time when the grinding of grain was unknown. Vergil (Aen. i. 179)
is accurate in making the Trojan heroes parch their grain and then bruise
it. —dv&ovro: took up; sc. from the basket standing on the ground.

450. τοῖσιν: for them; as 68, 947. --- μεγάλα : loudly; cf. πολλά 35. —
χεῖρας ἀνασχών : the palms were extended towards the gods, the usual atti-
tude in prayer, as is shown by works of art. Cf. 351, Τ' 318. So also
among the Hebrews. Cf. ‘And it came to pass, when Moses held up his
hand, that Israel prevailed; and when he let down his hand, Amalek
prevailed,’ Exodus xvii. 11. See Vocabulary s.v. χείρ.

451 f.=37f. With the same formula with which the priest began
his prayer for vengeance, he now prays that the punishment may be
averted. Ξ

453. ἡμέν, ἠδέ: paratactic construction, where the English idiom uses
“as...so”; see § 21 d.— δή ποτε: once already, correlative with ἔτι 455
once more.

454. Explanatory ‘appositive asyndeton.’ — τίμησας κτλ. : sc. by send-
ing the pestilence which avenged the slight offered to the priest.

455. καὶ viv: contrasted with πάρος, above. — τόδε κτλ. : i.e. the follow-
ing wish, as 41.

456. ἤδη viv: now at once. — Δαναοῖσιν κτλ.: cf. 97. 457 = 43.

458. In the sacrifice described in y 440 ff., the victim’s forelock is cut
off and thrown into the fire, before the barleycorns are offered. — αὐτὰρ ἐπεί:
this is repeated in this narrative, 464, 467, 469, 484.

459. αὐέρυσαν: they drew up (back) the head of the victim, in order to
tighten the muscles of the neck. —téergafav: i.e. opened the large artery of
the neck, to let the blood.

460. μηροὺς étérapov: instead of the more definite ἐκ μηρία rapvov, cf.
40. .--- κνίσῃ : dative of means. Two layers of fat were placed over the
thigh pieces; and upon the fat, bits of raw meat from all parts of the
body {πάντων μελέων), symbolizing a sacrifice of the whole animal. These
were burned, and thus the gods, according to the Homeric belief, took
part in the sacrificial feast. Cf. 317.

461. δίπτυχα: sc. κνίσην, equivalent to δίπλακι δημῷ.

462. καῖε: sc. the μηρία with the fat and flesh. — σχίζῃς : cf. B 425.

463. νέοι: 1.6. the companions of Odysseus, in contrast with ὃ γέρων,
the old priest. Cf. B 789.— παρ᾽ αὐτόν: by the priest himself, who is thus
marked as the principal, directing person at the sacrifice. — πεμπώβολα:

44 COMMENTARY TO THE

these bronze five-tined forks seem to have been used to keep the sacrifices
from rolling into the ashes.

464. κατὰ xan: these pieces were intended for the gods and therefore
were entirely (xardé) consumed by the fire; cf. 6 δ᾽ ἐν πυρὶ βάλλε θυηλάς
I 220 he threw the sacrificial pieces into the fire. —wéeavro: sc. in order to
have a share in the sacrifice. This was no part of, but only an introduc-
tion to, the meal which followed.

465. μίστυλλον κτλ.: cf. pars in frusta secant, verubusque tre-
mentia figunt Verg. Aen. i. 212.

466. περιφραδέως : sc. to keep it from burning. —éptcavro: drew it off
from the spits, after it was roasted.

467. παύσαντο: the aorist indicative is often used in relates clauses
(with ἐπεί) where the English uses the pluperfect. Cf 484, B 513. See
H. 837.

468. éions: equal, i.e. of which each had a fair share. The feast was
common to all, but the leaders had the better portions.

469. A set verse to mark the end of afeast; see$12h. Vergil imitates
this in postquam exempta fames et amor compressus edendi
Aen. viii. 184. --- ἐξ: construe with ἕντο. ---- ἔρον [€pwra]: for the form,
see ὃ 37 ὃ. --- The previous pouring out of the wine (which might be
expected) is not mentioned.

470. κοῦροι μὲν κτλ. : sc. for a solemn libation of the whole company,
since only Chryseis poured a libation before (462). — woroto: genitive afte
the idea of ‘fullness’ in the verb. — This verse seems to have been mis-
understood by Vergil (or did he think to improve the description?) ; ¢/
crateras magnos statuunt et vina coronant Aen.i.724, magnum |
cratera corona | induit, implevitque mero Aen. iii. 525 f.

471. νώμησαν (sc. ποτόν): a frequentative of νέμω. The οἰνοχόος
dipped (ἀφύσσων 598) the wine from the large bowl (κρητήρ) into a
pitcher (πρόχοος). The κοῦροι proceeded from left to right (ἐνδέξια 597)
through the company, distributing to the guests (πᾶσιν, to all), i.e. filling
their cups for the libation and the banquet. — ἐπαρξάμενοι : thus beginning
the religious ceremony, equivalent to ἀρξάμενοι ἐπινέμοντες. Construe with
dem ἄεσ Ov.

472. πανημέριοι : through the whole day which remained, uninterruptedly
till sunset. For the predicate adjective, cf. 424.

473. καλόν: cognate accusative with ἀείδοντες, instead of καλῶς. Cf. 35,
78. — παιήονα [παιᾶνα] : here a song of praise to Apollo as their preserver,
— The verse explains μολπῇ», above,

-— — =

πα σου -ΥῪΛΥ ἀμ»

FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD 45

474. μέλποντες κτλ.: cf. ‘Hymning th’ eternal Father’ Milton Par.
Lost vi. 96, ‘singing their great Creator’ id. iv. 684.— For the quantity
of the ultima of μέλποντες, see §§ 32 a, 59 7. — φρένα: cf. κῆρ 44. — τέρπετ᾽
ἀκούων: delighted in hearing. The god hears the song (as he had heard the
prayer), although he is far away, among the Ethiopians.

475. ἐπὶ ἦλθεν : came on.

476. κοιμήσαντο: observe the force of the aorist, laid themselves to rest.
— παρὰ πρυμνήσια: along by the stern hawsers (see on 436), i.e. on the sea-
shore. Their boat was not drawn up on land; they remained but one
night. Of course the tides on the coast of Asia Minor are insignificant.

477. ῥοδοδάκτυλος : a notable epithet. The ancients had observed the
diverging rays of rosy light before sunrise. Cf. "Hus κροκόπεπλος @ 1
saffron robed, ‘in russet mantle clad.’

478. καὶ τότε: τῆμος is expected after ἦμος, but the relative is not
always followed by the corresponding demonstrative. For καί in the
apodosis, see § 21 b.—dvayovro: (were putting out), put out upon the high
sea; ¢f. κατάγοντο, came to land.

479. txpevov οὖρον xrA.: Aeolus was master of the winds, but each god
could send a favorable breeze.

480. στήσαντο: for the middle, see on 433.—ieria: what pertains to
the iords, strictly an adjective which has become a substantive. The
Homeric boat seems to have had but one sail. 481. ἀμφί: adverb.

482. πορφύρεον : foaming.—peydda: construe with ἴαχε. ---νηός : in the ‘
transitional stage from limiting genitive with ore/py to the genitive abso-
lute; see § 19 g B.

484. ῥά: refers to the preceding verse.—tkovro: for the use of the
tense, cf. παύσαντο 467.— κατὰ στρατόν : opposite (off) the Campy ὁ i.e. to the
landing place.—The verse closes like 478.

485. νῆα μέν : correlative with αὐτοὶ δέ. ---- ἐπ᾽ ἠπείροιο: up on land. No
difference is discernible between ἐπί with the genitive here and ἐπί with
the dative in 486. Cf. T 293 and Z 473.

486. ὑψοῦ xrA.: explanatory of ἐπ᾿ ἠπείροιο, ----ἶ.6. so as to rest high on
the sands, where it was before; cf. 308.—imd δέ: adverb, beneath, i.e.
under the ship. —ppara: as B 154, props (sometimes stones), which were
put along the keel on either side in order to hold the boat steady.

488. αὐτὰρ ὁ μήνιε: sc. as his mother had directed, 421 f.; οὐ 428 f.—
Achilles withdraws from the action for the present. In the Ninth Book,
an embassy is sent to him, begging him to give up his wrath and take
part in the war (1 119 ff.). In the Eleventh Book, he is roused from his

46 COMMENTARY TO THE

apathy on seeing the rout of the Achaeans (A 599 ff.). In the Sixteenth
Book, when Hector reaches the Greek ships and throws fire into one
of them, Achilles sends Patroclus and the Myrmidons into the conflict
(II 1ff.). He receives the news of the death of Patroclus in the Eight-
eenth Book (3 1 ff.), and is reconciled to Agamemnon in the Nineteenth
Book and arms himself for battle (T 40 ff., 364 ff.). He takes part in
the fourth (and last) great battle of the Iliad, on the twenty-seventh day
of the action of the Iliad. See, further, 8 6.

489. υἱός: for the short penult, where ὁ has virtually been lost between
two vowels, see ὃ 23 Κ --- - πόδας ὠκὺς κτλ.: cf. 58.

490. For the ‘asyndeton,’ cf. 117, 255, 288, 363. - πωλέσκετο: for the
‘iterative’ formation, see § δά. --- κυδιάνειραν : elsewhere epithet of μάχην.
— The poet does not say that assemblies were held and battles fought
during these days, but perhaps he implies it.

491. πόλεμον: for the long final syllable, cf. pipe 153. — κῆρ:
object of φθινύθεσκε.

492. αὖθι: right there, in the same place, i.e. in his tent. — ποθέεσκε δέ:
the participle ποθέων might have been used in the same sense. See 8 21h. ~
-- ἀυτήν: batile cry. Always a trisyllable, and thus never to be con-
founded with αὐτήν, herself.

493. ἐκ roto: the hearer easily recalled the words of Thetis (whick.
form the starting point of the μῆνις) (421 f.) and the definite statement of
time (425) and referred ἐκ τοῖο to that interview between mother and son.

494. ἴσαν: the stem of εἶμι is here preserved, without augment.

495. ἦρχε: led the way, as the highest inrank. Cf T 420.

496. ἥ ye: resumes the subject; δ 97.— ἀνεδύσετο κῦμα: 1.6. as she
sprang up she left the wave. Cf. 359.

497. ἠερίη: cf. 557, Γ΄ 7; with emphasis in this position in the verse.
«“ While it was yet early morning.” — οὐρανὸν Οὔλυμπόν te: see on 44.

498. εὐρύοπα: far sounding, far thundering. For seas form, perhaps a
stereotyped nominative, see ὃ 34 ὃ.

499. ἀκροτάτῃ κορυφῇ: from which Zeus looks out upon the world
again, after his long absence. Cf. summo sedet altus Olympo Verg.
Aen. xi. 726. — πολυδειράδος : epithets appropriate to men are often applied
to natural objects. Cf. καρήνων 44, ‘crest,’ ‘foothills,’ «shoulder of the
mountain,’ ‘arm of the sea,’ ‘mouth of the river.’

500. πάροιθε καθέζετο : cf. Τ' 162.—yotbvev: cf. 323.

501. σκαιῇ, δεξιτέρῃ : for the adjectives used as substantives, see on 54.
-- ὑπ᾽ ἀνθερεῶνος : under the chin, as Τ' 5712.

FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD 47

502. Δία Kpovieva: closely connected; cf. B 375.

503. Ζεῦ πάτερ: this address, put into the mouths of gods and men,
marks his patriarchal, royal dignity ; cf. 534, 544, hominum sator
atque deorum Verg. Aen. xi. 725,divum pater atque hominum
rex ib. 1. 65.—ed ποτε: cf. 394.

505. τίμησον: by its position is strongly contrasted with ἠτίμησεν
507 ; ef. 353, 356. — @kvpoperaros: into this is condensed the thought of
415 ff.— ἄλλων: of all; literally, in comparison with the rest; ablatival
genitive, as with the comparative (where it marks the starting point of
the comparison).— This construction with ἄλλων is distinctly Homeric.
Cf. B 674, Z 295, hi ceterorum Britannorum fugacissimi Tac.
Agric. 34, solusque omnium ante se principum [Vespasianus]
in melius mutatus est Tac. Hist. i. 50, «Adam the goodliest man
of men since born | His sons, the fairest of her daughters, Eve,’ Milton
Par. Lost iv. 323 f.— Cf. this construction with μετὰ πᾶσιν ἀτιμοτάτη 516.

506. ἔπλετο : cf. ἔπλεο 418. --- ἀτὰρ κτλ. : for the transition from the
relative to the demonstrative construction, cf. 79. 507 = 356.

508. σύ περ: in contrast with Agamemnon. Cf. the force of πέρ in
353.—’Odtpree κτλ.: as Thetis renews her request, she renews impress-
ively her appeal to the might and wisdom of Zeus.

509. ἐπὶ τίθει : put upon, grant to. Cf. B39.

510. ὀφέλλωσιν κτλ. : only here construed with a person.— Thetis as a
suppliant presents her request in general terms, while Achilles had spoken
more definitely, 409-412. Cf. Ἕκτορι γάρ οἱ (Zeus) θυμὸς ἐβούλετο κῦδος
ὀρέξαι | ἸΤριαμίδῃ, ἵνα νηυσὶ κορωνίσι θεσπιδαὲς πῦρ | ἐμβάλοι ἀκάματον, Θέτι-
δος δ᾽ ἐξαίσιον ἀρὴν | πᾶσαν ἐπικρήνειε O 596 ff. the heart of Zeus wished to
give glory to Hector, son of Priam, that he might throw fire into the ships, and
accomplish all the dreadful prayer of Thetis.

511. τὴν δὲ κτλ. : the reason of this silence appears from 518 ff.

513. &s: demonstrative corresponding to the relative ὡς above. — ἐμπε-
φυυῖα : literally, grown into, clinging closely to; cf. the formula ἔν 7 ἄρα οἱ
φῦ χειρί Z 253. Construe with ἔχετο, as τῷ προσφὺς ἐχόμην ὡς νυκτερίς
p. 433 clinging to this, I held on like a bat. Cf. et genua amplexus
genibusque volutans | haerebat Verg. Aen. iii. 607 f. For the
form of ἐμπεφυυῖα, see § 49 a.—elpero: asked, as she demanded a definite
answer, ‘yes’ or ‘no.’ —8ebrepov αὖτις : again, a second time. Cf. πάλιν
᾿ αὖτις B 276.

514. νημερτές : adverbial.—itmécyxeo kal κατάνευσον : set expression,
only at the end of the verse; cf. B 112, ὑπέστην καὶ xarévevoa A 267.

48 | COMMENTARY TO THE

κατανεύω is the contrary of ἀνανεύω, nod up (Z 311). Thus even now in
Greece, negation is indicated by an upward motion of the head, and
affirmation by a downward nod (with an inclination toward the left).
Cf. quibus adnuis arcem Verg. Aen. i. 250.

515. ἀπόειπε : speak out plainly; refuse is implied in the context. —ém:
i.e. ἔπεστι. ὃ 55 c. For the length of the ultima, see § 59 h.—<«Thou
hast nothing to fear.” — ὄφρ᾽ ἐὺ εἰδῶ : cf. 185.

517. ὀχθήσας : inceptive; see on 33; but not so violent as “falling into
a passion ” or “bursting into a rage.” Cf. δακρύσας 349.

518. λοίγια ἔργα : sc. ἔσται, as 573. There will be dreadful trouble.—
bre: when, not εἰ, if, since Zeus sees the inevitable consequences and
already has the situation before his mind’s eye.

519. Ἥρῃ: emphatic, since Hera desires the most speedy destruction
of Troy (A 31 ff.).

520. καὶ αὔτως : even as it is, without special occasion. See § 42 7.—
αἰέν : exaggerated ; cf. 541, 561.

521. καί τέ μέ φησι: and says, too, that I. καί marks the agreement ot
this specification with the preceding general remark; cf. I 235.

522. νοήσῃ: sc. that Thetis had been with Zeus. For the meaning, see § 17.

523. Ἥρη: emphatic, as 519; here so placed in contrast with ἐμοί. ---
ἐμοὶ μελήσεται : shall be my care. For the future with κέ, cf. 139 ; see § 18 Ὁ
— dhpa: cf. 82.

524. εἰ δ᾽ Gye: as in 802. -- κατανεύσομαι : shall nod with my head.
Only here in the middle; see on 433.

525. τοῦτο κτλ. : this answers νημερτὲς κτλ. 514.

526. τέκμωρ : surety, ρίεἶφε. ---- ἐμόν : neuter adjective as substantive (see
on 54); literally, anything from me, 1.6.“ ὃν promise or purpose. This is
explained by ὅτι κτλ. --- παλινάγρετον : revocable, from ἀγρέω [αἱρέω], take.

527. κατανεύσω : aorist subjunctive. Cf. 514.

528. ἢ: he spoke; see on 219. --- ἐπὶ νεῦσε : nodded thereto, annuit. —
ὀφρύσι : with his brows. Zeus was represented in works of sculpture with
heavy, projecting brows. — For the dative, cf. κεφαλῇ 524.

529. ἀμβρόσιαι χαῖται : cf. ambrosiaeque comae Verg. Aen. i. 403,
--- ἐπερρώσαντο : rolled down at the nod, fell down on both sides of his head,
These locks are conceived as long and flowing. See on B 11.

530. κρᾶτός : distinguished from κράτος 509 by the accent and the
length of the first syllable.— Cf. adnuit et totum nutu tremefe-
cit Olympum Verg. Aen. ix. 106, x. 115.—Phidias embodied in his
colossal chryselephantine statue of Zeus at Olympia the expression of

FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD 49

exalted peace and power which lies in 528-530.— Zeus’ dread of Hera’s
reproaches is in marked contrast to this majestic demeanor.

531. διέτμαγεν [διετμάγησαν : for the form, cf. ἤγερθεν 57, ἀνέσταν 533.

532. ἅλα ddro: for the hiatus, see on 333.—dAro: second aorist with-
out variable vowel, from ἅλλομαι, ὃ 53. For a, see § 23 a.

533. πρὸς δῶμα: sc. ἔβη, a general word of motion, implied in ἄλτο.
Cf. 827: see § 16 e.— The home of Zeus on the summit of Olympus
was not far from the peak on which he had been visited by Thetis. —
ἀνέσταν : ἀνέστησαν.

534. ἐξ ἑδέων: from their seats. Each god had his separate dwelling on
Olympus (see 607 f.) and his special seat in the hall in which they gath-
ered. ἕδος is strictly not ‘seat’ (ἕδρη), but place where the seat stands. —
σφοῦ xrA.: proleptic, with ἄνεσταν, they rose and went to meet their father.
Motion is implied in the connection, as below. — This mark of respect is
noted both negatively and affirmatively.

535. ἀντίοι : predicate nominative after ἔσταν, cf. B 185.

536. ἐπὶ θρόνου : makes ἔνθα more definite. Cf. ὑψοῦ ἐπὶ ψαμάθοις 486,
in apposition with ἐπ᾽ ἠπείροιο. ---- οὐδὲ κτλ. : i.e. nor did. she fail to -per-
ceive. — lv: ‘proleptic’ object; cf. B 409. See H. 878. — The poet has
to inform his hearers whether the gods were acquainted with the βουλή of
Zeus, and what their feelings were concerning it.

537. ἰδοῦσα: on seeing him, when she saw him. See on ἰών 138.

538. ἁλίοιο γέροντος : see on 358.

539. αὐτίκα : straightway. Without δέ, as 886. --- κερτομίοισι: see on 54.

540. τίς δὴ αὖ θεῶν : what one of the gods now, this time. This is uttered
in a vexed tone; ef. 202.

541. αἰεί : contrasted with οὐδέ τί πω, cf. 106 f.—éévra: naturally
would agree with τοί preceding, but is attracted to the usual case of the
subject of the infinitive, the poet having the infinitive construction already
in mind.

542. κρυπτάδια.... δικαζέμεν : consider and decide upon secret plans. Cf.
the words of Hera, κεῖνος (Zeus) δὲ τὰ ἃ φρονέων ἐνὲ θυμῷ | Τρωσί τε καὶ
Δαναοῖσι δικαζέτω, ὡς ἐπιεικές Θ 430 f. let him, considering these his own
affairs in his mind, decide between the Trojans and the Danai, as is seemly.

544. πατὴρ κτλ. : cf. 503.

545. μὴ δή: cf. 131. -- μύθους: i.e. thoughts, plans, the content of speech.

546. χαλεποὶ κτλ. : sc. εἰδέναι. The personal construction is used as in
589, pyirepor πολεμίζειν ἦσαν ᾿Αχαιοί % 258 the Achaeans were easier to fight
with. H. 944,

50 COMMENTARY TO THE

547. ὅν: sc. μῦθον. ---ἔπιεικές : sc. ηἧ.---- ἀκουέμεν : with indefinite subject,
τινά. --- ἔπειτα: then, since the relative protasis is hypothetical.

550. Zeus, in his excitement, passes at once to apply his principle to
the present situation, instead of giving to the apodosis a general form cor-
responding to the protasis.—ratra: refers to Hera’s question, 540.—
ἕκαστα: 1.6. the details, exaggerated in the speaker’s anger.

552. ποῖον: predicate. Equivalent to ποῖος ὃ μῦθός ἐστιν ὃν ἔειπες.
See H. 618, 1012 a.— This is a mere exclamation, expecting no answer.

553. πάρος: else, at other times; with the present tense. “I have not
been wont.” Cf. A 264.—otre xrA.: emphatic repetition. The idea is
negatived in every form; cf. 550.

554. doo ἐθέλῃσθα : for the conditional relative sentence, cf. 218, 230,
543.—deoa: ἅ Twa. — ἐθέλῃσθα [é€Ans]: for the ending, see § 44 a.

555 ff. After the rather harsh reply of Zeus, Hera shows that she knew
not only the person concerning whom she had asked (540) but also what
Thetis had requested, and what Zeus had promised.

555. παρείπῃ : should persuade, i.e. lest it prove true that she has per-
suaded. Anxiety about a fact of the past, for which the aorist indicative
might be used.

556 = 538. — This is not spoken out of special animosity to Thetis, for
whom in fact Hera had special affection. Hera claims Thetis as a sort of
foster child, ἣν ἐγὼ αὐτὴ | θρέψα τε καὶ ἀτίτηλα καὶ ἀνδρὶ πόρον παράκοιτιν
Q 59 f.whom I myself bred and cherished and gave as wife, etc. According to
a myth found in Pindar and Aeschylus, both Zeus and Poseidon strove
together as rivals for the love of Thetis, but bestowed her upon Peleus on
learning from Themis that this goddess of the sea was destined to bear a
son mightier than the father.

557. ἠερίη: as 497 ; cf. 424. —ool ye: seulniaicheat in reference to σέ 555.

558. ‘ Asyndeton,’ since the following is only a more distinct state-
ment of the preceding (555 f£.).—érhrupov: cf. 514, 526.—as τιμήσεις : that
thou wilt honor.

559. τιμήσεις, ὀλέσεις : coincident actions, in chiastic position. For the
‘chiasmus,’ see § 16 a; for the ‘ parataxis,’ see § 21 h. Achilles was to be
honored by the suffering of the Achaeans, who were to see how necessary
he was to their success. —’Axatév: construe with νηυσίν (not πολέας), as
is indicated by the order of words, and by the frequent repetition of the
phrase ἐπὶ νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν, 12, B 8, 17, 168.

561. αἰεὶ κτλ. : always art thou thinking. An echo of the ὀΐω of 558, show-
ing vexation; cf. αἰεί 107. — οὐδέ σε λήθω : “thou art always watching me.”

FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD 51

562. ἀπὸ θυμοῦ: far from my heart, affection. For this use of ἀπό,
cf. B 162, 292, φίλων ἄπο πήματα πάσχει a 49 suffers woes away from his
Sriends.

563. τὸ... ἔσται: as 9595. --- καὶ ῥίγιον : sc. than what now causes her
ill humor.

564. εἰ δ᾽ οὕτω xrA.: the reply to 555 f. — τοῦτο: i.e. that I gave this
promise. — Sic volo, sic 1860. --- μέλλει : impersonal; cf. B 116.

565. ἀλλὰ xrA.: the English idiom, “sit quiet and obey,” instead of
the more usual Greek idiom κάθησο πειθομένη. ---- ἀκέουσα : ἀκέων is gener-
ally indeclinable.

566. μή: threatening, as 28.— οὐ χραίσμωσιν : not ward off. Cf. 28.

567. ἄσσον ἰόντα : him who comes near, implying injury or attack. The
accusative follows χραίσμωσιν on the analogy of χραισμέω τινί Tr. — ὅτε...
épelw: this explains ὦσσον iovra.— For the thought, cf. 588 ff. — χεῖρας
ἐφείω: cf. χεῖρας ἐποίσει 89. 568. ΟἿ 33.

569. ἐπιγνάμψασα: cf. B14. For the hiatus before it, justified by the
caesural pause, see § 27 ὃ. ἡ

570. ἀνὰ δῶμα: cf. ἀνὰ στρατόν 10, 53. —Otpaviwves:. like ἐπουράνιοι,
inhabitants of heaven; ὃ 39 a. Contrast ἐπιχθόνιοι 266.

571. τοῖσιν: as 68.— The amusing figure of Hephaestus as butler is
introduced in order to give a more cheerful character to the assembly of
the gods, after the quarrel.

572. ἐπὶ pépov: generally with a notion of hostility, as 89; but here
with ἦρα, loving service.

573. τάδε: here. See H. 695 ἃ. --- ἀνεκτά : predicate; cf. ἀνάσχεο 586.

574. εἰ δή: if in truth now, as 61. — ἕνεκα θνητῶν : with contempt.

575. κολῳὸν ἐλαύνετον : carryon a brawl. Cf. B212.— δαιτός : here first
do we learn that the gods were feasting at this time; but doubtless they
always feasted when they came together.

576. τὰ χερείονα κτλ. : in such contrasts, the demonstrative and adjec-
tive have the force of a relative clause; cf. 106. The article strengthens
the contrast.

577. καὶ αὐτῇ περ: with Homeric courtesy, the speaker intimates that
his counsel is not needed, 578. αὖτε: 1.6. as often before,

579. civ: construe with ταράξῃ. --- ἡμῖν : dative of disadvantage.

580. εἴ wep: if οπίψ. ---- ἐθέλῃσιν : the verb for emphasis here precedes its
- subject; see ὃ 11 &; or Ὀλύμπιος κτλ. can be taken as in apposition with
the subject of ἐθέλῃσιν. ---- Ολύμπιος κτλ. : this indicates his exalted power,
although in 609 this expression is used without special reference to the

52 COMMENTARY TO THE

circumstances of the case. — ἀστεροπητής : for Zeus as god of the lightning
and storm, see on B 146.

581. The conclusion of the sentence is omitted (ἀποσιώπησις). “It
will be the worse for us,” or “ he can, for,” ete. Cf. 136.

582. καθάπτεσθαι: always metaphorical, as here. Infinitive for the
imperative, as 20, 323.

583. The preceding infinitive represents a condition, hence no conjunc-
tion is needed to connect the verses. Cf. 303.— ‘aos: cf. ἱλασσάμενοι
100, 147.

585. ἐν χειρὶ ride: placed in her hand; generally used of presenting a
cup of wine. ἐν χερσὶ τίθημι is used of gifts or prizes; cf. 441.

587. ph: as in 28.- φίλην περ ἐοῦσαν: very dear as thou art. πέρ
strengthens, as 352 and frequently. — ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν : before my eyes, as
Tr 306. Cf. T 169; see § 12 g.

589. pare wey: as 242. —dpyadéos xrA.: personal construction as 546,
ἀργαλέος yap τ᾽ ἐστὶ θεὸς βροτῷ ἀρῆρε δαμῆναι ὃ 897 “it is hard for a god
to be overcome by’a mortal man.’

591. ποδός: for the genitive, see on 929. --- ἀπὸ βηλοῦ κτλ. : from the
mighty threshold of Olympus.

592. πᾶν δ᾽ ἦμαρ: equivalent to πανημέριοι 472; cf. 601. — φερόμην,
κάππεσον [κατέπεσον]: the imperfect is used ef the continuance of te
motion, the aorist marks the conclusion of it; cf. B 94 ff. — φερόμην : is
frequently used of ships driven by the wind, and marks the motion as
involuntary. — καταδύντι: the aorist participle is here used (without refer-
ence to time as past, present, or future) of an act coincident with κάππεσον
at the beginning of 593. .

593. ἐν Λήμνῳ: for the dative of rest, cf. 245.— Hephaestus had his
workshop on Olympus, but Lemnos was considered his island —a belief
to which the mountain Mosychlus (then believed to be volcanic) seems to
have given rise. — θυμός : anima.— At another time, apparently when an
infant, Hephaestus was cast out of heaven by his mother, and saved by
Thetis (Σ 395 ff.).— Cf. ‘ Nor was his name unheard or unador’d | In ancient
Greece; and in Ausonian land | Men call’d him Mulciber; and how he
fell | From heaven they fabled, thrown by angry Jove | Sheer o’er the
crystal battlements; from morn | To noon he fell, from noon to dewy
eve, | A summer’s day; and with the setting sun | Dropt from the zenith
like a falling star | On Lemnos, the Aegean isle,’ Milton Par. Lost i. 738 ff.

594. Σίντιες ἄνδρες : the earliest population of Lemnos. To judge from
their name they were marauding (σίνομαι) Pelasgians who had emigrated

1

ἤν. 5

FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD 53

from Thrace.— ἄφαρ: construe with πεσόντα, cf. 349.— κομίσαντο : took
me up and cared forme. Cf. B 183, Γ 378.

596. μειδήσασα: smiling, inceptive, repeats the preceding μείδησεν. --
παιδός : from her son; ablatival genitive, depending on ἐδέξατο. Cf. κύπελλον
ἐδέξατο ἧς ἀλόχοιο Ὡ 305 received the cup from his wife. —yept: dative of
instrument with ἐδέξατο, cf. λάζετο χερσίν E 365 took in his hands.

597. ἐνδέξια : from left to right, through the company, according to
established custom. To pass to the left would be an act of ill omen.
For the procedure, see on 471.

598. οἰνοχόει νέκταρ: cf. ("HBn) νέκταρ ἐῳνοχόει A3. The meaning οὗ
the first part of the compound was overlooked; cf. ἵπποι βουκολέοντο
Y 221, οἰκοδομεῖν τεῖχος, equum aedificant Verg. Aen. ii. 15, ‘tin
box,’ ‘weekly journal.’ —xpyrfjpos: the red nectar of the gods, like the
wine of men, was mixed with water before it was drunk. — ἀφύσσων:
see on 471.

599. ἄσβεστος : hence the proverbial ‘ Homeric laughter.’

600. δώματα: palace, hall.— The laughter arose because of the striking
contrast between the puffing, hobbling Hephaestus as cupbearer, and the
graceful Hebe who usually performed the duties of that office.

601. ἦμαρ: accusative of duration of time, as 592. 602 = 468.

603. οὐ μέν [μήν]: as 154, 163. — φόρμιγγος : cf. μολπή τ᾽ ὀρχηστύς Te:
τὰ γάρ T ἀναθήματα δαιτός a 152 song and dance, for these are the accompani-
ments of the feast. — ἔχε [εἶχε] : held, i.e. played.

604. ἀμειβόμεναι: the Muses sing alternately, one relieving the other,
as the rhapsodes at the festivals. Cf.incipe, Damoeta, tu deinde
sequere, Menalca, | alternis dicetis; amant alterna Camenae
Verg. Ecl. iii. 59, ‘ Divinely warbled voice | Answering the stringed noise,’
Milton Christmas Hymn 96 f.

605. αὐτάρ : correlative with μέν 601. Cf. 51.

606. kaxxelovres: for the form as future of κατάκειμαι, see ἃ 48 g.—
ἕκαστος : in partitive apposition with oi, giving prominence to the indi-
vidual, after the collective expression. Cf. B 775 and Γ 1 (where the
plural is used).

610. κοιμᾶτο: was wont to lie.— ὅτε κτλ. : whenever, etc. The condi-
tional relative sentence expresses indefinite frequency of past action.
This iterative optative is more frequent after the relative pronoun than
with the conjunction.

611. καθεῦδε: slept.—dvaBds: of ascending a couch, only here and
ὁμὸν λέχος εἰσαναβαίνοι @ 291. No special height of couch is to be

δά. COMMENTARY TO THE

inferred. — παρὰ δέ: adverb, beside him: ὃ 55 α. ---- χρυσόθρονος : see on 37.
The throne was covered with thin plates of gold.

‘No Book of Homer is so full of dramatic groups and situations as
this: Apollo striding with his bow and ringing quiver; Thetis caressing
the grieving and angry Achilles; Thetis before Zeus, clasping his knees
and extending her right hand toward his chin; Zeus with his dark brows
and ambrosial locks nodding a confirmation to his promise; Chryses with
his filleted scepter and his gifts, before the two sons of Atreus; Odysseus
at the altar of Apollo with the maiden whom he is restoring to her aged
father, — with his companions and the hecatomb; Achilles in. his rage
drawing his sword from its sheath, calmed by Athena, who takes him by
his long locks, — with Agamemnon before him and the other chiefs
around him; the heralds of Agamemnon at the tent of Achilles, as
Patroclus leads forth the fair Briseis; Zeus and Hera on Olympus, with
Hephaestus playing the part of Hebe; the assembly of the ibe: Apollo
playing the lyre, and the singing Muses.’

SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD

_ Zeus prepares to fulfill his promise to Thetis (A 509 f., 523) by sending

a dream to Agamemnon. ‘The intended battle, which is to be disastrous
to the Achaeans, is delayed by a test of the disposition of the army; the
Greek and Trojan forces do not advance to meet each other until the close
of the Book (780, 809 f.). — The events narrated in B occupy the first part
of the twenty-second day of the action of the Iliad. See §§ 6 ὃ, 7 a.

1. ῥά: so; refers to A 606-611. ---θεοὶ xrA.: appositive with ἄλλόι.

2. παννύχιοι: cf. A 472.— οὐκ ἔχε [εἶχε] κτλ. : i.e. he did not sleep; ef.
οὐδὲ ἸΤοσειδάωνα γέλως ἔχε θ 344 “but Poseidon did not laugh.”

3. φρένα ὡς: hiatus allowed at the ‘bucolic diaeresis’; see 8 27 b.—ds:
how ; sc. in accordance with his promise to Thetis.

4. τιμήσῃ KTA.: see on A 559. ‘Deliberative subjunctive’ after a
secondary tense in the principal clause. The direct question would be
πῶς τιμήσω . ---- ἘῸΣ the ‘chiasmus,’ see § 16 a.

5. ἥδε: this. The subject is attracted to the gender of βουλή, the
predicate ; cf. 75, A 239.

6. πέμψαι κτλ. : in apposition with ἦδε. Cf. τὸ μὲν οὐδὲ νόησεν | μηροῦ
ἐξερύσαι δόρυ E 665 ἢ. but he did not think of this—to draw the spear out of

SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD . δ

his thigh.—oddov ὄνειρον : a baneful dream; a deceptive, illusory vision,
instead of a kindly dream of warning. Cf. (Ζεὺς) ἐξαπατᾷ τὸν ᾿Αγαμέμ-
vova ὄνειρόν τινα ψευδῆ ἐπιπέμψας, ὡς πολλοὶ τῶν ᾿Αχαιῶν ἀποθάνοιεν Lucian
Jup. trag. 40. On the deceitful measures of Zeus, cf. A 64 ff., where Zeus
sends Athena to the Trojan army in order to incite an archer to wound
Menelaus and break a truce.— Homer elsewhere knows of no dream gods
but only individual dreams; cf A 63. Not all dreams were thought to be
significant.

7 = A 201.—For the two accusatives, one of the person (direct object)
and the other of the thing (cognate accusative), cf. 59, 156, A 201.

8. βάσκ᾽ ἴθι: up and go, a formula used by Zeus in addressing his mes-
sengers. Cf. vade age, nate, voca Zephyros Verg. Aen. iv. 223. For
the asyndeton, cf. A 99, 368. -- οὖλε: sc. for the Achaeans.

10. μάλα: construe with πάντα. --- ἀγορευέμεν : as imperative ; cf A 20.

11. κέλευε: note the lack of connectives.—xdpy κομόωντας: a frequent
epithet of the Achaeans. Among them to cut the hair was a sign of
mourning. Achilles’ hair which he cuts off at the funeral pile of Patro-
clus is called τηλεθόωσα Ψ 142 luxuriant, and Athena attracts his attention
by laying hold of his locks (A 197). Paris is proud of his hair (1 55).
Apollo is ἀκερσεκόμης Y 39 (Milton’s ‘unshorn Apollo’). Onarchaic works
of Greek art the men are always represented with long hair. See on 872.
The Euboean Abantes are ὄπιθεν κομόωντες 542; 1.6. their back hair only
was long, their front hair was ‘banged’ (of course, no Chinese cue is to be
thought of in their case). The Thracians are ἀκρόκομοι A 533, with their
hair bound in a knot on top of the head; cf apud Suevos, usque ad
canitiem, horrentem capillum retro sequuntur, ac saepe in
ipso solo vertice religant Tac. Germ. 38. Thucydides (i. 6) says it was
not long since the ‘gentlemen of the old school’ had given up wearing their
hair in a knot fastened by a golden cicada. The Spartans retained to a
- late period the custom of wearing long hair. Before the battle of Ther-
mopylae, the Persian scout saw the Spartans combing their hair (Hdt. vii.
208), preparing for glorious victory or honorable death. Among the
Hebrews, the long hair of Absalom is familiar to us. In the later clas-
sical period, fashions changed. Only dandies wore long hair at Athens in
the time of Aristophanes; and in the post-classical period St. Paul could
write to the Corinthians: οὐδὲ ἡ φύσις αὐτὴ διδάσκει ὑμᾶς ὅτι ἀνὴρ μὲν ἐὰν
κομᾷ, ἀτιμία αὐτῷ ἐστίν 1 Cor. xi. 14.

12. νῦν κτλ.: transition to the direct construction. ΟἿ 126, A401.—
πόλιν Τρώων: not as A 164.

-

56 COMMENTARY TO THE

13. ἀμφὶς φράζονται: sc. about the destruction of Troy. For the o of
ἀμφίς, see § 80 ἰ.----Ολύμπια κτλ.: cf. 484, A 18.

14. ἐπέγναμψεν: cf. A 569. This statement is intended only for Aga-
memnon, not for the Dream.

16. ἄρα: so, i.e. as had been directed. 17. Cf. A 12.

19. ἀμβρόσιος : only here, of sleep. — κέχυτο : had poured itself out, like
an enveloping cloud ; εὐ 41.

20. ὑπὲρ κεφαλῆς : every Homeric dream appears above the head and
takes a familiar form. Cf. (Iris) devolat, et supra caput astitit
Verg. Aen. iv. 702. .--- Νηληίῳ vit: to the son of Neleus. The adjective is
equivalent to a genitive; of. 54, 416, 465, 528, 604, Τ' 180.— The Dream
took this form in order not to terrify the king, and to persuade him most
readily. Penelope is visited by a dream in the shape of her sister, and
Nausicaa by one in the guise of a close friend.

21. τόν pa: whom, you know. — γερόντων : the nobles without regard to
age formed a βουλή (see 53). Cf. the Spartan yepovoia, senatus, alder-
men. So ‘the elders of Moab’ (Numbers xxii. 7) are identical with ‘the
princes of Moab’ (Numbers xxii. 8, 21). Cf. δημογέροντες Τ' 149. Achilles
and Diomed were young in years.

22. For the order of words, cf. Τ' 886. ---μίν : construe with προσεφώνεε.
Cf. 795, Τ' 389.

23. εὕδεις κτλ.: the question implies a reproach, for which the reason
is given by a commonplace remark (24). Cf. nate dea, potes hoc sub
casu ducere somnos? Verg. Aen. iv. 560.

26. The change from the character of Nestor to that of a messenger
from Zeus is suited to the nature of a dream.— Διὸς δέ: ‘ paratactic,’
instead of a causal clause; cf. A 200. Cf. imperio Iovis hue venio,
qui classibus ignem | depulit, et caelo tandem miseratus ab
alto est Verg. Aen. v. 726 f.

27. σεῦ: depends on ἄνευθεν, while the object of the verbs is easily
supplied. Cf A 196. -- The care and sympathy of Zeus are motives to
prompt Agamemnon to a speedy execution of the command.

28-32=11-15, with slight change.

33. ἐκ Διός : with the passive, in the sense of ὑπὸ Διός, indicating Zeus
as the source of the woe. Cf. φέίληθεν ἐκ Διός 668 f. they were loved by Zeus.
— xe: hold it fast, followed by a negative form of the same command; ef.
A 363. Dreams are easily forgotten.

34. ἀνήῃ: cf. 2, and Moore’s ‘When slumber’s chain hath bound me.’

35. Cf. A 428.

SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD 57

36. ἀνὰ θυμόν : through his heart. κατὰ θυμόν is more frequent, as A 136,
193 ; ef: ἀνὰ στρατόν A 10, and κατὰ στρατόν A 318. ---ῥά : “as you know.”
— οὐ ἔμελλον : were not about to be, were not fated to be. The plural verb is
often used in Homer with a neuter subject ; οὐ 135, 465. § 19 1.

37. φῆ: i.e. thought, imagined ; cf. T 28. For the accent, cf. βῆ A 34.
—6 ye: emphasized in contrast with Ζεύς 38.— ἤματι κείνῳ : emphatic,
on that very day.

38. νήπιος : blind fool, infatuated, an appositive exclamation. <A stand-
ing predicate of those who thoughtlessly and fearlessly enter on a course
which ends in their ruin. Cf. 873. It is explained by the following
clause; cf. 112; 5866 811}. Cf Vergil’s demens! qui nimbos et non
imitabile fulmen...simularet Aen. vi. 590 f.—épya: attracted into
the relative clause.

39. θήσειν ἔπι : cf. A 509.—-yap: for the quantity, cf A 342.—é€r:
i.e. before the capture of Troy. ᾿

40. Τρωσί τε κτλ: : emphasizes the consequences of the βουλὴ Διός,
disastrous alike to both armies. — διὰ ὑσμίνας: through the conflicts, “in
the course of the battles.”

41. ἀμφέχυτο : surrounded him, “rang in his ears,” i.e. he remembered
it well. Cf. 19. ἀμφί seems to be used with reference to both ears.

42. ἕζετο : the heroes seem to have put on their tunics while sitting on
the couch, —évSuve κτλ. : the Homeric heroes had no special night gear,
but slept naked (or at least without their outer garments), like the
Eskimos and lower-class Italians of to-day, and like the English of the
Middle Ages.— Epic simplicity describes the most trifling acts; see § 11 ¢.

43. καλὸν xrA.: where a noun is accompanied by three or more
epithets, often two stand at the beginning of the next verse, as here, —
φᾶρος: this upper garment was put on when no armor was worn. The
skin of some wild beast was sometimes worn in its stead (cf. Γ' 17), serving
in particular also as a light shield. The Homeric hero generally carried a
lance, even on a peaceful journey, but Agamemnon here takes his sword,
since he could not carry convéniently both lance and σκῆπτρον. The
sword was little used in combat, but often worn. — For this description of
Agamemnon’s dress, see § 11 d.

45. ἀμφὶ βάλετο : the sword hung, not from a belt but from a strap
which passed over one shoulder. The aorist of 45 is not widely different
from the imperfect of 43. Convenience here determined the choice. —
ἄρα : then, further ; cf. 546, 615.— ἀργυρόηλον : the hilt is studded with silver
nails, as a decoration; ef. A 219, 246.

58 COMMENTARY TO THE

46. ἄφθιτον αἰεί: ever imperishable, as the work of Hephaestus, and as
ever in the possession of the same family; cf 101 ff. It was a symbol of
their unending rule.

47. κατὰ νῆας (cf. κατὰ λαόν 179, κατὰ στρατόν A 318, παρὰ νῆας A 347) :
i.e. to the ἀγορή, which was at the middle of the camp; cf. A δά. ---Αχαιῶν -
χαλκοχιτώνων : used as genitive of ἐυκνήμιδες ᾿Αχαιοί 331. |

48. προσεβήσετο κτλ. : 1.6. illuminated the mountain of the gods on
whose summit the first beamg of light fell. Cf “Has δ᾽ ἐκ λεχέων zap’
ἀγαυοῦ Τιθωνοῖο | ὥρνυθ᾽, ἵν᾿ ἀθανάτοισι φόως φέροι ἠδὲ βροτοῖσιν A 1 f.
Dawn arose from her couch, from the side of the illustrious Tithonus, in order
to bring light to immortals and to mortals.

49. ἐρέουσα: to herald. Cf. doTnp... ὅς τε μάλιστα ἔρχεται ἀγγέλλων
φάος ἠοῦς ν 93 f. the star.which comes as the herald of the morning light.

50. ὁ: i.e. Agamemnon.

53. βουλὴν γερόντων : council of the chiefs (‘elders’; see on 21) who
discussed important questions before presenting them to the popular
assembly. Allusions to this council are found in 143, 194. Who consti-
tuted it, is not clear; probably not many, perhaps only six besides the
Atridae; cf. 404 ff. — μεγαθύμων : in plural elsewhere only as an epithet of
peoples, as A 123. — tte: caused to hold a session, called a council.

54. βασιλῆος: in apposition with Νέστορος, which is implied in Neo-
τορέῃ. See on 90.

55. πυκινὴν κτλ. : prepared (formed) the prudent plan, which he after-
wards unfolds.

56. ἐνύπνιον : cognate accusative, adverbial. It is equivalent to ἐν ὕπνῳ.
For the compound, cf. ἐφέστιοι 125, ἐναρίθμιος 202, ἐπιχθόνιοι A 272. See
H. 588.

57. ἀμβροσίην : a standing epithet of night as a gift of the gods for
the refreshment of man’s nature, with reference to sleep. Cf. καὶ ὕπνου
δῶρον ἕλοντο H 482 took the gift of sleep.—pddora: strengthens ἄγχιστα,
cf. 220.

58. εἶδος κτλ.: cf. Α 115. -- - ἄγχιστα: nearest, i.e. most exactly ; marks the
degree of resemblance. — ἐῴκειν : for the final y, see § 44 Ὁ.

59. Cf. 20.— μὲ, μῦθον : for the two accusatives, cf. 7.

60-70 = 23-33. Epic poetry prefers these verbal repetitions to the use
of ‘indirect discourse.’ See § 11 e. .

71. ᾧχετ᾽ ἀποπτάμενος : flew away. See on A391. — ἀνῆκεν : as 84. Cf.
nox Aeneam somnusque reliquit Verg. Aen. viii. 67.

72. GAN ἄγετε: cf. A 62. --- αἴ κεν xrr.: cf. A 66.

ee cr mc erS—Crt~“<SCS;™~;~*”

SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD " 69

73. πειρήσομαι : will put them to the test. Agamemnon wished to be
assured that the army was still ready for the fray. It had become demor-
alized by the length of the war, by the pestilence, and by the quarrel and
the withdrawal from service of Achilles. — ἣ θέμις ἐστίν : i.e. as the genera}
has the right. For the attraction of the relative, οὐ 5.

74. καί: introduces a more definite statement of πειρήσομαι. Cf. 114,
132, 251. — φεύγειν κτλ. : this proposition is intended to touch their sense
of honor and rouse anew their martial zeal. υἷας ᾿Αχαιῶν is supplied from
72 as the subject of φεύγειν and the object of the following ἐρητύειν. ---- σὺν
νηυσί: cf. A 170, 179.

75. ἄλλοθεν ἄλλος : aliunde alius, from different sides, each from his
own place. —épynriev: seek to restrain from flight. Cf. 97.

76 = A 68. — Agamemnon had risen to speak at 55, though this act is
not mentioned as usual.

77. ἡμαθόεντος : here as an adjective of two endings; ef. 503, 561, 570,
695, 742; see § 38 a. 78. Cf. A 73.

79. Conventional form of address to the princes. The corresponding
address to the warriors is ὦ φίλοι ἥρωες Δαναοί, θεράποντες “Apyos 110. —
μέδοντες : rulers; cf. Ἴδηθεν μεδέων T 320 and the proper name Médovoa
(Medusa), equivalent to Κρείουσα (Creusa), which is feminine of κρείων,
ruling prince.

81. ψεῦδός κεν φαῖμεν : 56. εἶναι, we might have said (potential) that it (i.e.
what the Dream promised) was a delusion; cf. 349. — καὶ νοσφιζοίμεθα : and
might turn away, i.e. be on our guard against the Dream’s questionable
counsel to try a decisive battle at this time when the mightiest of the
Achaeans held aloof from the fight. — μᾶλλον : all the more; sc. since they
could put no real confidence in the Dream’s message.

82. viv δέ: as in A 954. -- ἄριστος κτλ. : as A 91; cf. 197.

83 = 72.— The answer of the generally loquacious Nestor is remark-
ably brief. He gives courteous assent in the very words of the king,
without saying a word about the proposition.

85. ἐπανέστησαν: thereupon (i.e. likewise) rose.— πείθοντο: i.e. they
made no objection, but prepared to go to the popular assembly. — ποιμένι
λαῶν: i.e. Agamemnon, as 243. 86. σκηπτοῦχοι : see on A 15.

87. ἠύτε: introduces a detailed comparison, as 455,13. See § 14. —
ἔθνεα : swarms. The following hiatus is probably ‘weak’; ὃ 27 d.— εἶσι :
retains its force as a present, especially in comparisons; cf. ΓΤ 61. See
§ 48 g. — μελισσάων : 1.6. wild bees which live in hollow trees and in holes
in the rock. — For the comparison of bees, cf. ac veluti in pratis ubi

60 COMMENTARY TO THE

apes aestate serena | floribus insidunt variis, et candida cir ~
cum | lilia funduntur; strepit omnis murmure campus Verg.
Aen. vi. 707 ff., ‘as bees | In spring-time when the sun with Taurus
rides, | Pour forth their populous youth about the hive | In clusters; they
among fresh dews and flowers | Fly to and fro ... So thick the airy crowd
swarm’d,’ Milton Par. Lost i. 768 ff.

88. αἰεὶ νέον: ever anew. Cf. illae (bees) continuo Balin sil-
vasque peragrant Verg. Georg. iv. 53.

89. βοτρυδόν: in clusters, like bunches of grapes. Cf. lentis uyam
demittere ramis Verg. Georg. iv. 558. — ἐπ᾽ ἄνθεσιν : to the flowers.

90. ἔνθα ἅλις : for the hiatus, see §§ 27 N.B., 32 a.

91. ὥς : the point of comparison lies in the coming forth and approach
in separate crowds (swarms). βοτρυδόν 89 and ἰλαδόν 93 have the same
position in the verse.

92. προπάροιθε : before, i.e. along. — βαθείης : deep bayed, extended.

93. ὄσσα: rumor, whose source is unknown, and which is therefore
ascribed to the gods (Διὸς ἄγγελος) .--- δεδήειν : had blazed forth as a fire.

94. ὀτρύνουσ᾽ ἰέναι : they conjectured that Agamemnon would propose
some important measure. — ἀγέροντο : they came together. The aorist after
the descriptive imperfects marks the conclusion of the movement. Cf 99,
A 592, T 78. 95. ὑπό: adverb, beneath.

96. λαῶν ἱζόντων : genitive absolute. See § 19 g β.

97. ἐρήτυον : imperfect of ‘attempted action.’ “They were trying to
bring them to order.” ΟἿ 78. --- εἴ ποτε κτλ.: a wish, on the part of the her-
alds. ‘If ever they would stop their clamor.” — ἀυτῆς : ablatival genitive
with σχοίατο, might cease from; cf. 275, A 210, T 84.

99. ἐρήτυθεν : for the aorist, see on 94; for the plural with the collec-
tive λαός, cf. 278. — καθ᾽ ἕδρας : along the rows of seats, on the seats, as 211.
For the use of κατά, cf. 47, T 326. '

100. ἀνά: adverbial with ἔστη. Cf. dedervis 76.

101. τὸ μέν: this, as A 234. — κάμε τεύχων : wrought with toil. The prin-
cipal idea is in the participle, as A168 and frequently.

102 ff. Saxe: for the repetition, cf ἐκ A 436.

104. ‘Eppelas κτλ.: Hermes, the messenger of the gods, bore the
σκῆπτρον from Zeus to Pelops, as a symbol of empire. The kingdom
descended with the scepter. — πληξίππῳ: cf. ἱππότα, immodapos. Pelops
gained his kingdom by a chariot race.

105. ὁ αὖτε: for the hiatus, cf. A 333. — Πέλοψ : in apposition with o.
See ὃ 42 1.

= -

SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD 61

106. ἔλιπεν : cf. moriens dat habere nepoti Verg. Aen. ix. 362.

107. Θυέστα: Θυέστης. For the form, see ὃ 34 ὃ. Thyestes was brother
of Atreus. Homer evidently does not know the (later) story of the mutual
hatred of the brothers that was the subject of tragedies by Sophocles and
Euripides. The feud became proverbial as a chapter of unrivaled hor-
rors. — λεῖπε φορῆναι : for the infinitive, cf. ἀνάσσειν, below.

108. πολλῇσι, παντί: according to the poet’s view of the situation at
the time of the Trojan War (cf. A 78 f.) the Pelopidae had the hegemony
in Peloponnesus. Agamemnon ruled over Achaea, Corinth, Sicyon, and
part of Argolis; see 569 Τῇ --- ἀνάσσειν: to rule over them. For the infini-
tive, cf. μάχεσθαι A 8, ἄγειν A 338.

109. τῷ: local; cf. wpoow A 45.— ἐρεισάμενος : not an attributive.par-
ticiple with 6 ye, but a predicate participle of manner. Cf. κοιρανέων 207.

110. Cf. 79. — θεράποντες "Ἄρηος : see on A176. Cf. ὄζος ΓἌρηος 540. —
For this feigned exhortation, cf the speeches of Clearchus and his
ἐγκέλευστοι, Xen. An. i. 3. 91. Agamemnon does not desire his argu-
ments to be convincing. He reminds his men covertly of the promise of
Zeus that they should capture Troy, and that nine years of the ten are
already past; he calls that man δυσκλέης who returns to Argos with his
end unattained, especially since they had remained so long before Ilios ;
he exaggerates the disparity of numbers of Achaeans and Trojans.

111. μέγα ἐνέδησε : fast entangled. Agamemnon in testing the temper
of his army complains of his infatuation only as a pretense; in 114 he
utters unconsciously the unpleasant truth, while in the Ninth Book he
uses the same words in bitter earnest.

112. σχέτλιος : terrible, cruel god. See on 88. --- ὑπέσχετο κτλ. : cf.
A 514. |

113. ἐκπέρσαντα : for the accusative, cf. A 541. The participle here
contains the leading thought; they were to sack Troy before their return.
Cf. 101. — ἀπονέεσθαι : always stands at the close of the verse, with length-
ened initial syllable (§ 59 e).

114. viv xrA.: “but now I see that he planned,” εἰς. ---- ἀπάτην : the
poet’s hearer thought especially of the deceitful Dream, but this was not
in Agamemnon’s mind here.—rxal: introduces a specification of the
general statement, as 74. — κελεύει : the speaker infers this direction from
their lack of success.

115. δυσκλέα : emphatic position. The hiatus may be explained as
‘weak’ (§ 27 d), ἃ losing half its quantity. — πολὺν κτλ. : sc. in battle and
in the plague.

62 COMMENTARY TO THE

116. μέλλει : is about to be, doubtless is ; cf. A 564.

117. δή: ἤδη, as 134 f., A 40. — κατέλυσε κάρηνα : overthrew the heads, i.e.
the citadels. Cf. καρήνων A 44.

118. ἔτι Kal: hereafter also; cf: A 96. --- τοῦ κτλ. : cf. rerum cui
prima potestas Verg. Aen. x. 100.

119. γάρ: refers to 'δυσκλέα 115.— τόδε ye: “if anything is a disgrace,
this 15." - καὶ κτλ. : even for future generations to learn.

120. τοιόνδε τοσόνδε : (an army) so brave and so many as we here ; cf. 799,
qualis quantusque Verg. Aen. 111. 641.

121. ἄπρηκτον : predicate; cf. 452. — πόλεμον : cognate accusative.

122. παυροτέροισι : cf. Τρῶες δ᾽ αὖθ᾽ ἑτέρωθεν ἀνὰ πτόλιν ὡπλίζοντο |
παυρότεροι, μέμασαν δὲ καὶ ὡς ὑσμῖνι μάχεσθαι | χρειοῖ ἀναγκαίῃ, πρό τε παίδων
καὶ πρὸ γυναικῶν Θ 55 ff. but the Trojans armed themselves throughout the city ;
Sewer in number, but even thus they were eager to fight, of stern necessity, for
their children and their wives. — τέλος κτλ. : no end has yet appeared. <A fuller
expression for ἄπρηκτον, instead of “ without attaining our end,” “ without
gaining decisive victory.” |

123. εἴ περ yap κτλ. : in case we should wish. A concessive clause with
potential optative and κέ, of what is conditionally conceivable. — The
thought is completed in 127, «if we should take only one Trojan as cup-
bearer for a squad of Achaeans.” — γάρ : refers to παυροτέροισι.

124. ὅρκια ταμόντες : the victim’s throat was cut (FP 292), hence
ὅρκια ταμεῖν was to make a solemn treaty, like foedus icere, ferire
foedus. Cf Τ 73, 94, 105, A 158. --- ἄμφω : dual with reference to the
two nations.

125. Τρῶες μέν : sc. κ᾽ ἐθέλοιεν. ---- λέξασθαι : collect themselves. — ἐφέστιοι
κτλ. : equivalent to of ναίουσι κατὰ πτόλιν 130.— ὅσσοι : the relative pro-
noun follows the emphatic word, as A 32. 5

126. διακοσμηθεῖμεν : should be divided and arranged; cf. disponere,
For the transition to the finite construction, see on A 401. For κοσμέω of
- marshaling troops, cf. A 16. |

127. ἄνδρα: cf. 198.— ἕκαστοι : i.e. each squad of ten; in apposition
with “Ayoot. The plural is used because of the number in each company ;
ἘΣ Ae

129. τόσσον πλέας : according to © 562 f., there were 50,000 Trojans
and allies. For the numbers of the Achaeans, see on 494 ff.

130. ἐπίκουροι : predicate, as allies. Observe the contrast with Τρώων.

131. πολλέων ἐκ πολίων : construe with ἄνδρες. For the similarity of
sound of the two words, see § 13 a.— ἔνεισιν : are therein; cf. 803.

=~ = Ύυνγγου

SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD 63

132. μέγα πλάζουσι : drive me far away, i.e. hinder my attaining my end.
Cf. A 59. For the adverbial use of μέγα, see on A 78. — οὐκ εἰῶσι : do not
allow, i.e. prevent. — ἐθέλοντα : concessive, in spite of my desire.

134. δὴ βεβάασι : already have passed. — Διὸς ἐνιαυτοί ; see on Διός 146.

135. δοῦρα: timbers. For the form, see ὃ 23 ὦ. --- σπάρτα : ropes, cables,
of reeds or rushes. The ship’s ropes in general were of oxhide; a ship’s
cable at the home of Odysseus was made of papyrus. —Aé€Avvra: plural
verb with neuter subject, as 36, although δοῦρα σέσηπε has preceded.

136. ai δέ: but those others, explained by ἄλοχοι xrA. — τέ : correlative
with καί in free position, since ἡμέτεραι ἄλοχοι are closely connected in

‘thought with νήπια τέκνα.

137. εἵαται [ἧνται] ποτιδέγμεναι : see on A 134. — ποτιδέγμεναι : feminine
to agree with ἄλοχοι, who were more prominent before their minds than
τέκνα. :

138. αὕτως: Attic ὡσαύτως, ic. simply, wholly (with ἀκράαντον). See
ἃ 42 ὁ.

139. εἴπω : for the subjunctive, cf A 137. 140. φεύγωμεν: cf. 74.

141. οὐ én: belongs to the idea of expectation implied in the future.
“ We can no longer hope,” “to capture Troy is no longer a possibility.”

142. τοῖσι: dative of interest.— This undesired impulse was called
forth by the longing for home awakened by 134 ff.

143. πᾶσι μετὰ πληθύν : in apposition with τοῖσι, in contrast with the
γέροντες who had been present at the council. The dative with pera
would be regular. — πληθύν : “the rank and file”; εὐ 278, 488.

144. κινήθη: cf. 95.— 4: as, an obsolescent particle, distinguished by
its accent from φῇ [ἔφη]. --- κύματα μακρά : long-stretching billows; ef.
longi fluctus Verg. Georg. iii. 200.

145. πόντου Ἰκαρίοιο : in apposition with θαλάσσης, as the part with the
whole; ef. σκοπέλῳ 396; see $12 7. The πόντος is a particular tract of
the θάλασσα (see on A 350). The Jcarian high sea received its name from
Iearia, a small island off Samos; it was notorious for its frequent storms.
— τὰ μέν: cf. 101, A 234. — Ἐρός τε Νότος re: thought of as united, as is
shown by ἐπαΐξας. “A southeast wind.” A single wind never raises a
storm in Homer. Cf. ὡς δ᾽ ἄνεμοι δύο πόντον ὀρίνετον ἰχθυόεντα | Βορρῆς
καὶ Ζέφυρος, τώ τε Θρήκηθεν ἄητον 1 4 f. as two winds rouse the fishy sea,
Boreas and Zephyrus, which blow from Thrace.

146. dpope [ὥρσε] : gnomic aorist, frequent in comparisons. ὃ 14 f.—
ἐπαΐξας : rushing upon it, Cf (venti) incubuere mari ... una
Eurusque Notusque ruunt Verg. Aen. i. 84. — Aws: he is νεφεληγερέτα

64 COMMENTARY TO THE

A511. Zeus sends rain, thunder and lightning, wind and storm, snow,
hail, meteors, and the rainbow. Cf. Διὸς ἐνιαυτοί 134.

147. Ζέφυρος : this was a cold and stormy wind to the people of Aeolis
and Ionia, for it came over the mountains of Thrace. It is called δυσαής,
Jierce-blowing, and κελαδεινός, loud roaring. It is never a gentle ‘zephyr’ in
Homer, unless perhaps in the fairyland Phaeacia and in Elysium.— βαθύ :
literally, deep, i.e. high. —@&@dv: see on ἰών A 138.

148. λάβρος ἐπαιγίζων : violently dashing upon it. λάβρος. is predicate ;
see § 56 a.— ἐπί te: and thereupon, i.e. as Zephyrus descends. — ἡμύει : sc.
λήιον, an independent addition to the picture, without. direct relation: to
the comparison; cf. 210; see § 14a. The construction of the dependent
sentence is abandoned. — Cf. ‘With ported spears, as thick as when a
field | Of Ceres ripe for harvest waving bends | Her bearded grove of
ears, Which way the wind | Sways them,’ Milton Par. Lost iv. 980 ff...

149. πᾶσ᾽ ἀγορὴ κινήθη : a return to 144.— Both comparisons are meant
to depict the whole scene. The first (144-146) describes the sudden con-
fusion with which the assembly dispersed; the second (147-149), the
uninterrupted rush in one direction, toward the ships. ἜΑΡΙ dana @
of manner, in which sense a participle is often used.

150. νῆας én : i.e. ἐπὶ νῆας. § 55c¢ B.— ἐσσεύοντο, ἵστατο, κέλευον κτλ. :
descriptive imperfects, much like the historical present (which is not
Homeric). — ποδῶν δ᾽ ὑπένερθε : from under their feet. :

151. torar’ ἀειρομένη : aiittioa was placing itself as it-arose.

152. ἑλκέμεν κτλ. : cf. ἐρύσσομεν κτλ. A 141.

153. οὐρούς : the trenches, the later 6AKol, by which the ships were
drawn from the sea upon the land, and from the land into the sea; cf.
A 308. — ἐξεκάθαιρον : some of the trenches had not been used for a long
time and had become filled with sand.

. 154. ἱεμένων : subjective genitive with ἀυτή, not genitive sacha. 819.
— ὑπὸ δ᾽ ἥρεον : they took out from under. This is the opposite οἵ A 486.

155. The leaders were so dazed by the sudden and disorderly breaking
up of the assembly and by the rush to the boats of the shouting mass of
men, that they were unable to carry out the plan of Agamemnon. The
intervention of a friendly god became necessary in order to cut the knot
of difficulty. . . νὰ 256 £. -Cf-Aq195.

158. οὕτω δὴ κτλ. : thus as it seems, etc. An expression of vexation or
surprise, in interrogative form. Cf. A 202. | ε ὅν :

159. ᾿Αργεῖοι : emphatic. —én’ εὐρέα νῶτα κτλ. : over the broad: back of
the sea. The water at rest seems to be the top of an arch:

‘
[
Ἵ
J
:

SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD 65

160. κὰδ δὲ κτλ. : virtually a conclusion to the condition implied in
158 f. “If they should thus flee, then they would,” εἰς. --- εὐχωλήν : as a
triumph, a boast; predicate with Ἑλένην. For the construction, ef. T 50.

161. ᾿Αργείην : standing epithet of Helen; cf ornatus Argivae
Helenae Verg. Aen. i. 650. The word here has considerable emphasis,
placed at the head of the verse like ᾿Αργεῖοι, above.

162. Tpoly (sc. γῇ) : the Troad, as 237, T 74. ἀπό: cf. A 562.

164. σοῖς ἀγανοῖς κτλ. : with thy winning words. For the short form of
the dative, see § 35 d. — For the ‘asyndeton,’ cf. 10. — ἐρήτυε : cf. 75.

165. ἔα: sc. ᾿Αχαιούς, from the preceding verses.

166. οὐδ᾽ ἀπίθησε: cf A 220.

167. Cf. A 44. --- ἀΐξασα : starting up, “with a rush.” 168 = 17.

169. ᾿Οδυσῆα : Odysseus was the special favorite of Athena whose care
alone secured his return to his home after his long wanderings.

170. ἑστεῶτα [ἑστῶτα] : Odysseus was not carried along by the rout,
and the agora was nearest his own ships (see on A 54).— νηός : i.e. his
own ship.—pedatvys: cf A 300. The ships of Odysseus are called
μιλτοπάρῃοι (vermilion-cheeked ) in 637.

171. Odysseus with this feeling was the right man for Athena’s work.
—plv: ‘limit of motion’ with ἵκανεν, cf. A 254. — κραδίην : accusative of
the part, in apposition with piv, cf. A 362. 172. προσέφη : sc. piv.

173. This verse is found seven times in the Iliad, fifteen times in the
Odyssey. It is the only conventional verse in which no caesura occurs in
the third foot (§ 58 c). — διογενές : Arceisias, father of Laertes and grand-
father of Odysseus, was son of Zeus, according to a later myth. But this
epithet is applied in a general way to princes. See on A 176.

174-181. Cf. 158-165.

175. ἐν νήεσσι πεσόντες: marking the disorderly flight. This is a
standing combination of expressions for motion and rest. See on A 245.

179. μηδέ τ᾽ ἐρώει : and draw not back, do not rest.

181. νῆας : for the length of the last syllable, see § 59 /.

182. ὄπα: object of ξυνέηκε, while θεᾶς is a limiting genitive. This
indicates that Odysseus did not see Athena.

183. βῆ δὲ θέειν : he set out torun; cf. A 34. — ἀπὸ κτλ. : sc. in his haste,
since it hindered him in running.

184. EvpvBarns: described (τ 244-248) as slightly older than Odysseus
himself, with round shoulders, dark complexion, and curly hair. — The
herald here, as usual, serves as the prince’s personal attendant.

185. ἀντίος : for the construction, cf. A 535.

66 COMMENTARY TO THE

186 f. Cf. 45 f. —Sé€are οἱ : literally, took for him, received from him,
as a sign that he acted in the name of Agamemnon. — rarpdiov: see
103 ff.

188. ὅν τινα μέν : correlative with ὃν δ᾽ ad 198. —Bacthfa κτλ. : prince
or noble who had not been present at the council of the ‘Gerontes.? —
κιχείη : iterative optative, with ὅν τινα, cf. 215.

189. τὸν δὲ κτλ. : apodosis to the hypothetical ὅν τινα. For δέ in apod-
osis, cf. 322; see § 21 α. --- ἀγανοῖς : cf. 164, 180.

190. δαιμόνιε : the connection decides whether this is used in a respect-
ful, a pitying, or a reproving tone; cf. 200. --- κακὸν as: for the length of
the ultima of κακόν, cf. ὄρνιθας ὥς 764, Τ' 2, 60, 230. See 88 14 e, 59 /.
When this ὡς follows the word to which it belongs, it is accented. For
the comparative ὡς, cf. 209, 289, 326.— Kaxév: coward. κακός and ἀγαθός
have no moral quality in Homer. They are useless and useful, according
to the circumstances of the case; here, κακόν is useless in war.

191. ἄλλους λαούς: λαούς is virtually in apposition with ἄλλους. See
§12f. The others, namely the soldiers.

192. For the ‘sigmatism,’ cf A 179 f. cada: Attic σαφῶς, whisk is
not found in Homer. See § 56 ὃ, ς. ---- νόος : mind, purpose.

193. πειρᾶται: cf. 73.— thera: cf A 454.

194. ἐν βουλῇ : construe with οἷον ἔειπεν. --- οὐ πάντες ἀκούσαμεν : the
speaker politely includes himself with the persons addressed, as in 942),
The first person is used in a different tone in 203.

195. μή τι: lest perchance. Cf. A 328. --- χολωσάμενος : cf A 387, T 413.
---- κακὸν vias: for the two accusatives after ῥέξη, cf. T 351, 354.

196. θυμὸς δὲ μέγας : terrible is the anger. For the length of the δέ, see
§ ὅθ ἡ.

197. τιμὴ κτλ.: “he is king dei gratia; the rest must obey.” Cf. 205;
see on A 176.

198. δήμου ἄνδρα : the common people are contrasted with the nobles of
188. The ultima of δήμου remains long; see § ὅθ k.

199. σκήπτρῳ: Odysseus uses the staff in a similar way at 265 f.

200. akove: give ear. Present as a general injunction, “be obedient.”

201. σέο: not enclitic, since there is a contrast in the comparison. —
φέρτεροι: cf. A 281. --- σὺ δέ: closely connected with the relative clause,
since σύ repeats σέο. The English idiom prefers the subordinate construc-
tion, “while thou art.” ἐσσί is to be supplied.

202. ἐναρίθμιος : counted, not a mere cipher. Cf in numero nullo
Cic. de Or. iii. 56. 213. — βουλῇ: as A 258; not in its technical meaning

i le

~—— α«ι.-

SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD 67

of council. Here again appears the frequent contrast of strength of body
and of mind; cf. A 258.

203. οὐ μέν πως κτλ. : a drastic form of expression, suited to the com-
mon soldier. ‘Agamemnon commands here, the rest of us must obey.”

204. For the ‘asyndeton,’ cf. A 117.—ot« ἀγαθόν : as a predicate sub-
stantive (not a good thing). Cf. triste lupus stabulis Verg. Eel. iii. 80.
- εἰς κτλ. : ‘asyndeton’ of contrast. See § 1 6.

205. ἔδωκε: granted; sc. βασιλεύειν, implied in βασιλεύς᾽ Geoalesa 206 is
read).

206. σφίσι: for them. ᾿Αχαιοί from 203 is before the mind.

208. ( 86, 91.

209. ἠχῇ: ὡς: for the hiatus justified by the pause, cf. 211; see § 27 ἢ;
for the hiatus allowed after the first foot, see on A 333.— Cf. θάλασσα
ἠχήεσσα A 157. — The second ‘ hemistich’ as A 34.

210. αἰγιαλῷ βρέμεται : roars on the shore.—opapayet xtr.: ‘chiastic’
with the previous clause (§ 16 a); ‘paratactically’ (§ 21 a) expressing
result. ‘So that the high sea resounds from the noise of the breakers.”

211. ἕζοντο, ἐρήτυθεν : for the hiatus, cf 216, 315. — καθ᾽ ἕδρας : as 99.

212. Θερσίτης : from θέρσος, the Aeolic form of θάρσος, daring, rashness.
Observe that the poet does not say from what country of Greece Thersites
came, and thus offends no one by the episode. — Thersites makes his cause
odious by his advocaqy of it. The vulgar demagogue was intended by the
poet to awaken antipathy, and thus is represented to be just as disagree-
able and deformed in body as in character. The Greeks always associated
a beautiful soul with a beautiful person. —‘ In Thersites we have realism.
He was the incarnate spirit of criticism in the army before Troy.’ —
μοῦνος : made emphatic by its position before the caesura. For the form,
see § 23 d.—«perpoerfs: predicate. Cf. 246; contrast T 215. — ἐκολῴα :
equivalent to κολῳὸν ἤλαυνε, cf. A 575.

213. ὅς ῥα xrA.: a more explicit statement of ἀμετροεπής. ---- ἄκοσμα
ἤδη : literally, knew disorderly things, had a disorderly mind.

214. ἐριζέμεναι : the result of ἄκοσμα κτλ. ; cf. μάχεσθαι A 8.

215. ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι κτλ. : contrasted with κατὰ κόσμον, while ἐριζέμεναι sup-
plies the idea of saying. He was an insolent clown. —elraro: equiva-
lent to δόξειε. For the optative in a conditional relative sentence, ¢/.
188, 198, A610. See H. 914 B; 6. 1481.

216. αἴσχιστος : predicate. “He was the ugliest man who came,” εἰς. ;
ef. 673, A 2606. --- ὑπὸ Ἴλιον : up under Ilios, i.e. under the walls of Ilios;
of. 249, 492, 673.

68 COMMENTARY TO THE

217. τὼ δέ οἱ ὥμω : “those two shoulders of his.”

218. κυρτώ, συνοχωκότε: in contrast with a broad-shouldered, heroic
form. — cvvoxexore: αὐτάρ: the hiatus is justified by the bucolic diaeresis ;
88 27 b, 58 1. --- ὕπερθεν : as contrasted with φολκὸς κτλ.

219. ψεδνὴ κτλ. : 1.6. his misshapen, sugar-loaf head was not concealed
by the thick locks of the xépy κομόωντες ᾿Αχαιοί, but was covered only by
sparse hair. ;

220. ἔχθιστος: cf. A 176. --- ᾽᾿Αχιλῆι ᾿Οδυσῆι: Achilles and Odysseus
represented the two cardinal virtues of the heroes, bravery and prudence,
in which qualities Thersites was lacking. — μάλιστα : potissimum. Con-
strue with ἔχθιστος, cf. 57.

221. νεικείεσκε : was wont to upbraid, contrasted with ror atre. —’Ayape-
μνονι : against Agamemnon ; dative of interest. ὁ

222. ὀξέα κεκληγώς : with discordant cry.—déy ὀνείδεα : rehearsed (enu-
merated) reproaches. λέγειν in Homer is never strictly equivalent to εἰπεῖν.
— Thersites accused the king of covetousness, sensuality, cowardice, injus-
tice. — τῷ: i.e. Agamemnon, at whom the Achaeans were then angry, so
that Thersites felt sure of the applause of his audience.

223. xoréovro: imperfect to express a continued state of feeling, while
νεμέσσηθεν refers to the occasion of their anger. Cf. A 331.

225-242. Speech of Thersites. This assumes a knowledge of Aga-
memnon’s real intention to continue the war. Such knowledge might
have been gained from the words of Odysseus.

225. ᾿Ατρεΐδη : Thersites gives him no title of honor, but this was not
necessary; see 284, A 17. — τέο [rivos, τοῦ] : for what. For the genitive,
see on A 65. — δὴ αὖτε: cf. A 340. — Instead of inquiring the purpose of
Agamemnon, Thersites attributes to the king the most selfish motives
(implying that he continues the war only for his own private advantage),
and alludes maliciously to the quarrel with Achilles. — « What dost thou
lack? Hast thou not enough?” These are ‘ rhetorical questions.’

227. ἐνὶ κλισίῃς : in your quarters. — ἐξαίρετοι : explained by the follow-
ing relative clause. Cf. οὐλομένην A 2, κακήν A 10.

228. δίδομεν : are wont to give, with a conditional relative sentence; ef.
A 554. For the thought, see on A 124.— Thersites reckons himself
among the brave warriors. —mrode8pov: as A 164.

229. 7 ἔτι κτλ. : surely, etc. Thersites answers ironically the question
which he himself had put. Cf A 2093. --- ἔτι καὶ χρυσοῦ : gold also as well
as copper and slaves. Gold was rare in Greece before the Persian wars,
but was abundant in Asia Minor. Schliemann, however, has found

SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD 69

treasures of gold ornaments not only at Hissarlik (which seems to be the
site of the ancient Ilios) but also at Mycenae. — κε οἴσει : see § 18 ἢ.

230. ἄποινα : as ransom, in apposition with ὅν.

231. ὅν κτλ. : whom I shall take captive and lead, etc.; boasting, as 238.

232. γυναῖκα νέην : 1.6. such as Chryseis or Briseis. The accusative
seems to be caused by attraction to the construction of the preceding rela-
tive clause ; or ποθέεις may be in the speaker’s mind, —a thought carried
on from ἐπιδεύεαι.

233. ἥν τε κατίσχεαι : relative clause with the subjunctive in final sense ;
cf. T 287. ---- αὐτὸς ἀπονόσφι : for thyself alone.

234. ἀρχὸν ἐόντα κτλ. : that one who is a leader, etc., i.e. that thou who art
their leader.— κακῶν ἐπιβασκέμεν : bring into misfortune. 'Thersites here
refers to the pestilence and the alienation of Achilles.

235. πέπονες : “my good fellows.” This word is generally used by
an elder or superior, either in an affectionate tone, or (seldom) in a
tone of contemptuous superiority, as here.— κάκ᾽ ἐλέγχεα : in concrete
personal sense, coward caitiffs.—’AyalSes κτλ. : cf. o vere Phrygiae,
neque enim Phryges Verg. Aen. ix. 617. For the ‘ patronymic,’ see
§ 89 g.

236. οἴκαδέ περ: homeward, at all events. — σὺν νηυσί : as A 179. --- τόνδε :
cf. ὅδ᾽ ἀνήρ A 287. — ἐῶμεν: i.e. leave behind.

237. αὐτοῦ: right here, explained as usual by the following words. It
often stands, as here, at the beginning of a verse; cf. 332. — γέρα πεσσέμεν :
i.e. learn and suffer the consequences of his greed.

238. ἢ καὶ ἡμεῖς κτλ. : whether we, too(the rank and file of the hedeabatiay:
are of use to him or not. Asif Agamemnon in his pride trusted to his own
might and to that of the other leaders, despising the rest, without whose
help he can do nothing. — For the ‘crasis’ (yjpeis), see § 26.— fe καὶ
οὐκί: cf. 300, 349. The speaker presents the alternatives as open, but
still implies a choice between them.

239. ὅς: exclamatory, he τοῖο. ---- καὶ viv: see on A 109. This intro-
duces an example of Agamemnon’s failure to recognize others’ services.
—to: for the length of the last syllable before p, see § 59 ἢ.

240 = A 356, 507. — Thersites, who was wont to speak injuriously of
Achilles (221), now plays the part of his advocate (and uses his very
words) in order to attack Agamemnon in a sensitive spot; but he intro-
duces a fling at Achilles into the next verse.

241. μάλ᾽ οὐκ χόλος: sc. ἐστί, no anger at αἰ. ---- μεθήμων : predicate with
Achilles as subject. Cf. μεθέμεν χόλον A 283. 242 = A 232.

70 ΘΟΙΕΘΕΥΤΑΚῪ ἜΠ Ms

244. Θερσίτης : strongly contrasted with Ὀδυσσεύς by its position. =
τῷ: for the dative of rest with παρίστατο, ef. 175.

245. ὑπόδρα: as A 148. — χαλεπῷ μύθῳ: the opposite of ἀγανοῖς 164.

246. ἀκριτόμυθε: thou endless babbler; cf. 212, 796. For the opposite,
cf. Τ' 214. -- λιγύς περ ἐών: cf. A 248. Sarcastic recognition of his ability.
Plutarch calls attention to the fact that Odysseus does not refer to Thersites’
physical ugliness.

247. ἴσχεο: as A 214. — μηδ᾽ ἔθελε: cf. A 277.

248. οὐ: construe with φημί.

249. ὅσσοι: 1.6. of all who. The relative clause represents a genitive.

250. τῷ οὐκ ἂν xrX.: therefore (since thou art the basest of all) shalt
(shouldst) thou not. See on A 301. The speaker returns to the admo-
nition of 247.— βασιλῆας: for the plural, cf. Τ' 49.— ἀνὰ στόμα: 1.6. on
your lips. :

251. καί: as in 74.--σφίν: for the dative, cf. ᾿Αγαμέμνονι 291. ---
νόστον φυλάσσοις : guard the return, which now threatened (as it were) to
escape them.

252. οὐδέ τί πω xrA.: but not at all clearly yet.— ὅπως κτλ.: how these
matters here (of which they are speaking) shall end. This verse is explained

by the following. —épya: cf A 518. .
253. νοστήσομεν : we shall return. A brief expression for “shall enter
upon our return, with good or evil fortune.” 254. τῷ: as 250.

255. foo: ἧσθαι with a participle often has no thought of contrast of
position (as sitting to standing), but denotes a continuance in the action
of the participle; cf A134. The verb is the more noteworthy here since
Thersites is not sitting (cf. 268).

256. ἥρωες : observe the contrast with ov. — κερτομέων : cf. A 539.

257. Cf. A 204, 212. Formula to introduce a sharp threat.

258. ἔτι: again. —&s vi wep ὧδε: as 1 did just now.—Construe πέρ
with ὡς.

259. μηκέτι κτλ.: apodosis in the form of an imprecation. “May
destruction come upon me and my house.” ---Οδυσῆι:; more impressive
than the personal pronoun ἐμοί Cf. A 240.

260. κεκλημένος εἴην : being is included in being called; cf. A 293. Thus
this prayer includes the ruin of Telemachus.

261. εἰ μὴ xrA.: this sentence contains two clauses, connected by μέν,
δέ, preceded by σε λαβών, which is common to both clauses and which
gives to αὐτόν 263 its personal reference. — λαβών: see on ἰών A 138, —
ἀπὸ Siow: strip off, followed by two accusatives.

SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD 71

262. τά τε: combines the objects. Whatsoever covers thy nakedness. —
This would be the most bitter disgrace.

263. αὐτόν : thyself; the man in contrast with his clothing; cf A 47.

264. πεπληγὼς κτλ.: flogging thee away from the place of assembly.
πεπληγώς like κεκληγώς 222, τετριγῶτας 314, does not imply past time.
See H. 849. — ἀεικέσσι : a standing epithet of blows.

265. σκήπτρῳ... πλῆξεν: 1.6. he gave him a heavy blow over the back
from one shoulder to the other, as a foretaste of the harder beating which
would follow if he continued his insolence.

266. ἔκπεσε: escaped him, against his will.

268. σκήπτρου ὕπο: repeats ὑπό of ἐξυπανέστη. — ἕζετο : evidently Ther-
sites was not seated at 255; cf 211 f.

269. ἀλγήσας: seized by pain; cf. ἔδεισεν A 33.

270. καὶ ἀχνύμενοί wep: they still sympathized with Thersites; they had
not entirely recovered from their homesickness. — ἡδὺ yé&Aagoav: burst into
a hearty laugh, which quieted their excitement; cf A 599.

271. ris: represents public opinion. — ἰδών : not of an action prior to
that of the principal verb, but coincident with it. Casting a glance. —
πλησίον: as substantive. —GAdAov: as 191.

272. & πόποι: the interjection which expressed sorrow in A 254 here
expresses pleased surprise. Its meaning in each case is determined by the
connection. — 4 84: verily before now, contrasted with νῦν δέ 274. — topyev:
the perfect marks the character of Odysseus as shown in the past, while
ἔρεξεν 274 refers to the single act; just as in English, “he has done, etc.,
but he never did a better thing.”

273. ἐξάρχων: first suggesting, proposing.

274. μέγ ἄριστον: predicate to rode the object. “This is far the best
thing that,” etc.; ¢f. 216. The difference between this and ὄχ᾽ ἄριστον (cf.
A 69) is simply metrical; see ὃ 22 e.— ἔρεξεν : for the single p after the
augment, see § 43 c.

275. ὃς κτλ. : relative clause with causal force, since he. — τὸν λωβητῆρα
ἐπεσβόλον: for the order of words, cf A 340. -- ἔσχε: checked, equivalent
to ἔπαυσεν. .Coincident with ἔρεξεν 274; ef. the explanation of τάδε ἔργα
252 by the following verse. —dyopdov: speeches before the people ; cf. 788.
For the genitive, cf. ἀυτῆς 97.

276. If a.conjunction had been used here, it would have had the force
of so, therefore. — ob θην: hardly, I think. θήν is ironical here, like Attic
δήπου. --- πάλιν αὖτις: literally, back again, again, anew. πάλιν marks a
return to the same point; cf A116. Cf. δεύτερον αὖτις A 513.

72 COMMENTARY TO THE

278. ἣ πληθύς: the crowd there; with plural as collective. Cf 99.—
ἀνὰ ἔστη : shows that Odysseus resumed his seat after chastising Thersites.
Cf. 76.— πτολίπορθος : a general title of honor. The same epithet is
applied to Achilles. In the Odyssey, it is given only to Odysseus.

279. παρά: adverb, by his side.

281. ἅμα τε: the position of τέ is free; cf A 417. It seems to be
intended here to unite the two verbs, and properly has its place after the
first of the ideas which it connects. It is the more remarkable here since
a combination with re καί follows. — οἱ πρῶτοι κτλ. : i.e. the most remote as
well as the nearest. 283. Cf A 73.

284. ᾿Ατρεΐδη : Odysseus turns first to the king whose authority has
been challenged. He now defends the king’s purpose directly, as he had
defended it indirectly in his address to Thersites. He then opposes the
motives for return which had been advanced. |

285. wacw@poroicw: literally, for all mortals, in the eyes of all men. —
ἐλέγχιστον : most disgraced. For its formation from ἔλεγχος, cf. ἔχθιστος
(from ἔχθος) A 176. — θέμεναι : make. Cf. 319, ἔθηκεν A 2.

286. οὐδέ τοι κτλ. : “since they do not.” — ἥν περ ὑπέσταν : which they
surely promised (see 339) or the very promise that they made; see on 818.

287. ἐνθάδε κτλ. : as they were still coming, “as they were on their way
to Troy.” —"Apyeos: i.e. Peloponnesus; cf. A 30. For the epithet, cf
aptum dicet equis Argos ditesque Mycenas Hor. Carm. i. 7. 9.

288 = 113. — éxrépoavra: σέ is subject, supplied from toi, above. —
ἀπονέεσθαι: in apposition with ὑπόσχεσιν.

289. ἢ: in truth, as 229, 242, 272.

290. ἀλλήλοισιν : with each other, to each other. — δδύρονται : mournfully
they long; with pregnant force, followed by the infinitive. Cf A 22.

291. 7 μὴν καὶ κτλ. : concessive and excusing. ‘Our trouble has been
enough to make a man return to his home.” The other side of the pic-
ture is introduced in 297 by ἀλλὰ καὶ ἔμπης. As a wise orator, Odysseus
concedes that their longing for home is natural (many a man is home-
sick after a single month away from his family), but he emphasizes
the motives for continuing the struggle.—dwmy0évra: agrees with τινά
implied as the subject of the infinitive. —véo@a: for the infinitive, cf
μάχεσθαι A 8.

292. καὶ ἕνα: even a single. This introduces an inference a minori
ad maius.—rls re: many a one. — ἀπό: cf. 162, A 562.

293. ὅν wep: refers to τίς τε.

294. εἰλέωσιν : for the mode, cf A 554, — dpwopévy: when it is excited,

SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD 78

295. ἡμῖν μιμνόντεσσι [μίμνουσι] : for us remaining here. “We have
been here nearly nine years.” For the case, cf A 250. — περιτροπέων : cf.
551, volventibus annis Verg. Aen. i. 234, volvendis mensibus w.
269.— Nine years seem to have passed at 134.

297. But even in spite of all that, it is a shame to return unsuccessful.

298. δηρὸν κτλ. : equivalent to δηρὸν μείναντα κενεὸν νέεσθαι. --- Kevedv :
empty, i.e. empty-handed, without the booty gained from sacked Troy. Cf.
the words of Agamemnon, when after Menelaus has been wounded he
supposes some Trojan to say: καὶ δὴ ἔβη oixovde φίλην és πατρίδα γαῖαν | σὺν
κεινῆσιν (empty) νηυσί A 180.

299 ff. Cf Cicero’s translation: Ferte viri, et duros animo tole-
rate labores, | auguris ut nostri Calchantis fata queamus|
scire ratosne habeant an vanos pectoris orsus, etc., de Div. ii. 30.

299. For the ‘ asyndeton,’ cf. 276. — ἐπὶ χρόνον : for a time.

300. ἢ ἐτεόν : whether in truth. For ἤ, ἦε, cf. 238; see § 20 ὃ.

301. τόδε: refers to 303 ff., and thus to 308 ff.

302. μή: as hypothetical. This is the only instance in Homer of py
with the indicative in a conditional relative clause. Cf. 148. --- ἔβαν
φέρουσαι : see on A 391.

303. χθιζά τε kal πρωιζά : proverbial of an event still well remembered.
For τε καί, see § 21 g. — Αὐλίδα : a Boeotian harbor on the Euripus, oppo-
site Chalcis in Euboea, where the Achaean forces gathered, in order to set
sail together for Troy. See § 5 a. This place and the muster of the
troops there received greater prominence in the later stories of this Trojan
expedition.

304. ἠγερέθοντο : descriptive imperfect. Cf A 25.

305. ἡμεῖς δέ : independent sentence, explaining ὅτε κτλ. 303. — ἀμφὶ
περί: on both sides around, round about. Such a spring is still shown at
Aulis.— κατὰ βωμούς : see on A 318. The numerous altars of the differ-
ent tribes occupied considerable space. Evidently the Greeks had no
temple there, or it would have been mentioned. As in the earliest times
of their religion, the woods were their temples. See on A 39.

307. πλατανίστῳ : the plane tree was highly valued by the orientals.
It often shades springs and streams. A fragment of this tree was shown
as a holy relic in the temple of Artemis, in the time of Hadrian.

308. ἔνθα : then ; repeats the idea of χθιζά re κτλ. 303. — δράκων : ‘ apposi-
tive asyndeton.’” Cf. 145. --- δαφοινός : all blood red.

310. βωμοῦ ὑπαΐξας : darting from under the altar.— ῥά : points back ta

εὖ yap δὴ τόδε ἴδμεν.

ray

74 COMMENTARY TO THE

311. νήπια τέκνα : tender brood (fledglings) ; cf. μήτηρ 313 of the mother
bird. ‘The terms of human relationship are used of birds and beasts.

312. ὑποπεπτηῶτες : crouched under.

313. ὀκτώ : part of the wonder, since sparrows generally lay only four
or five eggs. The numbers receive prominence, since the interpretation of
the omen rests only on the equal number of sparrows and years of war.
Cf. Pharaoh’s dream with its seven fat kine for seven years of plenty, and
seven lean kine for seven years of famine, Gen. xli. — μήτηρ, ἣ τέκε : for
the ‘epexegesis,’ see ὃ 12 6.

314. ἐλεεινά : cognate accusative, adverbial with τετριγῶτας. -- τετριγῶτας :
for the tense, see on 264.

315. ἀμφεποτᾶτο ὀδυρομένη : for the hiatus, cf. 211. --- τέκνα : object
of the finite verb.

316. ἐλελιξάμενος : coiling itself, in order thus to strike the bird with
greater force. — πτέρυγος : for the genitive, cf. γούνων A 407. — ....ὕ
repeats concisely the verb and participle of 315.

317. κατὰ ἔφαγε : κατά is used as in κατήσθιε 314, κατακαίω.

318. ἀρίζηλον : neuter adjective as substantive. C/.204. The adjective
is in the predicate after θῆκεν. Made this (serpent) to be something very
clear, i.e. a sign from the gods. —6s περ: the same god who. —tpnvev:
equivalent to ἧκε φόωσδε 309.

319. λᾶαν γάρ μιν ἔθηκε : made it a stone, turned it to stone. Cf. fit lapis
et servat serpentis imagine saxum Ovid Met. xii. 23.

320. οἷον ἐτύχθη : what had happened; exclamation giving the con-
tents and reason of θαυμάζομεν.

321. δεινὰ πέλωρα : dire portents, i.e, the serpent with its deeds and its
petrifaction. — εἰσῆλθε : here followed by an accusative.

322. Cf. A109. 323. ἄνεῳ ἐγένεσθε : became mute.

324. ἡμῖν : emphatic. — τόδε : object, with τέρας μέγα as predicate.

325. ὄψιμον ὀψιτέλεστον : for the repetition, see ὃ 12 d; for the ‘asynde-
ton,’ see § 15.— ὅου κλέος : because of the fulfillment of the prophecy.

327 = 313.— This verse is repeated, since the numeral adjectives are
most important for the interpretation of the omen.

328. αὖθι: 1.6. before Ilios, like αὐτοῦ 237.

329. τῷ δεκάτῳ: on that tenth, “then, in the tenth year”; the article calls
attention to this as the decisive year. Cf. ἔνθα μὲν εἰνάετες πολεμίζομεν
vies ᾿Αχαιῶν, | τῷ δεκάτῳ δὲ πόλιν Πριάμου πέρσαντες ἔβημεν | οἴκαδε σὺν
νήεσσι ἕ 240 f. there for nine years we suns of the Achaeans fought, but on the
tenth we sacked the city of Priam, and set out for home with our ships. “

a

+

SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD 75

331. ἄγε: as interjection, with the plural ; see on A 62.

332. ἄστυ: i.e. the πόλιν of 329. The poet’s choice between the two
words is often determined by the convenience of his verse; ὃ 22 e, 7.

333. ἀμφὶ δὲ κτλ. : so that the ships resounded, etc.; ‘paratactic’ clause
to express result; parenthetical, as A 10, Γ 134,°410. ἐπαινήσαντες 335
refers not to ᾿Αχαιῶν 334 but to ᾿Αργεῖοι 333. 5

334. ἀυσάντων κτλ. : from the shout, etc. For the genitive, see ὃ 19 g γ.

335. ἐπαινήσαντες : adds the reason for the shout. —’O8vocfjos θείοιο :
standing verse-close; see § 12 b. dios Ὀδυσσεύς (244) serves as the
nominative.

336. καί: also, with reference to the preceding speakers. —Tephwos: so
called from the Messenian town where Nestor was bred and which was his
place of refuge when Heracles sacked Pylos.

337. ἀγοράασθε: with lengthened initial vowel; see § 59 e.— This
reproach, though addressed to all the Greeks, is directed only against
those who sympathize with Thersites in his longing to return. Nestor
speaks more vehemently than Odysseus, who had prepared the way with
arguments. — For the brief comparison, see § 14 d.

338. πολεμήια ἔργα : ‘periphrasis’ for πόλεμος. § 16 ὦ.

339. πῇ δὴ βήσεται: a rhetorical question. “What will become of
compacts if no one thinks of keeping them?” — συνθεσίαι Te καὶ ὅρκια : i.e.
compacts sworn at sacrifices, here referring to the solemn sacrifice at Aulis.
Hence Dido says: non ego cum Danais Troianam exscindere
gentem | Aulide iurayi Verg. Aen. iv. 425 f. Odysseus called it only
an ὑπόσχεσις (286). — ἡμῖν : ethical dative. “Our agreements.” :

340. ἐν πυρὶ κτλ. : ironical wish in his indignation. “Let all be
thrown into the flames, as worthless.””—év πυρί: cf. E 215, where the
archer Pandarus, in vexation, vows to break his bow and throw it into
the fire, as useless.

341. σπονδαὶ ἄκρητοι : libations to the gods with unmixed wine (see on
Γ 270), although no wine was drunk unmixed with water. — δεξιαί : i.e.
pledges given by the right hand. See on δεκάτῃ A 54.

342. αὔτως : without change, vainly; cf. 188, It is explained by what
follows. —pfixos: way of relief, sc. from this contest of words to come to
deeds and the conquest of Troy.

344. ᾿Ατρεΐδη, σὺ δέ: as A 282, Σἔτι : construe with dpyeve. ‘In the
future as in the past.” — ἔχων κτλ. : holding firmly to thy determination, se. to
capture Troy. Here begins the direct exhortation to Agamemnon to seize
again with decision the reins of his authority.

10 COMMENTARY TO THE

346. ta φθινύθειν : let them perish ! ---- ἵνα καὶ δύο : for the idiomatic use
of καί, cf. 303, A 128, T 363. Nestor depreciates the number of the rene-
gades and mentions no names. —’Axaév: partitive genitive with τοί.

347. νόσφιν βουλεύωσι : “plan apart from us, separating their cause
from ours, like Thersites.”” — ἄνυσις... αὐτῶν : parenthetical, connected
with the preceding by the contrast between βουλεύωσι and ἄνυσις. ---
αὐτῶν : neuter, of the plans (βουλεύματα) implied in βουλεύωσι.

348. πρὶν ἰέναι : depends on PovdAedwor.— Διός : by ‘prolepsis’ (ef.
ἀδελφεόν 409) connected with yvwpevac and supplied in thought for
ὑπόσχεσις. ἔ

349. εἴ τε, εἴ re: indirect questions, as A 65. — καὶ οὐκί: cf. 288.

350. φημί : maintain, assert. —otv: at all events. This particle is not
frequent in Homer. It occurs about sixty times in the Iliad and Odyssey.
-- κατανεῦσαι : intransitive, gave a promise. See on A 514.

351. ἤματι τῷ Ste: closely connected, as a standing formula, as 743. —
νηυσὶν ἐν ἔβαινον : cf. 510, 619, és Τροίην ἀναβήμεναι a 210 embark and set
sail for Troy.

352. ᾿Αργεῖοι : for the position, see § 11 7. — φέροντες : cf. 304.

353. ἀστράπτων : as if ὅτι κατένευσε Κρονίων had preceded. This change
of construction is caused by the intervening 351 f. A more violent
‘anacoluthon’ is Τ' 211. — ἐπιδέξια : on our right, i.e. on the propitious side.
— φαίνων : interpretation of ἀστράπτων. For the ‘chiastic’ order of words,
cf. A 443, 558 f.

355. πρὶν κτλ. : i.e. before the capture of Troy,—but with special
reference to the booty. The women and children of a captured city
were treated as slaves, the men were killed.—stwa: in a collective
sense, referring to each individual, as is also Τρώων ἀλόχῳ.

356. τίσασθαι : ‘chiastic’ with κατακοιμηθῆναι, with which it is coin-
cident. The Trojans shall be repaid, like for like. —‘EXévns ὁρμήματα
κτλ. : the longings and sighs of Helen, i.e. those which she felt and uttered.
The poet attributes to Nestor a knowledge of Helen’s repentance (see on
I’ 173) and earnest longing to return to Greece (see [139 f.). Paris is
everywhere in Homer held chiefly responsible for Helen’s fault, although
she followed him willingly. She is always attractive in Homer. Vergil
(Aen, vi. 511 ff.) represents her in a much more unpleasant light.

358. ἁπτέσθω ἧς νηός : cf.171. Ina threatening tone. “Only let him
prepare to depart! Instead of returning as he wishes, before the rest, he
will find death here, before the rest.” For the imperative, cf A 302.
--- ἐυσσέλμοιο κτλ. : as 170,

7 λ΄.

SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD | 77

359. ὄφρα: in order that. This was the natural consequence to be
expected. — θάνατον : sc. as punishment. —métpov: cf. μεθ᾽ Ἕκτορα πότμος
ἑτοῖμος Σ 96 after thou hast killed Hector, death is ready for thee.

360. ἄναξ: Nestor turns to Agamemnon. ---- πείθεό τ᾽ ἄλλῳ : this is the
leading thought, as is shown by what follows, while εὖ μήδεο recapitulates
344 f. «As thou must plan wisely thyself, so also follow another’s advice.”

361. ἀπόβλητον : for the final syllable, long by position before a lost
consonant, see ὃ 59 17.

362. κρῖνε: separate, i.e. place in position separately, as 446. — κατὰ
φῦλα : distributive, by tribes, the principal division of each Greek people;
ef. 668. For this use of κατά, cf. A 487.— κατὰ φρήτρας : by clans, to
which the separate families belonged. — Cf. ‘ According to your tribes,
... according to the families thereof; and the family which the Lord
shall take shall come by households,’ Joshua vii. 14.— This verse sug-
gests such a catalogue as follows (484 ff.).—This separation of the army
into divisions might have been expected early in the war. But this time
is the beginning of the war, so far as the hearer is concerned.

363. φρήτρη κτλ. : equivalent to ἀλλήλοις.

365. ὅς τε λαῶν: sc. yor. The clause is relative, not interrogative.

366. κατὰ σφέας : by themselves separately. Cf. A 271.

367. ἢ Kal θεσπεσίῃ: whether thou hast failed not simply because of
the inefficiency of the army, but also by decree of the gods. This refers
to 111 ff. — ἀλαπάξεις : future, since the success of this measure will not
appear until in the future.

368. 4: or only, as the English idiom requires, to correspond to καί, above.

370. ἦ μάν: strong asseveration, in very truth. — αὖτε : again, “as often
before.” Agamemnon’s praise is for Nestor’s whole speech.

371. This appeal to the three chief divinities is made in the case of
ardent wishes. Generally, as here, fulfillment of the wish is not expected.
Cf. dux ille Graeciae nusquam optat ut Aiacis similes
habeat decem, sed ut Nestoris; quod si sibi acciderit, non
dubitat quin brevi sit Troia peritura Cicero de Sen. 31.

374. χερσὶν ὕπο : for ὑπό with the dative, in its transition from local to
instrumental sense, see § 19 i.— ἁλοῦσα : aorist, to mark the capture of
the city as the decisive moment, while περθομένη refers to the duration
of the work of destruction; cf. A 331.

375. Κρονίδης Ζεύς : closely connected ; cf. A 502. — The verses which
immediately follow seem inconsistent with the confident expectation
expressed in 412 ff. — For the complaint, εὐ 111.

78 COMMENTARY TO THE

376. ὅς: as 275.— μετά : into the midst of; cf. A 222, 423. — ἀπρήκτους :
ef. 121. — βάλλει: casts, 15 wont to entangle in.

377. μαχησάμεθα: cf. ἔριδι ξυνέηκε μάχεσθαι A 8. — εἵνεκα κούρης : here
marks the insignificant occasion of the quarrel.

378. ἦρχον : construe with the participle.—yareraivey: i.e. the
quarrel, ‘

379. ἔς ye μίαν κτλ. : sc. βουλήν, cf. δεξιαί 341. Agree in counsel, the
opposite of ἀμφὶς φράζεσθαι, cf. 14.

381. δεῖπνον : the principal meal of the day, no matter when it is
taken. See $17. The warriors would have no more food until night.
A considerable part of the day had passed during the events narrated since
48. — ξυνάγωμεν "Apna : z.e. begin the sharp contest; see on 426. Cf. 440,
A 8, Τ' 70, committere proelium.

382. ris: collective. — ed: the repetition is rhetorical; cf. ἐκ A 436 ff.
— Cf. «Arm, warriors, arm for fight! ... let each | His adamantine coat
gird well, and each | Fit well his helm, gripe fast his orbed shield,’ Milton
Par. Lost vi. 537 Τῇ,

384. ἅρματος ἀμφίς : construe with ἰδών, looking carefully about his
chariot, to see that all was in good condition. The principal idea is in the
participle, not in the finite verb. See § 21 i.

385. πανημέριοι: as A 472.—das κρινώμεθα : that we may measure ow’
strength. —orvyep@ "Apt: dative of interest, t.e. in dread battle.

386. μετέσσεται : shall be between, sc. the conflicts.

387. μένος ἀνδρῶν : for the periphrasis, cf. 851, Τ' 106. See § 16 d.

388. τεῦ [τινός, τοῦ] : many a one’s. The strap of the shield ran over
the left shoulder and under the right arm. The shield was so heavy that
it needed support from the body as well as from the arm.

389. χεῖρα : arm; accusative of specification. — καμεῖται : sc. ris from
TEV.

391. Cf. A 549. — ἐθέλοντα : inclined, ready. — νοήσω : perceive.

392. μιμνάζειν : object of ἐθέλοντα. A collateral form of μένω, μίμνω,
§ 37 a. —od: by no means ; emphatic at the head of the clause, to contrast
the following thought with the coward’s expectation. — ot: personal pro-
noun instead of a demonstrative after the conditional relative sentence.
Cf. A 218.

393. κύνας xrA.: see on A 4. -- - Nothing shall save him from death.”

394. ὡς ὅτε : introduces a comparison, as A 462. 8. 146. Se. idyn. —
Cf. «He scarce had finished when such murmur filled | Th’ assembly, as
when hollow rocks retain | The sound of blust’ring winds, which all night

SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD 79

long | Had roused the sea,’ etc. Milton Par. Lost ii. 284 ff. ; «He ended,
and the heavenly audience loud | Sung Hallelujah as the sound of seas,’
ib. x. 641 f.; ‘He said, and as the sound of waters deep, | Hoarse murmur
echoed to his words applause,’ ib. ν. 872 f.

395. κινήσῃ: for the subjunctive, cf A 80. Sc. κῦμα as object.

396. σκοπέλῳ : locative, in partitive apposition with ἀκτῇ. Cf 145.
-- κύματα ἀνέμων : i.e. waves roused by the winds. Cf. ἕλκεϊ ὕδρου 723,
φόβον [Ἄρηος 767, νοῦσον Διός « 411 disease sent by Zeus.

397. ὅτ᾽ ἂν γένωνται : sc. ἄνεμοι. This explains παντοίων, but the whole
sentence is a picturesque decoration of the comparison. See § 14 a,—
ἔνθ᾽ ἢ ἔνθα : in this direction or in that; cf. 90, 462, 476, 812.

398. opéovro: they hastened away. — κατὰ νῆας : cf. 47.

A SACRIFICE

400. épete: for the imperfect, cf. ἀφίει A 956. -- θεῶν κτλ.: cf. A 290.
Each of the tribes offered sacrifices to its national god.

402. idpevrev: sc. as he prepared a feast for the ‘Gerontes.’ Kings
generally sacrificed to Zeus, as their patron. See on A 176.—Ayapépvov:
in apposition with 6. See § 42 /.

80 COMMENTARY TO THE

403. πενταέτηρον : 1.6. full-grown. This age was approved for beef and
pork. An ox was the most honored victim. — Kpoviow: dative of inter-
est, in his honor, with ἱέρευσεν.

404. yépovras: see on γερόντων 21. The following seem to be the
members of the βουλή of 53:

405. πρώτιστα : Nestor has the first place in the regard of Agamemnon.
See 20, 371 ff. Idomeneus has a high place; cf. A145. Idomeneus is
also a great friend of Menelaus; οὐ I’ 232.

406. Τυδέος υἱόν: 1.6. Diomed, king of Argos. See on 567.

408. αὐτόματος : Menelaus needed no invitation, holding a special rela-
tion. — βοὴν ἀγαθός : this epithet is applied often to Menelaus. ὃ 12 ὃ.

409. ἀδελφεόν : the subject of the subordinate clause is taken by antici-
pation (H. 878) as the object of the principal clause ; cf. 348, «I know
thee who thou art,’ St. Luke iv. 84. --- ὡς ἐπονεῖτο : how busy he was in pre-
paring for the feast and the battle.

410. περίστησαν : second aorist ; cf. A 448. --- οὐλοχύτας xrA.: as A 449.

412. Zed κτλ.: equivalent to Jupiter Optimus Maximus. — The
different attributes are given without conjunctions; see § 15 a.— The
elated tone of the prayer results from the king’s infatuation by the dream ;
cf. 37 ff. — κελαινεφές : since the god appears in the dark thundercloud. —
αἰθέρι : cf. A 44, 195.

413. ἐπί: construe with δῦναι, sc. upon the battle. —ém κνέφας ἐλθεῖν :
cf. A 475. — The infinitives depend on δός implied in the invocation. The
optative follows in 418.— For the wish, οἱ Joshua’s words: ‘Sun, stand
thou still upon Gibeon; and thou, Moon, in the valley of Ajalon. And
the sun stood still, and the moon stayed, until the people had avenged
themselves upon their enemies,’ Joshua x. 12 f.

414. πρηνές : proleptic predicate after κατὰ βαλέειν. Cf. ῥωγαλέον 417,
ἁλίαστον 420.

415. αἰθαλόεν : the ceiling timbers were blackened by the smoke from
the fires and torches, for which no adequate outlet was provided. — πρῆσαι:
construe with the genitive. — θύρετρα : 1.6. the double door which with its
decorations formed a principal ornament of the palace.

416. ‘Exrdpeov: equivalent to Ἕκτορος. See on 20.

417. χαλκῷ: bronze, i.e. sword; cf. 578, A 236.— ἀμφ᾽ αὐτόν : about him-
self, as the chief personage.

418. ὀδὰξ κτλ.: bite the dust, in the last convulsive agony of death; ef.
humum semel ore momordit Verg. Aen. xi. 418. — ὁδάξ : equivalent
to τοῖς ὀδοῦσιν. Cf. πύξ T 237 with the fist, λάξ Z 65 with the foot.

SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD 81

419. ἐπεκραίαινε : cf. A455. Coincident in time with ἔφατο.

420. Séro: second aorist ; of: δέχθαι A 23. Zeus gave no sign of dis-
pleasure, hence it was inferred that he accepted the sacrifice. — ὄφελλεν :
i.e. he gave them greater labor of war instead of giving them peace ; ef.
39 f.

421-424 = A 458-461. 425. Cf. A 462.

426. Ἡφαίστοιο : i.e. blazing fire. The god is put for his element.
Cf. “Apys for πόλεμος 381; ᾿Αμφιτρίτη for θάλασσα p 97; ᾿Αφροδίτη for
ἔρως x 444; Vulcanum spargere tectis Verg. Aen. vii. 77.

427-432 = A 464-469. 433. τοῖς : cf. A 58.

435. μηκέτι κτλ. : no longer now let us talk here for along time. Nestor
wished to prevent the conversation that generally followed a feast. He
agreed with Agamemnon (381 ff.) in calling for action.

436. ἀμβαλλώμεθα: cf ἀνάβλησις 380.— δή: now. — θεός : i.e. Zeus. —
ἐγγναλίζει : gives into our hands, sc. in so far as the Dream directed the
immediate preparation for battle.

437. ἄγε: here only.in Homer with third person imperative, but this is
equivalent to “bid the heralds,” etc. — κήρυκες : i.c. Agamemnon’s, as 50,
442,—’ Ayaav: construe with λαόν, as 163.

439. ἡμεῖς : i.c. the princes who are named in 405 ff. —d@pdor ὧδε : assem-
bled as we are.

440. θᾶσσον: the quicker. —éyelpopev κτλ. : cf. 381. Cf. ‘awake our
sleeping sword of war,’ Shakspere Henry the Fifth, i. 2. 22.

442-444. Cf. 50-52. 442. αὐτίκα: ‘ asyndetic’; see § 15 d.

445. οἱ δ᾽ ἀμφ᾽ ᾿Ατρεΐωνα : “the son of Atreus and the other princes.”
Cf.T 146. See H. 791, 3; 6. 1202, 3.

446. κρίνοντες : following Nestor’s advice (362).— μετὰ δέ : but among
them, as 477. Athena is unseen. So Apollo leads the Trojans forward,
εἱμένος ὥμοιιν νεφέλην O 308 with a cloud wrapped about his shoulders. See
on A 198. —’A@qvy : sc. θῦνε, which is taken up by διέσσυτο 450.

447. αἰγίδα : as goddess of war (see on A 206), Athena wears the aegis of
Zeus, apparently as a light shield. ~The aegis was a symbol of the thunder-
cloud, just as the Gorgon’s head upon it (E 741) represented the thunder-
storm. This is worn by Athena regularly in works of art. — ἀγήραον κτλ. :
explanatory of ἐρίτιμον. ἀγήραος is always associated by Homer with
ἀθάνατος, and elsewhere in the poems is used only of persons, excepting the
gold and silver dogs that guard the palace of the king of the Phaeacians.

448. τῆς: from which. Construe with ἠερέθονται. ---- The present is used
of a divine and unchanging quality.

82 COMMENTARY TO THE ;

449. ἐυπλεκέες : evidently the art of drawing gold into thin threads was
known in the Homeric period. — ἑκατόμβοιος : cattle formed the standard
of value in those times. Coined money was unknown.

451. ἐν: construe with ὦρσεν.

452. καρδίῃ: cf. θυμῷ A 24. καρδίη is found in Homer only in this
verse, elsewhere κραδίη, as 171 ; see § 31.

455-483. See ὃ 14 c.

455. ἠύτε: as 87.-- - ἄσπετον : sc. in extent. This is essential for the
comparison, since the extent of the fire is a condition of its brightness as
seen at a distance.

456. ἕκαθεν : frum afar, where the poet chooses his station with the men
who are looking on.

457. τῶν : of these; limits χαλκοῦ. --- ἐρχομένων : as they were going forth.
— θεσπεσίοιο : sc. because of the throng. | |

458. δι᾿ αἰθέρος : 1.6. reaches through the aether to the home of the
gods. See on A 44. |

459. τῶν : prepares the way for-the leading clause. It is taken up by
τῶν 464, as τούς 474 is taken up by τούς 476. — vea: cf. 87.

460. χηνῶν : the specializing of ὀρνίθων forms a concrete picture, of
which the definite local designation forms a part. ὃ 12 f. Cranes were
only birds of passage in Greece. Cf. I 4. --κύκνων: cf ceu quondam
nivei liquida inter nubilacycni Verg. Aen. vii. 699.

461. ’Aciw: for the use of the adjective, cf. ἐν λειμῶνι Sxapavdpio
467, Asia prata Verg. Georg. i. 383, quales sub nubibus atris |
Strymoniae dant signa grues Verg Aen. x. 264 f.— From this plain
of Lydia south of Mt. Tmolus, the name of Asia spread to the Persian
Empire and finally over the whole continent ; just as ‘ Europe’ at first was
only the Boeotian plain.

462. ἔνθα κτλ. : to this side or to that ; cf. 397. — ἀγαλλόμενα κτλ. : literally,
delighting with their wings, i.e. with joyous play of their wings.

463. κλαγγηδὸν προκαθιζόντων : settling (forward ) with loud cries, referring
to ὀρνίθων 459. The flocks with incessant noise fly on again and again to
settle in another spot, and the last birds to reach the ground take their
places in front of the rest.—copapayet δέ: for the ‘parataxis,’ see on
210. 464 = 91.

465. πεδίον : i.c. the plain between the camp and the city. — προχέοντο :
ef. ‘Saw what numbers numberless | The city gates outpour’d, light-arm’d
troops,’ etc., Milton Par. Regained iii. 310 f.— ὑπό: adverb, explained by
the following ablatival genitive ποδῶν.

SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD 83

466. αὐτῶν κτλ. : of both themselves and their horses ; cf. 762. This limits
ποδῶν.

467 1. The third comparison is closely connected with the preceding.
-- ἔσταν : halted, stopped, as they came to the field of battle. For the
aorist, cf. 94.

468. ὥρῃ : in the season, i.e. in spring.

469. ἠύτε κτλ. : protasis to τόσσοι κτλ. 472. The verb is here omitted
in the first member of a comparison. —pudev: the fly has elsewhere also
the character of an impudent, eager insect. — ἁδινάων ἔθνεα : cf. 87. — Cf.
‘Or as a swarm of flies in vintage time, | About the wine press where
sweet must is pour’d, | Beat off, returns as oft with humming sound,’
Milton Par. Regained iv. 15.

470. ποιμνήιον : the Homeric Greeks did not use the milk of cows. —
ἠλάσκουσιν : always hover about.

471. ὅτε κτλ. : explains ὥρῃ ἐν ciapwy. Clearly the Homeric Greeks
did not expect to have milk through the entire year. — τέ : marks the close
connection of the clauses. See § 21 Ὁ.

472. ἐπὶ Τρώεσσι : to battle against the Trojans. ἐπί is here used with
the dative, implying hostility. Cf A 382.

473. ἵσταντο : were taking their positions. — διαρραῖσαι : sc. Tpwas.

474. πλατέα : standing epithet, broad, wide feeding, i.e. scattered as

_ they feed; in contrast with ‘huddling’ sheep. — αἰπόλοι ἄνδρες : cf. βασιλῆι

ἀνδρί Τ' 170, βουληφόρον ἄνδρα Β 34, Φρύγας ἀνέρας Τ' 185, stig στρατηγοί,
ἄνδρες στρατιῶται, ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί Acts xxiii. 1.

475. διακρίνωσιν : subjunctive of a general supposition; cf A 554.—
νομῷ : dative of place. —pryéwow: sc. αἰπόλια αἰγῶν as subject. — This
comparison implies common pastures, not held in severalty.

476. διεκόσμεον : cf. διακοσμηθεῖμεν 126, διὰ τρίχα κοσμηθέντες 655.

477. ἱέναι : for the infinitive, cf μάχεσθαι A 8. --- μετά : adverb, as 446.

478. Διὶ κτλ. : Agamemnon combines the majesty of Zeus with the
grace of Ares. These characteristics of the gods seem known to the
hearers from works of art. Cf. Τ' 167 ff. Homeric comparisons of men
with gods do not generally specify a particular feature. — Cf «See what
a grace was seated on this brow; | Hyperion’s curls; the front of Jove
himself ; | An eye like Mars, to threaten and command; | A station like
the herald Mercury |... A combination and a form indeed, | Where
every god did seem to set his seal,’ Shakspere Hamlet iii. 4. 55 ff.

479. For the ‘chiasmus,’ cf. A 443, 558 f. See § 16 α.--- ζώνην:
waist.

84 COMMENTARY TO THE

480. βοῦς : made more definite by its appositive ταῦρος. Cf. 460.—peéya:
Jar; cf. Α 18. --- ἔπλετο: gnomic aorist, frequent in comparisons; cf. A 418.

481. γάρ re: always connected, like namque,

482. τοῖον: such a one; sums up the characteristics which have been
mentioned. In spite of 419, Zeus sustains the royal honor which he him-
self had granted (see on A 176).

483. ἐκπρεπέα : in apposition with τοῖον. ---- ἔξοχον : elsewhere followed
by the genitive.

THE CATALOGUE OF THE SHIPS. |

484. Solemn invocation of the Muses where a faithful memory is
needed for telling the story, or where the theme taxes the poet’s powers.
Cf. ἄειδε θεά A 1, ἄνδρα μοι ἔννεπε μοῦσα a 1, pandite nune Helicona,
deae, cantusque movete,|...et meministis enim, divae, et
memorare potestis; | ad nos vix tenuis famae perlabitur
aura Verg. Aen. vii. 641, 645 f.— For the repetition of the invocation,
cf. ‘Descend from Heaven, Urania,’ Milton Par. Lost vii. 1.— viv: now,
closely connecting what follows with the advance of the Achaeans that has
been described (455-483). — μοῦσαι : plural, as 594. Homer does not know
the name of any Muse, and has their number as nine only in ὦ 60. The
earlier number seems to have been three,—the same as of the Fates,
Graces, Hours, etc. The Muses could not be assigned to different arts and
sciences before the arts and sciences existed. —’Odtpma: the earliest
home of the Muses seems to have been on the slopes of Mt. Olympus ; they
were thence called Pierian (Verg. Ecl. viii. 63); Hesiod transferred them
to Boeotia, and calls them Heliconian. — For the rhyme between the words
before the caesura and the close of the verse, see ὃ 13 a. — For this Cata-
logue of forces, cf. Joshua xv—xix, Numbers xxvi, Hesiod’s Theogony,
Vergil’s Aeneid vii. 641-817, and Milton’s list of fallen angels (Par.
Lost i. 392-521).

485. πάρεστε: sc. πᾶσιν from πάντα. ---- This verse and the next follow-
ing are parenthetical. — Cf. ‘Say first, for Heav’n hides nothing from thy
view, | Nor the deep tract of Hell,’ ete. Milton Par. Lost i. 27.

486. ἡμεῖς : we bards. — κλέος : report, “what people say,” in contrast
with ἴδμεν. ---- ἀκούομεν : we hear, i.e. we have heard, as in English.

487. Cf. 760.

488. πληθύν: as 143. — ἂν μυθήσομαι : for the mode, cf. A 139.

489. οὐδ᾽ el: not even if—Cf. non ego cuncta meis amplecti
versibus opto,|non, mihi si linguae centum sint, oraque

ee, δι δυνανν. “0...

SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD 85

centum, | ferrea vox Verg. Georg. ii. 42 f., Aen. vi. 625, si vox
infragilis, pectus mihi firmius aere, | pluraque cum linguis
pluribus ora forent Ovid Trist. i. 5. 53 f. ;

490. χάλκεον: epithet of strength and firmness. — ἦτορ : i.e. lungs.

491 f. This thought is hard to reconcile with the preceding, which
notes the physical impossibility of rehearsing the names of so great a mul-
titude. —’OdAvpmdses: not a true patronymic here, but a mere adjective of
connection; cf. Οὐρανίωνες A 570. The Muses are Ὀλύμπια δώματ᾽ ἔχου-
σαι 484. See 8 39 a. — Διὸς xri.: of. 598, θεὰ [μοῦσα] θύγατερ Διός a 10.
The mother, according to the later myth, was Mnemosyne (Memory).

492. ὑπὸ Ἴλιον : see on 216.

493. This verse promises something different from 487. — ἀρχοὺς ad :
in contrast with πληθύν 488. --- mpordeas: all together; as the poet adds
a statement of the number of the ships to the names of the leaders of
each people.

494 ff. The Catalogue seems to have been prepared for an account of
the mustering of the Greeks at Aulis and the embarkation thence (cf.
509 f.), and to have been inserted here with divers alterations. We expect
here an account of the forces, not of the ships.

The nations, their leaders, and the number of their ships are enu-
merated in a definite geographical order, in three principal divisions: I.
(a) The mainland of Greece south of Thermopylae; (6) middle and
southern Greece with the islands immediately adjoining. Sixteen con-
tingents. (494-644.) II. Insular Greece, from Crete to Calydnae. Four
contingents. (645-680.) III. Thessalian Greece, from Mt. Oeta and
Mt. Othrys on the south, to Olympus on the north. Nine contingents.
(681-759.) See § 7 d.

The Achaean ships number in all 1186. The number of men on each
ship is stated for only two contingents: each Boeotian ship carried 120
men (510); each of the ships of Philoctetes brought 50 men (719).
The ships of Achilles also brought each 50 men (II 170). From the
average of the two numbers given for the Boeotians and the ships of
Philoctetes, the ancients reckoned the whole number of Achaeans before
Troy as 100,000. Others reckoned the ships roundly as 1200, assigned
100 men to each ship, and estimated the whole number of Achaeans as
120,000.

. The Greeks valued this list highly, because of its geographical and
statistical information. They looked upon it as.a part of history, a
versified geography and gazetteer. They appealed to it to settle disputed

86 COMMENTARY TO THE

questions, and the charge of interpolating verses in it was like a charge of
falsifying public records.

The poet evidently desires to represent this expedition as a great
national undertaking. He enumerates even those nations which from
their inland position were not likely to have had anything to do with such
a war, e.g. the Arcadians (603-614), who are not mentioned in the rest of
the Iliad as taking part in the battles on the plain of Troy. The poet
does not seem to exalt one nation at the expense of another, either here
or in the other parts of the Jliad. A bard wandering from country
to country would acquire a wealth of geographical information, but would
form no strong local attachments.

Ἕλλάς and the Ἕλληνες in this Catalogue are restricted to a part of
Thessaly (683 f.). The Dorians and Ionians are not mentioned. No Greek
colonies are known, whether in Asia Minor, in Sicily and the West, or
elsewhere. The names Peloponnesus, Attica, Eleusis, Megara, Delphi,
Olympia, and Pisa do not appear. Thus this Catalogue seems to have
been composed before the Dorian migration into Peloponnesus, and the
sending forth of colonies to Asia Minor and the West.

494-558. Boeotia, Phocis, Locris, Euboea, Athens, Salamis. 'The enu-
meration proceeds northerly from Boeotia, then to the east, then south-
ward, and so to the west, around Boeotia. Seven contingents; 262
. ships.

The poet begins with Boeotia, probably because the fleet collected
at Aulis (303). Because of this beginning, the ancients gave the name
Bowria or Bowreta to the Catalogue of the ships.

494-510. Boeotia. This document presents a distribution of the Greeks
such as existed after the Trojan War. According to Thucydides (i. 12),
the Boeotians lived in Thessaly until sixty years after the fall of Troy.
See on 507. More towns are mentioned in Boeotia than elsewhere, which
seems to indicate a Boeotian poet. The Thebans are not prominent in
the action of the Iliad, and Thebes is not mentioned; see on 505.

494 f. μέν: correlative with δέ 511.— The five leaders are all men-
tioned elsewhere.

496. οἵ re: refers to Βοιωτῶν, resumed in τῶν 509.—‘Ypinv: not far
from Tanagra and Aulis. —AvAt$a: where the Achaean forces gathered
before setting sail for Troy; see on 339.

498. Θέσπειαν [Θεσπιάς] : without a conjunction to connect it with the
preceding, in order to mark the beginning of a new series, as 501 f., 560 f.,
647, 739. — For the singular, see § 37 d. — Thespiae and Platea were the

SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD ha

only Boeotian cities to refuse tribute of ‘earth and water’ to Xerxes. —
εὐρύχορον : generally of cities (with broad squares for the choral dance), as
here. Even now in Greece the villagers assemble on the public square for
their dances. — Frequently in this Catalogue are three substantives so
placéd in a verse that but one has an adjective, and this adjective with its
noun fills the second half of the verse. C/. 497, 502, 532, 561, 582, 606,
647, 739, etc. —Mvxadnoodv: on the road from Thebes to Chalcis.

499. ἀμφὶ ἐνέμοντο : dwelt about, inhabited. Cf. 521, 574, 585, 634, ete.
—“Appa: here Amphiaraus (the chief hero of the expedition against
Seven-gated Thebes) and his chariot sank into the earth.

502. Kéras: this town gave its name to the lake on which it lay. —
Θίσβην: Shakspere’s ‘ Thisbe’ was named for the nymph of this place.

503. ποιήεντα : here feminine, an adjective of two endings. Cf. 77.

504. Τλίσαντα: at the foot of Mt. Hypatus, where the decisive battle
between the Epigoni and the Thebans was said to have been fought.

505. Ὑποθήβας: Lower Thebes, which lay on the plain; in distinction
from Seven-gated Thebes with the Cadmean citadel which was destroyed
in the second Argive invasion by Diomed and his associates, and does not
seem to have been rebuilt in the Homeric time.

506. ἄλσος: in apposition with Ὀγχηστόν, cf. 592, 696.

507. "Αρνην: to be distinguished from the Thessalian town of the
same name, which was the old home of the Boeotians and gave to this
town its name.

509. νέες κίον: cf. νηὸς ἰούσης A 482. — ἐν δὲ ἑκάστῃ βαῖνον : in each were
sailing, sc. from Aulis. See on 494 ff.

510. βαῖνον: cf 351, 611, 619.— ἑκατὸν κτλ. : probably an unusually
large number. ;

511. ᾿᾽Ορχομενόν : the rich capital of the famous empire of the Minyae ;
called Μινύειον in distinction from the Arcadian city (605). It was
renowned for its worship of the Graces, who were said to have been first
worshiped there. Both Orchomenus and Aspledon (a small town) lay
near Lake Copais, on the left bank of the Boeotian Cephisus (see on 522),
on the fertile plain of Boeotia. The realm of the Minyae did not become
Boeotian until later.

512. ἦρχε: singular, although two personal subjects follow. Cf. 563,
650, 830, 842, 844, 858, 862, 876. See H. 607. The second subject in
many cases seems to be added as an afterthought.

513. δόμῳ : local, in the house. —"Axropos: 1.6. Astyoche’s father.

514. ὑπερώιον : this served as the sleeping chamber for the women,

88 COMMENTARY TO THE

515. Αρηι: she bore to Ares, the national god of the warlike Minyae.
For the dative, cf. 658. For the long first syllable of “Apm, cf. 767,
᾿Απόλλωνος A 14. — The second half-verse is equivalent to a relative clause.

516. rois: construe with the verb. τῶν might have been used with
νέες, § 19 h.

517-526. The Phocians. These also may be supposed to have fitted
out their fleet on the Euripus.

518. *Ipirov: for this traditional form, the meter indicates the truer
form to be Ἰφίτοο, with ultima lengthened before the μ (§ 59h). § 35d.

519. IIv0ava: the epithet πετρήεσσαν is well deserved.

520. Kpioav: on the plain, near the gulf of the same name. It seems
in early times to have controlled the Pythian sanctuary. — Δαυλίδα : east
of Delphi, on a hill; cf Daulis quia in tumulo excelso sita est,
nec scalis nee operibus capi poterat (86. by the Romans) Livy
xxxii. 18. —Ilavorfja: burnt, like Daulis, by the Persians under Xerxes.

522. apa: further; uniting the following to form a series with the
preceding. —Kndgirev: the Cephisus takes its rise near Lilaea, on the
north slope of Mt. Parnassus. It flows with many windings through
Phocis into Boeotia, and empties into Lake Copais.

524. ἅμα ἕποντο: accompanied.

525. οἱ μέν: i.c. the two leaders mentioned in 517. — ἀμφιέποντες : for
the use of the participle, see on ἰών A 138.

526. Βοιωτῶν δ᾽ turdnv: next the Bocotians. —ér ἀριστερά : to the left of
the Boeotians, in the line of the ships. Cf. ἐπιδέξια 353.

527-535. The Locrians.

527. ᾿Οιλῆος : genitive of connection, with Αἴας. See H. 729 a, 730 a;
G. 1085, 1. Cf. Τελαμώνιος Αἴας, where the adjective is equivalent to a
genitive. — ταχύς: cf. celerem sequi Aiacem Hor. Carm. i. 15,18, In
the funeral games in honor of Patroclus, this Ajax. runs a race. with
Odysseus and would have won the prize, but Athena caused him to slip.

529. ὀλίγος : small, like Attic μικρός, which is rare in Homer. —dwo-
θώρηξ : with linen doublet, i.e. in a closely woven, thick linen jacket. Linen
armor later became more common (see Xen. An. iv. 7. 15 of the Chalybes,
τὸν λινοῦν θώρακα ὃς ἐπιχώριος ἦν αὐτοῖς Xen. Cyr. vi. 4.2). Such a cuirass
of cocoanut fiber was the usual armor of some of the South Sea Islanders,
and would repel a ball from a revolver or a cut from a saber.

530. IlavédAnvas: the Pan-Hellenes (cf. Tavaxowvy 404), only here.
This unites under one name the peoples of northern Greece, as ᾿Αχαιούς
is used of the peoples of Peloponnesus and the adjacent islands. Cf

ee lO

SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD 89

καθ᾽ “Ἑλλάδα Kal μέσον ἔΛργος a 344 through Hellas and the midst of Argos, as
including all Greece. ΟἿ ‘from Dan even to Beersheba,’ Judges xx. 1, ‘from
John O’Groat’s to Land’s End.’ 531. of: refers to Λοκρῶν 527.

535. Λοκρῶν: for its position at the beginning of the verse, see on
οὐλομένην A 2. ----ἰερῆς : as A 366. The cult of Apollo and Artemis was
especially prominent: in Euboea. 536-545. The Euboeans.

536. The second half-verse is in apposition with the first. — pévea
πνείοντες : breathing courage, i.e. inspired with courage’ and fury. — μένεα:
plural because of the number of men; cf. Shakespere’s ‘ Wherein hath
Caesar thus deserved your loves,’ Julius Caesar iii, 2. 241. Cf. 588. —
“ABavres: pre-Hellenic Thracians who from the Phocian town Abae migrated
to Euboea and gave to the island its earlier name.

537. Χαλκίδα: the chief town of Euboea, on the strait of Euripus at
its very narrowest part. It is separated from Boeotia by a channel so
narrow that the rocks have been blasted away in order to open a passage
for steamers of ordinary size. In the early times of Greek history,
Chalcis exhausted its own strength by sending out colonies, — founding
the first Greek settlement ἴῃ {πὸ West (Cumae in Campania), and the first
in Sicily (Naxos, about 735 B.c.), and sending so many colonies to the
southern shore of Thrace as to give its name to the great promontory of
Chalcidice. — Etperplav: the later Eretria. The short quantity of ε before tp
is unusualin Homer. ὃ 59 g.—‘Iortaav: trisyllabic by ‘synizesis.’ § 25a.

540. dfos”Apnos: scion of Ares, denoting bravery; only metaphorical in
Homer. Cf. θεράποντες “Apyos 110.

542. ὄπιθεν κομόωντες : see on 11.— Mark the new thoughts added in
this sentence by the adjectives without conjunctions.

544. This verse is composed apparently of six spondees. § 57 d.—
δηίων: construe with στήθεσσιν. 1 is here pronounced as y.

546-558. The Athenians and Salaminians. 546. ᾿Αθήνας : the city here
represents Attica. The promontory of Sunium and Marathon are men-
tioned in the Odyssey.—In the line of battle, the Athenians had the
Pylians on their left and the Cephallenians on their right. They were not
prominent in the conflicts. — évxripevov: cf. ‘ Where on the Aegean shore
a city stands | Built nobly, pure the air, and light the soil; | Athens, the
eye of Greece, mother of arts | And eloquence,’ Milton Par. Regained
iv. 238 ff.

548. τέκε δὲ xrA.: parenthetical clause. Erechtheus is called γηγενής
by Herodotus and others. The Athenians boasted that they were children
of the soil (αὐτόχθονες).

90 COMMENTARY TO THE

549. κάδ: construe with coe. Cf. ἀνὰ dow A 310 ἔ.--- πίονι: with
reference to the votive offerings and other treasures stored there. —vy@:
recent excavations show that before the Persian invasion the temple of
Athena on the Acropolis stood to the north of the Parthenon (dedicated
at the great Panathenaic festival 438 B.c.), with foundations extending
under the Hall of the Caryatides of the Erechtheum (completed about
407 B.c.). Columns and other architectural fragments of the pre-Persian
temple of Athena were built into the wall of the Acropolis.

550. piv: i.e. Erechtheus, who was worshiped with Athena, since the
two were considered the founders of the civilization of the country.

551. περιτελλομένων : see on 295. — This then was an annual festival.

,,,
11

CORRIDOR OF THE CITADEL OF TIRYNS

552. Ileredo: the family of Peteos claimed descent from Erechtheus.

553 f. τῷ δ᾽ οὔ πω κτλ. : according to Herodotus, an ambassador of the
Athenians in the time of the second Persian War referred to these verses
with pride before Gelo, tyrant of Syracuse. But the Iliad does not else-
where mention or show this skill of Menestheus.

554. κοσμῆσαι [τάξαι, § 17]: the infinitive is used here as an accusa-
tive of specification. —tmmovs: i.e. men on chariots, horses, and all that
went with them.

SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD 91

557. Αἴας: i.e. the son of Telamon. — Σαλαμῖνος : Salamis forms a sort
of stepping-stone in the enumeration, as the poet passes from central
Greece to Peloponnesus. Telamon had removed to Salamis from Aegina
(the home of his father Aeacus), because he had killed his brother.

558. ἄγων: for the participle, cf. ἀμφιέποντες 525. Ajax here is brought
into such close connection with Athens that he appears as a national hero
of Attica. This was in accord with the later Athenian tradition. One of
the ten tribes (φυλαί) of Attica was named Aiavris, after him.

559-624. Peloponnesus. 559-568. Argos.

559. Apyos: the city, not the country. — τειχιόεσσαν : well walled; liter-
ally, rich in walls, since Tiryns was famous for its walls, — the best known
and perhaps the oldest extant example of the so-called Cyclopean architec-
ture. These walls are thought to have been fifty or sixty feet in height,
and in places are twenty or twenty-five feet thick. In the time of Anto-
ninus Pius they were declared to be as great a wonder as the Egyptian
pyramids. Excavations were conducted there by Dr. Schliemann in 1884—
85, laying bare the plan of an extensive and elaborate structure.

560. κατὰ ἐχούσας : which occupy.

561. Tporfijva: famous for the worship of Poseidon and as the early
home of Theseus. — ἀμπελόεντα : for the form, cf. ποιήεντα 503. —’EniSav-
pov: famed for its temple of Asclepius. The theater (built under the
direction of Polycletus, with seats and orchestra still well preserved) and
other ruins there were excavated during 1881 and the following years.

562. Αἴγιναν: this island in very early times was conquered by Epi-
daurus.—In the eighth century B.c. it was ruled by Pheidon of Argos.
— κοῦροι ᾿Αχαιῶν : differs only slightly from vies ᾿Αχαιῶν 281.

563. Διομήδης : Diomed belonged to the old race of rulers in Pelopon-
nesus (the race of Danaus and Perseus) who preceded Pelops and his line.

566. Μηκιστῆος : brother of Adrastus, and thus great-uncle of Diomed.
—viés: for the short penult, cf. 544, A489. 569-580. Agamemnon’s realm.

569. Μυκήνας: the residence of Agamemnon, whose realm lay in
northern Peloponnesus (the later Achaea), extending to Elis. Above
the gate of the citadel remains the sculptured representation of two lions,
probably the earliest extant specimen of Greek sculpture on Greek soil.
Near the citadel are great subterranean structures, tombs, of which the finest
and largest is the so-called ‘treasure house of Atreus.’ Mycenae (the
singular form also is used; see § 37 d) is called by Homer εὐρυάγυια and
πολύχρυσος. The latter epithet was shown to be justified by the discoy-
eries in the excavations by Dr. Schliemann in 1876-77. See § 3 ὃ.

92 COMMENTARY TO THE >

570. ἀφνειὸν Κόρινθον : Corinth was made wealthy in early times by
its trade, lying as it did between two seas. The old name was Ephyra,
and the poet does not put the name Corinth into the mouth of his actors.

572. "ASpyoros: king of Argos, grandfather of Diomed. He was
driven out of Argos by Amphiaraus, and fled to Sicyon, to his mother’s
father, whom he succeeded on the throne. He was the leader of the
«Seven against Thebes’ and the only one of the seven who returned home
alive. —ampéra: at first, with reference to his return to Argos.

574. ἸΤελλήνην: in Achaea, about six miles from the sea. — Αἴγιον:
later the capital of the twelve Achaean cities. Near it was a sanctuary of
Zeus Ὁμαγύριος, where Agamemnon was said to have planned the ss aca
tion against Troy, with the most honored of the Greeks.

575. ava: cf. ἀνὰ δῶμα A 570.—edpetav: a frequent epithet of a
country (as of Crete and the Troad); rarely applied as here to a city.

576. τῶν [rovrwy]: i.e. the inhabitants of the cities mentioned just
before. The genitive depends upon νηῶν, the ships of these, their ships. Cf.
509, 685, while in 587, 610, 713, 719, νεῶν is in apposition with τῶν.

577. πολὺ πλεῖστοι: since the kingdom of Agamemnon was most
extensive. Thus he had the largest force of ships himself, and coulcl
beside these lend sixty ships to the Arcadians (610-614). His rule ‘ oven
many islands,’ implying naval power, is mentioned in 108.

578. ἐν δέ: but among them; cf. 588, A 142.— xadkév: cf. 417.

580. οὕνεκα: because, referring to κυδιόων. --- ἄριστος: sé. in kingly
dignity and power, as is shown by the next verse. See on A 91.

581-590. The realm of Menelaus.

581. κητώεσσαν: the sharply cut ravines of the mountains are one of
the most striking characteristics of the Spartan landscape.

584: ᾿Αμύκλας : this was one of the most important Laconian cities
before the Dorian conquest, and long maintained its independence, by the .
side of Sparta. —“Edos: a city on the coast, from which the name helot
was said to be derived, since its inhabitants were enslaved by the Spartans.

585. Adav: for the name, cf. ¢ Stoneham,’ ‘ Stonington.’

586. ot: for him, his.

587. νεῶν: in apposition with τῶν. See on 576. — ἀπάτερθε: sc. from the
troops of Agamemnon. This marks the political independence of Mene-
laus.

588. ἐν δέ: as 578. — προθυμίῃσι πεποιθώς : for the antepenult of προθυ-
μίῃσι, see ὃ 59 ὃ. The plural is used because of the many occasions on
which his zeal had prompted him to act. Cf. μένεα 536.

SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD 93

590 = 356. 591-602. The forces of Nestor.

591. Πύλον: Messenian Pylus, on a harbor that is well protected by
the island Sphacteria. During the Peloponnesian War (425 B.c.) the
Athenians established themselves here and held the position for fifteen
years. In this harbor (then called Navarino), Oct. 20, 1827, the Turkish
fleet was nearly annihilated, and the Greek war for independence was
virtually decided. — The realm of Nestor was founded by his father Neleus
(son of Poseidon), who had been driven from Iolcos in Thessaly by his
brother Pelias (εὐ 715).

592. πόρον: ford; in apposition with @pvov. Cf. ἄλσος 506.

594. potoa: for the plural, cf. 484.

595. τὸν Θρήικα: that Thracian. - For the use of the article, cf. A 11.
The Thracian bards, Orpheus, Musaeus, Eumolpus, efc., who were called
the fathers of Greek poetry, did not live in historic Thrace but in Pieria,
in southern Macedonia, on the east slope of Olympus. Thence the wor-
ship of the Muses was brought to Helicon and Parnassus. —Thamyris is
here thought of as wandering after the manner of the later bards (ἀοιδοί)
and visiting the courts of the princes.

597. εὐχόμενος : for the participle of manner, see on ἰών A 138. --- εἴ περ
ἄν: even granted that, supposing that. Here alone is ἄν found, instead of
κέν, with εἰ and the optative; cf. A 60; see ὃ 18d 8. The form in direct
discourse would be νικήσαιμι ἄν, εἴ περ ἂν αὐταὶ μοῦσαι ἀείδοιεν.

598. κοῦραι κτλ.: cf. 491 f.

599. πηρόν: maimed, here probably mute (cf. 595), though a later tradi-
tion represented him as blind. —atrdp κτλ. : this states the result of their
action, although elsewhere αὐτάρ is used to introduce something new.

600. ἐκλέλαθον (sc. piv): reduplicated aorist (§ 43 6), used transitively ;
only here construed like a verb of depriving, with two accusatives.

603-614. The Arcadians. The Arcadians are not mentioned as taking
part in any of the conflicts before Troy. They may be thought of as
closely connected with (or included among) the forces of Agamemnon.

603. ἔχον: cf. Ὀλύμπια δώματ᾽ ἔχοντες A 18.— ὑπὸ ὄρος: up under the
mountain.

604. Αἰπύτιον: of Aepytus. For the use of the adjective, cf Νηληίΐῳ 20.
Aepytus, son of Elatus, was an old Arcadian hero whose descendants
reigned long in Arcadia. His mound, which in the time of the early
Roman emperors still rested on its circle of stones, reminds scholars of the
German graves of the Huns. —twa (where): sc. εἰσίν. For the omission of
the copula in a relative clause, cf. A 547.

94 COMMENTARY TO THE

605. ’Opxopevdv: to be distinguished from Minyan Orchomenus (511).

608. Στύμφηλον : famous for its lake (which has a subterranean chan-
nel that comes to the surface and empties into the sea near Argos) and
for the labor of Heracles in killing the birds here.

610 f. ἐν νηὶ κτλ.: cf. 509.

614. θαλάσσια ἔργα: cf. πολεμήια ἔργα 338.— Arcadia, alone of the
countries of Peloponnesus, touched the sea at no point. Cf. praetor
Achaeorum [Philopoemen] ...rudis in re navali erat, Arcas,
mediterraneus homo Livy xxxy. 26.

615-624. The Eleans. 615. Βουπράσιον: the ‘whole and part’
are often thus united; cf. 632, ‘Peter and the Spo Acts v. 29.

616. ὅσσον ἐφ᾽ : 1.6. ἐφ᾽ ὅσσον. .Construe with ἐντὸς ἐέργει, incloses,
bounds; literally, to as far, i.e. as Κα" α56. Cf. T 12. jt

620. ἡγησάσθην: aorist, as 678, 864, 867, 870. Cf. ἦρχε, was leader.

621. ὁ μέν: i.e. Amphimachus. — Hipirov: not to be confounded
with Eurytus of 596. —’Axropiwve: here of the grandsons of Actor. See
§ 39 m.

624. Αὐγηιάδαο: Augeas was the king of Elis whose stables have
become proverbial. See on 660. .

625-644. The Western Islands and Aetolia. 625-630. Dulichium.

625. ot δέ: sc. ἦσαν. --- The poet places Dulichium and the other Echin-
ades (which lie off the mouth of the Acheloiis) far to the south of their
real position, off the coast of Elis. —tepdev: the position of the adjective
indicates that it is construed with ᾿Εχινάων, with which νήσων is in
apposition.

626. πέρην ἁλός: i.e. separated from Elis by the sea.

629. ὅς: i.e. Phyleus. —marpl: i.c. King Augeas.

631-637. The forces of Odysseus. — |

631. Κεφαλλῆνας : the common name for the subjects of Odysseus.

632. ῥά: namely, to wit. The relative sentences are virtually in appo-
sition with Κεφαλλῆνας. ---᾿ Ἰθάκην καὶ Nfpirov: see on Βουπράσιον 615. —
εἰνοσίφυλλον: literally, leafshaking, as if the mountain caused what it
suffered.

635. ἤπειρον : refers to Leucadia and Acarnania, which were conquered
by Laertes. —dvrurépara: neuter adjective as substantive. The opposite
coast in Elis, where the Ithacans had herds. Odysseus himself had on the
mainland twelve herds of cattle, as many flocks of sheep and of goats, and
as many droves of swine.

636. Διὶ κτλ. : Odysseus is frequently called πολύμητις and πολυμήχανος.

SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD 95

637. δυώδεκα: a small number in comparison with the forty ships of
Dulichium (630) or the eighty ships of Diomed (568). The same number
of Odysseus’ ships is mentioned in the Odyssey. See § 8 d.— μιλτοπάρῃοι:
red-cheeked. Their bows (cheeks) were painted with vermilion. On the
other hand, cf. 170, and « 482, where the ship of Odysseus is called
κυανόπρῳρος, dark-prowed.— The forces of Odysseus are the fifteenth in
the enumeration of the twenty-nine contingents. Corresponding to this
position, these ships are said to be at the middle of the line.

638-644. The Aetolians.

640. Καλυδῶνα: on a shoulder of Mt. Aracynthus. It was famed for
the Calydonian Hunt of the boar that was killed at last by Meleager.

641. γάρ: introduces the explanation why Thoas was in command, and
not Oeneus or one of his sons, Tydeus or Meleager. —joav: were living.

642. αὐτός : i.e. Oeneus.—fav0ds: cf. A 197. --- Μελέαγρος: the most
distinguished of the sons of Oeneus.

643. τῷ: i.e. Thoas. —éni: construe with ἐτέταλτο. ---- πάντα : everything,
explained by ἀνασσέμεν in apposition with it; i.e. the whole command. —
Αἰτωλοῖσιν : dative of interest ; cf A 180, 231.

645-652. The Cretans. 645. Κρητῶν: this includes all the mixed
population of the extensive island. — The cities here mentioned all lay
in the interior of the island, at the foot of Mt. Ida.

646. Κνωσόν: the principal city of the island. Excavations on its
site in the spring of 1900 brought to light the ruins of an extensive ancient
palace (probably destroyed somewhat before Troy), and other remains of
an early Greek civilization. —Tépruva: the Cretan city next to Cnosus in
importance. Herein 1884 was discovered a long inscription (probably of
the fifth century B.c.) containing an elaborate code of laws. — τειχιόεσσαν :
cf. 559.

647. Μίλητον : this city gave colonists and name to the Ionian Miletus.
- ἀργινόεντα : cretosum, chalky, as 656. The town lay on chalk cliffs.

648. Φαιστόν : southwest of Gortyna; birthplace of the poet and
prophet Epiménides. There half of the ships of Menelaus were wrecked.

649. ἄλλοι: made prominent before the relative clause. — ἑκατόμπολιν :
ἃ round number; cf 449. Cf. centum urbes habitant magnas,
uberrima regna Verg. Aen. iii. 106.

650. ἄρα: recurs to 645. 653-670. The Rhodians.

653. nis τε μέγας te: two essential qualities of a hero; ef. μέγας 816.

655. διά: construe with κοσμηθέντες, divided in three parts. The Rho-
dians dwelt according to tribes (καταφυλαδόν 668) in their three cities.

96 COMMENTARY TO THE

Pindar tells in greater detail the story of the settlement of the island, and
calls it τρίπολις νᾶσος.

656. Λίνδον: famed for its worship of Athena and Heracles. From
this name came that of Lincoln (Lindi colonia).

658. This episode is intended for the glorification of the Rhodians.

. 659. ᾿Εφύρης : the seat of King Augeas (cf. 624).

660. πέρσας : sc. when he made his expedition against Augeas to
avenge the wrong done in refusing the reward for cleansing the stables.

661. τράφε: intransitive, grew up. Construe with ἐπεί, when he had
grown up. —év\ μεγάρῳ : 1.6. in his father’s house at Tiryns. —évi: for the
length of the final ἐ before the following Ms see § 59 h.

662. αὐτίκα: refers to the preceding ἐπεὶ κτλ. --- φίλον : evidently only
as a standing epithet here. —pfrpea: brother of Alemena, son of Alec-
tryon. — κατέκτα : ‘in a burst of anger,’ says Pindar; by accident, accord-
ing to another tradition.

663. dfov”Apnos: cf. 540.

664. ὅ ye: for its position in the second member of the sankegae cf.
Γ 409.

665. βῆ φεύγων: set out in flight; cf. 71, A 391. The participle
indicates the manner of his going, — as a fugitive, since he feared the ven-
geance of the relatives. ‘A life for a life’ was the old Greek law; but
sometimes a fine wags paid. Flight from the country was frequent, as in
the case of Tydeus, and of Patroclus (see on A 307).

667. és Ῥόδον itev: this isan anachronism. Even the Dorian migration
into Peloponnesus, according to the ancients, followed the fall of Troy by
eighty years. — ἄλγεα πάσχων: with sorrow. Construe with ἀλώμενος.

668. τριχθά: cf. τρίχα 655. — pi oi equivalent to κατὰ φῦλα
362. See on 655. 669. ἐκ Διός: cf. 33.

670. καί σφιν κτλ. : an independent sentence illustrating φίληθεν. ---
κατέχενε : poured down upon them. This indicates the abundance of their
wealth. This expression seems to have given rise to the later myth Reng
Zeus literally rained gold upon the island.

671-675. The forces of Nireus. The smallest contingent of all.

671. Νιρεύς : mentioned only here in Homer. He is celebrated as a
pattern of beauty. Lucian invents a dialogue between him and Thersites.
_ —For the repetition of his name (‘epanalepsis ’), cf. 838, 850, 871. ὃ 160.
— Σύμηθεν : a small island, off the Carian coast, north of Rhodes. A Dorian
colony, like the islands of 676 ff.

672. The names of Nireus’ parents are significant.

ee CU

SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD 97

673. κάλλιστος : predicate. Cf. 216. 674. ἄλλων: cf. A 505.

675. ἀλαπαδνός : the opposite of κρατερός.

676-680. The Sporades. 676. Κράπαθον : Κάρπαθον. See § 31. Car-
pathus is an island between Rhodes and Crete which gave its name to the
Carpathian Sea.

677. Κῶν: elsewhere Kows in Homer. An island off Cnidus and
Halicarnassus. — EipuvréAoww: king of Cos. He was slain by Heracles on
the latter’s return from Troy. His daughter Chalciope bore to Heracles a
son Thessalus (679).— Καλύδνας : small islands near Cos.

678. Φείδιππος, ΓΑντιφος : not mentioned elsewhere in the J/iad.

680 = 516. — 4

681-694. The forces of Achilles. 681. viv ad: but now; a transition
to the forces of northern (Thessalian) Greece. This verse forms a general
prelude and announcement for what follows. —rots: ἐρέω hovers before
the mind; cf. 493.— τό : demonstrative, that. — Πελασγικὸν “Apyos: 1.6.
Thessaly. See onA 30. Thessaly is represented as being more important
in Homeric than it was in historical times.

683. Φθίην: home of Peleus and Achilles (cf. A 169), in the valley of
the Spercheiis.

685. τῶν: cf. ὅ76. --- πεντήκοντα: Achilles arranged his men in five
divisions with five commanders. Each of his ships was manned by fifty
men, who (like the rest) on their arrival at Troy served as soldiers.

686. πολέμοιο δυσηχέος: cf fremituque sequuntur | horrisono
Verg. Aen. ix. 54 f.

687. οὐ yap κτλ. : for there was no one, εἴς. ---- ἥγήσαιτο : potential opta-
tive without ἄν. § 18 ὃ.

688. ἐν νήεσσι: i.c. in the camp. See on A 12.

689. κούρης : causal genitive; cf A 65.— Βρισηίδος: cf. A 184, 348.

690. ἐξείλετο: ἱ.6. received as his γέρας ἐξαίρετον. See on A 194,

691. Λυρνησσόν: Briseis tells of its capture and destruction (T 290 ff.).
See on A 125.

692. κὰδ δ᾽ ἔβαλεν: a change to the finite construction, after the parti-
ciple διαπορθήσας. Cf. T 80; see § 11 1, --- Μύνητα: king of Lyrnessus,
and (according to the later story) husband of Briseis.

694. τάχα: Achilles is reconciled with Agamemnon, goes forth to
battle, and kills Hector, on the twenty-seventh day of the action of the
Iliad, five days after the events narrated in this Second Book. See § 6 γ, 5.

695-710. The forces of Protesilaus. 695. Πύρασον : named from the
wheat (πυρός) which abounded in the region. —dvOepdevra: cf. 503.

98 COMMENTARY TO THE

696. Δήμητρος τέμενος : consecrated field of Demeter; in apposition
with Πύρασον, cf. 506, 592. This afterwards gave to Pyrasus the name
Δημήτριον. ---- μητέρα μήλων : Mt. Ida is called μήτηρ θηρῶν © 47.

697. ἀγχίαλον : this epithet would fit the other cities also.

698. IIpwrecidaos: Protesilaus was the first to fall in the war. The
name is significant; cf. 702. High honors were paid to him at Elaeus
in the Thracian Chersonese down to the time of the Persian wars. His ship
was the center of the fiercest conflict when Hector forced his way to the ships
of the Greeks, and it was half consumed by fire before Patroclus appeared
with the Myrmidons and repulsed the Trojans. |

699. ἔχεν κάτα κτλ. : held down, covered. Cf. T 243. Protesilaus was
in the realm and power of the dark earth. 7

700. ἀμφιδρυφής : women tore their faces in grief. — Φυλάκῃ : local.

701. ἡμιτελής: he left home for the war before he could complete his
house; he had hardly begun life for himself when he was killed. —
Δάρδανος ἀνήρ: a Dardanian warrior. According to the later amplified
form of the story, this was Hector; but Homer does not call any Trojan
Δάρδανος, though the Dardanians were included among the Τρῶες.

703. οὐδὲ μὲν οὐδὲ κτλ.: as 726. The repetition of the negative gives
it great weight. The first negative belongs to the whole sentence, the
second is to be construed closely with of, —neque vero ne hi quidem.
— πόθεόν ye μέν [μήν] : literally, they missed him indeed, equivalent to καὶ
ποθοῦντές περ ἀρχόν. The word before ye μέν is made prominent and
always forms an ‘adversative asyndeton’ (see § 15 ¢). The English idiom
introduces such a clause by yet, but. —dapxé6v: i.e. their former leader.

704. σφέας : monosyllabic. 8 25, —Tlo8dpxns: leader of the Phthians.

705. Φυλακίδαο: with Ὁ, but Φύλάκῃ 700; cf. Πριαμίδης 817 with Πρζα-
pov Τ' 146; see § 59 6. 707. πρότερος : cf. προγενέστερος 555.

708 f. Only another form of 705. — οὐδέ tu: but in nothing.

711-715. The kingdom of Eumelus. 711 f. Φεράς, Βοίβην κτλ.: cities
on the peninsula of Magnesia and in the southeastern part of Pelasgiotis.

712. ᾿Ιαωλκόν : famed as the chief seat of the Thessalian Minyae (see _

on 511), the capital of King Pelias, and the native city of Jason, the
leader of the Argonautic Expedition.

714. iw ᾿Αδμήτῳ: construe with τέκε, cf.. 728, 742, 820.—For the
repetition of the name, cf. 636, 655, 691.

716-728. The forces of Philoctetes.

718. τῶν δέ: antecedent of ot δέ 716. When the relative clause
precedes, the apodosis often has δέ, as here. — τόξων ἐὺ εἰδώς : as 720

a «ω.

ee eae Le SS ell eer TCT.

SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD 99

and frequently, the participle of οἶδα, am skilled in, is followed by the

genitive.

719. ἐρέται: the warriors were the oarsmen.

720. ἐμβέβασαν: had embarked; cf. 351, 509. The preposition is
repeated from ἐν ἑκάστῃ. --- ἶφι μάχεσθαι: so as to (so that they could) fight,
etc.; infinitive of result. Cf. A 8.

722. Λήμνῳ: the Achaeans landed at Lemnos on their voyage to Troy
and received hospitality from King Euneiis. They sent slaves thither
for sale, and received wine thence. — The repetition of the preposition
gives to ἐν Λήμνῳ some independence from ἐν νήσῳ.

723. ὀλοόφρονος tSpov: construe with ἕλκεϊ, ablatival genitive ; from the
cruel water snake. See on 396. The wound not only disabled Philoctetes
but rendered his presence odious to his comrades.

724. τάχα δὲ κτλ. : the Catalogue contains several such references to
events which do not fall within the time of the action of the Iliad; ef.
690 ff., 699 ff.— A prophet declared that Troy could be taken only with
the help of the arrows of Heracles which Philoctetes had in his possession.
According to Sophocles in his tragedy Philoctetes, the hero was brought
from Lemnos to Troy by Odysseus and Neoptolemus (son of Achilles).
No other allusion to this story is found in the Homeric poems. Philoctetes
reached home in safety at the close of the war. |

725. ᾿Αργεῖοι παρὰ νηυσί: parenthetical, in a kind of apposition with
the subject of ἔμελλον. ---- Φιλοκτήταο : construe with μνήσεσθαι.

726 = 703. 727. ᾿Οιλῆος : father of the lesser Ajax (527).

728. ῥά: points back to the preceding verse. Cf. 650, 742.

729-733. Forces of the Asclepiads.

729. Τρίκκην xrA.: cities in western Thessaly, in Hestiaeotis. At
Tricca was one of the oldest sanctuaries of Asclepius, and the home of
the king. — κλωμακόεσσαν : Ithome lay on the steep slopes of Mt. Pindus.

731. ᾿Ασκληπῖοῦ: better written as ᾿Ασκληπιόο. See on 518.

734-737. Forces of Eurypylus. 735. λευκὰ κάρηνα : gleaming heights ;
literally, white heads ; cf. 739. Cf. 117.

738-747. The forces of Polypoetes.

738 f. "Αργισσαν xrA.: cities of the Lapithae (see on A 263), in the
western part of what was Perrhaebia in later times.

739. ᾿Ολοοσσόνα : the most important city in Perrhaebia. — πόλιν
λευκήν : sc. because of its chalk cliffs. Cf. 647.

742. κλυτός : as feminine. Cf. 77. 743. ἤματι τῷ ὅτε: cf. 551.

745. οὐκ οἷος : construe with ἡγεμόνευε 740. --- ἅμα τῷ γε κτλ. : NO

100 COMMENTARY TO THE

conjunction connects this with οὐκ οἷος, since it is in a kind of apposition
with it (8 15 δ), expressing more fully the thought of the first words of
the verse (see on οὐλομένην A 2).

746. ὑπερθύμοιο : in a laudatory sense. — Καινεΐδαο : cf. A 264.

748-755. Aenianians and Perrhaebians. '750. οἰκί᾽ ἔθεντο : built their homes.

751. ἀμφί: on the banks of. —épya: tilled fields.

753. ἀργυροδίνῃ : because of the white waves and eddies of the turbid
Penéiis, where the clear Titaresius empties its stream into it. The swift

current makes it possible to distinguish for a time the waters of the two
streams.

754. ἀλλά te: cf. A 82... --- ἠύτ᾽ ἔλαιον : refers to the water of the one
stream flowing above the other.

755. ὅρκου δεινοῦ : explained by its appositive Srvydés. — This introduces
a mythical explanation that gives a miraculous quality to the water. —
Στυγός : limits ὕδατος. --- ἀπορρώξ : branch of the water of the Styx, as the
Cocytus also was said to be. This mysterious connection with the Styx
(a stream with a high fall, in Arcadia) was imagined probably because of
its violent current.

756-759. The Magnesians.

758. ἸΠρόθοος Gods: the poet puns uponthe name. § 13 c¢.

760-785. Conclusion of the Catalogue of the Achaean forces.

760. Cf. 487.

761. tis r ἄρα: cf. A 8. — ἐκ ἄριστος: cf. A 69.— ewene: cf. 484.

762. αὐτῶν κτλ. : cf. 466. — - ἅμα ἕποντο: cf. A 158.

763. μέγα: adverb; see on A 78. ----Φηρητιάδαο: Admetus. Cf. 713 ff.
Or this name may be given to Pheres’ grandson Eumelus ; see on 621. In
the funeral games in honor of Patroclus, these mares of Eumelus would
have won the race but for an accident. — This statement is subject to
qualification below, ὄφρ᾽ ᾿Αχιλεὺς μήνιεν 769, 764-767 being parenthetical.

764. ᾿Εύμηλος : cf. 714. — ποδώκεας : this and the following epithets are
attracted to the construction of the relative clause. — ὄρνιθας : for the
length of the last syllable, see on κακὸν ὥς 190.

765. σταφύλῃ ἐΐσας: like to a plumb line, “straight as an arrow.” —
ἐπὶ νῶτον : over the back (cf. 308), ἐ.6. of the same height.

766. ἐν IInpely : probably the region of Pherae, where Apollo served
Admetus as herdsman. Angry at the death of Asclepius, Apollo had
killed the Cyclopes of Zeus and as a punishment was sent to serve a
mortal. See Euripides’ Alcestis, init. Apollo retained his interest in
these mares.

—_

SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD 101

767. φόβον κτλ.: the flight of Ares attends them. For the ablatival
genitive, see on 396.

768. αὖ: marks the contrast with ἵπποι μέν 763; ef. αὖτε A 237.

770. ἵπποι: these were immortal steeds, sired by Zephyrus and given
by Poseidon to Peleus. — φορέεσκον : drew. ‘The Homeric heroes did not
ride on horseback. Thus ἵπποι often stands for horses and chariots. Cf.
554. '

771. ὁ μέν : contrasted with ἵπποι 775, as is shown by 769 f.—é&
γήεσσι: cf. 688 f.

774. αἰγανέῃσιν : dative of means with ἱέντες.

775. wap ἅρμασιν: i.e. where they had been tied when released from
the yoke; in contrast with ὑφ᾽ ἅρμασι, where the horses are under the yoke
before the chariot. —txaeros: appositive, as A 606.

776. The Homeric horses were fed on λωτόν (clover), σέλινον (a kind
of parsley), κύπειρον (a fragrant marsh plant), and on κρῖ λευκόν (white
barley), πυρός (wheat ), and ὄλυραι or ζειαί (spelt).

777. εὖ πεπυκασμένα : i.e. away from the dust. —etro: stood. — ἀνάκ-
των: of the masters (construe with ἅρματα), i.e. Achilles and his lieu-
tenants (see on 685). The λαοί did not fight ἀφ᾽ ἵππων.

778. ot δέ: i.c. the λαοί and ἄνακτες. ---- ποθέοντες : cf. 703.

780. Return to the narrative which was interrupted by the Catalogue
(484). But while, at 476, the leaders are busy in arranging their troops,
here they are represented as already moving forward for the attack. — oi
δέ: i.e. the Achaeans. — ὡς εἴ τε xrA.: as if the earth were devoured (liter-
ally, pastured off) by fire. The optative is used to express a mere concep-
tion of the mind. The comparison relates to the gleam of the armor and
weapons; cf. 455 ff.

781. “The earth trembled as from an earthquake.” — Au ὥς : sc. oreva-
xa, groaned as it groans under Zeus, under the power of Zeus. ὑπὸ ποσσί
784 corresponds to this.— Au: for the length of the ultima, cf. ὄρνιθας
764, and Ad 636.

782. xwopéve: “in his wrath.” An instance of the exhibition of this
anger follows. —6re τε: with hypothetical subjunctive. — ἀμφὶ Τυφωέι: a
mighty giant, symbol of voleanic power. He opposed Zeus, but was over-
come by the thunderbolt, and was buried under a mountain. From this
he belches forth fire. When he attempts to rise, he causes earthquakes ;
then Zeus smites with his lightning the earth about Typhoeus, i.e. the
earth which covers him. Pindar, in his first Pythian ode, represents
the monster as lying under Mt. Etna, and extending to Mt. Vesuvius. —

102 COMMENTARY TO THE

Cf. «In bulk as huge | As whom the fables name of monstrous size, |...
Briareos [A 403] or Typhon, whom the den | By ancient Tarsus held,’
Milton Par. Lost i. 196 ff.

783. εἰν ᾿Αρίμοις : in the land of the Arimi, in Cilicia. This belongs to
the so-called ‘earthquake belt.’ Cf durumque cubile | Inarime
Iovis imperiis imposta Typhoeo Verg. Aen. ix. 715 f.

784. Cf. scuta sonant pulsuque pedum conterrita tellus
Verg. Aen. vii. 722.

785. πεδίοιο : on the plain; local genitive; cf. 801. Only the archaic
form in -oo is so used in Homer. The accusative is used with no essential
difference of meaning; cf. A 483. | ,

786. ποδήνεμος: Iris is ἀελλόπος storm-footed @ 409. Cf. Tennyson’s
‘light-foot Iris.’ — ὠκέα [ὠκεῖα] : for the inflection, see § 38 ὃ.

787. πὰρ Διός : construe with ἦλθε.

788. ἀγορὰς ἀγόρενον : were holding an assembly; cf. πόλεμον πολεμίζειν
T 485. --- ἐπὶ ἸΤριάμοιο θύρῃσιν : at the gates of Priam, i.e. before the palace,
where by oriental custom the king sat in judgment. Cf. ‘Judges and
officers shalt thou make thee in all thy gates,’ Deut. xvi. 18.

789. πάντες : 1.6. all the nobles. It is limited by the circumstances of
the case. — No special βουλή (ef. 53) of the Trojans is mentioned.

790. προσέφη : sc. piv (referring to Priam), as 172. Cf. 795.

791. φθογγήν: at first only the similarity of voice receives prominence,
in close connection of thought with προσέφη. But here, as in the other
cases, a transformation of the whole person is to be assumed; hence
ἐεισαμένη 795 without the addition of φθογγήν. The contents of the
speech, however, cause Hector to recognize the goddess (807).

792. ποδωκείῃσι κτλ. : equivalent to ποσὶ κραιπνοῖσι πεποιθώς. For the
plural, cf. προθυμίῃσι 588.

793. τύμβῳ κτλ. : on the top of the mound.

794. Séypevos ὁππότε: exspectans dum, generally followed by the
aorist optative. —vatgw : ablatival genitive with ἀφορμηθεῖεν. ---- This sery-
ice was to be expected rather at the beginning of the war. Cf. 362 ff.

795. τῷ piv ἐεισαμένη : cf 22. ---μίν: i.e. Priam. Construe with προσ-
épyn.— This verse repeats the sum of 790 f., because of the interposed
clauses.

796. αἰεί τοι: cf. A 107, 177, 541.— φίλοι : predicate. Cf. A 107.—
ἄκριτοι: cf. 246, — Iris blames Priam’s untimely unconcern,
797. πόλεμος δὲ xTA.: contrast (paratactic; ὃ 21 d) with ἐπ᾽ εἰρήνης, in
time of peace, —éAlacros: cf. 420.

SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD 103

798. δή: equivalent to ἤδη. ---- πολλά : cognate accusative with εἰσήλυθον.
It does not differ greatly from πολλάκις. 799. Cf. 120.

800. ἐοικότες : sc. in number. Cf. 468. — Cf. <I will multiply thy
seed as the stars of the heaven, and as the sand which is upon the sea-
shore,’ Genesis xxii. 17. —4: in a comparison where the poet leaves the
choice open. 801. προτὶ ἄστυ: construe with ἔρχονται.

802. “Exrop: Iris turns to address Hector as the commander-in-chief,
on whom above all others depends the weal of the state. —8é€: for the
order of words, cf. A 282. —8€ ye: construe with ῥέξαι. Itrefers to what
follows.

803. πολλοὶ κτλ. : explanatory preparation for 805. For the thought,
ef. 130 f.

805. τοῖσιν : to these; antecedent of the following relative. No con-
junction is used to connect this with what has preceded, since this is in a
kind of apposition with ὧδέ ye ῥέξαι. For the dative, cf Τρωσί 816.
Each is to give orders to his countrymen, as usual. This indicates the
separation into tribes (accomplished in 815) corresponding to that of the
Greeks in 362 f.

806. τῶν δ᾽ ἐξηγείσθω: and let him lead these forth; sc. from the city to
the field of battle. —modtfras: the men of his city. This measure is
intended especially for the great number of Trojan allies.

807. οὔ τι κτλ. : by no means failed to recognize (i.e. he recognized clearly)
the speech of the goddess; he recognized the goddess herself. For the
‘ litotes,’ see on A 220.

808. ἐπὶ τεύχεα : fo fetch their arms. Cf. Attic pera τεύχεα.

809. πᾶσαι πύλαι : the whole gate,—i.e. the gate was opened wide, — the
Scaean or Dardanian gate, leading from the city to the plain. Homer
does not mention any other gates of the city.

811. ἔστι δέ τις: a favorite epic beginning of a description; cf urbs
antiqua fuit Verg. Aen. i. 12. --- πόλιος : disyllabie by ‘synizesis.’ The
ultima is long before the caesural pause.

812. ἀπάνευθε: aside; sc. from the principal road. — περίδρομος : 1.6.
free lying, lying in an open place. — ἔνθα κτλ. : see on 397.

814. ἀθάνατοι κτλ. : for the language of the gods, see on A 403,—
σῆμα: such a tomb as that of 604. — πολυσκάρθμοιο : agile; sc. in battle.

815. διέκριθεν : cf. 805, 475 f.

816-877. The Trojans and their allies. The force opposed to the
Achaeans is composed of sixteen contingents: I. five contingents from
Trojan peoples (816-839), and II. eleven contingents of allies (ἐπίκουροι,

104 _ COMMENTARY TO THE

840-877). Of the allies, three divisions come from Europe, and eight
from Asia. 1. Trojans from (a) Ilios, (Ὁ) Dardania, under command
of Aeneas, (6) Zelea, under Pandarus, (d) Adrastea, (6) Percote, etc.
II. Allies (from Europe), (a) Thracians, under Rhesus, (6) Ciconians,
(c) Paeonians; (from Asia), (a) Pelasgians, (Ὁ) Paphlagonians, under
Pylaemenes, (6) Halizonians, (4) Mysians, (6) Phrygians, () Maeonians,
(g) Carians, (4) Lycians, under Sarpedon and Glaucus. See on 844 ff.

The Catalogue of the Trojans is far less exact, detailed, and symmet-
rical than that of the Achaeans; it contains no definite statements of
number. The total number of Trojans and allies was 50,000, according
to Θ 562 f.: «A thousand fires were kindled on the plain, and by each sat
fifty men.’ Of these about 10,000 were Trojans, if 123-130 are to be
interpreted literally.

- 816-839. The Trojans. 816. Τρωσί: in the narrower sense, the
inhabitants of the city Ἴλιος. --- μέγας: of stature. The Greeks were
prone to believe that no man could be physically small while mentally
great. Cf. 653. —kopv0atodos: a mark of martial activity ; cf et cristam
adverso curru quatit aura volantem Verg, Aen. xii. 370.

817. πλεῖστοι κτλ. : 1.6. as the flower of the whole army.

818. pepadres: striving forward with the lance, eager for the fray.

819. Aapdaviev: the name is preserved in the modern ‘ Dardanelles.’ —
αὖτε: correlative with μέν 816 ; cf. 768.—’Ayxleao: Anchises is nowhere
referred to by Homer as alive at the time of this war.

820. ᾿Αφροδίτη: for the short first syllable, see § 59 g a.

821. ἐν κνημοῖσι: 1.6. where Anchises had charge of the herds and
herdsmen. It was one of the patriarchal customs of those times that
kings and kings’ sons tended their flocks on the slopes of the mountains.
— θεὰ βροτῷ: note the ‘antithesis.’ 822. ἅμα τῷ ye: cf. 745.

823. μάχης πάσης: every kind of battle, — on foot or in the chariot, with
lance or sword. For the genitive, cf. 718.

824. δέ: for the short vowel before following ζ, cf. o before Σκαμάνδριον
in 465.—Zédeav: on the frontier of Μυρίδ. ---- πόδα velarov: i.e. the
northern slope. For the accusative, cf. 603.

825. ἀφνειοί: sc. because of the well-tilled farms. — πίνοντες xrX.: this
expression was often imitated. Cf exsul| aut Ararim Parthus
bibet, aut Germania Tigrim Verg. Hcl. i. 62 f. — μέλαν: this epithet
is applied to springs and rivers, as well as to the sea, when the surface
is disturbed by breezes in such a way as to prevent a clear reflection of the
sun’s light.

ΨΥ i i i ΝΥ νυ ge i, i a ἙΛΛΆΝΩΝ ΝΟ

SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD 105

826. Τρῶες: in the broader sense, — the inhabitants of the country.

827. καί: cf. A 249. —refov κτλ.: i.e. Apollo gave him skill with the
bow; cf laetus Apollo | augurium citharamque dabat, celeres-
que sagittas Verg. Aen. xii. 393 f. The ancients believed that the bow
of an excellent archer must be the gift of the god of the bow. The mak-
ing of the bow of Pandarus, from the horns of a wild goat shot by himself,
is described in A 105-111.

828. ᾿Αδρήστειαν: received its name from Adrestus (830). Like the
following cities, it lay in what was Mysia in later times. — Sfpov: as 547.

829. Πιτύειαν : received its name from the neighboring pine forests;
as the neighboring Lampsacus was called [lirvotoa.— Τηρείης : a moun-
tainous region near Cyzicus. ;

830. λινοθώρηξ: perhaps as an archer, Cf. 529.

831. υἷε δύω: cf. A 16.— Tlepxwotov: he seems to have lived formerly
in Percote (835); or Adrastea may have been a colony from Percote. —
περὶ πάντων: cf, A 258.

832. ἤδεε κτλ. : Homer knows of no professional soothsayers. Calchas
(A 69), Helenus (Z 76), Ennomus (858), Melampus, Halitherses, — all
are introduced as busy in different ways, in war and in peace. — οὐδέ; for
the lengthened ultima before the possessive pronoun, see § 32 c, i. — οὐδὲ
ἔασκεν : ‘resistance to pressure’ is implied in the imperfect. He refused
his consent.

833. φθισήνορα: a standing epithet of the battle.

835. ἄρα: as 522.—Tlepxérnv: Percote, Abydus, and Arisbe were
towns on the south side of the Hellespont.

836. Σηστόν: on the Thracian Chersonese, opposite Abydus. Here
Xerxes bridged the Hellespont.

838. Ασιος : for the repetition of the name, see on 671.

840-877. The allies of the Trojans.

840. Πελασγῶν: a part settled in Greece proper, a part must have
remained in Asia Minor. They gave to many of their towns the name
Larisa or Larissa (rock-citadel). More than a dozen towns of this name
are enumerated, beside the citadel of Argos.

844 ff. The following enumeration of allies has a radial arrangement,
proceeding from Troy as the center and starting point. Each radius ends
with a τηλόθεν (849, 857, 877) or τῆλε (863) for the most distant point
from Troy. I. European line (844-850). II. Northeast of Troy, on
the southern shore of the Euxine Sea (851-857). III. Southeast of Troy

(858-863), IV. South of Troy (864-877).

106 COMMENTARY TO THE

. 844. Θρήικας : European Thracians, dwelling between the Hebrus and
the Hellespont. — ἦγε : for the singular, see on 512.

845. Ἑλλήσποντος: the Hellespont in Homer includes also the neigh-
boring waters. —dydppoos: with strong stream. It is called a ποταμός.
No current of the Mediterranean compares with that of the Hellespont.

846. Κικόνων : Odysseus destroyed their city, after leaving Troy.
They are mentioned by Herodotus among the Thracian nations through
whose country Xerxes passed.

850. ᾿Αξιοῦ: for the repetition, cf. 671. The Axius is one of the chief
rivers of Macedonia, west of the Strymon. Homer applies to it the epi-
thets εὐρυρέεθρος, βαθυδίνης. ---- κάλλιστον : predicate ; ‘whose water is the
most beautiful that,” ete. Cf. 216. The water of the Axius is now
muddy.

851. Here the poet returns to Asia. See on 844 ff. — ἸΤυλαιμένεος. ᾿

κτλ. : equivalent to “the shaggy-breasted Pylaemenes.” For the periph-
rasis, cf. 387, Τ' 105; see § 16 ἀ. --- λάσιον κῆρ: see on A 189. Here
the epithet is transferred to the heart itself.

852. ἐξ "Everav: out of the midst of the Enetians, where he dwelt,
Equivalent to Everjuos. In later times these “Everoi were called Veneti ;
they were said to have wandered to the coast of the Adriatic Sea. — ἀγρο-
τεράων: the comparative ending is sometimes used in Homer with no
thought of greater or less degree, but simply of contrast. ὃ 40 c¢.

856. Cf. 517. 858. Μυσῶν: south of the Propontis, east of the
Aesepus, towards Bithynia.

859. οὐκ: placed emphatically before οἰωνοῖσιν, with reference to the:
preceding οἰωνιστής. Cf. gratissimus augur;|sed non augurio
potuit depellere pestem Verg. Aen. ix. 327 f.— οἰωνοῖσιν : by omens,
from the flight of birds.

860. ὑπὸ χερσί: ὑπό with the dative is frequently used by Homer where
the Attic used ὑπό with the genitive. See § 19 7.— Αἰακίδαο : for the use
of the patronymic, cf. 621. Cf Aeacidae telo iacet Hector Verg.
Aen. i. 99.

861. ἐν ποταμῷ: as 875. The story of the general slaughter by Achilles
in the bed of the Scamander is told in ® 17 ff., but Ennomus is not named
there. — ὅθι wep: just where.

862. Φρύγας: sc. on the river Sangarius. They were famed for their
chariots and their vineyards (I 184 ff.). They had commercial relations
with the Trojans. Vergil calls the Trojans Phrygians, but this is not
Homeric; cf. alma Venus Phrygii genuit Simoentis ad undam

a “ἡ

aid

SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD 107

Verg. Aen. i. 618. —’Acxdvos: Homer knows of no son of Aeneas. The
boy Ascanius was invented later as a companion piece to Hector’s son
Astyanax.— For the name we may compare Ashkenez in Gen. x. 3 for
the inhabitants of Central Asia Minor.

863. ᾿Ασκανίης : in Bithynia, on a lake of the same name on which
lay also the later Nicaea. — μέμασαν δέ: instead of a participle or relative
clause; see 21 d.—tcpin: local dative. Synonymous with μάχη, πόλεμος,
δηιοτής.

864. Myoow: later called Lydians. They inhabited an attractive
land and were equipped with chariots; they traded with the Trojans;
and their women were skilled in purple dyeing. — ἡγησάσθην: cf. 620.

865. Γυγαίη λίμνη: 1.6. the nymph of that lake; cf νύμφη νηίς Z 21.
All of these nymphs belong to western Asia Minor, which was thought
to be their favorite abode.

866. καί: also, marks the agreement with 864. ( 74.
867. βαρβαροφώνων : rough-voiced, refers to the harshness of their dia-
lect. The word βάρβαρος for non-Greek, foreigner, is not found in Homer,
just as the poet has no one word for ‘all Greece.’.— No one in Homer
has any difficulty in conversing with another of a different country.

Greeks, Trojans, and Lycians all seem to speak the same language.

868. Μίλητον: this old Carian city became the largest Ionian city and
the mother of eighty colonies, but lost much of its importance in the
insurrection against the Persians, in 494 B.c.

869. Μυκάλης: at the foot of this mountain the Persians were defeated,
in 479 B.c.

870. ἄρα: so, as I said, refers back to 867.

871. Νάστης κτλ. : repeated from the preceding verse, in the reverse
order. Cf. 671. Ἀ

872. ὅς: refers to the principal person, Νάστης 867. --- καί : marks the
agreement with ἀγλαὰ τέκνα 871; cf. 866.— χρυσὸν ἔχων : with gold orna-
ments, probably the gold spirals used in fastening his long hair. χρυσόν
here cannot refer to gold armor such as that of Glaucus, Nestor, or
Achilles, since that was an honor and no reproach. Nastes was the
Trojan Nireus (671 ff.).— ἢύτε κούρη : like a vain girl.

873. νήπιος: of. 38. 874 = 860.

876. Σαρπηδών: second only to Hector; the bravest leader of the
allies, regarded by the Trojans as ἕρμα πόληος IL 549 prop of the city.
He was son of Zeus and Laodamia, Bellerophon’s daughter (Z 198 f.).
He led in the attack on the Achaean camp (M 101, 292 ff., 397 ff.). He

108 COMMENTARY TO THE

was slain by Patroclus (II 480 ff.). At the command of Zeus, Apollo
bathed his corpse, anointed it with ambrosia, and gave it to the twin
brothers, Sleep and Death, to convey to Lycia (II 667 ff.).—Tdatxos:
Glaucus tells of his race in Z 145 ff. He was first cousin of Sarpedon and
grandson of Bellerophon, descended from Sisyphus of Corinth. He is
associated with Sarpedon in the battles. He has a famous meeting with
Diomed (Z 119 ff.). He was wounded by Teucer (M 387 ff.). The honors
received by the two Lycian heroes at home are enumerated by Sarpedon at
M 310.— The name ‘Lycia’ is given by the poet also to the district from
which Pandarus (827) comes; cf. E 105. From those Trojan Lycians
the southern Lycians of Sarpedon are to be distinguished.

877. av0ov: mentioned also in E 479, M 313; to be distinguished
from the Trojan river ὃν Ξάνθον καλέουσι θεοί, ἄνδρες δὲ Sxapavdpov Y 74.

THIRD BOOK OF THE ILIAD

Instead of the general battle which was to be expected from the prepa-
rations of the Second Book, a duel is fought between Menelaus and Paris.
This duel is intended by the combatants to put an end to the entire war.

In the Third Book the poet gives to his hearers a view of the state
of affairs in Troy, as the preceding Books had taught of the relations
existing between the Achaeans, both leaders and men, and also gives
' information with regard to events which preceded the action of the poem.

1. This verse refers to B 476, 815. --- ἕκαστοι: 1.6. the separate divi-
sions of each army. Cf. Β 127. The singular would have been used of
individuals. Cf. A 606.

2. Τρῶες: 1.6. the Trojans and their allies. — As B 826, not as B 816.
--- κλαγγῇ KTA.: with clamor and outcry; one idea, expressed for emphasis
by two synonymous nouns. Cf. A 492, B 339.—toav: advanced.—
ὄρνιθες ὥς : cf. B 764, and see on Β 190. This comparison is made definite
by a special illustration.— The Achaeans silent in the consciousness of
their power are contrasted with the noisy Trojans. Elsewhere also the
Trojans are represented as exercising less self-restraint, as less disciplined
than the Greeks. When the strife is renewed (A 429 ff.) the Achaeans
advance in solemn silence, while the Trojans come to meet them with the
noise of a flock of sheep.

3. ἠύτε; of. B 87,— γεράνων : cf. B 460,— οὐρανόθι πρό: the adverb πρό

en

ee

THIRD BOOK OF THE ILIAD 109

makes οὐρανόθι more definite. To the observer, the sky seems to be behind
the cranes in their lofty flight. Cf B 456.— Cf quales sub nubibus
atris | Strymoniae dant signa grues, atque aethera tranant |
cum sonitu, fugiuntque notos clamore secundo Verg. Aen. x.
264 ff.; ‘As multitudinous on the ocean line | As cranes upon the cloud-
less Thracian wind,’ Shelley Hellas; ‘Loud were their clamoring tongues,
as when | The clanging sea-fowl leave the fen,’ Scott Marmion v. 5.

4. ἐπεὶ οὖν: as A 57.— χειμῶνα: cf. γέρανοι δὲ φεύγουσαι χειμῶνα τὸν ἐν
τῇ Σκυθικῇ χώρῃ γινόμενον, φοιτέουσι ἐς χειμασίην (winter quarters) ἐς τοὺς
τόπους τούτους (i.e. of the Nile) Hdt. ii. 22, quam multae glome-
rantur aves, ubi frigidus annus | trans pontum fugat, et terris
immittit apricis Verg. Aen. vi. 311 f. —vyov: for the gnomic aorist
in comparisons, cf. 10, 23, 33.

5. κλαγγῇ: contains the real point of the comparison; 6 f. are.added
simply to complete the picture. See ὃ 14 a.—rat ye: repeats the subject,
ai te 4. See on A 97. --- ἐπὶ κτλ. : toward the currents, etc., i.e. toward the
south. See on A 423.

6. ἀνδράσι: made prominent in contrast with the cranes. ἀνήρ often
stands in attributive connection with nouns. See on B 474. — ΠΠυγμαίοισι:
these pygmies, Lilliputians (literally, Fistlings),on the southern shore of the
Mediterranean, were attacked yearly by the cranes, according to the com-
mon story. — Cf. ‘that small infantry | Warr’d on by cranes,’ Milton Par.

' Lost i. 575. — φόνον κτλ.: of. B 352.

7. ἠέριαι: cf. A497. On the day after their arrival in the land. —
κακήν: destructive, as A 10; ge. to the pygmies.—épia κτλ.: offer
(literally, bring forward) strife.

8. of δ᾽ ἄρα: i.e. the Achaeans; correlative with Τρῶες μέν 2. —toav
σιγῇ: cf. οὐ yap κραυγῇ ἀλλὰ σιγῇ .. . Kal ἡσυχῆ . . . προσῇσαν Xen. An.
i. 8. 11. — μένεα πνείοντες : cf. B ὅ86. -- Cf. «Thus they | Breathing united
force with fixed thought | Moved on in silence,’ Milton Par. Lost i. 559 ff.

9. ἐν θυμῷ: in heart, though they did not shout; emphatic. Cf
B 223.

10. εὖτε: generally a temporal particle; here a comparative conjunction,
as, like mvre 3. — “As the South wind veils the mountain tops with mist.”

11. οὔ τι φίλην κτλ. : sc. since the shepherd on the mountains in a
thick mist cannot easily watch and guard his flock. — νυκτὸς ἀμείνω : per-
haps because the sheep were usually shut up in their fold at night.

12. τόσσον, ὅσον: only so far as; accusative of extent, with ἐπί, cf.
B 616. —ré τέ: these mark the correlation of the clauses; cf. A 82.—

110 COMMENTARY TO THE

Distances are thus measufed in Homer: as the cast of a spear, or of a
discus, or of a shepherd’s crook, or a bowshot, or a furrow’s length, or
the reach of the voice. Cf. St. Luke xxii. 41, ‘And he was withdrawn
from them about a stone’s cast.’

13. ὡς ἄρα xrA.: as B 784. 14 = B 785.

15. A formula which, in close connection with what has preceded,
introduces the single combat of two warriors. — σχεδὸν ἦσαν : were near
each other. For the use of the adverb, see on A 416.—ém ἀλλήλοισιν :
construed with ἰόντες. For ἐπί in hostile sense, οὐ, A 382.

16. Tpwciv: for the Trojans. — θεοειδής : this epithet is given to Paris
because of his personal beauty. Cf. 39, 44 ff., 55, 64.

17. παρδαλέην: adjective as substantive. See on A 54. As a light-
armed warrior (he was eminently a bowman), he wore no armor, and thus
had a panther’s skin on his shoulders. See on B 43.

18. αὐτάρ: on the other hand. This gives prominence to δοῦρε, since
the spears do not belong properly to the archer’s equipment, which has
just been described. — δοῦρε δύω : for δύω with the dual, cf. A 16. ---- κεκορυθ-
μένα κτλ.: for the plural in agreement with the dual, cf A 200.— Cf.
bina manu lato crispans hastilia ferro Verg. Aen. i. 313, laeva
duo forte gerebat | praefixa hastilia ferro ib. xii. 488 f.

19 ff. For the single combat, cf. « And there went out a champion out
of the camp of the Philistines, named Goliath, of Gath, whose height was
six cubits and a span. And he had an helmet of brass upon his head, °
and he was armed with a coat of mail; and the weight of the coat was
five thousand shekels of brass. And he had greaves of brass upon his
legs, and a target of brass between his shoulders. And the staff of his
spear was like a weaver’s beam, and his spear’s head weighed six hundred
shekels of iron; and one bearing a shield went before him. And he
stood and cried unto the armies of Israel, and said unto them, «“ Why are
ye come out to set your battle in array? Am not I a Philistine, and ye
servants to Saul? Choose you a man for you, and let him come down to
me. If he be able to fight with me, and to kill me, then will we be your
servants: but if I prevail against him and kill him, then shall ye be our
servants, and serve us.” And the Philistine said, «I defy the armies of
Israel this day ; give me a man, that we may fight together,” ’ 1 Sam. xvii.
4-10; cum trigeminis (86. Horatii and Curiatii) agunt reges,
ut pro sua quisque patria dimicent ferro: ibi imperium fore,
unde victoria fuerit Livy i. 24; ‘Then said the doughty Douglas |
‘Unto the Lord Percy: | «To kill all these guiltless men, | Alas! it were

THIRD BOOK OF THE ILIAD 111

great pitie. | But, Percy, thou art a lord of land, | I am an earl called
within my country; | Let all our men upon a parti stand, | And do the
battle of thee and me,”’ Chevy Chase. ς

19. πάλλων : parallel with ἔχων 17. --- προκαλίζετο : by his mien rather
than by words; cf. 21. προκαλιζόμενος would make a smoother con-
struction here, but the finite verb is used in order to give the thought
more prominence; οὐ ἔβαλλον 80. Thus ἔχων and πάλλων seem to be
related to both imperfects. — πάντας ἀρίστους : in marked contrast with the
yielding of Paris before Menelaus, who was not distinguished in battle. —
Here the period returns to line 16, since this verse explains προμάχιζεν. ----
Paris and Menelaus are introduced first in the action, since the two are
the prime cause of the war. Their feud is private as well as public. The
description of the two foes is made specially effective by the contrast of
their characters.

20. ἀντίβιον: cf. ἀντιβίην A 278; used only of a hand-to-hand, man-
against-man conflict.

21. δέ: correlative with μέν 16.—ds: for its position, cf A 32.— ,
ἀρηίφιλος : this epithet is generally applied, as here, to Menelaus. The
epithet and the name form a convenient close to the verse. Seeon A 7.

22. προπάροιθεν ὁμίλου : sc. as πρόμαχος. --- μακρὰ βιβάντα : this gives the
manner of ἐρχόμενον. It is here a sign of courage, for Paris was no coward.
Cf. longe gradientem Verg. Aen. x. 572, ‘Satan with vast and haughty
strides advanced,’ Milton Par. Lost vi. 109.

23. ὥς τε λέων κτλ. : a comparison instead of the apodosis, which (with
ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ἰδών as a repetition of ὡς ἐνόησεν) follows at 27. The gnomic
aorist ἐχάρη contains the point of comparison; but πεινάων also receives
emphasis from its position and corresponds to φάτο yap τίσασθαι 28, i.e.
joy at the promised satisfaction of a passionate desire. —éml σώματι κύρ-
owas: as he happened upon the carcass of a beast just slain in the chase
(cf. 26). σῶμα is used in Homer only of a dead body; see ὃ 17. In
A 475 ff. is another instance in a comparison of a lion coming up and eat-
ing a deer which a hunter had killed.— Cf. impastus stabula alta
leo ceu saepe peragrans, | suadet enim vesana fames; si forte
fugacem | conspexit capream aut surgentem in cornua cer-
vum | gaudet Verg. Aen. x. 723 ff. The aorist is gnomic, like εὑρών,
below, which explains κύρσας, and is in apposition with it.

25. μάλα κατεσθίει : eagerly devours. —yép τε κτλ. : explains πεινάων. ---
εἴ περ Gv: cf. B 597. — αὐτόν : himself, in contrast with the goat or deer.

26. κύνες κτλ. : “hounds and hunters,” who had killed the beast.

112 COMMENTARY TO THE

27. θεοειδέα : with ‘synizesis’ of the last two vowels, as 237, 450. ὃ 25.

28. τίσασθαι : for the aorist infinitive after a verb of expecting, cf. 112,
366; see G. 1286.

29. Paris was on foot; see 22. —é ὀχέων : equivalent to ἐξ ἵππων 265.

31. κατεπλήγη : “was filled with dismay”; not from natural cowardice
(Z 521 ff.), but his guilty conscience robbed him of courage at sight of
Menelaus. ‘Conscience does make cowards of us all.’ — ἦτορ: cf. A 44.

33. ὡς δ᾽ ὅτε: introduces a comparison, with the gnomic aorist. See
§ 14 ὁ.---τέ, τέ: as 12, For the ε remaining short before dp, see ἃ 59 g.
- παλίνορσος ἀπέστη: stepped back again, sc. in terror; in this lies the
point of the comparison. For the predicate adjective used as an adverb,
cf. ἠέριαι 7, ἀντίοι A 535.— Cf. improvisum aspris veluti qui sen-
tibus anguem | pressit humi nitens, trepidusque repente
refugit |... haud secus Androgeus visu tremefactus abibat
Verg. Aen. ii. 379 ff., ‘False Sextus saw and trembled, | And turned and
fled away; | As turns, as flies the woodman | In the Calabrian brake | When
. thro’ the reeds gleams the round eye | Ot that fell speckled snake, | So
turned, so fled false Sextus | And hid him in the rear,’ Macaulay Lays,
Battle of Regillus xv.

34. ὑπό: below, referring to the weakness of his knees. Construe with
ἔλλαβε.

35. παρειάς : in apposition with piv, as ἃ ‘part’ with the ‘whole’; ef.
438, 442.

36. καθ᾽ ὅμιλον : into the throng. — ἀγερώχων : also B 654.

37. ᾿Αλέξανδρος : in apposition with the subject of ἔδυ, expressed here
for the sake of the contrast with “Arpéos υἱόν.

39. εἶδος ἄριστε: as 124; in contrast with Δύσπαρι, cf. 45. Thus the
excellence that is granted is made a reproach.

40. ald’ ὄφελες κτλ. : closely connected with the reproaches of the pre-
ceding verse. — ἄγονος, ἄγαμος : unborn, unmarried. — Elsewhere, also, Hector
uses strong language to Paris and about him. Cf. 454, Z 284 f.

41. καὶ τό: even this, referring to the preceding verse. — κε βουλοίμην :
potential, I should prefer; cf. A 112.— ev ἦεν: as contrary to fact in
present time. — πολύ: cf. A 91, 112.

42. 4: follows the comparative idea in βουλοίμην, as A 117, καί κεν

πολὺ κτλ: being parenthetical.

44. φάντες (imperfect participle): they who believed; of an incorrect
view, as B 37 and frequently. — καλόν : seldom is an adjective at the close
of one verse in close connection with a noun at the beginning of the next.

— lo

ἜΚ υυ

THIRD BOOK OF THE ILIAD 113

§11j. Many apparent exceptions to this rule can be explained, as A 78,
156, 283. This arrangement of words may have been chosen here in
order to give increased prominence to εἶδος. Perhaps καλόν and εἶδος should
change places, having been transposed to avoid an ‘ apparent hiatus.’

. 45. ἔπι (for ἔπεστι, as A 515): attends thee.— ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ κτλ. : the con-
trast with φάντες calls strictly for a participle denoting the Achaeans’
recognition of the truth. Instead of this, Hector states the fact from his
own standpoint. —opertv: local; ¢f. A 24.

46. “Can such a coward have dared to meet the dangers involved in
the rape of Helen?” ---- τοιόσδε: with deictic -δε, cf. 157, B 120.

47. ἀγείρας : subordinate to ἐπιπλώσας [Attic ἐπιπλεύσας].

48. ἀλλοδαποῖσι : masculine adjective as substantive; cf. Aapdaviwy
B 819. Cf. on A 54, 539. — ἀνῆγες : didst lead (bring) home to Troy.

49. ἀπίης: cf. A 270.— wv: sister-in-law of Agamemnon, who i:
implied in the more general ἀνδρῶν κτλ. --- αἰχμητάων: cf. A 290. Impor-
tant for the thought here. For the plural, ef. 106, B 250.

50. πῆμα: as a bane. This accusative and the two following are i:
apposition with the whole of the preceding sentence, marking the result —
of the action. Cf. B160; see H. 626; G.915.— δήμῳ : country, as B 547.
— For the (probably accidental) alliteration of πὶ see § 13 a.

51. δυσμενέσιν κτλ. : for the ‘chiastic’’ order of words, cf. 103 f., 179,
A 443. — κατηφείην : humiliation, shame. Cf. ὃ Κικέρων ἔφη . . . γέλωτα μὲν
τοῖς ἐχθροῖς, αἶσχος δὲ τοῖς οἰκείοις παρέχοντα Dio Cass. xxxviii. 23.1.

52. οὐκ ἂν δὴ κτλ. : a question in the sense of an energetic but sarcastic
exhortation. Couldst thou not then withstand, etc.? Stand to meet, etc. The
way for this question has been prepared by 50 f. “If thou hadst the
courage to bring Helen to Troy, thus bringing war upon thy native land,
then have the courage,” etc.

53. γνοίης κε: then wouldst thou learn. The condition εἰ petveus is
easily supplied; cf. A 232, B 242. ἔχεις : hast to wife, as 123.

54. οὐκ ἄν τοι χραίσμῃ : “will not help thee (A 28).” This is more
definite than the optative with ἄν, to be expected after γνοίης xe. See
8. 18 db. ὅτε μιγείης is stated as a mere conception of the mind. — κίθαρις :
without the article, although the other nouns here have it. Achilles, also,
had a cithara (1 189), but he sang not love songs but κλέα ἀνδρῶν, glorious
deeds of men. —r&: these, thy; deictic, like the following ἡ and τό.

55. 4 τε κτλ. : among the gifts of the goddess of love, two are made
prominent. Observe the explanatory apposition. — μιγείης ἐν : cf. 2097
generally the simple dative is used with μίγνυμι.

114 COMMENTARY TO THE

56. SeSqpoves: sc. since Paris belonged to the royal family. —q τέ kev
ἕσσο : the conditional idea (English else) is implied as in 53.

57. λάινον κτλ. : put on a stone tunic. A grim expression of popular
speech for death by stoning, the customary method of capital punishment
in heroic times (as in the laws of Moses). A recent American story has
the sentence, ‘You would return in a wooden overcoat,’ and from an
English story is quoted ‘put on the green waistcoat’ in the sense of ‘lie
under the graveyard sod.’ Possibly, then, Hector referred to a sarcopha-
gus; but the Homeric heroes are burned, not buried in stone coffins. —
tooo: from ἕννυμι (ἑσνυμι).

59. “Exrop: construe with 64, where the principal thought begins. —
ἐπεί : follows the vocative, as A 352. This clause has no grammatical con-
clusion. The virtual conclusion is 67 f.

60. αἰεί τοι: this thought is resumed in 63 with an accented σοί,
because of the contrast. — ἀτειρής : predicate of κραδίη. .

61. εἶσιν: goes, i.e. is driven. It is always used as present. in Homeric
comparisons; cf. Β 87.— διὰ δουρός: through the trunk of a tree.—tr
ἀνέρος : driven by a man. For the passive sense in εἶσιν, see H. 820. ---- ὅς
ῥά te xTA.: hypothetical, “when he hews out” of the felled tree, etc. —-
τέχνῃ : with skill. For the dative, ef. κλαγγῇ 2, σιγῇ 8. —

62. ὀφέλλει xTA.: the axe by its weight increases the force of the man’s
blow. ὀφέλλει has the same subject as εἶσιν, which shows the intervenins:
clause to be parenthetical.

63. ἀτάρβητος : attributive adjective with νόος.

64. μή μου: ‘adversative asyndeton.’ — πρόφερε: cf. B 251. — χρυσέης :
equivalent to χρυσοφόρου, adorned with gold. Cf. B 872, Venus aurea
Verg. Aen. x.16. Similarly, Ares is χάλκεος, because of his bronze armor.
— «IT acknowledge my lack of thine unyielding courage, but do not cast in
my teeth the gifts of Aphrodite.”

65. ‘Causal asyndeton,’ i.e. if a particle were used here, it would be
causal. —éareBAntra: abiecta, to be cast off, as B 361. Cf. πᾶν κτίσμα
(creature) θεοῦ καλόν, Kat οὐδὲν ἀπόβλητον 1 Tim. iv. 4.

66. ὅσσα. .. δῶσιν: for the conditional relative sentence, cf. A 554.
Explanatory of δῶρα, adding the essential mark of the gods’ gifts, i.e.
that they are of free choice. —avrol: i.e. without act and thus without
responsibility of the receiver. — ἑκὼν ἕλοιτο : this forms an independent
contrast to the preceding relative clause.

67. νῦν αὖτε: transition from the preceding general considerations to
the work before them.

SS es ele me

THIRD BOOK OF THE ILIAD 115

68. ἄλλους : the others. —KdOirov: bid to sit down.

69. αὐτάρ: see on B 768. —é& μέσσῳ : between the two armies; cf. 77,
266, in medium inter duas acies procedunt Livy i. 25. 1, ἔγειρε καὶ
στῆθι εἰς τὸ μέσον St. Luke vi.8. For the neuter adjective as a substantive
(not very frequent in Homer), cf. Α 54, 539.

70. συμβάλετε: cf. ξυνέηκε A 8. The plural is used, since the consent
of the Achaeans also was necessary for the single combat. — κτήμασι πᾶσι:
i.e. those which Paris carried away with Helen from the house of Mene-
laus; ¢f. 282. ‘Helen and her treasures’ are often united in thought. —
μάχεσθαι: as A 8. :

71. νικήσῃ: shall gain the victory; as future perfect, shall be victorious.

72. ἔύ: seems to strengthen πάντα. ---- ἀγέσθω: middle, take as his own.

73. of δ᾽ ἄλλοι: but you, the rest. Elsewhere, when at the beginning
of the verse, but they, the others; as 94, 256. οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι includes both

Trojans and Achaeans, and a division into of μέν, ot δέ might be expected ;

but instead of this, the second person (ναίοιτε) appears in the first mem-
ber, and τοὶ δὲ νεέσθων in the second. Cf. 256 ff. — φιλότητα: ‘zeugmatic-
ally’ (ef. A 533, § 16 e) connected with ταμόντες, which is construed
strictly only with ὅρκια. --- ταμόντες: see on B 124.

74. valovre: may ye continue to dwell. Note the optative between two
imperatives. This is a mere incident to the proposition. — ἐριβώλακα:
epithet of Phthia, A 155, and of Larisa, Β 841. -- τοὶ δέ: but those, the
Achaeans.

75. Ἄργος, ᾿Αχαιίδα : i.e. Peloponnesus (as A 30) and Northern Greece,
i.e. all Hellas. See on B 530.

76. ἀκούσας: gives the cause of ἐχάρη.

78. μέσσου δουρός (partitive genitive): i.e. holding the spear horizon-
tally with both hands, crowding the Trojans back and showing that he
did not intend to fight. — ἱδρύνθησαν : were brought to a halt. This gives
the result of ἀνέεργε, see on B 94.

79. ἐπετοξάζοντο : were aiming, imperfect of attempted action.

80. ἔβαλλον: transition from the participial to the finite construction,
in order not to subordinate this idea to ἐπετοξάζοντο, although the τὲ...
τέ would make βάλλοντες natural here. See 88 11 g, 31 ἡ.

82. ἴσχεσθε, μὴ βάλλετε: note the ‘asyndeton,’ where the second impera-
tive explains the first; and the double address, ᾿Αργεῖοι, κοῦροι ᾿Αχαιῶν.

83. στεῦται: cf. B 597. — ἔπος : for the long ultima, see ὃ ὅθ /.

84. μάχης: for the genitive, cf 112, ἀυτῆς Β 97.— ἄνεῴ τε κτλ.: ef
B 323. Sc. in order to hear Hector’s speech. Υ

find. fy
δ
ΠῚ

116 COMMENTARY TO THE

85. ἐσσυμένως: made emphatic by its position. — per ἀμφοτέροισιν :
between both armies. |

86. κέκλυτε ped: hear from me. The genitive is ablatival.

89. κάλ᾽: for the accent of the ultima (xaAd) thrown back upon the
preceding syllable, cf. 192, A 105. § 28 d. — ἀποθέσθαι: i.e. they were to
be mere spectators. — ἐπὶ χθονί: for the dative of rest, cf. A 593.

90-94 = 69-73, with necessary changes. — αὐτόν: intensive, himself.
αὐτὸς βούλεται would be natural here, but the accusative is used, correlative
with ἄλλους μέν, above.

92 = 71. — Transition to direct discourse; see § lle. Cf. 89.

95. ἀκήν: equivalent to ἀκέων A 34. Originally a cognate accusative
with ἐγένοντο, cf. § 56 ὃ. -- σιωπῇ: dative of manner, equivalent to ow-
mavres.— Cf. dixerat Aeneas, illi obstupuere silentes Verg.
Aen. xi. 120.

98. θυμόν: accusative of ‘limit of motion.’ —éyév: made emphatic by
its position before the caesural pause. — φρονέω κτλ. : “My mind is that
we now (ἤδη) are to separate in peace.” φρονέω is nearly equivalent to
δοκεῖ μοι. For the aorist infinitive, cf. 28.

99. ᾿Αργείους καὶ Tpaas: has more feeling than ὑμᾶς καὶ ἡμᾶς. See cn
A 240. — πέποσθε: the speaker returns to the address begun with xéxAvre.

100. ἐμῆς ἔριδος : my strife with Paris. —dpxfjs: the beginning ; cf. 87,
B 377 f. A mild expression for the guilt of the first breach of the peace.

101. ὁπποτέρῳ : the antecedent is the subject of τεθναίη. --- θάνατος καὶ
μοῖρα: cf. φόνον καὶ κῆρα 6, θάνατον καὶ πότμον B 359.

102. τεθναίη : let him lie dead. — ϑιακρινθεῖτε : repeats διακρινθήμεναι.

103. οἴσετε: aorist imperative, as ἄξετε 105, ὄρσεο 250 ; but οἴσομεν 104
is future. See § 48 i.—dGpve: cf. ἄρνας 117. -- λευκόν, μέλαιναν : the white
male lamb was to be sacrificed to the gleaming Helios, while the dark ewe
lamb was for Tata μέλαινα (B 699). The sex of the victim was generally
that of the divinity; thus a cow is sacrificed to Athena, but a bull to
Poseidon. — The order of words is ‘chiastic’ with the following verse. —
For the divinities to whom this sacrifice is to be offered, see on 276.

105. Πριάμοιο βίην : for the periphrasis, see ὃ 16 d.— ὅρκια τάμνῃ:
may conclude the treaty, as 73, 94. The victims are slain by ane
not by Priam.

106. αὐτός: in person; the old king being contrasted with his sons.
The poet forgets the periphrasis and proceeds as if he had said Πρώμον.
-- ἐπεί: this introduces the first reason; the second follows with αἰεὶ δέ
108. — ot: for him, his. — παῖδες : especially Paris. For the plural, cf. 49.

THIRD BOOK OF THE ILIAD 117

107. μή τις κτλ.: let no one, etc. Expression of anxiety connected
immediately with his opinion of the sons of Priam. — Διὸς ὅρκια : Zeus
watches over solemn treaties and punishes whoever breaks them ; cf. 280,
A 160, 166, of θεῶν ὅρκοι Xen. An. ii, 5. 7.

108. ἠερέθονται : are flighty, unsteady, untrustworthy. For the literal use
of this verb, see B 448.

109. ois: neuter; cf. A 70. It has no corresponding τοῖς in the apodosis.
—6 yépwv: the old man (generic article), in contrast with ὁπλοτέρων 108.
- μετέῃσι : for the subjunctive, cf A 554. --- πρόσσω κτλ. : cf. A 345.

110. ὅπως: how; indirect question. — dy’ ἄριστα: cf. A 69. — per
ἀμφοτέροισι : “for both sides.”

111. ᾿Αχαιοὶ κτλ. : in apposition with oi.

112. παύσασθαι: to free themselves from, to be freed from, with ablatival
genitive. For the aorist infinitive after ἐλπόμενοι, cf. 28.

113. καί fa: and 80. --- ἐπὶ στίχας: cf. B 687.—& δ᾽ ἔβαν [ἔβησαν] :
sc. from their war chariots.

114. κατέθεντο : sc. ᾿Αχαιοί τε Τρῶές τε. Cf. ἀποθέσθαι 89.

115. πλησίον ἀλλήλων: refers to τὰ μέν. This thought is stated in
different form by the rest of the verse: little ground was round about each
suit of armor.

116. δύω: this numeral is construed with the plural where the two
persons are not necessarily and closely connected. — κήρυκας : the heralds
were the only official members of the king’s household; cf. A 320 ff.,
B 183 f. Thus the service of the heralds at 268 ff. is because of their
relations to the king’s person.

120. oloépevar: cf. 103. --- ἄρα: then, so; the immediate result of the
commission. — οὐκ ἀπίθησε: with a dative of the person.

121-144. The view from the walls. This episode has been criticised as
interrupting the progress of the action, but it has been much admired
also. Cf. the scene in Scott’s Jvanhoe where Rebecca describes the leaders
of the assailing party. — The Achaean army seems to have come nearer
the city wall than we should expect from the use of his chariot by Priam
at 259 ff.

121. Iris, elsewhere the messenger of the gods, here of her own accord
brings into the action Helen, the cause of the war and the prize of the
expected single combat. The following scene (Teyooxoria), which occu-
pies the time necessary for the preparations for the principal action (see
on A 318), introduces the hearer to the Trojans and their relations to
each other. —dAevxwdéve: cf. A δῦ,

118 COMMENTARY TO THE

122. γαλόῳ: husband’s sister. Cf. δαήρ 180, ἑκυρέ 172, εἰνατέρων Z 378.
124. Λαοδίκην : attracted to the case of the relative τήν. Cf. B 764. —
εἶδος ἀρίστην : literally, most excellent in appearance, most beautiful. Cf. 39.
125. ἐν μεγάρῳ: cf. 142. —terov: web. Weaving was the most honor-
able employment of Homeric women; it occupied queens and goddesses.
So Hector, on parting from Andromache, says: ἀλλ᾽ εἰς οἶκον ἰοῦσα τὰ σ᾽
αὐτῆς ἔργα κόμιζε (care for), | tardy τ᾽ (loom) ἠλακάτην τε (spindle) Z 490 f.
126. δίπλακα: feminine adjective as substantive; see on A 54. Se.
χλαῖναν (cf. χλαῖναν διπλῆν), a double cloak (cf. «doublet’), so large that it

could be thrown twice (or double) about the body. — πορφυρέην : of purple,

while the interwoven scenes were of some other color. This art may have

been in part dependent on oriental patterns, but evidently had advanced to -

the representation of persons. — ἀέθλους : 1.6. battles, fought on the plain of
Troy, before the action of the Iliad. Other allusions to these conflicts are
found ; cf. 182 f., A 520 f., B29 f. But most of the earlier fighting seems
to have been done at a distance.

128. ev: not enclitic, since it is reflexive, referring to the subject of
the principal sentence. — tw “Apnos κτλ.: by the hands of Ares. Cf. 61.

130. Seip ἴθι: cf. βάσκ᾽ ἴθι B 8. — θέσκελα ἔργα: an indefinite expres-
sion, exciting Helen’s curiosity. 131 = 127.

132. of πρίν: who before, i.e. until now. The antecedent of the rela-
tive follows, οἱ δὴ viv 134.—émi κτλ.: cf. 1. --- πολύδακρυν : 1.6. causing
many tears. Cf. 165, lacrimabile bellum Verg. Aen. vii. 604.

133. For the rhyme between the two halves of the verse, cf. B 484.

134. δὴ viv: already now.—tatar σιγῇ: with the collateral notion of
inactivity. Cf. B 255. — πόλεμος κτλ. : parenthetical; cf. B 333.

135. ἀσπίσι κεκλιμένοι : sc. as they stood; ef. 251, 520. ---παρά : adverb,
by their 8146. --- πέπηγεν : 1.6. with the σαυρωτήρ (bronze point of the butt)
fixed in the ground. Cf. defigunt telluri hastas et scuta recli-
nant Verg. Aen. xii. 130, stant terra defixae hastae tb. vi. 652.

138. τῷ Ke νικήσαντι: him who gains the victory.—xé: construe with
κεκλήσῃ. -- φίλη : standing epithet. — κεκλήσῃ: cf. A 293, B 260.

139. εἰποῦσα: coincides in time with ἔμβαλε. ---- γλυκὺν ἵμερον : cf. 446.

140. προτέροιο: Helen was no longer wife of Menelaus; so she says
of Agamemnon: δαὴρ (husband’s brother) αὖτ᾽ ἐμὸς ἔσκε 180. --- ἄστεος : used
of the native city, as πόλις 50. -- τοκήων: Tyndareiis and Leda were
thought of as alive. Tyndareiis is called Helen’s father, just as Heracles
is called son of Amphitryo. This is not inconsistent with 199, 418.

141. ἀργεννῇσι κτλ.: cf. 419. In accordance with oriental custom,

_— —

μον ἊΨ ΝΗ νν ασσουτυυνο. τσ ό νη

THIRD BOOK OF THE ILIAD 119
women and maidens were veiled when they went on the streets or came
into the presence of men who were not immediate relations.

142. θαλάμοιο: the apartments of the women in the rear part of the
house. There Helen sits and spins with her maids at Z 321 ff.

143. ἅμα τῇ ye κτλ. : in apposition with οὐκ οἴη, cf. Β 822.— Princely
ladies in Homer are generally attended by two maids.

144. Αἴθρη : Pittheus, king of Troezen, was son of Pelops. His
daughter Aethra bore Theseus to Aegeus, king of Athens. She, living
in Athens, had under her care Helen, whom Theseus had carried off from
Sparta, until Castor and Polydeuces freed their sister Helen and captured
Aethra. So Aethra was made Helen’s slave, first in Sparta and afterwards
in Ilios, But this seems to be a post-Homeric story. — Κλυμένη : likewise
a slave brought with Helen from Sparta; cf. 386 ff.

145. ὅθι : thither where.—Zxatal πύλαι : see on B 809.

146. of δ᾽ ἀμφὶ xrA.: see on 148, B 445. — Ovpoirnv: only here in
Homer. Vergil uses the name: primusque Thymoetes | duci (se.
wooden horse) intra muros hortatur Aen. ii. 32 f.

147 = Y 238, where it is said that these three heroes were sons of
Laomedon, and brothers of Priam. —éfov”Apnos: cf B 540.

148. Οὐκαλέγων xri.: these two receive prominence from the use of
the nominative. The change from the construction of 146 f. is not bold,
since of ἀμφὶ Πρίαμον is essentially equivalent to Πρίαμος καὶ οἱ ἀμφί μιν.
— Ucalegon (οὐκ ἀλέγωνν) is mentioned only here in Homer. Cf. iam
proximus (86. to Deiphobus) ardet | Ucalegon Verg. Aen. ii. 311 f.
— ’Avrivep: he is especially prominent in the following scene, 203-
224, 262.

149. Sypoyépovres: in apposition; title of the nobles as leaders and
counselors. See on B 21. This epithet is applied also to Ilus, son of
Dardanus. — ἐπὶ Σκαιῇσι πύλῃσιν : 1.6. on the tower above the Scaean Gate,
from which the Trojan elders and women were wont to watch the battles
on the plain; οὐ, 155, 384, spectaverant enim 6 moenibus Pergami-:
non viri modo sed feminae etiam Livy xxxvii. 20.

150. γήραϊ: equivalent to διὰ τὸ γῆρας. ----δή : already. —weravpévor :
the perfect indicates the continuance of the state brought about by the
action of the verb. —dyopynrat: cf. A 248.

151. τεττίγεσσιν : cicadae. The males sit on sunny bushes and during
the longest days make, by rubbing their wings, a clear chirping noise
which the Greeks of all times admired greatly. They are not mentioned
elsewhere in Homer. — The comparison refers only to the tone of voice.

120 COMMENTARY TO THE

152. δενδρέῳ: a ‘trochee.’ For the ‘synizesis,’ cf. A 1, 15, B 651; see
§ 26. ---λειριόεσσαν : 1.6. tender and delicate, like the color of the lily.

153. roto: such; predicate with ἧντο. “Such were they who sat,” etc.
See on A 266. — ἄρα : recapitulates the comparison ; cf. 161.

155. ἦκα: for the short ultima, not lengthened before zp, see § 59 g a.

156. οὐ νέμεσις κτλ.: “we cannot blame,” etc. — The beauty of Helen
could not be praised more delicately or effectively than by this exclama-
tion that she drew from the aged counselors of Troy. Cf. non putant
indignum Troiani principes, Graios Troianosque propter
Helenae speciem tot mala tanto temporis spatio sustinere:
quaenam igitur illa forma credenda est? non enim hoc
dicit Paris, qui rapuit, non aliquis iuvenis aut unus e vulgo,
sed senes et prudentissimi et Priamo adsidentes Quintilian
viii. 4. 21, ‘Homer himself who so persistently refrains from all descrip-
tions of physical beauty that we barely learn from a passing mention that
Helen had white arms and beautiful hair, even he manages nevertheless to
give us an idea of her beauty which far surpasses anything that art could.
do. Recall the passage where Helen enters the assembly of the Trojan
elders. The venerable men see her coming, and one says to the others
ov νέμεσις KTA. What can give a more vivid idea of her beauty than thai.
cold-blooded age should deem it well worth the war which had cost sc
much blood and so many tears?’ Lessing Laocoén xxi.

157. τοιῇδε: such a one as that, as she stood before their eyes; with
deictic -δε, cf. 46. This is explained by the following verse. — ἀμφί : for
the sake of, as 70, 91.

159. This is a general remark, and assumes no knowledge of the
proposition of Paris.

160. πῆμα: cf. ὅ0. ---λίποιτο : as passive ; see § 50 d.

161. ἐκαλέσσατο : called to him.— φωνῇ : is used much like φωνήσας.
It is contrasted with ἧκα 155. — The three following speeches are of nine
verses each. Cf. the symmetry in the prayers (see on 301).

162. δεῦρο: cf. 130. —éeto: construe with πάροιθε, cf. A 360.

164. οὔ τί μοι κτλ.: Priam, as well as the poet, recognized the war as
appointed and caused by the gods. He desired to remove the feeling of
dread with which Helen, conscious of guilt, approached him. She appre-
ciated his kindness, saying that Priam ‘was always kind as a father’
(Q 770). — pot: in my eyes. This is expressed in both clauses. — αἰτίη : cf.
A 153.— θεοί νύ por: for the ‘asyndeton,’ cf. A 107. -- νύ: I think.— Cf.
the words of Venus: non tibi Tyndaridis facies invisa Lacaenae |

/

/
THIRD BOOK OF THE ILIAD 121

culpatusve Paris; divum inclementia, divum, | has evertit
opes, sternitque a culmine Troiam Verg. Aen. ii. 601 ff.

165. oi: demonstrative. —wodvSaxpuv: cf. 132.

166. ὡς κτλ.: a second final clause depending on 102. --- καί: belongs
to the whole clause, and indicates that another final sentence preceded.

167. ὅς ns! predicate. — ὅδε : observe the regular interchange of the
pronouns ὅδε and οὗτος in question and answer, here and 178, 192 and 200,
226 and 229; both pronouns are deictic, but ὅδε indicates simply what is
before the eyes, while οὗτος has reference to the question. — ἢύς te: cf.
B 653.

168. ἦ τοι μέν: it is true indeed, correlative with δέ 169. ---κεφαλῇ: in
stature ; cf. 1993. --- καί: still.

169. ἴδον ὀφθαλμοῖσιν : cf Launcelot’s ‘running with thy heels,’ Shak-
spere Merchant of Venice ii. 2.10. Cf. 306, A 587.

170. yepapov: cf. 211. See B 478. --οβασιλῆι ἀνδρί: cf. B 474. —

171. γυναικῶν : the genitive is partitive with the superlative idea in dia.

172-176. Reply to 162-165. — αἰδοῖός τε δεινός τε : revered and dreaded.
— φίλε ἑκυρέ: for the two lengthened ultimas, see §§ 32 c, 59 ἢ.

173. ὡς : introduces a wish. Cf. aif ὄφελες κτλ. A 415. — ὄφελεν:
see on A 353.— κακός : the standing epithet of death. It is contrasted
with ἁδεῖν. “Would that I had chosen death rather.” Helen rarely
misses an opportunity to express penitent consciousness of her guilt; cf.
404, 412. Her penitence always wins indulgence and sympathy.

174. θάλαμον : marriage chamber ; hence no special mention of her hus-
band is needed. — yvwrots: brothers. See 236 ff.

175. παῖδα: i.c. Hermione, who afterward married Neoptolemus, son
of Achilles, — ὁμηλικίην : abstract expression for ὁμήλικας, companions.

176. τό: therefore ; adverbial accusative with réryxa. — καί : also, marks
κλαίουσα τέτηκα (melt away in tears) as the expected effect.

177. ἀνείρεαι : followed by two accusatives; cf. A 550.

178. οὗτος : “he of whom you ask.” Cf. ὅδε 167.—’ArpetOys: cf. A 7.

179. The favorite verse of Alexander the Great, according to Plutarch,
de fortuna Alex. 331 c.—For the thought, see A 258 and note. — ἀμφό-
τερον : both; with the two parts added in apposition.—Observe the
‘chiasmus.’ § 16a.

180. αὖτε: on the other hand. —«xvwa@mébos: cf. A 159. The genitive
is in apposition with ἐμοῦ implied in ἐμός. See on Β 20. --- εἴ ποτ᾽ ἔην
ye: if ever he was, “if it was not all a dream.” Helen speaks with
mournful recollection of the happier past.

122 COMMENTARY TO THE

182. μάκαρ: blessed. — poupnyevés: child of fortune, blest by Μοῖρα at
his birth. The opposite is found in A 418.— The ancients called this a
‘rhopalic’ verse, —each word being longer by one syllable than the
preceding.

183. ἢ ῥά νυ κτλ.: in truth then were subject to thee. The tense has
reference to the previous perception of the numerous throng.

184. καί: also, i.e. as well as to other countries. Cf 205.

185. ἔνθα: there. — Φρύγας ἀνέρας : closely connected; cf. βασιλῆι ἀνδρί
170. Whenever ἄνδρες is added to an ethnic name, the words are not
separated. For the ‘diaeresis’ after the third foot, see § 58 k.— αἰολο-
πώχους: with swift steeds. Cf. πόδας aiddos ἵππος T 404.

186. Otreus and Mygdon were Phrygian kings. According to the later
story, Otreus was brother of Hecuba. Aphrodite in visiting Anchises
introduces herself as the daughter of Otreus. Mygdon was father of
Coroebus (Cassandra’s bridegroom), according to Verg. Aen. ii. 341 ff.

188. καί: construe with ἐγών. --- ἐλέχθην : I was numbered.

189. ᾿Αμαζόνες : these were thought to live on the east of Phrygia.
They carried on a war for booty against the Phrygians, to whose assist-
ance Priam went. Cf. B 814. — ἀντιάνειραι: cf bellatrix audetque
viris concurrere virgo Verg. Aen. i. 493.

190. ἀλλ᾽ οὐδ᾽ οἱ : but not even these ; i.e. the Phrygians of 185.

191. δεύτερον : neuter accusative as adverb with ἐρέεινε, cf. 225.

192. εἴπ᾽ : for εἰπέ, with the accent thrown back after elision; cf. 89.
— τόνδε: anticipated from the relative clause; see on B 409. -

193. μείων μὲν κτλ. : more exactly describing ὅδε. --- κεφαλῇ: as 168.

194. ἰδέσθαι : to look upon.

196. κτίλος ὥς: cf. B 480. The syllable preceding ὥς is not length-
ened, as is usual. See on Β 190.— ἐπιπωλεῖται στίχας: comes up to the
ranks, in order to review them. According to another figure, Agamemnon
was ποιμὴν λαῶν B 85.

197. ἀρνειῷ κτλ. : a detailed explanation of κτέίλος ds.

199. ἐκγεγαυῖα : for éxyeyovvia. See on idvin A 365.

200. οὗτος δ᾽ ad: contrasted with οὗτός ye 178; cf. 229.

201. ἐν δήμῳ: cf Β 547.—xpavafis: cf. (Ἰθάκη) τρηχεῖ᾽ ἀλλ᾽ ἀγαθὴ
κουροτρόφος (nurse of men) u 27, scopulos Ithacae, Laértia regna
Verg. Aen. 111. 272, Ithacam illam in asperrimis saxulis tan-
quam nidulum affixam Cic. de Orat. i. 44. --- πέρ : as A 352.

204. 7 μάλα: yes, in truth.

205. καί: as 184,- δεῦρό ποτ᾽ ἤλυθε: sc. before the beginning of open

—_— ΥΟΙΝ

— OO ee ee eS ee eee eee

THIRD BOOK OF THE ILIAD 123

hostilities, in order to demand the restitution of Helen and the treasure.
See 8 5a. Odysseus, as the most ready in speech and counsel, was sent
with Menelaus, who had the greatest interest in the decision.

207. ἐξείνισσα: received hospitably.— φίλησα: received at my home,
entertained. In this has been found the beginning of a law of nations by
which embassies enjoy the rights of guests.

208. φυήν: as A115. Cf 210 ἢ --- μήδεα: cf 212 ff.

209. ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δή: the same beginning of the verse as 212, 216, 221.—
ἐν ἀγρομένοισιν : among the assembled; cf. 55. This was on the occasion
when the Trojans discussed the demand made by the embassy. The
poet does not raise the question why Priam did not then make the
acquaintance of Odysseus.

210. στάντων : sc. to address the people; cf A 58, 68, ete. The geni-
tive is partitive, of Menelaus and Odysseus, but is not unlike a genitive
absolute; see § 19 f, g. —trelpexev [ὑπερ-: ‘“ towered above ” Odysseus;
cf. 168. Cf. umeris extantem Verg. Aen. vi. 668. — ὥμους : accusa-
tive of specification; cf. 227.

211. ἄμφω δ᾽ Lopevw: 1.6. as listeners. ‘Nominative of the whole,’ —
almost a nominative absolute, since only one of the two .persons com-
prised is mentioned in what follows. The sentence begins as if ᾿Οδυσσεὺς
μέν, Μενέλαος δέ were to follow. — γεραρώτερος: cf. 170. Menelaus had
a short trunk but long legs, and appeared shorter only when they were
seated. ;

212. πᾶσιν ὕφαινον : wove for all, set forth before all.

213. ἐπιτροχάδην: in contrast with the cautious, slow beginning of
Odysseus.

214. παῦρα μέν : correlative with οὐδ᾽ ἀφαμαρτοεπής. ἀλλὰ μάλα λιγέως
is shown to be parenthetical by ἐπεὶ οὐ πολύμυθος, which explains παῦρα.
“Few words but to the point.” “Saying little indeed (although very
clear, B 246), for he was not a man of many words; but saying nothing
which failed to hit the mark.” A Spartan king ought to be laconic !—
Cf. et Homerus brevem quidem cum iucunditate et propriam
(id enim est non deerrare verbis) et carentem supervacuis
eloquentiam Menelao dedit, quae sunt virtutes generis illius
primi, et ex ore Nestoris dixit dulciorem melle profluere
sermonem [A 249], qua certe delectatione nihil fingi maius
potest: sed summam expressurus in Ulixe facundiam, et
magnitudinem illi vocis et vim orationis nivibus hibernis
copia verborum atque impetu parem tribuit. cum hoe igitur

124 COMMENTARY TO THE

nemo mortalium contendet, hune ut deum homines _intue-
buntur Quintilian xii. 10. 64 f.

215. εἰ καί: even if, although he was younger than Odysseus.

216. dvaiteev: for the optative expressing indefinite frequency of past
action, cf. 233. See H. 9148; 6. 1481.

217. ὑπαὶ ἴδεσκε: he always looked down; with the more definite state-
ment κατὰ χθονὸς xrA., —a sign of meditation. Cf. non protinus est
erumpendum, sed danda brevis cogitationi mora: mire enim
auditurum dicturi cura delectat et iudex se ipse componit.
hoc praecipit Homerus Ulixis exemplo, quem stetisse oculis
in terram defixis immotoque sceptro, priusquam illam elo-
quentiae procellam effunderet, dicit Quintilian xi. 3. 157 f.

218. σκῆπτρον: see on A 234,

219. ἀστεμφές : cf. B 344. — Odysseus made no gesture.

220. φαίης xe: potential of the past, crederes, as 223; Attic ἔφης ἄν.
Cf. 392. 818 d.—Observe the ‘asyndeton.’ — {dkorov κτλ. : a sullen, ill-
natured kind of a fellow. —apova κτλ. : a mere simpleton.

221. δὴ ὄπα: the hiatus is merely apparent.

222. See Quintilian quoted on 214. --- ἔπεα: for the length of the
ultima, see § 59 Ἢ. --- νιφάδεσσιν κτλ. : in contrast with 214.

223. οὐκ ἂν κτλ. : “no other mortal could have vied.” — érara: literally,
after that.—’O8vo%: for the use of the name instead of a pronoun,
cf. A 240. Observe the repetition of the name in the same position in
the following verse; cf. 430, 452, 434.

224. τότε: refers to ὅτε 221, made more definite by εἶδος iddvres. — ὧδε:
so much as before. They were so moved by his eloquence that they forgot
his unusual manner. —’O$vefjos: construe with εἶδος.

226. tis Tt apa: as A 8, B 761. 227. ἔξοχος: cf. B 480.

229. οὗτος: see on 107. -- ἕρκος ᾿Αχαιῶν: see on A 284. Cf. οὖρος
᾿Αχαιῶν Θ 80, of Nestor ; ἕρμα πόληος IL 549 prop of the city, of Sarpedon,
‘pillar of state,’ Milton Par. Lost ii. 302.

230. ᾿Ιδομενεύς : Idomeneus is named by Helen without any ducstiok of
Priam. Atsight of him she cannot suppress the memory of a happy past,
and hence the longing for her brothers. A more mechanical reason for
the change in the form of question and answer, is that the repetition of
Priam’s inquiry would become modsotonous. — θεὸς ὥς: equivalent to
θεοειδής 16, θεοείκελε A 131.

231. ἠγερέθονται: cf. B 304. The present serves to paint a picture.

232. πολλάκι : generally in Homer without the final s, see § 30 J.

THIRD BOOK OF THE ILIAD 125

233. ἵκοιτο: for the optative, cf. 216, where the iterative aorist στάσκεν
in the principal clause corresponds to the aorist with πολλάκι in 232.

235. κεν γνοίην : potential optative. Sc. if you should ask me. —W&:
well, clearly. — καί re: cf. A 521. — οὔνομα : sc. the genitive of the pronoun
from οὕς.

238. αὐτοκασιγνήτω: cf. B 706. --- τώ μοι κτλ. : develops the thought of
the first word of the verse; cf. A 2.— μοί: ‘dative of likeness’ with pia,
“the same who bore me.” ---μήτηρ: i.e. Leda. According to the later
story, Clytaemnestra also was Leda’s daughter. See on A 113.

239. ἑσπέσθην: cf. A 158, B 524.

241. aire: correlative with μέν. See on B 768, § 21 αὶ

242. αἴσχεα: insulis. — δειδιότες : sc. that they must hear them. —
ὀνείδεα : reproaches. For the use of two nearly synonymous words, ef. 2. —
& μοι ἔστιν : which are mine, heaped upon me.

243. xdrexev: cf. B 699. A euphemism for death. “They were dead
and buried.” — vei{oos: life-giving. ‘The epithet seems out of place here,
but is used only in this connection. — According to this story, both Dios-
curi (Διὸς κοῦροι) were dead. The later form of the story made Castor
mortal, but Polydeuces immortal; but after the death of Castor, Zeus
granted the prayer of Polydeuces that both brothers should be together
alternately in heaven and in Hades. In post-Homeric times, they became
the patron saints of sailors.

244. Λακεδαίμονι: for the following hiatus, see 88. 27 a, 36 a.— αὖθι:
here follows the word that explains it.— The grave of the Dioscuri was
shown at Therapnae, near Sparta. —év πατρίδι : observe the repetition of
the preposition in this appositive clause. C/. B 722.

245-313. This continues the story interrupted at 121.

245. κήρυκες: see 116 f. —dva ἄστυ: up through Ilios ; cf. A 10. — θεῶν :
i.e. those named in 103 f. — φέρον : sc. in order to take them to the plain. —
ὅρκια πιστά (cf. 269, B 124): faithful, trustworthy pledges of the oath.

246. ἄρνε κτλ. : in apposition with dpxi.— οἶνον xrr.: cf. ‘wine that
maketh glad the heart of man,’ Psalm civ. 18. --- καρπὸν ἀρούρης : elsewhere
only of grain.

247. ἀσκῷ κτλ.: the usual means of carrying wine on journeys. Wine
at home was stored in great jars.

249. γέροντα: i.e. Priam, whom they were sent to summon. — παριστά-
pevos: sc. after ascending the tower by the Scaean Gate (149).

250. ὄρσεο: observe the following ‘asyndeton.’ — ἄριστοι: the princes,
as 274.

126 COMMENTARY TO THE

252. τάμητε: sc. thou and the Achaean princes. — See on 105.

253-255 = 136-138, mutatis mutandis.

254. μαχήσονται: will fight. This marks simply the future fact.

255. ἕποιτο: the imperative is used in the corresponding passages, 72,
93, 282, because this thought is presented there as a demand or condition.

256-258 = 73-75, with slight changes.

257. véovrar: future; cf. 137. The future is better suited than the
imperative to the lips of the herald.

259. plynoev: 1.6. Priam feared for his son’s life ; cf. 306 ff. — ἑταίροις :
his attendants. The king was never unattended.

260. ἐπίθοντο : 1.6. they hastened to. the palace, harnessed the horses,
and brought them to the gate. Priam descended from the tower to
mount the chariot. We miss here the usual epic fullness of detail.

261. ἄν [ἀνά] : construe with €By.— «ara xrrX.: as 311. The reins
were tied to the front rim of the chariot. The king now untied them
and drew them back toward himself.

262. map δέ of: literally, at his side for him (πάρ being advan i.e. 80
as to stand beside him. ---- δίφρον : accusative of ‘limit of motion’; cf 407,
A 254.

263. Σκαιῶν: only here as substantive, without πύλαι. See on A 54,
—txov: held, guided. 264. μετά: cf. A 222.

265. ἐξ ἵππων: i.e. from their chariot; equivalent to ἐξ ὀχέων 29.

266. ἐς μέσσον: see on θ9. --- ἐστιχόωντο : went, as B 92.

267. ὥρνυτο : arose, hastened to greet the Trojan princes ; cf. ὄρσεο 250.
- αὐτίκ᾽ ἔπειτα : follows the verb.

268. ἄν [ἀνά] : sc. ὥρνυτο. ---- κήρυκες : sc. of both armies; cf. 274.

270. picyov: not like κερόωντο, but mingled the wine of both parties
to the libation. In solemn sacrifices, the wine was not mixed with water,
hence σπονδαὶ ἄκρητοι B 341. — βασιλεῦσιν: for the princes of Trojans and
Achaeans. Observe that no priests are mentioned in this connection.
King David also acted as priest for his men. — ἐπὶ χεῖρας : cf. A 449.

271. χείρεσσι : χειρί would be more exact.

272. πὰρ kovdedv: along by the sheath. —alév: as commander and high
priest of the army, Agamemnon used this knife often at sacrifices, —
ἄωρτο : from deipw, cf. ἄορ, sword (hanger), ἀορτήρ, sword strap.

273. ἀρνῶν: as the principal idea, it is placed before κεφαλέων, which
it limits. See 108 f.

274. vetpav: sc. τρίχας. They distributed the wool cut from the
victims’ heads as a symbol that all the chiefs present took part in the

——e UDP νδϑϑδενδα

J “THIRD BOOK OF THE ILIAD 127
treaty, swearing by the victims. He who held a lock of wool virtually laid
his hand on the victim’s head. This sacrifice was without fire, as was
most frequent ‘in the case of treaties and reconciliations.

275. Cf. A 450. . ᾿
276. Agamemnon invokes the divinities of the heavens, the earth, and
the regions beneath the earth. Cf. esto nune Sol testis, et haec

mihiMerra precanti,|...et pater omnipotens, et tu Saturnia
caniux, -..tuque inclute Mavors, | ... fontesque fluviosque,
voco, aeque aetheris alti|religio, et quae caeruleo sunt

numina ponto Verg. Aen. xii. 176 ff. —"Indev: Zeus had a sacred grove
and an altar on Mt. Ida, and ruled thence as god of the country. The
pious soul sought and found the divinity near at hand, especially on
mountain summits. —KtSere κτλ.: cf Β 412.

277. ἠέλιος : nominative as vocative. This construction is rare.—
πάντ᾽ ἐφορᾷς κτλ.: Helios, accomplishing daily his course in the heavens,
is fitted to be a witness to solemn compacts.

278. ποταμοί: the Trojan river gods (Scamander and Simois), as near
at hand, are invoked as witnesses. A priest (ἀρητήρ) of the Scamander
is mentioned in E 77 f.— καὶ of: construe with τίνυσθον. The dual is used
with reference to Hades and Persephone.

279. & ms: observe the distributive singular, after the plural. —
ὀμόσσῃ: for the aorist subjunctive, cf A 554.

280. μάρτυροι: as A 338, B 302.

282. αὐτὸς ἐχέτω : let him keep. —«rhpara: cf. 70.

283. νεώμεθα: the subjunctive expresses the speaker’s resolve, not
unlike the ordinary ‘hortatory’ subjunctive.

284. ξανθός : from the color of his hair. Cf. A 197.

285. Ἰρῶας κτλ. : then shall the Trojans restore, etc. ἀποδοῦναι is par.
allel to ἐχέτω, cf. B 413.

286. τιμήν: cf. A 169. --- ἥν τινα: sc. ἀποτινέμεν.

287. καί: also; construe with ἐσσομένοισιν. ---- πέληται : shall be. This
is strictly a final clause. — This exemplary penalty was to serve as a prece-
dent in later times and warn men against committing such deeds.

288. IIplapos κτλ. : as A 255.

289. οὐκ ἐθέλωσιν : the negative and verb form but one idea, are unwill-
ing, refuse. Cf. οὐ χραίσμῃ A 38. ---᾿᾿Αλεξάνδροιο : probably genitive abso-

. lute, although it could be construed with τιμήν. See § 19 g β.

290. αὐτάρ: on the other hand; introduces the apodosis; cf A 133,
si tua re subita consilia torpent, at tu mea sequere Livy i. 41.

128 : COMMENTARY TO THE

291. τέλος πολέμοιο : 1.6. the victory. See on B 122. --- κιχείω: cf. A 26.

292. 4: see on A 219.—oropdxous: object of ἀπὸ τάμε. --- χαλκῷ:
equivalent to μάχαιραν 271.

294. θυμοῦ: life, as A 593. — Sevopévors: gives the reason for ἀσπαίρον-
τας. — μένος: force ; cf. μένεα 8. .

295. ἀφυσσόμενοι : drawing (dipping) for themselves. The act of dip-
ping and pouring continued until each had poured his libation. Else-
where drawing wine was part of the herald’s office. See on A 471.

296. ἔκχεον: sc. out of their cups, upon the ground.

297. Cf. B 271. |

299. πρότεροι: comparative, since only two parties are in question;
cf. 351. — ὑπὲρ ὅρκια : “contrary to the compacts.” Cf. A 67,236, 271. —
πημήνειαν : intransitive. “Commit an act of hostility.” The optative is
used in the subordinate clause, with the optative of wishing in the prin-
cipal clause, to express a mere conception of the mind.

300. ὧδέ σφι κτλ. : thus may for them, etc. The personal pronoun is
used instead of the demonstrative, since the protasis has hypothetical
force. Cf. B 899. --- ὡς ὅδε οἶνος : symbolical actions were customary in
curses and conjurations. Cf. (fetialis) ‘si prior defexit. publico
consilio dolo malo, tum illo die, Iuppiter, populum Roma-
num sic ferito ut ego πο porcum hic hodie feriam.’...
id ubi dixit, porcum saxo silice percussit Livy 1. 24; (Han-
nibal) eaque ut rata scirent fore agnum laeva. manu dextera
silicem retinens, si falleret, lovem ceterosque precatus deos,
ita se mactarent, quem ad modum ipse agnum mactasset,
secundum precationem caput pecudis saxo elisit, ib. xxi. 45;
‘As sinks that blood stream- in the earth, | So may his heart’s blood
drench his hearth,’ Scott Lady of the Lake ϊ. 1.

301. αὐτῶν καὶ τεκέων : the genitive depends on ἐγκέφαλος, although
opi (not σφέων) has preceded. This clause forms an extension of the
original thought. — ἄλλοισι Sapetev: “may they be made the slaves of
others.”— This prayer contains four verses, like the prayers of 320 ff.,
351 ff., 365 ff. See on 161. 302. Cf. B 419.

303. τοῖσι: construe with μετὰ ἔειπεν, cf. 96. ---- Δαρδανίδης : Priam was
in the fifth generation from Dardanus (Y 215 ff.). « .304 = 86.

305. ἠνεμόεσσαν ; the epithet is well deserved according to Dr. Schlie-
mann, who in his excavations at Hissarlik was much disturbed by the
constant winds, which drove the dust into the eyes of the workmen. He
thought that such continual windstorms were known nowhere else on

— oe

THIRD BOOK OF THE ILIAD 129

earth. Virchow wrote: ‘ The winds blew about us with such force that we
often felt as if our whole settlement might be hurled down the precipice.’

306. ap: construe with εἶμι. --- οὔ πω: in no way. For πώ as πώς, see
§ 30 1. --- τλήσομαι: cf τέτληκας A 228. — ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν: ef. A 587, —
Priam fears his son’s death, as in 259. — Vergil imitates in non pugnam
aspicere hance oculis, non foedera possum Aen. xii, 151.

308. Ζεὺς κτλ. : “ Zeus doubtless knows, but I do not.”

309. θανάτοιο τέλος : “fatal end,” a periphrasis for θάνατος. --- πεπρω-
μένον ἐστίν : equivalent to πέπρωται, of. τετελεσμένος ἐστίν A 388.

310. ἄρνας θέτο: sc. in order to take back with him the two slaugh-
tered lambs which he had brought. The flesh of the victim sacrificed in
confirmation of an oath was not eaten, since a curse rested upon it, but
was buried. Probably the Achaeans cast their victim into the sea, being
unable to bury it in their own land. Herodotus (ii. 39) says that the
Egyptians would not eat the flesh of a victim over which a curse had
been spoken, but were ready to sell it to the Greeks. If no foreigners
were at hand to buy it, they threw it into the Nile.

311 f. = 261 f. — ἔβαινε: for the imperfect, cf. ἀφίει A 25.

313. ἄψορροι: cf. παλίνορσος 33.— ἀπονέοντο: cf. B 113.

315. διεμέτρεον : they measured off the ground for the combat, and the
distance at which they were to hurl their spears; cf. 344. Cf. campum
ad certamen magnae sub moenibus urbis|dimensi Rutu-
lique viri Teucrique parabant Verg. Aen. xii. 116 f.

316. κλήρους πάλλον: “they arranged the casting of lots.” This is
expressed more definitely in 324. The κλῆροι were bits of wood or stone,
marked with some sign so as to be recognized. The prayer was offered
while the lots were shaken.

317. πρόσθεν: before, first. Cf. 346, B 359, πρότερος 351. — ἀφείη:
optative in indirect discourse, representing the subjunctive of deliberation
in direct discourse. Cf. A 191. --- Τὰ the single combat of the Seventh
Book, Hector resents Ajax’s offer to allow him to hurl his spear first.

318. χεῖρας ἀνέσχον : equivalent to χεῖρας ἀνασχόντες, see § 21h. For
the attitude, cf. A 450. See Vocabulary s.v. χείρ.

319 = 297. 320 = 278.

321. τάδε ἔργα : these troubles here, i.e. this war. — ἔθηκεν : caused, as
A 2. — Both armies seem united in wishing the death of Paris.

322. δός: for δός with the infinitive in prayers, cf. 351. — ἀποφθίμενον
δῦναι : equivalent to ἀπόφθισθαι καὶ δῦναι. For the fullness of expression,
cf. A 88,

130 COMMENTARY TO THE

325. ἂψ ὁρόων: with averted face, in order to escape the suspicion of
favoring his brother. — ἐκ ὄρουσεν : the lot was not drawn, but cast, thrown
out.
326. οἱ μέν : i.e. Trojans and Achdeans, who had stood during the
sacrifice. Perhaps they had not been seated before (cf. 78, 84, 113 f., 231,
250, 267), although they long ago had dismounted from their chariots and
laid their armor upon the ground. — kara στίχας : according to ranks, in
ranks. ;

327. ἔκειτο : grammatically and in sense construed only with rev yea,
although κεῖμαι often is the passive of τίθημι. For the ‘zeugma,’ cf. πρὸς
δῶμα A 533. :

328. ἀμφ᾽ ὥὦμοισιν : standing expression in the case of the principal
parts of the warrior’s equipment, sword (as 334) and shield. — ἐδύσετο :
Paris had entered the conflict as a light-armed warrior; cf. 17.

330. The poet presents a picture of the preparations for battle. The
complete armament of the Homeric warrior consisted in the six pieces
here enumerated, which are always mentioned in the same order before an
important conflict, with the occasional exception of the cuirass.

331. «adds: for the order of words, see § 11 17.

333. οἷο κασιγνήτοιο : sc. since he himself had appeared without ἡ
cuirass. — Λυκάονος : Lycaon had been captured by Achilles and sold as iv
slave to the king of Lemnos. Being ransomed thence, he returned to
Troy a week before the events narrated in this book; but twelve days
after his return, he met Achilles again and was slain by him (ᾧ 34 ff.). —-
ἥρμοσε δ᾽ αὐτῷ: but he fitted it to himself; he changed the length of the
straps, buckling it to suit his own form. 334 = B 45.

335. χάλκεον: prominence is given to an epithet of the whole sword,
after the decoration of the hilt has been mentioned in ἀργυρόηλον. —-
σάκος : the strap which aided the arm in supporting the heavy shield was
thrown over the left shoulder. Thus the shield was taken up before the
plumed helmet was donned.

336. κυνέην : originally a head covering of dogskin, then helmet.

337. ἵππουριν : cf. ἱπποδασείης 369, aere caput fulgens, cristaque
hirsutus equina Verg. Aen. x. 869. —Seavév: cognate accusative, adverb
with ἔνευεν, cf. 342.

339. ὡς δ᾽ αὔτως : and thus in like manner. § 42 k.— Μενέλαος : Mene-
iaus came forth to battle equipped with armor (29), but put it off as the
rest did at 114. ---- ἀρήιος: ashort form of ἀρηίφιλος. Cf 21.— trea:
equivalent to τεύχεα, chiefly of defensive armor. .

THIRD BOOK OF THE ILIAD 131

340. ἑκάτερθεν ὁμίλου: on either side of the throng, both Trojans and
Greeks. Each combatant was in the rear of his own force.

341 = 266. 344. διαμετρητῷ: cf. 315.

345. xoréovre: subordinate to σείοντε. 346. πρόσθε: as 317.

347. Cf. 856. --- πάντοσ᾽ ἐίσην : a standing formula at the close of the
verse. Probably it does not imply that the shield was actually circular, in
which case it must have been small, — but rather that it was symmetrical,
well balanced. >

348. οὐδέ : but not. —éppntev: broke through the shield. —yadxés: the
bronze point of the lance ; οὐ χαλκῷ, below. — ot: refers to χαλκός.

. 349. ὥρνυτο χαλκῷ: arose with his lance, “raised himself to hur] his
lance.” Cf. ἀνασχόμενος 362, altior exurgens Verg. Aen. xi. 697,
corpore toto | alte sublatum consurgit Turnus in ensem,

..at perfidus ensis | frangitur i. xii. 728 ff.

350. ἐπευξάμενος : “ uttering a prayer as he did so.”

351. Ζεῦ ἄνα : the vocative form ἄνα is found in Homer only in this
phrase ; elsewhere, ἄναξ, as B 284, 434. δὸς τίσασθαι ὃ κτλ. : equivalent
to δός μοι τίσασθαι τοῦτον ὃς κκλ. The relative clause 6 pe κτλ. represents
a noun as the object of τίσασθαι. ---- πρότερος : cf. 299.

352. δῖον: a standing epithet, denoting nobility of descent and beauty.
It is here used without any special reference to the circumstances of the case.
Cf. A 7. These ‘ornamental epithets’ are sometimes put into the
mouth of a foe. —’Ad€gavSpov: is the object of τίσασθαι. This makes the
preceding relative clause more parenthetical than if this proper name had
been attracted to the construction of the relative clause, as Λαοδίκην 124.
-- καὶ... δαμῆναι : a more definite expression of the thought of τίσασθαι.

353. ris: many a one; cf. B 271.— kal: as 287.

354. & κεν κτλ. : explains ξεινοδόκον. ---- φιλότητα : hospitality ; cf. 207.

355. ἀμπεπαλών: i.e. drawing back for the throw. Cf. adducto con-
tortum hastile lacerto | immittit Verg. Aen. xi. 561 f.

356. Cf. 347.

357. διά: with long ὁ at the bdginning of the verse. — φαεινῆς : the
outer layer of the shield was a nr of bronze.

359. dvriuxpts: construe closely With what follows.

360. Paris here seems to have had no breastplate.

362. ἀνασχόμενος : sc. in order to give a heavier blow; cf. 349. — ἀμφὶ
αὐτῷ : construe with διατρυφέν, about itself, i.c. about the φάλος.

363. τριχθά τε καὶ xrA.: imitative; see § 13 ὃ. ---τε καί: cf. A 128,
B 346. — διατρυφέν: cf Verg. Aen. xii. 730, quoted on 349.

132 COMMENTARY TO THE

365. σεῖο ὀλοώτερος : Zeus ξείνιος, the guardian of hospitality, had not
avenged the privileges that Paris had abused.— Such reproaches of the
divinity are uttered only in outbreaks of vexation. Cf. B 111.

366. ἐφάμην κτλ. : cf. B 37. — κακότητος : for the wrong which he did me;
causal genitive.

367. viv δέ: see on A 354. ἄγη : from ἄγνυμι. -- ἐκ : with ἠΐχθη.

368. ἐτώσιον : predicate nominative. —otS δάμασσα : marks the result
of both preceding clauses.

369. κόρυθος : for the genitive, cf. éavod 385, γούνων A 500.

370. ἕλκε κτλ. : “he seized Paris by the helmet, turned him about, and
strove to draw him into the midst of the Achaeans.” Of course the
helmet-strap (ἱμάς) under the chin of Paris choked the wearer. 3

372. This verse explains ὑπὸ depyv.— tw ἀνθερεῶνος : as A 501.—
ὀχεύς : as holder ; predicate with ὅς. :

375. ἥ: in the rapid narration, the relative construction is used here,
where a new sentence would be expected. Or this 7 may be called demon-
strative, with no conjunction to connect it with the preceding verse.—
ἶφι κταμένοιο : such leather would be stronger than that from a diseased
animal, For the aorist middle used as passive, see § 50 d.

376. τρυφάλεια: the following hiatus is justified, as falling at the
feminine caesura of the third foot; see § 27 ὃ. --- ἅμ᾽ ἕσπετο κτλ. : 1.6. it
remained in his hand. |

378. ῥῖψ᾽ ἐπιδινήσας : 1.6. he swung the helmet before he threw it. Cf.
Tennyson’s Morte d’Arthur, ‘clutch’d the sword, | And:strongly wheel’d
and threw it.’ — κόμισαν: cf. B 875; sc. as spoil of the victory.

379. ὁ a: for the hiatus, cf. A 333.

380. ἔγχεϊ κτλ. : emphatic at the beginning of the verse and the close
of the sentence; cf. βάλλε A 52. Construe with ἐπόρουσε. --- ἐξήρπαξε: the
poet recognizes no chance rescue; cf. A 8.

381. feta κτλ. : “easily, as only a god can.” --- ἐκάλυψε δέ: “and made
him invisible.” ,

382. κὰδ coe: cf. κάθισον 68. — ἐν θαλάμῳ : in his chamber ; cf. 391.

383. καλέουσα : future participle, expressing purpose.

384. Tpwat: 1.6. women who had come to view the combat, as 420; see
on 149.

386. piv: construe with προσέειπεν, cf. 389. For the quantity, before
a lost consonant, see § 59 7. — παλαιγενέι : the adjective strengthens the
noun. — προσέειπεν : always used of words that follow immediately, or
separated from them only by a parenthetical clause,

THIRD BOOK OF THE ILIAD ¥3s

387. elpoxopw: explained by the following clause.

388. ἤσκειν : contracted from ἤσκεεν. --- μάλιστα κτλ. : the relative con-
struction is abandoned ; cf. A 79, 162.— This shows why Aphrodite took
the form of this old woman. — φιλέεσκεν : sc. “Ἑλένη.

389. ri pw κτλ.: cf. B 22, 795. 390. δεῦρ᾽ ἴθι: cf. 130.

391. κεῖνος : used much like a demonstrative adverb, there. —8 ye: is he.

392. οὐδέ ke φαίης : nor would you think. Not as 220.

393. ἀνδρὶ paxnodpevov: equivalent to ἐκ μάχης. --- χορόνδε: at the close
of the verse in contrast with μαχησάμενον.

394. ἔρχεσθαι: “ready to go to the dance,” so beautiful and vigorous
is he. —véov κτλ. : i.e. he is in as merry a humor asif he had just enjoyed
adance. The participle has the principal thought.

395. Cf. B 142. — Oupov ὄρινεν : aroused her anger by the suggestion.

396 f. καί ῥα: and so. This ῥά is resumed by the dpa of the apodosis
(398). —Seapny στήθεα κτλ. : these parts were unchanged by the transfor-
mation (386-389); the divinities retained their characteristics even under
a disguise, except when they desired to make themselves entirely unrecog-
nizable by mortals. — All but Helen saw in Aphrodite only the old
woman.

398. θάμβησεν: cf A 199. Wonder mingled with dread came over
Helen, fearing some new device of Aphrodite, who had already led her far
from her Spartan home. She does not believe that Paris has been carried
home in safety. — ἔπος xrA.: as A 361.

399. δαιμονίη: cruel divinity. Cf. B 190.— ταῦτα : cognate accusative
with ἡπεροπεύειν, which takes μέ as direct object. “To trick me with these
deceits.” Cf. τοῦτο ὑμᾶς ἐξαπατῆσαι Xen. An. v. 7. 6.

400. 4: surely; with mocking irony. — προτέρω : still farther from Lace-
daemon. —roMwv: construe with 27, — “into any one of these cities,’ —
or in a loose local sense. See H. 757; G. 1092.

401. Φρυγίης : construe with πολίων.

402. καὶ κεῖθι: there also, Just as Paris in Ilios.

403. οὕνεκα δὴ viv: this introduces sarcastically the reason for the con-
jecture of 400 f. “Since now, as it seems, I cannot remain longer with
your favorite Paris.” 404. στυγερήν : see on 173.

405. rotvexa δὴ xTA.: again a sarcastic tone. For the repetition of the
causal particle, cf. A110. This clause is closely connected with the causal
relative sentence, as is shown by the repetition of the particles δὴ viv.
Thus the thought returns to 399. — δολοφρονέουσα: 1.6. in pretending that
Paris summons her (390).

134 COMMENTARY TO THE

406. wap αὐτόν: by himself; contrasted with δεῦρο 405. “Leave me
alone.” The ‘asyndeton’ marks Helen’s excitement. — θεῶν κτλ. : abandon
the path of the gods, “give up thine immortality.” The expression is sug-
gested by the following verse, which was already before her mind.

407. "Odvprov: the ‘limit of motion.’

408. περὶ κεῖνον : about him, at his side.— oltve: endure woe, “bear all
the troubles of human life.” —é φύλασσε: watch him; sc. that he does not
escape thee or prove unfaithful to thee.

409. ποιήσεται : aorist subjunctive with εἰς ὅ κε, cf. B 332. —6 ye: cf.
A 97. For its position in the second member of the sentence, as B 664, ef.
πολλὰ δ᾽ ὅ γ᾽ ἐν πόντῳ πάθεν ἄλγεα a 4, nunc dextra ingeminans
ictus, nunc 1116 sinistra Verg. Aen. v. 457.

410. νεμεσσητὸν κτλ. : parenthetical. —vepeoonrov: cf. 156, B 223.

411. κείνου: indicates contempt or abhorrence. —8é: the clause is
causal in effect.

412. μωμήσονται: sc. if I give myself to this frivolous coward after
the decision by the duel. The future is used (more definite than the
potential optative) although the supposition at the basis of this expecta-
tion is negatived (οὐκ εἶμι 410). — ἔχω κτλ. : “and yet I have already,” etc.

413. χολωσαμένη : falling into a rage; cf. ὀχθήσας A517. The middle
does not differ greatly from the passive. Cf. χολωθείς A 9; see 8 50 ὦ.

414. σχετλίη: disyllabic; § 25 a.— μεθείω : for the subjunctive, cf A 28.

415. viv: till now, opposed to the future. — ékmayha: cf. αἰνῶς 158.
— φίλησα: came to love you, “ bestowed my love upon you.” |

416. ἀμφοτέρων : explained by Τρώων καὶ Δαναῶν. --- μητίσομαι : aorist
subjunctive, still dependent on μή. .---ἔχθεα λυγρά: grievous hates, which
would be destructive to Helen. — Cf. illa (i.e. Helen) sibi infestos
eversa ob Pergama Teucros|et poenas Danaum, et deserti
coniugis iras, | praemetuens Verg. Aen. ii. 571 ff. .

417. σὺ δὲ... ddqar: an independent addition, as is shown by κέν,
in order to explain the effect of ἔχθεα λυγρά. For the subjunctive with
κέν, cf. A 187. —otrov: cognate accusative.

418. ἔδεισεν: cf. A 33. Helen yields only after the sternest threat.

420. Tpwds: see on 384. —Adbev: sc. Baoa, as she departed with her
two maids (cf. 143, 422). — Helen, in her shame, veiled herself silently,
and followed the goddess without attracting attention. — ἦρχε: as A 495.
— Salpov: nowhere else in Homer of a definite divinity.

421. δόμον: on the citadel, near the dwellings of Priam and Hector.

422. ἀμφίπολοι: i.e. the two who had accompanied her (148).

THIRD BOOK OF THE ILIAD 135

423. κίε: sc. following Aphrodite; cf. 420.
| 424. τῇ: for λέγ. --- ἑλοῦσα : prior in time to κατέθηκε φέρουσα. Observe
the distinction between the aorist and present participles.

425. ἀντί᾽ ᾿Αλεξάνδροιο : according to 391, Alexander was on the bed,
but this is disregarded in the following narration; cf. ἄρχε λέχοσδε κιών
447.—@ea: this is added to give prominence to her condescension in per-
forming a maid’s duties. — φέρουσα : for the participle, see on ἰών A 138.

426. κούρη Avs: generally of Athena. Cf. κούρην Βρισῆος A 392.

427. πάλιν: back, away from Paris, here as a sign of displeasure.
Cf. talia dicentem iamdudum aversa tuetur Verg. Aen. iv. 362.

428. ἤλυθες : an exclamation. She reproaches him for his return; cf.
B 23.

429. Sapeis: with dative of the agent, as 301.— πρότερος: cf. 140.

430. 4 μὲν δὴ κτλ. : truly thou wast wont to boast ; with mocking disdain.

431. of: added with emphasis, as B 164.

432. ἀλλ᾽ ἴθι viv: an ironical exhortation. The following ‘asyndeton’
is usual. — προκάλεσσαι : challenge, call forth to meet thee ; middle, as in 19. —
Μενέλαον : observe the emphatic repetition of the name with the same
epithet, in the same position in the verse as in 430. Cf. 223.

433. ἀλλὰ xrA.: Helen now speaks in earnest. — ἐγώ ye: cf A 1738.
«“ But 7 advise you.”

434. παύεσθαι: cease forever. Present infinitives are used also to
explain this injunction. — ξανθῷ: cf. 284.

435. ἀντίβιον : for the construction, cf. B 121, 452. .-- πόλεμον : for the
cognate accusative, cf. B 788.

436. μή πως τάχα : lest in some way, soon.—tw αὐτοῦ δουρί : dy the spear
of this very man. For the dative with ὑπό, cf. B 860.

437. μύθοισιν : construe with προσέειπεν.

438. θυμόν: in partitive apposition with μέ, “my heart.” Cf. 35, 442,
A 362.

439. piv γάρ: always in this order; never γὰρ μέν. --- σὺν ᾿Αθήνῃ: by
the aid of Athena. This diminishes the personal credit of Menelaus for his
success.

440. airs: as A 140.—éya: sc. νικήσω. --- παρὰ εἰσί: more frequent
in this sense is παρίστασθαι. ---- ἡμῖν: i.e. with Paris and his countrymen.

441. εὐνηθέντε: in the English idiom this would be in the same con-
struction as τραπείομεν. Cf. B 113; see § 21 i.

442. ὧδε: so completely, sc. as now (446). Cf. B 802. --- ἔρος φρένας
ἀμφεκάλυψεν : cf. A 105.

136 COMMENTARY

443. οὐδ᾽ Ste: not even then when.

444. ἔπλεον ἐν νέεσσι: “ was on the voyage.”

445. Kpavay: perhaps this name was invented for the situation; ef.
201; at least the ancients were completely at a loss concerning it. Strabo
thought that this was the small island Helena which lies between Attica
and Ceos; others thought it to be Cythera (the modern Cerigo), south
of Sparta, from which Aphrodite received her epithet Cytherean. In the
second century of our era, with reference to this passage, the name Kpavan
was given to a small island in the Laconian gulf.

446. as: refers to ὧδε 442.

447. apxe: made the beginning, began ; with a supplementary participle,
κιών, aS B 378. --- εἵπετο: the fear of Aphrodite’s anger had its effect, in
spite of 428 ff.— The whole scene, from 382, characterizes the sensual
frivolity of Paris.

448. τὼ μὲν ἄρα: so these two.

449. The story returns to the point where Aphrodite interposed (380).—
ἀν᾽ ὅμιλον : sc. Τρώων. --- Onpl ἐοικώς : like to a wild beast in fury.

450. εἴ που ἐσαθρήσειεν: if he but might catch sight of him somewhere.
For the optative, see H. 907; ἃ. 1420. — θεοειδέα : for the ‘synizesis,’
Ff Zi,

451. ot tis δύνατο δεῖξαι: the logical proof of this statement is given
below. “They would have pointed him out, if they could.”

452. τότε: i.e. when he sought him.

453. «They did not conceal him through love (cf. 321 ff.), nor would
they have concealed him if any one had seen him.”

454. κηρί: dative of likeness with foov, which is a cognate accusative
far on its way to become an adverb. For the comparison, cf. A 298.
--- μελαίνῃ : cf. morti atrae Hor. Carm. i. 28. 18, post equitem sedet
αὐτῷ cura ib. iii. 1. 40.

455. καί: also; a standing expression, referring to previous speakers.

456. Cf. 86.

457. δή: as you see, surely. — φαίνεται : belongs evidently.

458. ᾿Αργείην: as B 161. Cf. ornatus Argivae Helenae Verg.
Aen. i. 650.

459. τιμὴν κτλ. : cf. 286.

460 = 287.

461. ἐπὶ ἤνεον: cf. ἐπευφήμησαν A 22.— The poet does not tell how
Hector and the other Trojans received this demand, but implies that they
allowed it to be just. — For the conclusion of the episode, see ὃ 6 ὦ,

at

ΓΤ

FOURTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 137

FOURTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD

The Fourth Book opens with a Council of the Gods in the great hall of
Zeus on Olympus. These have watched what has been done on the Trojan
plain, and recognize the fact that Menelaus has won the victory. Zeus
proposes that the provisions of the treaty be carried into effect, — that the
Achaeans withdraw to their homes, taking with them Helen and her
treasures. But Hera and Athena cannot consent to any peace which
would leave unsacked the hated city af Troy, and they instigate a Lycian
archer, a Trojan ally, to break the truce by wounding Menelaus. Then
the strife begins anew. Curiously enough, the promise which was made to
Thetis on the preceding evening is not mentioned.

1. θεοί: in apposition with of. — ἤγορόωντο : sc. during the events nar-
rated in TL. 2. χρυσέῳ: see on A 426. 3. éwvoxde: see on A 598.
5. αὐτίκα : sc. after T 456-460. — ἐρεθιζέμεν : sc. by the proposal of 18 f.
6f. Zeus teasingly compares Aphrodite’s constant care of Paris with
the neglect of Menelaus by Hera and Athena.
7. μέν; correlative with αὖτε 10. 9. νόσφι: sc. Μενελάου.
11. αὐτοῦ: ablatival; ὃ 19 a.
12. καὶ viv: cf. A 109. — διόμενον : i.e. expecting.
14. ὅπως κτλ.: cf. B 252. — Zeus knows what answer to expect.
15 f. πόλεμον κτλ. : § 19 d.— ὄρσομεν : aorist subjunctive.
18 ff. οἰκέοιτο: cf. Τ' 74. Potential optative without ἄν. 8 18 ὃ. --
ἄγοιτο: cf. Γ 72, 404. — ἐπέμυξαν : sc. at his words.
21 f. πλησίαι : sc. to each other. —% rot: correlative with δέ 24.
23 f. χόλος κτλ. : parenthetical; § 21 d.— y6dos: see.on A 81.—"Hpy:
§ 19h. 25 = A 552, 26. πόνον: explained by the following verses.
"27. ὅν: ὃ 59 7. — καμέτην κτλ. : parenthetical.
28 f. λαόν: soldiery. — κακά : on πῆμα T 50. ---ἔρδε: on βάλλε A 52.
30=A 517. 31. σέ, κακὰ ῥέζουσιν: H. 725; G. 1073. — Πρίαμος
κτλ.: cf. A 255. 32. ὅτε: as A 244. 33. Cf A 129, B 133.
35. ὠμόν: “alive.” Cf. Psalm xxvii. 2, Job xxxi. 31, Xen. An. iv. 8. 14.
37 f. ‘Asyndeton’; § 15.— σοὶ καὶ ἐμοί: emphatic ἡμῖν. 39 = A 297.
41 f. τήν: in apposition with πόλιν. See 8 11 ἡ, — rév: cf. A 185.
43 f. δῶκα: of an act just preceding. — αἵ: its antecedent is τάων 46.
49. λοιβῆς xrA.: explains δαιτός. --- τό: attracted to the number of

,

γέρας. 50.:Ξ- A 55],

138 COMMENTARY TO THE

51. τρεῖς : explained by ὅ2. --- μέν : correlative with ἀλλά 57.

53. διαπέρσαι : infinitive as imperative.

54 ff. πρόσθ᾽ ἵσταμαι: cf. A 37.— εἴ περ: with subjunctive; cf. A 81.
---οὐκ: cf. Τ' 289. —dviw: probably future. — φέρτερος : cf. A 281, 545 ff.

57. ἐμόν : made emphatic by the following pause; § 11 h. — πόνον: cf.
26 ff. 58. Cf. et mi genus ab Jove summo Verg. Aen. vi. 123.
They had the same lineage.

60 f. ἀμφότερον: cf. Τ' 179.— Cf. Verg. Aen. i. 46 £.— κέκλημαι : cf.
T'138. 62. μέν: correlative with δέ 64. — ὑποείξομεν : aorist subjunctive.

63 f. σοὶ μὲν κτλ. : ‘chiasmus’; ὃ 16 a,—’A@nvaly: see on πρὸ ἧκε

A 195. 67. πρότεροι κτλ.: cf. T 299.
68 f. οὐδ᾽ ἀπίθησε: see on B 807. — πατὴρ κτλ.: cf. A δ09. --- αὐτίκα: as
A 539. . 70. μετὰ κτλ.: cf. A 222, This explains és στρατόν.

73. as εἰπών: “by these words,” saying this.

74 = B 167. Athena’s third descent during the action of the Jliad.

75. οἷον: predicate with ἀστέρα. «Like the star which Zeus sends.” —
ἀστέρα : i.c. a meteorite. — ἧκε: gnomic aorist; § 14 αὶ

76. τέρας : predicate, as a portent. 77. λαμπρόν : see on οὐλομένην A 2.

78 {. τῷ: i.e. ἀστέρι, cf. 75.—és μέσσον: cf. T 69. --- θάμβος xrr.: cf.
I 342 f. 81 = B 271. ὃ... Cf ASE. 83. τίθησιν: cf. ἔθηκεν A 2.

84. ἀνθρώπων : limits ταμίης πολέμοιο.

87. Λαοδόκῳ: in apposition with ἀνδρί 86. --- αἰχμητῇ : in apposition
with Λαοδόκῳ.

88. εἴ που: cf. Τ' 460. --- Athena searches like any mortal for the man.
—Cf. Pandare, qui quondam iussus confundere foedus | in
medios telum torsisti primus Achivos Verg. Aen. v. 496 f.

89 ff. Cf B169f. For εὗρε without conjunction, cf. 327, Εἰ 169, 355.
— ἀμφί: sc. ἕστασαν. ---- λαῶν : in apposition with ἀσπιστάων. --- Pandarus
alone saw the goddess in human form; see on I 396 f.

93. An independent introduction. Verse 94 repeats the thought clearly.

95. Ἰρώεσσι: for the dative, see on B 285. (Or, it may be the agent.)

97 ff. rod: construe with πάρα. ὃ 55,c β. --- αἱ κτλ. : equivalent to
ἐὰν Μενέλαος βέλει Suny. A picturesque paraphrase for death. —oe@
βέλει κτλ. : is parenthetical; δμηθέντα precedes the action of ἐπιβάντα.

100 f. Μενελάου : for the genitive, see H. 739; G. 1099. ---᾿Απόλλωνι :
patron god of Lycia, and god of the bow.

102. πρωτογόνων: cf. Deut. xv. 19.

103. οἴκαδε : explained by the second ‘ hemistich.’ — ἄστῦ : see on B 824.

104 f. τῷ: § 19 Ἢ. --- αὐτίκα: cf. ὅ. --- ἐσύλα : sc. from its case.

FOURTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 139

106. ἀγρίου : on λαῶν 91. --- ὅν : object of βεβλήκει. 107 is parenthetical.

108. ὕπτιος : predicate. 109. rod: construe with κεφαλῆς. --- πεφύ-
kev: had grown, were.

110 f. ἤραρε: sc. ἀλλήλοιιν. ---- πᾶν : i.e. τόξον, cf. TO μέν, below.

112 f. worl γαίῃ: cf. A 245. — πρόσθεν κτλ. : sc. in order that the act
of Pandarus might be unnoticed. — δέ: « while.”

115. βλῆσθαι: as passive. See § 50 ὦ.

116. Cf. dixit et aurata volucrem sagittam | deprompsit
pharetra cornuque tetendit Verg. Aen. xi. 858 f.

123 f. Mark the ‘chiasmus’; ὃ 16 a.—The archer often knelt or
crouched to shoot.— When the bowstring is drawn back to the breast,
the iron arrow point is brought near to the bow. Cf. et duxit longe,
donee curvata coirent | inter se capita et manibus iam tan-
geret aequis, | laeva aciem ferri, dextra nervoque papillam. |
extemplo teli stridorem Verg, Aen. xi. 860 ff.— Only one other
instance of the use of iron for arms is found in Homer; that is an iron
mace (H 141). — κυκλοτερές : predicate.

125. Double ‘chiasmus.’ βιός and vevpy, ἴαχεν and ddro receive
prominence from the order. —Atyfe: cf A 49. The verse is thought to
echo the sound of the bow. Cf. 504.—aAro: see on A 53.

127. Apostrophe to Menelaus. ὃ 16 σ. --- σέθεν : construe with λελάθοντο.

129. πρόσθε: cf. δ4. --- στᾶσα: taking her stand. — βέλος : cf. A 51.

130 ff. τόσον: explained by 132 f., ie. a little. — ds Ore: as T 33.
With subjunctive, as 141, B 147. See H. 914 B Ὁ; G. 1438. — παιδός:
from her child. —d€erar: aorist subjunctive; cf A 80; sc. mais. — ὅθι :
cf. T 145.

135 f. Cf. T 357 f.

137. ἕρκος ἀκόντων : see on A 284.

139. φωτός: airod. 140 f. Cf Indum sanguineo veluti viola
verit ostro | si quis ebur Verg. Aen. xii. 67. Cf. ‘Here lay Duncan:
His silver skin lac’d with his golden blood,’ Shakspere, Macbeth ii. 3.118;
‘Sohrab loos’d | His belt, and near the shoulder bar’d his arm, | And shew’d
a sign in faint vermilion points | Prick’d: as a cunning workman, in Pekin, |
Pricks with vermilion some clear porcelain vase, | An emperor’s gift — at
early morn he paints | And all day long, and when night comes the lamp |
Lights up his studious forehead and thin hands: — | So delicately prick’d
the sign appear’d | On Sohrab’s arm,’ Matthew Arnold Sohrab and Rustum.

142. παρήϊον : Attic φάλαρα. --- ἵππων : equivalent to ἵππειον.

145. ἀμφότερον: cf. I 179. ---- Chiasmus’ here again.

140 COMMENTARY TO THE

147. ὑπένερθεν : contrasts σφυρά with κνῆμαι. The wound must have
been in front, not on the side, since both thighs are stained.

148. ῥίγησεν: cf. [ 259. .

151 f. νεῦρον: the thong which bound the arrow point to the shaft. —
ἐκτός : sc. ὠτειλῆς. --- ἄψορρον: cf. Τ' 313, but here adverbial.

153. τοῖς: 1.6. Menelaus and those about him. — βαρύ : see on μέγα A 78.

154 ff. χειρός: on A 3599. --- κασίγνητε: for the length of the ultima,
see ὃ 59 /.— θάνατον : predicate; cf κακά 28. “The truce was death to thee.”
-- ἔταμνον : see on B 124, — οἷον : agrees with σέ, object of προστήσας.

157 f. κατὰ δὲ πάτησαν: Attic καταπατήσαντες. --- πιστά: a standing
epithet οὗ ὅρκια, even when ὈΤΌΚΘΗ. --- ἅλιον : predicate. 159 = Β 841.

160 f. οὐκ: cf. οὐκ εἰῶ 55.—é&: construe with τελεῖ. --- δέ: see on
A δὅ8.---ὐψέ: “in the future.” —otv μεγάλῳ : explained by the following.
-- ἀπέτισαν : gnomic. “The breach of faith will surely be punished.”
‘The mills of the gods grind slowly.’

163 f.=Z 447|1.--- τόδε: refers to the following sentence. — ὀλώλῃ :
§ 18 ὁ β.

165 -- 47. 166. σφί: for the dative after ἐπί, cf. Μενελάῳ 94.

167. ἐπισσείῃσιν : for the mode, cf. ἴδωμαι A 262.— αἰγίδα : on B 447.

168 f. ἀπάτης : see on evywAns A 65. — ἄχος σέθεν : grief for thee.

' 170. For the fullness of expression, see on A 88. 171. Cf. Β 116.

173 1. Cf. B 160.—Alrowev “Edévyv : this really gives the cause for
ἐλέγχιστος ἱκοίμην 171.

177 f. ἐπιθρώσκων : sc. in ΤΠΟΟΚΘΥΥ. --- χόλον κτλ. : cf. 24.

179 f. ἅλιον : cf. 158. --- καὶ δή: cf. A 161. — οἰκόνδε : see on 108.

181 f. σὺν κεινῇσιν κτλ. : i.e. without Helen and the spoils of war, and
with heavy loss. Cf. Β 298. --- ὥς : cf. ὧδε 176. — χάνοι : 1.6. swallow me.
Cf. mihi tellus prius ima dehiscat Verg. Aen. iv. 24.

184 f. πώ [πώς] : at all, as T 306. — πάροιθεν : local.

189. Note the spondees,

191. παύσῃσι : sc. σέ. ---- ὀδυνάων : cf. B 97, 595.

192. ἢ: he spoke. See on A 219. — θεῖον : see on A 334.

196. ὀιστεύσας : nearly equivalent to curd. — τόξων : cf. B 718.

197. . Λυκίων : i.e. the principal Trojan allies. —r@: sc. βαλόντι.

199. βῆ KrA.: cf. B47. — Kara λαόν : cf. 126, 209, κατὰ στρατόν A 318.

201-203. Cf. 90-92. 204. Cf. T 250. 205-207 = 195-197.

208. Cf. B 142, T 395. 209. ἀνὰ κτλ.: cf. A 484.

210 f. ἵκανον xrA.: cf. T 145. — “ Where was the wounded Menelaus.”

212. 6: i.e, Machaon. —8é: cf. 161. — παρίστατο: cf. παρέστη.

7

FOURTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 141

215 f. Cf. 186 f.

217 ff. ἔμπεσε: cf. 134. —ért: adverb with πάσσε. ---- εἰδώς : “ skilfully.”
—ot: ethical. — φίλα xrX.: see on A 73.

221 ff. ἐπί : construe with ἤλυθον, cf. A 475.—ot: sc. ᾿Αχαιοί. --- κατά:
construe with ἔδυν. ---- μνήσαντο : i.e. they were eager. — ἴδοις : cf. I’ 220.

226 f. ὕππους μέν : correlative with αὐτὰρ 6 231. — τοὺς μέν : repeats the
μέν from 226. — φυσιόωντας : snorting in their impatience.

229. πολλά: cf. A 35. — παρισχέμεν : sc. ἵππους καὶ ἅρματα. The chariot
was used for transportation from one part of the field to another, — not for
actual fighting.

231 f. ἐπεπωλεῖτο κτλ. : cf. T 196.—pév: correlative with αὖ 240. — σπεύ-
Sovras : made emphatic by the verse-pause. — ἴδοι : for optative, cf. B 188.

234. πώ: as 184. -- - ἀλκῆς : ablatival genitive of separation.

236. Cf. 67. 237. “Their bodies will lie unburied.” Cf. A 4.

238. ἡμεῖς : contrasted with γῦπες 237, as ἀλόχους is with αὐτῶν.

239. ἄξομεν : sc. as captives. See on A 13.

240. Cf. 232. 242. ἐλεγχέες : cf. B 235.

243. τίφθ᾽ : τί ποτε. --- ἔστητε : as this stands, it is perfect. ἔστητε

244. αἵτε xrA.: cf. Τ' 4. --- πολέος : broad. — πεδίοιο : see on R 785.

247. Sarcastic. — a κτλ. : the clause is here equivalent to νηῶν.

248. εὔπρυμνοι: the sterns were more prominent in the camp than the
prows, 251-421. Five divisions of the Achaean army are enumerated.

256-271. I. Idomeneus.

252. οἱ δ᾽ ἀμφί: cf. Β 445.— θωρήσσοντο: sc. when he reached them.

253. ᾿Ιδομενεύς : sc. was busy. —evt: for the comparison, see B 480.

255 f. γήθησεν: cf. A 330. — μειλιχίοισιν : see on A 539.

257. Δαναῶν: for the genitive after περὶ riw, cf. A 258.

258 f. “Both in action and in council.” — Sairi : see ὃ 28 6.

260 f. κέρωνται : for the mode, see on A 80.— εἴ περ: cf. A 81.

262 f. δέ: as 161. --- πλεῖον : full. — πιέειν : for infinitive, cf. μάχεσθαι A 8.

264. οἷος: i.e. as brave as. — πάρος : with present. Cf A 553. —etyem
εἶναι : see on A 91. : ᾿

266 f. ἐρίηρος : cf. Τ' 47. ---- -τὸ πρῶτον : on A θ. ----ὑπέστην κτλ. : cf. A514.

269. σύν: construe with ἔχευαν. ---- γέ : emphasizes the whole clause.

270. ἸΤρῶες : for position, cf. ἔρδε 28. 271. Cf. 236.

272-291. II. The Ajaxes. 272. κῆρ: on A 44. 273. Cf. 251.

274 f. νέφος : this suggests the following comparison. Cf. ‘cloud of
witnesses.’ — ὡς bre: cf. 130, T 33, B 209. — αἰπόλος : the goatherd is not
needed for the comparison, but he and his flocks enliven the scene. ὃ 14 a.

στὰ νυν "εν τ a ee ae

142 COMMENTARY TO THE

278. φαίνετ᾽ : φαίνεται, ὃ 28 a.

280. roia: refers to ὡς 275; predicate. “So dark and threatening.”

282. πεφρικυῖαι: cf. ‘Bristled with upright beams innumerable | Of
rigid spears, and helmets thronged, and shields,’ Milton Par. Lost vi.
82 f.; «horrent arms,’ ib. ii. 513.

284. σφέας : monosyllable; § 25; cf. B 704.

286. σφῶι: object of ὀτρυνέμεν. 287. αὐτώ: of yourselves.

288-291. Cf. B 371-374.

289. πᾶσιν : masculine, not neuter; cf. τῷ 104.

292-325. III. Nestor. 293. ἔνθα : particle of transition.

299. ἕρκος: cf. A 284.

301 f. ἱππεῦσιν μέν : has no correlative πεζοῖς dé. — ἐχέμεν : check.

303. Transition to ‘direct discourse,’ without the usual introduction.

304. πρόσθ᾽ ἄλλων: ἱ.6. aS πρόμαχος. The warriors while on their
chariots could not safely hurl their spears, lest they could not recover
them.
305. “Remain together.” — ἀλαπαδνότεροι: sc. if you fail to obey.

306. ἀπὸ ὀχέων: nearly equivalent to οἷς ὀχέεσσιν. Contrasted with
πρόσθ᾽ ἄλλων.

310. πολέμων : genitive, as τόξων 196. 311. Cf. 255,283. 312=B7.

314: γούνατα : the seat of bodily vigor. These weaken in time of fear.

315. ὄφελεν: cf. A 415. 316. ἔχειν: sc. γῆρας as object:

319. ὥς: modifies ἔμεν [εἶναι]; equivalent to τοῖος. See on μίνυνθο.
A 416.—’EpevOadtova: the story is told at full length in H 132 ff.

320 f. πάντα : sc. ἀγαθά. --- εἰ : see on A280. — νῦν αὖτε : see on A 237.
-- ὀπάζει : virtually equivalent to τείρει, above. — Non omnia possumus
omnes.

322. καὶ ds: “although old.” 323. τό: cf. 49.

324. οἵ wep: nearly equivalent to since they.

326-363. IV. Menestheus and Odysseus.

327 f. Cf. 89 f. 329. ᾿Οδυσσεύς : in apposition with 6.
330 f. πάρ: construe with ἕστασαν. --- σφίν : for the dative, see § 19 h.
332. véov: as A 391. 334. ὁππότε: cf. B 794.

335. Ἰρώων: for genitive, cf Μενελάου 100. — ἄρξειαν : for plural, cf.
B 278.

336. Cf. 241, 255. 337=284. 338. υἱέ: for the ultima, cf 155.

339. For the ‘alliteration’ of x, see § 13 a.— κερδαλεόφρον: cf. A 149.

340 f. ἀφέστατε: sc. μάχης. --- μέν T ἐπέοικε : contrasted with νῦν 947. ---
ἐόντας : for the accusative, in spite of σφῶιν, see on A 541,

FOURTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 148

. “You are always ready to listen to an invitation to a feast.”
345.
. νῦν δέ: opposed to 341 f.—el κτλ. : object of dpowre.
349.

φίλα: predicate. See on A 107.—omradéa: cf. A 465 f.

Cf. A 148.

350-355. Speech of Odysseus, in six lines like that of Agamemnon in
358-363. 350. ‘Rhetorical question.’ Cf. A 552.

351 f. πολέμοιο μεϑιέμεν : sc. ἡμᾶς. Cf. 234. —éni: against, upon. —
ἐγείρομεν xTA.: cf. B 440. — ἐγείρομεν : for the subjunctive, cf. A 164. —

353 ff. “I shall fight bravely.” — Tydrepaxoro κτλ. : cf. B 260. — μιγέντα:
‘inceptive’ aorist. — ἀνεμώλια : predicate.

357. χωομένοιο : supplementary participle. For the genitive, cf. B 348.
358 = B 173.

362. “ We will make all this right hereafter.” Cf. Z ad jin.

363. τὰ δέ: sc. harsh words. 364-418. V. Diomed and Sthenelus.
364 = 292. 365 f. Cf. 89 f., 327 f.
366. ἵπποισι κτλ. : form one thought.

367. πάρ: sc. as charioteer. 368. (Ἷ 336.—rév: i.e. Diomed.
370. Cf. B23.

372. φίλον ἦεν: equivalent to ἥνδανεν. πτωσκαζέμεν is subject.

374. ovro: for the voice, see ὃ 50 a. — πονεύμενον : 1.6. in battle.
375. wept: construe with γενέσθαι.

. ἄτερ πολέμου : explained by ξεῖνος.
. ξεῖνος : as a friend. —dyelpwv: cf. 38 ; sc. for the expedition against

. of: i.e. Tydeus and Polynices. —terparéwvro: cf. Γ 187.
. μάλα: for length of ultima, cf. A 394.

oi: i.e. Mycenaeans.

. ἔτρεψε : i.e. dissuaded. —-mapatova κτλ.: cf. B 353.
382.

οἱ : a return to oi of 378. — πρό : adverb. — ὁδοῦ : local genitive.

383 f. For the story, cf. E 802 ff.— The invaders halted at the river
and sent an embassy to the town. —dyyeAtyv: predicate, as ambassador ;
ef. T 206. —ért: construe with στεῖλαν, i.e. to Thebes. — Τυδῆ: Τυδέα.

387 f. ξεῖνος κτλ. : stranger though he was. — Ἐξ αδμείοισιν : equivalent to

Καδμείωνας 385. Cf. Δαρδάνιοι and Aapdaviwves.

389.

ὅ ye: resumes 6 385. — προκαλίζετο : cf. T 19. --- πάντα : neuter,

“in all contests,” i.e. ‘ events,’ wrestling, ete. Cf. B 643. — ἐνίκα : was victor.

391.
393.

names.

XoAwodpevor : sc. because of his success.
κούρους : in apposition with Adyov.— The leaders have bloody

144 COMMENTARY TO THE

396. καὶ τοῖσιν: i.e. he overcame these, too. — ἐφῆκεν : cf. ἐφῆπται B 32.

397. éva: sc. to bear the tidings.

398. apa: resumes ἕνα δὲ κτλ. The omens directed that Maeon should
be spared.

399. Αἰτώλιος : Tydeus was grandson of Oeneus (B 641). — rev: this.

400. μάχῃ : local; cf A 521. — ἀγορῇ κτλ. : “although better,” etc.

401. CfA S11. |

402. ἐνιπήν : accusative after αἰδεσθείς, see H. 712; G. 1049.

404 f. Weide’: Wevdeo. — σάφα : i.e. true. — Note the following <asyn-
deton’ and the repetition of ἡμεῖς. ---- μέγα: on A 78.

406 f. The former (in which Tydeus and Capaneus, fathers of Diomed
and Sthenelus, had part) expedition against Thebes failed; the second, of
the Epigoni, destroyed the city. — mavpérepov: sc. than the fathers. — ἀγα-
yovre: dual, for Diomed and Sthenelus. — ὑπὸ τεῖχος: cf. B 216.

409. κεῖνοι: 1.6. the first assailants.

410. τῷ: therefore. —s6poly: sc. ἡμῖν. “ We deserve higher honor.”

412 ff.. Seven verses in reply toseven. Seeon350. 412. Cf. A 565,

415. τούτῳ pév: correlative with τούτῳ δέ 417; and κῦδος is contrasted
with πένθος, in the same place in the verse, before the pause.

417. ᾿Αχαιῶν: genitive of cause or possibly genitive absolute; ὃ 19 g.

419. Cf. T 29. 420. δεινόν: cf T 337. 421. ὑπό: cf. T 34.—
For the supposed spectator, cf. 539. :

422-456. This scene might follow immediately on B 483 or B 785.

423. ἐπασσύτερον : the point of comparison; cf. ἐπασσύτεραι 427.

425. χέρσῳ : local. 427. Δαναῶν : construe with φάλαγγες.

428 f. κέλευε κτλ.: cf. B 805. — ἡγεμόνων : at the head of the verse, in
contrast with of δ᾽ ἄλλοι. ---- of δὲ κτλ. : cf. Τ' 8. ---- φαίης: on T 220.

430. ἔχοντα κτλ. : contains the principalidea. 431. δειδιότες : causal.

433. Ἰρῶες : the comparison is continued until the subject is forgotten
and resumed in Τρώων ἀλαλητός 436. Cf. B 459.

434. λευκόν : for the epithet, see 819 a. 435. Two ‘apparent hiatus.’

436. Tpowv: see on 435. — ἀνὰ στρατόν: cf A 10.

437. ἴα: cf. pia T 298. --- γῆρυς: cf. B 804.

439. τοὺς μέν: i.e. Trojans.

442 f. Vergil imitates this passage in his scien of Fama: parva
metu primo, mox sese attollit in auras | ingrediturque solo et
caput inter nubila condit Aen. iv. 176 f. Cf ‘Satan alarmed |
Collecting all his might dilated stood: | ... His stature reached the
sky, and on his crest | Sat horror plumed,’ Milton Par. Lost iv. 985 f.

FOURTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 145

442. Cf. 424.

443. οὐρανῷ: for the dative, see on Z 136. --- ἐστήριξε: gnomic aorist,
parallel to Baiver. — καὶ ἐπὶ κτλ. : “while still it walks,” etc.

447. civ: together. Construe with ἔβαλον. --- pévea: cf. B 387, 536.

449. πολὺς xri.: cf. B 810. -- Cf. ‘Of shout and scream the mingled
din | And weapon-clash and maddening cry | Of those who kill and those
who die,’ Scott Rokeby v. 31; ‘Sweat, writhings, anguish, labouring of
the lungs | In that close mist, and cryings for the light, | Moans of the
dying, and voices of the dead,’ Tennyson Passing of Arthur.

450 f. Note the ‘chiasmus,’—edywrAy belonging to ὀλλύντων, and
οἰμωγή to ὀλλυμένων. 452. ὄρεσφι: genitive.

453. ξυμβάλλετον: cf. ‘Met as torrents from the hight | In highland
dales their streams unite,’ Scott Lady of the Lake iii. 24.

455. δοῦπον: the point of comparison.—awomhv: cf 275. Cf.
rapidus montano flumine torrens... stupet inscius alto |
accipiens sonitum saxi de vertice pastor Verg. Aen. ii. 305 ff.,
and also ib. xii. 523 f.; ‘Then like the billow in his course, | That far to
seaward finds his source, | And flings to shore his muster’d force, | Burst
with loud roar their murmur hoarse,’ Scott Lady of the Lake iii. 9.

456. τῶν: construe with ἰαχή. Cf. A 49. --- γένετο : see § 32 i.

457. Τρώων: construe with ἄνδρα.

459-461 = Z 9-11.

459. ῥά: marks the clause as a repetition of 457. Cf E79.

460. πῆξε: sc. δόρυ or ἔγχος as object. — ὀστέον εἴσω: cf. A 71.

461 f. ὄσσε: in apposition with τόν, cf. 850. --- πύργος: sc. ἤριπε.
Cf. B 394. 463. ποδῶν: cf. χειρός 154. 464 = B 541.

465. ἕλκε: mark the change to the imperfect. —épa κτλ. : = συλῆσαι.

466. μίνυνθα: cf. A 416.

470. τὸν μέν : i.e. Elephenor. —air@: i.e. his body. Cf. A 4.

472 1. ἀνὴρ ἄνδρα: equivalent to ἀλλήλους. Cf legit virum vir
Verg. Aen. xi. 632. — υἱόν: for the short penult, see ὃ 23 αὶ

477. Kddeov: sc. τοκῆες. 478. “He did not repay his parents’ care.”

479. ὑπό: construe with δουρί. Cf. T 436.

481 f. ἀντικρύς: of. T 359.— χαμαί: for χαμᾶζε. Cf. ὑψοῦ A 486.

483 f. πεφύκῃ: for the subjunctive, cf T 61 f.—drdp re: cf ἀλλά τε
A 82.

485. ἀνήρ: see on B 474.

486. ἐξέταμε : ‘gnomic,’ hence subjunctive, κάμψῃ.

488. τοῖον: refers to αἴγειρος ὥς 482. Cf. Τ' 153. —’AvOeplSnyv: § 39 «,

146 COMMENTARY TO THE

489. τοῦ: 1.6. Ajax. Cf. Μενελάου 100. 490. καθ᾽ ὅμιλον: cf. 199.

491. ὁ δέ: for the repetition of the subject, see on A 191.

493. αὐτῷ: i.e. his booty, the dead Simoisius. — ot: dative of interest.

494. rot: causal. Cf. 168 ἐ, --- ἀποκταμένοιο : passive. See § 50 d.

496. ἐγγύς : sc. to the body of his friend.

498. ἀνδρός : ablatival genitive; see ἃ 19 g B.— ἅλιον: cf. 26, 179.

500. παρ᾽ ἵππων : clearly Priam had a stock farm at Abydus.

501. ἑτάροιο: for the genitive, cf. τοῦ 494.

502. 4: refers to δουρί, but aixuy (which is added in apposition) is
already in the poet’s mind.

504. A frequently recurring formula. The verse is thought to echo
the thud of the warrior’s fall and the ring of his arms.

505. ὑπό: construe with χώρησαν. --- τέ: for its position, cf. A 417.

506. péya: for the length of the ultima, cf. 456. .

508. Περγάμου : i.e. from his temple. See E 446.— divas: cf. φωνήσας.

509 f. χάρμης : ablatival. — λίθος : “of stone.” --- χρώς: subject.

512. οὐ μὰν οὐδέ: cf. B 703. 513. χόλον πέσσει: of. A 81.

514. πτόλιος : 1.6. ἀκροπόλεως. 516. μεθιέντας κτλ.: cf. 240.

519. κνήμην: one of the two accusatives in the active construction
(ἔβαλε Διώρεα κνήμην) is retained in the passive construction.

521. ἀναιδής : pitiless. 523. ἑτάροισι: sc. appealing to them for aid.

526. For the ‘alliteration’ of x, cf. 339. — rév: i.e. Diores.

527. τόν: i.e. Piroiis,

530. ἐρύσσατο: drew his sword; middle.

531. τῷ: demonstrative, with this. —6 ye: see on A 97.

532. ἀπέδυσε: cf. B 261. — περίστησαν : second aorist, intransitive.

533. ἀκρόκομοι : possibly like American Indians, with a scalp lock.
See on B 11.

537. ὁ μέν : 1.6. Piroiis (519 f.). —6 δέ: i.e. Diores (517, B 622).

538. περί: cf B417. 539. ὀνόσαιτο: for the optative, cf ἴδοις 223.

541. ἄγοι δέ: see on καί οἱ A79.— No one would dare as an observer
to enter such a field, unless under the special protection of the mighty
goddess of war.

542. χειρός : by the hand. — ἑλοῦσα : hiatus justified by pause; § 27 ὃ.

543. γάρ: refers to ὀνόσαιτο. 544. πρηνέες : cf. 522, B 418.

The last verses of the Fourth Book form a fitting conclusion to the
story of the battle up to this point, and a preparation for the more
important contest which follows; but the last two verses ‘ may have been
a rhapsodist’s “tag,” meant to wind up a recitation.’

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 147

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD

The subject of the Fifth Book is at once announced: The Bravery of
Diomed, who had already been somewhat prominent, before the battle
(A 419 ff.).

1-453. The Achaeans press forward victoriously. 1-94. Diomed comes
Jorward.

1. ἔνθα: as A 293. —’A@qvy: not only the goddess of war, but also the
special patroness of Diomed, as she had been of his father (A 390).

4. ‘Appositive asyndeton.’— Cf. Verg. Aen. x. 270 ff.

5. ἀστέρι: 1.6. Sirius, the dog star, as appears from X 26 f.—Cf.
‘Satan stood | Unterrified; and like a comet burn’d | That fires the
length of Ophiuchus huge | In th’ Arctic sky, and from his horrid hair |
Shakes pestilence and war,’ Milton Par. Lost ii. 707; «And as the fiery
Sirius alters hue |... Their morions, wash’d with morning, as they came,’
Tennyson Princess v.

6 f. ᾿Ωκεανοῖο : for genitive, cf B 415, Z 508 ; see § 19 7. —xpards: cor-
responds to κόρυθος 4, and ὥμων to ἀσπίδος.

9f. ἦν δέ τις: cf. Β 811.—ipets: there were no priests in the Greek
camp. —‘“Hoateroo: the Trojans honored the same divinities as the
Achaeans.

11. μάχης κτλ.: cf B 823. 12. of: i.e. Diomed. — ἐναντίω: predicate.

13. metés: cf. A 419, where Diomed dismounts. 14=T 15.

15. πρότερος : cf. ὕστερος 17. 17. ὥρνυτο κτλ. : of. T 349.

18. ἅλιον: as A 498.

19. μεταμάζιον : cf. 4480. For the compound, see on Β 56.— dee: 86.
by the cast of his spear. — ἵππων : “chariot.”

21. περιβῆναι : cf. 299, ἀμφιβέβηκας A 37. — ἀδελφειοῦ (better ἀδελφεόο,

8 35 δ) κτλ. : “his slain brother.” 22. οὐδὲ κτλ. : cf. B 703.

23. ἀλλά : = εἰ μή. 24. ὡς: final. —ot: ethical.

28. τὸν μέν: 1.6. Idaeus. 29. ὀρίνθη: sc. to fear and flight.

31. "Apes, "Apes: § 59 ἡ B.— For the epithets without conjunction, see
8 1ὅ α. 32. οὐκ ἄν: cf. Τ' ὅ2. --- μέν : correlative with νῶι δέ 34.

33. μάρνασθαι: “fight and see.”

34. Διὸς κτλ. : this is only a pretext.

35. Ares is not long inactive; see 461. Athena departs (to Olympus?)
at 133. 37. ἔκλιναν: after Ares’ withdrawal.

38. ἡγεμόνων : construe with ἕκαστος.

148 COMMENTARY TO THE

40. πρώτῳ: dative of interest; “in his back first, as he turned to flee.’’
- στρεφθέντι: construe with πρώτῳ. Note the caesura.— μεταφρένῳ :
local, with ἐν πῆξεν.

41. ἔλασσεν: sc. δόρυ as object. 42 = A 504.

43. apa: cf. B 522. 44. ὅς: i.e. Φαῖστος.

46. ἵππων: construe with ἐπιβησόμενον. Phaestus had been fighting
on foot. Now he started to mount his chariot in order to flee.

47. σκότος εἷλεν : cf. 68, 82, 310, 659, 696, A 461.

50. Menelaus is able to fight, in spite of his wound (A 139 f.).

51. Sidate: cf A 72, B 827. 52. οὔρεσιν : local.
53. xpatope: cf. A 28. 54. ἑκηβολίαι : for plural, see on A 205.
56. Of course this implies that Menelaus drove him.

57... 41 ἢ 59. The names indicate the craft of the family.

60. ds: i.e. Dépexros. Cf. ds 44 : see on B 872.

62. és: ic. Phereclus again. 63. ἀρχεκάκους : see on οὐλομένην A 2.

64. Phereclus pays the penalty for his work. — ἐκ : construe with θεῶν.
— θέσφατα: sc. that misfortune would befall Troy if Paris should bring
home a Greek wife. 65. ὅτε κτλ. : parenthetical.

66. βεβλήκει : as Δ 492. -- ἡ: cf. Δ 502.

67. ἀκωκή : in apposition with 7.

70. μέν, δέ : contrasted. Nearly equivalent to ὃν νόθον περ ἐόντα κτλ.

73 {. κεφαλῆς : partitive genitive, with iviov. — ἀντικρύς : cf. Τ' 359.

75. ψυχρὸν χαλκόν; “cold steel.” Cf iaculum ore momordit

Ovid Met. v. 148. 77. ὅς: i.e. Dolopion.
78. ἀρητήρ: cf A 11. 79. apa: marks this as a repetition of 76.
81. χεῖρα: arm; cf. ὦμον 80. 82. πεδίῳ: to the plain.
85. γνοίης: cf. ἴδοις A 223. 86. Explanatory of ποτέροισι κτλ.

88 ff. Cf. A 452 ff. — ἐκέδασσε : ‘ gnomic.’

91. ἐλθόντα : construe with τόν 89.— Διὸς ὄμβρος : see on Β 146, 396.
93. &s: refers to ἐοικώς 87.

95. Λυκάονος κτλ. : i.e. Pandarus. See A88f. 597. ἐπί: cf Δ 94.

98. τυχών: cf. τυχήσας Δ 106. 101. ἐπί: construe with τῴ.
102. ὄρνυσθε: cf A509. Forward! On!
104. ἀνσχήσεσθαι: cf A 511. 106. εὐχόμενος : exulting.

108. Καπανήιον : see on B 20; cf. Τρώιοι 222.

109. ὄρσο: cf. A 204. Hasten!—Sthenelus was waiting and watch-
ing for him, with his chariot. See A 229.

111. καθ᾽ ὕππων: cf. καταβήσεο 109. Opposed to ἀναβαίνω T 261, as
ἐξ ὀχέων A 419 to ἐσβαίνω 837, and ἀφ᾽ ἵππων 19 to ἐπιβαίνω 255.

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD, 149

115. κλῦθι: cf A 37.

116. εἴ ποτε: cf. A 43. --- μοὶ κτλ.: cf. of κτλ. A 219. — παρέστης:
see A 390. 117. viv: opposed to ποτέ, as ἐμέ to πατρί..

118. καὶ és κτλ. : parenthetical. In time, this action would precede
that of ἑλεῖν. ---- ἐλθεῖν : sc. ἄνδρα as subject.

120. Cf. A 88. 122. πόδας κτλ. : in apposition with γυῖα.

123 = A 92. 124. ἐπί: cf. T 15. -- μάχεσθαι: ὃ 18 6.

126. Explains πατρώιον 125.

127-132. ‘These verses prepare the way for 330 ff.

127. ἀχλύν: cf. Verg. Aen. ii. 604 ff.; ‘but to nobler sights | Michael
from Adam’s eyes the film removed,’ Milton Par. Lost xi. 411 f.; ‘and the
Lord opened the eyes of the young man, and he saw: and behold the
mountain was full of horses and chariots of fire round about Elisha,’
2 Kings vi. 17.

129. θεός: of course in human form. .

131. Athena makes a limitation of her command, as a new thought

occurs to her. 134. ἐξαῦτις : see ἀναχωρήσας 107.
135. καὶ μεμαώς : the form of the sentence is changed, and this is left
in the air. See on A 433, Z 510. 136. τρίς : see on A 213. ©

140. Sverar: sc. ποιμήν. ---- τὰ δέ: sc. μῆλα. ---- φοβεῖται : are driven.

141. αἱ μέν: sc. ὄιες. --- ἀγχιστῖναι : cf. ἐπασσύτεραι Δ 427.— The lion
forgets his hunger in his anger.

142. αὐτὰρ ὁ: cf. A 333. 143. μίγη: resumes ἐμίχθη 134.

145 f. “ Diomed hit one and struck the other.”

149. ὀνειροπόλοιο : cf. A 63.

150. “Their father did not interpret their dreams for them as they
came to Troy,” or they would not have come. Cf. Β 859.— ἐρχομένοισι :
cf. 198. 154. ἐπί: over, “as heir to.”

155 f. θυμόν, ἀμφοτέρω: two accusatives after a ‘verb of depriving.’
See H. 724; G. 1069.

157. Here, as in 150, the participle bears the important thought.

160. εἰν ἑνὶ κτλ. : sc. as spearman and as charioteer.

161. ἐξ: construe with df. The hiatus before ἄξῃ is ‘ apparent.’

162. βοσκομενάων : attracted from the case of βουσί to that of ἁπόρ-
τιος κτλ. 163. τοὺς κτλ. : both these. —#: see on 111.

167. ἂν μάχην: over the battle field. 168 f. = A 88 f.

170. ἀντίον ηὔδα: is equivalent to προσηύδα, and hence is followed by
two accusatives, ἔπος (cognate) and piv (direct object). Cf. Β 7.

171. ποῦ: cf. B 339. 172. ᾧ: in which,

150

174.
175.
Σὲ
178.
181.
185.

COMMENTARY TO THE

ἔφες : cf. A 94. —dvacrxdv: see on A 450; cf A 101.

ὅδε: here; cf. κεῖνος Τ' 391.

Tpaas: for accusative, see on A 31.

ἱρῶν : causal. See on A θᾶ. --- ἔπι: cf. A 515.

πάντα: neuter. Cf A389. 184. vids: in apposition with ἀνήρ.

ἄνευθε θεοῦ : cf. non sine numine Verg. Aen. ii. 777.— τάδε:

cognate accusative with μαίνεται, cf. Τ' 8990. Nearly equivalent to οὕτω.

187.
188.
193.
195.

A 606.

197.
198.
200.

τούτου : ablatival genitive of separation. Cf. A131.

ἤδη : see 97 ff. 191. θεὸς κτλ. : an inference.

Λυκάονος : i.e. πατρός. Cf. A 240, T 223.

πέπτανται: cf. Β 777. --- ἑκάστῳ: in apposition with σφ. Cf.
196. For the fodder of horses, see on B 776.

πολλά: construe with ἐπέτελλε 198. Cf. A 229, A 35.

ἐρχομένῳ : “as I left home for Troy.” 199. ( A 366.

ἀρχεύειν κτλ.: cf. B 345. For the dative of interest, cf.

Τρώεσσι 211.—Tpderor: used here in a wide sense. Cf. B 826.—
Pandarus, vexed at his ill success with the bow, wishes that he had corae
as a spearman.

201. ἢ τοι κτλ.: sc. if I had been persuaded.

204. λίπον : sc. ἵππους Kal ἅρματα. — 205. ἄρα: “as I see now.”

207. ᾿Ατρείδη : see A 94 ff. 3

209. τῷ ῥα: so, you 866. --- κακῇ αἴσῃ : cf. A 418.

214. Cf. B 259 f. “I hope I may die, if I don’t.”

215. ἐν πυρί: cf. B 340. 216. ἀνεμώλια: cf. A 355.

217. Cf. A265. ,

218. μὴ κτλ.: see on A 191. --- πάρος, πρίν : cf. A 98, 288 f.

219. ἐπί : construe with ἀνδρί. --- σύν : see on A 389.

222. οἷοι : explained by the second half-verse. —'Tpéo : equivalent to
Tpwos, cf. Νηληίῳ B 20. — πεδίοιο : for the genitive, cf. μάχης 11. (Or, is
it local Ὁ)

223. Explanatory of ἐπιστάμενοι. 225. ἐπί: construe with ὀρέξῃ.

226 f. «You may drive, or wield the spear; just as you please.” —
Aeneas came on foot (167), but his charioteer drove up later.
231 f. μᾶλλον : better. — εἴ περ κτλ. : if we must flee from.

234.
236.
239.
244.
246.

ἐκφερέμεν : sc. ἡμᾶς as object.

αὐτώ : repeats νῶι. ---- ἐλάσσῃ : sc. to the ships. Cf A 154.

For the rhyme, φωνήσαντες, βάντες, see § 13 a.

ἐπὶ σοὶ μάχεσθαι : cf 124.

Parenthetical. 247. Αἰνείας : correlative with 6 μέν 245.

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 151

248. μήτηρ δέ: the form of the sentence is changed. A genitive is

expected, correlative with ᾿Αγχίσαο. 251 =A 411.
255.. αὔτως: 1.6. on foot. 256. ἐᾷ: monosyllable ; § 25.
257. πάλιν: cf. A 59. 259 = Δ 39.

260 f. “If 7 slay the men, do you look out for the horses.”
261. τούσδε: 1.6. those of Diomed. 262. ἐξ ἄντυγος κτλ. : of. T 261.

263. Αἰνείαο : limits ἵππων. 265. ἧς : ablatival, of which breed.
266. υἷος : see on κούρης A 111]. --- ποινήν : recompense. — οὕνεκα : Zeus
gave these because they were the best. 268. γενεῆς : sc. ἵππους.

270 ff. τῶν : genitive of source.— γενέθλη : in apposition with the subject
of éyevovro. — τοὺς μὲν κτλ. : four of these. — τὼ δὲ κτλ. : but the other two.

273. Evidently the horses could not be captured without overcoming
the masters. This victory would bring glory.—ed κε xrd.: cf. A 60,
B 123, 597.

276. τόν: i.e. Diomed. 278. οὐ βέλος κτλ. : cf. 106.

279. al κε κτλ. : on the chance that, etc. 280 - Τ 355. 4288 -- 101.

284 f. κενεῶνα : for accusative, see on A ὅ19. --- ἀνσχήσεσθαι: cf. 104.

287. “You missed me, but I will not let you try again.”

288 f. πρίν, πρίν: cf. πάρος 218. — aiparos: with ‘ verb of fullness.’

291. ῥῖνα: ‘limit of motion.’ — ἐπέρησεν : sc. βέλος, as subject.

292. rod: i.e. Pandarus. Construe with γλῶσσαν.

293. Perhaps Pandarus bent his head down.

294. Cf. 57,58. 297. ἀπόρουσε: “leaped down from his chariot.”

298. δείσας: cf. A 349.

299. ἀμφὶ βαῖνε: cf. 21, A 37. 301. τοῦ: i.e. νεκροῦ.
302. σμερδαλέα: cf. A 456, 506.
303. φέροιεν : potential optative. § 18 ὁ δ. ει

804. οἷοι κτλ.: cf. qualia nunc hominum producit corpora
tellus Verg. Aen. xii. 900. The men of the former generation were far
mightier! Cf. A 272.

306 f. κοτύλην κτλ. : parenthetical. — κοτύλην : cf. ‘How do you suppose
your lower limbs are held to your body? They are sucked up by two
cupping vessels (‘“ cotyloid ’”’ — cup-like — cavities),’ Holmes Autocrat of
the Breakfast Table. — πτρός : besides, — révovte: A 521.

309. παχείῃ: cf. I 376.

310. γαίης : local. —dGpdo\ xrA.: see on 47. Here not of death but of
a swoon. 311. ἀπόλοιτο : see on A 232.

312 =T 374. 313. ὑπό: cf. B 714. — Cf. B 820 f.

316 f. ἕρκος βελέων : on A 284. — βαλών: ‘ means.’ — ἐκ : with ἕλοιτο.

152 COMMENTARY TO THE

318. ὑπέξ: cf A465. 320. Parenthetical. —réwv: cf. 332, A 46.

321-324. Cf. 261-264.

328. ὧν: hisown. 329. Τυδεΐδην : after μετά. ---ὕππους : direct object.

991 f. ὅ te: cf A 244. — οὐδέ: and not.—dvipdv: construe with
πόλεμον.

334. ἐκίχανε : sc. Κύπριν. --- καθ᾽ ὅμιλον: cf. Δ 199.

FA al
ἌΣ
ἰ
5)

GREAT JARS FOUND AT TROY

340. ῥέει: sc. in the veins.— Cf ‘From the gash | A stream of nec-
tarous humour issuing flowed | Sanguine, such as celestial spirits may
bleed,’ Milton Par. Lost vi. 331 ff., of Satan.

342. καλέονται: cf. A 299.

343. μέγα, ἀπό: cf. A456; § 821.

344 f. μετὰ χερσίν : in his arms. — τις Δαναῶν: cf. 316. 346 = 317.

347. Cf. 101. 348. Cf. T 406, A 509.

349. 7 οὐκ: as one syllable; § 25. — ἠπεροπεύεις : cf. Γ' 39, 399.

352. τείρετο δέ: for she was distressed.

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 153

353. ἑλοῦσα: sc. χειρός. Cf. A 542.—Tris acts on her own account,
as at Γ 121.

354. pedalvero: sc. ᾿Αφροδίτη, μέλανι αἵματι. Cf. A 140. --- χρόα:
sc. of her hand. 355. ἀριστερά: sc. of the Greek line. Cf. 36.

356. ἵππω: see on I 327. 357. κασιγνήτοιο: construe with ἵππους.

358. πολλά: cf. 197. For the long ultima, cf. Ad A 394.

359. φίλε: cf. A 155. --- κόμισαι: cf. A 594. 361. 6: cognate accu-

sative. 365. πὰρ κτλ.: cf. Τ'ὶ 262. 366. A formula.
371. θυγατέρα : see on μέγα 343, uy 372 =A 361.
374. κακὸν κτλ. : an open offender. .
377. Answer to 374. 379. γάρ: refers to Τυδέος vids 376.

382. Cf. A 586.—Dione comforts her daughter by recounting the
examples of three gods who had suffered worse than she.

384. ἐξ ἀνδρῶν : construe with τλῆμεν. --- ἐπί : construe with τιθέντες.

387. κεράμῳ: i.e. such a large jar as those found by Schliemann at
Hissarlik, and assumed in the story of ‘ Ali Baba and the Forty Thieves,’
which served as cisterns and as places of storage for grain. Cf. the ‘tub’
of Diogenes. See the cut on the opposite page. — Séero: lay bound. —
τρισκαίδεκα xTA.: i.e. a full (lunar) year.

388. ἀπόλοιτο: cf. 511. 390. ἐξέκλεψεν : brought out by stealth.

391. δέ: asin 352. § 21 d.

392. Nothing is known of this story, unless Hera came to the defense
of Neleus at Pylus, against Heracles.— πάις ᾿Αμφιτρύωνος: cf. vids Διός
396. See on τοκήων T 140. τ

395. ἐν τοῖσι : 1.6. among the gods who suffered harm from mortals.

397. ὀδύνῃσιν : construe with ἔδωκεν. Perhaps when Heracles was sent
for Cerberus, and Hades refused to let the dog go.

399. αὐτάρ: ὃ 21 6.

401 f. Parenthetical.—r@: i.e. ὥμῳ. ---- πάσσων : cf. A 218 f. ba eS a
sc. “Aidys. -

403. σχέτλιος : sc. Heracles. See on B 88 ; cf. νήπιος 406.

405 f. ἐπί: construe with σοί Cf. T 15. — τό : this; introduces 407 ff.

407. Cf. Z 130 f£. — οὐ Syvaids : = ὠκύμορος, short-lived. -

408 f. “His children do not rejoice in his return from the war,” i.e. he
does not return. Cf. 150. 410. τῷ: therefore.

411. tis: sc. θεός. 413. ἐξ ὕπνου : construe with ἐγείρῃ.

415. In apposition with Αἰγιάλεια 412.
416. ἀμφοτέρῃσιν: sc. xepoi. See on τῇ δεκάτῃ A δ4. --- ἀπό: construe
with ὀμόργνυ. ---- χειρός : ablatival.

154 COMMENTARY TO THE

419 f. Keproplois κτλ. : cf. A 6 f. The joke is on the side of the
goddesses now. They return the 7680. --- τοῖσι: cf A 58.

421 = 762. Athena does not ask for information. “Don’t be vexed
with me.” |

422 {. The reference to Aphrodite’s relation to Helen is obvious. —
ἔκπαγλα κτλ.: cf. T 415. 424. ᾿Αχαιιάδων : added to explain τῶν.

425. ἁραιήν: cf. ἀβληχρήν 337. 427. χρυσέην : see on I 64.

428. πολεμήια : equivalent to πολέμου, and opposed to γάμοιο 429.

430. ταῦτα: 1.6. the former.— Note that often Ares and Athena are
presented as the two chief divinities of war. But Apollo, too, is a warrior.

431 = 274.

433. γιγνώσκων : concessive. —8: ὅτι, cf. A 120. — ὑπείρεχε : cf. A 249.

435. ἀπό: construe with δῦσαι.

436. τρίς: cf. 136. — ἔπειτα : refers to 432.

438. τὸ τέταρτον : see on B 329. — Saipow κτλ. : sc. in might.

439. ὁμοκλήσας : cf. ἀύσας A 508. 440. φράζεο: cf. φράσαι A 83.

441 f. toa φρονέειν: cf. A 187. ---ἔθελε: cf A 277, Β 247. -- οὔ ποτε
ὁμοῖον: cf. A 278. --- χαμαὶ κτλ.: equivalent to ἐπιχθονίων.

446 f. Περγάμῳ: cf A ὅθ08. --- Leto and her children are often united.

449 f. εἴδωλον : such a ‘wraith’ is not mentioned elsewhere in Homer
and has no importance in the story here. Cf Verg. Aen. x. 696. ---- αὐτῷ:
«the real Aeneas.” 453. In apposition with βοείας 452.

455=31. 456. οὐκ ἂν κτλ.: οἱ 32. 457=362. 459. Cf 438.

461 {. Tpwas: adjective, often printed Tpwas.—Ares himself was a
Thracian, according to N 301.

465 f. ἐς τί: how long ?— Axavois: dative of agent with κτείνεσθαι. --- ἢ:
as A 247. It unites with the following diphthong in pronunciation; § 25.

468. Cf. 248. 469. σαώσομεν : ‘hortatory.’ 470. Cf. A 73.
471. Sarpedon has not been mentioned before except in the Catalogue
(B 876).

472 ἴ. πῇ κτλ. : cf. Β 399. -- ἑξέμεν : a play on Hector’s name? § 13 6.

475. viv: “but.” —Sarpedon had noticed Paris’ absence.

476 f. «κύνες ds: see on Β 190.— “ We, who are only allies.” — ἔνειμεν :
cf.B131. Sc. ἐν rode. 479. Cf. Β 877. ---- τηλοῦ: see on μίνυνθα A 416.

481. «a8: as if κατέλιπον had preceded. Cf. dv T 268.—-4 τε κτλ. :
nearly equivalent to χαρίεντα. --- ἐπιδευής : sc. 7. Cf. A 547. Equivalent
to ἐπιδεύηται.

482. καὶ ὥς: even thus; 1.6. though I should enjoy life at home; and
though I have no wrongs to avenge on the Trojans, nor any fear of them.

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 155

484. φέροιεν κτλ. : cf. the familiar φέρειν καὶ ἄγειν.

485 f. τύνη [ov] κτλ.: contrasted with 475 ff.—dpecow: dative of
interest.

487. μὴ κτλ.: cf. A ὅθ6. --- ἁλόντε: dual referring to Hector and his

people. 488. ἕλωρ: cf. A 4. 490. τάδε: 1.6. 487-489.
492. νωλεμέως xTA.: stand Πγηι. --- ἀποθέσθαι : construe with χρή 490.
494 =T 29. 495. πάλλων κτλ.: cf. Τ' 18 1. --- στρατόν : sc. Τρώων.

497. οἱ: ic. Trojans, contained in στρατόν 494. -- ἐναντίοι : predicate ;
cf. A 335, Β 185.—’Axaav: genitive after the adjective of place. See
Η. 754 f.; G. 1146.

500 f. ξανθή: very likely with reference to the color of the ripened
grain; cf. flava Ceres Verg. Georg. i. 96, rubicunda Ceres i. 1, 297.
— The winnowing and threshing were done in the open air.

505. ὑπὸ ἔστρεφον: sc. ἵππους. --- ἡνιοχῆες : sc. Τρώων.

506. μένος χειρῶν: cf. Δ 447. --- ἀμφί: construe with ἐκάλυψε.

507. μάχῃ κτλ. : cf. A 521.

508. ἐφετμάς: cf. 455 ff. . 510. ἴδε [εἶδε] : sc. Apollo.

511 f. otxopévnv: when? — αὐτός : 1.6. Apollo. — πίονος : cf. B 549.

514 f. μεθίστατο: cf. παρίστατο A 212. — ζωὸν κτλ. : ‘safe and sound.’

516. μετάλλησαν : sc. how he was rescued. — pév: see on B 703.

517. ἄλλος: in apposition with πόνος. ---- ἀργυρότοξος : see on A 37.

518. Cf. A 439 f. 519. rots: made definite by Δαναούς 520.

520. αὐτοί: 1.6. without special exhortation. 522. Kpoviev: on Β 140.

524. Cf. ‘As when from mountain-tops the dusky clouds | Ascending
while the north wind sleeps,’ Milton Par. Lost ii. 488 f.

525. σκιόεντα: cf. A 157.

527. ἔμπεδον : the point of comparison. Cf. ἀτρέμας 524.

528. Cf. T 449.---πολλά: cf. 197.

532. φευγόντων : from those who flee. Construe with ὄρνυται. ---- Cf. T 45,
A 245. 533 f. πρόμον: cf. Τ' 44.— Alvelw: see ὃ 34 ¢.

536. μετὰ κτλ. : explains θοός. 538. Cf. Δ 138.

539. ἔλασσεν: sc. ᾿Αγαμέμνων. 540 --42, 541. ἔνθα: cf. Δ 293.

544. βιότοιο: after a ‘word of fullness.’—-yévos: accusative of speci
fication.

546. ἄνδρεσσιν : dative of interest with ἄνακτα, as often with ἀνάσσω.

549. μάχης κτλ.: cf. B 823, 5811. Cf A158 f.

554. οἵω κτλ. : unusual order, for these two like young lions.

557. Cf. 136 ff.

559. ὑπό : construe with χείρεσσιν. Cf. A 479.

156 COMMENTARY TO THE

560. καππεσέτην : the point of comparison ; cf. κατέκταθεν 558. -— ἐλάτῃ-
ow κτλ. : a new comparison is added, — “ stretched out like pine trees.”

562 = A 495. 563. rot: i.e. Aeneas. Construe with μένος.
564. τά : introductory to ἵνα κτλ. 566. περί: exceedingly.

567. For the thought, cf A 170 ff.

568. τώ: ἐ.6. Menelaus and Aeneas. — χεῖρας κτλ. : cf. 506.

573. ot: 1.6. Menelaus and Antilochus. — vexpots: i.e. sons of Diocles,
541 ff., who are called τὼ δειλώ 574. 575. αὐτώ: i.e. of 573.

576. IIvAawévea : for the ultima treated as long, see ἃ 59 /.— One of
the most noted inconsistencies in the Homeric poems is the verse which
makes Pylaemenes follow his son’s corpse from the field (N 658), although
he himself had been slain here.

579. ἑστεῶτα: sc. on or near his chariot. — ἔγχεϊ : instrumental.

581. The charioteer desired to turn his horses to flight, since Pylae-
menes had fallen and he had no further duty in the battle.

582. ἀγκῶνα: in partitive apposition with Mvdwva. — τυχών: cf. A 106.

583. ἐλέφαντι: cf. A 141 f. 587. ἀμάθοιο: partitive genitive.
590. τούς: 1.6. Menelaus and Antilochus. —atrots: opposed to στρατός.
591. κεκληγώς : cf. B 222. 592. *Evud: cf. 333.

593. ἀναιδέα : cf A 521.

594. ἐνώμα : a participle is expected, to correspond to ἡ μὲν ἔχουσα 593 ;
see 8 11 g. 595. φοίτα: sc. “Apys.

596 f. ἀγαθός: for the epithet, see ὃ 12 6. --- πεδίοιο: cf. B 785.

598. ὠκυρόῳ: cf. 88. -- ἰδών: gives the cause of στήῃ. --- ἀνὰ ἔδραμε:
contains the point of comparison; ef. Β 147, T 88 ff.

601. οἷον: neuter, cognate accusative. — θαυμάζομεν : imperfect.

603 f. πάρα: πάρεστι, ὃ 55 ο.--- καὶ viv: cf. A 109, A 12. --- κεῖνος:
there. Cf. T 391, ὅδε 175.

605. “Retreat, but keep your face towards the foe.” '

606. μενεαινέμεν : as imperative.

607. αὐτῶν: 1.6. ᾿Αχαιῶν. 608. χάρμης: cf. μάχης 549.
609. εἰν ἑνὶ κτλ.: cf. 160. 610. Cf. 561. 611 = A 496.

612. υἱόν: for the short penult, cf. A 473.

613. πολυκτήμων KTA. : for lack of conjunction, cf. 194, A 99.

614. ἦγε: “drove.” Cf. B 834. 616. vealpy xrA.: cf. 539.
620. λὰξ κτλ. : “ setting his foot upon him.”

621. Cf. A 530, 532. — ἄλλα: besides. See H. 705; G. 966, 2. Cf 517.
623. 5 ye: cf. 97. --- ἀμφίβασιν : sc. νεκροῦ. 625 f. = A 534 f.
627 --84. 628. Cf. B 653. 629. μοῖρα κτλ.: cf. 83. 630 =T 15.

——— 4 Δ,

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 157

632. Cf. 276. —rév: i.e. Sarpedon. — kal: see on A 249. --- πρός : con-
strue with ἔειπεν.

633 f. «“ Why should you come here to play the coward ?”

636. ἐπεί: refers to ψευδόμενοι.

637. Διός : construe with ἐξ, cf. T 199. — προτέρων: cf. A 308.

638. Exclamation. “ But what sort of a man was Heracles!”

639. θυμολέοντα: Cour de Lion.

640 ff. Laomedon promised these horses as a reward for the rescue of
his daughter Hesione from a sea monster. Heracles slew the monster,
and, when the promise of Laomedon was not fulfilled, sacked Troy.
Cf. ¥ 145 ff. |

641. σὺν νηυσὶ κτλ.: cf. A179, 389. ---- παυροτέροισι : sc. than Laomedon.

642. χήρωσε: cf. tam multis viduasset civibus urbem Verg.
Aen. viii. 571.

643. σοί: contrasted with Heracles. — κακός : cowardly. —aropPivibover
κτλ. : sc. through thy cowardice.

645. εἰ μάλα κτλ.: cf. A178. 646. CAT 322. 647. Cf. 217.

649. “Laomedon’s fault and folly gave the victory to Heracles.” —
ἀνέρος : the man; explained by ἀγαυοῦ Λαομέδοντος. --- ἀφραδίῃσιν : for the
use of the plural, cf. Z 74.

650. éptavra: concessive. 651. ἀπέδωκε: did he give as was due.

652 ff. Observe the repetition and prominence of ἐγώ, ἐμέθεν, ἐμῷ, ἐμοί.
See on 810. --- ὑπὸ δουρί: cf. Γ' 436.— δαμέντα: sc. σέ.

655. ἀνέσχετο: cf. Τ' 862, 659. See οἷ 47. 661. βεβλήκειν : § 80 ἀ.

662. πατήρ: i.e. Zeus; see Ζ 198 f.— ἔτι : hints at Sarpedon’s death, of
which the poet tells at I 500. 663. μέν: correlative with δέ 668.

665. τὸ pév: explained by ἐξερύσαι 666. Cf. τά 564. See on Β 6.

667. σπευδόντων: partitive genitive with οὔ τις 66. -- πόνον: toil of
conflict. — ἀμφιέποντες : cf. B 525. 671. Cf. A 189, 193.

672 f. προτέρω: cf. Τ' 400. Construe with διώκοι. ---- ye: cf. 623. —
τῶν πλεόνων (genitive with ἀπὸ ἕλοιτο) : contrasted with the leader; εὐ the
later of πολλοί.

674. οὐδ᾽ ᾿Οδυσσῆι: sc. but to Patroclus; cf. Π 477 ff.

676. τῷ ῥα: “and so,” with reference to the two preceding verses.

677. These Lycians have Greek names. 678 = Verg. Aen. ix. 766.

680. (Οὐ ΓΤ 374. 681=A495. 682. οἱ προσιόντι : at his approach.

685. Sarpedon is ready even to die, if it but be among friends.

686. οὐκ ἄρα xrA.: I was not fated, as it seems. Sarpedon believes that
his wound is mortal,

158 COMMENTARY TO THE

687. Cf. B 158. --- οἰκόνδε: explained by the second ‘hemistich’; ef.
A70. 688. Cf. 480. 689. Cf A511. 690. ὄφρα κτλ.: cf. A 465.
691. ὥσαιτο: equivalent to ἀπώσαιτο, cf. 626. —

693. φηγῷ: this must be the oak or chestnut which is mentioned fre-
quently as a familiar landmark, not far from the Scaean Gate. Cf. Z 237.
696. See on 47. 698. ἐπιπνείουσα: cf. ἐτελείετο A 5.

699. ὑπὸ κτλ.: under the might of, etc. Asif were driven was to be the
verb of the sentence.

700 f. ἐπί : towards, as Τ' 5.— ἀντεφέροντο: sc. Τρώεσσι. Cf. A 589.

702. ἐπύθοντο : sc. from Diomed, who had the gift to discern. See 604.

703. Adapted by Vergil, Aen. xi. 664. — mpérov: masculine.

704. χάλκεος : see on I 64, 705. ἐπί: adverbial, “ after him.”

711. rots: i.e. Hector and Ares.

712 f. ᾿Αργείους : object accusative. — αὐτίκα: cf. A69. 714 =B 157.

715. ἅλιον: predicate; cf. A 26, 498. — This promise is not mentioned
elsewhere in Homer. 716 = B 113, 288. 718 = Δ 418.

719 = B 166. 721. πρέσβα: cf. A 59.

722. Ἥβη: she serves also in 905 and A 2. — Each act of preparation
is enumerated.— The Homeric chariot was very light. Nowhere else is
mention made of taking it to pieces when not in use.

723. ἀμφίς : on both sides. 724. ἄφθιτος: cf. B 46.

725. θαῦμα κτλ. : a wonder to behold.

726. εἰσί: for the tense, see on B 448. 729. ἐξ: construe with τοῦ.

730 1. δῆσε: sc. Ἥβη. --- ἐν : adverb with ἔβαλε. --- χρύσεια : 1.6. adorned

with thin plates of gold. 732. ἔριδος κτλ.: cf. A 177, 492.
733. αὐτάρ: correlative with μέν 720.
734. πέπλον: 1.6. her own robe. 738. Cf. Τ' 884.

740. ἀλκή, ἰωκή: defense, attack, — two forms of ἔρις, strife.

741. The Gorgon’s head probably covered the middle of the shield. —
medépov: in apposition with Topyods implied in Topyety. Cf. B 54.

744. Hyperbole. «“ Large enough for,” etc. Or, “adorned with repre-
sentations of,” etc. — ἑκατόν : a round number; cf. B 448 f.

745 f. φλόγεα: ὃ 59 1.—-oor κτλ.: § 12 9. —Bpibd κτλ.: § 15a. Cf.
‘ponderous shield . . . massy, large and round,’ Milton Par. Lost i. 284 f.

749. αὐτόμαται (‘automata’): cf. ‘till at the gate | Of Heaven arrived,
the gate self-opened wide,’ Milton Par. Lost v.. 253 f.— μύκον : the gates
are clouds (cf. 751), but yet they creak. — The goddesses leave the celestial
Olympus for the terrestial. Cf © 18 ff. 750. μέγας κτλ.: cf. A 497.

751. Explains ἐπιτέτραπται. 752. rq: explained by δι᾿ αὐτάων.

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 159

753 f. Cf. A498f. 755. Cf. 368. 756. Κρονίδην : see on A 502.

758. Exclamation. — ὁσσάτιον : cf. B 120.

759. μὰψ κτλ.: cf. B 314. --- ἄχος: cf. πῆμα T 50.

761. τοῦτον : contemptuously. 762. Cf. 421. 764 = A 560.

765. οἷ: after ἐπί, cf. Μενελάῳ A 94. — Athena as goddess of war is a
sort of rival of Ares.

766. ὀδύνῃσι κτλ.: cf. 397. 767. Cf. 719. 768. Cf. 366.

769. Cf. terras inter caelumque volabat Verg. Aen. iv. 256.

771. σκοπιῇ: cf. A 975. -- λεύσσων κτλ.: cf. A 350.

772. τόσσον ἔπι: so far. Cf. T 12.

774. Explains ποταμώ 773.— ἧχι: cf. A 607. --- συμβάλλετον : observe
the position of the verb between its two subjects.

775 1. Cf. 368. — περὶ κτλ. : sc. in order to hide them. — népa: cf. 356.
- πουλύν : adjective of two endings; ὃ 38 a.

777. ἀμβροσίην : only here as fodder; but cf. 369.

778. τώ: i.e. Hera and Athena. — The short steps of the goddesses are
contrasted with the strides of the heroes (cf T’ 22).

779. ἀνδράσιν: cf. T 6. 780. Cf. T 145.

781. βίην xrA.: cf. T 105.

783. 4: see on B 800.—ovel xrr.: 8 12 αὶ

785 f. Xrévrop.: Stentor is mentioned only here, but he has given an
adjective to the English language. — χαλκεοφώνῳ: cf. B 490. — “As loud
as fifty ordinary men.”

787. κακὰ ἐλέγχεα: cf. B 955. --- εἶδος κτλ.: cf. T 39.

788. πωλέσκετο: cf. A 490.— Achilles himself boasts (I 352) that while
he took part in the conflict, Hector dared to come only to the gates of the
city, and once barely escaped when he met Achilles: ὄφρα δ᾽ ἐγὼ per’
᾿Αχαιοῖσιν πολέμιζον, | οὐκ ἐθέλεσκε μάχην ἀπὸ τείχεος ὀρνύμεν Exp, | ἀλλ᾽
ὅσον (only) ἐς Σκαιάς τε πύλας καὶ φηγὸν ἵκανεν " | ἔνθα ποτ᾽ οἷον ἔμιμνε, μόγις
δέ μευ ἔκφυγεν ὁρμήν. Hector also in the Eighteenth Book (Σ 286 ff.)
refers to the Trojans as acting on the defensive, — cooped up in the city
during all the years of the war. The way is prepared here for the wall
which the Greeks build around their camp in the Seventh Book, — a wall
which was not needed while Achilles fought for the Greeks. The hero is
already honored by the Achaeans, since they recognize their need of him.

792. Cf. 470.

793. ἐπόρουσε: hastened to; without idea of hostility, as in 482.

795. ἀναψύχοντα : explained by 798. --- τό: cf. 6 361.

796 f. Cf. B 388 f. — The salt sweat irritated his wound.

160 COMMENTARY TO THE

798. ἄν: construe with ἴσχων.

800. «The son of Tydeus is not like the father.” Cf. A 870 ff.-—
ὀλίγον : adverb with ἐοικότα. ---- ot: accented, since it is reflexive. § 42 e.

| 801 f. μικρὸς κτλ. : see on A 115, B 816. --- καί: even. — ὅτε: the prin-
cipal clause is omitted. — εἴασκον : cf. B 832.

803 f. ἐκπαιφάσσειν : cf. B 450. — νόσφιν ᾿Αχαιῶν : equivalent to μοῦνος
ἐών Δ 388. — ἄγγελος: cf. Δ 384 ff. — μετὰ κτλ.: cf. 687, A 428.

805. δαίνυσθαι : in emphatic contrast with μάχεσθαι 810.— “I bade
him feast in quiet, but he challenged the Thebans to a contest; I bid thee
fight, but thou art weary or faint-hearted.”

806. αὐτάρ: adversative to ἄνωγον 805.

807. προκαλίζετο κτλ.: cf. A 389 f.

809. σοί: contrasted with Tydeus. — παρὰ ἵσταμαι: cf 116.

810. κέλομαι : opposed to οὐκ εἴασκον 802. — Mark the repetition of the
pronoun, σοί, σέ, σεῦ, σέ, σύ, etc. See on 652.

811. σεῦ: is placed before 7, as if it belonged to both clauses, but its
place in the second clause is filled by σέ.

812. ἔπειτα : “to judge from your actions.”

817 f. δέος: cf. 812.— ὄκνος : reply to 811. -- --ἐφετμέων: cf 129 fi.

819-821. Cf. 130-132. 821. οὐτάμεν: sc. ἐκέλευες from 819.

822 ff. Cf. 604 ff. 824. μάχην ἀνά: cf. 167. 826 = 243.

827. "Αρηα: with long ultima, — not as 824. Cf. φλόγεα 745. — τό γε:
in this.

828. Cf. 808. 829. πρώτῳ: first of all. 830. σχεδίην : se. πληγήν.

832. πρώην: cf. B 303. — στεῦτο: cf. B 597, Τ' 83.

834 f. τῶν: i.e. his promises to aid the Achaeans. —&’ trmev: see on
111. 836. ἀπόρουσεν: cf. 20. 838. péya: adverbial.

839. δεινὴν κτλ. : ‘chiasmus’; cf. A 123, 125, 145.

841. Cf. 829. --- αὐτίκα: cf. A 539.

842. Nowhere does a god slay a mortal with his own hands.

844. μέν: a repetition of μέν 842, in opposition to αὐτάρ.

845. The ‘cap of Hades,’ which made the wearer invisible even to
the gods, is not mentioned elsewhere in Homer. German mythology has a
similar ‘'Tarnkappe.’ The poet does not think it necessary to tell how
Athena came to have this with her. The name seems to play distinctly
upon the derivation of the word “Avos (unseen).

846. ἴδε: εἶδε. 847. αὐτόθι : explained by ὅθι κτλ. 848.

849. ἰθύς : construe with Διομήδεος. See Η. 767; 6. 1148,

850 = 630.

as

eS Sl eel rh - 4

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 161

851. πρόσθεν: see on Τ' 317. Correlative with δεύτερος 855. — ὠρέξατο:
cf. A 307. —trrev: sc. of Diomed. Ares is on foot.

852. ἀπὸ κτλ.: cf. T 294.

854. ἐτώσιον: cf. [' 368. “So that it was hurled in vain.”

857. plrpnv: ζωννύσκετο is a ‘verb of clothing.’ H. 724 a.

858. διά: construe with ἔδαψεν.

860. ἐπίαχον : gnomic. — δεκάχιλοι : μύριοι.

861 f. ἔριδα “Apnos: equivalent to πόλεμον. Cf Β 981. --- ὑπὸ εἷλεν :
cf. Δ 421.

866. τοῖος: 1.6. so gloomy; cf. A 47. 868. Cf. 360, 367, B17.

870. ἄμβροτον κτλ. : cf. 339. 872. Cf. 757.

873. Cf. 383 f.— ῥίγιστα : adverbial. — τετληότες κτλ. : τέτλαμεν.

874. ἀλλήλων: equivalent to ἄλλος ἄλλου. --- χάριν κτλ.: cf. 211.—
ἄνδρεσσι : βροτοῖσι. 875. μαχόμεσθα: cf. A 8.

876. μέμηλεν : cf. 430.

878. σοί τε: for the position οἵ τέ, see on B 1386. --- δεδμήμεσθα: cf.
T' 183. Note the change of person in the verb. — ἕκαστος : see on A 606.

880. «Since she is your own daughter.” — éyelvao: cf. A 400.

881. viv: introduces a special case under αἰέν 876.

883 f. = 458 f. 885. ἢ τέκε: cf. T 56.

886. αὐτοῦ : explained by the second hemistich. See on B 237.

887. {6s: concessive.

889 f. Reply to 872.-874. ---ἀἀλλοπρόσαλλε: cf. 831.

890. Cf. A176.

891=A177. Itis better suited to this place.

892 ff. Reply to 875 ff. “You have inherited your mother’s spirit.” —
Ἥρης: in apposition with μητρός. For its position, see on βάλλε A 52.—
τὴν μέν : cf. τὸ μέν A 2334..- σπουδῇ: cf. Β 99.

894 f. τῷ: therefore, 80. --- ἔχοντα : supplementary participle.

896. γένος : cf. γένος 544, Z 180. '

898. Οὐρανιώνων: here alone in Homer of the Titans, children of
Uranus. These were hurled by Zeus into Tartarus, a gloomy cavern
beneath the earth; as far beneath the earth (says Hesiod) as heaven is
high above the earth.

899. Ilahova: cf. 401. 901 f. = 401 f.

902. ὡς bre: cf. Τ' 33.

904. καρπαλίμως : the point of the comparison; cf. ὦκα 903.

905. Ἥβη: Hebe prepares the bath, just as she had served the gods as
vupbearer (A 2), and had aided Hera in preparing the chariot (722).— “

162 COMMENTARY TO THE

The gods (like mortals) were wearied in males and even owen (A 27),
and thus were glad of the bath. — ἔσσεν : sc. piv.
906. Cf. A 405. 908 = A 8.
909. "Apnv: this is the reading of most manuscripts, but probably "Apn
or "Apy is better.

SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD

The connection between this Book and the preceding is close. The
first four verses of Z cannot be separated easily from the last three of ἘΣ.
In fact, though E is the longest of the forty-eight books of the Homeric
poems, it is not long enough to contain all of the Διομήδους ἀριστεία, which
certainly extended over the first half of Z. No one should forget that the
division into ‘ Books’ was not original. See 8 10 ὃ.

1. οἰώθη : ἐμονώθη. Sc. by the gods.

2. πολλά: adverbial. — πεδίοιο: cf. B 785.

3. ἀλλήλων : genitive after a verb of aiming; cf. Μενελάου A 100. --
᾿ ἰθυνομένων : limits μάχη 2.

4. Σιμόεντος : construe with μεσσηγύς. Note the caesura.

5. πρῶτος: sc. after the gods’ departure. — ἕρκος κτλ. : see on A 284.

7 1. βαλών: by hitting. — ἢὺν κτλ. : cf. B 653. 9-11 = A 459_461.

14. ἀφνειὸς κτλ.: cf. E 544; attracted to the construction of the rela-
tive sentence. 15. φιλέεσκεν: cf. Γ' 207. — ὁδῷ κτλ. : explains φιλέεσκεν.

16. Cf. E ὅ9. --- τῶν ye: 1.6. those to whom he had shown hospitality.
— ἤρκεσε κτλ.: cf. B 873.

17. πρόσθεν: before him, for his defense. —tmavridoas: sc. Διομήδεϊ. ----
ἄμφω, θυμόν: two accusatives after a ‘verb of depriving.’ —Gmnipa: sc.
. Διομήδης.

21. μετά: after, as in Attic. — νύμφη : cf Β 865.— Such episodes served
to relieve the monotony of long lists of warriors.

23 f. Parenthetical.

24 f. γενεῇ: in age. Cf. A θύ. --- σκότιον : masculine. Cf furtim
Verg. Aen. ix. 546.—ém ὄεσσι: cf. E 137. — μίγη : sc. Βουκολίων νύμφῃ.
Cf. T 445. 26 f. ὑποκυσαμένη : conceived and. — καὶ pév: cf. A 269.

34. παρ᾽ ὄχθας: cof. Γ' 187. 38. ὕππω of: “his horses.” —-ebioro: of 2.

39. ὄζῳ ... μυρικίνῳ: parenthetical. — βλαφθέντε: 1.6. entangled. —
ἀγκύλον : equivalent to καμπύλον E 231,

_-?- ——_

SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 163

40 f. ἐν πρώτῳ ῥυμῷ : at the tip of the pole. — αὐτὼ pév: correlative with
αὐτὸς δέ 42. — οἱ ἄλλοι : those others.

45. ἐλλίσσετο : sc. Μενέλαον. ---- γούνων : cf. A 407.

47. ἐν πατρός : sc. δώματι. Cf. 378 f.

49 f. τῶν: from these, of these. —amowa: cf. A 15.—fwdv: predicate.
« That 1 was alive.” --- πεπύθοιτο : with accusative, as E 702. —ém νηυσὶν
κτλ. : ἴ.6. in the Greek camp.

51. Cf. A 208. — ἔπειθεν : was persuading.

52. τάχ᾽ ἔμελλε : was just about.

53 f. καταξέμεν : καταγαγεῖν. ---- ἀντίος: predicate; cf. E 497. — θέων:
see on ἰών A 138. — ὁμοκλήσας: cf. 66, E 439, φωνήσας A 201.

55 f. otras: 1.6. as in sparing the life of Adrestus. — σοί: emphatic.
- ἄριστα: subject of πεποίηται. Cf. the prose εὖ ποιέω.

57. τῶν demonstrative. — Let every male perish,—even the child
yet unborn.”

59. κοῦρον : simply marks the 56Χ.--- φέροι: for the optative, cf T 299.
—és: demonstrative ; cf. A 405, —the antecedent of ὅν τινα 58.

60 f. Ἰλίου : genitive after ἐξ in composition. — ἀκήδεστοι : predicate ;
see § ὅθ a. — ὡς εἰπών: cf. A 73.

62. παρειπών : for the length of the first syllable (σαρρειπών), see § ὅ9 ).
— ὁ δέ: 1.6. Menelaus. — ἀπὸ ἕθεν : cf. A 456; see § 32 i.

64. ᾿Ατρεΐδης : 1.6. Agamemnon,

65. λὰξ κτλ. : cf. E 620. 66. ἀΐσας: cf A 508. 67 = B 110.

68 ff. « Make sure of the victory, and follow it up before you think of
taking spoils.” Cf 1 Maccabees iv. 17, where Judas Maccabaeus says:
μὴ ἐπιθυμήσητε τῶν σκύλων, ὅτι πόλεμος ἐξ evavTias ἡμῶν... ἀλλὰ στῆτε νῦν
ἐναντίον τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἡμῶν καὶ πολεμήσατε αὐτούς, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα λάβετε
σκῦλα καὶ μετὰ παρρησίας, ‘be not greedy for the spoils .. . but stand ye

now against our enemies... ye shall take the spoils afterward with
safety.’

69. κέν: in a final clause; see H. 885 c; G. 1367. — πλεῖστα : “more
than any one else.” 70. καὶ τά: “the booty too.”

71. νεκροὺς τεθνηῶτας : “corpses of the slain.” —ovAfeere: a ‘ permis-
sive’ future. — Observe that Nestor uses the first person in κτείνωμεν, but
the second person in συλήσετε.

72 = E 470, 792. 73. ὑπ᾽ ᾿Αχαιῶν : cf ὑ ὑπ᾽ ἀνέρος T 61; see H. 820.

74. ἀναλκείῃσι : cf. ἀφραδίῃσιν E 649, προθυμίῃσι B 588, 792.

75. Αἰνείᾳ: Aeneas, as commander of the Dardanians (B 819), was
next in rank to Hector in the Trojan army.

164 COMMENTARY TO THE

76. οἰωνοπόλων κτλ. : cf. A 69, B 858.

77. πόνος: i.e. the battle, and care and responsibility for it.

78. Tpaev κτλ. : partitive.

79. μάχεσθαι κτλ. : cf. A 258. 80. αὐτοῦ : right here.

81. χερσί: arms; cf. A 441.

82. φεύγοντας : refers to λαόν 80. — Cf. B 175. —yxdppa: cf. T 51.

84. ἡμεῖς μέν : correlative with Ἕκτορ, ἀτὰρ σύ 86.— Δαναοῖσι : in the
same position before the verse pause as πόλινδε 86. 85. Parenthetical.

86. “Exrop: for the position of the vocative, see on A 282.

87 f. 4: ἐ.6. Hecuba. Subject of θεῖναι 92, which is equivalent to θέτω.
— γεραιάς : the feminine of yépovras. — νηόν : ‘limit of motion.’ Cf 297,
A 254. 89. ἱεροῖο κτλ. : equivalent to νηοῦ.

90. For the offering of a robe, ¢f. that which was borne to the Acropolis
for Athena in the Panathenaic festival. —6: ὅς, § 42 ¢.

92 f. θεῖναι : see on 7 87.— ἐπὶ γούνασιν : on the lap. This is the only
direct evidence in Homer for the existence of a statue of a god. This
figure of Athena clearly was in a sitting posture. — ὑποσχέσθαι : vow.

94. ἠκέστας : equivalent to ἀκεντήτους. If the cattle had been used for
menial service, they would be unfit to be offered in sacrifice to the gods.
Cf. « All the firstling males that come of thy herd and of thy flock thou
shalt sanctify unto the Lord thy God: thou shalt do no work with tle
firstling of thy bullock. ... And if there be any blemish therein, as if it
be lame, or blind, or have any ill blemish, thou shalt not sacrifice it unto
the Lord thy God,’ Deuteronomy xv. 19, 21; ‘a red heifer without spot,
wherein is no blemish, and upon which never came yoke,’ Numbers xix. 2;
‘take two milch kine, on which there hath come no yoke,’ 1 Sam. vi. 7.-—
at κε: cf. αἴ κέν πως A 66.

96. al κεν κτλ. : explains αἴ κε, above. —Tv8éos υἱόν : the subject of the
story is still Διομήδους ἀριστεία.

97. μήστωρα: cf. A 328. 98. γενέσθαι : “has shown himself.”

99. οὐδέ : not even. — ὧδε: cf. T 442.

100. ὅν περ κτλ. : “although he is the son of a goddess.” — φασί :
‘they say’; cf. B.783, E 638, — θεᾶς κτλ. : cf. E 637.

101. ἰσοφαρίζειν : cf A 589. 102. οὔ τι ἀπίθησεν : cf. A 220.

103-106 = E 494-497. 107. φόνοιο : genitive of separation.

108 f. tw ἀθανάτων : sc. as Ares had done; cf. E 604. — ἀστερόεντος :
the Homeric heavens are ‘starry’ even in broad daylight. § 12 a.—ds:
i.e. as if some god had come to their aid.

112. Cf E 529, A 234, 418.

—— κε δι, νων. νμμν..Ὁὦἢ

ae ae

SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 165

114. βουλευτῇσι : εὐ Γ 149 f. Nothing further is said of them in this
matter. — Hector is less definite than Helenus had been.

117. ἀμφί : explained by σφυρὰ καὶ αὐχένα, “above and below.” —
Very likely Hector drew his shield about so as to hang on his back by the
strap.

118. 4: attracted to the gender of ἄντυξ, which may be the predicate
in unusual position, — “ which ran as the outermost rim.”

119-236. This episode occupies the gap in the story, while Hector is
on his way to Troy. See on A 318, 430, Γ 191.

119. According to Herodotus (i. 147) the later kings of Lycia claimed
descent from this Glaucus.

120. ἐς μέσον: cf. Τ' Τ7. ---- ἀμφοτέρων : sc. Τρώων καὶ ᾿Αχαιῶν.

$21 5- Τ' 15.

123. τίς δέ: cf. A 540. — The conjecture that the Lycians had not been
long on the plain of Troy is likely enough; just as the Amazons and the
Aethiopians came to the help of the city after the action of the 1 liad, and
as the Thracians under Rhesus came during the very action of the Iliad
(cf. K 434 f., Verg. Aen. i. 469 ff.). Glaucus knows Diomed (145), but
that is natural after the latter’s exploits on this day.

124 f. ὄπωπα: sc. σέ. --- τὸ πρίν : strongly contrasted with νῦν.

126. ὅτε: in that. Cf. A 344,

127. “Unhappy are the parents whose sons meet my might,” i.e. the
sons are slain, and the parents will have to mourn their death. : Observe
the prominence of δυστήνων.

128. Evidently Diomed has lost his power of distinguishing gods from
men; cf. E 127 τ --- ἀθανάτων ye: made prominent by the verse pause. _
This may be suggested by the beautiful golden armor of Glaucus
(cf. 236), in connection with the fact that his face was not familiar; or it
may be a commonplace remark, suggested by καταθνητῶν 123.

129. ἐπουρανίοισι : contrasted with ἐπιχθόνιοι, as epithet of men.

130. οὐδὲ κτλ. : cf. B 703, E 22. — vids: with short penult ; § 23 καὶ

131. δήν: δηναιός E407. For an adverb with ἦν, cf. A 416.— ὅς : the
relative clause is causal, as it is frequently. Cf, 165, 235.

132 ff. In this story is an evident trace of resistance in Thrace to the
establishment of the worship of Dionysus. In the story of Pentheus, as
represented in the Bacchantes of Euripides, is a trace of resistance offered
to this worship in Thebes. Dionysus is not one of the greater gods in
Homer. — μαινομένοιο : cf the name ‘maenads,’ μαινάδες, for the Bac-
chantes, who were the τιθῆναι.

166 COMMENTARY TO THE

133 f. ἠγάθεον: cf. A 262. --θύσθλα : thyrsi, wands surmounted by a
pine cone. — κατέχευαν : dropped, let fall, as E 734.

135 f. φοβηθείς : taking to flight. — κόλπῳ : to her bosom. For the dative,
cf. πεδίῳ E 82, ἑτάροισι A 523, οὐρανῷ A 443. — Thetis gave similar refuge
to Hephaestus ; cf. = 398 ff.

137 f. δειδιότα : for its position, see on οὐλομένην A 2. --- τῷ: for the
‘dative of association,’ cf. θεοῖσιν 129, 131. — ῥεῖα κτλ.: cf. ‘that new
world of light and bliss, among | The gods who dwell at ease,’ Milton Par.
Lost ii. 867 ἔ,, ---- contrasted with hard-working men.

139. τυφλόν : predicate. — ἔθηκε: cf. A 2.— ἔτι δήν : see 8 ὅθ h β.

141. Diomed returns to the thoughts of 129. --- « Therefore J would.”

142 f. Cf. 123.—ot κτλ.: cf. E 341. Cf quicumque terrae
munere vescimur Horace, Odes ii. 14. 10.— θᾶσσον : cf. B 440.

145. Cf. 123.—Glaucus recognizes Diomed.

146 ff. Cf. «As of the green leayes on a tree, some fall and some grow ;
so is the generation of flesh and blood, one cometh to an end and another
is born,’ Wisdom of the Son of Sirach xiv. 18; ‘ As for man his days are as
grass ; as a flower of the field, so he flourisheth. For the wind passeth
over it, and it is gone;.and the place thereof shall know it no more,’
Psalm ciii. 15; ‘Ye children of man! whose life is a span, | Protracte1
with sorrow from day to day; | Naked and featherless, feeble and quert -
lous, | Sickly, calamitous, creatures of clay!’ Aristophanes Birds 685 ff ,
as translated by Frere. — ἕν δὲ τὸ κάλλιστον Χῖος ἔειπεν ἀνήρ" (“This is the
best thing Homer ever 5814 οἵη περ κτλ. Simonides, Frag. 69. “ This
is the state of man: to-day he puts forth | The tender leaves of hopes;
to-morrow blossoms, | And bears his blushing honors thick upon him ;
The third day comes a frost, a killing frost,’ Shakspere, Henry the Eighth,
ili. 2. 352.

146. δέ: for δέ in the ‘apodosis,’ cf A 137. —kat: also. — ἀνδρῶν :
equivalent here to ἀνθρώπων, cf. A 544, E 874.

147. φύλλα : the whole, of which τὰ μεν and ἄλλα δέ are parts. — For
the comparison, cf. B 468, — τέ, τέ: see ὃ 21 ὁ.

148. ἔαρος δέ : for the ‘codrdinate’ construction, see § 21 d.

149. φύει : intransitive, grows up. 150. καὶ ταῦτα: this, too.

151. πολλοὶ κτλ. : “the family is not inglorious.”

152. ἔστι κτλ. : a favorite epic beginning; cf. B 811, E 9.

153 f. ἔνθα ἔσκεν : there lived. — Σίσυφος : this name seems to be formed
by reduplication (cf. δίδωμι) from σοφός, and κέρδιστος, most cunning,
crafty, refers to this, — Homer alludes to this hero’s suffering in Hades

——————— le

SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 167

(rolling a stone up a hill) only at λ 593 ff., and Plato in the Apology (41 c)
makes Socrates name Sisyphus with Odysseus as one whom it would be a
pleasure to meet in Hades. —6... Αἰολίδης : parenthetical. — ὅ : ὅς, cf.

᾿ς 90.— Σίσυφος : for the repetition, see ὃ 16 ὁ.

157. IIpoiros: king of Tiryns, to whom Bellerophon had fled for some
reason, according to the later story. According to one account, Bellero-
phon had committed murder in his own home, which was a frequent cause
of exile in the heroic age.— κακὰ κτλ. : i.e. sent him to Lycia, as is
explained below, on the charge stated in 164 f.

158. ἐπεὶ xrA.: gives not the reason for the banishment, but the
explanation why it was possible. — The thought of the first half-verse is
repeated more definitely in 168.

159. ᾿Αργείων : construe with δήμου 158. — ἐδάμασσεν: sc. ᾿Αργείους.

160. τῷ: refers of course to Βελλεροφόντην 155. The intervening
verses have been half-parenthetical.— δέ : the English idiom would have a
causal conjunction. — δῖα : a merely formal, standing epithet. See on ΤΠ 352,

161. μιγήμεναι : makes ἐπεμήνατο more definite. Cf. A 8.

162. ἀγαθά: cognate accusative with φρονέοντα. Nowhere else in
Homer, perhaps, does ἀγαθός seem to have so much moral quality.

163. ψευσαμένη κτλ. : contrived a falsehood and; cf. 26.

164 f. τεθναίης xrA.: die or —,“ May you lie dead if you do not.’’—és
κτλ.: with causal force, as 131.— pot: for the elision of οι, see ὃ 28 a.

166 f. οἷον ἄκουσεν : “at what he heard.” See H. 1001. — κτεῖναι : se.
Βελλεροφόντην. (Perhaps an original ¢ (¢é, ἕ, ὃ 32 a) has been replaced
by ῥ᾽.) — σεβάσσατο κτλ. : Proetus shrank from killing one who had been
his guest, but he had no compunctions about asking his father-in-law to
do the deed. So the father-in-law, too, after feasting Bellerophon, would
not kill him, but sent him into conflicts in which he expected him to be
slain. See 178 ff.

169. γράψας κτλ. : this verse has been the subject of much contention.
Nowhere else does Homer refer to the art of writing. This art was
known in Greece in Homer’s time, but this expression is somewhat ambigu-
ous; γράφω is a general word, and may mean scratch or paint. πίνακι
πτυκτῷ, folded tablet, rather than γράψας, indicates the form of an
epistle ; clearly, if it had not been folded, it would have been intelligible
to others. Scholars have thought that this letter might have been in
‘picture-writing’ resembling that of the ancient Mexicans, but the Cretan
and Mycenaean script was older than the Homeric age, and we do not need
to assume here the very rudest elements of the art.

168 COMMENTARY TO THE

170. πενθερῷ : wife’s father; while ἑκυρός (Τ' 172) is husband’s father.

172. Cf. E-773, B 877.

174. Explains προφρονέως τῖεν 173. — ivanak’ a round number; c/.
A 53. — The king made a great feast each day.

176. καὶ tore: § 21 6.— The Homeric host never asked his guest’s
errand until he had shown him hospitality.

178 f. κακόν : destructive; cf. λυγρά 168.—pév: correlative with αὖ 184.
— ἐκέλευσεν : see on 167.

180. θεῖον : equivalent to θεῶν, and contrasted with ἀνθρώπων. See on
B 20. -- γένος : cf. E 544, 896.

181. This verse is translated prima leo, postrema draco, media
ipsa Chimaera by Lucretius (v. 905), preserving the exact order of
words, and making the last clause more distinct even than it is in the
Greek. — Here alone in Homer is found a mention of a mixed monster.

182. δεινόν: adverbial, cognate accusative; cf. 470. --- ἀποπνείουσα :
construe with ἡ 180, the intervening verse being half-parenthetical. — The
second half-verse is in apposition with δεινόν.

183. μέν : repetition of μέν 179. — θεῶν κτλ. : cf. A 398.

185. “This was the hardest battle he ever fought.” — καρτίστην :
predicate; cf. B 216. -- ἀνδρῶν : limits μάχην.

186. This, too, by the Lycian king’s command. — No mention is made
here of the winged horse Pegasus, which aided Bellerophon on this expe-
dition, according to the common story. — ἀντιανείρας : cf. Γ' 189.

187. τῷ: 1.6. Bellerophon. —tpawev: cf. Τ' 212. Sc. ἄναξ Λυκίης. ---
Cf. A 392.

188. For the ‘asyndeton,’ cf. 152,174. 189. εἷσε κτλ. : cf. A 392.

191. γίγνωσκε: “came to know,” sc. from his achievements. Sc. ἄναξ,
190 being parenthetical.—Q@eod: indefinite. Some god must be the
father; no ordinary mortal (still less a wicked man) could do such deeds.
In Pindar this hero is the son of Poseidon.

192. δίδου : offered. —Ovyarépa : for the long ultima, cf. 62, E71.

194 f. pév: the metrical quantity shows of to be the personal pronoun ;
see §§ 59 7, 32 a.— καλόν : construe with τέμενος. See § 11 7.

196. 4: 1.6. the θυγάτηρ of 192.

200. καὶ κεῖνος : even he, i.e. even Bellerophon, who had received such
signal proofs of the gods’ care. — ἀπήχθετο κτλ. : cf. 140.

201 f. Cf. ‘Lest...as once Bellerophon...on th’ Aleian field I
fall, | Erroneous there to wander and forlorn,’ Milton Par. Lost vii. 17 ff. ;
qui miser in campis maerens errabat Aleis,|ipse suum cor

ΣΙ er

SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 169

edens hominum vestigia vitans Cic. Tusc. iii. 26,65. Cf. Nebuchad-
nezzar in Daniel iv, and ‘I will not eat my heart alone,’ of Tennyson’s Jn
Memoriam.

203 f. 7.4. Isander fell in battle with the Solymi.

205. τὴν δέ: i.e. Laodamia. — χολωσαμένη : sc. because of her connec-
tion with Zeus.—”Apremis ἔκτα : i.e. Laodamia died suddenly and quietly.
Cf. 428. Artemis sends sudden death to women.

207. πολλὰ ἐπέτελλεν : cf. A 229.

208. A famous and noble verse, which is found also at A 784 as the
parting injunction of Peleus to his son Achilles. It was the favorite of
Cicero (ad Quint. frat. iii. δ... ----ἀριστεύειν : ἄριστον εἶναι.

209. péya: see on A 78.

210. 7.6. as well the early generations, Sisyphus and Glaucus, at
Corinth, as the later generations in Lycia, who were descended from Bellero-
phon. Herodotus says that the Lycian kings of his time claimed descent
from Glaucus.

211. roi: “since you ask the question”; with reference to 123.
Glaucus ends as he began. — γενεῆς : ablatival genitive, of source. C7.
E 265. 212. γήθησεν : cf A 330.

213. μέν : correlative with αὐτάρ 214. — Diomed abandoned at once all
thoughts of a contest. Guest-friends must not fight with each other.

214. μειλιχίοισι : see on A 54.

217. ἐνὶ μεγάροισιν : sc. in Calydon; cf. B 640 f. — évi: 1c is here treated
aslong. Cf. Β 661. ---ἐρύξας : coincident in time with ξείνισσε.

219. For the ‘asyndeton,’ cf 174. — φοίνικι : cf. A 141.

220 f. δέπας κτλ. : cf. A ὅ84. .-- καί pw κτλ. : parenthetical. For the
desertion of the relative construction, cf. A 79, 162. — “I have it still.”—
plv: i.e. δέπας. ----ἰών : sc. és Τροίην. Cf. E 198.

222 f. “Iwas but a child when my father went to Thebes, and I have
no recollection of him.” These two verses are not needed here, but
were suggested, very likely, by the mention of the cup which Diomed
received directly from his grandfather, — not through his father. — Τυδέα:
probably not an accusative of specification, although the accusative is
unusual with μέμνημαι. ---- ἐν Θήβῃσιν : i.e. in the country about Thebes.
The first expedition was repulsed and did not enter the city.

224. τῷ: i.e. on the ground of this friendship of their ancestors. —
ξεῖνος : host. “My house shall be your home.” 225. τῶν: i.e. Λυκίων.

226. ἀλλήλων; equivalent to ἄλλος ἄλλου. --- δέ ὁμίλου: contrasted with
single combat,

170 COMMENTARY TO THE

228. κτείνειν : explanatory. Cf. μιγήμεναι 161.—év κε xrd.: corre-
sponds to ὅν κε δύνηαι 229. 229. ἐναιρέμεν : cf. κτείνειν 228.

230. οἵδε: 1.6. the bystanders. It would be prosaic to ask what these
had been doing since 122, whether they had continued the battle or
had stopped fighting and listened !

233. For the pledge by the hand, cf. B 341.

234. Τλαύκῳ: dative of disadvantage; cf. A 161.

235. ὃς xrX.: here, also, the relative has a causal tone. Cf. 131.

236. xadkelwv: genitive of price; cf. A 111.—The τεύχεα may mean
only the shield. — These are round numbers. Gold was worth more than
eleven times as much as bronze.

237. ὡς: for the position, after "Exrwp (the emphatic word in making
the transition in the story), see on ὡς A 32. — onyev: cf. E 693. Doubt-
less Hector reached the tree before he came to the Gate, but the latter is
named first as more prominent and important, by a sort of ‘hysteron*
proteron’; § 16/7.

238 f. The women had come to the tower at the Scaean Gate, in order
to watch the conflict. Cf 386 ff., T 145 ff., 420. Cf. + About the new
arrived in multitudes | Th’ ethereal people ran, to hear and know | How
all befell,’ Milton Par. Lost x. 26. ---- εἰρόμεναι xrA.: 1.6. inquiring of the
fate of their friends on the field of battle. 240. moods: ὃ 59 J.

241. ἐφῆπτο: cf. B15.

242. ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε: correlative with ἔνθα 251.

243. ἐν αὐτῷ: in itself, in contrast with the corridors.

244. πεντήκοντα: Priam, like other oriental princes, had several wives
and many sons. All (with two or three exceptions) lived together in
patriarchal fashion. Hector and Paris had homes of their own. Priam.
is the only polygamist of the epic.

245. ἀλλήλων: for the genitive, cf ᾿Αχαιῶν 106. — δεδμημένοι : from δέμω.

251. ἔνθα: refers to 242. —évavrin: predicate; cf. ἀντίος 54.

252. Cf. T124.

254. Cf. A 202. ---- λιπών : is the emphatic word of the verse.

255. Hecuba answers her own question; cf. A 203, B 229.

256. Only roughly can it be said that ἐνθάδε is to be construed with
ἐλθόντα. The order of words is significant: Thee, hither, thy soul urged,
and this is explained by 257.

257. ἐξ ἄκρης πόλιος : construe with χεῖρας ἀνασχεῖν. Cf. 88.— χεῖρας
κτλ. : equivalent to εὔχεσθαι. Cf. A 450, E 174. 258. pév: μένε.

260. πρῶτον: the position of this word shows that this verse is added

SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 171

as a sort of afterthought, and ὀνήσεαι is not (like σπείσῃς) under the
influence of ὡς. --- αὐτός : thyself, too, —in contrast with Ad πατρί 259.

261. δέ: the English idiom would use γῦν. --- κεκμηῶτι : observe that
its position in the verse is the same as of κέκμηκας 262. — défa: αὔξει.

262. ὡς: as, referring to κεκμηῶτι.

264. Gepe: 1.6. offer. —pedlppova: cf. ἐύφρονα Τ' 246. — Hector replies
first to 260-262.

265. Hector, on the contrary, fears that the wine will weaken him.

266 ff. Reply to 259. — ἀνίπτοισιν : cf. χερνίψαντο A 449; ‘When they
go into the tabernacle of the congregation, they shall wash with water,
that they die not; or when they come near to the altar to minister, to
burn offering made by fire unto the Lord,’ Exodus xxx. 20.— Hector’s
haste is manifest in the whole interview.

267. ἔστι: ἔξεστι. “I may not.”

269. σὺ μέν : correlative with ἐγὼ δέ 280.

270. ἀολλίσσασα: cf. ξυνάγουσα 87. 271-278 = 90-97.

279. A repetition of 269, for the sake of closer connection with 280.
Cf. 183 (with μένν as resuming 179, and E 134 and 143.

281. al xe: cf. 94. — εἰπόντος xrA.: give ear to my call.

282. γαῖα χάνοι: cf. A 182.,. πῆμα: cf. πῆμα T 50.

283. τοῖο: cf. A 28.

284. ἴδοιμι κατελθόντα: picturesque, for κατέλθοι, as φαίην ἐκλελαθέσθαι
for ἐκλελάθοιτο. Cf. A 97 ff. —"Ados: sc. δόμον.

285. A strong expression for a brother to use, but cf T 39 ff., 454.

288. κηώεντα: cf. 382. Probably because of cedar chests.

290. XiSoviev: the Phoenicians were famed for all sorts of merchandise.

291. On his way home from Greece Paris was driven out of his course
by storms. — émumdds: cf. T 47.

292. τὴν ὁδὸν κτλ. : on that very voyage on which, etc.— ἀνήγαγεν : cf. T 48.

293. δῶρον: as a gift. 294. ποικίλμασιν: ο I 126, E735.

295 f. ἔκειτο κτλ. : 1.6. it was most cherished and least used. — ἄλλων :
see on ἄλλων A 505, — μετεσσεύοντο : from μετα-σσεύομαι, cf. σεύω.

297. ἐν πόλει κτλ.: cf. 257.

300. ἔθηκαν : the priestess, then, was chosen or elected by the people,
and her official duties did not interfere with her family relations.

301. ὀλολυγῇ: these pious shrieks were intended as ‘ responses’ in the
liturgical service; just as χεῖρας ἀνέσχον corresponded to the modern pos-
ture of devotion, kneeling.

302, Perhaps Theano alone entered the ἄδυτον (E 512).

172 COMMENTARY TO THE

303. Cf. 92, 273.

305. ῥυσίπτολι: cf. ᾿Αθηνᾶ Loduds [πολιάοχος] nd πολιοῦχος ᾿Αθάνα,
at Athens and at Sparta. This epithet was Athena’s as goddess of war,
not as special patroness of Troy. —Q@cdov: cf. E 381; partitive genitive
after the superlative idea in δῖα.

307. mpyvéa: predicate; cf. πρηνές B 414.

308-310. Cf. 93-95, 274-276. Cf. armipotens, praeses belli,
Tritonia virgo|frange manu telum Phrygii praedonis et
ipsum | pronum sterne solo Verg. Aen. xi. 483 ff.

311. ἀνένευε: see on A 514.— This is known by the result. — Cf.
interea ad templum non aequae Palladis ibant, | crinibus
Iliades passis, peplumque ferebant, | suppliciter tristes et
tunsae pectora palmis;|diva solo fixos oculos aversa tene-
bat, Verg. Aen. i. 479 ff.
᾿ $12. A transition; cf. E 84. «“ While these were offering prayers.”

314 ff. Added, as verses are frequently, as a sort of afterthought. —
αὐτός: in those primitive times the prince’s occupations differed little
from those of the peasant.

316. oi: these.

317. τέ: for its position, cf. B 136, E 878. --- Πριάμοιο : genitive with
ἐγγύθι. See H. 757; G. 1149. Or, it may be, with δωμάτων to be sup-
plied. 318. ἔνθα: local, there. This resumes 315.

319. ἔχ᾽ : elye. —tyxos ἑνδεκάπηχυ : along spear! But really no longer
than the Macedonian pikes (σάρισσαι), which were from fourteen to
eighteen feet long. The lance of the Prussian Uhlan is about ten feet in
length. —Sovpés: construe with πάροιθε, at the head of the spear.— This
description of Paris does much to bring the whole scene before the mind’s
eye of the hearer or reader.

320. περί: adverbial.

321. περικαλλέα κτλ. : just as a hunter enjoys busying himself about his
gun, for which he has a personal affection.

322. Explanatory of περικαλλέα κτλ. 321.

323. ‘Edévy: apparently in the same room as Alexander, — the μέγαρον.

324. ἔργα: i.e. weaving, spinning, and perhaps embroidery.

325 = I 38.

326 ff. Hector assumes anger at the Trojans as the cause of his
brother’s absence from the field of battle. Of course he knew nothing
of Aphrodite’s interference (I 374 ff.) and supposed that Paris had with-
drawn in yexation at the manifest disapproval of his countrymen. Cf,

ἀν.

σὺ νος -_ ———

——_ ee || ee

, SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD | 173

Γ 319 ff.—Sampéve: cf B 190, 200.—pév: μήν. --- καλά: predicate,
adverbial.

327 ff. «« While the people are fighting and dying for your sake, you
sit idle at home.” --- λαοί: contrasted with od δέ 329; but the form of
expression is changed.—-ept: local.

328. σέο xrA.: parenthetical. —avrh xrA.: cf. A 492.

329. ἀμφιδέδηε: cf. Β 93.—“You should be ashamed of withdrawing.
You would be angry at any one else who should act thus.” — μαχέσαιο: εἰ

E 875, A 8. 330. Cf. A 240.

331. ἄνα: ἀνάστηθι. See § 55 ο. ---- πυρός: cf. B 415.

332 f. = T 58 f. 334. Cf. A 76.

335. Τρώων χόλῳ: because of anger at the Trojans; a reply to 826. ---
νεμέσσι [νεμέσει7: cf. E 757.

336. ἥμην: cf. Β 26. ---ἔθελον κτλ. : the real reason, according to Paris,
for his absence from the field of battle, instead of a clause with ὅσον
corresponding to τόσσον. 337. παρειποῦσα: cf. παρειπών 62.

339. νίκη xrA.: Paris had consoled himself thus before. Cf T 439 f.

340. δύω (distinguished from the numeral by the quantity of the
penult): subjunctive, cf. ἴδωμαι A 262; ὃ 18 ὁ. The poet might have said
ὄφρα δύω, “while I put on,” or “ that I may put on”; but no one should
say that a final or temporal particle is omitted here.

341. σέ: ‘limit of motion.’

342 = E 689. — Hector is too angry to make any reply to his brother.

344. Cf.T 172 ff. See on B 356, T 173.

345. ὄφελε: cf A 415, A 815. --- ἤματι κτλ.: cf. Β 951. --- πρῶτον: cf.
A 6. As soon as I was born.”

346. οἴχεσθαι κτλ. : see on A 391.

348. ἀπόερσε: “ would have swept me away.” A part of the unfulfilled
wish. ἄν would be expected in prose. Both tense and mode are under
the influence of the main verb. Cf. 801. --- πάρος κτλ. : before all this, ete.,
‘‘and then all this would not have happened.” — τάδε ἔργα: a general
expression for all the battles and sorrows of which Helen had been the
cause.

351. ὅς: see on ὅς A 70.— ἤδη : i.e. appreciated, had a sense for. —
αἴσχεα xTA.: cf. 524, Τ' 242. 352. ἔμπεδοι: cf Τ' 108.

353. τῷ: therefore. — ἐπαυρήσεσθαι: cf. A 410.

354. δίφρῳ: cf. T 424.

355. πόνος : cf. 77.— φρένας : in apposition with σέ. --- «Rests upon
thee.”

174 COMMENTARY TO THE

356. ἄτης: cf. Τ 100. 357. ἐπί: construe with θῆκε. Cf. A 509.

358. πελώμεθα : for the mode, cf. A 158. — Cf. T 287.

359 = 263. 360. φιλέουσά περ: though thou art hospitable. Cf. T 207.

361. θυμὸς κτλ.: cf. Α 173.— ὄφρ᾽ ἐπαμύνω : ἐπαμῦναι. Cf. A 465.

362. péya: modifies ποθὴν ἔχουσιν, which is equivalent to ποθέουσιν and
is followed by the genitive ἐμεῖο [ἐμοῦ].

364. καταμάρψῃ : equivalent to κιχήσεσθαι 341. Cf. E 65.

366. olkfjas: cf. H 418. It is explained by the rest of the verse.

367. 7, ἢ: see § 20 b. —twétpomos: predicate; cf. ἐναντίη 251.

369-502. One of the most charming episodes of the Jliad.

369 = 116. ; 370 = 497.

373. πύργῳ: 1.6. that at the Scaean Gate. See Γ 149. -- Andromache |
had set out for the Tower, apparently, after Hector reached the city and
while he was at the home of Priam or of Paris. So she had missed meet-
ing her husband. But she learned at the Tower that Hector was in the
city and hastened home to meet him. |

374. ἔνδον : within, at home, in the main hall. —rérpev: equivalent to εὗρεν.

378. γαλόων: sc. δώματα. Cf. ἐν πατρός 47. The English has the
same idiom.

379. ἐς AOnvains: sc. νηόν. Cf.ad Minervae. —éva κτλ. : cf. 286 ff.

882. ἐπεί: cf. Τ' ὅθ. 383 f. = 878 f.

387. “The Achaeans have the mastery.”

389. μαινομένῃ κτλ. : in apposition with ἐπειγομένη 388.—rOhvy: cf.
ἀμφίπολος 399.

390 f. 4: see on A 219, — τὴν αὐτήν : construe with κατέσσυτο. Equiva-
lent to Attic ταύτην τὴν αὐτήν, the Homeric article being demonstrative.
Cf. τὸν Χρύσην A 11.

393. Σκαιάς : for its position, see on οὐλομένην A 2.

396. "Heriwv: for the repetition and the change of case, see § 16 ὃ.

397. Θήβῃ: cf. A 366. Local. — Κιλίκεσσι : these Cilicians dwelt far
from the historical nation of that name, which lived at the northeast
corner of the Mediterranean Sea. — ἄνδρεσσιν : dative of interest.

398. ἔχετο: cf. εἶχε Τ' 123. “Ἕκτορι : dative of agent.

399. 4: demonstrative. —atrq: herself, as contrasted with the maid.
See on A 47. ;

400. αὔτως: cf. T 220; see § 42 i.

401. ἀλίγκιον κτλ.: cf. sidere pulchrior Horace Car. iii. 9. 21.
“Like a fair angel.” Cf. ‘In shining draperies, headed like a star, | Her
maiden babe, a double April old,’ Tennyson The Princess.

SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 175

402 f. The father named his son from the chief river of the land (cf.
Simoisius, A 474, named from the Simois, and Idaeus, [ 248, named from
Mt. Ida), but the people gave to the son the name which was appropriate
to the father. So the son of Odysseus is called Telemachus (B 260, τῆλε,
μάχομαι), not because the boy fought far away from home, but because
the father was fighting at Troy while the boy was a child; Achilles’ son
is called Neoptolemus on the father’s account. Other examples are tound
in Homer and in the Old Testament. — οἱ ἄλλοι : cf. B 665. —’Acrvdvaxra :
ἄναξ seems to be strictly protecting lord (cf. A 38), and the idea of <pro-
tector,’ is often more prominent in this word than that of ‘ruler.’ Hector
was never king or ruler of Troy. Thus Αστυάνακτα at the beginning of
the verse is explained by ἐρύετο, defended. “He was the only defender.”

406 = 253.

407. δαιμόνιε: cf. 526, and note the difference in the speaker’s tone. —
τὸ σὸν μένος : cf. A 207.

τς 408. ἄμμορον : equivalent to δύσμορον. Contrast with Τ' 182.

409. σεῦ: genitive of separation, with χήρη ἔσομαι. Cf. σεῦ 411.

411. χθόνα δύμεναι : cf 19.

413. ἀλλ᾽ ἄχεα : but only griefs.

414. ἁμόν: ἡμέτερον. Cf. ἡμετέρῳ A 30. 415 f. Parenthetical.

417. οὐδὲ κτλ. : but he did not, etc. Cf. 167.— τό ye: i.e. ἐξεναρίξαι.

419. ἐπί : over him ; adverbial with éyeev. — wept: adverbial.

420. ὀρεστιάδες : cf. the ‘ Naiad,’ νύμφη vyis of 22. The ‘Dryads* and
‘Hamadryads’ are not mentioned in Homer.

421. οἵ: relative, referring to of μέν 422 as its antecedent. Cf. T 132.

422. ἰῷ: ἑνί, § 41 a; equivalent to τῷ αὐτῷς Cf. pia T 238. —"Ardos
εἴσω : cf. 254.

424. ἐπ᾽ εἰλιπόδεσσι κτλ.: cf. 25, E 137, and E 313.—dpyewgs: cf.
Γ 141, 198.

425 ἴ. βασίλευεν : was queen. —rthv: demonstrative, her. — δεῦρο : i.e. to
Troy.—GAdAowwr : the captive queen may have been counted as part of the
κτήματα, but a good Greek construction would allow this to be taken as
“with her treasures, too.” Cf. E 621, B 191.

427. λαβών: sc. from her father. Cf A 13.

428. πατρός: i.c. Andromache’s grandfather’s. —"Aprepis: cf. 205. This
is contrasted with 6 ye. ‘He released her, but Artemis slew her.”

429 f. These verses sum up the thought of 413 ff. «Thou art my-all.’*—~
This prepares the way for the request that Hector should remain within
the walls. — ἀτάρ: cf. 86.

176 COMMENTARY TO THE

431. viv: contrasted with what is implied in 407.— ἐλέαιρε: cf. 407. —-
αὐτοῦ : explained by ἐπὶ πύργῳ. See on B 237. |

432. «Chiasmus’; § 16 a.— ὀρφανικόν : predicate. — γυναῖκα : more
pathetic here than ἐμέ. See on A 240.

433 ff. This advice is not out of place in the mouth of the general’s
wife, who doubtless had taken more interest than most in the plans for
the defense of the city. — Homer makes no other reference to a part of
the Trojan wall as particularly vulnerable or accessible. But Pindar says
that Aeacus, father of Peleus and grandfather of Achilles, aided the gods
Apollo and Poseidon in building the wall, and that an omen indicated
that the mortal’s work should be overthrown, while the gods’ work stood
firm, —Ilépyapos ἀμφὶ reais, ἥρως, χερὸς ἐργασίαις ἁλίσκεται Ol. viii. 42
Pergamos is taken where thy hands have wrought. ©

433. ἐρινεόν : a noted landmark. Cf. A 167, X 145.

435. ἐλθόντες : see on ἰών A 138.

436. ἀμφ᾽ Αἴαντε: cf. B 445, T 146.

438 {. θεοπροπίων κτλ. : for the genitive, see on B 718. See on 433 ff. —
αὐτῶν : their own, as opposed to oracles and omens. — Cf. sive dolo, seu
iam Troiae sic fata ferebant Verg. Aen. ii. 34.

441. τάδε πάντα : all this, — especially 452.

442. Tpaas : for the accusative, see H. 712; G. 1049.

443. A reply to the request to direct from the Tower the operations o'
the army. — ἀλυσκάζω : cf. E 253.

444. οὐδὲ ἄνωγεν: 1.6. forbids. Cf οὐδὲ ἔασκε Β 832. — ἔμμεναι ἐσθλός :
equivalent to ἀριστεύειν 208.

446. ἀρνύμενος: cf. A 159. --- αὐτοῦ: intensive, agreeing with ἐμοῦ
implied in ἐμόν. Cf. 490, E 741, Β 54.— The dative might have been
used instead of the πατρός and ἐμόν.

447-449 = A 163-165, where the verses are less impressive. Appian
(Pun. 132) says that Scipio quoted them with reference to Rome. —Ille
dies veniet quo Pergama sacra peribunt.

450 ff. A reply to 429-4382.

450. Ἰρώων : objective- genitive. “I do not grieve so much for the
Aeojans.* Contrasted with σεῦ 454.—Observe that Τρώων, Ἑκάβης,
κασιγνήτων all come just before the ice eae

452. In prose the arrangement might be οὔτε τῶν πολλῶν τε Kat ἐσθλῶν
κασιγνήτων οἷ κτλ. 453 in ἀνδράσι: cf. B 374, Τ' 486.

455. ἄγηται (as future): sc. σέ, into captivity. —édetOepov xrr.: of.
463; see§16dy. The word ἐλευθερία is not found in Homer.

]

SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 177

456. πρὸς ἄλλης: at the bidding of another woman; i.e. as slave. Cf.
A 239.

457. ὕδωρ: ‘fetching water’ is an important duty of women in oriental
countries. —MeronlSos (sc. κρήνης) : ablatival genitive, from Messeis.
—A spring by this name is mentioned near_Sparta, and one called
Hyperea in Thessaly (B 734). Perhaps the poet thus indicates the
possibilities that Andromache may be given as a prize to Menelaus or
Achilles. The later tradition made her the prize of Achilles’ son Neop-
tolemus. At any rate this verse makes ἐν ”Apye more definite.

458. πολλὰ κτλ.: much against thy will. Explained by the following
‘ hemistich.’

459. εἴπῃσιν : nearly equivalent to the future indicative, as is shown by
the repetition of this thought in ὡς ἐρέει 462. Cf. 340.

460. “Exropos: note the position. 461. ἀμφεμάχοντο: sc. ᾿Αχαιοί.

462. ὡς ἐρέει : for this repetition of εἴπῃσιν (both standing before. the
verse-pause), cf. A 182 with A 176.

463. χήτεϊ : causal. — τοιοῦδε: sc. as 1. --- ἀμύνειν : for the infinitive, see
H. 952; G. 1596. ---- δούλιον «ri. : cf. 455. δουλοσύνη is not a Homeric word.

464. με τεθνηῶτα : “my body.” May I be dead and buried.”

465. πρίν: construe with πυθέσθαι. Natural in English as in Greek,
“before I hear,” instead of “before the time when I should hear.” — σῆς
βοῆς : nearly equivalent to cod Bowens.

466. παιδός : genitive after a ‘ verb of aiming’; cf. Μενελάου A 100.

468. πατρὸς κτλ. : parenthetical, giving the cause of ἐκλίνθη ἰάχων. It
is explained by the following verse, which is further explained by 470.

470. δεινόν : cognate accusative with νεύοντα. Cf. 182, T 337.

472. αὐτίκα κτλ. : ‘asyndeton.’ Cf. A 539. 473. Cf. T 293.

474. κύσε: kissing is mentioned in but two other passages of the

- Iliad, and those both refer to the acts of suppliants.

475. ἐπευξάμενος : cf. φωνήσας A 201.

476. For this prayer, ἊΝ that of Ajax for his boy, ὦ ὦ παῖ, , γένοιο πατρὸς
εὐτυχέστερος, | τὰ δ᾽ ἄλλ᾽ ὅμοιος - καὶ γένοι ἂν οὐ κακός Soph. Ajax 550 f.;
and Burns’ Lament of Mary Queen of ϑοοίβ, ‘My son! my son! may isles
stars | Upon thy fortune shine; | And may those pleasures gild thy reign |
That ne’er wad blink on mine.’

477. καὶ ἐγώ: for the καί, correlative with καί 476, see H. 1042. The
English idiom omits it.— dpumperéa xrA.: cf. B 483.

478. τέ: for its position, cf. 817. --- ἀνάσσειν : in the same construction
as γενέσθαι 476. Cf. A 38. Observe the reference to the name Astyanaz.

178 COMMENTARY TO THE

479. tis: many a one; cf. Β 2171. --- πολλόν: see on A 78.

480. ἀνιόντα: for the accusative after a‘verb of saying,’ see H. 725 a;
G. 1073. The clause πατρὸς κτλ. is the other object of the verb.— “May
many a one say of him as he returns from the war.”

481. χαρείη κτλ. : is closely connected in thought with the first half of
the verse. The mother is to rejoice in the bloody spoils with which her
son returns, as a proof of his bravery. As Hector thinks of his son, he
forgets his ill-bodings.

482. ἀλόχοιο: this is a delicate touch of the poet, — that Hector does
not return the child to the nurse (from whom he took him, 466 ff.), but
gives him into the arms of his wife,—dintrusting him to her care, —
χερσὶν κτλ.: cf. A 441. :

483. κηώδεϊ: cf. 288.— κόλπῳ: to her bosom. For the dative, cf. 136.

484. Saxpvdev: “through her tears.” 485 = A 361, E 372.

487 ff. «I shall not be killed unless this is fated; and if death is
appointed for me now, I cannot escape it.” — ὑπὲρ αἶσαν : cf. Β 155.—
ἴΑιδι κτλ.: of. A 3.—-mehvypévov ἔμμεναι : πεφευγένα. Cf. Τ' 309, E 873.—
ἀνδρῶν : construe with ov τινα. 489. τὰ πρῶτα: cf. A 6.

490. αὐτῆς : in agreement with the σοῦ implied in σά. Cf. αὐτοῦ 446.

491. ἱστὸν κτλ. : in apposition with ἔργα 490. Contrasted with πόλεμος.
Andromache is to do her duty at home; the men will do theirs in battle.

493. rol ᾿Ιλίῳ κτλ. : added after the caesura, making πᾶσιν definite.

494. εἵλετο: cf. 472.

495. immovpw: the ultima is treated as long before a pause; § 59 1.

496. θαλερὸν κτλ.: cf Τ' 142. » 497 = 370.

499. ἀμφιπόλους : it is better to say that this is in apposition with
πολλάς, than that πολλάς agrees with this. § 11 /.— ἐνῶρσεν : cf. ἐνῶρτο
A 599. 500. γόον: lamented. 501. ὑπότροπον : predicate; cf. ἀντίος 54.

502. μένος κτλ.: cf. μένος χειρῶν Εἰ 506. “The mighty arms.” § 16 d.

503-529. This scene forms a sharp contrast with the preceding.
Paris goes out to battle without Hector’s premonitions of disaster, and
with no fears for the safety of his family. So also the scene in the house
of Paris (321 ff.) is a foil to that in Hector’s (498 ff.).

503. οὐδέ: nor.

505. ἀνὰ ἄστυ : clearly not of ascent, since his home was near Hector’s,
and the latter rushed κατ᾽ ἀγυιάς 391. -- πεποιθώς : cf. B 792, E 299.

506 ff. Cf (Turnus) fulgebatque alta decurrens aureus arce|
exultatque animis... qualis ubi abruptis fugit praesepia
vinclis |tandem liber equus campoque potitus aperto| aut —

SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD 179

ille in pastus armentaque tendit equarum|aut adsuetus
aquae perfundi flumine noto|emicat arrectisque fremit
cervicibus alte |luxurians luduntque iubae per colla, per
armos Verg. Aen. xi. 490 ff.; ‘Contention, like a horse | Full of high
feeding, madly hath broke loose,’ Shakspere 2 Henry Fourth i. 1. 9 f.; ¢ But
like a proud steed reined, went haughty on, | Champing his iron curb,’
Milton Par. Lost iv. 858 f.— Paris is a well-fed, comfortable creature,
without cares, and with a very good opinion of himself.

507. θείῃ: θέῃ, of. ἐτελείετο A ὅ. --- πεδίοιο: cf. 2, 38.

508. ποταμοῖο: for the genitive, cf E 6.

509. κυδιόων: of. κύδεϊ γαίων A 405, καγχαλάων 514.

510. dpos: cf. A 45.—6 δέ: the construction is changed, and this is
left without a verb. For the « anacoluthon,’ cf. B 353, E 135 f.; «The eye
that mocketh at his father, and despiseth to obey his mother, the ravens
of the valley shall pick it out, and the young eagles shall eat it,’
Proverbs xxx. 17.

514. Paris clearly is in good humor.

515. ἔτετμεν: cf. 374. — br’ ἄρα κτλ. : was just about; cf. 52.

518 f. Ironical. Paris plumes himself on overtaking Hector, as he had
said that he would do in 341.— ἐναίσιμον : ἐν αἴσῃ, “at the right time.”
C'f. ἐνύπνιον B 56. — ὡς ἐκέλευες : sc. 361 ff.

521. ἐναίσιμος : “in his right mind,” with reference to the same word
in 519, though in a different sense.

522 f. ἔργον μάχης : action in batile.— μεθιεῖς : sc. ἀλκῆς. Cf. 330.— τὸ
κτλ.: cf. 407.

524. ἐν θυμῷ: cf T'9. — αἴσχεα: cf. 351. — ἀκούω : subjunctive; cf A 80.

525. πρὸς Τρώων: from the Trojans. Cf. πρὸς ἄλλης 456.

526. ἴομεν : ἴωμεν. --- τὰ δέ: 1.6. any offense in my words. — ἀρεσσόμεθα :
ef. A 362. —at κέ ποθι: cf. A 128. — «If the gods will grant that we may
drive out the Achaeans, and in gratitude offer (set up) a bowl in celebra-
tion of freedom.” 527. θεοῖς xrA.: cf. B 400.

528. ἐλεύθερον : explained by the following verse.

529. ἐλάσαντας : agrees with ἡμᾶς implied as the subject of στήσασθαι.
For the accusative, ef. ἔοντα A 541.

The Sixth Book of the πα, after the first hundred verses, has pre-
sented a succession of peaceful scenes. The progress of the story seems
to be interrupted for a few moments by the episode of Diomed and
Glaueus (119-236), but this episode serves to occupy the time during
which the poet’s hearer thought of Hector as traversing the plain, on his

τ...

180 COMMENTARY

way to the city. The three scenes of Hector’s visit to Troy —his inter-
view with his mother, his call at the house of Paris and Helen, his parting
with Andromache —form a contrast with the conflicts which have been
described, and make prominent the domestic life of the brave warrior.
The hearer’s interest in his subsequent fate is greatly heightened. The
intense pathos of the last Books‘of the Jliad centers in the death of
Hector and the grief of the Trojans. This Book prepares the way for
our sympathy with Hecuba as she implores her son to enter the gates and
not withstand Achilles (X 79-89) ; and with Andromache, when grief comes

_ over her as she sees Hector’s body drawn to the Greek camp after the
chariot of Achilles (X 437-515); and with the dirges of Andromache,

Hecuba, and Helen when the body of Hector is brought back to the city
(Q 718-776). If Andromache had not been introduced here, she would
have been but a name, and her grief would not have been nearly so
pathetic at the close of the poem. The hearer is here brought into the
family circle of Priam, and is never after this without a heart for the
Trojan misfortunes.

The Seventh Book opens with the welcomed return of Hector and
Paris to the hard-pressed Trojans. After several Greeks have been slain,
Athena and Apollo arrange for a single combat between Hector and Ajax,
—but night comes on and interrupts the duel, in which Ajax has the
advantage. See § 6 g.

|

VOCABULARY

TO THE

FIRST SIX BOOKS

OF THE ILIAD

Elements of compound words are indicated, so far as may be, by hyphens
Forms between marks of parenthesis are for etymological comparison.
Attic forms are occasionally added in brackets.

The gender of feminine nouns in -os is indicated by f. or fem.

The gender of masculine nouns in -os is not marked.

The gender of neuter nouns in -ος is indicated by the genitive ending.

ἄ-απτος : unapproachable, invincible.

ἀάσχετος (ἔχω) : irresistible, unman-
ageable.

ἄατος (Satis): insatiate.

"ABavres, pl.: early inhabitants of
Euboea. B 536.

᾿Αβαρβαρέη: a fountain nymph.
Z 22.

"ABas, -avros: a Trojan, slain by
Diomed. E 148.
"ABAnpos: a Trojan, slain by Nes-
tor’s son Antilochus. Z 32.
ἀ-βλής, -ἢτος (βάλλων : wn-shot, new
(of an arrow). Δ 117.
&-BAnros (βάλλω): un-hit,
wounded by a missile. A 540.
&-BAnxpds 3: delicate, weak, tender.
᾿Αβυδόθεν : from Abydus. A 500.
ΓΑβῦδος : Abydus, in the Troad, on
the south side of the Hellespont,
opposite Sestus. B 836.

not

A

ἀγα- (ἄγαν, cf. ingens), strength-
ening prefix: very, exceedingly.
§ 40 d.

ἄγαγε: aor. of ἄγω, lead.

ἀγαθός 3: good, noble, useful, esp.
useful in war, brave. Rarely used
of moral quality. βοὴν ἀγαθός:
good at the war cry, brave in war.

ἀγα-κλειτός 3 and ἀγακλυτός (κλέος) :
renowned, famed, highly praised.

ἀγάλλομαι (dyAads): delight, exult.

ἄγαλμα, -«ατος : delight, treasure.

ἄγαμαι, aor. ἠγάσσατο, ἀγασσάμεθα:
admire, wonder at.

᾿Αγαμέμνων, -ovos: Agamemnon, son
of Atreus, grandson of Pelops
(B 104 ff.), king at Mycenae
(B 569 ff.). As the leader of the
expedition against Troy, he is
prominent through the whole of
the Iliad. The first part of the

2 VOCABULARY TO THE.

Eleventh Book is devoted to a
recital of his brave deeds. At
the close of the war, on his ar-
rival at home, he was slain by his
false wife Clytaemnestra and her
paramour (Agamemnon’s cousin)
Aegisthus (a 35 ff., ὃ 512-537,
A 409 ff.).
' ἄ-γαμος : unmarried. T 40.
ἀγά-ννιφος (Nive, snow): very snowy,
snow clad. Epithet of Olympus.
A 420.
ἀγανός 3: kindly, winning. B 164.
᾿Αγαπήνωρ, -opos: Arcadian leader.
B 609.
ἀγαπητός (ἀγαπάω) : beloved. Z401.
ἀγά-ρροος (few): with strong stream.
᾿Αγασθένης, -εος (0f mighty strength) :
son of Augéas. B 624.
ἀγασσάμεθα : aor. of ἄγαμαι, wonder.
ἀγανός : admirable, excellent, noble.
B 787.
ἀγγελίης and ἄγγελος : messenger.
ἀγγέλλω : announce, bear a message.
ἄγγος, -εος : vessel, bowl, pan. B 471.
ἄγε, ἄγετε: strictly imv. of ἄγω,
bring, but generally used as inter-
jection, up, come! aye even with
pl., as B 331. Cf ἄγρει.
ἀγείρω, aor. mid. ἀγέροντο and dypo-

ἀγγελίη : message, news.

μένοισιν, plpf. ἀγηγέρατο, aor. pass.
ἀγέρθη and ἤγερθεν [ἠγέρθησαν]
(grex): collect, bring together,
assemble.
ἀγε-λείη : giver of booty. Epithet of
Athena as war goddess. Z 269.
ἀγέλη-φι : locat., in the herd. § 38a.
ἀγέμεν inf., ἄγεν impf.: of ἄγω, lead.
ἄγεν [ἐάγησαν] : aor. pass. of ἄγνυμι.

ἀ-γέραστος : without gift of honor
(yépas). A119.

ἀγέρθη, dyépovro: aor. of ἀγείρω.

ayépwxos: proud, mighty, impetuous.

ἄγη : aor. pass. of ἄγνυμι, break.

aynyéparo : plpf. pl. of ἀγείρω.

᾿Αγήνωρ, -opos: brave Trojan leader,
son of Antenor. A 467, A 59.

ἀγ-ήνωρ, -opos (ἀνήρ) : manly, proud.

ἀ-γήραος (γῆρας) : ever young, imper-
ishable. B 447.

ἀγητός (ἄγαμαι) : admirable, splendid.

᾿Αγκαῖος : an Argonaut. B 609.
ἀγκάς, ady.: in his arms. E371. |
ἀγκλίνας : aor. partic. of ἀνακλίνω,

ER ¢ Rats
ἀγκυλο-μήτης (NTIS): crooked minded,
crafty. Epithet of Cronus.
ἀγκύλος (angle): curved. Z39.
ἀγκυλό-τοξος : with curved bow.

lean upon.

ἀγκών, -@vos (angle, ankle): elbow.
E 582.

᾿Αγλαΐη : mother of Nireus. B 672.

ἀγλαΐη, locat. as dat. ἀγλαΐηφι : splen-
dor, beauty. Cf. ἀγάλλομαι.

dyads: clear, splendid, glorious.

ἀ-γνοιέω, aor. ἠγνοίησεν (γιγνώσκω) :
fail to notice. A 5387.

ἄγνυμι, aor. subjv. ἄξῃ, aor. partic.
ἄξαντε, aor. pass. ayy and ἄγεν
[ἐάγησαν] (fay-, ὃ 32): break,
break in pieces.

ἄ-γονος (γένος) : unborn. T 40.

Gyopdopar, impf. ἠγορόωντο, aor.
ἀγορήσατο (ἀγορή) : hold an assem-
bly, deliberate, address an assembly.

ἀγορεύω: speak, say, tell; hold an
assembly. φόβονδ᾽ ἀγόρευε: advise

to flee ( flight).

ee Me a Le Bia

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD 8

ἀγορή (ἀγείρων : assembly, speech to
an assembly, place of assembly.

ἀγορῆ-θεν, adv.: from the assembly.

ἀγορήν-δε, adv.: to the assembly.
A 54.

ἀγορητής [ῥήτωρ] : speaker, orator.

ἀγός (ἄγων : leader. A265.

ἄγρει, interjection: up, come!
(Strictly imv. of dypéw [aipew],
take hold.) Cf. dye. E765.

ἄγριος (ἀγρός) : wild (of animals),
savage. A 23, 106.

ἀγρομένῃσιν : aor. partic. of ἀγείρω.

ἀγρός (ager, acre): field, country

(opp. to city). ἀγρῷ: in the field.
ἀγρότερος 3: wild (of animals).

§ 40 6.
ἀγνιά (ἄγων : street, way. Z 391.
ἄγχι, adv. : near, with genitive.
᾿Αγχίαλος : a Greek, slain by Hec-
tor. E 609.
ἀγχί-αλος (GAs) : near the sea.
thet of coast cities. B 640.
ἀγχι-μαχητής : hand-to-hand fighter,
who fights with sword and spear,
in contrast with javelin throwers.
ἀγχί-μολον, adv.: near. A529.
᾿Αγχίσης: Anchises, king of the
Dardanians, father of Aeneas by
Aphrodite. B 819, E 247, Ὑ 239.
ἄγχιστα (ἄγχι), adv. : most nearly.
ἀγχιστῖνος : near, in thick succession.
ἀγχοῦ, adv.: near. B172, T 129.
ἄγχω (ango, Germ. eng): choke.
r 871.
ἄγω, impf. ἦγεν or ἄγεν, fut. ἄξω,
aor. ἤγαγε OY ἄγαγε, aor. imy.
dgere: lead, bring, fetch, lead
away (the connection indicating

Epi-

from what and to what the mo-
tion tends).
ἀ-δαήμων, -ovos (διδάσκων) : unskilled
in, inexperienced, with genitive.
a-Sdxptros : without tears, tearless.
ἁδεῖν : aor. inf. of ἁνδάνω, please.
ἀδελφεός or ἀδελφειός : brother. (ἀδελ-
gos is not Homeric. κασίγνητος
is more than twice as freq. as
ἀδελφεός.)
ἅδην, adv. : in plenty, to satiety.
ἁδινός 3 : thick, crowded, huddled.
“ASpunros: Admetus, Thessalian
king, husband of Alcestis, father
of Eumelus. Β 713 f.
᾿Αδρήστεια : Mysian town. B 828.
᾿Αδρηστίνη : daughter of Adrastus,
Aegialea. E412. Both wife and
maternal aunt of Diomed. § 39 i.
ἴἼΛδρηστος : Adrastus. (1) Argive
king who gave his daughters in
marriage to Tydeus and Polynices.
B 572. (2) Leader of Trojan
allies. B 830. (3) A Trojan.
Z 37.
ἄδυτον (δύω) : (place not-to-be-
entered), sanctuary. E 448, 512.
ἀεθλεύω : contend in games. A 389.
ἄεθλος [ἄθλος] : struggle, conflict.
ἀείδω, impf. ἄειδον [adw] : sing.
ἀ-εικής, -ἐς, unseemly, shameful, pitiful.
ἀείρω, aor. partic. ἀειραμένη, plpf.
ἄωρτο [αἴρω] : raise, take up ; plpf.
pass. was hanging.
ἀεκαζόμενος 3 (d-cex-) : against his will.
Z 458.
ἀ-έκων, -ovoa [axwy, ὃ 24] 3: un-
willing, against (his) will. A 327,
E 164.

4 VOCABULARY TO THE

ἄελλα (anus): violent wind, storm.

ἀελλής, -ἐς : With κονίσαλος, cloud of
dust. T 13.

ἀέξω (cf AUgEeEO, wax) : increase.

ἀερσί-πὸς (ἀείρω, πούς), pl. ἀερσίποδες :
high-stepping (of horses).

᾿Αζεΐδης : Actor. B 513.

ἀ-ζηχές, neut. adv.: incessantly, un-
ceasingly. A 435.

ἄζομαι: dry, season. A 487."

ἅζομαι: reverence, feel pious fear.

dnp, pres. partic. ἀέντες : blow (of
the wind). E 526.

ἀήρ, dat. ἠέρι (aura), f.: air (as
opp. to the clear αἰθήρ), mist.
E 864,

ἀήσυλος : wicked, dreadful, equiv. to
αἴσυλος. E 876.

ἀ-θάνατος 3: undying, immortal, im-
perishable. ἀθάνατοι : immortals.

ἀ-θερίζω : disregard, slight. A 261.

ἀ-θέσ-φατος : unspeakable, ineffably

Γ 4,

great.

᾿Αθῆναι, pl. (8 87 d): Athens. B546.

᾿Αθηναῖος : Athenian. A 328.

᾿Αθήνη and ᾿Αθηναίη: the goddess
Athena, Minerva. She appears
often in Homer as war goddess, as
she is represented in later works
of art; hence she is called IaA-
Ads, spear-brandishing, γλαυκῶπις,
gleaming-eyed, ἀγελείη, giver of
booty, λαοσσόος, rouser of the
people. (A@nvain is to ᾿Αθήνη as
ἀναγκαίη to ἀνάγκη, and γαῖα to γῇ.)

ἁθρόοι, pl.: assembled, all together,
united. B 439.

αἱ [ei]: if. αἴ κε: ἐάν.
often introduces a wish.

xa ,
al yap

ala : earth, equiv. to γαῖα, γῆ.

Αἰακίδης : son of Aeacus. Of Achil-
les, grandson of Aeacus. B 860.

Alas, -avros: Ajax. (1) Son of Tela-
mon, king of Salamis, the might-
iest of all the Achaeans, next to
Achilles. A 138, B 557, 768 f.,
T 226 ff. Telamonian Ajax is
always meant when no distin-
guishing epithet is used. (2) Son
of Oileus, swift-footed leader of
the Locrians. B 527 ff. He was
shipwrecked and drowned on the
voyage home from Troy, —
Throughout the battles of the
Iliad, the two Αἴαντε stand near
one to the other, and are often
mentioned. together.

Αἰγαίων, -wvos : Aegaeon, a hundred-
armed giant of the sea, son of
Poseidon; called Βριάρεως by the
gods. A 404.

atyavén (ai€): javelin, used chiefly
for hunting or in games. B 774.

Αἰγεΐδης : son of Aegeus, Theseus.
A 265.

αἴγειος (aif), adj. : of goatskin.

αἴγειρος, f. : black poplar. A 482.

Αἰγιάλεια: daughter of Adrastus
(E 412), wife of Diomed.

Αἰγιαλός : (1) the north coast of ,
Peloponnesus, on the Corinthian
Gulf, from Corinth to the Elean
frontier; the later Achaea. B 575.

᾿Ω) A town in Paphlagonia.
B 855.

αἰγιαλός : coast, shore. B 210.

Αἰγίλιψ, -ἰπος, f.: a district (?) under
the rule of Odysseus. B 633.

Ne at

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD 5

Atyiva: Aegina, island in the Sa-
ronic Gulf. B 562.

Αἴγιον : city in Achaea. B 574.

alyi-oxos (€yw): aegis-bearing, freq.
epithet of Zeus, esp. in the gen.
Διὸς αἰγιόχοιο. A 202, 222.

alyis, -ίδος : aegis; the shield of
Zeus, wrought by Hephaestus ;
prob. an emblem of the thunder-
storm. Described E 738 ff.; ef.
B 447 f. Athena also holds it (or
one) in B 447, E738 ff. See Fig.

αἴγλη : gleam, brightness. B 458.

αἰγλή-εις : gleaming, bright-shining.

αἰδέομαι. and alSopar, aor. pass.
partic. aiderOeis (αἰδώςν : feel hon-
orable shame or self-respect, rev-
erence, am abashed before.

ἀ-ίδηλος (d-¢id-): (making unseen),
destructive, destroying. E 897.

᾿Α-ίδης, gen. ᾿Αἔδεω and “Aidos, dat.
"Aid, ᾿Αἰδωνῆι (¢8-) : Hades, god
of the unseen lower world. His
realm is the home of the dead,
and in the Jliad it is beneath the
earth (cf. Θ 16, I 568 ff., Y 61,
X 482), while in the Odyssey
Odysseus sails to it, across

Oceanus (κ 508 ff.), and finds in
it a faint, ghostly imitation of life
on earth. Freq. are the elliptical
expressions εἰς ᾿Αἔδαο (sc. ddpuovs),
"Αἴδος εἴσω, to the realms of Hades.

αἰδοῖος (αἰδώς) 3: revered, honored,
modest. B 514, Z 250.

αἴδομαι : see αἰδέομαι.

ἄ-ιδρις, -εως (olda) : witless. T 219.

"AiSevets: parallel form of ’Addys.

αἰδώς, acc. αἰδῶ or αἰδόα : shame, sense
of honor; often in a good sense
for which a word is lacking in
English. Also shame, disgrace.
Nakedness, genitalia. B 262.

αἰεί, αἰέν [dei] (aevum, ever): al-
ways.

ale-yevérns : ever-existing, immortal,
eternal. Cf. αἰὲν ἐόντες A 290.

αἰὲν ἐόντες : ever-living, equiv. to
the preceding.

ἀίζηλος : unseen, in some editions for
ἀρίζηλος. B 318.

αἰζηός, adj. as subst. : vigorous youth.

αἰθαλό-εις, -eooa: smoky, sooty.
Epithet of the μέλαθρον. The
Homeric house had no chimneys.
B 415.

αἴθε: introduces a wish, as A 415.

αἰθήρ, -έρος, f.: the pure upper aether
above the clouds, in contrast with
the lower ἀήρ. αἰθέρι ναίων : dwell-
ing in the aether, i.e. in the sky.

Al®ixes, pl.: a people in Thessaly, on
the slopes of Mt. Pindus. B 744.

Αἰθίοπες, pl., ace. Αἰθιοπῆας : Aethio-
pians, living in two nations, at
the extreme east and west, on
the borders of Oceanus. They

6 VOCABULARY TO THE

are pious men, loved and visited
by the gods. a 238, A 423.
αἰθόμενος (aestus): burning, blazing.
αἴθουσα (aedes): portico, corridor.
The pl. is used of the two, one
(αἴθουσα αὐλῆς) an outer corridor,
through which a passage led from
without into the court; the other
(αἴθουσα δώματος), through which
a passage led from the court into
the house.
aldo, acc. αἴθοπα: bright, gleaming,
esp. of bronze and wine. A 462.
Αἴθρη: Acthra, daughter of Pittheus,
wife of Aegeus, mother of The-
seus. She accompanied Helen to
Troy as slave. T 144.
αἴθων, -wvos: bright (of iron, A 485),
brown, tawny, bay.
αἴ κε: equiv. to εἰ ἄν, ἐάν, if, with
the subjunctive. A 128, 207.
αἷμα, -atos: blood, race, descent.
αἱματό-εις : bloody, bleeding. B 267.
Aipoviins: Maeon. A 394,
Αὕμων, -ovos: a Pylian leader. A296.
αἵμων, -ovos: skilled, with gen. E49.
Αἰνείας, gen. Aiveiao, Aiveiw (8 34 c):
Aenéas, the hero of the Aeneid, son
of Anchises and Aphrodite, the
bravest of the Trojans, next to
his third cousin Hector. E 468.
He was severely wounded by
~ Diomed, but was rescued by his
mother, and healed by Apollo in
his temple; he led one of the
battalions against the Achaean
wall; he met Achilles, and would
have been slain by him but for
the intervention of Poseidon.

He was of the royal family of
Troy, and the gods had decreed
that he and his descendants
should rule over the Trojan race.
Y 215 ff., 307 f.

αἰνέω (aivos): praise, commend.

Αἰνόθεν : from Aenus. A 520.

alvés 3: dread, dreadful, terrible, hor-
rible. aiva: cognate acc., adv.
with τεκοῦσα. A 414.

alvétraros: most dread, esp. with
Κρονίδη. A 552, A 25.

A 531.

αἰνῶς : dreadfully, terribly, mightily.

αἴξ, αἰγός : goat. Τ' 24, A 105.

alas: aor. partic. of ἀίσσω, rush.

Αἰολίδης : son of Aeolus, Sisyphus.
Z 154.

αἰολο-θώρηξ : with bright, shining cui-
rass. A 489.

αἰολο-μίτρης : with bright, shining belt
of mail (witpn). E 707.

αἰολό-πωλος : with (quick-moving) fast
horses. Τ' 185.

αἰόλος : (quick-moving), bright. E295.

αἰπεινός (aids) 3: lofty, high-lying.

αἰπόλιον : herd of goats, herd. B 474.

αἰπόλος (αἴξ, πελ-): (goat-tender),
goatherd, herdsman. A 275.

Atri: town under Nestor’s rule.
B 592. .

αἰπύς, aimeia: lofiy, towering, steep,
sheer. αἰπὺν ὄλεθρον : utter destruc-
tion. B 538, Z 57.

Αἰπύτιος, adj.: of Aepytus, an old
Arcadian hero. B 604.

aipéw, fut. αἱρήσομεν, aor. εἷλε or
ἕλε: take, grasp, seize, gain, cap-
ture, overcome ; mid. choose.

αἴνυμαι : take.

—s~_- SE ———E——— <= - Ύ συ ee _- . a

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD 7

αἶσα (αἴνυμαι 2): share, lot, allotted
portion, term of life.
as is (my) due, equiv. to αἴσιμα.
Αἴσηπος: Aesépus. (1) A river in
Trojan Lycia, emptying into the
Propontis near Cyzicus. B 825.
(2) Son of Bucolion, slain by
Euryalus. Z 21.
αἴσιμος (αἶσαν): fitting, suitable, due.
ἀίσσω [ἄσσω], aor. Higa, ἀίξας, aor.
pass. as mid. ἠίχθη : rush, hasten.
καθ᾽ ἵππων ἀΐξαντε: leaping down
from the chariot. χαῖται ἀΐσσονται:
the (hair) mane floats. Z 510.
Αἰσνήτης : an old Trojan. B 793.
αἴσυλος : dreadful, horrible. E 403.
αἴσχιστος : ugliest. B 216.
αἶσχος, -εος : shame, disgrace, reproach,
insult, T 242, Z 351.
αἰσχρός: disgraceful, reproachful.
αἰσχύνω: disgrace, bring shame upon.
alréw: ask, beg, request. Z 176.
αἴτιος 3: accountable, guilty, to blame.
Αἰτώλιος and Αἰτωλός : an Aetolian.
Αἰτωλοί: Aetolians. B 638, A 527.
αἰχμάζω, fut. αἰχμάσσουσι : wield the
lance (aixpyn), brandish. Δ 324.
αἰχμή : lance point, point, lance, spear.
αἰχμητής (also αἰχμητά ἘΞ 197):
spearman, warrior, equiv. to ἀγχι-
μαχητής, With an implication of
bravery. Cf. ἐγχέσπαλος.
αἶψα: straightway, quickly. A 303.
αἰών, -ὥνος (ἀεί) : duration of life, life.
᾿Ακάμας, -avtos (κάμνω): Acamas.
(1) Thracian, slain by Ajax.
B 844, E 462, Z 8. (2) Son of
Antenor, leader of Dardanians.
B 823.

Ν >
κατα, OLOGY :

G-kdparos (κάμνω) : unwearied, un-

wearying. Epithet of fire. E 4.
ἀκαχίζω, perf. partic. ἀκαχήμενος

and ἀκηχεμένη: mid. grieve, am
troubled. Cf. ἀχέω. Z 486.
ἀκέομαι, Aor. ἠκέσατο (ἄκος, panacea) :
heal, cure. E448.
ἀκέων : silent, quiet. Generally inde-
clinable, but also fem. ἀκέουσα.
Cf. axnv. A 34, 565.
ἀ-κήδεστος (κήδομαι) : uncared for,
unburied (of a corpse). Z 60.
ἀκήν, adv. acc.: quietly, still, hushed.
Cf. ἀκέων. T 95, A 429.
ἀ-κήριος : heartless, cowardly. E 812.
ἀκηχεμένη : perf. partic. of ἀκαχίζω.
ἄ-κοιτις (κοίτη, κεῖμαι) fem.: (bed
mate), wife, spouse. Cf. ἄλοχος,
Γ 447, Z 350. .
ἀκοντίζω, aor. ἀκόντισε and ἀκοντίσ-
σαντος: hurl the javelin (ἄκων),
hurl. A 498,
ἄ-κοσμος : unordered, disorderly, un-
fitting. B 213.
ἀκοστάω (ἀκοστή, barley): am well
fed (of a horse). Z 506.
ἀκονάζω: hear. πρώτω δαιτὸς ἀκουά-
ζεσθον: “you two are the first
invited to a feast.” A 343.
ἀκούω, aor. ἤκουσα OF ἄκουσα (hear) :

παράκοιτις.

hear, give ear, obey, learn,
“ answer.”
ἀ-κρᾶαντος (kpaaivw): unfulfilled,

unaccomplished. B 138.
ἄκρη (strictly fem. of ἄκρος) (acus,
edge): summit, cape, promontory.
ἄ-κρητος (κεράννυμιν : unmixed, pure.
σπονδαὶ ἄκρητοι: libations where no
water was mixed with the wine.

8 VOCABULARY TO THE

ἀκριτό-μυθος: endless -pratiler, of
Thersites. B 246.

ἄ-κριτος (κρίνω) : (unseparated), con-
Jused, immoderate, unreasonable,
unnumbered, endless. B 796, Γ 412.

ἀκριτό-φυλλος : with countless leaves,
leafy. B 868.

ἀκρό-κομος (κόμη) : with hair upon the
crown of the head, i.e. with hair
bound in a knot on top of the
head (or with ἃ scalp-lock).
A 533.

ἀκρο-πόλος : high-towering, lofty.

ἄκρος (acer) 3, superl. ἀκρότατος:
uttermost, highest. Only of place.
ἄκρη πόλις: equiv. to ἀκρόπολις.
ἄκρην χεῖρα : the end of the arm, the
hand. ἐπ᾽ ἄκρῳ ῥυμῷ: on the tip of
the pole. ἀκροτάτη κόρυς : very top
of the helmet. A 499, Z 470.

ἀκτή: headland, promontory, shore.

᾿Ακτορίων : descendant of Actor, of
his grandsons. B 621.

"Axrwp,-opos: sonof Azeus. Β 519.

ἀκωκή (axK-): point, ἐν. E 16, 67.

ἄκων, -ovTos: javelin. A 187.

ἅλα-δε (GAs): to the sea. A 308.

ἀλαλητός (ἀλαλά = hurrah): a loud
shout, war cry.

᾿Αλαλκομενηΐς (ἀλάλκω, ward off):
epithet of Athena, as the De-

A 8, E 908.

ἀλάομαι : wander. Z 201.

ἀλαπαδνός 3, comp. ἀλαπαδνότερος :
weak, powerless, unwarlike.

ἀλαπάζω, fut. ἀλαπάξεις : sack, de-
stroy. E 166.

᾿Αλάστωρ, -opos:
A 295. (2) A Lycian.

Jender, Protector.

(1) ἃ Pylian.
E 677.

ἀλγέω, aor. partic. ἀλγήσας: suffer
pain, ache. B 269.

ἄλγος, -eos: grief, pain, trouble, woe.

ἀλεγεινός 3: painful, grievous.

ἀλεγίζω (cf. ἀλέγω, negligo): re-
gard, heed.

ἀλεείνω : avoid, shun. Z 167.
᾿Αλείσιον : place in Elis. B 617.
ἀλείτης : sinner, evil doer, T 28.

᾿Αλέξανδρος (ἀλέξω, ἀνήρ, warder-off
of men): Alexander, perhaps the
Greek translation of Paris (and
used four times as freq.). Son
of Priam, husband of Helen, and
thus the author of the Trojan
War. His single combat with
Menelaus, the earlier husband of
Helen, is described in Γ 16 ff.
For his home, see Z 313 ff. Only
in one (late) passage (Q 29 f.)
does Homer mention the ‘ Judg-
ment of Paris.’

ἀλέξω, fut. partic. ἀλεξήσοντα (ἀλκή,
Alexander): ward off, hence (with
dat. of interest) defend. Z 109.

ἀλέομαι or ἀλεύομαι, aor. ἀλεύατο
(8 48 h), δου. subjv. ἀλεώμεθα :
escape, avoid. ἀλευάμενον : in flight.
E 28, 444.

ἀληθής, -es: true.
truth. Z 382.

᾿Αλήιον πεδίον: the Aléan plain in
Asia Minor, where Bellerophon |
wandered. Z 201.

ἀλήμεναι: gather, aor. pass. inf. of

ἀληθέα: truly, the

εἴλω, crowd together. E 823.
ἄλθομαι: am healed. E 417.

᾿Αλίαρτος : Haliartus, in Boeotia, on
Lake Copais. B 503,

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD 9

ἀ-λίαστος : (unbending), mighty, vio-
lent. B97.

ἀλίγκιος : resembling, like. Z 401.

“Αλιζῶνες, pl.: a people who dwelt in
Bithynia on the Euxine. B 856.

“Adwos: a Lycian, slain by Odysseus.
E 678.

ἅλιος : fruitless, ineffectual, in vain.

ἅλιος (GAs): of the sea, dwelling in the
sea. A 538.

ἅλις (ράλις), adv.: in throngs, enough.

ἁλίσκομαι, aor. partic. ἁλοῦσα and
ἁλόντε (fad-): am captured, taken.
E 487, B 374, A 291.

"Αλκανδρος:; a Lycian, slain by
Odyssens. E 678.

ἄλκαρ : defense, protection. EK 644.

ἀλκή, dat. ἀλκί: defense, help, strength
for defense, courage, bravery.

"Adxynotis: Alcestis, daughter of
Pelias, who died for her hus-
band Admétus. B715. Her de-
yotion to her husband became
proverbial, and her death is the
theme of a play of Euripides.

ἄλκιμος (ἀλκή): brave, courageous,
mighty, strong in defense.

ἀλλά: but, yel, on the other hand.
Sometimes correlative with μέν.
Sometimes in apod., as A 82,
281.

ἄλλῃ, adv., strictly dat. of ἄλλος:
elsewhere, i.e. away (from me).

&-AAnkrov (λήγω), adv.: unceasingly.

ἀλλήλων, ἀλλήλοισι, ἀλλήλους (ἄλλος
ἄλλου) : each other.

ἀλλο-δαπός : foreign. ἀλλοδαποί: men
of other lands. T 48,

ἄλλο-θεν: from another side. ἄλλο-

θεν ἄλλος : one on one side, another
on another. B75.
ἀλλοῖος (ἄλλος): of other quality.
ἀλλοῖός τις : a different sort of man.
ἅλλομαι, aor. dAto (salio): leap.
ἀλλο-πρόσ-αλλος : (changing from one
side to another), changeable, fickle.
E 831.
ἄλλος (alius) 3: other, another. τὰ
pay... ἄλλα δέ: some... others.
οἱ ἄλλοι: those others. Freq. a noun
is added in appos. Cf ἄλλῃ,
ἄλλως, ἄλλοτε, ἄλλοθεν, ἀλλοδαπός,
ἀλλοπρόσαλλος, ἀλλοῖος, ἀλλότριος.
ἄλλοτε: at another time, once upon a
time. ἄλλοτε, ἄλλοτε: at one time,
at another time. A 590, E 595.
ἀλλότριος ὃ: belonging to another
(ἄλλος, alienus). ἀλλότριος φώς:
( foreigner), alien, enemy. E 214.
ἄλλως : otherwise, i.e. better. E 218.
GAdvre, ἁλοῦσα : aor. partic. of ἁλέ
σκομαι, am captured. B 374.
"Adorn and “Ados: towns under
Achilles’ rule. B 682.
&-hoxos (λέχος): (bed mate), wife.
Cf. ἄκοιτις. B 136, T 301, Z 114.
GAs, ἁλός (salum, salt), fem.: the sea;
esp. the sea near the shore, as dis-
tinguished from both the high
seas and the land. A 358.
ἄλσος, -εος : grove, eSp. a grove con-
secrated to a divinity; hence a
sacred field, even without trees, —
equiy. to τέμενος B 696. Temples
were not frequent in the Homeric
time; the god’s sanctuary was
generally only a grove or inclo-
sure, with an altar. B 506.

10 VOCABULARY TO THE

ἄλτο: aor. of GAAopa.” 88 53, 23 a.

᾿Αλύβη: Alybe, a country near Troy
from which silver came. 6 857.

ἀλυσκάζω: fice, skulk. Z 448,

ἀλύω (ἀλάομαιν) : am frantic, am beside
myself, rave. KE 352.

᾿Αλφειός: (1) Alphéiis, river in Arca-
dia and Elis (flowing past Olym-
pia). B592. (2) The god of the
Alpheiis. E 545. E

᾿Αλωεύς (Thresher, ἀλωήν : father of
Otus and Ephialtes. E 386.

ἀλωή: threshing floor, field (planted
with vines or trees?). E 90.

ἀλώμενος: partic. of ἀλάομαι, wander.

ἄμ: up, along, for ava, by ‘ apocope’
and ‘assimilation’ before z, B, ¢,
as ἂμ πεδίον. E87. ὃ 29 ὁ.

ἅμα (ὁμοῦ, Simu]), adv.: at the same
time, together, with. It is some-
times found with τὲ... καί, and
ἕπεσθαι, and accompanies a ‘dative
of association.’

᾿Αμαζόνες, pl.: Amazons. These war-
like women fought against the
Phrygians. [ 189. They were
slain by Bellerophon. Z 186.

ἄμαθος (sand): sand. EK 587.

ἀμαιμάκετος 3: raging, impetuous.

ἁμαρτάνω, aor. duapte and ἤμβροτες :
miss, fail to hit. A491.

ἁμ-αρτῇ (ἅμα, ap-): at the same time,

E 656.

᾿Αμαρυγκείδης : son of Amarynceus,
Didres. B 622.

ἀμ-βάλλω [ἀναβάλλω]: (throw up,
hold back), put off, postpone.

ἀμ-βα-τός (ἀνά, Baivw): to be ascended,
scaled. Z 434.

at once, together.

ἀ-μβροσίη: ambrosia, food of the
gods and even of their horses.

ἀ μβρόσιος 3 (βροτός): ambrosial,

divine ; used like ἄμβροτος, νεκτά-

peos, and θεῖος of everything at-
tractive and refreshing that comes
from the gods.

ἄ-μβροτος : immortal, divine.

ἀ-μέγαρ-τος (peyaipw): (unenviable),
dreadful. B 420.

ἀμείβω, aor. ἀμείψατο: change, ex-
change; mid. answer, reply.

ἀμείνων, -ov: better, preferable, braver,
mightier, comp. of ἀγαθός.

ἀμέλγω (mul geo, milk): milk. ἀμελ-
youevar: a-milking, being milked.
A 434.

ἀ-μενηνός : powerless, weak, faint.

ἀ-μετρο-επής, -ἐς (ἔπος): of unmeasured
speech, endless talker. B 212.

ἄμμε, Aeolic for ἡμᾶς : us. ὃ 42 a.
ἄμμι, Aeolic for ἡμῖν: us. § 42 a,

ἄ-μμορος (μόρος, μοῖραν : (without por-
tion), ill fated, unhappy. Z 408.

Gpds, for ἡμέτερος : our. ὃ 42 ὃ.
Z 414.

ἄ-μοτον, adv.: ceaselessly, eagerly,
violently. Δ 440, E 518.

ἀμ-πείρω, aor. ἀμπείραντες : put upon
spits, spit. B 426.

ἀμπελό-εις, --σσα (ἄμπελος) : rich in
vines, vine-clad. B 561, T 184.

ἀμ-πεπαλών, aor. partic. of ἀναπάλλω:
brandish, swing, draw back for a
throw. IT 355.

ἀμ-πνύνθη : aor. pass. of ἀναπνέω, re-
vive, “come to.” E 697.

᾿Αμυδών, -Ovos: town in Paeonia, on
the Axius. B 849.

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD 11

᾿Αμύκλαι, pl.: an old Achaean city in
the valley of the Eurdtas, about a
league south of Sparta. Seat of
Tyndareiis and his sons. B 584.
ἀ-μύμων, -ovos: blameless, honorable.
ἀμύνω, aor. ἄμῦνεν : ward off, keep off,
protect, defend, with dat. of inter-
est or ablatival genitive. A 67.
ἀμύσσω, fut. ἀμύξω : (tear), gnaw.
ἀμφῳ-έχυτο : aor. as pass. of ἀμφι-χέω,
pour about. BAl.
ἀμφ-ηρεφής, -es (ἐρέφω) : covered
(closed) both above and below.
A 45.
ἀμφί (ἄμφω), ady. and prep.: (on
both sides), (above and below), about,
around, on the banks of (a river),
for the sake of. Often equiv. to
περί, but περί freq. is used of what
surrounds in a circle. ἀμφ᾽ ὀβε-
λοῖσιν ἔπειραν : they pierced with spits
so that the spit appeared at either
side. ἤριπε δ᾽ ἀμφ᾽ αὐτῷ : but he fell
over him. οἱ ἀμφὶ Πρίαμον : Priam
and his attendants. ἀμφ᾽ “EXevy
μάχεσθαι: fight for Helen. Cf.
apis.
ἀμφ-ιαχυῖαν, perf. partic. as pres.:
shrieking about. B 316.
ἀμφι-βαίνω, perf. ἀμφιβέβηκα: go
about ; perf. has come upon, stand
over (lit. upon both sides of), be-
stride, protect. A 37, 451.
ἀμφί-βασις ( Baivw): defense. E623.
ἀμφί-βροτος 3: man-protecting, only
of the shield (denis). Cf. ἄμφω.
᾿Αμφιγένεια: town under Nestor’s
rule. B 593.

ἀμφι-γνυή-εις (yviov) (ambi-dexter):

strong-armed. Epithet of He-
phaestus; sometimes as a sub-
stantive. <A 607.

ἀμφι-δαίω, perf. ἀμφιδέδηε : burn about,
blaze round about. Z 329.

ἀμφι-δρυφής, -ἐς (Opvrtw): (torn on
both sides), with both cheeks torn
(in grief). B 700.

ἀμφι-έλισσα, fem. adj.: curved at both
ends (or on both sides), shapely.
Epithet of ships, esp. of those
drawn up on shore; only at the
close of the verse. B 165, 181.

ἀμφι-έπω : am busy about. ἀμφιέπον-
tes: busily. B525, E 667.

ἀμφι-καλύπτω, aor. ἀμφεκάλυψε: con-
ceal round about, cover, envelop.

ἀμφι-κύπελλον δέπας : fwo-handled cup
A 584, Z 220.

ἀμφι-μάχομαι: fight about, with ace.

"Apobipaxos: (1) leader of the
Eleans. B 620. (2) A Carian
leader. B 870 ff.

ἀμφι-μέλᾶας, -aiva: black round about,
darkened on all sides (of a mind
dark with passion). A 103.

ἀμφι-νέμομαι: dwell round about,
inhabit. B 521, 574.

"Audios: (1) Trojan leader. B 830.

12 VOCABULARY TO THE

(2) Son of Selagus, slain by Ajax.
E 612.

ἀμφι-πένομαι : am busy about.

ἀμφί-πολος (πέλωγ, fem.: maid, female
attendant, corresponding to the
male θεράπων. Τ' 143, 422.

ἀμφι-ποτάομαι (πέτομαι) : fly round

Β 915.

ἀμφίς : on both sides, separately, in two
ways. ἀμφὶς φράζονται : are divided
in mind, are at variance. ἄξονι

Ch. ἀμφί.

about.

ἀμφίς : on the aale.
B 13, 30.

᾿Αμφιτρύων, -wvos: Amphitryo, hus-
band of Alemena, putative father
of Heracles. E 392.

ἀμφί-φαλος : with double horn. Cf.
φάλος.ς Epithet of a helmet.
E 743. Cf. κόρυς.

᾿ ἀμφι-χέω, aor. mid. as pass. ἀμφέχυτο:
pour about. B41.

ἀμφότερος (ἄμφω) 3: both. In sing.
only neut., always at the begin-
ning of the verse, sometimes intro-
ducing a following ré.. . καί.

Γ 179. ἀμφοτέρῃσιν (sc. xepoiv) :
with both hands. EK 416.

ἀμφοτέρωθεν: (from both sides), on
both sides. E 726.

ἄμφω (ambo, both): both, only nom.
and acc. dual, but freq. const.
with the plural. <A 196, 209.

av: by ‘apocope’ (8 29) for ἀνά, up.

dv: modal ady., indicating a condi-
tion. ‘There is no adequate trans-
lation for ay taken by itself.’ Its
use is not so strictly defined as in
Attic; the subjv. with ay is used
nearly like the fut. ind. or the

potential opt.; the potential opt.
is sometimes found without ay
where the Attic rule would require
it; and its equivalent κέ is used
even with the fut. ind. § 18 ὃ.

In use, ἄν is essentially equiv.
to κέ, which is more frequent.

‘In simple sentences and in the
apodosis of complex sentences, ἄν
and κέν express limitation by cir-
cumstances or condition.’

‘In final clauses which refer to
the future, the use of ay or κέν
prevails.’

‘In conditional clauses the
subjv. and opt. generally take ἄν
or κέν When the governing verb is
a future or in a mode which im-
plies a future occasion.’

τότε κέν μιν πεπίθοιμεν: then we
may persuade him. κείνοισι δ᾽ ἂν

οὔτις μαχέοιτο: but with those no one

would contend. at κέ ποθι Ζεὺς δῷσι:
if Zeus ever grants. τάχ᾽ ἄν ποτε
θυμὸν ὀλέσσῃ: he may at some near
time lose his life. εὖτ᾽ ἂν πολλοὶ
πίπτωσι: when many shall fall,
ἀνά, ἄν (§ 29), ἄμ (before labials,
§ 29 δ) (on), ady. and prep.: up,
thereon, upon, along. “ava ἔδραμε:
started back. ἀνὰ στρατόν: (up)
through the camp. ἀν᾽ ὅμιλον:
through the throng. av τε μάχην:
along through the conflict. φρονέων
ἀνὰ θυμόν: considering in mind.
ἀνὰ στόμα: on (your) lips.
στρατόν and κατὰ στρατόν, ἀνὰ ἄστυ
and κατὰ ἄστυ are used with slight
difference of meaning; in such

ava.

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD 13

expressions, metrical convenience
seems to have determined the
choice between ἀνά and κατά.
ἄνα: for ἀνάστηθι, rise. Z331. ὃ 55c.
ἄνα: vocative of ἄναξ, king. T 351.
ἀνα-βαίνω, aor. ἀνέβη and ἀναβάς : go
up, ascend, mount, embark.
ἀνά-βλησις, -ἰος : delay, postponement.
Cf. ἀμβάλλω. B 380.
ἀναγκαίη and ἀνάγκη : necessity, com-

pulsion. τίς τοι ἀνάγκη : what com- —

pels thee? dyvaryxain: of necessity.

ἀνα-γνάμπτω, aor. pass. ἀνεγνάμφθη :
bend back, turn. T 348.

ἀν-άγω, aor. ἀνήγαγεν : lead up, bring
back; mid. put to sea (opp. to
κατάγεσθαι). A 478, Z 292.

ἀνα-δέχομαι, aor. ἀνεδέξατο: take up,
receive. E619.

ἀνα-δύω, aor. ἀνεδύσετο and ἀνέδυ :
dive up, appear from below, rise.

ava-Onréw, fut. ἀναθηλήσω: bloom
again, put forth new leaves. A 236.

ἀν-αιδείη (αἰδώς) : shamelessness, inso-
lence. A 149.

ἀν-αιδής, -és: shameless, pitiless.

ἀν-αίμων, -ovos (αἷμαν) : bloodless (of
the gods). E 342.

dv-aipéw, aor. partic. ἀνελών, aor. mid.
ἀνέλοντο: take up. A 449.

év-Gtoow, aor. opt. dvaifeev, aor.
partic. dvaigas: start up, spring
up, rise. A 584, T 216, A114.

ἀνα-κλίνω, aor. inf. ἀνα-κλῖναι, aor.
partic. ἀγκλένας : lean upon, lean
back, bend up. dvaxXivar νέφος :
roll back (i.e. open) the cloud, E751.

ἀν-αλκείη (GAKy) : weakness,
ardice. ἀναλκείῃσι, δαμέντες : over-
Z 74.
ἄν-αλκις, -ἰδος : powerless, weak, cow-
ardly. B 201, E 331, 349.
ἀνα-νεύω : (nod up), refuse, deny (a
request); opp. to κατανεύω, indi-
cate and confirm assent by a nod.
ἄναξ, gen. ἄνακτος, voc. ἄνα (ράναξ) :
(protecting lord), king, lord, master.
Epithet of godsand princes. ἄναξ
ἀνδρῶν : king of men. Epithet esp.
of Agamemnon. Αἴ.
ἀνα-πάλλω, aor. partic. ἀμπεπαλών :
brandish. T 355, E 280.

cou-

come by their cowardice.

ἀνα-πίμπλημι, aor. subjv. ἀναπλήσης :

fill up, fulfill, complete. A170. .
ἀνα-πνέω, aor. pass. ἀμπνύνθη: take
breath, revive. E 697.
ἀν-άποινος (ἄποινα) : unransomed,
Sreely, without price. A 99.
av-apxos (anarchy): without leader,
uncommanded. B 703, 726.
ἀνάσσω (cavat) : rule over, reign, am
defender, master, lord of. Freq.
with dat. of interest. Μυρμιδό-
veoow ἄνασσε: (reign for the Myr-
midons), reign over the Myrmidons.
ἀνα-στάς : standing up; aor. partic.
of ἀνίστημι, set up. A 387.
dva-orqoeev: Ist aor. opt. of
ἀνίστημι, cause to stand up, rouse
rom their seats. A 191.
ἀνα-σχεῖν, ἀνάσχεο, ἀνασχέσθαι, dva-
σχόμενος, ἀνασχών : aor. οὗ ἀνέχω,
hold up; mid. endure. ἀνασχόμενος:
drawing back, “hauling off.”

ἀν-ακοντίζω (ἄκων) : dart up, shoot up,“ ἀνα-τέλλω, aor. ἀνέτειλε: send up,

spurt up (of blood). E113.

cause to grow. E 777.

14 VOCABULARY TO THE

ἀνα-τρέπω, 20r. ἀνετράπετο: turn
over; aor. fell back. Z 64. Ἶ
ἀνα-φαίνω : (show up), reveal. <A 87.

ἀνα-χάζομαι : draw back, withdraw,
yield. E 443, 600.

dva-xwpéo, aor. ἀναχωρήσας: draw
back, yield, retreat. E107.

ἀνα-ψύχω : cool, refresh. E795.

ἁνδάνω, impf. ἥνδανε or avdave, aor.
inf. ἁδεῖν (cavdavw, ἡδύς, 5ὰ Δ 60,
suavis, sweet, cad-): please, am
acceptable. A 24.

᾿Ανδραίμων, -ovos : Andraemon, father
of Thoas. B 638.

ἀνδρεϊ-φόντης (φόνος) : man-slaying,
of Ἐνυάλιος. Β 651.

ἀνδρο-κτασίη (κτανεῖν) : slaughter of
men. E909.

᾿Ανδρομάχη: Andromache, wife of
Hector, daughter of Eetion (king
of Theba). Z 394 ff. Her father
and brothers were slain by Achil-
les. Z 414 ff.

ἀνδρο-φόνος : man-slaying.
esp. of Hector and Ares.

Epithet

A 441.

ἀν-έβη : aor. of ἀναβαίνω, go. up,
rise.

ἀν-εγνάμφθη : aor. of ἀναγνάμπτω,
bend back. T 348.

ἀν-εδέξατο : aor. of ἀναδέχομαι, receive.
E 619.

ἀν-ἔδυ and ἀνεδύσετο : aor. of ἀνα-
δύω, dive up to, appear from.

ἀν-εέργω : check, hold back. Τ' ΤΊ.

ἀν-έηκεν : aor. οἵ ἀνίημι, urge on.

ἄν-ειμι, pres. partic. ἀνιόντα (εἶμι :

Z 480.

ἀν-είρομαι (ἔρομαιν) : ask, inquire.

ἀν-εκ-τός (ἀνέχω) : endurable. A 573.

come back, return.

ἀν-ἔλοντο, ἀνελών : aor. of ἀναιρέω,
take up. A 449, 301, Β 410.

ἄνεμος, -οἱο (animus): wind. Homer
knows but four winds: Eipos,
East wind, Βορέης, North wind,
Ζέφυρος, West wind, Νότος, South
wind.

ἀνεμώλιος (ἄνεμος) : (windy), empty,
useless, idle, in vain, to no purpose.
A 355, E 216.

᾿Ανεμώρεια : townin Phocis. B 521.

ἀν-ένενε : impf. of ἀνανεύω (nod up,
i.e. shake the head), refuse. Ζ 511.

ἀν-έντες : aor. partic. of ἀνίημι, urge on.

ἀν-έξομαι : fut. of ἁ ἀνέχομαι, suffer,
allow. EK 895.

ἀνέρες, ἀνέρι, ἀνέρας : from ἀνήρ, man.

Δ 892, Ζ 187.

ἀν-έσταν [ἀνέστησαν], ἀνέστη : stood
up, rose, aor. of ἀνίστημι, set up.

ἀν-έσχετο, ἀνέσχον : aor. of ἀνέχω,
hold up, raise. Τ' 318, E 655,

ἀν-ἔτειλε : aor. Of ἀνατέλλω, send up.

ἀν-έρχομαι : return.

ἀν-ετράπετο:: aor. of ἀνατρέπω, turn

over; aor. fell back. Z 64.

Gvevde(v), adv.: far, away from,
without. ἄνευθε θεοῦ : without divine
help.

ἀν-εχάζετο, impf. of ἀναχάζομαι,

draw back. KE 4438, 600.

ἀν-έχω, fut. ἀνέξομαι and ἀνσχή-
σεσθαι, aor. ἀνέσχον: hold up,
lift, raise; mid. hold up under, am
patient, endure, suffer, allow ; draw
up.

ἀν-εχώρησεν : aor. Of ἀναχωρέω, draw
back. T 35.

ἄνεῳ : speechless, dumb, mute. (Prob.
an old adj. in nom. pl.) B 323.

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD 15

ἀν-ἤγαγεν aor., ἀνῆγες impf.: of ἀνά-
yo, bring back. Z 292.

ἀν-ήῃ [ἀνῇ, ὃ 52 ce] aor. subjv.,
ἀνῆκε aor. ind.: of ἀνίημι, let go,
urge on.

ἀν-ἤκεστος (ἄκος) : incurable, unen-
durable. E 894.

ἀν-ηκόντιζε : impf. of ἀνακοντίζω, dart
up, shoot up, spurtup. E113.

ἀνήρ, gen. ἀνδρός or ἀνέρος, dat.
avépt, nom. pl. ἀνέρες, dat. pl.
ἀνδράσι or ἄνδρεσσι: man, vir,
in contrast with boy, woman, or
divinity. ἀνέρες ἔστε: be (brave)
men! In military use, equiv. to
μαχητής, warrior. In πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν
τε θεῶν τε, father of both men and
gods (of Zeus), ἄνδρες is used of
the human race (like ἄνθρωποι).
ἀνήρ is sometimes added to eth-
nic names, as Livres ἄνδρες, Adp-
davos ἀνήρ, or to the name of a
class; see on B 474.

ἀν-ήσει: fut. of ἀν-ίημι, urge on.

᾿Ανθεμίδης : son of Anthemio, Si-
moisius. A 488.

᾿Ανθεμίων, -wvos: a Trojan. Δ 473.

ἀνθεμό-εις, -εντος (ἄνθος) : flowery,
abounding in flowers. B 467.

ἀνθερεών, -ὥνος : chin. A 501, T 372.

᾿Ανθηδών, -dvos: town on the Euri-
pus, about seven miles from
Chaleis. B 508, .

ἄνθος, pl. ἄνθεα : flower. B 468.

ἄνθρωπος : man, human being, homo.

dvidw, aor. partic. ἀντηθέντα (onus) :

B 291.

ἀν-ίημι, 2d pers. ind. ἀνιεῖς, fem.
partic. ἀνιεῖσα, fut. ἀνήσει, aor.

grieve, vex, wear out.

ἀνῆκε Or ἀνέηκεν, aor. subjv. ἀνήῃ,
aor. partic. ἀνέντες : (send up),
let go, free, urge on.

ἀν-ιόντα : partic. of ἄνειμι, come back,
return. Z 480.

ἄ-νιπτος (virtw): unwashed. Z 266,

ἀν-ίστημι, pres. mid. partic. ἀνιστά-
μενος, fut. inf. ἀνστήσεσθαι, 1st
aor. opt. ἀναστήσειεν, 2d aor. ind.
ἀνέστη, ἀνστήτην, ἀνέσταν [ave
στησανῦ, aor. partic. ἀναστάς,
ἀνστάντες : set up, raise, cause to
rise, in pres. and Ist aor. act.;
stand up, rise, in 2d aor. and mid.
Often with dat. of interest, τοῖσι
δ᾽ ἀνέστη, he rose for them, sc. to
address them.

ἀν-ορούω, aor. ἀνόρουσε: start up,

A 248.

Gv-otraros (οὐτάμεναι) : unwounded
by a weapon held in the hand,
opp. to ἄβλητος,Ἠ unhit by a
missile. A 540.

ἀν-στάντες aor. partic., ἀνστήσεσθαι
fut., ἀνστήτην aor. ind.: of ἀνέ
στημι, raise up, rise. B 398.

ἀν-σχήσεσθαι : fut. of ἀνέχομαι, en-

rise.

dure, allow. E 104, 285.
ἄντα: opposite, over against. Cf.
ἄντην. B 626.

ἀντ-άξιος: of like worth, of equal
value, equivalent. A 136.

ἀντάω, aor. ἤντησα: meet. Z 399.

"Avraa: wife of Proetus. Z 160.
(Stheneboea in the tragic poets.)

ἀντ-ετόρησεν : aor. of ἀντιτορέω, pierce.
E 337.

ἄντην: equiv. to ἄντα, opposite, to
(my) face, openly. A 187.

16 VOCABULARY TO THE

Avrnvopt8ns : son of Antenor. 1123.
᾿Αντήνωρ, -opos (cf. ἀντιάνειραγ :
Antenor, one of the wisest Trojan
princes (the Trojan Nestor) who
always favored peace and the re-
turn of Helen. He was the father
of many doughty sons, seven of
whom were slain in the battles
of the Iliad. He received Mene-
laus and Odysseus at his house,
when they came to Troy as am-
bassadors. Τ' 205 ff. He accom-
panied Priam to the field, to
strike a truce. IT 262.
ἀντία, adv.: opposite. Cf. ἀντίος.
ἀντι-άνειρα (ἀνήρ) : matched with men
in battle, like to men, of the
Amazons. Γ 189, Z 186.
ἀντιάω, subjv. ἀντιόωσιν, fem. partic.
ἀντιόωσαν (§ 47 ©), aor. partic.
ἀντιάσας (ἄντα) : meet, approach,
partake of, share, recewe. Cf.
ἄντομαι. Α 81.
ἀντι-βίην, adv.: with opposing might ;
originally cognate acc.; sc. ἔριδα.
dvri-Bios (Bin): opposing, hostile.
ἀντίβιον μαχέσασθαι: fight against
in hand-to-hand conflict. T 20.
ἀντι-βολέω, aor. inf. ἀντιβολῆσαι
(BarAw): go to meet, take part in.
évrl-Beos 3: god-like, with no esp.
_ reference to moral qualities.
ἀντικρύς, adv.: (opposite, against),
straight forward, straight through.
᾿Αντίλοχος : Antilochus, eldest son of
Nestor, a distinguished warrior,
and friend of Achilles. See
P 652 ff., Ψ 556.
meeting, to meet, in friendly

-

ἀγαθός.
ἀντίος 3:

or hostile sense. ἀντίον is used ad-
verbially. ἀντώον εἶπον: opposed. av-
τίον εἶμι : go against, with genitive.

ἀντι-πέραια (πέρας), neut. pl. as
subst.: the opposite fields, the oppo-
site coast. B 635.

ἀντι-τορέω, aor. ἀντετόρησεν : pierce.

ἀντι-φέρω: bear against; mid. bear
myself against, oppose. A 589.

"Avrupos: (1) Greek ally from the
Sporades. B 678. (2) Leader
of the Maeonians. B 864,
(3) Son of Priam. Δ 489.

ἄντομαι (ἄντα): meet. Cf. ἀντιάω.

᾿Αντρών, -ὥνος : town under the rule
of Protesilatis. B 697.

ἄντυξ, -vyos, fem.: rim, of shield
or chariot. E 262, Z 118.

ἄνυσις, -ἰος : accomplishment, ful/fill-
ment. ἄνυσις δ᾽ οὐκ ἔσσεται:
“they will not attain what they
desire and plan.” B 347.

ἀνύω : accomplish, gain anything.

ἄνωγα (perf. as pres.), impf. ἄνωγον,
plpf. as impf. ἠνώγει or ἀνώγειν
(8 30 1): command, order, bid,
A 318.

Gtavre: aor. partic. of ἄγνυμι, break.

ἄξει fut., dgere aor. imv.: of ἄγω,
lead, bring. T 105.

᾿Αξιός: Axius, river in Macedonia,
emptying into the Thermaean
Gulf. B 849.

ἄξιος (ἄγω): (of equal weight), of
equal value, suitable (of a ransom).

ἄξον : aor. imy. of ἄγνυμι, break.

"Αξῦλος : Axylus, Trojanfrom Arisbe,
slain by Diomed. Z 12.

ἄξων (axis): azle of chariot. E 838.

———=—~SsSa= =

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD 17

ἀοιδή [φδή] (ἀείδω): song, gift of song.

ἀοίδιμος : sung of, subject of song.
Z 358.

ἀολλής, -ἐς (εἴλων : all together, with
closed ranks. E 498,

ἀολλίζω, aor. ἀόλλισαν : collect, bring
together. Z 270, 287.

᾿Απαισός (Παισός, E 612): town of
Mysia. B 828.

ἀ-πάλαμνος (παλάμη): (without de-
vice), helpless. E 597.

ἀπ-αλοιάω, aor. ἀπηλοίησεν : crush.
Δ 522.

ἁπαλός 3: tender, delicate, soft.

ἀπ-αμείβομαι: reply, answer. Freq.
in the formula τὸν δ᾽ ἀπαμειβό-
μενος προσέφη, where the acc. is
const. with προσέφη. A 84.

ἀπ-άνευ-θε, adv.: away, apart, aside,
sometimes with ablatival gen.,
away from. A 48, 549, B 391.

amas, ἅπᾶσα, ἅπαν (strengthened
mas): all, all together. A 535.

ἀπ-άτερ-θε(ν) (ἄτερ), adv.: separately,

apart, with gen. E 445.

ἀπάτη : deceit, trick. A 168.

ἀπατηλός : deceptive, deceitful. A 526.

ἀπ-έβη and ἀπεβήσετο : aor. of ἀπο-
βαίνω, depart. B35, Z 116.

ἀπ-εδέξατο : aor. of ἀποδέχομαι, accept.
A 95.

ἀπ-ἐδυσε: aor. of ἀποδύω, strip off.

ἀπ-έδωκε : aor. of ἀποδίδωμι, give back,
pay, render, A478.

ἀπειλέω, fut. ἀπειλήσω, aor. ἠπεί
λησεν and ἀπείλησαν (dred):
threaten. ἠπείλησεν μῦθον: (he
threatened a word), he uttered a
threat. A 181, 388.

ἄπ-ειμι, partic. ἀπεόντος (εἰμί): am
away. Z 362.
ἀ-πείρων, -ovos: boundless, limitless.
ἀπ-έκτανε : aor. Of ἀποκτείνω, slay.
ἀ-πέλεθρος (πέλεθρονν) : immeasurable,
infinite. E 245,
ἀπ-ενάσσατο : aor. οὗ ἀποναίομαι, emi-
grate. B 629.
ἀπ-εόντος : partic. of ἄπειμι, am away.
ἀ-περείσιος (πέρα) 3: boundless,
countless. A 13, Z 49, 427.
ἀπ-ερύκω : keep off, ward off, avert.
ἀπ-εσσύμενον perf. partic., ἀπέσσυτο
plpf. : of ἀποσσεύομαι, hasten away.
ἀπ-έστη : stepped back, aor. of adi
στημι, set back. YT 33.
ἀπ-ἐτῖσαν : aor. of ἀποτίνω, pay.
ἀπ-εχθαίρω, aor. subjv. ἀπεχθήρω
(ἔχθος) : hate violently. Τ' 415.
ἀπ-εχθάνομαι, aor. ἀπήχθετο: am
hated. YT 454, Z 140, 200.
ἀπ-έχω, aor. subjv. ἀπόσχῃ : hold off,
keep far away. Z 96, 277.
ἀπ-ηλοίησεν : aor. of ἀπαλοιάω, crush.
ἀ-πήμων (πῆμαν : unharmed. A 415.
ἀπ-ηνής, -έος : (unkind), harsh, cruel.
ἀπ-ηύρα, ἀπηύρων : took away. See
ἀπούρας. A 430, Z 17.
ἀπ-ήχθετο : aor. of ἀπεχθάνομαι.
ἀ-πιθέω, aor. ἀπίθησε (πείθων : dis-
obey. A 220.
ἄπιος (ἀπό) 3: distant, remote.
τηλόθεν ἐξ ἀπίης γαίης : from far
away —a remote land. A 270.
ἄπιστος : faithless, untrustworthy.
ἀπό (ab, off), adv. and prep. : away,
off, from, back. The adv. is freq.
attended by an ablatival gen.
ap ἵππων ἄλτο: leaped from his

_—

18 VOCABULARY TO THE

chariot. ἀπὸ χθονὸς ὥρνυτο: on the
ground he set out. μένων ἀπὸ ἧς ἀλό-
χοιο : remaining away from his wife.
ἀπὸ πατρίδος αἴης : absent from his
fatherland. ἀπὸ θυμοῦ: far from
(my) heart.
ἀπο-αιρέομαι and ἀφαιρέομαι, fut.
ἀφαιρήσεσθαι, aor. ἀφέλοντο : take
away, deprive for my own interest.
ἀπο-βαίνω, aor. ἀπεβήσετο or ἀπέβη:
go off, dismount. E133, A 428,
ἀπό-βλητός (βάλλων: to be cast off;
to be rejected, despicable. IT 65.
ἀπο-γυιόω, aor, subjv. ἀπογυιώσῃς
(yvia): (lame utterly), weaken.
Z 265.
ἀπο-δέχομαι, aor, ἀπεδέξατο : accept.
ἀπο-δίδωμι, aor. ἀπέδωκε, aor. inf.
ἀποδοῦναι : give back, render, pay.
ἀπο-δύω, aor. ἀπέδυσε: strip off.

ἀπο-είκω: withdraw from, abandon,
with gen. IT 406.

ἀπό-ειπε: imv. of daddy, deny,
refuse. T 406.

ἀπό-ερσε (aor.): carried off, swept
away. Cf. ἀπούρας. Z 348.
ἀπο-θέσθαι : aor. inf. of ἁ ἀποτίθημι,
put of: Τ' 89, Ἐ 492.
ἀπο-θρώσκω : leap off. B 702.
ἄποινα, neut. pl. (ποινή): (recom-
pense), ransom. <A 20, Z 46.
ἀπ-οίσετον : fut. of ἀποφέρω, bear
away. ἘΔ 257.
ἀπο-κρίνω, aor. pass. partic. ἀπο-
κρινθέντε: separate. ἀποκρινθέντε:
apart from their friends. E 12.
ἀπο-κτείνω, aor. ind. ἀπέκτανε, aor.
inf. ἀποκτάμεν : slay, kill. KE 675.
ἀπο-λάμπω : shine, gleam. Z 295,

ἀπ-ολέσθαι aor. inf., ἀπόλεσσαν aor.
ind.: of ἀπόλλυμι, destroy. T 40.

ἀπο-λήγω : cease, die away, die.

ἀπ-όλλυμι, aor. act. ἀπώλεσε and
ἀπόλεσσαν [ἀπώλεσανἾ, aor. mid.
ἀπώλετο and ἀπόλοντο: destroy ;
mid. perish, die, fall (in battle).

᾿Απόλλων, -wvos: Apollo, son of Zeus
and Leto, twin brother of Arte-
mis. God of the sun and light
(hence Φοῖβος, gleaming), of song
(A 603), of herds (B 766), of the
bow (ἑκηβόλος, ἀργυρότοξος), of
health and disease. He is one
of the mightiest gods, freq. asso-
ciated with Zeus and Athena.
He favors the Trojans against
the Greeks. A 36 ff., 451 ff.,
E 344 ff., 508 ff.

ἀπο-λυμαίνομαι : purify myself.

ἀπο-λύω, aor. ἀπέλυσε: release, set
Sree. A 95, Z 427.

ἀπο-μηνίω, aor. partic. ἀπομηνίσας :
give vent to wrath far away. B72.

ἀπ-ομόργνῦμι, aor. ἀπομόρξατο: wipe
away. B 269.

ἀπο-ναίω, aor. ἀπενάσσατο: emigrate,

B 629.

ἀπο-νέομαι : return.

remove.
B 113, Γ 313.
ἀπο-νοστέω, fut. ἀπονοστήσειν (νόσ-
tos): return, go home. A 60.
ἀπο-νόσφι(ν), adv.: apart, away from.
B 233.
ἀπο-παύω, fut. mid. ἀποπαύσεσθαι:
stop from; mid. keep myself away
rom, cease from, stop. E 288.
ἀπο-πέτομαι, aor. mid. partic. ἀπο-
πτάμενος : fly away. B71.
ἀπο-πνείω (πνέων): breathe forth.

΄

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD 19

ἀπο-πτύω : spit forth, belch forth.

ἀπ-όρνυμαι : sel out from. E 105.

ἀπ-ορούω, aor. ἀπόρουσε: leap off,
hasten away. E 20, 836.

ἀπο-ρρήγνῦμι, aor. partic. ἀπορρήξας :
break off, break. Z 507.

ἀπο-ρρώξ (ῥήγνυμι): (what is broken
off), branch (of a river). B 75d.

ἀπο-σσεύομαι, plpf. ἀπέσσυτο as aor.,
perf. partic, as pres. ἀπεσσύμενον :

rush away, hasten away. A 527, ὁ

Z 390.

ἀπο-στείχω, aOr. ἀπόστιχε: go away,
depart. A 522.

ἀπο-σφάλλω, aor. opt. ἀποσφήλειε:
drive far away from. ἀποσφήλειε
πόνοιο : “make yain their labor.”

ἀπό-σχῃ: aor. of ἀπέχω, hold off,
keep far away from. Z 96, 277.

ἀπο-τίθημι, aor. inf. ἀποθέσθαι: put
off, doff. T 89, E 492.

ἀπο-τίνω, fut. ἀποτίσομεν, aor. ἀπέ
τῖσαν : pay, recompense. A 128,

ἀπούρας, aor. partic.: taking away.
(Prob. for do-¢pas. Of this,
ἀπηύρα (or ἀπεύρα) would be the
ind., while ἀπηύρων seems to be
formed from an ἀπευράω.) A 356.
Cf. ἀποέρσε.

ἀπο-φέρω, fut. ind. ἀποίσετον: bear
away. E 257.

ἀπο-φθινύθω : waste away, perish.

ἀπο-φθίνω, aor. partic. ἀποφθίμενον :
perish, die. T 322.

ἄ-πρηκτος (πρήσσω): (unaccom-
plished), ineffectual, fruitless.

ἀ-πριάτην (mpiapu), adv.: unbought,
without money, without ransom.

A 99,

ἀ-πτόλεμος (πόλεμος):
Β 901.

ἅπτομαι, aor. ἥψατο: lay hold of,
touch. A 512, E799.

ἀπ-ωθέω, fut. ἀπώσει: push off, keep
off, remove. A 97.

ἀπ-ώλεσε, ἀπώλετο : aor. of ἀπόλλυμι, -
destroy. E 648, Z 223.

dpa, ῥά (enclit.), dp, ῥ᾽ : so, then, as
you know, you know, it seems. Very
often it marks an action as nat-
ural, or as well-known, or reminds
of something recently said. It
also marks transitions. Freq. it
cannot be translated into Eng.
for lack of an equivalent particle,
but its force must be rendered by
a suitable arrangement of words,
or inflection of voice. It never
stands: at the beginning of a
clause.

ἀραβέω, aor. ἀράβησε (ἄραβος, Eng.
rap): ring, of the armor of fall-
ing warriors. A 504, E 42, 58.

᾿Αραιθυρέη : thought to be the later
Phlius near Corinth. B 571.

ἁραιός 3: (thin), delicate, slender, of
Aphrodite’s hand. E 425.

ἀράομαι, impf. ἠρᾶτο, aor. ἠρήσατο
(dpa, prayer): pray. Z 304.

unwarlike.

ἀραρίσκω, aor. partic. ἄρσαντες, aor.

ind. pape, perf. partic. ἀρηρώς
and ἀραρυῖα (§ 49 g), plpf. ἀρήρειν
(§ 30 1) (dp, ars, arm): join, fit,
suit ; perf..and_plpf. are intrans.,
am fitted, suited. ζωστὴρ ἀρηρώς:
a well-fitting girdle. 6 ot παλά-
μηφιν apypev: which was suited to
his hands,

9

ἀργαλέος : grievous, terrible, difficult.
᾿Αργεῖος ("Apyos) 3:
᾿Αργείη (A 8) since Hera was
the patron goddess of Argos,
᾿Αργείη “Ἑλένη since Helen’s true
home was in Peloponnesus. As
subst., ᾿Αργεῖοι, the Argives, men of
Argos in the broader sense; used
' like ᾿Αχαιοί and Δαναοί, of all the
Greeks. Metrical convenience
often determined the choice be-
tween these three words. ὃ 22 6.
Homer had no one word for
Greeks as distinct from barba-
rians, as he had .none for barba-
rians as distinct from Greeks.
᾿Αργεϊφόντης : Argeiphontes. A freq.
epithet of Hermes, of uncertain
derivation. It is best rendered
as a proper name. B 108.
ἀργεννός (ἀργός) 3: lustrous, with
white sheen, white. Τ' 141, Z 424.
ἀργής, -7Tos: white, glistening.
ἀργινό-εις, -εντος : chalky. B 647.
"Apyiooa: Thessalian town. B 738.
"Apyos, -cos: Argos. (1) Capital of

Argive. Ἥρη

Argolis, seat of Diomed. B 559.

(2) Peloponnesus (Ἄργος ᾽Αχαι-
uov 1141). A 30. (3) Thessaly
(Πελασγικὸν Ἄργος). Β 681. In
Z 456, “Apyos seems to be used
for all Greece, just as ᾿Αργεῖοι is
used for Greeks.

"Apyoo-5e: to Argos. B 348.

ἀργός : (1) swift, (2) white.

ἀργύρεος (ἄργυρος) 3: of silver, silver.
Γ 331, E 727.

ἀργυρο-δίνης : with silver eddies, silver-
eddying. B 753.

90 VOCABULARY TO THE

ἀργυρό-ηλος : silver-studded, studded
with silver nails, of a sword hilt.

ἀργυρό-πεζα : (silver feet), silver footed,
i.e. With beautiful white feet.
Standing epithet of Thetis. Cf.
‘Thetis’ tinsel-slipper’d feet,’ Mil-
ton Comus 877. A 538.

ἄργυρος (argentum): silver. E726.

ἀργυρό-τοξος : silver-bowed, bearer of
the silver bow. Epithet of Apollo.

᾿ ἀρείων, ἄρειον : comp. of ἀγαθός, good,

strong, mighty. Cf. ἄριστος.
ἀρέσκω, fut. ἀρεσσόμεθα (ἀραρίσκωγ :

atone for, satisfy, make right.
A 362.
‘Aperdwv, -ovos: Trojan slain by
Teucer. Z 31.

ἀρήγω, fut. apngev, aor. apnga : aid,
defend. Cf. apwyds. A 521.

ἀρηγών, -dvos, f.: helper, defender.

ἀρήιος : (pertaining to Ares), of war,
warlike, martial, brave. A 98.

ἀρηί-φιλος: dear to Ares. T 21.

᾿Αρήνη : town under Nestor’s rule.
B 591.

ἀρήρειν plpf. (§ 30 1), ἀρηρότος perf.
partic.: of ἀραρίσκω, fit, suit.
T 338.

"Apys, gen. Ἄρεος, dat. “Apei or
"Apyi, acc. “Apya, voc. “Apes or
"Apes: Ares, Mars, son of Zeus
and Hera. God of war, but not
one of the most powerful divin-
ities. Ἔρις (Strife) is his sister ;
Δεῖμος (Terror) and Φόβος (Flight)
are his attendants. A 440 f. His
home is in Thrace. He is on
the side of the Trojans in the
action of the Iliad, His name

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD 21

is freq. used for batile, war, fury
of war.

ἀρητήρ, -ἦρος (ἀράομαι) : (one who
prays), priest. A 94.

ἀρί-ζηλος : very clear, distinct.
B 318. |

ἀριθμέω, aor. pass. inf. ἀριθμηθήμεναι
(ἀριθμός) : count, enumerate, num-
ber. ἘΒ 124.

ἤΑριμοι : a people in Cilicia; where
‘Typhoeus lay bound: beneath the
earth. B 783.

ἀρι-πρεπής. -<os: distinguished, pre-
eminent. ὃ 40d. Z A477.

*Apic Bn: town in the Troad,
not far from Abydus.
B 836.

᾿Αρίσβη-θεν: from Arishe.
B 838. |

ἀριστερός : left (hand). ἐπ᾽ a
tepa: to the left, on the left.
E 355.

ἀριστεύς, -ος (ἄριστος) : chief, prince.

ύ iterative impf. ἀρισ-

§ 40d.

ἀριστεύω,
τεύεσκε : am chief, am first, am
brave in battle. Z 208, 460.

ἄριστος 3: superl. of ἀγαθός, good,
strong, mighty, brave. Cf. ἀρείων.

"Apxadin: Arcadia, in the middle of
Peloponnesus. B 603.

᾿Αρκάς, -άδος : Arcadian. B 611.

᾿Αρκεσί-λαος (Defender of the peo-
ple): Boeotian leader. B 495.
Slain by Hector. O 329.

ἀρκέω, aor. ἤρκεσε (ἃΤ 660) : protect,
ward off. Z 16.

ἄρκιος : appointed, fated, sure. B 393.

“Appa, -aros: Boeotian town near
Mycalessus. B 499.

ἅρμα, -aros: chariot, esp. charwi of
war. It was low and light, en-
tered from behind, with a curved
rim (ἄντυξ) in front and on the
sides, with standing room for
two persons, the driver and the
fighter; it was drawn generally
by two horses, sometimes by
three, and was used not so much
for fighting as a ready means of
transportation from one part of

the field to another.

The pl. is
freq. used like the sing. Cf.
δίφρος, dxos, ὄχεα.

ἁρματο-πηγός (πήγνυμι) :
maker. A 485.

ἁρμόζω, adr. ἥρμοσε (apapioKw) : fil,
suit to. ἥρμοσε αὐτῷ: he fitted it
to himself. VT 333.

Αρμονίδης, -ew: son of Harmon
(Joiner), Tecton (Carpenter), a
skillful Trojan artisan who built
the ships that carried Paris to
Greece. E 60 ff.

ἄρνα (acc. sing.), dual ἄρνε, gen. pl.
ἀρνῶν (ραρν-, ὃ 32 a): lamb. T 103,
273, A435.

ἀρνειός (apva): ram.

ἤΆρνη : Boeotian town.

chariot-

Γ 197.
B 507.

22 VOCABULARY TO THE

dpvupar, aor. opt. apouo: strive to win,
gain. A 95, BE 553, Z 446.

ἄρουρα (ἀρόω, aro, arvum, Eng.
ear): plowed field, cornfield, land,
earth.

ἁρπάζω, aor. partic. ἁρπάξας
(rapio): seize, carry off. T 444.

L-ppyktros (ῥήγνυμι) : (unbroken),
unwearied, untiring. B 490.

ἄρσαντες : aor. partic. of ἀραρίσκω,
jit, suit. A 136.

ἀρτεμής, -€s: sound, unharmed.

Ἄρτεμις, τ-ιδος: Artemis, Diana,
daughter of Zeus and Leto, and
twin sister of Apollo, Like her
brother, she is on the side of the
Trojans. Like him she bears a
bow, and she is his counterpart
in several respects, sending quiet
death to women, as he does to
men. E 51, 447, Z 428.

ἄρτιος: well fitting, harmonious. ἄρτια
non: “was of one mind.”

dprive, impf. yptivero (dpapicKw) :
prepare, form.” B 55.

dpxé-Kakos: beginning calamity, which
began the trouble. EK 63.

"Apxé-Aoxos (Leader of cohort): a

Trojan, son of Antenor. B 823.
Slain by Ajax. 2% 463 ff.
ἀρχεύω: lead, command. Cf. ἄρχω

and ἡγεμονεύω. E 200.
ἀρχή : beginning. T 100.
ἀρχός : leader, chief. A 144, B 234.
dpxw, aor. subjv. ἄρξωσι, aor. opt.
ἄρξειαν : lead the way, command,
rule, begin. Freq. with gen. ;
sometimes with dat. of interest.
ἀρωγή (ἀρήγωλ : help, protection.

ἀρωγός : helper (ἐπὶ ψευδέσσι, to liars).
A 235.

σαι : aor. inf. of aw, sate. E 289.

ἄ-σβεστος (σβέννυμι) 3: (unquench-
able), ceaseless. A 599.

ἀσθμαίνω (anu, doOua): breathe
hard, gasp. E 585.
᾿Ασίνη : town in Argolis. B 560.

"Aovos: prominent leader of Trojan
allies. B 837.

"Actos, adj.: Asian. B 461.

᾿Ασκάλαφος : leader of Orchomeni-
ans, son of Ares. B 512.

"Ackavin: district in Bithynia.
B 863.

᾿Ασκάνιος : leader of Trojan allies
from Ascania. B 862.

ἀσκέω, impf. noKev, aor. partic.
ἀσκήσας : prepare. A110.

᾿Ασκληπιάδης: son of Asclepius,
Machaon, ἃ skilled surgeon.
A 204.

᾿Ασκληπιός: Asclepius, Aescula-
pius. B731. Homer does not
know him as a divinity, but as a
hero skilled in surgery and the
use of herbs.

ἀσκός : leathern bottle for wine.

ἀσπαίρω: gasp, twitch. T 298.

ἀσπερχές, adv.: violently, eagerly.

ἄσπετος: unspeakable, indescribably
great, vast. B 455, T 373.

ἀσπιδιώτης : shield bearing, equiv. to
ἀσπιστής. B 554.

ἀσπίς, -ίδος, fem. : shield ; the general
word for both the large oval
shield (ἀμφιβρότη B 389) and
a smaller round shield (εὔκυκλος
E 797). It was made of several

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD 23

layers of oxhide, with generally
an outer layer of bronze. It was
supported by a strap which passed
over the shoulder, and was guided
by the left
- hand. Cf.
σάκος.
Ὁ ἀσπιστής: shield-
i bearing man,
warrior. Cf.

αἰχμητής. A
ΡΠ} 90, 201
iy, ᾿Ασπληδών, -όνος:
ν᾽ Orchomenian
ἀσπίς town. B 511.

ἅσσα: Epic for ἅ τινα, from ὅς τις.
ἄσσον, ady.: nearer, comp. of ἄγχι.
dogov εἶμι: approach. A 567.
d-craxvus, -vos: ear of grain. B 148.
ἀ-στεμφές (staff), adv.: still. 219.
ἀ-στεμφής, -és: unshaken, firm. B344.
᾿Αστέριον : Thessalian town. B735.
ἀστερό-εις, -εντος (acrTHp): starry.
ἀστεροπητής (aotpartw): hurler of
the lightning, god of the lightning.
Epithet of Zeus. A 580, 609.

ἀστήρ, -€pos (star): star. ἀστὴρ
érwpwos: Sirius, the dog star.
Z 295.

ἀστράπτω : lighten, send lightning.
ἄστυ, -εος (¢dorv): city, walled town
(as made up of dwellings); while
πόλις is the city as the ‘county
seat,’ the central point of the ter-
ritory. B 801, T 116.
᾿Αστύαλος: a Trojan: Z 29.
᾿Αστυ-άναξ, -axtos (Defender of the
city): Astyanax, name given by
the Trojans to Hector’s son, be-

cause of Hector’s protection of the
city. Z 403, X 506.
"Acrivoos: a Trojan. E 144.
᾿Αστυόχεια (ἔχω) : mother of Tlepole-
mus by Heracles. B 658.
᾿Αστυόχη : mother of Ascalaphus by
Ares. B 513.
ἀσχαλάω, pres. inf. ἀσχαλάαν (8 47 εν):
am impatient, vexed. B 293, 297.
᾿Ασωπός : Boeotian river. A 383.
ἀ-τάλαντος: like, equal. B169, E576.
ἀταλά-φρων, -ovos (φρήν): merry
hearted. Z 400.
ἀτάρ (αὐτάρ) : but, yet, while. It
always stands at the beginning
of its clause (often correlative with
pev), and often marks a distinct
contrast with the preceding situ-
ation. Freq., however, the con-
trast is slight, when ἀτάρ means
and or and then, rather than but.
It is somewhat more emphatic
than δέ, since it has a'more prom-
inent position. A 166, 506.
ἀ-τάρβητος (ταρβέω): fearless, un-
daunted. T 63.
ἀ-ταρτηρός: harsh, angry. A 223.
ἀτασθαλίη (arn), always pl.: blind
infatuation, wickedness. A 409.
ἀ-τειρής, -és (Teipw): unwearied, un-
yielding, firm. T 60, E 292.
ἀ-τέλεστος (τέλος) : unaccomplished,
unfulfilled, fruitless. A 26, 168.
ἀ-τελεύτητος (τελευτάω) :
plished. A 527, A 175.
ἄτερ, ady. with gen.: without, apart
Jrom. A 498, A 376, E 473.
ἄ-τερπὸς (τέρπω) : cheerless. Ms.
reading in Z 285,

unaccom-

24 VOCABULARY TO THE

ἄτη (ἀράτη, adw): blind infatuation,
blindness, ruin. Z 356.
ἀ-ττμάζω, aor. ἠτίμασεν, and ἀ-ττμάω,
aor. ἠτίμησεν (Tiny): hold in low
esteem, slight. A 11, 356.
d-ripos, superl. ἀτιμοτάτη : unhonored,
slighted. A 516.
ἀτιτάλλω: cherish, rear, feed (of
horses). E 271.
dros (contracted from datos): in-
satiate, with gen. E 388.
᾿Ατρεΐδης and ᾿Ατρεΐων, -wvos: son of
Atreus. § 39 f. Epithet of Aga-
memnon and Menelaus (’Arpetdar).
When without special qualifica-
tion, it generally refers to Aga-
memnon.
arpexés, adv.: truly, really. E 208.
ἀτρεκέως, adv.: truly, exactly. B10.
ἀ-τρέμας (τρέμων, adv.: still, motion-
less. B 200, E 524.
᾿Ατρεύς, -€os: Atreus, son of Pelops,
father of Agamemnon and Mene-
laus. B 105 f.
ἄ-τρομος (τρέμω) : (without trembling),
fearless. E126.
ἀτρύγετος: restless. Epithet of the
sea and the aether. (Of uncer-
tain derivation and meaning;
some editors take it as barren.)
ἀτρυτώνη: unwearied, invincible. Epi-
thet of Athena. B157, E115.
ἀτύζομαι, aor. partic. ἀτυχθείς : am
confused, am frightened. Z 468.
᾿Ατυμνιάδης : son of Atymnius, Mydon.
E 581. .
αὖ, conj.: again, anew, on the other
hand, but now (forming a transi-

tion). Cf. ἀτάρ, αὐτάρ, αὖτε.

Αὐγειαί, pl.: (1) Lacedaemonian
town. B583. (2) Locrian town.
B 582.

αὐγή: gleam, brightness. B 456. —

Αὐγηιάδης : son of Augéas, Agasthe-
nes. B 624.

αὐδάω, 3d pers. impf. yvda, iterative
aor. αὐδήσασκε (αὐδήν) : speak. τό-
σον αὐδήσασκε:: shouted so loud (of
Stentor). E 786.

αὐδή : voice, speech. A 249.

αὐερύω, aor. αὐέρυσαν (avd, ceptw, av
Fepvo, ἀρρξερυων: draw up. ὃ 29 ce.

αὖθι, adv.: right there, there, here.

αὐλή: courtyard, court (situated before
the house; the πρόθυρον and
αἴθουσα lead from it into the
house) ; farmyard, E138, Z 247.

Αὐλίς, -idos: Aulis, a. Boeotian har-
bor on the Euripus (opposite
Chalcis in Euboea), where the
Achaean forces gathered in order
to set sail together for Troy.
B 808 ff., 496. :

αὐλ-ὥπις, -ἰδος (αὐλός, MY): with high
reed. Epithet of a helmet, with
high reedlike standard for the
crest. (Or, with holes in the visor
Sor the eyes.) E182. See κόρυς.

αὐτάρ (atte ap): on the other hand,
but, yet. Equiv. to ἀτάρ.

av-re, conj.: again, anew, but ; in gen-
eral equiv. to av. A 202.

ἀυτή (avw): shout, battle cry.

αὐτ-ῆμαρ : the same day, that very day.

αὐτίκα (αὐτός), adv.: at once, straight-
way. A199, 386, 539.

αὖτις (av), adv.: again, a second time,
afterwards, back again. <A 27,

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD 25

αὐτόθι (αὐτός) [αὐτοῦ], adv.: right
there. ΟἿ αὖθι. Τ' 428.

αὐτο-κασίγνητος : own brother.

αὐτό-ματος (automaton): of (his) own
accord. B 408.

αὐτός, αὐτή, αὐτό, intensive pron.:
self, generally of the 3d pers., him-
self, herself; rarely used of things.
It is intensive not merely in the
nom. aud when associated with a
noun or pers. pron., as in Attic,
but also when standing alone
in the oblique cases; sometimes,
however, the intensive idea (of
contrast) is not easily expressed
in English. αὐτός contrasts
the man with his associates, his
adversaries, his horses, his cloth-
ing, his weapons, his soul (A 4),
etc. It allows of a large variety
of translations; e.g. in person,
alone (by himself), of free will.
τὴν αὐτὴν ὁδόν is equiv. to Attic
ταύτην τὴν αὐτὴν ὁδόν. woTds is
equiv. to οὗτος 6 αὐτός. In the
gen. it is sometimes in agreement
with the gen. implied in a posses-
sive pron., ¢.g. ἐμὸν αὐτοῦ κλέος
(since ἐμόν is equiv. to ἐμοῦ), τὰ σ᾽
αὐτῆς ἔργα (since σά is equiv. to
σοῦ).

αὐτοῦ (strictly local gen. of αὐτός),
adv.: in the same place, right there,
righthere. ΟἿ αὖθι, αὐτόθι. A428.

Αὐτο-φόνος : a Theban. A 395.

αὕτως (αὐτός), adv.: in the same way.
The connection alone decides the
exact meaning. A large variety
of translations is required; e.g.

as I am, without occasion, wholly,
vainly, mere. ὃ 42 i,k. A 183.

αὐχήν, -evos: neck. E 147, 161.

αὔω, aor. yuoe and ἄῦσεν : shout.

ἀφ-αιρέομαι : see ἀπο-αιρέομαι, take
away.

ἀφ-αμαρτάνω, aor. partic. ἀφαμαρ-
τούσῃ : lose, am bereft. Z A411.

ἀφ-αμαρτο-επής, -ἐς (ἔπος): erring
in speech, uttering idle words.
E216.

G-phavros (φαίνω) : unseen, out of
sight, destroyed. Z 60.

ἄφαρ, adv.: straightway. A 349.

ἁφάω, pres. partic. ἁφόωντα (8 47 c)
(ἅπτομαι, apy): handle. Z 322.

ἀφ-είη, aor. opt. of ἀφίημι (send off):
hurl. QT 317.

ἀφ-ἔέλοντο : aor. of ἀποαιρέομαι, take
away. B 600.

ἄφενος, -εος : plenty, wealth. A171.

ἀφ-ἔστατε: stand aloof, perf. of adi
στημι, set at a distance. A 340.

ap-fow: fut. of ἀφίημι, send away.

ἄ-φθιτος (φθίνων : imperishable, inde-
structible. B 46.

ἀφ-ίημι, impf. ἀφίει, fut. ἀφήσω, aor.
opt. dein: dismiss, send off, hurl.
A 25.

ἀφ-ικάνω : come; as perf. am come.

ἀφ-ίστημι, aor. ἀπέστη, perf. ade
orate: set at a distance, aor. and
perf. intrans. stand at a distance,
stand aloof. A 340.

ἀφνειός (ἄφενος): rich, wealthy,
ahounding (with gen. of fullness).

ἀφ-ορμάομαι, aor. opt. pass. ἀφορμη-
.Odiev: set out. B794.

ἁφόωντα : partic. of ddaw, handle.

26 VOCABULARY TO THE

ἀ-φραδέως : thoughtlessly, inconsider-
ately. Τ' 480. -

ἀ-φραδίη : thoughtlessness, folly, igno-
rance. B 368, E 649.

ἀ-φραίνω (φρήν) : am a fool. adpai-
vovta, playing the fool. B 258.

"Adpodirn: Aphrodite, Venus, daugh-
ter of Zeus and Dione (E 348,
370 f.), wife of Hephaestus, god-
dess of beauty and love. She
led Helen to follow Paris to Troy,
and she favored the Trojans in
their conflicts. I 380 ff., & 416 ff.

ἀφρός (OuBpos,imber): foam. E599.

ἄ-φρων, -ovos (φρήν) : simpleton.

ἄ-φυλλος (φύλλον) : leafless. B 425.

ἀφύσσω, fut. ἀφύξειν : draw (water
or wine), collect, heap up (wealth).

᾿Αχαιιάδες, -άδων, pl. adj. as subst. :
Achaean women. § 39 g. E 422.

"Axauis, -id0s (sc. yn): Achaean,
Achaea. ᾿Αχαιίδες (§ 39 g): Achaean
women (contemptuously used of
the men). B 235.

᾿Αχαιός: Achaean ; pl. Achivi, the
Achaeans. The most powerful
race of the Greeks at the time of
the Trojan War. Phthidtis (in
Thessaly) was one of their prin-
cipal seats. Homer uses this
name more freq. than any other
for all the Greeks (§ 22 e).
Their epithets are
well greaved, κάρη κομόωντες, long
haired, χαλκοχίτωνες, bronze clad.

ἐυκνήμϊιδες,

ἀχεύω Or ἀχέω (ἄχος): grieve, sorrow,
am troubled (θυμόν, in heart).

ἄχθομαι (ἄχθος): am burdened, dis-
tressed. EK 354, 361.

᾿Αχιλλεύς or ᾿Αχιλεύς, -pos: Achilles,
son of Peleus and Thetis, leader
of the Myrmidons and Hellenes
in Thessaly, the mightiest warrior
before Troy, the principal hero of
the Iliad. During the siege he
had captured twelve Trojan cities
on the coast and eleven in the
interior. 1328 ff. Among his
prizes was the youthful Briséis,
whom Agamemnon unjustly takes
from him. This act of the king
leads to the μῆνις of Achilles,
who withdraws from the conflict
and does not return to it until
the death of his comrade Patro-
clus (in II). In the Nineteenth
Book of the Jliad, Achilles is
reconciled to Agamemnon and
prepares for battle with the Tro-
jans. He slays Hector in the
Twenty-second Book and ~ ill-
treats the corpse, but finally
gives Hector’s body back to the
aged Priam (in Q).

ἀχλύς, -vos: mist, darkness. E 696.

ἄχνη: foam (of the sea), chaff (of
grain). A 426, E 499.

ἄχνυμαι (ἄχος): grieve, am troubled.
Cf. axaxilo, ἀχεύω. A 103.

ἄχος, -eos: grief, sadness. A 188.

d-xpetov, neut. adv.: aimless. ἀχρεῖον
ἰδών: looking silly, casting a foolish
look. B 269.

ἄχρις, adv.: completely, wholly.

ἀχυρμιή (ἄχυρον): place where the
chaff falls as it is winnowed ;
loosely, heap of chaff. E 502.

ἄψ, adv. : back, back again, backward.

—2———K—<=“— = = — e--.t—S

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD Q7

ἀψίς, -idos (datw): mesh. E 487.

ἄψ-ορρος (ὄρνυμι), adj.: returning,
back. ἄψορρον, ady.: back.

Gw, aor. doa (satis): sate. E 289.

ἄωρτο: hung, plpf. of ἄειρω, lift.

B

βάζω: speak, say, utter. A 355.

βαθύς, βαθεῖα, βαθύ, fem. gen. βαθέης
or βαθείης: deep, deep bayed, ex-
tended, high (of standing grain).

βαθύ-σχοινος: reedy, bearing tall
reeds. Epithet of the Asdpus.
A 383.

βαίνω, fut. βήσομαι, 1st aor. trans.
βῆσε, subjy. βήσομεν [βήσωμενΊ,
aor. mid. βήσετο, 2d aor. intrans.
ἔβην, perf. 3d pers. pl. βεβάασι,
plpf. (€)BeByxe(v): go, come,
walk; 1st aor. act. cause to go;
2d aor. act., inceptive, set out.
βεβάασι ἐνιαυτοί: years have passed.
ἔβαν φέρουσαι : (set out carrying),
carried away; ef. οἴχεσθαι προφέ.
povoa. (Cf. βάσκω, βίβημι, βηλός,
βωμός.)

βάλλω, aor. (ἔ) βαλον, aor, mid. as
pass. βλῆτο, perf. βέβληται, plpf.
βεβλήκειν (8 30 k): throw, hurl,
shoot, hit with a missile. βαλέ.
τὴν ἐν χερσίν: laid in the arms.

βάλε κύκλα: placed the wheels.

φιλότητα βάλωμεν : shall we make
friendship. ἐνὶ φρεσὶ βάλλεο: re-
ceive in thy mind, take to heart.
Cf. βέλος.

βάν: for ἔβαν [ἔβησαν, § 44 πη], set
out ; aor. of βαίνω, go. A 209.

βαρβαρό-φωνος (φωνή): rough-voiced,
with reference to the harshness
of the Carian dialect. The word
βάρβαρος for non-Greek, foreigner,
is not found in Homer, just as
the poet has no one word for all
Greece. B 867.

βαρύνω (βαρύς): weigh down, oppress.
E 664.

βαρύς, βαρεῖα, βαρύ (gravis): heavy,
mighty, violent, grievous. βαρὺ στε-
vaxwv: groaning heavily. A 364.

Bas: aor. partic. of βαίνω, go.

βασιλεύς, -jos: king, prince. This
title is applied more freely than
ἄναξ. Τ' 179.

βασιλεύω, fut. βασιλεύσομεν : am
king (queen), reign. Z 425.

βασιληΐς, -idos, fem. : pertaining to the
king, royal. Z193.

βάσκω (Baivw): go, come. Cf. φάσκω,
γηράσκω. :

βάτην [ἐβήτην]: aor. dual οἵ βαίνω,
go. A 827, E 778.

Βατίεια (βάτος): Thornhill, a hill
near Troy, before the Scaean
Gate. B 813.

βεβάασι perf., βεβήκειν ($$ 30k, 44d)
plpf.: of Baive, go. B 134, A 221.

βέβληαι, βέβληται: perf. pass. of
βάλλω, hit. E103, 984.

βεβρώθω (BiBpwoKxw): eat, devour.
A 35.

Belo [βῶ, § 52 67: aor. subjv. of
βαίνω, go.

Βελλεροφόντης : Bellerophon, son of
Glaucus, grandson of Sisyphus.
His story is rehearsed at length.
Z 153-201.

28 VOCABULARY TO THE

βέλος, -cos (BdAAw): missile, arrow.

βένθος, -cos (Babs): depth. A 358.

βῆ [ἔβη], βήσετο [ἐβήσατο], βή-
σομεν [βήσωμενἼ, Bho or βείω [βῶ,
§ 52 67: aor. of βαίνω, go. The
1st aor. is transitive.

βηλός (Baivw): threshold. A 591.

Βῆσσα: Locrian town. B 582.

βῆσσα: glen, ravine. B 532, T 84.

Bias, -avros: a lieutenant of Nestor.
A 296.

βίβημι (Baivw): go. μακρὰ βιβάντα:
with long strides. Τ' 22.

Bin: might, strength, for attack; pl.
deeds of violence, violence. Freq.
in periphrasis (cf. μένος, σθένος,
Knp). §16d. Πριάμοιο Bin: the
might of Priam, the mighty Priam.
Bin Ἡρακληείη: the mighty Her-
acles.

βίη-φιν, old locat.: in might.

Bids: bow. Δ 125,

βίοτος (Bios): life, means of life,
wealth. ἘΠ 544, Z 14.

βλάπτω, aor. pass. partic. βλαφθέντε:
weaken, hinder, hold back. Z 39.

βλήμενος, βλῆσθαι, βλῆτο: aor. mid.
as pass. οὗ βάλλω, hit. ὃ 50 d.

βλώσκω, aor. partic. μολοῦσα: go.
§ 30 g.

Bodyptos: a stream in eastern Lo-
cris, emptying into the sea oppo-
site the northwest corner of
Euboea. B 533.

Bodw, pres. partic. Bodwvres (8 47 ὁ)
(Bon) : shout, cry aloud. B97.
βοείη (βοῦς) : oxhide (sc. dopa, see on
A 54), shield of oxhide (sc. ἀσπίς).

E 452.

A 325.

βόειος (βοῦς) : of cattle. νεῦρα βόεια:

- ox sinews, bowstring. A 122.

βοή: shout, outcry. βοὴν ἀγαθός :
good at the war cry, valiant in war
(esp. of Menelaus and Diomed).
This was an important quality in
battle when trumpets were not
used.

BoiBy: Boebe in Thessaly, not far
from Pherae, on the lake to which
it gives its name. B 712.

Βοιβηίς, -dos: of Boebe. Βοιβηὶς
λίμνη: Boebean lake. B 711.

Βοιωτοί: the Bocotians. B 494, 510,
E 710.

βοόωντες : partic. of Bodw, shout.

Βορέης, gen. Βορέαο: Boreas, North
wind. (See ἄνεμος.) E 524,

βόσκω (βοῦς, botany): pasture, feed.
E 162,

βοτρῦδόν (βότρυς), adv.: in clusters
like grapes, of swarms of bees,

-B 89.

βουβών, -@vos: groin. A 492.

βουκολέω (βουκόλος) : tend cattle.

Βουκολίων, -wvos (bucolic): eldest son
of Laomedon. Z 22.

βουλευτής : councilor, member of the
βουλή. Z 114.

βουλεύω, fut. βουλεύσομεν, aor. Bov-
λεύσατο (βουλήν : advise, counsel :
mid. deliberate, plan. B 347.

βουλή: advice, counsel, plan, will,
purpose; council, composed of
γέροντες, elders. A 5, B53.

βουλη-φόρος : counsel-giver, councilor.
Epithet of princes. E 180.

βούλομαι (βουλή, volo): wish, will,
prefer. Because of its comparative

a ST ae νει

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD : 29

idea, it is sometimes followed by
ἢ, like βούλομαι μᾶλλον. A 117.

βου-πλήξ, -ἢγος (πλήσσων : ox-goad,
whip. Z 135,

Βουπράσιον: ancient town in north-
ern Elis. Β 615.

Bots, gen. βοός, nom. pl. βόες, dat.
pl. βόεσσι or βουσί, acc. pl. Boas
or βοῦς (bos, cow): ox, cow; pl.
a ποὦού

βο-ῶπις, -dos (βοῦς, ay): (or-eyed),
calm eyed, soft eyed, i.e. with deep,
majestically quiet eyes. Epithet
esp. of Hera, βοῶπις πότνια Ἥρη.
Cf. λευκώλενος.

βράχω : roar, grate loudly. E 859.

βρέμω, mid. βρέμομαι: roar. μεγάλα
βρέμει: roars loudly, beats with a
roar. B 210, A 425.

Bpexpds: forehead. E 586.

- Βριάρεως: a hundred-armed giant,

called Briareiis by the gods, but
Aiyaiwy by men. A 403.

βρίζω (βρίθων : am sluggish, inactive.
A 223.

βριθοσύνη : weight, burden, load.

βριθύς, -εἶα, -3: heavy. ἘΣ 746.

Bpiceis, ~jos: Brises, father of Briseis.
A 392.

Βρϊσηίς, -idos: daughter of Brises, a
beloved captive of Achilles, from
whom she was taken unjustly by
Agamemnon. She was returned
to Achilles after the reconcilia-
tion, in the Nineteenth Book of
the Iliad. Only her ‘patronymic’
is used by Homer (§ 39 Ὁ),
and perhaps this means only
maiden from Brisa (or Bresa) on

Lesbos. In the sack of Lyrnessus
by Achilles her husband and her
three brothers had been slain.
A 184, 336, B 689, T 245 ἢ,
282 ff.

βροτό-εις, -evros (pdros):
gory. Z 480.

βροτο-λοιγός (βροτός) : man-destroy-
ing. Epithet of Ares. E 518,
846.

βροτός (μορτός, μρο-τος, Mors) : mor-
tal, both as adj. and subst. § 30 g.

Bptoaal, pl.: a Lacedaemonian
town. B 583.

βωμός (βαίνων : (base), altar. A 440.

Bépos: a Trojanally. E 44.

βωτι-άνειρα : men- (hero-) nourishing.
Epithet of Phthia. A 155.

bloody,

Pp

γαῖα: earth, land, ground. Opposed
sometimes to the heavens, some-
times to water. Equivalent to
γῆ: ala. A 254, B 95.

yalo (gaudeo): rejoice, exult. Cf.
γηθέω. A 405.

γάλα, gen. γάλακτος (lac): milk.

γαλόως, dat. γαλόῳ (glos): hus-
band’s sister. (The Greeks were
not restricted to such a clumsy
and indefinite expression as sister-
in-law.) T 122, Z 378.

γαμβρός (γάμος) : connection by mar-
riage, daughter's husband, sister’s
husband. E 474, Z 177.

γάμος : marriage. E 429. .

Γανυ-μήδης, -εος (Glad-hearted}> (μῆ-
δος): Ganymed, son of Tros

30 VOCABULARY TO THE

(founder and king of Troy),
grandson of Dardanus; because
of his beauty, carried away by
the gods to be the cupbearer of
Zeus. E 266, Υ 232.

yap (γέ, dpa), causal particle: for.
It often introduces the reason or
explanation of something that is
merely implied. Sometimes it
seems to retain the force of the
two particles of which it is com-
posed, and cannot be translated
by for, but ‘marks a statement as
certain and incontestable.’

γαστήρ, -έρος, f. (gastric):
stomach, womb.

γέ: an enclitic particle, which gives
prominence to the foregoing word
or to its whole clause. Some-
times it can be translated at least,
but this phrase is much heavier
and clumsier than yé. Generally
its force must be given by inflec-
tion of voice or by arrangement
of words. In several cases γ᾽
was wrongly inserted by the
copyists, after some other conso-
nant had been lost.

γεγάασι, are, 3d pl., yeyadras partic. :
perf. of γίγνομαι, am born. B 866.

belly,

γείνομαι, aor. ἐγείναο (γίγνομαι) : am
born; aor. begot, bore. A 280.

yeAdw, aor. ἐγέλασσε, aor. partic.
γελάσασα (yéAos): laugh ; aor. fell
to laughing, burst into a laugh.

γελοίιος : laughable, what would raise
alaugh. B 215.

γέλως (or γέλος, ὃ 387 b): laughter.

γενεή (γένος) and γενέθλη : race, gen-

eration, breed, stock (of horses).
γενεῇ: in aye. γενέθλη ἀργύρου:
fatherland of silver. B 857.
γενέσθαι, γένετο : aor. of γίγνομαι, be-
come, am born. T 538.
γενναῖος (yevos): suited to (my) birth,
in (my) nature. ἘΣ 253.
γένος, -eos (genus): race, family,
birth, descent. γένει ὕστερος : later
by birth, in age, younger. T 215.
γεραιός (γῆρας) 3: old, full of years,
subst. old man, aged man. γεραιαί:
matrons, fem. of γέροντες. Z 296.
yépavos (grus, crane): crane. B 460.
γεραρός (γῆρας): stately. T 170.
yepaparepos: more stately. T 211.
γέρας, pl. γέρα: prize of honor.
Booty taken on marauding expe-
ditions was the common prop-
erty of the army only after the
several prizes of honor had been
distributed to the chiefs. These
prizes were sometimes selected
_by the leaders themselves, but
are often spoken of as gifts of
the people. Doubtless they were
distributed by the general, with
the approval of the army.
Γερήνιος: Epithet of
Nestor, prob. from a Messenian
town or district. B 336.
γερούσιος : of the elders (γέροντες).
Epithet of special wine broached
at the ‘aldermanic’ dinners.
γέρων, -ovTos, Voc. γέρον (γῆρας): old,
aged man, greybeard. It is strictly
an adj., with δαίμων implied, in
A 538. of γέροντες: elders of the
people, the nobles, who without

Gerenian.

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD 31

regard to age formed a βουλή or
council; cf. the Spartan γερουσία,
senatus, aldermen.

γέφυραι, pl.: dikes.
Figur. πολέμοιο γέφυραι, dikes of
war, i.e. the lanes between the
two opposing lines of combatants.
(Often called bridges of war, but
Homer does not use γέφυρα as
bridge.) (Or, according to others,
the open spaces between the dif-
ferent divisions of the same
army.) A 371, E 88.

Γῆ: contracted from γαῖα (yea),
Earth. QT 104.

γηθέω, aor. γήθησεν (gaudeo, yaiw):
rejoice, am glad.

γηθόσυνος 3: ylad. A 272.

γῆρας, -aos: old age. Cf. γέρων.

γηράσκω (γῆρας): grow old. B 663.

γῆρυς, fem.: voice, cry. A 437.

γίγνομαι, aor. (€)yevovro, perf. ye
γάᾶσι (γένος): come into existence,

πρὸ ὁδοῦ
ἐγένοντο : came forward (πρό) on
their march. Δ 382.

γιγνώσκω, fut. γνώσεαι, aor. ἔγνω or
γνῶ (nosco, know): recognize,

embankments,

am born, become, arise.

perceive, learn, know. E 182.
yAdyos, -εος (γάλαν: milk. B 471.
Γλαῦκος: Glaucus. (1) Son of

Sisyphus, father of Bellerophon.
(2) Grandson of Bellerophon,
brave leader of the Lycians.
B 876, Z 150 ff. See on B 876.
ἡλαυκ-ὥπις, -ἰδος (γλαυκός, ay):
bright-eyed, gleaming-eyed. Epi-
thet of Athena, as the fierce-eyed
goddess of war; cf. A 900. .---

“Bright eyes.” (Homer does not
mention the γλαύξ, owl.)

Γλαφύραι : Thessalian town. B712.

γλαφυρός 3: hollow. B516,T 119.

Γλίσας, -avros: Boeotian town, near
Thebes. B 504.

γλουτός (clot): bultock. E 66.

γλυκύς, -εἶα, -v, comp. γλυκίων:
sweet.

yAvols, -ίδος : notch in the arrow;
one notch for the string, others
(around the arrow) to secure a

firmer hold for the fingers.
A 122.
γλῶσσα: tongue; language. A 249.

γνοίην : aor. opt. of γιγνώσκω, know.

γνύξ (γόνυ) : on the knee. γνὺξ ἔριπε:
fell upon his knee. Cf. λάξ, πύξ.

γνῶ aor. ind., γνῷ and γνώωσι [γνῶσι
aor. subjv., γνώμεναι aor. inf.
[γνῶναι}, γνώσεαι fut. ind.: of
γιγνώσκω, know, learn, recognize.
A 411, B 349.

γνωτός (γίγνομαι) 3: brother. T 174.

yodw, pres. partic. fem. γούωσα
(8 47 6), aor. γόον (γόος): groan,
lament with groans. E 418, Z 500.

Γονόεσσσα: Achaean town near Pel-
lene. B 573.

γόνος (γίγνομαι) : offspring, son.

γόνυ, nom. or acc. pl. γούνατα and
γοῦνα, gen. pl. γούνων, dat. pl.
γούνασι (yove-, genu, knee): knee.
The knees were to the ancients
the seat of bodily strength (knees
tremble in time of fear), hence
γούνατ᾽ ἔλυσεν, loosed his knees,
took away his strength, i.e. disabled
him. In entreaties, the suppliant

82 VOCABULARY ΤῸ THE

clasped the knees of him from
whom he sought the favor. λαβὼν
ἐλλίσσετο γούνων : clasped his knees
A 500.
γόον : aor. of γοάω, lament.

and besought him.

Z 500.

γόος : groan, lamentation. Z 499.

Tépyeos 3: of the Gorgon, Gorgon’s.

Téprtis, -vvos: Gorlys or Gortyna, an
important town in Crete. B 646.

γοῦνα or γούνατα, acc. pl., γούνασι
dat. pl.: of γόνυ, knee. Z 511.

γουνάζομαι, fut. γουνάσομαι (γόνυ):
_ supplicate, entreat.

Tovveds, -nos: leader of the Enians
before Troy. B 748.

Tpaia: Graea,a Boeotian town near
Ordpus from which the later
name Γρὰικοί (Greeks) is thought
to be derived. B 498.
γράφω, aor. partic. γράψας (carve):

τς seratch, cut. γράψας ἐν πίνακι:
cutting on a tablet. Possibly this
was not writing with an alphabet,
but a pictorial representation of
what had been done or was to be
done. Z169.

yenis, dat. ypyt: old woman.

See γόνυ.

Γ 880.

γύαλον : curved, curved plate of the
armor. E99.

Γυγαίη (λίμνη): the Gygaean lake
in Lydia near Sardis, and the
nymph of that lake. B 865.

yriov: (joint), limb, member (of
knees, feet, arms, hands). τρόμος
ἔλλαβε γυῖα: trembling seized his

γυῖα δ᾽ ἔθηκεν ἐλαφρά:
made his limbs light. Τ' 84,

γυναι-μανής, -έος (μαίνω) : woman-mad,
of Paris. I 39.

limbs.

γυνή, dat. γυναικί, acc. γυναῖκα, voc.
γύναι (queen): woman, wife.
A 348.

Γυρτώνη: town of the Lapithae, in
Pelasgiotis. B 738.

yo, yrds: vulture. A 237.

A

δαήμεναι (aor. inf.), aor. subjv. δαῶ-
μεν: learn; used as pass. of διδά-
B 299, Z 150.

husband’s

σκω, teach.

Sap, τέρος:
I 180.

δαιδάλεος 3: cunningly wrought, richly
ornamented. Z 418.

Saisarov (c/. Daedalus): cunning
work.

δαΐζω, aor. inf. datfar: rend, cleave.

δαιμόνιος (δαίμων) 3: (one under the
influence of a divinity), strange
goddess, sir! δαιμόνιε : my poor wife
(or husband), Madam! The con-
nection must determine the exact
force.

δαίμων, -ovos: divinity; much like
θεός, but esp. of the gods in rela-
tion with men. (Never demon.)

Saivupar: feast. Cf. δατέομαι.

Sais, gen. δαιτός (δαίνυμαι) : feast.

A 262.

δαΐ-φρων, -ovos: fiery-hearted, valiant.

δαίω, plpf. δεδήειν (§ 44 2): kindle ;
plpf. had blazed forth, was blazing.

δάκνω, aor. dake: bite, figur. sting.

δάκρυ (lacruma, lear): tear. ~

Saxpvd-es, -εσσα : tearful, shedding

Z 455.

Sdxpvov: equiv. to δάκρυ, lear.

brother.

ϑαιτρόν : measured portion.

tears, bringing tears.

es ἌἌΕΟ--

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD 33

δακρύω, aor. δακρύσας: weep, shed
tears ; aor. fell to weeping. A349.

δάμαρ, -apros: wife, spouse. T 122.

δάμνημι, impf. ἐδάμνα, fut. δαμᾷ and
Sapdwow, aor. (€)ddpacca,/ aor.
pass. ἐδάμη, aor. subjv. pass.
δαμήῃς, perf. pass. δεδμήμεσθα,
plpf. pass. δεδμήατο, aor. partic.
δμηθέντα (domare, tame): bring
into subjection, subdue, overcome,
conquer, master.

Δαναοί: the Danaiins; strictly de-
scendants or subjects of King
Danaiis of Argos. Used for the
Greeks before Troy like ᾿Αχαιοί
and ᾿Αργεῖοι (§ 22 e). They are
called ταχύπωλοι (with swift steeds).

δάπεδον : floor, pavement. A 2.

δάπτω, aor. ἔδαψεν : devour, lear.

Δαρδανίδης: son of Dardanus. Epi-
thet esp. of his descendant
Priam.

Δαρδάνιος 3 and AdpSavos: Darda-
nian: pl. the Dardanians, inhabit-
ants of the country around Troy,
led by Aeneas. B819. They re-
ceived their name from Dardanus
(son of Zeus), who was the grand-
father of Tros (who gave his
name to Tpoty, the Troad) and
the great-grandfather of Ilus
(who gave his name to Ἴλιος
and was father of Laomedon and
grandfather of Priam). Y 215 ff.

Δάρης, -ητος: Dares, priest of He-
phaestus, in Troy. E 9 ff.

δασμός (Saiw, δατέομαι) : distribution,
division, of the spoils. A 166.

Saréopar, aor. δάσσαντο, perf. pass.

δέδασται : divide among themselves,
distribute. Cf. δαίνυμαι, δαιτρόν.
Δαυλίς, -ίδος : Daulis, Phocian town,
on a height east of Delphi.
B 520.
δα-φοινός : all blvod-red. ὃ 40 d.
Sadpev: learn, aor. subjv. pass. of
διδάσκω, teach. B 299.
δέ, conj.: but, and. Freq. δέ is used
in the apodosis of a conditional
or relative clause, —a transition
to the demonstrative construction
or a survival of the older and
simpler ‘paratactic’ or ‘codérdi-
nate’ construction. Freq. a
clause with δέ is used where a
subordinate clause (of cause, con-
cession, time, etc.) might have
been used; hence δέ may often
be translated for, though, while.
-6€: inseparable enclitic particle;
e.g. ἀγορήνδε, to the agora ; οἰκόνδε,
lo the house, homeward. ὃ 33 6.
Séypevos: waiting: aor. of δέχομαι,
receive, expect. B794.
δέδασται : perf. of δατέομαι, divide.
δεδεγμένος : wailing, on the watch,
perf. partic. of δέχομαι. A 107.
δέδεξο: receive (in hostile sense),
perf. imy. of δέχομαι. ἘΣ 228.
δέδετο : plpf. pass. of δέω, bind.
δεδήειν : was blazing; plpf. of daiw,
kindle. §44b. B93.
δεδμήατο (ὃ 44 /) plpf., δεδμήμεσθα
perf.: were (are) subject ; pass. of
δάμνημι, subdue. T 183, E 878.
δεδμημένοι : perf. pass. of déuw, build.
δέδοται : perf. pass. of δίδωμι, give.
δειδέχατο : were pledging ; plpf. mid.

84 VOCABULARY TO THE

of δείκνυμαι, (extend the hand),
greet, honor. Δ 4.

δειδήμων, -ovos (de(dw): fearful, cow-
ardly. T ὅθ.

δειδίσσομαι (δείδω): frighten: am
Jrightened. A184.

δείδω, aor. (€)dacev, perf. δείδοικα,
perf. imv. δείδιθι, perf. partic.
δειδιότες, plpf. ἐδείδιμεν (δρείδω,
δέος): fear, am afraid. Since
the stem originally began with
two consonants, a short vowel is
often ‘long by position’ before it.

δείκνυμαι, plpf. as aor. δειδέχατο :
pledge, greet. Δ 4.

δείκνυμι, aor. δεῖξεν : point out, show.
E 870.

δειλός (δέος) 3: cowardly, worthless,

A 293.

δεῖμα, -aros (δέος) : fright, terror.

Δειμός: Terror, attendant of Ares.

miserable.

See "Apys. Δ 440.

δεινός (δέος) 3: terrible, fearful, dread.
δεινὸν ἔνευεν : nodded terribly.
T 337.

δεῖπνον : dinner; the chief meal of
the day whenever it was taken,
whether early or late; generally
eaten about noon,
breakfast ; δόρπον, supper.

Sep: neck. T 371.

δεῖσε : aor. Of δείδω, fear. E 623.

δέκα (decem, ten): indecl. ten.
As a round number. B 489,
A 347.

δεκάς, -άδος, f.: decade, squad of ten.

tenth. '

Cf. ἄριστον,
B 381.

δέκατος 3: δεκάτῃ: on the
tenth day ; sc. ἡμέρῃ. See on A 54.

δεκά-χῖλοι : ten thousand. E 860.

δέκτο : aor. of δέχομαι, accept.

δέμας : build, stature, form. A 115.

δέμω, perf. pass. δεδμημένοι : build.

δένδρεον : trec. (δενδρέῳ is disyllabic.)

δέξαι, δέξασθαι : aor. of δέχομαι, re-
ceive. A 112, E 227, Z 46.

δεξιή : (sc. χεῖρ), right hand, pledge.

δεξιός 3 and δεξιτερός (dexter) 3:
right, on the right. δεξιτερή : right
hand.

δέος, -eos (O¢éos) : fear, dread. A 515,

δέπας, dat. pl. δεπάεσσιν : goblet,
beaker,cup. Cf. κύπελλον. A471.

δέρκομαι : look, see, have sight. A 88.

δέρμα, -atos: hide, leather (of a
shield). Z 117.

Sépw, aor. ἔδειραν : flay. A 459.

δεσμός (δέω) : bond, halter (of a
horse). Z 507.

δεύομαι, opt. δευοίατο [δεύοιεν, δέοιεν,
§ 44 Π’: lack, am in want.

δεῦρο, δεύρω (Τ' 240), adv.: hither.
Sometimes as δὴ interjection,

A 153, B 138.

A 513.

δεύτερος : second, next. T 349.

B 471.

δέχομαι, aor. (ἐ)δέξατο, aor. inf,
δέχθαι, perf. imv. δέδεξο, fut. perf.
as fut. δεδέξομαι : receive, take,
accept, welcome ; await, receive (in
hostile sense). A 23.

δέω, aor. (ἔγδησαν, plpf. dédero: bind,
fetter. Cf. δεσμός. A 406.

δή, temporal and determinative
particle: now, already, at length ;
clearly, just. No English particles
correspond to many of its uses.
Freq. with imy. and opt., and

come hither !
δεύτερον, ady. : second, next.

δεύω : moisten, wel.

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD 85

with other particles, and strength-
ening the superlative. It stands
at the beginning of the clause in
the phrases δὴ τότε, δὴ γάρ. "Τί
forms one syllable (by ‘synize-
sis,’ § 25) with the first syllable
of αὖτε, αὖ, and of οὕτως, and sev-
eral other words, — in these cases
being originally perhaps a ‘weak
form’ δέ which was related to δή,
as μέν is to μήν.

δηθά (δήν), adv.: lony, for a long
time. B 435, E 587.

δηθύνω : delay, tarry. Z 519.

Δηικόων, -ωντος : a Trojan killed by
Agamemnon. E 534.

δήιος (daiw): blazing, devouring, de-
stroying, hostile ; pl. enemies.

δηιοτής, -ῆτος (Oyuos): strife, conflict.
I 20, E 348.

δηιόω, impf. δήουν, aor. subjy. δῃώ-
gwow, aor. pass. partic. δηῃωθέν-
των : slay, cut down, destroy.

Δηίπυλος : comrade of Sthenelus.
E 325.

δηλέομαι, aor. (ἐ)δηλήσαντο : harm,
wrong, lay waste. T 107,

Δημήτηρ, gen. Δήμητρος : Demeter,
Ceres. She is not one of the more
important gods. B 696, E 500.

Squo-Bépos (δήμιος, βιβρώσκω): de-
vouring the goods of the people.
A 231.

δημο-γέρων, -ovros : elder of the people,
in Troy. Γ 149, A 372.

Δημοκόων, -wyros: son of Priam, slain
by Odysseus. A 499,

δῆμος : country, land; people. δήμου

man of the people, common

ἄνδρα:

man, contrasted with the nobles.
B 198, I 50, Z 158.
δήν (Sen), adv.: long, for a long time,
long-lived. Cf. δηθά. A 512.
Syvaids (Ov): long-lived. E 407.
δῆνος, -eos, pl.: thoughts. A 361.
Sydow: see δηιόω, slay, destroy.
δηρόν, adv.: long. Cf. δηθά, δήν.
δῆσαν; aor. of δέω, bind. E 386.
δῃωθέντων aor. pass. partic., δῃώσω-
ow aor. subjy.: of dye, slay.
Ala: acc. of Ζεύς. A 394.
δῖα, fem. of dios: magnificent, divine.
διά (δύο, dis, twain), adv. and prep.
with gen. and acc.: between,
through, in different directions. (1)
Adv. διὰ κτῆσιν δατέοντο: divided
(parted) among them the property ;
διὰ τρίχα κοσμηθέντες : divided in
three tribes. (2) With gen. διὰ
ἀσπίδος : through the shield. (3)
With ace. διὰ topivas: through (by
means of) the conflicts: διὰ νύκτα:
during the night: διὰ μαντοσύνην:
(on account of ), by means of his gift
of prophecy.

In composition with verbs, διά
indicates motion through some-
thing, completion, separation, re-
ciprocal relation.

δια-θρύπτω, aor. pass. partic. διατρυ-
φέν : break in pieces. T 363.

δια-κλάζω, aor. partic. διακλάσσας :
break in pieces. E 216.

δια-κοσμέω, aor. opt. pass. διακοσμη-
θεῖμεν (Koc pos): divide and arrange.
Cf. dispono. B 126.

δια-κρίνω, fut. διακρινέει, aor. pass.

διέκριθεν [διεκρίθησαν), aor. inf.

36

pass. διακρινθήμεναι : separate, part,
arrange in divisions. B 475.
διάκτορος : messenger, guide. Epithet
of Hermes, generally connected
with ἀργειφόντης. B 1038.
δι-αμάω, aor. διάμησε : (mow through),
cut through. Τ' 359.
δια-μετρέω (μέτρον):
ground for a combat. Τ' 315.
δια-μετρητός : measured off. T 344.
δι-αμ-περές, adv.: through and through,
completely through, right through.
δι-άν-διχα, adv.: in two ways. A189.
δια-πέρθω, aor. inf. διαπέρσαι, aor.
διεπράθομεν : sack, lay waste.
δια-πορθέω, aor. partic. διαπορθήσας :
sack, destroy. B 691.
δια-πρήσσω (περάω) : accomplish,
(go, pass through) ;
intrans. advance. With gen. πε-
δίοιο: on the plain. B785.
ϑια-πρό, adv.: forward and through,
right through. A138, E 66.
Sia-ppaiw, aor. inf. διαρραῖσαι : tear
in pieces, rend. B 473.
ϑια-σκίδνημι : send in different direc-
lions, scatter. FE 526.
δια-σσεύω, plpf. διέσσυτο as aor.: rush
through. B 450, E 661.

, δια-στήτην : (stood apart), separated ;
aor. of διίστημι, separate. A 6.
ϑια-τμήγω, aor. pass. διέτμαγεν [διετμά-
γησαν] : (cut through), separate.
δια-τρίβω: (wear away), hinder, at-

tempt to check. A 42.
δια-τρυφέν : aor. pass partic. of δια-
θρύπτω, break in pieces. T 368.
διδάσκω, aor. δίδαξε, aor, pass.
ἐδάην, aor. subjv. pass. δαῶμεν

measure

of

traverse

VOCABULARY TO THE

(disco, doceo): teach, instruct.
E 51.

διδυμάων, -ovos (δίδυμος, two): twin.

δίδωμι, 3d pl. pres. διδοῦσιν (8 52 a),
impf. δίδου, fut. δώσω, aor. (2)dw-
κε(ν) and δόσαν, 3d sing. aor.
subjv. δώῃσι or δῷσι, 3d pl. aor.
subjv. δῶσιν or δώωσιν, aor. imy.
δός, aor. inf. δόμεναι, δόμεν, or δοῦναι,
perf. pass. δέδοται (do): give, grant.

Sie: impf. of δίω, fear. E 566.

δι-είρομαι: ask, inquire. A 550.

δι-εκόσμεον : impf. of διακοσμέω, ar-
range in order. B 476.

δι-έκριθεν [διεκρίθησαν : aor. pass. of
διακρίνω, separate into tribes.

τ δι-έξ-ειμι, inf. διεξίμεναι: go forth

through (the gates). Z 393.
δι-επράθομεν: aor. of διαπέρθω, sack.
Si-érw: perform, accomplish; stride

through. A 166, B 207.
δι-έρχομαι : pass through. Z 392.
δι-έσσυτο: plpf. as aor. of διασσεύω,

rush through. B 450.
δι-έτμαγεν [διετμάγησαν : aor. pass.

of διατμήγω, separate. A 531.
δι-έχω, aor. διέσχε : hold through, reach

through, pass through. KE 100.
δίζημαι : seek, look for. A 88.
δί-ζυξ, -vyos (ζεύγνυμι) : two-yoked,

horses yoked two and two. E195.
δι-ίστημι, aor. intrans. διαστήτην:

separate, stand apart. A 6.
διί-φιλος : dear to Zeus, esp. of Achil-

les and Hector. A 74, Z 318.
δικάζω (δίκη): judge, decide, rule.

(Cf. the Hebrew Judges, 1.6. rulers. )
δικασ-πόλος (πελ-) : minister of justice,

judge. <A 238.

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD 37

δινεύω (δίνη) : stroll, wander. A541.
δινή-εις, -εντος : eddying. B 877.
BSivarés (δινόω) 3: skilfully turned,
well wrought, or adorned with spiral
ornaments. T 391.
δῖο-γενής, -€os (γένος) : “ sprung from
Zeus, descended from Zeus, of
kings and princes, who were under
the special care of the king of
-the gods. See on A 176.
Διοκλῆς, -jos: son of Orsilochus of
Pherae in Messenia, E 542 ff.
Διομήδης, -εος : Diomed, son of Tydeus
(who fell in the first expedition
against Thebes), king of Argos,
one of the bravest and mightiest
of the Achaeans before Troy.
‘ Only Agamemnon and Nestor led
a larger fleet on the expedition.
The Fifth Book of the Jliad is
mainly devoted to his exploits, in
the course of which he wounds
Aphrodite and (aided by Athena)
even Ares. He has a famous
meeting with Glaucus (Z 119 ff.).
He visits the Trojan camp with
Odysseus, and slays the Thracian
Rhesus (K 219 ff.). He returned
in safety to Argos at the close of
the war. He is called βοὴν ἀγαθός
and κρατερός.
Δῖον : Euboean town, south of Oreiis.
B 538.
δῖος, dia, dtov: glorious, divine, god-
like, noble, without reference to
moral quality. Freq. epithet of
Achilles and of Odysseus, having
convenient metrical adaptation to
the names of those heroes, allow-

ing the bucolic diaeresis (at the
close of the fourth foot). § 58 i.
διο-τρεφής, -ἔος (τρέφω): Zeus-nour-
ished, Zeus-cherished, of kings,
who enjoyed the special favor of
Zeus. Cf. διογενής. A 176.
δί-πλαξ, -axos: doubled, sc. χλαῖνα, a
cloak so large that it was worn

double ; opp. to ἁπλοΐίς. Γ΄ 126.
δι-πλόος = two-fold, double. A133.
δί-πτυξ, -vyos: double. A 461.

δίσκος (disk): discus, quoit. The
game was more like ‘putting the
shot’ than the modern ‘pitching
quoits,’ — the effort being to hurl
the discus as far as possible.

δίφρος: (1) footboard of chariot,
chariot box, chariot; low, open
behind, with a rounded rim
(ἄντυξ) around the front and
sides. See ἅρμα. Γ΄ 510. (2) Stool,
low seat without a back. IT 424.

Siw: fear. Cf. δείδω.

διώκω: pursue. E 672.

Διώνη : Dione, mother of Aphrodite.
E 370.

Διώνυσος : Dionijsus, Bacchus. Son
of Zeus and Semele, reared by
nymphs in Thrace. The Thra-
cian king Lycurgus attacked the
nymphs, and Dionysus fled into
the sea, to Thetis. Z 132 ff.
Dionysus is mentioned only inci-
dentally in Homer, and clearly
has not gained a position among
the gods of Olympus. (Cf. Ares,
Demeter, Asclepius.)

Διώρης, -cos: Epéan commander.
B 622.

» δολιχό-σκιος :

38 VOCABULARY TO THE

δμηθέντα : aor. pass. partic. of δάμ-
vp, overcome, subdue. A 99.

δμωή (δάμνημι) : female slave, maid.

δνοπαλίζω : (shake), slay. A 472.

δοῖεν : aor. opt. of δίδωμι, give, grant.

Sorol, δοιαί, Sod, dual S016: two.

δοκέω: seem, appear. Z 90.

δολιχός 3: long. A 533.

long-shadowy, casting
long shadows, long. Epithet of the
lance. Τ' 346, E 15, Z 126.

δολο-μήτης (μῆτις) : only voc. δολο-
μῆτα, crafty. A 540.

Aodortwy, -oves: priest (ἀρητήρ) of
the Scamander. E 77.

δόλος (dolus): trick, deceit. Τ᾽ 202.

δολο-φρονέουσα, partic. (φρήν) : de-
vising a trick, with crafty mind.

δόμεν, δόμεναι [δοῦναι, ὃ 44 f]:
aor. inf. of δίδωμι, give. A116,
A 379.

δόμος (δέμω, domus):
house.

δόντες : aor. partic. of δίδωμι, give.

δόρυ, gen. dovpds, dat. δουρί, dual
δοῦρε, pl. dovpara or δοῦρα : timber,
beam, spear. See ἔγχος. It is
called bright, φαεινόν, because of
its bronze point. A 303.

δός imv., δόσαν [ἔδοσαν or ἔδωκαν
ind., δότε imyv.: aor. οἱ δίδωμι,
give. A 162, Z 476.

δούλη: female slave; equiv. to δμωή.

δούλιον ἦμαρ: day of slavery, i.e.
slavery itself. § 16 ὦ.

Δουλίχιον : Dulichium, island in the
Ionian Sea, southeast of Ithaca,
inhabited by Epéans. B 625.

Aovdixidv-8e: to Dulichium. B 629.

dwelling,

δουλιχό-δειρος (δολιχός, Sep): long-
necked, of swans. B 460.

δουπέω, aor. δούπησεν: cause a dull
noise. δούπησεν πεσών: fell with
athud, A 504.

δοῦπος : heavy noise. Cf. ἐρίγδουπος.

δοῦρα, Sovpara, δοῦρε, δουρός : forms
of δόρυ, spear, timber. § 23 d.
δουρι-κλειτός and δουρι-κλυτός : re-

Β 645.

δράκων, -οντος (δέρκομαι) : serpent,
snake. (Νοῦ ‘dragon,’ though this
word is derived from it.)

Δρῆσος: a Trojan, slain by Eurya-
lus. Z 20.

Aptas, -avros: Dryas. (1) One of
the Lapithae. A 263. (2) Father
of the Thracian king Lycurgus.
Z 130.

δύμεναι, δῦναι : aor. inf. of δύω, enter,
set (of the sun). B 413, Z 411.

δύναμαι, subjv. δύνηαι [dvvy, § 44 h],
fut. δυνήσομαι, aor. δυνήσατο (δύνα:
pus, dynamite): can, am able.

δύνω : put on. Cf. δύω. |

δύο and δύω (two): indecl. two.

δυοκαίδεκα [δώδεκα] : indecl. twelve.

Svo-: inseparable particle indicating
misfortune and pain.

δυσ-ής, -€os (ἄημι) : harsh-blowing.

Sioa. (With ἀπό, put off), ϑύσετο,
aor. of δύω : sank. E 435.

δυσ-ηχής, -€os (ἦχος) : harsh-sounding,
ill-sounding, horrisonus.

δυσ-κλεής, acc. δυσκλέα (κλέος) : in-
glorious. Ἔ 118.

δυσ-μενής, -€os (μένος) : evil-minded,
hostile ; pl. enemies. Ζ 458. ᾿

unhappy Paris,

nowned with the spear.

hated

Δύσ-παρις :

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD 39

Paris. A ‘determinative com-
pound’; H. 590; G. 886.

δύστηνος : unhappy. Z 127.

δυσ-χείμερος (χεῖμα, hiems): wintry,
stormy. Epithet of Doddna.
B 750.

δυσ-ώνυμος (ὄνομα): (ill-named ),
cursed. Z 255.

δύω, fut. δύσω, aor. inf. δῦσαι, aor.
mid, (ἐ)δύσετο, aor. ἔδυ, perf. δέ
δῦκεν : enter, go into, put on; fut.
and Ist aor. act. trans. ἀπὸ δῦσαι,
put off. πρὶν ἠέλιον δῦναι : before
the sun set. γαῖαν ἐδύτην : (their
souls) entered the earth. Z19.

δύω : collateral form of δύο, two.

δυώ-δεκα [δώδεκα] : twelve. B 637.

δυω-δέκατος : twelfth. A 493.

δῶ: indecl. short form of δῶμα,
house, home. Cf. δέμω, δόμος.

δώδεκα : twelve ; cf. δυοκαίδεκα.

δωδέκατος 3: twelfth. A 425.

Δωδώνη: Dodona, in Epirus, at the
foot of Mt. Tomaros; seat of the
oldest oracle of the Greeks, where
ascetic priests interpreted the
rustling of the sacred oak. B750,
Π 233 ff.

δώῃ(σιν) subjv., δῶκα ind.: aor. of
δίδωμι, give. Z 527.

Sapa, -ατος (δῶ, δόμος, Séuw): home,
house, palace ; room, esp. the large
hall of the men.

Δώριον: town under Nestor’s rule.
B 594.

δῶρον (δίδωμι) : gift.

δῷσι [δῷ, § 44 a], δώωσιν [ δῶσιν,
8 δὅ2 67: aor. subjv. of δίδωμι, give.
Α 129.

ἕ (¢é), enclitic 3d pers. pron., ace.:
him, her ; seldom (A 236 ?) neuter.
It is equiv. to Attic αὐτόν, αὐτήν,
which is intensive in Homer.

ta [ἦν] (erat): was; 3d sing. impf.
of εἰμί, am. A 321.

ἔα : contracted for ἔαε (1) imv.; (2)
impf. of édw, allow. A276, B165.

éavés: pliant, supple, soft, enveloping.

ἑανός : robe (an aristocratic garment) ;
generally equiv. to πέπλος, the
principal female garment; but in
Γ 419 it seems to be used of
Helen’s veil. Prob. made of linen,
as is indicated by the epithets.

tap, gen. ἔαρος (ξέαρ, Ver): spring.
Cf. εἰαρινός, vernal.

ἔασιν [εἰσίν] : 3d pl. pres. of εἰμί, am.

ἕαται [ἧνται] : 3d pl. pres. of ἧμαι, sit.

ἐάω, 3d pl. pres. ind. εἰῶσι, impf. εἴα
or ἔα, iterative impf. εἴασκον or
ἔασκον (§ 54), fut. ἐάσομεν, aor.
ἔασε: allow, permit, leave alone, give
Free hand. οὐκ ἔασκε: forbade.

ἔβαν [ἔβησανἼ, ἐβήτην : set out: aor. of
Baivw, go. A 391.

ἐγ-γεγάᾶσιν [éyyeyovacw]: live in;
perf. of ἐγγίγνομαι, arise in. Z 493.

ἐγγναλίζω, aor. inf. ἐγγυαλίξαι (yviov) :
give into (our) hands, grant. A 353.

ἔγγυ-θεν, adv.: (from near at hand),

near. E 72, 275.
ἔγγυ-θι, ἐγγύς, adv.: near, with geni-
tive. Z 317.

ἐγείρω, aor. ἤγειρα and éyepa, mid.

aor. ἔγρετο: rouse, wake. B 440.

ἐγ-κέφαλος (κεφαλήν: brain. T 300.

40. VOCABULARY TO THE

ἐγ-κλίνω, perf. ἐγκέκλιται. lean on,
rest upon. Z78.

ἔγνω: learned, recognized; aor. of

A 199.

ἔγρετο : aor. of ἐγείρω, wake. B Al.

ἐγχείη (ἔγχος) : lance, spear. B 530.

ἐγχεσί-μωρος : spear-wielding. B692.

ἐγχέσ-παλος (πάλλω) : spear-brandish-
ing. Cf. αἰχμητής. B 131.

ἔγχος, -eos: dance, spear; generally
of ash wood, with a bronze point,
which was held in place by a ferule
(πόρκης). It had also a spike of
metal at the butt (cavpwryp), by
which the spear was fixed in the
ground (Z213). Cf. ἐγχείη, δόρυ,
αἰχμή.

ἐγ-χρίμπτω, aor. pass. partic. as mid.
ἐγχριμφθεῖσα : draw near. E 662.

ἐγώ(ν), gen. ἐμεῖο, (ἐ)μεῦ, or ἐμέθεν,
dat. (ἔ) μοί, acc. (ἐ)μέ, Ist pers.
pron.: J. § 42a.

ἐδάην: learned, came to know; aor. pass.
of διδάσκω, teach. § 51 N.B. T 208.

ἐδάμασσα aor. act., ἐδάμη aor. pass.,
ἐδάμνα impf.: of δάμνημι, overcome,
subdue. E191, 391.

ἔδειραν : aor. of δέρω, flay. A 459.

ἔδεισεν : aor. of δείδω. fear. The first
syllable is long, since the verb-stem
originally began with two conso-
nants (δει-). ὃ. 59h.

ἐδητύς, -vos (€dw): eating, food.

ἔδμεναι : inf. of édw, eat. A 345.

ἐδνοπάλιζεν : impf. of δνοπαλίζω, slay.

ἕδος, -εος (Sedes, seat): place for a
seat, seat, home. A 534.

ἔδραμον : aor. of τρέχω, run.

ἕδρη : seat, row of seats. B99,

γιγνώσκω, know.

E 599.

ἔδυ, ἔδυν [ἔδυσαν, ὃ 44 n], ἐδύτην:
aor. of δύω, enter, put on. Ζ 19.

ἔδυνεν : impf. of dvvw, put on.

ἔδω, fut. ἔδομαι (edo, cat): eat. Cf.
eo biw.

ἔδωκεν : aor. of δίδωμι, give.

ἐείκοσιν : see εἴκοσι, twenty.

ἔειπες, ἔειπε : 566 εἶπον, said.

ἐεισάμενος, aor. partic. of εἴδω : taking
the form, with dat. of likeness.

ἐέλδωρ (ἔλδομαιλ : wish, desire.

ἐέργαθεν : impf. of ἐργάθω, separate.

ἐέργει : pres. of épyw, separate. ἐντὸς
ἐέργει: incloses. B 617.
ἐερμέναι : perf. of εἴρω, join. E 89.

ἕζομαι, aor. εἷσε (€d0s) : sit; aor. seated.

ἕηκεν : aor. of ἵημι, send. § 43 d.

ἔην or ἔεν [pv]: impf. of εἰμί, am.

éfjos : gen. of évs, valiant. A 393.

ἑῆς : gen. fem. of ἕός, his. E 371.

ἔῃσι [ἢ] : 3d sing. subjv. of εἰμί, am.

ἔθεεν : impf. of θέω, run. A 483.

ἐθέλω, subjv. ἐθέλωμι, ἐθέλῃσθα
(§ 44 a), impf. ἤθελον or ἔθελον :
wish, pnd ἔθελε
(noli): do not desire, do not try.
οὐκ ἐθέλων (equiv. to ἀέκων) :
against his will. B 247.

ἕθεν [ov], gen. of 3d pers. pron. :
of him, of her. §§ 33 c, 42 a.

ἔθεντο, ἔθεσαν, ἔθηκαν: aor. of τέ
θημι, set, place. 750.

ἔθνος, -εος : nation, tribe, host, flock
(of birds), swarm (of bees).

ἔθω, perf. as pres. εἴωθε: am accus-
tomed, am wont. KE 766.

el, αἱ, conditional particle: if
whether (in indir. questions). It
often introduces a wish,

am willing.

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD 41

In εἰ δ᾽ Gye, εἰ seems to be an inter-
jection, come 1

εἴ που or εἰ πώς with subjv. or opt.
freq. can be rendered by on the
chance that, in the hope that.

εἱαμενή : low land. A 483.

εἰαρινός (ἔαρ, Vernus) 3: of the spring-
time, spring, vernal. B 89, 471.

εἴας, iterative εἴασκον : impf. of ἐάω,
permit. E 819.

εἵαται (8 44 1): 3d pl. of Huan, sit.

dato [ἧντο] : impf. of ἣμαι. Τ' 149.

εἰ δ᾽ ἄγε : but up, come! Z 376.

εἶδαρ, -ατος (ἔδω) : food. E 369.

εἴδῃς subjv., εἰδήσειν [εἴσεσθαι fut.
inf.: of οἶδα, know.

[εἴδω], εἴδομαι, aor. εἴσατο, aor. par-
tic. (ἐγεισάμενος : appear, appear
like, take the form of. B 22.

εἴδομεν [εἰδῶμεν, ὃ 45]: subjv. of

_ οἶδα, know. A 363.

εἶδον or ἴδον (aor. ind.), aor. subjy.
ἴδητε, iterative aor. ἴδεσκε, aor.
ind. mid. εἴδοντο, aor. subjyv.
ἴδωμαι (ειδ-, Video): saw, see. Cf.
ὁράω.

εἶδος, -εος (ριδ-} : appearance. B58.

εἴδωλον (ειδ-, idol) : shape, phantom.

εἰδώς, ἰδυῖα : partic. of οἶδα, know.

εἶεν [einoay], εἴην : opt. of εἰμί, am.

εἶθαρ, adv. : straightway. Cf. ibis.

εἴθε : would that, O that! introduces
a wish.

εἴκελος. (εἰκώνν : like, resembling.

εἴκοσι (ceikoot, Viginti), indecl. :
twenty. B 510.

ἐίκτην (8 49 c) plpf. as impf., ἐικυῖα
(8 49 g) fem. partic. : of ἔοικα, am
like, resemble.

εἴκω (cex-, Germ. weichen, weaken) :
yield, draw back. A 509.

Εἰλέσιον : Boeotian town. B499.

εἰλέω : restrain, keep back. See εἴλω.

εἰλήλουθα [ἐλήλυθα] : perf. of ἔρχο-
μαι, come. A 202, Z 254.

εἰλί-πος, -od0s, dat. pl. εἰλιπόδεσσι:
(legtwisting), crooked-gaited, trail-
ing-footed. Epithet of cattle, in
contrast with ἀερσίποδες ἵπποι.

εἷλον : aor. of aipew, take, seize.

εἰλύω, perf. partic. εἰλυμένος (ρειλ-;
volvo): wrap. E186.

εἴλω, aor. inf. ἔλσαι, aor. pass. inf.
ἀλήμεναι (ρείλων : crowd together.

εἶμα, -ατος (ρεσ-, ἕννυμι, vestis):
garment, robe. E 905,

εἰμέν [ἐσμέν] : 1st pl. of εἰμί, am.

εἱμένοι: perf. partic. of ἕννυμι,
clothe.
εἰ μή: if not, unless. B 156.

εἰμί, 2d sing. ἐσσί, 3d sing. éori(v),
Ist pl. εἰμέν, 2d pl. ἐστέ, 3d pl.
εἰσί(ν) or ἔασι(ν), 180 sing. subjy.
éw, 3d sing. subjv. ἔῃσι, opt. εἴην,
3d pl. opt. εἶεν, 3d sing. imv. ἔστω,
2d pl. imv. ἔστε, 3d pl. imv. ἔστων,
inf. εἶναι or ἔμ(μ)εν(αι), partic.
ἐών, ἐοῦσα, ἐόν, 1st sing. impf.
ἦα or ἔα, 2d sing. impf. ἦσθα, 3d
sing. impf. ἦν, ἦεν, éev, or ἔην, 3d
dualimpf. ἤστην, 3d pl. impf. ἦσαν
or ἔσαν, iterative impf. ἔσκε(ν),
fut. ἔσί(σγομαι, 3d sing. fut. ἔσ(σν)ε-
ται, ἐσσεῖται, or ἔσται (SUM, esse,
am, is): am, exist, live. οὐ δὴν
ἦν: he did not live long. καὶ ἐσσο-
μένοισι: even for men about to be,
Sor future generations. — The ε of

42

the root is preserved in most
forms.

εἶμι, 3d sing. εἶσι, subjv. ἴομεν, imy.
ἴθι, inf. ἴμεν or ἰέναι, partic. ἰών,
ἰοῦσα, ἰόν, 3d sing. impf. ἤιε or
te(v) [nec], dual impf. ἔτην, 3d pl.
impf. ἴσαν, aor. εἴσατο (60) : go,
depart, come. (The connection
decides whence and whither the
action proceeds.) The pres. ind.
is freq. used as fut. (as regularly
in Attic), while the impf. ind.
and the other moods are used as
aorists.

εἰν ; for ἐν, in. ὃ 55d. B 783.

elvarépes, pl.: husband’s brothers’ wives.

elvaros (ἐννέα) : ninth. B 295..

εἵνεκα : see ἕνεκα, on account of.

εἰνοσί-φυλλος (ἔνοσις, ὠθέω, φύλλον) :
leaf-shaking, leafy. B 682.

elo [ov], gen. of 3d pers. pron. : him-
self. § 42a. A400.

clos, elws [ews]: while, until. (Hos is
prob. the better form.) T 291.

εἴ wep: if really, if indeed. A 81.

εἵπετο : impf. of ἕπομαι, follow.

εἶπον Or ἔειπον and εἶπας (aor. ind.),
3d sing. subjv. εἴπῃ(σιν), partic.
εἰπών, εἰποῦσα, iterative aor. εἴπεσ-
κεν (ρέποςν) : said, told, spoke. ὡς
εἰπών: thus speaking, with these

Ch. φημξ, εἴρω.

εἴ ποτε: if ever. εἴ ποτε σχοίατο: if
ever they would stop. B97.

εἴ που, εἴ mas: if perchance, in the
hope that. T 450, A 88.

Ἐρέτρια: Eretria,in Euboea. B 537.

εἰρήνη : peace. ἐπ᾽ εἰρήνης : in time
of peace. B 797.

words.

VOCABULARY TO THE

εἴριον : wool. T 588.
εἰρο-κόμος : wool-carder. Τ' 387.
εἴρομαι, subjv. ἐρείομεν [ἐρώμεθαΠ,
impf. ἐρέοντο: ask, inquire about.
Cf. cipw. A 62.
εἰρο-πόκος : woolly-fleeced, woolly.
elpvarar pres. mid., εἰρύσσασθαι aor.
mid. : of ἐρύομαι, guard. A 239.
εἰρύαται: perf. pass. of épvw, draw up.
[εἴρω], fut. ἐρέω, perf. pass. εἴρηται
(Fep-> verbum, word): say, tell,

announce. Cf. φημί, εἶπον.
εἴρω, perf. pass. partic. ἐερμέναι

(sero): join, unite well. E 89.

els, és, adv. and prep. with acc.:
into, to, until. It sometimes is
followed by a gen., which has
been explained by an ellipsis, e.g.
és ᾿Αθηναίης : to Athena’s temple ;
ἐς γαλόων : to the homes of her hus-
band’s sisters. Z378f. It rarely
follows its noun.

els, μία, ἕν, gen. ἑνός, μιᾶς, ἑνός : One.
Cf. tos. .

εἶσα : seated,
Α811.

εἴσαιτο, aor. οὗ εἴδω : seemed. B 215.

εἰσ-ανα-βαίνω, aor. εἰσανέβησαν: go
up into. Z 74.

εἴσατο, aor. of εἴδω : took the form of.

εἴσατο: aor. of tema, press forward
eagerly. A138.

εἰσ-έρχομαι, fut. ἐσελεύσομαι, aor.
εἰσήλυθον or εἰσῆλθον, aor. imy.

aor. of ἕζομαι, sit.

εἴσελθε : come in, enter. Z 354.
εἴσεται : fut. of οἶδα, know. A 548.

tion (cicos): equal, well-balanced,
shapely (of ships); fair (of a
feast where each has a portion

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD 43

suited to his rank). παντόσ᾽ ἐίση:
equal on every side, prob. symmet-
rical, well-balanced, of a shield
(ἀσπίς). A 468.

εἰσ-ἢλθον or εἰσήλυθον : aor. of εἰσέρ-
xoua, come in. B 921, 798.

ἐίσκω (ξεξισκω, FLK-): think (him)
like. Τ' 197, E181.

els ὅ κείν): until. (For εἰς τοῦτο ἐν
ᾧ κε) T 409.

εἰσ-οράω, pres. partic. εἰσορόων, fut.
ἐσόψομαι : look at, look on.

εἴσω (eis), adv.: within, into. Freq.
with a preceding acc. (‘limit of
motion’), as "IAvov εἴσω: to Troy;
ὀστέον εἴσω: in to the bone ; "Aidos
εἴσω (sc. δόμον) : into the home of
Hades.

εἴ re, εἴ tre: whether, or.

εἶχον : impf. of ἔχω, have, hold.

εἰῶ, εἰῶσι: pres. ind. of édw, allow.

εἴωθε: perf. of ἔθω, am wont.

elas [ἕως] : for εἷος, until. T 291.

ἐκ, ἐξ (before vowels), ady. and
prep. with gen.: out, forth, from.
ἐκ τοῖο: from that time. ἐξ ov:
since. ἐφίληθεν ἐκ Διός : received
the love of Zeus, were loved by
Zeus. ἐξ ἄντυγος : (bound) from
the rim, i.e. to the rim. In com-
position ἐκ denotes separation or
completion (utterly).

“ExaBy : Hecuba, wife of King Priam
of Troy. Z 251 ff.

ἑκά-εργος (cexds, cépyov): fa~-worker
(or defender). Epithet of Apollo.
A 479, E 439. Cf. ἑκηβόλος,
ἑκατηβελέτης. ἑκατηβόλος, ExaTos.

ἕκα-θεν (Exds): from afar, afar.

ἐκαλέσσατο : aor. of καλέω, call.
ἔκαμον: aor. of κάμνω, become weary.
ἑκάς (cexa-),ady.: far; with genitive.
ἕκαστος 3 (ρεκ-): each. It is freq.
added in apposition with the sub-
ject of the principal verb, — in the
sing. when the individual is to
be made prominent, in the pl.
when separate divisions or squads
areinmind ΟΣ ΤΊ.
ἑκάτερθεν, adv. with gen.:
side. T 340.
ἑκατη-βελέτης, -ao (A 75) and ἑκατη-
βόλος (ρεκάς, βάλλων: far-darter,
Jar-shooter. Epithet of Apollo as
(the sun god) the god of the
bow. Cf. ἑκάεργος, ἑκηβόλος.
ἑκατόγ-χειρος (χείρ) : hundred-armed.
Epithet of Briareos. A 402.
eee (βοῦς) : hecatomb ; strictly
a sacrifice of a hundred cattle, but
the poet is not exact as to num-
ber or class of the victims, hence
sacrifice. (A ‘hecatomb’ of
twelve heifers is mentioned in
Z 93, and one of rams in A 102.)
ἑκατόμ-βοιος (Bots): worth a hundred
cattle. B 449, Z 236.
ἑκατόμ-πολις : having a hundred cities,
hundred-citied, of Crete. B 649.
ἑκατόν (centum): indecl. one
hundred.
ἕκατος (ρεκάς): short form of éxa-
τηβελέτης, far-darter. A 385.
ἐκ-βαίνω: go forth, come forth.
ἐκ- βάλλω, aor. ἔκβαλε : cast out, throw
out. E 39.
ἐκ- γίγνομαι, aor. ἐξεγένοντο, perf.
inf. ἐκγεγάμεν, perf. partic. fem.

on either

44 VOCABULARY TO THE

ἐκγεγαυῖα [ἐκγεγονυῖα, ὃ 49 57: am
born from, perf. am sprung from.
éx-yovos: descendant, offspring.
ἔκ-δηλος (δῆλον) : conspicuous. E 2.
ἐκ-δίδωμι, aor. imv. ἔκδοτε: give up.
T 459. :
&-50e: put of, dof. Τ' 114.
ἐκέδασσε: aor. of (c0)Keddvvm,
shatter. E 88.
ἐκέκαστο: plpf. of καίνυμαι, excel.
ἐκέκλετο: aor. of κέλομαι, call, order.
ἐκέκλιτο: plpf. of κλίνω, lean, rest.
ἔκηα (8 48 h): aor. of καίω, burn.
ἑκη-βολίη (ρεκάς, βάλλω): distant
shooting, i.e. skill in archery.
ἑκη-βόλος : far-shooter.
ἕκηλος (ρεκ-): quiet, peaceful, undis-
turbed, at ease. EK 805.
B 153.
ἐκ-καθ-οράω, aor. partic. ἐκκατιδών:
look (out) down from. A 508.
ἐκ-και-δεκά-δωρος : sixteen handbreadths
in length. A109.
ἐκ-κατ-ιδών : aor. of éxxafopaw.
ἐκ-κλέπτω, aor. ἐξέκλεψεν : steal away.
ἐκ-κυλίνδω, aor. pass. ἐξεκυλίσθη (cyl-
inder): roll out. Z 42.

See ἑκάεργος.

éx-kabalpw: clean out.

ἐκ-λανθάνω, aor. trans. ἐκλέλαθον,
mid. ἐκλελαθέσθαι: mid. forget;
trans. aor. caused to forget.
B 600.

ἔκλυον : impf. of κλύω, hear, give ear.

ἐκ-μυζάω, aor. partic. ἐκμυζήσας :
squeeze or suck out (poisoned
blood or extraneous matter).
A 218.

ἐκινοστέω, aor. partic. ἐκνοστήσαντε
(νόστος) : return from. E157.

ἐκολῴα : impf. of κολῳάω, brawl.

ἐκόμισσε: aor. Of κομίζω, carry off.

ἔκπαγλος: terrible. Superl. ἐκπαγλό-
τατος. Adv. ἐκπάγλως or ἔκπαγλα:
terribly, mightily, furiously. A146.

ἐκ-παιφάσσω : (shine forth), am promi-

E 803.

ἐκ-πέρθω, fut. ἐκπέρσουσι, aor. subjy.

nent.

ἐκπέρσωσι, aor. ἐξεπράθομεν : sack
utterly, destroy. τὰ πολίων ἐξεπρμά-
θομεν : what we sacked out of the
cities, 1.6. took from the cities. A125.
ἐκ-πίπτω, aor. ἔκπεσε: fall from.
ἐκ-πρεπής, -<os (πρέπω) : distinguished.
B 483.
ἐκραίαινεν : impf. of κραιαίνω, fulfill.
ἐκ-σαόω, aor. ἐξεσάωσεν : save, rescue.
ἐκ-σεύω, aor. pass. ἐξεσύθη: send
forth; pass. rush forth. KE 298,
ἐκ-σπάω, aor. ἐξέσπασε: draw forth.
ἔκτα, ἔκτανε: aor. of κτείνω, kill.
ἐκ-τάμνω, aor. ἐξέταμον : cut out, cut,
hew out. A 460.
ἐκ-τελέω (TEéAOS): accomplish, perform. .
B 286.
“Exrépeos : of Hector, Hector’s.

“Exroptins: son of Hector. Z 401.
ἕκτος (€£): sixth. B 407.
ἐκτός (€x), adv.: outside. A151.

Ἕκτωρ, -opos (cf. the English verb
to hector): Hector, the mightiest
and dearest-beloved of Priam’s
fifty sons. © 495 ff. In Z is
an account of an affectionate
meeting of Hector and his wife
Andromache ; in H, Hector fights
in single combat with Telamo-
nian Ajax; he breaks his way
through the gates of the Greek
camp (M 445 ff.) ; he is grievously

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD 45

wounded by Ajax (Ξ 402 ff.), but
Apollo restores his strength, and
he returns to the conflict (0246 ff.),
and advances to the very ships
of the Achaeans (II 414 ff.) ; he
slays Patroclus, the friend of
Achilles (II 818 ff.) ; he is himself
slain by Achilles (X 330). The
Twenty-fourth Book of the Iliad
tells the story of Priam’s visit
to the Achaean camp to ransom
Hector’s body. The last verse
of the Iliad is ὡς οἵ γ᾽ ἀμφίεπον
τάφον Ἕκτορος ἱπποδάμοιο. He
is called x foros, with waving
plume, βοὴν ἀγαθός, good at the
war cry, valiant, μεγάθυμος, great-
hearted, φαίδιμος, glorious, ἀνδρο-
φόνος, man-slaying.

ἑκυρός (ρεκ-, ΒΟΘΘΙ):
father. YT 172.

ἐκ-φαίνω, aor. pass. ἐξεφαάνθη: show
forth ; pass. appear. A 468.

ἐκ- φέρω : carry forth, bear out of.

ἐκ-φεύγω, aor. ἔκφυγε: escape.

éx-xéo: pour oul. T 296.

ἑκών, -dvtos (ex): willing, of (his)
own will, at pleasure. T 66.

ἐλάαν [éAav]: pres. inf. of ἐλάω,
drive. E 366. ;

ἔλαβε: aor. of λαμβάνω, take, seize.

ἐλάζετο : impf. of λάζομαι, take.

ἔλαιον (oleum, oil): olive oil. B754.

&dcacke: iterative aor. of ἐλαύνῳ.

ἐλάτη: pine tree. E 560.

ἐλατήρ, -ρος (€Adw): driver. A 145.

"Edaros: Trojan ally, slain by Aga-
memnon. Z 33.

ἐλαύνω or ἐλάω, pres. inf. ἐλάαν [ἐλᾶν,

husband’s

§ 47 c], aor. ἔλασ(σ)ε(ν) or ἤλασε,
iterative aor. ἐλάσασκεν, plpf. ἠλή-
λατο or ἐλήλατο: drive, strike.
KoAwov ἐλαύνω : carry on a brawl.
A 575.

ἔλαφος : deer. T 24.

ἐλαφρός 3: light. E122.

ἔλδομαι (will): desire, long for. E481,

ἐλεαίρω (ἔλεος) : pity. B 27.

ἐλεγχής, -ἔος : shameful. A 242,

ἐλέγχιστος : disgraced. Ἢ 285.

ἔλεγχος, -εος : shame, pl. (shameful
things), caitiffs. B 235.

ἐλεεινός (ἔλεος) : pitiable. B 314.

ἐλεέω, aor. ἐλέησε (EAeos): pity, take
pity. Z 484.

ἐλελίζω, aor. ἐλέλιξεν, aor. pass.
ἐλελίχθησαν or ἐλέλιχθεν : (turn),
act. shake; mid. coil; pass. turn
about, rally. A 530, B 316, Z109.

ἕλε(ν) [εἷλε] : aor. of αἱρέω, take, slay.

Ἑλένη: Helen, daughter of Zeus,
sister of Castor and Polydeuces,
wife of Menelaus, mother of Her-
mione. Famed for her beauty.
Carried off by Paris, son of Priam,
to Troy, and thus the occasion of
the Trojan War. After the cap-
ture of Ilios she returned to
Sparta with Menelaus. I 191 ff.,
Z 323 ff., ὃ 121 ff.

Ἕλενος : Helenus. (1)Son of Priam; a
seer. Z76. (2) A Greek. E707.

ἐλεόθρεπτος (ἕλος, τρέφω): marsh-
nourished, grown on moist meadows.
B 776.

ἕλεσθε, ἑλέτην : aor. of aipew, take.

ἐλεύθερος (liber): free. ἐλεύθερον
ἦμαρ (§ 16 d): day of freedom,

46 VOCABULARY TO THE

freedom. κρητὴρ ἐλεύθερος : bowl
of freedom, i.e. in celebration of
freedom. Z 455, 528.

ἐλεύσομαι : fut. of ἔρχομαι, come.

ἐλέφας, -avtos: ivory. A 141. The
elephant himself is not men-
tioned by Homer.

᾿Ελεφήνωρ, -opos: leader of Abantes.
B 540, A 463.

ἔλεψεν : aor. of λέπω, strip off. A 236.

*Ededv,-Ovos: Boeotian town. B500.

ἐλήλατο : plpf. of ἐλαύνω, drive.

ἐλθέ imyv., ἐλθεῖν or ἐλθέμεν(αι) inf.,
ἔλθῃσι subjv., ἔλθοι opt., ἐλθών
partic.: aor. of ἔρχομαι, come.
A 70, 247.

‘EXtkdwv, -ovos: Helicdon, son of
Antenor, and son-in-law of Priam.
Γ 123.

Ἑλίκη : principal town in the dis-
trict on the north coast of Pelo-
ponnesus. Poseidon received spe-
cial honor there. B 575.

ἑλικῶπις, -ἰδος, and ἑλίκ-ωψ, -w7os
(εέλιξ, ay): quick-eyed, bright-
eyed. A 98, 3889, T 190.

ἔλιπον : aor. of λείπω, leave.

ἑλίσσω (ρέλιξ) : curl. A 317.

ἑλκεσί-πεπλος: with trailing robe.
Epithet of Trojan matrons.

ἑλκηθμός (EAxw): dragging, seizure.
ἕλκος, -εος (1116 τι 5}: wound, sore.
ἕλκω: draw, drag. A194.

ἔλλαβε [ἔλαβε, ὃ 30 0]: aor. of Aap-
βάνω, take. E 88.

Ἕλλάς, -ddos: Hellas, the country
under the rule of Peleus, in
Thessaly. B 683. Thence the
name was extended to all Greece.

E 480.

Ἕλληνες: Hellenes, the inhabitants
of Hellas, which did not yet
include all Greece. B 684.

Ἑλλήσ-ποντος: (sea of Helle), the
Hellespont. Β 845. The Homeric
use includes the neighboring

waters.
ἐλλίσσετο : impf.of λίσσομαι. ὃ 80}.
ἕλοι, ἕλον [εἷλον], ἑλόντες, ἕλοντο

[εἵλοντο] : aor. of αἱρέω, take,
seize, slay. B29, 399.

Ἕλος, -eos: Helos. (1) Lacedaemo-
nian town. B 584. Cf. Helot.
(2) Town near Elis. B 594.

ἕλος, -εος (ρελ-) : marsh, meadow.

ἔλπομαι (ρελπ-, Voluptas, will):
hope. Τ΄ 112.

ἔλσαι: aor. inf. of εἴλω, crowd to-
gether. A 409.

ἕλωρ and ἑλώριον (ρελ-, ἑλεῖν) : booty,
prey. Α 4, E 488, '

ἐμ-βαίνω, perf. partic. ἐμβεβαῶτα,
plpf. ἐμβέβασαν : come into, em-
bark; perf. stand in. E199.

ἐμ-βάλλω, aor. ἔμβαλε: throw in, put
into. Τ' 139, A 444. |

ἐμ-βασιλεύω : rule among. B 572.

ἐμέ acc., ἐμέθεν, ἐμεῖο gen.: of ἐγώ, 1.

ἔμεινας : aor. of μένω, await. Z 126.

ἐμέμικτο : plpf. of μίσγω, mix.

ἔμεναι [εἶναι7 : inf. of εἰμί, am.

ἐμεῦ [ἐμοῦ]: gen.of ἐγώ, J. § 42a.

ἐμίγην, [ἐμίχθησαν], and
ἐμίχθη : aor. pass. of μίσγω, unite,
mix. Τ' 209, 445, E 134.

ἐμμαπέως, adv.: quickly, at once.

ἐμμεμαώς, -via : eager, impetuously.

ἔμμεναι [εἶναι]: inf. of εἰμί, am.
§ 30 ὁ.

ἔμιχθεν

|
|

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD 47

ἔμμορα: perf. of μείρομαι, receive as
my portion. ὃ 43h. A 278.

ἐμνώοντο [ἐμιμνήσκοντο] : impf. of
μνάομαι, am mindful. B 686.

ἐμός 3: my. Strengthened by the
gen. of αὐτός in ἐμὸν αὐτοῦ κλέος,
since ἐμόν is equiv. to ἐμοῦ.

ἐμ-πάσσω, imp. ἐνέπασσε: (sprinkle
in), weave in. T 126.

ἔμ-πεδον, adv.: immovable. E 527.

ἔμ-πεδος : firm, unshaken. Z 352.

ἔμ-πεσε: aor. οὗ ἐμπίπτω, fall in.

ἐμ-πεφυνῖα : closely clinging to, perf.
of ἐμφύω, grow into. A 513.

ἔμ-πης: in spite of all, nevertheless,
like ὅμως, which is found but
once in Homer. A 562.

ἔμπλην, local adv.: next. B 526.

ἐμ-φύω, perf. partic. ἐμπεφυυῖα : grow
into; perf. cling closely to. A513.

ἐν, εἰν, or évi, adv. and prep.: in,
therein, among. οὔρεσιν ἐν κορυφῇς:
on the mountain summits. ἐν ὀφθαλ-
μοῖσιν ὁρᾶσθαι: see before (my)
eyes. πατρὶ ἐν χερσὶ τίθει: put in
her father’s arms. ἐν with the dat.
is freq. used with verbs of motion,
because of the state of rest that
follows the motion; as κάππεσον
ἐν Λήμνῳ: 1 fell down on Lemnos.
ἐν sometimes seems to be con-
strued with a gen., and an ellipsis
has been assumed, as ἐν ἀφνειοῦ
πατρός (sc. δώματι) : in the house
of my wealthy father. Cf. εἰς.

ἕνα : acc. masc. of εἷς, one. B 292.

évaipw, aor. ἐνήρατο (€vapa): slay.
perks

ἐν ripov, ἃν. : at filling time.

ἐν-αίσιμος (αἶσα) : favorable, rea-
sonable ; the contrary of παραίσια.
ἐν-αλίγκιος : like, resembling. E 5.
év-avtiov, adv.: against, to meet.
év-avrios 3: opposite, tomeect. Z 106.
évapa, pl.: spoils, armor taken from
a slain foe. Z 480.
ἐναρίζω (€vapa): strip of (his) armor,
slay, since this precedes the spoil-
ing. E151. Cf. évaipo.
ἐν-αρίθμιος (ἀριθμόςν : counted, of ac-
B 202.
ἔνατος (ἐννέα) : ninth. B 313.
ἕνδεκα, indecl.: eleven. B 713.
ἑνδεκά-πηχυς, -v: eleven cubits long.
ἐν-δέξια, adv.: from left to right.
év-Séw, aor. ἐνέδησε : bind in, entangle.
ἔνδο-θεν, ἔνδο-θι, ἔνδον (ἐν δόμῳ). adv.:
within, at home. A 243, Z 247, 374.
év-Sive and ἐν-δύω, aor. partic. ἐν-
δῦσα : (slip into), put on. E 736.
ἐνείκεσας: aor. of νεικέω, upbraid,
rebuke. Τ᾽ 59.
ἐνείκω [ἐνέγκω : aor. subjy. of φέρω.
ἔν-ειμι, Ist pl. ἔνειμεν, opt. ἐνείη,
impf. ἐνῆεν and ἔνεσαν (εἰμί), am
E 477.
ἕνεκα, ἕνεκεν, or εἵνεκα (ἑκών), prep.
with gen.: on account of, for the
sake of, because of. A 94, T 57.
ἐνενήκοντα, indecl.: ninety. B 602.
ἐν-έπασσεν : impf. of ἐμπάσσω.
ἐνέρτερος : lower, beneath. E 898,
ἔν-εσαν : impf. of ἔνειμε, am within.
*Everol, pl.: Veneti,in Paphlagonia.
B 852.
ἐν-ἣεν : impf. of ἔνειμι, am within.
ἐνήρατο : aor. of ἐναίρω, slay. E 43.
ἔνθα: there, here, where, then. ἔνθα

count,

within.

48 VOCABULARY TO THE

καὶ ἔνθα: in this direction and in
that. B 462, B 223.

év0d-Se: thither, there. A 367.

ἔνθεν : thence, from that source.

ἔν-θεο [evefov]: aor. of ἐντίθημι.

évi: see ἐν, in. The accent is drawn
back upon the first syllable when
the prep. follows its noun. §55c.

ἑνί: dat. of εἷς, one.

ἐνιαυτός: year, anniversary. Cf.
ἔτος. B134.

᾿Εἰνιῆνες : a Thessalian tribe. B 749.

ἐνϊπή (evirtw): rebuke, blame.

ἐνίπτω, aor. ἠνίπαπε (8 43 f): rebuke,
reproach. B 245, I’ 427.

ἔνισπε : aor. Of ἐννέ,γω, tell, say.

᾿Ενίσπη : Arcadian town. B 606.

ἐννέα (ROVEM, nine), indecl.: nine.

ἐννεά-βοιος (Bods): worth nine cattle.

ἐννεά-χῖλοι : nine thousand.

ἐννέπω, aor. ἔνισπε (ἐνοπή, insecc):
tell, say.

ἐννεσίη (€vinus): suggestion, advice.

ἐνν-ῆμαρ, adv.: for nine days.

"Evvopos: a Mysian seer. B 858.

ἕννῦμι, aor. ἕσσε, perf. partic. pass.
εἱμένοι, plpf. ἕσσο (ρέννυμι, feo-,
vestis): clothe, put on. τὰ εἷμέ-:
vor: clad in which. λάινον ἕσσο χι-
Tava: put on a stone tunic, t.e. be
stoned. I 57.

ἐνόησε : aor. of νοέω, perceive. T 21.

ἐνοπή (ἐννέπω): outcry, cry. T 2.

ἐν-ὀρνῦμι, aor. act. ἐνῶρσεν, aor. mid.
ἐνῶρτο: arouse among; mid. arise

among. A 599, Z 499.

ἐν-στρέφομαι : turn within. E 306.
ἔντεα, dat. ἔντεσι, pl.: weapons,
armor. Τ' 339.

ἐν-τείνω, perf. mid. ἐντέταται : stretch
within, string. E 728.

ἐν-τίθημι, aor. ἔνθεο: place in, set in.

évro: aor. mid. of ἵημι, send, cast.

ἐντός, ἔντοσθε(ν) (ἐν), adv.: within;
with genitive. A 432. Cf.
ἐκτός.

ἐν-τροπαλίζομαι : turn around often.

ἐντύω : make ready. (Cf. ἔντεα )

᾿Ενυάλιος (᾿ Ἐνυώ): Enyalius, strictly
an epithet of Ares, god of war;
but used as his name, esp. in the
verse-close “Evvadiw ἀνδρεϊφόντῃ,
where » and ἀ are pronounced
together, by ‘synizesis’ (§ 25).
B 651.

ἐν-ὕύπνιον, adv.: in (my) sleep. B 56.

Ἔννώ: Enzo, Bellona, goddess of

war, companion of Ares. E 333,
592.

ἐνώμα: impf. of νωμάω, move.
Γ 218.

ἐν-ωπῇ (ay), adv.: openly. E 374.
ἐν-ῶρσεν, évapro: aor. of ἐνόρνυμι,
arouse in; mid. arise in. A 599.

ἐξ : see ἐκ, out of.

ἕξ (¢e€, sex, six), indecl.: 5812.

ἐξ-αγγέλλω, aor. ἐξήγγειλεν: bring
news out, tell a secret. EK 390.

&-dyw, aor. ἐξήγαγε : lead forth.

"Efdgios: Ezadius, a Lapith.
A 264.

ἐξ-αίνυμι: take away; with two
accusatives. E 155.

éf-alperos (aipew): selected. B 227.

ἐξ-αιρέω, aor. ἐξείλετο or ἐξέλετο : take
out of, take from. B 690.

ἐξ-ακέομαι, aor. opt. ἐξακέσαιο
(ἄκος): cure, appease. A 36,

Ἁ

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD ~~ 49

ἐξ-αλαπάζω, aor. ἐξαλάπαξε: sack,
utterly destroy. E 642.
ἐξ-άλλομαι : leap forth. E 142.
ἐξ-απίνης [ἐξαίφνης], adv. : suddenly.
ἐξ-ἀπο-δίομαι: drive away out of.
E 763.
ἐξ-απ-ὀλλῦμι, aor. opt. ἐξαπολοώτο:
mid. perish utterly from. Z 60.

ἐξ-αρπάζω, aor. ἐξήρπαξε: snatch
away. Τ' 380.
ἐξ-άρχω : begin, propose first. B 273.

ἐξ-αυδάω (avdy): speak out. A 363.

éf-airis: again,anew. A 223,T 433.

ἑξείης [ἑξῆς}: in order, one after the
other. A 448, Z 241.

ἐξ-είλετο : aor. of ἐξαιρέω, take out of.

ter, inf. ἐξέμμεναι (εἰμί) : am
sprung from, am the son of.
Z 100.

ἐξείνισσα : aor. of ξεινίζω, receive as
guest. T 207.

éf-elpopar: question, ask. E 756.

[ἐξ-εἰρω], fut. ἐξερέω : speak out, speak
plainly. A 212.

ἐξ-εκάθαιρον:: impf. of ἐκκαθαίρω, clean
oul. B 153.

ἐξ-έκλεψεν : aor. of ἐκκλέπτω, steal
away. E390.

ἐξ-εκυλίσθη : aor. pass. of ἐκκυλίνδω,
roll out, throw out. Z 42.

é€-chdw, aor. ἐξέλασε: drive out of,
drive away. E 25, 324.

ἐξ-έλετο : aor. of ἐξαιρέω, take away.

ἐξεέλκω : draw out. A 214,

ἑξέμεν [ἕξειν7: fut. inf. of ἔχω, hold,
keep, protect, defend. E 473.

ἐξ-έμμεναι : inf, of ἔξειμι, am the son of.

ἐξ-εναρίζω, aor. ἐξενάριξε(ν) (€vapa) :
despoil, strip of armor, slay. Z 20.

ἐξ-επράθομεν : aor. of ἐκπέρθω, sack.

ἐξ-ερέω : fut. of ἐξείρω, speak out.

ἐξ-ερύω, aor. ἐξέρυσε: draw out.

tere: aor. of ξέω, hew, cut. E81.

ἐξ-έσπασε: aor. of ἐκσπάω, draw forth.

ἐξ-εσύθη : rushed forth; aor. pass. as
mid. of ἐκσεύω. ἘΣ 293.

ἐξ-έταμον : aor. of ἐκτάμνω, cut out,
hew. A 460, B 423.

ἐξ-εφαάνθη : appeared ; aor. pass, of
ἐκφαίνω, show forth. A 468.

ἐξήγαγε: aor. of ἐξάγω, lead forth.

ἐξ-ήγγειλε : aor. of ἐξαγγέλλω, tell the
secret. E390.

ἐξ-ηγέομαι : lead forth. B 806.

ἑξ-ήκοντα (ef), indecl.: sizty.

ἐξιήρπαξε: aor. of ἐξαρπάζω, snatch
away. YT 380.

é-fipxev: impf. of ἐξάρχω, begin.
E 270.

ἐξ-οίχομαι : am gone. Z 379.

ἐξ-ονομαίνω, aor. subjv. ἐξονομήνῃς :
call by name, name. T 166.

ἐξ-όπιθε: behind, in the rear. A 298.

€-oxos (€feyw): prominent, preémi-
nent, chief. ἔξοχα, adv.: chiefly.

ἐξ-υπ-αν-ίστημι, aor. ἐξυπανέστη : rose
(ἀνέστη), out of the back (ἐξ),
under (ὑπό) the blow. B 267.

ἕο [ov]: gen. of 3d pers. pron., him-
self, herself, him, her. § 42 a.
B 239.

ἔοικα, fem. partic. éuxvia (8 49 g),
plpf. ἐῴκειν, plpf. dual ἐίκτην
(ξέροικα, εικ-), perf. as pres.: am
like, resemble ; impers. it is fitting,
suitable. A 47, 104, 119.

ἐόντες : partic. of εἰμί, am. A 290.

ἔοργα : perf, of épdw, do, work. T 57.

50 VOCABULARY TO THE

és (ov, suus, his) 3, possessive
pron.: own, his own, her own, his,
her. § 42 bd.

ἐπ-αγείρω : collect. A 126.

ἐπ-αιγίζω : dash upon. B148.

ér-civéw, aor. partic. ἐπαινήσαντες
(αἶνος) : praise, commend, B 335.

aor. inf. ἐπαΐξαι: rush
upon, hasten to. B 146, T 369.

ἐπ-αίτιος : blameworthy, to blame.

> —h
ἐπ-αἴσσω,

ἐπ-ακούω, aor. ἐπάκουσαν : hear.

᾿ . ae) s

ἐπ-αμείβομαι, aor. subjv. ἐπαμείψομεν :
act. exchange; mid. change. νίκη

ἐπαμείβεται ἄνδρας : victory comes

now to one, now to another.

ἐπ-αμύνω, aor. imv. ἐπάμῦνον : bring
aid to, protect, defend. KE 685.

ἐπ-αν-ίστημι, 2d aor. ἐπανέστησαν:
aor. rose thereupon. B 85.

ἐπ-απειλέω, a0r. ἐπηπείλησε:: threaten.

ἐπ-αρκέω, aor. ἐπήρκεσε: (avail),
ward off; with acc. and dat. of
interest. B 873.

ἐπ-άρχω, aor. partic. ἐπαρξάμενοι :
begin. νώμησαν ἐπαρξάμενοι, equiv.
to ἤρξαντο ἐπινέμοντες : began dis-
tributing. A 471.

ἐπ-ασσύτερος (ἐπέ, ἀνά, σεύω) 3: in
close succession, one soon after the
other.

ἐπ-αυρίσκω, fut. inf. ἐπαυρήσεσθαι,
aor. subjv. ἐπαύρωνται : enjoy, reap
the fruits of. Freq. ironical.

ἔπ-έγναμψεν: aor. of ἐπιγνάμπτω,
bend, bring over. B 14, 31, 68.

ἐπ-έδραμε : aor. of ἐπιτρέχω, run upon.

ἐπέεσσι(ν) [ἔπεσιν, ὃ 36 0]: dat. pl.
of ἔπος, word.

ἐπ-ἔθηκε : aor. of ἐπιτίθημι, place upon.

ἐπεί, temporal and causal conj.: when,
since, for. It generally stands at
the head of its clause, but some-
times follows one or more words,
as Z 474.

émelyw: hurry, urge; mid. hasten, in
haste, eagerly. B 354.

ἐπεὶ δή: since once, since, when.

ἐπεὶ 4: since in truth; always causal.

ἔπ-ειμι, opt. ἐπείη, imp. ἐπῆεν (εἰμι) :
am upon, am over.

ἔπ-ειμι, 3d sing. ἔπεισιν, partic. ἐπι-
ὄντα (εἶμι) : come on; pres. ind,
shall come on. E 238.

"Enevol: Epéans, early inhabitants
of northern Elis. B 619.

ἔπειραν : aor. of πείρω, pierce, spit.

ἐπειρᾶτο impf., ἐπειρήσαντο aor.: of
πειράομαι, try, attempt.

ἔπ-εισιν : 3d sing. of ἔπειμι, come on.

ἔπ-ειτα, adv.: then, after that, neat,
hereafter. Freq. in apodosis, giv-
ing it independence and promi-
nence.

ἐπ-ελθών : aor. partic. of ἐπέρχομαι,
come on. A 884.

ἐπ-εμήνατο : aor. of ἐπιμαίνομαι, rave
Sor, desire madly. Z 160.

ἐπ-έμυξαν : aor. of ἐπιμύζω, mutter over,
A 20.

ἐπ-εν-ήνοθε, 3d sing. of an old perf.,
as (pres. or) impf.: grew on it.

ἐπ-έοικε, impers.: it is fitting.

ἐπ-επείθετο : impf. of ἐπιπείθομαι, obey,
yield obedience.

ἐπέπιθμεν [ἐπεποίθειμεν, ὃ 49 c]:
trusted; plpf. of πείθω, persuade.

ἐπέπληγον: aor. of πλήσσω, strike.

§ 43 ὁ.
oe

FIRST SIX BOOKS

ἐπ-ερείδω, aor. ἐπέρεισε: (rest upon),
push.

ἐπέρησεν : aor. Of περάω, pass through.

ἐπ-ερρώσαντο: aor. of ἐπιρρώομαι,
roll down at (the nod). A 529.

ἐπ-έρχομαι, aor. partic. ἐπελθών:
come on, advance, attack.

ἐπεσ-βόλος (ἔπος, βάλλων: (word-
bandying), babbling, blatant.

ἔπεσε: aor. of πίπτω, fall.

ἐπ-έσσυμαι : rush upon, am eager ; perf.
of ἐπισσεύω, urge upon.

ἐπ-εστενάχοντο : impf. of ἐπιστενάχω,
groan αἱ. Δ 154.

ἐπ-εστέψαντο: aor. of
crown. A 470.

ἐπ-έτειλας : aor. of ἐπιτέλλω, enjoin.

ἐπ-ευφημέω, aor. ἐπευφήμησαν : (speak
well at), approve.. Cf. ἐπαινέω.
ἐπευφήμησαν is equiv. to ἐκέλευσαν
ἐπευφημοῦντες, bade with pious
reverence. A 22.

ἐπ-εύχομαι, aor. partic. ἐπευξάμενος :
pray, boast over, exult.

ἔπεφνον, inf. πεφνέμεν (φόνος, φεν-),
aor.: slew. πέφανται 18 perf.
passive.

ἐπ-εφράσατο: aor. of ἐπιφράζομαι,
notice, think of.

ἐπ-ῆεν : impf. of ἔπειμι, am upon.

ἐπήν: ἐπεὶ ἄν, when, with sub-
junctive.

7
ἐπιστέφω,

ἐπ-ἤνεον : impf. of ἐπαινέω, commend,
approve.

ἔπηξε: aor. of πήγνυμι, build.

ἐπ-ηπείλησε: aor. of ἐπαπειλέω,
threaten. A 319.

ἐπ-ἤρκεσε: aor. of ἐπαρκέω, ward off.

ἐπί, ady. and prep.: upon, on, to,

OF THE ILIAD 51

over, at, against, after; with dat.,
acc., and genitive.

(1) Adv. ἐπὶ κνέφας ἦλθε: dark-
ness came on; ἐπὶ οἶνον ere fe:
poured a libation of wine over (the
offering) ; ἐπὶ μῦθον ἔτελλεν : laid
upon him his command.

(2) With dat. χεῖρ᾽ ἐπὶ καρπῷ:
arm at the wrist ; ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ γέλασσαν :
laughed (over) at him; ἐπὶ χθονί:
upon the earth, upon the ground ; ἐπὶ
πύργῳ: on the tower; ἐπὶ πύλῃσιν :
by (at) the gate ; 686 ἔπι : on the road,
by the wayside ; Ἐάνθῳ ἔπι: on the
banks of the Xanthus ; ἐπὶ νηυσίν:
at (near) the ships ; ποιμὴν. ἐπ’ ὀίεσ-
ow: shepherd keeping watch over
his sheep ; θεῖναι ἐπὶ γούνασιν : place
upon the knees ; ἐπ᾿ ἀλλήλοισιν ἰόν-
Tes: going upon (against) each other ;
ἧκε δ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ᾽Αργείοισι : sent against
the Argives; ἦλθε δ᾽ ἐπὶ Κρήτεσσι:
came to the Cretans.

(3) With ace. ἐπὶ χθόνα : to the
ground ; ἐξεκυλίσθη ἐπὶ στόμα : was
thrown (rolled) out upon his face ;
ὕδωρ ἐπὶ χεῖρας ἔχευαν : poured water
over the hands; ἐπὶ βωμὸν ἄγων: lead-
ing to the altar ; ἐπὶ πύργον ἰοῦσαν :
coming to the tower; κατάγειν ἐπὶ
νῆας : lead back (down) to the camp
(ships); ἐπὶ στίχας ἡγέομαι: lead
into ranks, so as to form ranks ; βῆ
ἐπ᾽ ᾿Ατρείδην : went to the son of
Atreus; ἐπὶ νῶτα θαλάσσης : over
the back of the sea ; μείνατ᾽ ἐπὶ χρό-
vov: wait for a while.

(4) With gen. ἐπ᾿ ὥμων : on the
shoulders ; ἐπὶ xOovds: on the ground ;

52 VOCABULARY TO THE

καθέζετ᾽ ἐπὶ θρόνου: sat upon a
throne ; νῆα ἐπ᾽ ἠπείροιο ἔρυσσαν:
drew the ship upon the shore; ἐπ᾽
εἰρήνης : in time of peace ; ἐπὶ προ-
τέρων ἀνθρώπων: in the time of
former generations.
ἐπί draws its accent back upon
the first syllable when it follows its
noun, unless either some word in-
tervenes or the final vowel of the
preposition is elided. § 55 c.
ἔπι : equiv. to ἔπεστι, “is thine.”
ἐπ-ιάχω : shout (ἐπί, in the fight).
ἐπι-βαίνω, aor. imv. ἐπιβήσεο, aor.
opt. ἐπιβαίην, aor. partic. em Bas :
go upon, mount.
ἐπι-βάλλω: mid. lay hands upon,
strive for.
ἐπι-βάσκω (Baivw): bring to (upon).
κακῶν ἐπιβασκέμεν: bring into
(evils) misfortune. B 234,
ἐπι-βήσεο imv., ἐπιβησόμενον partic. :
aor. of ἐπιβαίνω, mount. E 46.
ἐπι-βρίθω, aor. subjv. ἐπιβρίσῃ : press
heavily, fall heavily, of rain.
ἐπι-γίγνομαι : come on, come. Z 148.
ἐπι-γνάμπτω, aor. ἐπέγναμψεν : bend,
curb, win over to one’s side.
ἐπι-γράφω, aor. ἐπέγραψε : scratch.
᾿Εἰπίδαυρος: Epidaurus, town in
Argolis on the Saronic Gulf.
B 561.
ἐπι-δέξια, adv. acc.: on the right,
toward the right. Cf. ἐνδέξια.
ἐπι-δευής, -és: in want, lacking.
ἐπι-δεύομαι : am in want, am inferior ;
. with genitive.
aor.

Γ 378.

ἐπι-δινέω, ἐπιδινήσας : swing,

whirl.

ἐπί-δρομος (δραμεῖν) : approachable, to
be scaled. Z 434.

ἐπι-είκελος : like.

ἐπι-εικής, -ἐς : fitting, suitable.

ἐπι-εικτός (εἴκων) : yielding.

ἐπι-έλπομαι : hope ( for).

ἐπι-έννυμι, perf. partic. pass. ἐπιειμέ-
vos: clothe; pass. clad in; with
accusative.

ἐπί-ηρα: see ἦρα.

ἐπι-θαρσύνω : cheer, encourage.

ἐπι-θεῖναι aor. inf., ἐπιθήσει fut.: of
ἐπιτίθημι, lay upon, put to (ie.
close).

ἐπίθοντο : obeyed ; aor. of πείθω, per-
suade.

ἐπι-θρώσκω : leap upon, leap forward.
E 772. :

ἐπί-κειμαι, fut. ἐπικείσομαι : lie upon,
rest upon.

ἐπι-κεύθω, fut. ἐπικεύσω: cover up,
conceal, hide ; with negative.

ἐπι-κίδναμαι, mid.: spread over.

ἐπι-κουρέω, fut. émixovpyow: help,
serve as ally.

ἐπί-κουρος : helper, ally. Esp. in pl.
of the allies of the Trojans.

ἐπι-κραιαίνω, aor. imv. ἐπικρήηνον :
fulfill, accomplish, grant.

ἐπι-λεύσσω : see before me, see. T 12.

ἐπι-μαίνομαι, A0r. ἐπεμήνατο : rave for,
desire madly.

ἐπι-μαίομαι, fut. ἐπιμάσσεται : (feel),
examine or probe a wound, strike
(ἵππους μάστιγι).

ἐπι-μειδάω, aor. partic. ἐπιμειδήσας
(smile) : smile (at).

ἐπι-μέμφομαι: blame; with gen. of
cause.

— ΎνΥΡ.

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD 58

ἐπι-μένω, aor. imy. ἐπίμεινον : wait,
await.

ἐπι-μίσγω : mingle. ἂψ ἐπιμισγομέ:
νων (sc. Τρώων): -7οΐπει!ί battle
again with the Achaeans.

ἐπι-μύζω, aor. ἐπέμυξαν : mutter αἱ.

ἐπ-ιόντα : partic. of ἔπειμι, come on.

ἐπί-ορκον : false oath. T 279.

ἐπι-πείθομαι ; am obedient, render
obedience.
ἐπι-πέτομαι, aor. inf. ἐπιπτέσθαι:

Sly forward (upon), of an arrow.
ἐπι-πλέω and ἐπιπλώω, aor. partic.
ἐπιπλώσας and ἐπιπλώς : sail over.
ἐπι-πνείω (πνέω) : breathe (blow)
upon.

ἐπι-προ-ίημι, aor. inf. ἐπιπροέμεν :
send forth against. Δ 94.

ἐπι-πωλέομαι : come up to the ranks,
in order to review them.

ém-ppéw: flow over. B 754.

ἐπί-ρροθος : helper, only as feminine.

ἐπι-ρρώομαι, aor. ἐπερρώσαντο: roll
down at (the nod).

ἐπί-σπῃ : aor. of ἐφέπω, meet.

ἐπι-σσείω : shake at, brandish at.

ἐπι-σσεύω, plpf. as aor. ἐπέσσυτο,
perf. ἐπέσσυται: mid. hasten on,
rush upon.

ἐπί-σσωτρον : tire of a wheel.

ἐπίσταμαι : am skilled, understand.

ἐπι-στενάχομαι : groan meanwhile.
A 154.

ἐπι-στέφω, aor. ἐπεστέψαντο : crown,
fill to the brim. A 470.
ἐπι-στρέφω, aor. partic. ἐπιστρέψας :

turn about. T 370.
᾿Ἐπίστροφος : (1) Phocian leader.
B 517. (2) Slain by Achilles at

the sack of Lyrnessus. B 692.
(3) Leader of Trojan allies. B 856.

ἐπι-σφύρια (opupov), pl.: protections
for the ankle, ankle-quards.

ἐπι-τάρροθος : helper, defense. E 808.

ἐπι-τέλλω, aor. inf. ἐπιτεῖλαι : enjoin
upon, command.

ἐπι-τέτραπται, pl. ἐπιτετράφαται : perf.
pass. of ἐπιτρέπω, intrust.

émirndés, adv.: sufficiently, as are
needed. A 142.

ἐπι-τίθημι, fut. ἐπιθήσει, aor. ἐπέθηκε,
aor. inf. ἐπιθεῖναι: place upon, set
upon, put to (i.e. close).

ἐπι-τοξάζομαι : bend the bow at, shoot
at; with dat. I 79.

ἐπι-τρέτω, perf. pass. ἐπιτέτραπται,
perf. pass. pl. ἐπιτετράφαται [ἐπιτε-
τραμμένοι εἰσίν : commit, intrust to.

ἐπι-τρέχω, aor. érédpape(v): run up,
run upon.

ἐπι-τροχά-δην (τρέχω):
fluently. Τ' 218.

ἐπι-φέρω, fut. ἐποίσει : bear upon.
χεῖρας ἐποίσει : shall lay hands on.

ἐπι-φλέγω : blaze upon, burn, consume.

ἐπι-φράζομαι, aor. ἐπεφράσατο, aor.
opt. ἐπιφρασσαίατο: consider,
think.

ἐπι-χθόνιος (χθών) : upon the earth,
earthly. Epithet of men, —con-
trasted with ἐπουράνιοι. A 272.

ἔπλεο, ἔπλετο: thou art, is; aor. of
πέλω, move, become.

ἔπληντο : aor. of πελάζω, approach,
meet. Δ 449.

ἐπ-οίσει : lay upon; fut. of ἐπιφέρω,
bear upon.

trippingly,

ἐπ-οίχομαι, impf. ἐπῴχετο: go to,

54.

attack, follow. ἔργον ἐποίχεσθαι :
go to work. ἱστὸν ἐποιχομένην :
going to and fro before the loom,
plying the loom.
ily, going to work.

ἐποιχομένη : bus-

ἕπομαι, impf. εἵποντο or ἕποντο, fut.
ἕψεται, aor. ἕσπετο (Sequor):
follow, accompany, atiend. Cf.
ἕπω.

ἐπ-ορέγω, aor. ἐπορεξάμενος : reach
out after (in attack), lunge at.

ἐπ-ὀρνῦμι, aor. imv. ἔπορσον : arouse
upon, send ‘against.

ἐπ-ορούω, aor. ἐπόρουσε: hasten to,
rush upon (generally in hostile
sense). I 379.

ἔπος, -εος, dat. pl. ἔπε(σ)σιν or ἐπέ
εἐσσι(ν) (ρέπος, ὄψ, VOX): word,
speech. Cf. μῦθος.

ἔπ-οτρύνω, aor. subjv. ἐποτρὕύνητον:
rouse, urge on, impel.

ἐπ-ουράνιος (οὐρανός) : of heaven,
heavenly. Epithet of the gods.

ἑπτά (Septem, seven), indecl.: seven.

ἑπτά-πυλος (πύλη) : seven-gated. Epi-
thet of Boeotian Thebes. A 406.

ἐπύθοντο : aor. of πυνθάνομαι, learn.

ἕπω : am busy with.

ér-#xero: impf. of ἐποίχομαι, attack.

ἔραμαι (ἔρως) : love, am enamored.

ἐρατεινός 3 and épards (ἔραμαι) :
lovely, charming.

impf. ἐέργαθεν (fepy-):
separate. Cf. Epyw.

ἔργον (ρέργον, work): work, labor,
deed, matter, thing; esp. of war,
conflict. ἔργα ἀνδρῶν: labors of
men, tilled fields, hence ἔργα alone
farm, fields.

ἐργάθω,

VOCABULARY TO THE

Epyw or ἐέργω (cepy-): separate, keep
off. ἐντὸς ἐέργει : incloses, shuts in.
ἔρδω, aor. subjv. ἔρξῃς, aor. imy.
ἔρξον, perf. ἔοργε (repy-) : do, work,
freq. with two accs. ἔρδομεν
ἑκατόμβας : we were offering (heca-
tombs) sacrifices. Cf. pelo.
ἐρεβεννός (ἔρεβος) 3: dark, gloomy.
ἐρεείνω (εἴρομαι) : ask, question, in-
quire. Z 145.
ἐρεθίζω and ἐρέθω : excite, vex, tease.
ἐρείδω, aor. ἐρείσατο, plpf. ἠρήρειστο:
thrust, press; aor. mid. lean, rest;
plpf. was thrust. T 358.
ἐρείομεν : aor. subjv. of εἴρομαι, ask.
ἐρείπω, aor. ἤριπε OF ἔριπε: tear
down; aor. fall. A 462.
ἐρεμνός (ἔρεβος, ἐρεβεννός) 3: gloomy.
ἔρεξε(νν) : wrought; aor. of ῥέζω, do.
ἐρέοντο : impf. of εἴρομαι, question.
ἐρέπτομαι : champ, munch, of horses.
ἐρέτης (€peoow) : oarsman, sailor.
ἐρετμόν (remus, oar): oar.
"EpevOartlwv, -wvos: an Arcadian
champion, slain by Nestor. A319.
ἐρέφω, aor. ἔρεψα: roof. ἐπὶ ἔρεψα:
roofed over, built. A 39.
"EpexQets, -os: Erechtheus, an old
hero of Athens, of whose cult
Athena herself is made the
founder, in B 547. Under his
rule (according to Hdt. viii. 44)
the people were first called Athe-
nians. δῆμος “EpexOnos: land of
Erechtheus, i.e. Attica.
ἐρέω : fut. of εἴρω, say, tell.
ἐρῆμος (hermit) 3: left alone, deserted.
ἐρητύω, aor. opt. ἐρητὕσειε, iterative
aor, ἐρητύσασκε, aor. Pass. ἐρήτῦ-

ΝΕ wu &€ « -_—— - » »εαο-ς-ς:. —_

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD 55

θεν [npytvOnoav]: restrain, check,
control, keep in order.

ἐρι- : strengthening prefix ; cf. dpt-.

ἐρι-βῶλαξ, -axos: large-clodded, rich-
soiled. A 155.

ἐρί-γδουπος: loud-sounding, heavy-
thundering. Epithet of Zeus.

ἐριδαίνω and ἐρίζω, aor. opt. ἐρίσ-
cee, aor. partic. ἐρίσαντε (pis) :
contend, strive, vie, am a match
for. Cf. ἐρεθίζω.

épinpos, pl. ἐρίηρες : faithful, trusty.
8. 37 ὁ. Epithet of ἑταῖρος.

ἐρι-θηλής, -ἐς (θάλλων: lucruriant,
Sresh-green.

ἐρι-κυδής, -ἐς (κῦδος) : glorious.

ἐρῖνεός : wild fig tree.

ἔριπε: fall; aor. of ἐρείπω, tear
down,

"Epis, -ἰδος : Eris, goddess of strife,
a companion of Ares. Δ 440.
ἔρις, -ἰδος : strife, contention, conflict.
ἐρίσαντε partic., ἐρίσσειε opt.: aor.

of ἐρίζω, contend, vie.

᾿ ἔρισμα, -aros (Epis): mater of strife,

cause of contention.

épl-ripos: highly honored,
§ 40d.

ἕρκος, -εος : hedge, wall, defense. ἕρκος
ἀκόντων : defense against darts. ἕρ-
Kos πολέμοιο: : bulwark of protection
against the war. ἕρκος ᾿Αχαιῶν : bul-
wark of the Achaeans. ἕρκος ὀδόν-
twv: wall of teeth, i.e. wall formed
by teeth. Cf.‘ sputtering thro’ the
hedge of splinter’d teeth,’ Tenny-
son Last Tournament.

ἕρμα, -aros: prop, shore, support.
These were used in order to keep

august,

the ships upright when drawn
up on shore.

épp ὀδυνάων: chain of pains, string
(series) of sufferings.

Ἑιρείας or “Eppéis: Hermes, Mer-
curius, son of Zeus, and messen-
ger of the gods, in matters of
peace. B104, E390. Cf Iris.

Ἑρμιόνη : town in Argolis. B 560.

ἔρξαντα, ἔρξῃς, ἔρξον : aor. of ἔρδω, do,
work.

ἔρος [Epws] (erotic): love, desire.

ἔρρεεν : impf. of pew, flow.

ἔρρηξεν : aor. of ῥήγνυμι, break, rend.

ἐρρίγῃσι : perf. subjv. of pryéw, shud-
der, dread, Used as present.

᾿Ερυθῖνοι, pl.: Paphlagonian town,
with two red cliffs (ἐρυθρός, ruddy).
B 855.

᾿Ερύθραι, pl.: Boeotian town. B 499.

ἐρύκω, aor. ἔρυξαν, ἠρύκακε or épi-
κακε: check, detain, hold, keep.

ἔρυμα, -aTos: protection, defense.

ἐρύομαι, εἰρύομαι, ἔρυμαι, or εἴρυμαι,
impf. ἔρυτο, aor. εἰρύσατο and
ἐρύσσατο, aor. inf. εἰρύσσασθαι

(Fepu-): protect, preserve, save,
defend, observe, ward off. See
ἐρύω.

ἐρυσί-πτολις : see ῥυσίπτολις.

ἐρύω, aor. εἴρυσσεν or ἔρυσεν, perf.
εἰρύαται (ξερ-) : draw, drag; mid.
keep off, save, draw. See ἐρύομαι.

ἔρχομαι, fut. ἐλεύσομαι or εἶμι, aor.
ἦλθον or ἤλυθον, aor. subjv. ἔλθῃσι,
aor. imv. ἐλθέ, aor. inf. ἐλθέμεν(αι)
or ἐλθεῖν, perf. εἰλήλουθα : come,
go. The direction of the motion
is made distinct by the connection.

56 VOCABULARY TO THE

ἐρωέω, fut. gpwnoa (Germ. Ruhe ?):
flow, draw back. μηδέ τ᾽ ἐρώει:
draw not back, do not rest.

ἐρωή : force, throng.

és: see eis, into.

ἐσ-άγω : lead in.

ἐσ-αθρέω, aor. opt. ἐσαθρήσειεν : catch
sight of.

ἔσαν [ἦσαν] impf., ἔσεαι [ἔσῃ], ἔσε-
σθαι, and ἔσεται [ἔσται fut.: of
εἰμί, am.

ἐσ-ελεύσομαι : fut. of εἰσέρχομαι, come
in, enter.

ἐσθίω, aor. φάγε: eat.

ἐσθλός 3: noble, excellent, good.

ἔσκε: impf. of εἰμί am. Cf. βάσκω.

ἐσκίδναντο: impf. of oxidvapat, scat-
ter, disperse.

ἐσ-όψομαι: fut. of εἰσοράω, behold.

ἐσπάσατο : aor. of craw, draw.

ἑσπέσθην, ἑσπόμεθα: aor. of ἕπομαι,
follow, accompany. ~

ἔσπετε, aor. imy.: tell. Cf. ἐννέπω.

tooe(v), ἕσσο: aor. of ἕννυμι, clothe.
Construed with two accusatives.

ἐσσεῖται [ἔσται], ἔσσομαι fut., ἔσσι
[εἶ], 2d sing. pres.: of εἰμί am.
G.777, 6; H. 426.

ἔσσευα δοῖ ἐσσεύοντο impf., ἐσσύ-
μενον perf. partic., ἔσσυτο plpf. as *

aor.: of σεύω, drive ; mid. hasten,

ἐσσυμένως, adv.: quickly, eagerly, adv.
from the adjectival ἐσσύμενος.

ἑστάμεν perf. inf. stand, 2d aor. ἔσταν
[ἔστησανἼ; stood up, rose, perf. par-
tic. ἑσταότες, standing, plpf. ἕστα-
σαν, were standing: of torn, set.

ἐστέ pl., ἐστόν dual, ἔστω and ἔστων
imv.: of εἰμί, am,

ἑστεῶτα: standing, perf. partic. of
ἵστημι, set.
ἕστηκε perf. stands; 1st aor. ἔστησε,
ἔστησαν, stationed; ἕστητε [ἑστη-
κατε] (Δ 246) perf. stand: of
ἵστημι, set. |
ἐστιχόωντο (§ 47 c): impf. of στιχά-
ομαι, go in line, go. B92, T 266.
ἐσύλα: impf. of συλάω, strip off.
ἔσφαξαν: aor. of oddlw, cut the
throat. A 459, B 422.
ἐσχατόωσα: at the extremity (ἔσχα-
tos) of the land, on the frontier.
ἔσχε (took), held, ἔσχοντο, held them-
selves (refrained) from: aor. of
ἔχω, hold. B 275, T 84.
ἑταῖρος : comrade, companion. ἡ
ἑτάρη, fem.: companion. Δ 441.
érapos: comrade, companion.
érexe(v): aor. of τίκτω, bear, bring
forth. B 728.
éredelero [ἐτελεῖτο, ὃ 47 g] impf.,
ἐτέλεσσεν aor.: οἱ τελείω, bring to
pass, accomplish.
᾿Ετεοκλήειος, adj.: of Eteocles. Bin
᾿Ἐτεοκληείη: the mighty Eteocles.
See Bin, § 16d. A 386.
ἐτεόν, adyv.: in truth. B 300, E 104.
érepos 3: other, the other of two, one
or other. χωλὸς ἕτερον πόδα: lame
in one foot. Cf. ἄλλος. B 217.
ἑτέρω-θεν, adv.: on the other side.
ἑτέρω-θι, adv.: elsewhere. E351.
érépw-ore, adv.: to the other side. §33d.
(é)rerpe(v), aor.: found, fell in with.
ἐτέτυκτο: was; plpf. of τεύχω, make.
*Etewvés: Boeotian town. B 497,
ἔτης (ρέτης) : connection, friend.
ἐτήτυμον (ἔτυμος), ady. 800. : truly,

—— ee a, CULT

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD 57

ἔτι, adv.: still, yet, again.
no longer. A 96, 296.

ἐτίναξε: plucked; aor. of τινάσσω,
shake. T 885.

ἐτίομεν impf., ἔτῖσεν aor.: of Tiw,
honor. A 412, E 467,

ἐτίσατο : aor. of τίνω, punish. B743.

ἔτλη, aor.: took courage, took heart,
dared. See τλήσομαι. A 534.

ἑτοιμάζω, aor. imv. ἑτοιμάσατε (ἑτοῖ-
pos): make ready. A118.

ἔτος, -eos (¢éros, vetus): year.

ἔτραπεν: aor. Of τρέπω, turn. ἘΦ 187.

ἐτραφέτην: grew up; intrans. aor. of
τρέφω, nourish, bring up.

ἔτρεψε: aor. of τρέπω, turn. A 581.

éruxes: aor. of τυγχάνω, hit. E 287.

ἐτύχθη: aor. pass. of τεύχω, bring to
pass. - B 155, 320, A 470.

ἐτώσιος (ρετ-): in vain. T 368.

é or εὖ, ady.: well, happily, carefully.
εὖ ἔρξαντα: (one who did weil),
a welldoer, benefactor. ἐὺ πάντα:
all together.

᾿Εναιμονίδης : son of Euaemon, Eurypy-
lus. E 76.

᾿Εναίμων, -ovos: Euaemon. B 736.

Ἔϊβοια: Euboea. B 536.

ἐύ-δμητος (deuw): well-built.

εὕδω [καθεύδω]: sleep. B24.

ἐυ-ειδής, -έος : beautiful, comely. T 48.

ἐυ-εργής, -έος (ἔργον): well-wrought,
well-made. EE 585.

ἐύ-ζωνος (ζώνη): well-girdled, well-
gut.

Einvés: a Lyrnessian. B 693.

εὔκηλος : in quiet, undisturbed. Cf.
ἕκηλος. A 554.

ἐυ-κνήμῖς, -ἴδος : well-greaved.

Α 448.

Epi-

ae,
OUK €TL:

thet of ᾿Αχαιοζ nom. or ace. pl.
See κνημίξ. A 17, B 331, T 156.
ἐυ-κτίμενος 3 and ἐύκτιτος (xrifw):
well-built. B 501, 592.
εὔ-κυκλος : well-rimmed, of shields.
Εὔμηλος : ELumelus, son of Admetus
and Alcestis. B 714.
ἐυ-μμελίης, gen. ἐυμμελίω (§ 34 c):
with good ashen spear. 4165,
Z 449.
εὐνάω, aor. pass. partic. εὐνηθέντε
and εὐνηθεῖσα (etvn): pass. lying
on the couch. B821,T 441.
εὐνή: bed, couch. ἐμίγην φιλότητι
καὶ εὐνῇ : “enjoyed (her) love and
couch.” IT 445, Z 25.
εὐναί, pl.: anchor stones. A 436.
εὔξαντο : aor. of εὔχομαι, pray.
ἐύ-ξοος (ξέω) : well-polished. B 390.
εὐ-πατέρεια (πατήρ): daughter of a
noble father, = Διός ἐκγεγαυῖα.
ἐύ-πεπλος : well-robed. Z 372.
ἐύ-πηκτος (πήγνυμι) : well-built.
ἐυ-πλεκής, -έος : well-plaited. B 449.
ἐυ-πλόκαμος (πλέκω): fair-tressed, with
beautiful tresses. Z 380.
ἐυ-ποίητος (ποιέων : well-made.
εὔ-πρυμνος (πρύμνη): with beautiful
sterns, of the Greek ships. A 248.
ἐύ-πωλος : with good (or many) horses.
εὐρέα : from εὐρύς.
εὑρίσκω, aor. εὗρον and εὑρέμεναι
[εὑρεῖν]: find. A 329, B 343.
Eipos: Eurus, Hast wind. B 145.
év-ppens and évppeirns, gen. (con-
tracted from ἐυρρεέος) ἐυρρεῖος
[edppeovs] ( ῥέων : strong-flowing.
εὐρυ-άγνια : with broad streets, broad-
streeted. Nine times of Troy.

58 VOCABULARY TO THE

Eiptados: an Argive. B 565, Z 20.

Εὐρυβάτης: Eurybates. (1) Herald
of Agamemnon, only in A 320.
(2) Herald of Odysseus. B 184.

Hipvidpas, -avros: an old Trojan
seer. E 149.

εὐρὺ κρείων : wide ruling, late rex.
Epithet of Agamemnon.

Εὐρυμέδων : squire of Agamemnon.
A 228.

εὐρύ-οπα (nom. and acc.) (dW): far-
sounding, far-thundering. Epithet
of Zeus. A 498, E 265.

(1) Son of

(2) Ancient

Εὐρύπυλος : Hurypylus.
Euaemon. B 736.
king of Cos. B 677.

εὐρυ-ρέων : broad-flowing. B 849.

εὐρύς, εὐρεῖα, εὐρύ, acc. masc. εὐρύν,
εὐρέα, neut. pl. acc. evpea: broad,
wide, spacious. Comp. εὐρύτερος :
broader.

Evpuytos: (1) a famous bowman.
B 596. (2) Son of Actor. Β 621.

εὐρύ-χορος : (with broad squares for
the choral dance), spacious. Epithet
of districts and of cities. B 498.

éis, ἐύ, and nis, gen. ἕῆος : noble,
valiant, good. Cf. &. A393.

ἔύ-σσελμος : well-decked. B 6138.

*Etoowpos: a Thracian. Z 8.

εὖτε, conj.: when; as, ἴῃ Τ' 10. See
ἠύτε. A 242, B 34, 228.

ἐυ-τείχεος : well-walled$ A 129.

Εὔτρησις : Boeotian town. B 502._

ἐύ-τυκτος (τεύχω) : well-made.

Εὔφημος: leader of the Cicones.
B 846.

εὐ-φραίνω, fut. inf. εὐφρανέειν (φρήν):
cheer, delight. E 688.

ἐὺ φρονέων : well disposed, with kindly
heart. A 73, 253, Β 78.

ἐύ-φρων, -ovos: kindly, heart-cheering.

εὐ-φυής, -ς (diw): shapely, well-
formed. A 147.

εὐχετάομαι, inf. εὐχετάασθαι (εὔχο-
pow): pray. Z 268.

εὔχομαι, aor. εὔξαντο: profess, boast,
exult, vow; pray. εὐχόμενος : in

prayer.

εὖχος, -εος : glory. E 654.

εὐχωλή: exullation, boast, triumph,
shout of triumph, vow. Α 65,
B 160.

ἐυ-ώδης, -es (Odor): fragrant, per-
fumed. T 382. .

ἔφ-αλος (GAs): on the sea. Epithet
of coast towns. Cf. ἀγχώλος.

ἐφάμην, ἔφαν [ἔφασαν], ἔφατο, er:
impf. of φημί, say, speak. T 161.

ἐφάνη : appeared ; aor. pass. of paiva,
show. B 308, Z 175.

ἐφ-άπτω, perf. pass. ἐφῆπται : fasten
upon ; pass. impend, hang over.

ἐφ-ἐζομαι : sit upon. Τ' 152.

&p-elw [ἐφῶ, § 52 c] subjv., ἔφες imv. :
of ἐφίημι; lay upon, shoot at. A 567.

ἐφ-έπω, aor. subjv. ἐπίσπῃ: meet.
πότμον ἐπισπεῖν : meet (his) fate
(death), fulfill his destiny. B 359.

ἐφ-έστασαν, stood opposite, ἐφεστήκει,
stood upon: plpf. of ἐφίστημι, set
upon. E 624, Z 373.

ἐφ-έστιος (€oTia), adj.: (on his own
hearth), at home, native. B 125.

ἐφ-ετμή (ἐφ-ίημι) : behest, command,
injunction. A 495.

ἐφ-ευρίσκω, aor. opt. ἐφεύροι: find,
catch sight of. B198.

|
|
}

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD 59

ἐφ-ἢκε(ν) : aor. of ἐφίημι, send upon,
shoot at. A 445, A 396.

ἔφηνεν : aor. of daivw, show. B 318.

ἐφ-ῆπται : impend, hang over ; pert. of
ἐφάπτω, fasten upon. B15.

ἐφ-ήσεις : fut. of épinuy urge on,

ἔφησθα [eds]: impf. of φημί, say.

ἐφθίατο [ἐφθιμέναι ἦσαν, ὃ 44 ἢ,
plpf. of φθίνω : wasted away, passed
away. A 251.

᾿Εθφιάλτης : a giant. E 385.

ἐφ-ίημι, fut. ἐφήσεις, aor. ἐφῆκα, aor.
subjv. ἐφείω [ἐφῶ, § 52 c], aor.
ἴων. ἔφες: send upon. A 567,
E 174.

ἐφίλατο and ἐφίλησε: aor. of φιλέω,
love. E 61, Γ 415.

ἐφ-ίστημι, plpf. ἐφεστήκει and ἐφέ
στασαν: place upon; plpf. stood
upon. E 624, 2 373.

ἐφόβηθεν [ἐφοβήθησαν]: aor. pass.
of φοβέω, put to flight. E 498.

ἐφοίτα : impf. of φοιτάω, go to and
fro. E 528.

ἐφ-οπλίζω : make ready, prepare.

ἐφ-οράω : look upon, behold.

ἐφόρειν : impf. of φορέω, wear.

&-oppdw, aor. ἐφώρμησαν, aor. pass.
partic. ἐφορμηθέντες : urge upon;
pass. rush upon, attack. Z 410.

᾿Ἐφύρη: Ephyra. (1) Old name of
Corinth. Z 152, 210. (2) Home
of King Augéas, in Elis. B 659.

ἔχαδε: aor. of χανδάνω, contain.

ἐχάρη : aor. pass. of χαίρω, rejoice.

ἔχεεν : aor. of yew, pour, heap.

"Ex éppov, son of Priam.
E 160.

ἐχε-πευκής, -és: biting, sharp. A 51.

-OVOS :

᾿Εἰχέπωλος : a Trojan. Δ 458.

éxevav and ἐχεύατο (ὃ 48 1): aor.
of χέω, pour, throw around. σὺν
ἔχευαν : confused, broke. T 270,
E 314.

ἔχθιστος (ἔχθος, superl. : most hateful.

ἐχθο-δοπέω, aor. inf. ἐχθοδοπῆσαι:
act in hostility. A 518.

ἔχθος, -eos: hatred, hate. T 416.

᾿Εχῖναι, pl.: the later Echinades, a
group of small islands in the
Ionian Sea, near the mouth of
the Acheloiis. B 625.

ἔχω, iterative impf. éyeoxe(v), fut.
inf. ἑξέμεν, aor. ἔσχε, aor. opt.
σχοίατο, aor. σχέθον: have, hold,
inhabit, guide, drive, keep, protect,
check. τὴν ᾿Αντηνορίδης εἶχε:
whom the son of Antenor had to

wife. νωλεμέως ἐχέμεν: stand
jirm. ἔσχοντο μάχης : they ceased
Sighting.

ἕψεται : fut. of ἕπομαι, follow.

ἐῴκειν : plpf. of perf. ἔοικα, am like.

ἐῶμεν : pres. subjv. of éaw, allow.

ἐών [ὦν] : partic. of εἰμί, am.

ἐῳνοχόει : impf. οἵ οἰνοχοέω, pour out
wine, pour out. (Better, ἐοινοχόει.)

[ἕως : see εἷος, while, until. A 193.]

Z

ἴα- (διά ?), inseparable ‘particle: very,
exceedingly. § 40d.

{a-Beos 3: very sacred; holy. § 40 d.

ζά-κοτος (κότος) : sullen. T 290,

Ζάκυνθος, fem.: Zacynthus (Zante),
island in the Ionian Sea, under
the rule of Odysseus. (A short

60 VOCABULARY TO THE

open final syllable retains its
quantity before Z in this word
as before Ζέλεια. B 634, 824.
§ 59 9 y.)

ta-xpeufs, -és (xpavw) : fierce-blowing,
Surious. FE 525.

tel-Swpos (ζειαί) : grain-giving, fruit-
Sul. B 548.

Ζέλεια: town in northern Lycia,
home of Pandarus. B 824, A 103,
121. (A short open final syllable
is not lengthened before this
word. Cf. Ζάκυνθος. ὃ 59 g y.)

ζεύγνῦμι (ζυγόν, iugum, yoke) : yoke.

Ζεύς, gen. Διός or Ζηνός : Zeus,
Jupiter, son of Cronus (Kpovi-
Sys), and both husband and
brother of Hera. The wisest and
mightiest of the gods, father of
both men and gods (πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν
te θεῶν τε). He is enthroned on
high (ὑψίζυγος αἰθέρι ναίων) and
controls the elements, sending
lightning (τερπικέραυνος, aorepo-
πητής, ὑψιβρεμέτης) and gather-
ing the clouds (νεφεληγερέτα).

Ζέφυρος (ζόφος): Zephyrus, West
wind, one of the four chief winds
mentioned by Homer. It is not
a ‘zephyr,’ but a cold, blustering
wind, blowing from Thrace.
B 147.

ζυγόν (iugum, yoke): yoke.

twypéw (ζωός, dypéw): take alive.

ζωγρέω (ζωή, ἐγείρω) : revive, give life.
E 698.

ζῶμα (ζώννυμιω) : loin cloth. A 187.

ζώνη (zone): woman’s girdle ; waist.
B 479.

ζώννυμι, iterative impf. ζωννύσκετο.
gird. E 857.

ζωός or tas (Low): alive, living.

tworhp, -jpos (ζώνη) : man’s girdle,
belt; prob. made of leather.

ζώω, partic. ζῶντος and ζώοντες : live.

H

or ἦέ: particle, (1) disjunctive,
either, or; (2) interrogative,
whether ; or (3) comparative, than.
In a double question 7 (ἠέ) - ..
ἢ (ne=7 fe [ve]) is used for
Attic πότερον. . . ἤ.
: fem. of demonstrative, relative,
or possessive pronoun.
: truly, surely, indeed. This often
introduces a direct question, but
always expresses feeling, and
never is a mere interrogation
point, as it often is in Attic.
: (he) spake, quoth (which, like %,
is now familiar only in one form);
impf. of ἡμί, say.
ἡ, adv.: where, whither. Z 41.
ἦα (eram) [ἦν] : impf. of εἰμί, am.
ἡβαιόν, adv.: little. οὐδ᾽ ἠβαιόν : not
even in the least. B 380.
ἡβάω, aor. partic. ἡβήσαντε (ἡβη):
am a youth ; aor. came to manhood.
“HBy: Hebe, daughter of Zeus and
Hera, cupbearer of the gods. A 2,
E 722, 905.
ἤγαγε(ν) : aor. of ἄγω, lead. Z 291.
ἠγάθεος 3: very sacred. A 252.
ἠγάσσατο: aor. of ἄγαμαι, admire
ἦγε: impf. of ἄγω, lead. B 6381.
ἤγειρα : aor. of ἐγείρω, rouse.

2x

2s

2»

eo

Ὶ

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD 61

ἠγείροντο : impf. of dyeipw, assemble.

ἡγεμονεύω (ἡγεμών) : am leader.

ἡγεμών, -ovos: leader, chief. B 487.

ἡγέομαι, aor. ἡγήσατο (ἄγων : lead,
guide. A 71, Β 731.

ἠγερέθομαι (dyeipw): assemble, collect
(themselves). B 304, T 231.

ἤγερθεν [ἠγέρθησαν, ὃ 44 mj]: aor.
pass. of dyeipw, assemble. A 57.

ἡγήτωρ, -opos (ἡγέομαιν) : leader.

ἠγνοίησεν : aor. οὗ ἀγνοιέω, fail to
know, fail to perceive. A 537.

ἠγορόωντο (ὃ 47 c): impf. of ἀγο-
ράομαι, am in assembly. ΔΊ.

ἠδέ: and. Sometimes correl. with
nye. A 41, 96, 251, 316, 334.

ἤδεε or ἤδη, impf. of ofda: know.

ἤδη, temporal adv.: now, already,
before now. νῦν ἤδη: now at once.

ἦδος, -εος (ἡδόνη, ἡδύς) : pleasure.

ἥδυ-επής, -ἐς : sweet-voiced. A 248.

ἥδυμος : sweet. (Β 2?)

ἡδύς, -cia, -υ (ἁνδάνω, suavis, sweet):
sweet, pleasing, pleasant. ἡδὺ
γέλασσαν : burst into a
laugh. B 270.

ἠέ, He: see 7.

"Haws [Ἥλιος]: Helius, sun god.
l 277.

ἠέλιος [ἥλιος 7: the sun. A475,T 104.

ἦεν [Av]: impf. of εἰμί, am. A 381.

ἠερέθομαι (deipw): hang, wave, flutter.

ἠέρι : dat. of ἀήρ, air, mist. T 381.

"HepiBoa: Eriboea. E 389.

ἠέριος 3, adj.: early in the morning.
Always pred., as adv. § 56 a.

ἠερο-ειδής, -és: misty. ὅσσον δ᾽ ἠερο-
ειδὲς ἴδεν : as far as he sees into the
misty distance. E 770.

merry

᾿Ηετίων, -wvos: Eetion, king of Hy-
poplacian Theba near Troy, father
of Hector’s wife Andromache;
slain by Achilles on the capture
of Theba. A 366, Z 396, 415 ff.

ἠθεῖος : honored, dear. Applied by a
younger to an elder brother.

ἦθος, pl. ἤθεα (suesco) : home, haunt
(of horses). Z 511.

ἤιε [ἤει] : impf. of εἶμι, go. A 47.

ἠίθεος : youth, young man not yet
married. Δ 474.

ἤϊξεν, ἠίχθη : aor. οἵ aicow, dart, rush.

ἠιό-εις, -εντος : high-banked. E 36.

. ἬἪϊόνες, pl.: town in Argolis. Β 561.

ἠιών, -ovos,f.: beach, seashore. B 92.

ἧκα (soft), adv.: sofily, gently. T 155.

ἧκα ; aor. of ἵημι, send, cast. E 125.

ἠκέσατο : aor. of ἀκέομαι, heal, cure.

ἤκεστος (κεντέω) 3: wungoaded, of
cattle not broken for service.
Z 94.

ἥκω: amcome. E 478.

ἠλακάτη : spindle. Z 491.

ἤλασεν : aor. of ἐλαύνω, drive.

ἠλάσκω (dAdoua): hover. B 470.

ἠλέκτωρ, -opos: the beaming sun.

ἠλεύατο: aor. of ἀλέομαι, avoid.
§ 48 h.

ἠλήλατο : plpf. pass. of ἐλαύνω, drive.

ἦλθον : aor. of ἔρχομαι, come.

"Has, -ἰδος : Elis, the western coun-
try of Peloponnesus. B 615, 626.
Northern Elis belonged to the
Epéans, southern Elis to Nestor.

ἧλος: nail, stud, used as an ornament
for staff, hilt of sword, or goblet.
A 246.

ἤλυθον [ἦλθον] : aor. of ἔρχομαι, come.

62

᾿Ἤλώνη : Thessalian town. B 739.

npads-es (ἄμαθος) : sandy. B77.

par, 2d sing. now, 3d pl. εἵαται or
ἕαται [ἧνται, imy. ἧσο, inf. ἧσθαι,
partic. ἥμενος, impf. ἥμην, 3d pl.
‘impf. εἵατο: sit. This verb with
a partic. often marks the con-
tinuance of a state, esp. where a
person is given up to grief or
misfortune.

ἦμαρ, -aros (ἡμέρα) :
ἦμαρ: day of slavery,
(ξ 16d). νύκτας τε καὶ ἦμαρ : by
(through) night and day. A 592,
Z 448.

ἤμβροτες [ἥμαρτες, ὃ 30 g]: aor. of
ἁμαρτάνω, miss. E 287.

ἠμείβετο : impf. of ἀμείβομαι, answer.

ἡμεῖς, Gen. ἡμέων or ἡμείων, dat. ἡμῖν
OY ἄμμι, acc. ἄμμε: we, us; pl. of
ἐγώ. ὃ 42a.

ἠμέν, particle, generally correlative

day. δούλιον

with ἠδέ: both... and. Cf. μέν
. δέ.
ἡμέτερος (ἡμεῖς) 3: our. ὃ 42 ὃ.

np, impf. 7: say, speak. % καί is
used after a speech that is re-
ported, where the same subject is
continued for the following verb.

ἡμί-ονος (ὄνος) : (half-ass), mule.

ἥμισυς, -εια, -v: half. ἥμισυ τιμῆς:
half of the honor. Z 199.

ἡμι-τελής, -ἐς (τέλος) : half-finished,
uncompleted. B 701.

ἦμος: A 475, 477.

ἠμύω, aor. opt. nuvoee: droop its
head, bow. B 373, A 290.

qv: εἰ ἄν, if, with subjv. (Perhaps
ai or εἰ should be read.)

when.

slavery

VOCABULARY TO THE

ἥνδανε : impf. of avddvw, please. (ἅν-
dave is a better reading.) A 34.

ἤνεμό-εις, -εσσα, -ev (ἄνεμος) : windy,
wind-swept. Epithet of high-
situated towns, esp. of Ilios. This
is accepted by ‘Tennyson, in
‘windy Troy.’

qveov: impf. of αἰνέω, praise, com-
mend. Τ' 461.

ἡνία, pl.: reins, of the chariot horses ;
freq. adorned with thin plates of
ivory or metal. T 261, 311.

ἡνι-οχεύς, -ῆος, and ἡνί-οχος (via,
ἔχω) : charioteer. FE 505, 580.

ἠνίπαπε: aor. of évirtw, rebuke. § 48 καὶ

ἦνις, -ἰος, acc. pl. ἤνϊς : sleek, shining
(of cattle). Z,94, 275, 309.

ἠνορέη, locat. as dat. ἠνορέηφι (8 33 a)
(ἀνήρ; ἀνδρεία) : manliness, bravery.
A 303, 2 156.

ἤντετο : impf. of ἄντομαι, meet.

ἤντησε: Z 399.

ἠνώγει : impf. of ἄνωγα, bid. Z170.

os: see εἷος, while, until.

aor. of ἀπειλέω, threaten.

ἤπειρος, f.: mainland, land. A 485.

ἠπεροπευτής : deceiver. Τ᾽ 39.

ἠπεροπεύω : deceive, trick. Τ' 399.

aor. of ἀντάω, meet.

ἠπείλησεν :

ἠπιό-δωρος : kindly-giving, kindly, gen- ὦ

erous. Z 251.

ἤπιος : kindly, soothing. A 218.

ἦρα (ρῆραλ), acc.: pleasure; always
obj. of φέρειν. μητρὶ ἐπὶ ἦρα

φέρων: doing service of love to
his mother. Equivalent to χάριν.
A 572.

ἩἩρακλεΐδης : son of Heracles.
679.
Ἡρακλήειος 3:

B 653,

of Heracles. Biy

\

: FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD 63

Ἡρακληείη : the might of Heracles,
the mighty Heracles. § 16 d.
ἤραρε: aor. of ἀραρίσκω, fit, join.
ἤρατο : aor. of dpvupat, gain.
ἠρᾶτο : impf. of ἀράομαι, pray. |!
ἥρειν : impf. of aipew, seize. A 23.
Ἥρη: Hera, Juno, daughter of
Cronus, both wife and sister of
Zeus. Argos, Mycenae, and Sparta
are her favorite cities. She hates
the Trojans and strongly favors
the Greeks. She is called large-
eyed (βοῶπις), revered (πότνια),
white-armed (λευκώλενος). She is
᾿Αργείη, since her earliest great
temple was near Argos. A 52.
ἠρήρειστο: plpf. pass., used much
like an aorist of ἐρείδω, thrust.
ἠρήσατο : aor. of ἀράομαι, pray.
ἠρι-γένεια : early-born, child of the
morning. Epithet of "Has, Dawn.
ἤριπε: fell; aor. of ἐρείπω, tear down.
ἤρκεσε: aor. Of ἀρκέω, avail, ward off:
Hppooe: aor. of ἁρμόζω, fit. T 333.
ἠρύκακε: aor. of ἐρύκω, check. § 43/7.
ἥρως, -wos, dat. pl. ἡρώεσσιν: war-
rior, hero. Not yet in the specific
modern sense of hero. § 17.
ἦσαι 2d sing., ἧσθαι inf., ἥσθην dual,
ἧσο imv.: of ἧμαι, sit. B 255.
ἤσκειν : impf. of doxéw, prepare.
ἤστην : dual impf. of εἰμί, am. ἘΣ 10.
ἤτεε : impf. of airéw, ask. Z 176.
ἠτίμασεν : aor. of ἀτιμάζω, slight.
ἠτίμησε(ν) : aor. of ἀτιμάω, slight.

ἦ To, asseverative particle: believe
me, in truth, indeed. A 68, 101.
ἦτορ, -opos: heart, as part of the

human body, and the seat of

life, joy, grief, etc., mind; lungs.
B 490.

ηὔδα : impf. of αὐδάω, speak. A 92.

ἠύ-κομος : fair-haired. A 36.

nus, HO: see ἐύς, noble, valiant. T 167.

qvoe: aor. of αὔω, shout. E 784.

ἠύτε: as, than. μελάντερον ἠύτε πίσσα
φαίνεται: appears blacker than pitch.
A 277.

“Hoarros: Hephaestus, Vuleanus,
son of Zeus and Hera, god of fire
and of metal work (done by the
aid of fire), —the Tubal Cain of
the Greeks. His home was on
Olympus. He favored the Greeks
against the Trojans. His name
is used for hiselement, fire (B426).
A 571 ff., B 101 f., 426.

ἠχή (echo): roar, great din. B 209.

ἠχή-εις, -εσσα : resounding, roaring.

4-xt [7], locat. adv.: where. A 607.

ἥψατο: aor. of ἅπτομαι, touch, lay
hold of, clasp. A 512, E799.

*"Hés, gen. "Hoos: Eds, Dawn, Au-
rora, goddess of the morning,
She is called early born (ἠριγένεια),
rosy fingered (ῥοδοδάκτυλος), and
saffron-robed (κροκόπεπλος). A477,
B 48.

ἠώς, ZEN. dos OF ἠοῦς, ACC. Hoa OF HO,
fem.: morning, dawn. A 493.

Θ

θάλαμος : women’s apartment, chamber
(esp. of married people), store-
room (Δ 143, Z 288).

θάλασσα: sea. A 157, B 294.

θαλάσσιος : of the sea. B 614.

64 VOCABULARY TO THE

θαλερός (θάλλω) 3: blooming, vigorous,
swelling. B 266, Z 496.

Θάλπιος : Epéan leader. B 620.

θαλπωρή : comfort, joy. Z 412.

Θαλυσιάδης: son of Thalysius. A458.

θαμβέω, aor. θάμβησεν (τάφος): aor.
wonder came over (him). A199.

θάμβος, -εος : wonder, amazement.

θαμειαί Or θαμεῖαι, fem. pl. (θαμάλ),
adj.: thick, close. A 52.

Θάμυρις : Thamyris, a mythical Thra-
cian bard. B 595.

θάνατος (θνήσκων: death. A60,T 101.

θάνε aor., θανέεσθαι fut. inf.: of
θνήσκω, die. B 642, A 12.

θαπ-: see τεθηπότες, dazed. A 243.

θαρσαλέος (θάρσος) 3: bold, coura-
geous. E 602.

θαρσέω, aor. θάρσησε (dare): am bold,
dare ; aor. took courage. A 85.

θάρσος, -εος : courage, daring. E 2.

θαρσύνω, iterative impf. θαρσύνεσκε:
cheer, encourage. A 233.

θᾶσσον, adv., comp. of ταχύ: the
quicker, the sooner, at once. 440.

θαῦμα, -ατος : a wonder, marvel.

θαυμάζω : wonder, admire. B 320.

Θαυμακίη : a Magnesian town under
the rule of Philoctétes. B 716.

θέα: goddess. Al.

Θεᾶνώ : Thedno, wite of Antenor, and
priestess of Athena in Ilios. E70,
Z 298 ff., A 223 f.

θέεν, θέον : impf. of θέω, run. Z118. —

θεῖναι inf., θείομεν [θῶμεν, ὃ 45 a]
subjv.: aor. of τίθημι, place. A143.
θείνομαι : anrstruck. A 588.
θεῖος or θέϊος (θεός): of the gods, di-
vine, sacred, god-like. B 22.
Wht

θείω : see θέω, run. Z 507.

θέλω : wish, desire. See ἐθέλω.

θέμεναι [Oetvar]: aor. inf. of τίθημι,
place, make. B 285.

θέμις, -ἰστος, pl. θέμιστες (τίθημι :
(what is laid down), natural law,
what is fitting, right sanctioned by
custom (often used in Homer like
δίκη, κατὰ μοῖραν) ; pl. laws, decrees.
ἣ θέμις ἐστί: as is right, as is lawful.

-Qev: inseparable suffix, forming an
ablatival gen. § 33 6.

θέναρ,-αρος : hollow of the hand. E339.

θεο-ειδής, -ἐς (εἶδος) and θεο-είκελος :
god-like. Of beauty of person,
without reference to moral quali-
ties. Cf. ἰσόθεος. Τ' 16, 30, 37.
θεο-προπέων (pre cor), partic.: prophe-
sying, declaring the divine will.
θεο-προπίη and θεοπρόπιον : oracle,
prophecy, will of the gods. A 85.
θεός : god, divinity. Cf. δαίμων.
θεράπων, -ovtos: attendant, squire,
comrade. A servant, but free and
doing voluntary service. A 227,

Θερσίτης (θάρσος) : Thersites, the
ugliest and most insolent of the
Greeks. B 212-271.

θέρω : warm, with gen. Z 331.

θές imy., θέσαν [ἔθεσαν ind.: aor. of
τίθημι, place, make. A 488.

θέσκελος : wondrous, strange.

Θέσπεια [Θεσπιαΐί, ὃ 37 47: Thespiae,
in Boeotia, at the foot of Mt.
Helicon. B 498.

θεσπέσιος 3: divine, marvelous, beau-
tiful. θεσπεσίῃ: by decree of the
gods. A 591, B 367, 457.

Θεσσαλός : ason of Heracles. B679.

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD 65

Θεστορίδης : son of Thestor, Calchas.
A 69. ;

θέσ-φατον : oracle. E θά.

Θέτις, -ἰδος: Thetis, a sea goddess,
wife of Peleus, and mother of
Achilles). A 351 ff., 495 ff.,
> 35 ἢ, 369 ff., 0 74 ff. She is
called silver-footed (ἀργυρό-πεζα)
and θυγάτηρ ἁλίοιο γέροντος.

θέτο: aor. οὗ τίθημι, place. Τ' 310.

θέω or θείω: run. A 244, Z 507.

Θῆβαι or Θήβη: Thebes, the principal
town of Boeotia. It had been
destroyed by the ‘Epigoni’ and
does not seem to have been in-
habited at the time of the Trojan
War; cf. Ὑποθῆβαι B 505. It was
seven-gated (ἑπτάπυλος). A 406.

Θήβη: Theda, a Cilician town in the
Troad (at the foot of Mt. Placus,
an eastern spur of Mt. Ida), under
the rule of Andromache’s father
Kétion ; it was sacked by Achilles.
A 366, B 691, Z 397, 416.

θήγω, aor. imyv. θηξάσθω (dagger):
sharpen, whet. B 382.

θήῃς [θῇς]: aor. subjv. of τίθημι.

OfKe(v): aor. of τίθημι, place, make.

θῆλυς, θήλεια: female. θῆλυς also is
used as feminine. E 269.

θήν, enclitic particle: doubtless. οὔ
θην: “I don’t think.” B 276.

θήρ, gen. θηρός: wild beast. T 449.

θήρη (θηρ) : hunting, chase. E49.

θηρητήρ, -jpos: hunter. E 51.

Θησεύς, -jos: Theseus, mythical king
of Athens and national hero of
Attica, most noted ally of the
Lapithae. A 265.

-@.: inseparable local suffix. ὃ 33 ὃ.
θίς, dat. θινί: beach, strand. A 34.
Θίσβη: Thishe, between Mt. Helicon
and the Corinthian Gulf, not far
from the coast. . Β 502.
θλάω, aor. θλάσσε: crush. ἘΣ 307.
θνήσκω, fut. θανέεσθαι, aor. θάνε, perf.
opt. reOvain, perf. partic. τεθνηῶτα
(θάνατος): die; perf. am dead.
θνητός 3: mortal. A 339, 574.
Θόᾶς, -avros: Thoas, Aetolian leader.
B 638, N 216 ff., O 281 ff.
Bods (θέων 3: swift, rapid, quick.
θορών: aor. partic. of θρώσκω, leap.
θοῦρος, fem. θοῦρις, -ἰδος: impetuous,
raging. Epithet of Ἄρης and of
ἀλκή. A 234, E 30.
Θόων, -wvos: a Trojan. E 152.
θοῶς (Gods), adv.: quickly, swiftly.
θρασυ-μέμνων, -ovos: brave-heayted, of
Heracles. E 639.
θρασύς, -εἴα, -ὐὑ (Papaos): bold.
θρέπτρα, pl. (τρέφων: gifts in return
for nurture. οὐδὲ τοκεῦσι θρέπτρα
ἀπέδωκε: he did not return his par-
(Attic τροφεῖα.)
θρέψε: aor. of τρέφω, nourish, rear.
Opie, -ἰκος, or Θρῇξ: Thracian. The
Thracians were allies of the
Trojans. Z 7.
θρίξ, gen. τριχός, fem.:
hair, wool (of lambs).
Γ 273.
Θρόνιον: Locrian
‘ town. B 533.
θρόνος (throne):
seat, chair, esp.
a high armchair, with back and
footstool, throne. A 536.

ents’ care.

θρόνος

66 VOCABULARY TO THE

Opdos: shout, cry. Δ 437.

Θρύον: a Pylian town, on the banks
of the Alphéiis, near the frontier
of Elis. B 592.

θρώσκω, aor. ἔθορε : leap, rush.

θυγάτηρ, acc. θύγατρα or θυγατέρα
(daughter) : daughter. A _ 588,
"124. :

θυέεσσιν (§ 86 δ): dat. pl. of θύος.

θύελλα: dlast. Z 346.

Θυέστης or Ovéora: Thyestes, grand-
son of Tantalus, son of Pelops,
brother of Atreus, father of Aegis-
thus (Clytaemnestra’s paramour).
B106f. § 340.

θυμ-αλγής, -és: heart-grieving. A513.

Ovpoirns: an aged Trojan. T 146.

θυμο-λέων, -οντος : lion-hearted. E639.

θυμός (fumus): heart, soul, spirit, as
the seat of life, and of the desires,
passions, reason, and will, courage.
θυμῷ: in heart, within.
θυμόν: touch the heart; move to
fear, anger, or pity. Cf. καρδίη
and κῆρ. .

θυμο-φθόρος (φθείρων : life-destroying.

θύνω, impf. θῦνε (θύων: rush madly,
surge, dash, hasten.

-eos: burnt offering; prob.
not always animal sacrifices, but
some kind of incense. Z 270.

θύραζε, adv.: (out of the door), out.

θύρετρα, pl.: dvor, of Priam’s palace.

θύρη (fores, door): dvor.
poo θύρῃσιν : “before Priam’s pal-
ace.” Β 788.

θυσανό-εις, -εσσα: lasseled, fringed.

θύσανος: tuft, tassel, fringe. B 448,

θύσθλα, pl. (θύω) : thyrsi, wands used

᾿

ete
ορίινω

θύος,

ἐπὶ Πριά-

in the worship of Dionysus, with

a pine cone at one end and wound

about with ivy. Z 134.

Cf. Oivw. A 342.

θώρηξ, -ηκος: armor, breastplate, cui-
rass. Armor for the protection
of the upper part of the body,
This is not described by the poet,
and the Homeric warriors seldom
seem to wear the cuirass of later

θύω: rage.

times.

Perhaps plates of metal
were attached to a garment of!
linen or leather, but the chief
arm of defense was the shield.

θωρήσσω, aor. subjv. θωρήξομεν, aor.
pass. θωρήχθησαν : arm, equip with
cuirass. B72. |

I

ἴα [uia]: fem. of tos [eis], one.

ἸΙάλμενος: Boeotian leader. B 512.

Ἰάομαι, aor. ἰήσατο: heal, cure.

ἰαχή (flax-): shriek, loud cry.

laxw (fiax-): shout, shriek, yell.

Ἰαωλκός [[Ἰωλκός]: Jolcus, on the
Pagasaean Gulf. B 712.

OE ———=<«

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD 67

Ἰδαῖος: Jdaeus. (1) The most hon-
ored of Priam’s heralds and his
personal attendant. Τ' 3248, (2)
A Trojan warrior. E 11 ff.

ἰδέ, conj.: and. Cf. ἠδέ. T 194.

ἰδέειν inf., ἴδε(ίν) ind., ἴδηαι [ἴδῃ]
subjy. mid., (ριδ-} aor.: see εἶδον,
saw.

Ἴδη : Ida, a lofty mountain chain in
the Troad, stretching from north-
west to southeast, with many pro-
jecting shoulders. Its highest
peak is more than 5000 feet above
the sea. B 821.

Ἔϊδηθεν : from Mt. Ida. T 276.

ἴδμεν [ἴσμεν, ὃ 30 d]: 1580 pl. of οἶδα.

ἰδνόω, pass. dep. ἰδνώθη : bend over.

ἴδοιμι : opt. of εἶδον, saw. Z 284.

Ἰδομενεύς, -jos: Jdomeneus, leader of
the Cretans (B 645), son of Deu-
calion, grandson of Minos, and
great-grandson of Zeus and Euro-
pa (N 449 ff.); highly esteemed
by Agamemnon (A 145, B 405,
A 257 ff.), and by Menelaus (T
230 ff.). He was one of the older
leaders; cf. μεσαιπόλιος N 361
grizzled. He reached home in
safety after the war (y 191).

ἴδον : epic for εἶδον, saw. A 262.

ἱδρόω, fut. ἱδρώσει, aor. ἵδρωσα:
sweat.

ἱδρύω, aor. pass. ἱδρύνθησαν (eos):
seat, cause to sit down. T 78.

ἱδρώς, ἱδρῶ [ἱδρῶτα]
(sudor, sweat): sweat.

ἰδυῖα : fem. partic. of οἶδα. § 49 g.

ἴδωμαι : subjv. mid.*of εἶδον, saw.

ta impf., ἱεῖσιν 3d pl.: of Cys, send.

-OTOS, ace.

ἵεμαι, aor. εἴσατο (ριέμαι): desire,
press on, strive.
te(v) impf., ἱέναι inf.: of εἶμι, go.

ἱέντες : partic. of ἵημι, hurl. B 774.
ἱέρεια : priestess. Z 3500.
ἱερεύς Or ἱρεύς, τῆος : priest. He was

attached to a definite divinity
and sanctuary; hence no priests
are mentioned in the Achaean
army.

ἱερεύω, fut. inf. ἱερευσέμεν, aor. ἱέρευ-
σεν: sacrifice, offer in sacrifice;
slaughter, since most of the flesh
of the victims was eaten, and on
the other hand no flesh was eaten
until a part had been sacrificed
to the gods. B 402, Z 94, 174.

ἱερόν and pl. ipa: offering; sacrifice,
victim for sacrifice. A 147, B 420.

ἱερός 3: holy, sacred. B 305, Z 89.

to, imv. mid. (ev, impf. mid. ἵζοντο
(ἕδος) : seat, sit, rest. T 326,

Ιηλῦσός : Jalyjsus, one of the chief
cities of Rhodes. B 656.

impr, 3d pl. ἱεῖσι, partic. ἱέντες, impf.
ἵει, pass. ἵενται, impf. mid, ἵετο,
aor. ἧκα or ἕηκα (ὃ 48 d), aor. opt.
εἵη, aor. mid. ἕντο: send, hurl, cast,
shoot, throw, drop, put.

τήσασθαι : inf. of ἐάομαι, heal. E 899.

τητήρ, -ἦρος (ἰατρός, ἰάομαι) : healer,
surgeon. B732, Δ 190.

᾿Ιθάκη: Jihaca, a small rocky and
mountainous island of the Ionian
Sea; the home of Odysseus.
B 632, T 201.

᾿Ιθακήσιος : Jihacan. B 184.

ἴθι : go, be off; imy. of εἶμι, come, go.
Also as interjection; cf. dye.

.

68 VOCABULARY

ἴθμα, -ατος (εἶμι) : walk, gait, step.
E 778.

ive, impf. ἴθυνεν (ἰθύς): send
straight at, direct, guide. A132.

ἰθύς [εὐθύς], adv., with gen.: straight,
straight at. 1 506.

»
τθύς, -vos, f.: enterprise, undertaking.

Z 79.
iddw, aor. τθῦσε (is) : press forward,
charge. Cf. ἰθύνω. B 729.

᾿Ιθώμη : [thdme, in western Thessaly,
on the slopes of Mt. Pindus.
B 729.

ixave: come, reach, freq. with acc.
of ‘limit of motion.’ Cf. ἱκνέομαι,
ἵκω.

“Ικάριος : Jcarian. The Icarian Sea
was part of the Aegean Sea, near
the southwest part of Asia Minor.
B 145.

ἴκελος (¢ix-) 3: like, resembling.

‘Ikerdwv, -ovos: son of Laomedon
and so brother of Priam. Τ' 147.

ixpevos (ixkw): favoring, favorable,
secundus; const. with οὖρος.

ἱκνέομαι and ike, fut. ἵξομαι, aor.
ἵκετο and ἵξε(ν), aor. subjy. ἵκω-
por and ἵκηαι: come, arrive at,
reach; freq. with ace. of ‘limit
of motion.’ Cf. ἱκάνω.

ἰλαδόν (ἴλη), adv.: in troops, in bat-
talions. B 93.

ἱλάομαι: propitiate, worship. B 550.

ἵλαος: propitious, kind, gentle.

ἱλάσκομαι, aor. subjv. ἱλάσσεαι
[ἱλάσῃ] and ἱλασόμεσθα [ἱλασώ-
μεθα] : propitiate, appease. <A 147,
444,

“Twos (ειλ-), fem., not neuter as in’

TO THE

Latin : Jlios, capital of the Troad,
named from its founder Ilus, son
of Tros and grandfather of Priam
(Y 231°ff.). It is called wind-
swept (ἠνεμόεσσα) and prosperous
(ἐὺ ναιόμενον πτολίεθρον). "Twos
is used for the Troad in A 71.
ἱμᾶς, -avros: leather strap. T 375.
ἱμάσσω, aor. iuace, aor. subjy. ἱμάσ-
oy: lash, beat. B 782, E 589.
Ἰμβρασίδης: son of Imbrasus, Pei-
rotis, a Thracian leader. A 520.
ἵμεν [evar]: inf. of εἶμι, go. § 447.
ἱμερό-εις, -εσσα : lovely, charming.
ἵμερος: longing, desire. YT 44θ,
tpepros : lovely, beautiful. B 751.
ἵνα, adv.: where. Conj.: in order
that, that, with subjv. or optative.
ἵνα : ace. of is, strength, might. ἘΠ 245.
iviov: nape of the neck, neck sinew.
ἵξαλος : bounding, leaping. A 105.
ἵξε(ν), ἵξον : aor. of ἵκω, come.
ἵξεσθαι : fut. of ἱκνέομαι, come.
ἴομεν subjv., ἰόντες partic.: of εἶμι,
90.
ἰό-μωρος (ριο-): shrieker, boaster.
ἰός: arrow. Cf. ὀιστός. A 48.
tos, ia, dat. ig: one. ΟἿ εἷς.
ἰότης, -ητος : will. ἀλλήλων ἰότητι:
“each because of the other.”
E 874.
ἰο-χέαιρα (ids, yew): (she who show-
ers arrows), the archer goddess.
Epithet of Artemis. E53, Z 428.
ἵππειος : of the horses. E 799.
ἱππεύς, -nos: horseman, knight. (The
Homeric heroes, however, did not
ride, but drove in chariots.) Cf.

ἱππότα, ἱππηλάτα. See ἅρμα.

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD

ἱππ-ηλάτα (ἐλαύνων : Aeolic for ἱππη-
λάτης (horse-driver), knight. § 34 ὃ.

ἱππιο-χαίτης (χαίτη) : of horse-hair.
Z 469.

ἱππό-βοτος (βόσκω) : horse-feeding.
Epithet of Argos, as suited to the
rearing of horses, B 287, Γ 75.

Ἱπποδάμεια: Hippodamia, wife of
the Lapith Pirithotis. B 742.

ἱππό-δαμος (δαμάω): (horse-tamer
gives a false tone), master of
horses, knight. B 230.

ἱππο-δάσεια (δασύς) : with thick crest
of horse-hair. T 369, A 459, Z 9.

Ἱππόθοος : Pelasgian leader. B 840 ff.

immo - κορυστής : horse-equipped,
equipped with chariots. B1.

Ἱππόλοχος : son of Bellerophon and
father of Glaucus. Z 119, 197.

ἵππος (equus): horse; freq. fem.
even when no attention is called
to the sex. Horses drew by the
yoke, without traces. Dual and
pl., horses, horses and chariot, chariot
(cf. the New England use of
‘team’ for ‘ wagon’), even men on
chariots (B 554). The Homeric
heroes did not ride on horseback.
καθ᾽ ἵππων aigavre: leaping hastily
JSrom their chariots.

ἱπποσύνη : horsemanship, skill in the
use of the chariot in battle.

ἱππότα [ἱππότης]: horseman, knight,
but not mounted. Cf ἱππεύς,
ἱππηλάτα. ὃ 34 ὃ.

ἵππ-ουρις (οὐρά, tail): with horse-hair
crest, crested. T 337, Z 495.

ἵπτομαι, fut. iverar, aor. tao: press
hard, afflict, punish. A 454, B 193,

69

ἱρά : see ἱερόν, sacrifice. B 420.

ἱρεύς : see ἱερεύς, priest. Ἐ 10.

Ἶρις: Jris, the messenger of the
gods in all matters pertaining to
war. B 786, T 121.

ipés 3: see ἱερός, sacred. A 46.

is, acc. iva (gis, vis), f.: strength,
might.

ἴσαν [σαν] : impf. of εἶμι, go. A 494.

ΤΊσανδρος : son of Bellerophon. Z 197.

ἴσασιν: 3d pl. of οἶδα, know. Z 151.

ἰσό-θεος : equal to the gods, god-like.
Cf. θεοείκελος, θεοειδής. T 310.

ἴσος [ἴσος] (ρισ-) 3: equal. ἶσον and
ἶσα, cognate acc., adv.: equally.

ἰσο-φαρίζω (φέρων : equal, vie with.
Z 101.

ἴστε: 2d pl. of οἶδα, know. B 485.

ἵστημι, aor. (ἔγστησα, 2d aor. (ἔγστη
and στάν [ἔστησαν], 2d aor.
subjv. στήῃ [στῇ], aor. partic.
στάς, iterative aor. στάσκεν, perf.
ἕστηκας, pl. perf. ἑστηκᾶσιν or
ἑστᾶσι, perf. inf. ἑστάμεν, perf.
partic. ἑσταότα or ἑστεῶτα, plpf.
ἑστήκει and ἕστασαν (sto, stand):
pres. and Ist aor. act. transitive,
cause to stand, station, set, stop;
other tenses and mid. intransi-
tive, take (my) position, stand, stop.
ἱστὸν στήσαντο: hoisted the mast.
κρητῆρα στήσασθαι : (set up), offer
a bowl. ἀντίοι ἔσταν : they stood
(rose) to meet him.
stood up, rose.

2% κ᾿
ανα εστῇ 5
στῆ ὄπιθεν : came

up behind.
Ἱστίαια : on the northwest coast of
Euboea. B 537. (Trisyllabic

by ‘synizesis’ ; ὃ 25.)

70 VOCABULARY TO THE

ἱστίον, pl. as sing. ἱστία (ἱστός) : sail. weave.) (3) Web.—The Homeric
A 433. loom was upright, not horizontal,
= and consisted of two perpendicu-
lar posts, united at the top by a

c (3 D crossbar. From this crossbar the
threads of the warp were attached

: ! ᾿ 4 by weights (see cut). For con-

Ὶ venience in handling these threads

they were attached, alternately by

means of loops, to two rods (κανό-
ves),—the even threads to one
rod, the odd threads to the other.
The thread for the woof was
| on wrapped around a spool, which
may have been held at the end of
a slender stick. The weaver first
grasped one of the rods and drew
LOOM it toward her breast, thus separat-

ἱστο-δόκη (δέχομαι) : mast-receiver, a ing the odd from the even threads
rest for the mast when the latter of the warp. Through the open-
was lowered. A 434. ing thus made, she drew the spool

UL tito

Πα Ἐπεὶ

pn (Oe

Tem
ΡΖ ΜΠ} ἜΣ

τη oH ry
Σ

) “ΤῊΝ i wait
| | )
VL Sill:
\ iM nie el ΜΠ
-
©
\ 5 o AT THE LOOM
ἱστός (torn): (1) mast (held in with the thread of the woof, with
place by forestays, — πρότονοι). her other hand. After pushing
(2) Loom. ἱστὸν ἐποίχεσθαι: go the woof thread (thus interwoven)

to and fro before the loom, ply the snugly to its place, she next
loom. (The women stood to grasped the other rod, drawing

“Ν«“Π Πῆ᾿|͵ἼΎΞο Ἤν

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD 71

toward her the other set of
threads, and so sent the spool
back. (Perrin on ε 62, Clapp on
W 761.)

loxavdw (ἴσχων : hold, check. E 89.

ἰσχίον: hip joint. E805.

ἴσχω (ἔχω) : hold, check. ἴσχεο: check
thyself, restrain thyself, halt! hold !

tre imv., ἴτην impf.: of εἶμι, go.

trus, -vos (ριτ-, withe), fem.: felloe of
a wheel.

των, -wvos: in Phthiotis. B 696.

ἴφθιμος 3: strong, mighty. Α 8, E415.

ἴτφι (cidi, is), adv.: with might,
strongly. ὃ 33a. A 38, 151.

ἜΙφικλος: father of Protesilaiis.
B 705.

ἴφιος (ειφ-): strong, goodly (of
sheep). E 556.

ἜΙφιτος : Phocian Argonaut, B518.
ἰχώρ, ace. ἰχῶ: ichor, which served
the gods as blood. E 340, 416.
tao: aor. of ἴπτομαι, afflict. A 454.

ἰωή (ἄημι) : breath, blast. A 276.

ἰωκή (διώκω 3) : attack, rout, confusion
of battle.

lav: partic. of εἶμι, go. A 138, 179.

K

κάβ-βαλε: aor. of καταβάλλω. § 29 ἢ.
καγχαλάω : laugh aloud, in exulta-
tion or in mockery. IT 43, Z 514.
«a8 : for κατά, down, by ‘ apocope’ and
‘assimilation’ before 8. § 29 ὃ.
Καδμεῖος and Καδμείων, -wvos: Cad-
méan, of Cadmus ; pl. Thebans.
Κάειρα, fem.: Carian woman. A142.
κάη [ἐκάη] : aor. pass. of καίω, burn.

καθ-άπτομαι : address, approach.

καθ-ἔζομαι, aor. καθ-εῖσεν : sit down,
sit; aor, act. seated. Cf. καθίζω.

καθ-εύδω : sleep. A 611.

κάθ-ημαι, imv. κάθησο : sit, am seated.

καθ-ίζω, aor. imy. κάθισον: cause to
sit down, seat; intrans. sit. T 68.

καθ-ύπερθε, adv.: down from above,

B 754, Τ' 337.

καί, copulative conj.: and, also, too,
even. καὶ ei: evenif. καί is freq.
joined with other particles, and is
freq. correlative with ré, both...
and. It sometimes marks the
agreement of a specification with
a foregoing general remark. It
may be used where the Eng. idiom
has or, as ἕνα καὶ δύο: one or two ;

above.

τριχθά τε καὶ τετραχθά : in three or
four pieces. It is used freq. in
the apodosis of conditional and
temporal sentences.

Καινεΐδης : son of Caeneus. B 746.

Καινεύς, -jos: Caeneus, king of the
Lapithae. <A 264.

kaivupat, perf. partic. κεκασμένε, plpf.
as impf. (ἔ)κέκαστο : excel. A 339.

καίριον (καιρός) : (right spot), fatal,
deadly, vital spot. Δ 185.

καίω, aor. ἔκηα (8 48 h); aor. pass.
Kan (caustic): burn, consume by
fire. Cf. καῦμα.

kax-kelovres: fut. partic. of κατά-
κειμαι, lie down. ὃ 48 g. A 606.

κακο-μήχανος (μηχανή) : contriving-
evil, pernicious. Z 844,

κακόν and pl. κακά : ἡ], harm, calamity.

κακός 3: bad, evil, worthless, miserable,
cowardly, destructive. Opp.to ἀγαθός.

LY VOCABULARY TO THE

κακότης, -yTos: worthlessness, coward-
ice, wickedness. B 368.

κά-κτανε [κατάκτανε, ὃ 29 b]: aor.
imy. kill, slay.
Z 164.

κακῶς, adv.: ill, miserably, harshly.

καλέω, iterative impf. καλέεσκε, fut.
partic. καλέουσα, aor. subjv. κα-
λέσσω, aor. partic. καλέσασα, aor.
mid, (ἐ)καλέσσατο and καλέσαντο,
perf. κέκλημαι, fut. perf. κεκλήσῃ :
call, summon, name. κεκλήσῃ ἄκοι-
tis: thou shalt be (called) wife.

Καλήσιος: Thracian from Arisbe.
Z 18. 7

Καλλίαρος : town in eastern Locris.
B 531.

καλλι-γύναικα, acc.: abounding in
beautiful women. I'75. The in-
flection is attracted to that of the
noun, γυνή.

of κατακτείνω,

καλλί-θριξ, -τριχος : fair-maned, of

horses. E 323.

καλλι-πάρῃος (παρειά) : fair-cheeked.

κάλ-λιπε [κατέλιπε, ὃ 29 b]: aor. of
καταλείπω, leave behind. Z 223.

καλλί-ρροος (pew): fair-flowing.

κάλλιστος : superl. of καλός, beautiful.

κάλλος, -εος : beauty. Z 156.

καλόν and pl. καλά, cognate acc.,
adyv.: well. A 473, Z 326.

καλός 3: beautiful, fair, noble.

Καλύδναι : islands near Cos. B 677.

Καλυδών, -@vos: Calydon, ancient
Aetolian town, famed for the
Calydonian boar hunt. B 640,
1531.

καλύπτω, aor. (ἐ)κάλυψε(ν) : cover,
wrap. οἷ πέπλοιο πτύγμ'᾽ ἐκάλυψεν :

held a fold of her robe as a covering
( protection) for him. A 503.

Κάλχας, -avros: Calchas, renowned
seer of the Achaeans, who guided
their ships to Ilios. A 69-100,
B 300, 322-330. He was warrior
as well as seer.

κάματος (κάμνω) : weariness.

κάμ-βαλε [κατέβαλε, § 30 h]: aor. of
καταβάλλω, throw down, let fall.

κάμε : aor. of κάμνω, am weary, work.

Κάμειρος: one of the three chief
cities of Rhodes. B 656.

κάμνω, fut. καμεῖται, aor. (ἔγκαμον,
perf. κέκμηκας, perf. partic. κε-
κμηῶτι (§ 49 a): labor, am weary
(freq. with acc. of the wearied
part, and often with partic.),
make with toil. καμόντες : who
became weary; euphemism for
θανόντες, the dead.

κάμπτω, aor. subjv. κάμψῃ : bend.

καμπύλος (hump): bent, curved, of a
chariot. E231. Cf. ἀγκύλον.

κάπ: for κατά, down, along, by + apoc-
ope’ and ‘assimilation.’ ὃ 29d.

Karravets, -ος : Capaneus, the most
insolent of the ‘Seven against
Thebes.’ B 564, A 404 ff. Father
of Sthenelus. He boasted that
he would take Thebes, even
though opposed by the thunder-
bolt of Zeus.

Καπανηιάδης and Καπανήιος vids:
son of Capaneus, Sthenelus. A 367,
E 108 f.

καπνίζω, aor. κάπνισσαν (καπνός) :
kindle fires. B 399.

καπνός : smoke. ‘A 317.

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD 73

κάπ-πεσον [κατέπεσον, ὃ 29 b]: aor.
of καταπίπτω, fall down. A 593.

κάπρος : boar, wild boar. E 783.

Kap, gen. Καρός : Carian. B 867.

καρδίη or κραδίη (§ 31) (cor): heart,
as seat of will, affections, and
passions. B 452, T 60.

κάρη, gen. κρᾶτός, dat. κρᾶτί: head.

κάρη κομόωντες : long-haired. Freq.
epithet of Achaeans. See on
B 11.

κάρηνα, pl.: heads, summits, citadels.

καρπαλίμως, adv. : quickly, in haste.

καρπός (harvest): fruit, crop, grain.

καρπός : wrist. E 458.

καρ-ρέζουσα : partic. of ἁ καταρέζω,
caress. E 424,

καρτερό-θυμος : sfout-hearted. E 277.

καρτερός (κάρτος, κράτος, hard):
strong, mighty. See κρατερός. § 31.
A 178.

κάρτιστος: most mighty, stoutest, hard-
est. A 266, Z 185.

Κάρυστος : Carystus, town on the
south coast of Euboea. B 539.

κασι-γνήτη : own sister. A155.

κασί-γνητος : (κάσις) : own brother.

Κάσος: one of the Sporades, near
Cos. B 676.

Κάστωρ, -opos: Castor, son of Leda
and brother of Helen. T 237,
κατά, adv. and prep.: down, with

acc. and genitive.

(1) As adv. κατὰ δάκρυ χέουσα:
(pouring down) shedding a tear;
κατὰ δ᾽ ὅρκια πάτησαν : trampled
(down) upon the oaths ; κὰδ δ᾽ ἔθορε:
leaped down; κατὰ μηρί Exna:
burned (down, Eng. up) the thigh

pieces; κὰδ δὲ λίποιτε: ye would
leave behind.

(2) With ace. κεδασθέντες κατὰ
νῆας : dispersed (down) along the
ships; ἰὸν κατὰ πόντον: coming
over the sea;
δῶμα : feasting through the house ;
ἴθι κατὰ λαόν : go through the army:
. κατὰ στρατόν : down through the
camp, in the camp, opposite the

δαινυμένους κατὰ

camp ; κατὰ μοῖραν : in due measure,
εν; κατὰ φρένα : in mind; νύξε
κατὰ ὦμον : wounded him on the
shoulder.

(3) With gen. κατ᾽ ὀφθαλμῶν:
down over his eyes; κατὰ χθονός :
upon the ground below ; καθ᾽ ἵππων :
down from his chariot;
καρήνων : down from the summits.

\
κατα

κατα-βαίνω, aor. κατεβήσετο, imv.
καταβήσεο (8 48 ὃ), aor. inf. κατα-
βῆναι : come down, descend.

κατα-βάλλω, aor. κάμβαλε (8 30 h):
cast down, let fall. ἘΠ 343.

κατ-άγω, aor. inf. καταξέμεν ($§ 44 /,
48 i): lead (down) back to the
ships.

κατα-δύω, aor. κατεδύσετο Or κατέδυ,
aor. partic. καταδύντα : go down,
set (of the sun), enter, put on
armor.

κατα-θνητός : mortal. Z 123.

κατα-καίω, aor. κατέκηε (8 48 fh):
burn (down), consume by fire.
Z 418.

κατά-κειμαι, fut. partic. κακκείοντες :
lie down. A 606.

κατα-κοιμάω, aor. inf. κατακοιμηθῆ-
ναι (κεῖμαι) : pass. lie down to rest.

74 VOCABULARY TO THE

κατα-κοσμέω: arrange (lay down)
properly. A118.

κατα-κτείνω, fut. κατακτανέουσιν, aor.
κατέκτανε and κατέκτα, aor. inf.
κατακτάμεναι, aor. imv. κάκτανε
[κατάκτανε, ὃ 29 b], aor. pass.
κατέκταθεν [κατεκτάθησαν] : slay,
kill.

κατα-λείπω, aor. κάλλιπε [κατέλιπε,
§ 29 b]: leave behind. Z 223.

κατα-λύω, aor. κατέλυσε: overthrow,
destroy. B117.

κατα-μάρπτω, aor. subjv. καταμάρψῃ:

overtake. Z 364.
κατ-αμύσσω, aor. καταμύξατο : scratch,
tear. E 425.

κατα-νεύω, fut. κατανεύσομαι, aor.
imv. κατάνευσον : nod assent, esp.
in confirmation of a promise.
Opp. to ἀνανεύω. See on A 514.

κατα-πέσσω, aor. subjv. καταπέψῃ :
digest, suppress. A 81.

κατα-πέφνῃ : subjv. of κατέπεφνον,
slay, kill, YT 281.

κατα-πήγνυμι, aor. κατέπηξεν: fiz,
stick. Z 213.

κατα-πίπτω, aor. κάππεσον [κατέπεσον,
§ 29 b]: fall down. A 598.

κατα-πλήσσω, a0r. pass. κατεπλήγη :
(strike down), fill with dismay ; with
ace. of specification. Τ᾽ 31.

κατα-πτώσσω : crouch down, cower.

ft - , ΄ "
κατα-ρέζω OF καρρέζω, aor. κατέρεξεν:

caress, stroke. A 361, E 424.
§ 29 ὁ.
κατα-ρρέω : flow down. A 149.
κατα-σχομένη: wrapping herself,

wrapped; aor. partic. of κατέχω,
hold down, envelop. Cf. καλυψαμένη.

κατα-τίθημι, aor. κατέθηκε and κατέ-
θεντο : lay down, set down. Τ' 293.
κατα-φύλαδόν (φῦλον) : by tribes.
κατα-χέω, aor. κατέχευαν (8 48 h):
pour down, shower, let fall. Z 134.
κατ-εβήσετο (88 48 ὁ, 50 b): went
back; aor. of xataBaivw, go down.
Z 288.
κατ-ἐδυ and κατεδύσετο ($$ 48 ἡ, 505):
aor. of καταδύω, go down, enter.
κατ-έδω : eal up, consume, gnaw.
kat-@evro and κατέθηκε(ν) : aor. of
I 114.

κάτ-ειμι, partic. κατιοῦσα : come down.

κατατίθημι, lay down.

κατ-έκηε :
§ 48 h.

κατ-έκτα and κατέκτανε act.,

aor. of kataxaiw, burn.

κατέ-
κταθεν [κατεκτάθησανἼ͵ pass.: aor.
οἵ κατακτείνω, slay. Β 662, E 558.

κατ-ελθέμεν [κατελθεῖν] : aor. inf. of

Z 109.

κατ-ένευσεν : aor. Of κατανεύω, nod. -

κατέρχομαι, come down.

kat-érepvov, subjv. καταπέφνῃ : aor.

Γ 281, Z 186.

κατ-έπηξεν : aor. of καταπήγνυμι, fix
down, fix. Z 2138.

κατ-επλήγη: aor. pass. of Kara-
πλήσσω, fill with dismay. T 31.

κατ-ερείπω, aor. κατήριπε: tear down;
aor. intrans. fell. E 92.

κατ-έρεξεν : aor. of καταρέζω, caress.

Z 518.

κατήλυθον,

slew.

κατ-ερύκω : keep back, detain.
κατ-έρχομαι, aor. inf.
κατελθέμεν [κατελθεῖν] : come down.
κατ-εσθίω : devour, eat up. T 25.
aor. pass. κατεύνασθεν
[κατευνάσθησαν] : pass. lie down.
kat-éxevav: aor. οὗ καταχέω, pour

down. § 48h. Z 184,

κατ-ευνάζω,

7 ΨΥ

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD 75

κατ-έχω, aor. partic. xatacxopery:
hold down, possess; mid. partic.
wrapping herself, wrapped. TY 419.

κατ-ἤήλυθον : aor. of κατέρχομαι.

κατ-ηπιάω, impf. κατηπιόωντο (ἤπι-
os) : soothe, still, quiet. E 417.
κατ-ήριπε: fell; aor. of κατερείπω.
κατ-ήσθιε: aor. of κατεσθίω, devour.
κατηφείη : shame, humiliation.
κατ-ιοῦσα : fem. partic. of κάτειμι.
κατ-ίσχω :: mid. keep for (thy)self.
καῦμα, -ατος (καίω, caustic): burning
heat. καύματος ἔξ : out of (in con-
sequence of) the heat. E 865.
καύστειρα (καίω), fem. adj.: burning,
scorching. A 342.

Καύστριος: Cajjstrius, a river in Asia
Minor which empties into the sea
near Ephesus. B 461.

καὐτός : by crasis (rare in Homer)
for καὶ αὐτός (thy)self, too. § 26.

[καφ- or καπ-], perf. partic. κεκα-
nora: breathe out, gasp. E 698.

κέ(ν) : enclitic particle, modal adv.;
essentially equiv. to ἄν, indicating
a condition. κέν is about four
times as freq. as ἄν, and is pre-
ferred esp. in affirmative sentences.
See ἄν.

Κεάδης : son of Ceas, Troezenus, a

- Thracian. B 847.

(o)xeSavvipr, aor. ἐκέδασσε, aor.
pass. partic. κεδασθέντες : scatter,
shatter. B 398, E 88.

κεῖ-θι, adv.: there. Cf. ἐκεῖ. T 402.

κεῖμαι, impf. (€)xero: lie. T 195.

κειμήλιον (κεῖμαι) : treasure stored up.
Z 47.

κεῖνος [ἐκεῖνος 3: that one, that, he.

κεινός [κενός] 3: empty. A181.

κεῖ-σε (ἐκεῖ), adv.: thither. T 410.

κεκάδοντο: aor. of χάζομαι, draw
back. ὃ8 48 e. A497.

κεκασμένε : excellent; perf. partic. of
καίνυμαι, excel. A 339.

κεκαφηότα, perf. partic. : breathing out,
gasping. E 698.

κέκλετο : aor. οὗ κέλομαι, call, bid.

κεκληγώς : perf. partic. as pres. of
κλάζω, shriek, yell, shout. FE 591.

κέκλημαι perf., κεκλήσῃ fut. perf.:
pass. of καλέω, call. Τ' 158, A 61.

κέκλυτε : aor. of κλύω, hear. ὃ 43 e.

κέκμηκας ind., κεκμηῶτι ($ 49 a) par-
tic.: perf. of κάμνω, am weary.

κεκορυθμένος : helmeted, pointed ; perf.
partic. of κορύσσω, equip with hel-
met. E 562.

κελαι-νεφής, -és (κελαινός, νέφος): in
dark clouds, cloud-wrapped (οἵ
Zeus), dark. B 412, Δ 140.

κελαινός 3: dark, black. A 303.

κέλευθος, pl. κέλευθα : way, path.

κελεύω, fut. κελεύσω, aor. ἐκέλευσα :
bid, command, direct, order; with
dat. or accusative. B 28.

κέλομαι, aor. (ἐ)κέκλετο (8 43 e): bid,
order, urge ; freq. with dative.

Keveds : empty(-handed). See κεινός.

kevewv, -Ovos: flank. E 284.

κεντρ-ηνεκής, -€s: goaded on, spurred
on. E 752.

Kévrwp, -opos (κέντρον, center):
(goader), driver of horses. Cf.
πλήξιππος, ἱππηλάτα, ἱππόδαμος.
Δ 891.

κεραΐζω : lay waste, slay. E 557.

κέραμος (ceramic): earthenware, jar.

76 VOCABULARY TO THE

[xepdvvdpr], pres. subjy. mid. κέρων-
ται: mix. A 260.

(€€w): (horn-polishing),
bow-maker. A110.

κεραός : horned. T 24,

κεραο-ξόος

κέρας, -αος, pl. κέρα (Cornu): horn.

κερδαλεό-φρων (κέρδος, φρήν): cunning-
minded, crafty. A 149.

κέρδιον : better, more advantageous.

κέρδιστος : craftiest, shrewdest.

B 256.

κερτόμιος : mocking, cutting; as pl.
subst., reviling words. See on A 54.

κευθάνω and κεύθω (hide): conceal.

κεφαλή: head, stature. σὺν κεφα-
λῇσι: “ with their lives.” A162.

Κεφαλλῆνες, pl.: Cephallenians, the
subjects of Odysseus. B 631,
A 329 ff.

κεχαροίατο : aor. opt. of χαίρω, rejoice.
§§ 48.., 441. A 256.

κεχολώσεται : will be angry; fut. perf.
pass. of xoAdw, anger. A 139.

κέχυτο : plpf. of χέω, pour. B19.

κῆδος, -εος : grief, sorrow, woe. B15.

κήδω (hate): distress, cause grief to;
mid. grieve, care for, with gen. A
196, B 27.

κῆλον : arrow. A 53, 383.

κήρ, gen. κηρός, ἴ.: fate, death. A 228,

κῆρ, Zen. κῆρος (καρδίη, Cor, heart), n.:
heart, as seat of emotions. For
the periphrasis Πυλαιμένεος λάσιον
κῇρ; “the shaggy-hearted Pylaeme-
nes,” see § 16d.

ΚΚήρινθος : on tife feoast of Euboea.
B 538. f

κῆρυξ, -ῦκος : herald, the only official
attendant of the king. A 391.

κερτομέω : mock, revile.

κηρύσσω : proclaim, call by proclama-
tion. B 51, 448.
κητώεσσα: abounding in ravines.
Epithet of Lacedaemon. B 581.
Κηφισίς, -ίδος : Cephisian. Kyduois
λίμνη: the later Lake Copais, in
Boeotia. E 709.
Κηφῖσός: Phocian river which
empties into Lake Copais. B 522.
κηώδης, -ες : fragrant. Z 483.
κηώ-εις, -εσσα, -ev: sweet-smelling. _
Ch. pop-
μιγξ. (λύρα is not Homeric.)
κιθαριστύς, -vos, fem.: playing on the
lyre, skill with the lyre. B 600.
κικλήσκω (καλέω): call, summon, name.
B 813. Set
Κίκονες, pl.: a people on the south
coast of Thrace. B 446, 89 ff.
Κίλικες, pl.: Cilicians, but not the
historical nation of that name.
In Homer’s time they lived in
Greater Phrygia near Troy, in two

κίθαρις, -ἰος : cithara, lyre.

nations. One king, Eétion, An-
dromache’s father, reigned ati
Theba. Z 3896 ff. Another,

Mynes, at Lyrnessus. B 690 ff.
KddaAa: Cilla, small town near ‘Troy.
A 88.
kivéw, aor. subjv. κινήσῃ, aor. pass.
κινήθη (κίων) : move, drive; pass.
move (him)self, go. B 144, T 71.
κίνυμαι : intrans. move. A 281.
κίον : impf. of κίω, go. Z 422.
Κισσηίς, -idos (§ 39 4): daughter of
Cisses (a Thracian), Theano, wife
of the Trojan Anténor. Z 299.
κιχάνω, fut. κιχήσεσθαι, aor. κιχή-
σατο, aor. Β7ν. κιχείω [κιχῶ], aor

.
Γ

FIRST SIX BOOKS

partic. κιχήμενον: find, come to,
overtake. A 26, E 187, Z 341.
κίω, partic. κιών, impf. κίε(ν) : go.
κλαγγή : clang, twang, clamor.
κλαγγη-δόν, adv.: with loud cries.
B 463.
κλάζω, aor. ἐκλαγξαν! perf. partic.

as pres. κεκληγώς (clangor):
shriek, shout, yell, ring. E591.
κλαίω (loud): weep, wail. B 263.

κλειτός (κλέος) 3: famed, renowned,
illustrious. Z 227.

κλέος, -cos (clepo): fame, glory,
report.

κλέπτης (lift): thief. T 11.

κλέπτω, aor. ἔκλεψεν : steal, gain by
stealth, am stealthy, am deceitful.

Κλεωναί, pl.: Cleonae, in Argolis,
not far from Corinth. B 570.

KAnts, -ἴδος (clavis): key, collar bone.
Z 89.

κλῆρος: Jot. Τ' 325.

κλίνω, aor. ἔκλιναν, perf. partic. κε-
κλιμένος, aor. pass. ἐκλίνθη (clino,
lean) : lean, turn aside, put to flight ;
pass. bend aside (or back), rest.
κεκλιμένος λίμνῃ : living next (on)
the lake. ἀσπίσι κεκλιμένοι: leaning
on their shields. KE 709.

κλισίη (κλίνω) : hut, barrack, tent.

κλισίη-θεν : from the tent. A 391.

κλισίην-δε : fo the tent. A 185.

κλονέω : drive in tumult. E 8.

Κλονίος: a Boeotian leader. B 495,
O 340.

κλόνος : tumult, confusion. E 167.

κλῦθι : aor. imv. of κλύω, hear. A 37.

Κλυμένη : attendant of Helen. Τ' 144.
Κλυταιμνήστρη: wife of Agamem-

OF THE ILIAD 17

non. A 113. According to the
later story, she was daughter of
Tyndareiis and Leda, and sister
of Helen. During Agamemnon’s
absence she proved unfaithful to
him, and (with his cousin, her
paramour, Aegisthus) slew him
on his return to Greece. (KAvrar-
μήστρη, Without ν, seems to have
been the original form of the

name.)

Κλυτίος : Clytius, brother of Priam.
Tr 147.

κλυτό-πωλος: with famed horses.

Epithet of Hades. E 654.
κλυτός (inclutus, κλύω, κλέος):
Samed, glorious, magnificent.
κλυτο-τέχνης : of glorious art. A 571.
κλυτό-τοξος : of renowned bow.
κλύω, aor. ἔκλυε, imv. κλῦθι, κλῦτε,
and κέκλυτε (κλέος) : hear, give ear
to my request. A 37, B56.
κλωμακόεσσα: rocky. B 729.
κνέφας, -aos: darkness of evening.
κνήμη : shin bone. T 330.
κνημίς, -idos: greave, shin guard, a
bent thin ay of metal (or a

ΕΣ

wrapping of leather) which pro-
tected the lower part of the leg
from the bump of the shield as
well as from missiles. It was
fastened at the ankle by hooks or
buckles (ἐπισφύρια)γ. The greave

78 VOCABULARY TO THE

seems to be one of the most char-
acteristic parts of the armor of
the Achaeans, for they are called
See θώρηξ.
κνημός (κνήμη): foothill. B 821.
κνίση : savor of burnt offerings, fat.
Kveods : Cnosus, chief city of Crete.
B 646, Σὲ 591.
κοῖλος Or κόιλος (cavus) 3: hollow.
κοιμάω, aor. κοιμήσαντο (κεῖμαι) : lay
to rest; mid. lie; aor. lay down to
A 476.
κοιρανέω : command, rule. B
207.
Koipavos: a Lycian. ἘΣ 677.
κοίρανος : lord, ruler. B 487.
κολεόν : for κουλεόν, sheath.
Α 194.
κολλητός (glue): well joined,
well built.
κόλπος (gulf): bosom, gulf. Z 400.
κολῳάω : scold, brawl. B 212.
κολώνη (collis): hill, height. B 811.
κολῳός : brawling, quarrel. A 575.
κομάω (κόμη, comet): have long hair.

ἐυκνήμιδες ᾿Αχαιοί.

rest.

κάρη κομόωντες : long-haired. ὄπι-
θεν κομόωντες : with long back hair
(the front hair being cut short).
See on B 11.

κόμη (coma): hair, Τ᾽ 55,

κομίζω, aor. (ἐ)κόμισσε, aor. imy.
κόμισαι: attend to, care for, take
up. A 594, T 378.

κοναβέω and κοναβίζω, aor. κονάβη-
σαν : resound, ring. Ἔ 334.

κονίη (cinis): dust. B 150.

κονίσαλος : cloud of dust, eddy of dust.

Κόρινθος: Corinth. B 570. The
old name of Corinth was Ephyra.

LATER HELMET

κόρση (κάρη) : temple of the head.

Kopv0-alodos: crest-waving, gleaming-
crested. Epithet of Hector. T 83.

κόρυς, -υθος, fem.: helmet. It has a
plume of horse hair, and is thus
called ἵππουρις. Cf. ἱππιοχαίτης,
ἱπποδάσεια. Prob. it did not fur-

WA QA x
ο

“SS

EARLY HELMET

nish the protection for the nose
and cheeks which the later Greek
(so-called Corinthian) helmet
gave. See θώρηξ.

κορύσσω, perf. partic. κεκορυθμένος :
equip with helmet, equip, rouse to
conflict; mid. equip myself, rouse my-
self: κεκορυθμένος χαλκῷ : equipped
with bronze, bronze-helmeted, bronze-
pointed. A495.

κορυστής : helmeted, armed. A 457.

κορυφή (Kdpus) : summit, crest. A 499.

κορυφόομαι : am crested, tower. A 426.

Kopovera : Coronéa, a Boeotian town,
southwest of Lake Copais. B 503.

κορώνη (corona): hook, at the end
of the bow, for the bowstring.
A 111.

kopwvis, -ἰδος (curvus): curved, of

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD 79

the ships with curving bow and
stern. (See ἀμφιελισσα.) B 771.
Κόρωνος : a Lapith. B 746.
κοσμέω, aor. κόσμησε(ν), aor. pass.
κόσμηθεν [ἐκοσμήθησαν] (κόσμο: :
arrange in order, draw up (in line),

marshal. Attic τάσσω. § 17.
κοσμήτωρ, -opos (κοσμέων : marshal,
commander. A 16, T 236.

κόσμος: order, orderly arrangement,
decoration. κατὰ κόσμον : fitly.

κοτέω, aor. subjv. κοτέσσεται [Kore
σηται, ὃ 30 a}: am angry, feel sul-
len anger. A181.

κοτή-εις, -eooa: angry. E191.

κότος : anger, grudge,nate. On A 81.

κοτύλη : (cup), hip joint. E 306.

κουλεόν or κολεόν : sheath. A 220.

κούρη [κόρη] : maiden, girl, daughter.

κουρίδιος 5: wedded. A114.

κοῦρος [κόρος] : male child, youth,
young man. With κοῦροι ᾿Αχαιῶν :
youths of the Achaeans; cf. vies
᾿Αχαιῶν. <A 470.

κουρότερος : younger, stronger.

Κόως: see Kas, Cos.

κραδίη : see καρδίῃ, heart. A 395.

κραιαίνω [xpaivw], aor. imv. κρήηνον:
accomplish, perform, fulfill. A 41.

κραιπνά, acc. ady.: swiftly. ἘΠ 223.

Kpaurvés 5: swift. Z 505.

Κρανάη: an island to which Paris
took Helen from Sparta. T 445.

κραναός 3: rugged, rocky. YT 201.

Κράπαθος: Carpathus, an _ island
between Crete and Rhodes.
B 676.

κραταιός (κράτος) 3: mighty. E 83.

κρατερός Or καρτερός (ὃ 31) 3: strong,

mighty, stern, grievous. Comp.
κρείσσων, superl. κάρτιστος. A 90.
κρατερ-ῶνυξ, -υχος (ὄνυξ, onyx):
strong-hoofed. E 329.
κρατέω (hard): hold sway, rule. E175.
κράτος, -εος : strength, might, victory.
κρᾶτός : gen. of κάρη, head. E7.
κρέας, -ατος, pl. κρέα (cruor, raw):
meat, flesh. Δ 345.
κρείσσων, -ον (κρατερός) : stronger,
more mighty, superior. A 80.
κρείων, -οντος : ruler, prince, king.
κρήγυος : good, favorable. A 106.
κρήηνον : aor. imy. of κραιαίνω.
ΚΚρήθων, -wvos: a Messenian. E 542.
κρήνη: spring, fountain. Cf. κρουνός.

Κρῆτες, pl.: Cretans. B 645.
Κρήτη: Crete. B 649.
Kparndev: from Crete. T 233.

κρητήρ, -ρος (κεράννυμι) : mixing
Lowl, bowl, in which the wine was
mixed with water, before it was
served. A 470, Z 528.

κρῖ [κριθή]. indecl.: barley. E196.

κρίνω, aor. expivey (κριτής, Cerno):
separate, set apart, select, arrange,
interpret; mid. measure strength.
Z 188.

Κρῖσα : ancient town in ‘Phocis, near
Delphi. B 520.

κροαίνω : clatter, Z 507.

Κροκύλεια, pl.: on Ithaca. B 633.

Κρονίδης and Kpovtwv, -ωνος : son of
Cronus, Zeus. A 528, 552.

Kpévos: Cronus, Saturnus; father
of Zeus, Poseidon, Hades, and
Hera. Z 139.

κρόταφος : temple of the head.

κρουνός (κρήνη) : spring, water source.

80%

κρυό-εις, γεσσα; -ev: chilling. E 740.
κρυπτάδιος (κρύπτωλ 3 : secret. - κρυ-
πτάδια : secret plans. A 542.
Kpépva : Paphlagonian town. B 855.
κτάμεναι inf., κτάνε ind., κτάμενος
pass. partic.: aor. of κτείνω, slay.
kréap, dat. pl. κτεάτεσσιν : pl. prop-
erty, possessions. EK 154.
Kréaros: an Epéan. B 621, A 709.
aor. subjv. κτείνῃς, aor.
(€)xrave(v) and ékra, aor. mid. as
pass. xtdpevos: slay, kill. Rarely
used of killing beasts. E 28.
κτῆμα, -aTos (κτάομαι) : possession,
treasure. Cf. κτέαρ, κτῆσις.
κτῆσις, -ἰος : property. E158.
κτίλος : ram. Τ' 196.
κυάνεος : dark blue, dark. A 528.
κυδαίνω (κῦδος) : glorify, make magnifi-
E 448.

κυδάλιμος : renowned, glorious.

κτείνω,

cent, strengthen.

κυδι-άνειρα (ἀνήρ) : man-ennobling.
κυδιάω : glory, boast. Z 509.
κύδιστος (κῦδος) 3: most glorious.

κυδοιμός : tumult. ἘΣ 593.
κῦδος, -εος : glory, splendor. A 279.
κυκάω : stir, mix. E 908.

κύκλα,. pl. (κύκλος, wheel, cycle) :
wheels. E722.
κυκλό-σε : round about. A 212.
κυκλοτερὲς
τόξον ἔτεινεν : he stretched the bow
until it became round. A 124.
κύκνος (Cygnus): swan. B 460.
κυκόωντι : partic. of κυκάω, stir, mix.
Κυλλήνη : Cyllene, a lofty mountain
in northern Arcadia. B 603.
κῦμα, -ατος : wave, billow. A 488.
κύμβαχος, adj.: head foremost.

κυκλο-τερής, -€s : circular.

VOCABULARY TO THE

κυνέη (κύων): dogskin (cap), cap,
helmet. Cf. βοείη, παρδαλέη.

κύνεσσιν : dat. pl. of κύων, dog.

κυνέω, aor. κύσε: kiss. Z 474.

Kivos: the harbor of Opus. B531.

κυν-ῶπα (voc. A 159) and κυνῶπις,
-dos, fem. (Gy): dog-faced, shame-
less. Τ' 180.

Κυπαρισσήεις, -εντος: town under
Nestor’s rule. B ὅ98.

Κυπάρισσος : Phocian town. B 519.

κύπελλον: beaker, cup, goblet. Cf.

A 596.

Κύπρις, -ἰδος: Cypris, of Cyprus.
By-name of Aphrodite. E 422.

κύπτω, aor. partic. κύψαντι : stoop.

κύρμα, -atos : prey, booty, spoil. Cf.
the use of κύρσας in Τ' 23, and ἕλωρ.

κυρτός : rounded, bending. B 218.

κύρω, aor. partic. κύρσας : chance
upon, fall in with, find. T 28.

Z 474.

E 67.

a Paphlagonian town.

δέπας.

κύσε: aor. of κυνέω. kiss.

κύστις, -ἰος : bladder.

Κύτωρος:
B 853.

Κύφος: city in northern Thessaly.
B748.

κύων, gen. κυνός, dat. pl. κύνεσσιν
(canis, hound): dog, hound. Dogs
were the scavengers of the camp
and the city, and often preyed on
the bodies of the slain. They
were to the oriental mind the per-
sonification of shamelessness.

Kéra, pl.: town on the north of
Lake Copais in Boeotia. B 502.

κώπη: hilt of asword. A 219.

Kas or Kéas: Cos, an island in the
Tearian Sea, near Caria. Β 677.

-

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD 81

A

Adas: an old city in Laconia. B585.
λᾶας, dat. pl. λάεσσι: stone. T 80.
λάβε [ἔλαβε], λαβέτην : aor. of Aap-
βάνω, take, seize. A 387.
λάβρος (λαμβάνων : vidlent, impetuous.
λαγχάνω, aor. λάχομεν (λάχος): re-
ceive by lot, receive as my portion.
Adepridins: son of Laértes, Odysseus.
Γ 200.
AdLopar (λαμβάνων: seize, take, clasp.
πάλιν λάζετο: took back. A 357.
λάθρῃ (λανθάνων: secretly. B 515.
λάθωμαι, aor. subjv. of AavOavw:
forget. Z 265.
λαΐλαψ, -απος, fem.: tempest. A 278.
λάινος (Adas): of stone. T 57.
λαισήιον : target, light shield. It is
called rrepdev, winged, as lighter
than the ἀσπίς. Prob. it had no
outer layer of metal, but was of
rough untanned leather. Often
it may have been only a skin
thrown over the left arm. E453.
See the cut of the aegis (aiyis).
Λακεδαίμων, -ovos: Lacedaemon. It
is called κοίλῃ. hollow, as forming
a basin between Mt. Taygetus on
the west and Mt. Parnon on the
east by north. B 581.
λαμβάνω, aor. €(A)AaBe and λάβε:
accept, take, seize. Cf. λάζομαι.
λαμπετάω, partic. λαμπετόωντι (Adp-
mw): shine, gleam. A 104.
Λάμπος: brother of Priam. T 147.
λαμπρός (λάμπων 3: bright, shining.
λαμπρόν: brightly; neut. adverb.
λάμπω (lamp): shine, gleam, flash.

‘

AavOdve, aor. λάθεν, redupl. aor. λελά-
θοντο, perf. λέλασται (late o, λήθη):
escape notice ; mid. forget. E 834.
Cf. λήθω.

AGE (leg), adv.: with the foot. Cf.
πύξ.

᾿.Λαοδάμεια : daughter of Bellerophon;

slain by Artemis. Z 197 ff.

Λαοδίκη: Lavdice, daughter of
Priam. IT 124, Z 252.

Λαόδοκος : son of Antenor. A 87.

AGopedovridins (ὃ 39 7): son of

Laomedon, Priam. YT 250.
AGopéSev, -ovros: Laomedon, king of
Troy, father of Priam. E 269.
λαός [λεώς, § 23 67: people, folk, esp.
Jighting men, soldiery. The pl. is
used like the singular.

λαπάρη: flank (below the ribs).

Λάρισα: Pelasgian town in Aeolis
near Cyme. B 841.

λάσιος 3: shaggy. B 851.

λάχνη : wool, woolly hair, of the hair
of Thersites. B 219.

λαχνή-εις, -evTos: hairy, shaggy.

λάχομεν : aor. Of λαγχάνω, receive as
my portion. A 49.

λέγομαι, aor. λέξεται (λέχος) : lay
myself to rest, lie. Δ΄ 131.

λέγω, aor. inf. λέξασθαι, aor. pass.
ἐλέχθην (lego): collect, count, re-
count, rehearse.

λειαίνω, aor. partic. λειΐνας (λεῖος) :
smooth, polish. A111.

λείβω (libo) : pour alibation (Aon).

λειμών, -ὥνος : meadow, mead.

λεῖος (LEvis) 3: smooth. A 484.

λείουσι : dat. pl. of λέων, Lion.

λείπω, aor. (€)Aurov, perf. λέλοιπεν,

82 VOCABULARY TO THE

plpf. ἐλέλειπτο (linquo, leave) :
leave, depart from, leave behind ;
mid, remain behind, am left.

λειριό-εις, -εσσα (λείριον, lily) : Lily-like,
lily (i.e. delicate as the color of
the lily), I 152.

λελάθοντο aor., λέλασται perf.: forget;
mid. of λανθάνω, escape notice.

λελίημαι: am eager. λελιημένος :
eagerly, impetuously. Δ 465.

λέλοιπεν : perf. of λείπω, leave.

Acovrets, -jos: one of the Lapithae ;
a Thessalian leader. B 745.

λέπαδνα, pl.: broad straps which
passed under the necks of the
horses and held fast the yoke.

λέπω, aor. EXeWe: (peel), strip.

Acixos: companion of Odysseus.
A 491.

λευκός (lux, look) 3: white, bright,
gleaming. Τ' 103, E 503.

λευκ-ώλενος (ὠλένη;, ulna, ell) : white-
armed. Epithetof Hera. (Inthe
Homeric dress the woman’s arms
were bare.) Cf. βοῶπις.

᾿λεύσσω (λευκός) : see, look, behold.

λεχε-ποίην, acc.: grass-bedded, grassy,
in the midst of meadows. B 697.

λέχος, dat. pl. λεχέεσσιν (lectus, lie):
couch, bed. Α 81.

λέχοσ-δε: fo the bed. T 447.

λέων, -ovros, dat. pl. λείουσιν : lion.

λήγω, aor. Angav: cease, cease from,
give up. Freq. with ablatival
genitive.

λήθη (Lethe): forgetfulness.

Λῆθος: a Pelasgian. B 843.

λήθω (λήθη) : equiv. to λανθάνω, es-
cape notice; mid. forget. A 495.

B 33.

λήϊον : standing grain. B 147.

«Λήϊτος : Boeotian leader. B 494.

Afvos: island in northern part of
the Aegaean Sea. A 593, B 722.

λῆξαν : aor. of λήγω, cease. Z 107.

“Λητώ, Λητοῦς : Leto, Latona, mother
of Apollo and Artemis. A 9,E 447.

λιάζομαι, aor. partic. λιασθείς : turn
aside, withdraw one’s self. A 349.

λιγέως (λιγύς), adv.: clearly. T 214.

λίγξε, aor.: sung, of abow. A125,

λιγυρός 3: shrill, piping. E 526.

λιγύς, -efa, -v: clear-voiced. A 248.

λιγύ-φθογγος : clear-voiced. B 50.

λίην, ady.: exceedingly, excessively.
καὶ λίην : assuredly and verily.

λίθος : stone. Ch. λᾶας. Z 244.

E 500.

Λικύμνιος : uncle of Heracles, slain
by Tlepolemus. B 663.

ΔΛίλαια : town in Phocis, at the source
of the Cephisus. B 523.

λιλαίομαι (list): desire, am eager for.

λιμήν, -evos: harbor. A 432.

λίμνη : lake. B 865.

AivSos: town on Rhodes. B 656.

λινο-θώρηξ, -ηκος : with linen doublet.

λίνον (linen): (flax, thread), net.

λιπαρός 3: (oily), shiny, bright, beau-
tiful. B 44.

λίπε(ν), λιπέσθαι : aor. of λείπω.

λίσσομαι, impf. (ἐλ)λίσσετο (ὃ 30 Ὁ),
aor. imv. λίσαι (litany): entreat,
beseech. A 15, 394.

λοιβή (AciBw): Libation, drink offering.
Cf. σπονδή. Δ 49.

λοίγιος : dreadful, hurtful. A 518.

λοιγός : destruction, ruin, death.

λοιμός : pestilence, plague.- A 61.

λικμάω : winnow.

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD

“Λοκροί, pl.: Locrians. B 527.

λούω, aor. λοῦσεν or Adecer, perf.
mid. λελουμένος (lu 0): wash, bathe ;
mid. bathe (one’s self). E 6, 905.

λόφος : crest of helmet; generally
made of horse-hair. See θώρηξ.

λόχον-δε: to an ambuscade. A 227.

λόχος (λέχος) : place of ambush, am-
bush. Z 189.

Avypés (lugeo): miserable, dreary,
death-bringing. T 416, E 158.

Avypas: grievously. E 763.

λύθη: aor. pass. of Avw, loose.

λύθρον : gore, defilement. Cf. dpa.

Λύκαστος : Cretan town. B 647.

Av«dwv: Lycion. (1) Son of Priam.

1333. (2) A Lycian, father of
Pandarus. B 826.

λυκη-γενής, -cos: epithet of Apollo,
prob. ‘child of the light’ (lux).
A 101.

Avein: Lycia. (1) On the south
coast of Asia Minor, between
Caria and Pamphylia. B 877.
(2) A district near Troy. E173.

Av«in-Gev: from Lycia. E105.

Avkinv-Se: to Lycia. Z 168.

Aix, pl.: Lycians, commanded by
Sarpedon. B 876.

“Λυκόοργος: Lycurgus, king of the
Thracian Edonians. Z 130 ff.

λύκος (lupus): wolf. A 471.

Aixros: Cretan town. B 647.

λῦμα, -aros (AvOpov): (filth, defile-
ment.

ΔΛυρνησσός: town in the Troad, not
far from Theba. B 690.

λύω, fut. λύσω, aor. (ἔγλῦσα, perf.
λέλυνται, aor. pass. λύθη (loose) :

83

loose, free, dismiss; mid. loose for
myself, ransom. A 18, 20.
λωβάομαι, aor. opt. λωβήσαιο: in-
sult, am insolent. A 232.
λώβη: shame, disgrace. T 42.
λωβητήρ, -ἤρος : insolent fellow.
Awiwv, -ov : more desirable, more profit-
able, better; comp. of ἀγαθός.
λωτός: clover, food for horses, — not
to be confounded with the food
of the lotus eaters. ἘΒ 770.

M

μά (μάν, μήν) : particle of assevera-
tion, with the ace., which prob.
depends on a verb of swearing
implied. In affirmative assevera-
tions val μά is used. οὐ μὰ yap
᾿Απόλλωνα : no, by Apollo! vai μὰ
τόδε σκῆπτρον : yes! by this scepter.
A 86, 234.

Μάγνητες, pl.: Thessalians dwelling
near Mt. Pelion. B 756.

patés: nipple, breast. A123.

padov: aor. of μανθάνω, learn. Z 444.

Μαίανδρος: Meander, river near
Miletus. B 869.

pode, aor. paiunoe: am eager, am
impetuous, rage. E 670.

μαίνομαι (μένος, mania, maenad) : rave,
rage, am frantic. Z 132.

Maiev: a Theban, son of Haemon.
A 394 ff.

μάκαρ, -apos (macte): blessed, happy.

μακρός 3: long, high, tall. μακρά
and μακρόν: ady. μακρὰ βιβάς:
with long strides. μακρὸν ἄυσεν:
shouted afar, i.e. shouted aloud,

84 VOCABULARY TO THE

μάλα, adv. (μέλει, melior): exceed-
ingly, very, readily, thoroughly, by
all means, altogether. ἀλλὰ μάλα:
but surely.

μαλακός (mulceo) 3: soft, gentle.
A 582.

μάλιστα superl. : especially, most of all.

μᾶλλον, comp.: more, rather.

μᾶν [μήν]: in truth, indeed. B 370.

μανθάνω, aor. μάβον: learn. Z 444.

μαντεύομαι (μάντις) : am a seer, proph-
esy, predict. B 300.

Mavrivén: Arcadian town. B 607.

μάντις : seer, soothsayer, augur, who
foretold the future chiefly from the
flight of birds. |

μαντοσύνη: gift of prophecy. <A 72.

papyaive: rage, am furious. E 882.

pappaipw: gleam, shine, sparkle.
T 397. \

μάρναμαι : fight, contend. Z 256.

μάρτυρος (martyr): witness. A 338,
T 280.

Μάἄσης, -ητος: town in Argolis.
B 562.

μαστίζω, aor. μάστιξεν : lash, whip.

μάστιξ, -ἴγος, fem. : lash, whip. E226.

pardw, aor. subjv. ματήσετον : hold
back, delay. E 258.

μάχαιρα (μάχη 3): dagger, large knife,
used in sacrifice. T 271.

Maxaev: son of Asclepius (Aescu-
lapius); a surgeon from Thes-
saly. B732, A 198 ff., A 506 ff.

μαχέομαι : see μάχομαι.

μάχη : battle, conflict; field of battle.
E 355.

μαχητής : warrior, soldier, fighter.

μάχομαι or μαχέομαι, fut. μαχήσομαι,

μάχῃ: in battle.

aor. μαχησάμεθα and μαχέσασθαι:

Sight, contend. T 433, Z 329.
pay, adv.: thoughtlessly, vainly, to

no purpose. B 120, E759.
μαψιδίως : foolishly, thoughtlessly.

μέ: ace. of ἐγώ, J. ὃ 42 a.

μέγα, adv. qualifying all degrees of
comparison : greatly, mightily, very,
far. A 158.

μεγά-θυμος : great-souled, high-minded.
Epithet of men and peoples.

peyaipw (μέγας 2): grudge. A 54,

μεγάλα, adv. : greatly. μεγάλ᾽ εὔχετο:
loudly prayed. A 450, 482.

μεγαλ-ήτωρ, -opos: great-hearted,
courageous. Z 283, 395.

μέγαρον : large room, main hall (in
the center) of the house ; pl. dwell-
ing, house, palace. Z377. See the
plate opposite page 43 of Text.

μέγας, μεγάλη; μέγα (Magnus, much) :
great, large, tall, mighty. Comp.
μείζων, superl. μέγιστος. A short
vowel is sometimes lengthened
before this stem. § 59 A.

B 627.

Μέγης, -yros: son of Phyleus, leader
of the Dulichians. B 627, E 69.

Μεδεών, town in Boeotia.
B 501.

μεδέων, -οντος (μέδων) : ruler, ruling,
only of Zeus. I 276.

μέδομαι (meditor): care for, give
heed to (with gen.), contrive. Cf.
pen dopa.

Μέδων, -ovros: son of Oileus, half-
brother of Ajax, slain by Aeneas.
B 727, N 698 ff., O 332 ff.

μέδων ; counselor, leader, captain.

μέγεθος, -εος : size, height.

-OVOS :

FIRST SLX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD 85

μεθ-άλλομαι, aor. partic. μετάλμενος :
spring after, leap upon. E 336.

μεθ-είω [μεθῶ, ὃ 52 c] subjv., μεθέμεν
[μεθεῖναι] inf.: aor. of μεθέμμ, let
go, give up, surrender.

μεθ-έπω : drive after; with two accu-
satives. |

μεθήμων, -ovos: slack, yielding.

μεθ-ίημι, aor. subjy. μεθείω, aor. inf.
μεθέμεν: let go, give up, surrender ;
intrans. draw back, give way.

᾿ μεθ-ίστημι, impf. μεθίστατο: mid.
take one’s place among. E 514.

μεθ-ομϊλέω : associate with. A 269.

μειδάω, aor. μείδησε (smile) : smile.

μείζων : comp. of μέγας, great, large,
tall, mighty. <A 167.

μείλινος (μέλινος, peAin) 3: ashen,
of ash. E 655.

μειλίχιος (μέλι) 3: kind, friendly.

μεῖνα : aor. of μένω, remain, await.

pelpopar, perf. ἔμμορε (ὃ 43 h) (μέρος):
receive as a portion.

μείων, -ovos (minor): /ess, shorter,
comp. of μικρός, little, short. B528.

μέλαθρον : ceiling, roof, house. Cf.
tectum. B 414.

μελαίνω (μέλας) : blacken, stain a dark
color ; in E 354, stain dark red.

Μελάνθιος : a Trojan. Z 36.

μέλας, μέλαινα, μέλαν : black, dark.
Comp. μελάντερος. Δ 277.

Μελέαγρος : Meleager, son of Oeneus,
leader of the Caledonian hunt.
B 642, I 543 ff.

μέλι, -cros (mel): honey. A 249.

Μελίβοια: a Thessalian town in
Magnesia. B 717.

μελίη : ash, ashen spear (sc. ἐγχείη).

μελι-ηδής, -6s: honey-sweet. A 346.

μέλισσα (μέλι) : bee. B 87.

μελί-φρων, -ovos: heart-rejoicing, of
wine (Z 264) (cf. ἐύφρων T 246);
refreshing, of sleep (B 34).

μέλλω : am destined, am about.

μέλπω (μέλος) : sing (the praises of).

μέλω, fut. μελήσει and μελήσεται,
perf. μέμηλε: am a care, am an
object of concern. (1) The object
of concern is put in the nom. and
the person who feels the concern
in the dat. (2) The verb is
impers. and takes the object of
concern in the gen. B 25.

μέμαα, perf.: am eager, rush on im-
petuously. μεμαότες: eager.

᾿μεμακυῖα, perf. partic. of μηκάομαι :

bleating. A 435.

μέμνημαι (memini): remember ; perf.
of μιμνήσκω, remind. E 263.

pépova, perf. (μένος) : strive, am eager.

μέν, a weaker form of μήν : (1) in-
deed, in truth. (2) Correlative
with δέ, helping to mark the con-
trast between two clauses. Cf.
μέντοι.

μενεαίνω (μένος. > am eagerly desirous,
“thirst.” I 379.

Mevéddos: Meneldiis, king of Sparta,
son of Atreus, brother of Aga-
memnon, and husband of Helen.
B 408, 586 ff., [ 21 ff., 206 ff.,
A 94 ff., 2 44 ff., 11311 ff., P 45 ff.
He is called ἀρηΐφιλος, βοὴν aya-

ξανθός (tawny-haired). He

wandered for eight years after
the capture of Troy before re-
turning with Helen to his home.

86 VOCABULARY TO THE

y 276 ff., ὃ 351 ff. The Fourth
Book of the Odyssey gives an
account of the visit paid by
Odysseus’ son Telemachus to
Menelaus at Sparta.

μενε-πτόλεμος : standing firm in battle,
brave. B 740, Z 29.

Μενεσθεύς, -jos: son of Peteos, and
leader of the Athenians. B 552.

Mevéo Ons: a Greek. E 609.

Μενοιτιάδης : son of Menoetius, Pa-
troclus. A 3807.
μένος, -eos: might, courage, prowess,

spirit, fury. A 207, 282.
μένω, aor. (ἔγμεινα (Mane) : remain,
await. A 536.
μερμηρίζω, aor. μερμήριξε :
decided, am in perplexity, ponder.
A 189, E 671. |
μέροπες, pl. : mortal, mortals. A 250.
Mépo, -oros: a seer of Percdte.
B 831.
Μέσθλης:
B 864.
μέσος : see μέσσος, middle. A481.
Μέσση : town in Laconia. B 582.
μεσσηγύς [μεταξύ], adv. : between.
Μεσσηίς, -idos (sc. κρήνη) : ἃ spring
in Thessaly. Z 457.
μέσ(σ)ος (medius) 3:
the midst.

am wun-

leader of Maeonians.

middle, in
τὸ μέσον: the middle,
midst.
μετά (midst, Germ. mit), adv. and
prep. : among, after.
(1) With dat. in the midst of.

(2) With acc. into the midst of,

among (as with dat., B 143), after.
It sometimes implies change.
μετὰ δ᾽ ἐτράπετο : he turned around,

μετα-δρομάδην (δρόμος), adv.: pur-
suing, running after. E 80.
μεταλλάω, adr. μετάλλησαν (metal) :
ask about, inquire after. E 516.
aor. partic. of μεθάλ-
λομαι, spring after, leap upon.
pera-pdtios (alos): between the
(nipples) breasts. E19.
μεταμώνιος : in vain, void. A 363.
μεταξύ, adv.: between. Only A 156.
μετα-πρέπω: am conspicuous, am emi-
nent among. B 579.

peT-GApevos :

μετα-σσεύομαι: rush after, hasten
after. Z 296.

μετα-τρέπομαι, mid.: turn myself
toward, give heed to. A 160.

peravddw, impf. μετηύδα: speak
among. B109.

μετά-φημι, aor. μετέειπον: speak

among. B 336.

μετα-φράζομαι, fut. μεταφράσομαι :
consider afterwards. A 140.

pera-ppevov : upper part of the back,
back. B 265.

μετ-ἔέειπον [μετεῖπον, ὃ 43 d]: aor. of

μετά-φημι, speak anand
᾿ρέτιείμι, subjv. μετέῃσι [μετῇ ]: fut,
μετ-έσσομαι (εἰμί) : am among, am
between, am one of. ov παυσωλὴ
μετέσσεται : no respite will intervene.
μέτ-ειμι (εἶμι) : go after, shall go after.
Z 341.
μετ-έρχομαι, fut. μετελεύσομαι, aor.
partic. μετελθών : come after, come
among, come to, attend to, go after.
μετ-έσσομαι : fut. of μέτειμι, am
among, am between. A 322.
μετ-έφη : impf. of μετά-φημι, speak
among. <A 58, B 411.

.

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD 87

μετ-οίχομαι : yo afler, with accusative.

μετ-ὀπισθεί(ν), adv.: behind, after-
wards. Z 68.

pér-wrov (wy): forehead. A 460,
Z 10.

ped [μοῦ] : gen. of ἐγώ, 1. ὃ 42 a.

μή: negative.

(1) Ady. not, used in com-
mands, μή μ᾽ ἐρέθιζε : do not anger
me; in wishes, μὴ ἐπ᾽ ἠέλιον δῦναι:
may not the sun go down ; τι clauses
of purpose, ὄφρα μὴ ἀγέραστος ἔω:
that I may not be without a prize ;
in conditional clauses, εἰ δέ κε μὴ
δώωσιν: if they shall not give; in
conditional relative clauses, ovs
μὴ κῆρες ἔβαν θανάτοιο φέρουσαι:
whomsoever the fates of death did
not carry off.

(2) Conj. that not, lest. μή σε
παρείπῃ Θέτις : lest Thetis persuade
you.

μηδέ, adv.: but not, and not, not even,

nor. μηδέ... μηδέ: (and not...
and not), neither... nor.

μήδομαι, aor. μήσατο (μέδομαι,
μήστωργ : contrive, plan. Z 157.

μῆδος, -εος : plan, device. B 340.

Μηθώνη: Thessalian town in Mag-
nesia. B 716.

μηκάομαι, perf. partic. (as pres.)
μεμακυῖαι : bleat. A 435.

μη-κ-έτι, adv.: no more, no longer.

Μηκιστεύς, -jos: father of Euryalus.
B 566.

Μηκιστηιάδης : son of Mecisteus, Eu-
ryalus. Z 28.

μῆλα, pl.: small cattle, flocks of sheep
and goats. Δ 279.

μήν, asseverative particle: indeed,
in truth. Cf. μέν, μάν, μά.

μήν, gen. μηνός (mensis): month.

μῆνις, -ἰος : wrath, enduring anger.

μηνίω, aor. partic. μηνίσας : cherish
wrath, continue angry. E178.

Μῃονίη : old name of Lydia. [ 401.
Myovis, -id0s: Maeonian woman.
A 142,

μῆρα (unpos), pl. : thigh pieces.

pyplov, pl. pypia or μῆρα: thigh
piece. Part of the victim (cut
from the μηρός), which was
offered as a burnt sacrifice to the

gods.

Μηριόνης : a Cretan, friend of
Idomeneus. B 651, Δ 254,
E 59, 65.

pnpds: thigh. Cf. μῆρα. A 460.

μήστωρ, -wpos (pdouar): counselor.
μήστωρε φόβοιο: (advisersof flight),
inspirers of flight, inciters to flight.
μήστωρες ἀυτῆς : eager for the fray.

μήτε: and not. μήτε. .. μήτε:
neither... nor.

μήτηρ, gen. μητρός (ater) : mother.

μητίετα : counselor. § 34 b. Epithet
of Zeus ; used in the nom. and
vocative.

μητίομαι, aor. subjv. μητίσομαι : con-
trive, plan. IT 416.

μῆτις, -ἰος : wisdom, counsel.

μητρυιή: stepmother. E 389.

μήτρως, -wos: mother’s brother, uncle.

μῆχος, -εος : means of relief, help. Cf.
μηχανή.

Myev, -ονος : Maeonian, inhabitant of
Maeonia. B 864, E 43.

pia: fem. of εἷς, one. T 238,

88 VOCABULARY TO THE

μιαίνω, aor. subjv. pujvy, aor. pass.
μιάνθην [ἐμιάνθησαν] : spot, stain.

μιαι-φόνος : blood-stained, blood-thirsty.
Ε 844.

[μίγνῦμι : see μίσγω.7

Μίδεια : ἃ Boeotian town. B 507.

μικρός: little, short. τυτθός and ὀλίγος
are more frequent.

Μίλητος : Miletus. (1) a Cretan
town (B 647), mother of (2)
a town in Caria. B 868.

μιλτο-πάρῃος : red-cheeked, of ships
with bows painted red, while the
hull in general was painted black
or dark. B 637.

μιμνάζω (μένω) : remain. B 392.

μιμνήσκω, fut. μνήσομαι, aor. partic.
μνήσασα, aor. μνήσαντο, perf. as
pres. μέμνημαι (memini): re-
mind ; mid. recall to mind, mention ;

A 222,

mt hl oe

perf. remember.
pipve [μένω]:
piv, 3d pers. pron. acc. sing.: him,
her, ut (A 237, Z 221), equiv. to
Attic αὐτόν, αὐτήν, αὐτό. ὃ 42 a.
Minyan. B 511.
Jor a little while, for a
A 416, A 466.

remain, await.

Muvievos :

μίνυνθα, adv.:
short time.

μινυνθάδιος :
a short time. A 352.

μινυρίζω : lament, complain, whine.

proy-aykea: basin where valleys
meet. A 453.

μίσγω [μίγνυμι], plpf. ἐμέμικτο, aor.
pass. ἐμίχθην or ἐμίγην (misceo,
mix): mix; mid. mingle, join with,
associate with. ἐν κονίῃσι puyeins :
should be thrown in the dust. T 55.

μιστύλλω ; cut into small pieces.

short lived, enduring for

μίτρη: girdle, broad band of metal, or
of leather with metal plates, worn
on the lower part of the body,
over the χιτών.
μιχθείς : aor. partic. of μίσγω, miz.
μνάομαι, impf. ἐμνώοντο : am mindful.
μνήσομαι
fut.: of μιμνήσκω, remind, men-
B 724,
wedded, lawful.

μνῆσαι and μνήσαντο aor.,

tion, remember.

μνηστός 3: wooed,
Epithet of wives. Z 246.

poyéw, aor. μόγησα: toil, suffer, en-
dure hardship. B 690.

μόγος : exertion, toil. A 27.

μοῖρα (μέρος, ἔμμορε) : fate, lot, por-
tion. κατὰ μοῖραν: according to.
due allotment, fittingly. A 286.

μοιρη-γενής, -ἐς : child of destiny, blest
by Μοῖρα at birth. Τ' 182.

μολοῦσα : aor. partic. of βλώσκω, go.

μολπή (μέλπω, Melpomene): song.

μορμύρω : splash. E 599.

μόρος (μέρος, μοῖρα): fate, lot.

μόρσιμος (μοῖραν: destined, fated.

μοῦνος [μόνος] 3: alone. B 212.

Μοῦσα: Muse. B 484, 761.

pox Oto (μόχθος): suffer. B 723.

Μύγδων, -ovos: Phrygian king. Τ' 180.

Μύδων, -wvos: a Paphlagonian, char-
ioteer of Pylaemenes. E 580.

᾿ μυθέομαι, aor. subjv. μυθήσομαι: re-

late, tell, interpret, utter. A 74.
μῦθος (myth): word, utterance, saying,
νὸς pag, plan, thought, si dass
Cf. ἔπος.
μυῖα (Musca): fly.
Μυκάλη : Carian promontory. B 869.
ΜΜυκαλησσός : Boeotian town. Β 498,
μϑκάομαι, aor. μύκον : bellow, grate.

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD 89

Μυκήνη : Mycene, town in Argolis;
the home of Agamemnon. B 569,
A 52, 376.

Mivys, -yros: son of Euénus. B 692.

μυρίκινος : of tamarisk, tamarisk. Z 39.

Μυρίνη : Myrina,— perhaps an Ama-
zon. B8l4. CAT 189.

μῦρίοι (myriad ), pl.: very many, count-
less. A 2, B 272.

Μυρμιδόνες, pl. : Myrmidons, a Thessa-
lian people, under command of
Achilles. A 180, 328, B 684.

μύρομαι : weep, grieve, lament.

Μύρσινος: a town in Elis. B 616.

Μυσοί, pl.: Mysians. B 858.

μυχός : inmost part, recess, nook.

μῶλος: foil, moil, struggle.

μωμάομαι, fut. μωμήσομαι (μῶμος):
blame, censure. Τ' 412.

μῶνυξ, -vyos (ula, ὄνυξ) : solid-hvofed,
strong-hoofed. (Possibly eager-

hoofed, swift.)

N

vat, affirmative particle: yes. Used
in oaths. ναὶ pa τόδε σκῆπτρον:
yes! by this scepter! Cf. μά, νὴ Xia.

ναιετάω or ναίω, iterative impf.
ναιετάασκον OY ναΐεσκον : dwell, in-
habit, am situated, lie. δόμοι ἐὺ
ναιετάοντες : houses good to dwell in,
comfortable. ἐὺ ναιόμενον πτολίε-
θρον : a well-situated town, A 45.

Νάστης: leader of the Carians.
B 867 ff.

Ναυβολίδης : son of Naubolus, Tphi-
tus. B 518.

ναύτης (vais): sailor. A 76.

ναῦ-φιν (§33.a): from the ships; locat.
(used as gen. pl.) of νηῦς. B 794.

veapds (νέος) : young, tender. B289.

νεβρός : fawn. A 243.*

νέες nom., νέεσσι dat.: pl. of νηῦς,
ship. B509, Γ 46.

νέηαι [ ven, ὃ 44 h]: subjv. 2d sing. of
νέομαι, go, return. A 32.

velaipa (νέος 2), fem. adj.: lower.

velaros (veos?): extreme, lowest.

vexe(()o, iterative impf. νεικείεσκε
(8 47 g), aor. ἐνείκεσας and νείκεσ-
σεν: revile, rebuke, chide, contend,
upbraid.

νεῖκος, -εος : strife, quarrel, conflict.

νεῖμαν : aor. of νέμω, distribute.

νεκάς, -ddos: heap of corpses. E 886.

νεκρός : corpse, dead body. A 467.

νέκταρ, -apos: nectar, the drink of
the gods. Δ ὃ.

νεκτάρεος : divine, heavenly, of grace
and beauty. Cf. ἀμβρόσιος. T 385.

νέκυς, -vos (νεκρός): corpse; pl. the
dead in the lower world. A 52.

νεμεσίζομαι : take ill, am vexed.

νεμεσ(σ)άω, aor. νεμέσησε and νεμέσ-
σηθεν [ἐνεμεσσήθησανἼ: am angry,
am vexed, am indignant. B 223.

νέμεσ(σ᾽ις, -ἰος : righteous wrath, blame.
ov νέμεσις : it is no cause for blame.
T 156.

νεμεσσητός : fit to excite wrath, blame-
worthy. T 410,

νέμεσσις : 566 νέμεσις.

νέμω, aor. νεῖμαν (nemus): distrib-
ute; mid. possess, inhabit, dwell ;
of cattle, pasture, graze; pass.
(B 780) devoured. T 274.

νέομαι, subjv. venu (8 44 h): go,

90 VOCABULARY TO THE

return, shall go. Equiv. to ἔρχομαι.
Cf. νόστος.

νέος (NOVuS, new) 3: young, fresh,
new. Confp. νεώτερος. νέον, adv.:
just now, newly, afresh. A 463.

νεοσσός : young of birds, nestling.

veo-reux ts, tes: just built, new.

Νεστόρεος 3: of Nestor, Nestor’s.

Νεστορίδης : son of Nestor, Antilo-
chus. Z 33.

Νέστωρ, -opos: Nestor, king of the
Pylians, famous for his age, wis-
dom, eloquence, and skill in mar-
shaling the army for battle.
A 247, B 21, 57, 77, 336, 405, 433,
555, 601, A 298, Z 66, A 597 ff.
He is fond of telling of his ex-
ploits, as A 318 ff., H 128 ff.,
A 670 ff. The Third Book of the
Odyssey is devoted to the visit of
Telemachus, Odysseus’ son, to
Nestor at his home in Pylus.

νευρή : (sinew), bowstring. Δ 128.

νεῦρον (nerve, neuralgia): thong; pl.
bowstring. A 122.

νεύω, aor. νεῦσε (DUO): nod.

νεφέλη (νέφος, nebula): cloud.

νεφελ-ηγερέτα (dyeipw) : cloud-gatherer.
Epithet of Zeus. A511. § 3406.

νέφος, -εος (NUDES): cloud.

νεώτερος : comp. Of νέος, young.

νῆα acc. sing., νῆας acc. pl., νῆες
nom. pl.: of νηῦς, ship. A 308.

(Or, per-
haps, gleaming, bright.) B43.

νήδυμος : sweet, refreshing, of sleep.
(Prob. false reading for ἥδυμος.)

νήιος (νηῦς), adj.: of a ship. νήιον
δόρυ : ship timber. T 62.

νηγάτεος : new made, new.

νηίς, -idos: naiad, water nymph.

νηλεής, -és, dat. νηλέι (€Acos): pitiless,
cruel, Τ' 292, A 348.

Νηλήιος 3: of Neleus, who was son
of Poseidon and father of Nestor.
B 20.

νημερτής, -és: unfailing, true. νη-
μερτές : truly, A 514.

νηνεμίη (ἄνεμος) : calm weather. νη-
νεμίης, temporal gen. :
air is stirring. E 523.

νηός [vews, ὃ 23 c]: temple.
ἄλσος.

νηός [νεώς] : gen. of νηύς, ship.

νηπίαχος : young, helpless, silly.

νήπιος (infans, speechless): young,
helpless, childish, foolish. B 38.

Νήριτον: a woody range of moun-
tains in Ithaca. B 632.

νῆσος, fem.: island. B 108.

νηῦς [ναῦς], gen. νηός [νεώς], nom.
pl. νῆες or νέες, locat. used as ab-
latival gen. ναῦφιν (§ 33 a) (na-
vis), f.: ship.

νϊκάω, fut. inf. viknoguev, aor. ἐνέκη-
σεν: conquer, gain the victory, am
victorious, prevail, surpass.

νίκη : victory. T 457.

Nipets, -ος : son of Charopus, fa-
mous for his beauty. B 671 ff.

Nioa: a Boeotian town. B 508.

Νίσῦρος : an island of the Sporades.
B 676.

νῖφάς, -άδος (nive, snow): snowflake.
Cf. ἀγάννιφος. T 222,

νοέω, aor. ἐνόησε (νοῦς) : perceive, ob-
serve, look, devise, plan; am wise. |

Νοήμων, -ovos: a Lycian. E 678.

νόθος 3: illegitimate, bastard. E 70.

when no

See

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD 91

Noptov, -ovos: father of Amphima-
chus. B 871.

νομός (νέμων : pasture, pasturage.

νόος [νοῦς] : mind, heart, purpose, plan.

νοστέω, fut. νοστήσω, aor. νοστήσας:
return, go home. Cf. νέομαι.

νόστος : return. B 251.

νόσφι, adv.: apart, separate, far from ;
with gen. A 541, B 347.

νοσφίζομαι (νόσφι) : turn away from,
reject. B81.

Νότος : South wind. B 145.

νοῦσος [νόσος]: sickness, plague.

νύ (viv): a weakened now. Cf. the
Eng. inferential ‘now’ in ‘now
it came to pass.” Cf. E 311.

νύμφη : nymph, young woman. νύμφα
φίλη: dear lady. T 130.

viv: now, at the present time, just now.
νῦν δή : now at length.

νύξ, gen. νυκτός (nox), f.: night.

νυός (nurus), f.: sister-in-law, brother’s
wife.
Νυσήιον : a mythical mountain set
by the poet in Thrace. Z 133.
νύσσω, aor. vige: prick, pierce, wound.
νῶι nom., νῶϊν gen. and dat., vai and
νώ acc. (nos), dual Ist pers. pron. :
we two, us two. § 42 a.

νωλεμέως : unceasingly, uninterruptedly,
steadfastly. Δ 428,

νωμάω, aor. νώμησεν (νέμω): distribute,
move this way and that, wield,
brandish. <A 471.

νῶρ-οψ, -οπος : flashing, bright.

νῶτον : back. εὐρέα νῶτα θαλάσσης :
the broad back of the sea, because
of the arched appearance which
the quiet sea presents. B 308.

=)

Ἐάνθος : Xanthus. (1) A Trojan, son
of Phaenops. E152. (2) Ariver
in Lycia. ΒΒ 877, E479. (3) A
river on the plain of Troy which
‘the gods call Xanthus, but men
call it Scamander.’ Z 4, Y 73 ff.

ξανθός 3: yellow, tawny haired, blond.

ξεινήιον: guest gift, a present given
by guest or host as a token of
friendship. Z 218.

ξεινίζω, aor. (ἐ)ξείνισσε: receive hos-
pitably, entertain. Z 174.

ξεινο-δόκος (δέκομαι) : host, entertainer.
Γ 354.

ξεῖνος [ξένος]: guest friend, friend,
stranger, used (1) of the one enter-
tained (A 377), and (2) of his
host (Z 224), and (3) of their de-
scendants (Z 215). Also, stranger.
(The initial € is thought to be a
remnant of the stem which appears
in hostis and guest.)

ξεστός (few) 3: polished; epithet of
hewn stone. Z 244,

ξέω, aor. ἔξεσε : (polish), hew.

ξίφος, -eos: sword, long sword.

ξύλ-οχος (ξύλον) :. thicket. E 162.

ξυμ-βάλλω: bring together, dash to-
gether. A453. Cf. συμβάλλω.

ξύν, prep. with dat.: with. See σύν.

ξυν-άγω : bring together, collect. iva
ξυνάγωμεν “Apna: that we may join
battle. Ἔ 5381.

ξυν-δέω, aor. ξυνδῆσαι : bind, fetter.

ξύν-ειμι (εἶμι) : go together. A 446.

ξυνήιος : common. ξυνήια : common
store. Attic κοινός. A 124.

92

ξυν-ίημι, impf. pl. ξύνιεν [ξυνίεσαν,
§ 44 n], aor. ξυνέηκε (8 48 d) and
ξύνες : bring together, hearken, give
ear, listen. A 8, 273, B 26.

ξυστόν : polished shaft, spear shaft.

O

6, 7, τό (nom, pl. τοί, ταί, and οἵ, at):
(1) dem. this, that; freq. used for
the personal pron. he, she, it. 6
pev...6 δέ: one... theother. (2)

Def. art. the. τό, adv. acc.: there-
fore. T 176.

8, 7, τό, nom. pl. τοί, rel.: who, which,
what. Seeds. § 42.

dap, dat. pl. ὥρεσσιν: wife. E 486.

oapife: converse familiarly, hold con-
verse, chat. Z 516.

ὀβελός (obelisk): spit for roasting
meat. A 465, B 428.

ὀβριμο-εργός : mighty worker, author of
terrible deeds. EK 408.

ὀβριμο-πάτρη : daughter of a mighty
father. ἘΠ 747.

ὄβριμος : weighty, mighty, strong.

ὀγδώκοντα [ὀγδοήκοντα (ὀκτώ): eighty.

ὅ γε, ἦ γε, τό γε, intens. of 6, ἥ, τό:
this, that; he, she. A 97.

ὄγκος (uncus): barb. A151.

᾿Ογχηστός : Boeotian town on Lake
Copais; ancient seat of the wor-
ship of Poseidon. B 506.

ὀδάξ (δάκνω, tooth ?), adv.: with the
teeth. ὀδὰξ λαζοίατο γαῖαν : may
they ‘bite the dust. Cf. λάξ, πύξ.

ὅδε, ἥδε, τόδε, dem.: this, this one
here.

᾿Οδίος : leader of the Halizonians,

VOCABULARY TO THE

slain by Agamemnon. B 856,
E 39.

ὁδός, fem.: way, journey. A151.

ὁδούς, -dvros (dens): tooth. E74.

ὀδύνη (anodyne): pain, pang.

ὀδυνή-φατος (φεν-) : ‘ pain-killer,’ pain-
stilling. ἘΠ 401, 900.

ὀδύρομαι : Lewail, lament, long mourn-
fully. B35.

᾿Οδυσ(σλεύς, -ἣος or -éos: Odysseus,
Ulysses, an Ithacan, hero of the
Odyssey, father of Telemachus.
B 169, 259 ff., 631 ff., T 191 ff.
He is called πολύμητις, crafty, and
πολυμήχανος, abounding in devices.
He was one of the wisest of the
Achaean leaders, and was freq.
sent on embassies; cf. A 138, 311,
ΓΤ 205, A 767 ff. He was a spe-
cial favorite of Athena, and by
his device of the ‘wooden horse’
Troy was taken (§ 8 a).

ὀδύσσομαι, aor. ὀδύσαντο (odium):
am angry, am vexed. Z 138.

ὄεσσι: dat. pl. of dus, sheep. Z 25.

ὄζος : shoot, branch, scion. A 284,

ὅ-θεν, adv.: whence.
B 307.

ὅ-θι [ov], adv.: where.
Γ 145.

ὄθομαι: care for, con-
cern myself about,
reck. ὃς οὐκ ὄθετ᾽
αἴσυλα ῥέζων : who
is reckless in doing
violence. A181.

ὀθόναι, pl.: linen
covering, veil, but
much more of a

ς Δ ie ee

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD 93

garment than the woman’s veil of
modern times.

ὄ-θριξ, ace. pl. ὄτριχας : with like hair.
B 765.

ol, enclit., dat. 3d pers. pron.: him,
her. § 42a.

οἴγνυῦμι, impf. ὠίΐγνυντο, aor. wise,
οἴξασα : open.

οἶδα (εἴδω) perf. as pres., 2d sing.
οἶσθα, pl. ἴδμεν [ἴσμεν], ἴστε, ἴσασι,
subjv. εἰδῶ, εἴδομεν (§ 45 a), partic.
εἰδώς, ἰδυίῃσι (§ 49 4), plpf. ἤδη,
ἤδεε, fut. εἴσεται, εἰδήσειν (ριδ-, wit):
know. The partic. is sometimes
followed by the gen., as B 718,
. 823. εἰδώς : skilfully.

οἰκῶ, -ες (ἔτος) : of the same age.

ὀιζυρός 3: wretched, miserable, pitiable.
A 417.

ὀιζύς, -vos: suffering, misery, woe.

διζύω : endure woe, mourn. T 408.

οἴκαδε (οἶκος), adv.: homeward. ὃ. 33 6.

οἰκεύς, -ἣος [οἰκέτης]: member of
one’s household. οἰκῆες : household,
family.

olkéw, aor. ᾧκηθεν or οἴκηθεν [φκή-
θησαν : dwell, inhabit, colonize.

οἰκίον : pl. home, dwelling. Z 15.

οἴκοι, adv.: at home. A 113.

olxév-Se: homeward, home. ὃ 33 6.

οἶκος (foixos, Vicus, -wich in Nor-
wich): house, home, dwelling.

᾿Οϊλεύς, -jos: a Locrian, father of
the lesser Ajax. B 527, 727.

οἰμωγή (οἴμοι) : a groan. A 450.

sludtw, aor. ᾧμωξεν : groan. T 364.

Οἰνείδης : son of Ocneus, Tydeus.
E 813,

Οἰνεύς, ~jos: king of Calydon in

Aetolia, father of Tydeus, and
grandfather of Diomed. Z 216.
οἰνο-βαρής, -ἔς : heavy with wine, sot.
Οἰνόμαος : an Aetolian. E 706.
Οἰνοπίδης : son of Oenops, Helenus.
E 707.
οἶνος (foives, Vinum, wine):
οἰνο-χοέω or olvoxoedw, impf. ἐῳνο-

wine.

χόει Or oivoyde (χέων) : pour out

wine, pour. A 598,
olvo-xdos (χέων) : cupbearer. B128.
οἴνοψ, -o7os : wine-colored, dark red,
dark. A 350, E771.

οἴξᾶσα : aor. partic. of οἴγνυμι, open.

οἴομαι, otw, or οἴω: think, hold as an
opinion, intend. A 78, 561.

olos 3: alone, by one’s self, only.

οἷος 3, rel.: of what sort, what kind
of, what, such as, as ; with τοῖος to
be supplied, such as with inf.
neut. acc. as adv.: how, because.
οἷον ἄκουσεν: (what he heard),
because of what he heard.

oléw, aor. pass. οἰώθη (οἷος) :
alone, leave, desert. Z1.

dis, gen, duos (deus, OVIs, ewe) : sheep.

φ
οἷον,

leave

οἴσει fut., οἰσέμεναι aor. inf. (§ 48 i) :

of φέρω, bear, bring. T 120.
οἶσθα: 2d sing. of οἶδα, know.

διστεύω, aor. imv. ὀΐστευσον : shoot
with an arrow. A100.

ὀιστός : arrow. See τριγλώχιν.

otros: fate, death, misery.

Οἴτυλος : a town in Laconia. B 585.

Οἰχαλιεύς, -ος : an Oechalian. B596.

Οἰχαλίη : town in Thessaly. B 730.

Οἰχαλίηθεν : from Oechalia. B 596.

olxvéw, iterative impf. ~ οἴχνεσκον :
come,

94 VOCABULARY TO THE

οἴχομαι, impf. ᾧχετο: go, go away.
ᾧχετο ἀποπτάμενος : flew away.

οἴω or ὀίω (οἴομαι) : think, intend.

οἰωνιστής and οἰἱωνο-πόλος : sooth-
sayer, seer, augur, who observes
birds of omen (οἰωνοί). <A 69.

olwvés: bird of prey, observed for
omens, omen. B 393, 859.

oxvelw: hesitate, shrink. E 255.

ὄκνος : hesitancy. E 817.

ὀκριό-εις, -εντος (ἄκρος) : jagged.

ὀκρυό-εις, -εσσα : (chilling), horrible.
(See κρυόεις.) Z 344.

ὀκτά-κνημος : eight-spoked. E 723.

ὀκτώ (Octo, eight): eight. B 313.

ὀλβιο-δαίμων, -ovos: (of happy divin-
ity), god-favored. Τ' 182.

ὄλεθρος (ὄλλυμι) : ruin, destruction,
death. Ζ 148.

ὀλεῖται, ὀλέσεις fut., ὀλέσ(σ)ῃ, ὀλέ-
σθαι aor.: of ὄλλυμι, ruin, destroy ;
mid. perish. B 4, 325.

ὀλέκω : destroy, kill ; mid. perish, am

slain. E712.
ὀλίγος 3: little, small. ὀλίγον: adv.
little. Cf. μικρός, τυτθός..

᾽Ολιζών, -Ovos: Thessalian town in
Magnesia. B 717.

ὄλλυμι, fut. ὀλεῖται, ὀλέσεις, aor.
ὥλεσα, ὀλέσ(σγῃς, ὄλοντο, οὐλό-
μενος, perf. ὀλώλῃ: ruin, destroy,
kill, lose; mid. and perf. am de-
stroyed, perish, die. A 451.

ὀλοί(ι)ός 3: destructive, deadly, cruel.
Comp. dAowrepos. A 342.

ὀλολυγή (ululo): shrill outery.

᾽Ολοοσσών, -dvos: town in Perrhae-
bia. B 739.

ὀλοό-φρων, -ovos (φρήν) : cruel.

Sid

ὀλοφυδνός : complaining, doleful.

ὀλοφύρομαι : complain, lament.

᾿Ολυμπιάς, -άδος, fem. : Olympian.

᾿Ολύμπιος : Olympian; in sing., by-
name of Zeus the Olympian, but
used in the pl. of all the gods,
as A 399.

"Ὄλυμπος or Οὔλυμπος : Olympus, a
high mountain on the boundary
between Macedonia and Thessaly;
the abode of the gods. Its peaks
tower into heaven. See on A 44.

ὄλυραι, pl.: grain, spelt. E196.

ὀλώλῃ : perish, am destroyed; perf.
subjv. of ὄλλῦμι. Z 448.

dpados: din, confused noise, hubbub. .

ὁμαρτῇ : see ἁμαρτῇ.

ὄμβρος (imber): rain, storm. Τ' 4.

ὁμ-ηγερής, -ἐς (ἀγείρω) : assembled,
together. A 57, Β 789.

ὁμ-ηλικίη: of the same age, those of
the same age, companions.

ὁμιλέω, aor. ὡμίλησα : am with, asso-
ciate with. A 261.

ὅμῖλος (homily): throng, crowd.

A 359, T 10.

ὄμμα, -aros: eye. Cf. ὄσσε. A 225,

ὄμνυμι, fut. duoduou, aor. imv. ὄμοσ-
σον: swear. A 76, 233.

ὁμοῖος or ὁμοίιος (duds) 3: like, alike,
common. γῆρας ὁμοίιον: old age
which comes to all alike (?). A315.

ὁμοιόω, aor. ὁμοιωθήμεναι [ὁμοιω-
θῆναι]: make like ; dep. liken myself.

ὁμοκλέω, aor. partic. ὁμοκλήσας, itera-
tive aor. ὁμοκλήσασκε : shout, chide,
threaten. B199,-Z 54.

ὁμοκλή (καλέω) : shout. Z 137.

ὀμόργνυμι : wipe. E 416.

ὀμίχλη: mist.

— ΟΠ ” ”

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD 95

ὁμός 3: alike, common. Cf. ὁμοῖος.
ὀμόσσῃ, ὄμοσσον : aor. Of ὄμνυμι.
ὁμοῦ, adv.: together, at the same time,
along with. A 61, A 122, E 867.
ὀμοῦμαι: fut. of ὄμνυμι, swear.
ὀμφαλό-εις, -εσσα : with bosses, bossy.
ὀμφαλός : navel, boss. A 525.
ὀμφή: voice. Ἐ 41. :
ὁμῶς [ὁμοίως], δάν. : like, equally.
ὄναρ, indecl.: dream. Cf. ὄνειρος.
ovelSeros : chiding, abusive. -A 519.
ὀνειδίζω, aor. imv. ὀνείδισον : reproach,
heap abuse upon. A 211.
ὄνειδος, -εος : reproach, abuse. A 291.
ὀνειρο-πόλος : dream interpreter.
ὄνειρος : dream, vision. Cf. ὄναρ.
ὀνίνημι, fut. ὀνήσειν, ὀνήσεωι, aor.

ὄνησα or ὥνησας: help, profit,

please. A 503, Z 260.

ὀνομάζω (ὄνομα) : address by name.

ὄνομαι, aor. ὀνόσαιτο: find fault with
as too little. A 539.

ὀνομαίνω, aor. subjv. ὀνομήνω (dvouc) :
name, mention by name. B 488.

ὀξυ-βελής, -és: sharp-pointed. A126.

ὀξυό-εις : sharp-pointed. E 50, 568.

ὀξύς, -εἴα, -ύ : sharp, keen, swift, pierc-
ing. ὀξέα (cognate acc.) κεκλη-
γώς : with sharp cries. ὀξύ, adv. :
keenly, quickly. A190.

gov: gen. of ds, who. (Doubtless do
was the original for dov. § 35 }.)

Sra acc., orl dat.: of dy, voice.

ὀπάζω, aor. ὥπασαν (ἕπομαι) : (give
as a companion), grant, follow, press
hard upon. Z 157.

ὀπηδέω (ἕπομαι) : accompany, go with.
τόξα μοι ὀπηδεῖ: the bow goes with
me, i,e. I carry the bow.

ὄπιθεν : see ὄπισθεν.

ὀπιπεύω : spy out, look about.

ὄπι(σ)θε(ν), adv.: behind, afterward,
hereafter. A197, Z 526.

ὀπίσ(σγω, adv.: backward, behind,

hereafter, for the future. On Α 70.

B 707.

᾽Οπόεις, -evros: Opus, the Locrian
capital. B 531.

ὃπός (Sucus): sap of the fig tree, fig
sap. In ἘΣ 902, itis used for rennet.

ὁπ(π)ότε, adv. : when, whenever.

ὁππότερος : which of the two.

ὅὄπ(πγως, adv.: how, in order that, as.

ὀπταλέος (ὀπτός, coctus) 3: roasted.

ὀπτάω, ar. ὥπτησαν : roast.

ὄπωπα : perf. of dpdw, see. Z 124.

ὀπωρῖνός 3: autumnal, of early au-
tumn. E 5. |

ὁπλότερος 3: younger.

ὅπως: see ὅππως.

ὁράω or ὁρόω, fut. ὄψεσθαι, aor. εἶδεν
or ἔδεν, perf. ὄπωπα (wary): see,
look, behold. ὑπόδρα ἰδών: eyeing
askance, with fierce look. A 148.
ὀρέγνυμι, aor. subjv. ὀρέξῃ (erigo):
reach, stretch out, lunge with a
spear, give; mid. stretch one’s self,
reach out. ot παιδὸς ὀρέξατο:
reached after his son, held out his
hands toward his son. Z 466.
dpextés : outstretched. B 548.
ὀρέομαι (ὄρνυμι) : hasten away.
᾿Ορέσβιος: ἃ Boeotian from Hyle.
E 707.
ὄρεσ-κῷος (κεῖμαι) : dwelling on the
mountains, mountain. A 268.
᾽Ορέστης : a Greek. E705.
ὀρεστιάς, -ddos (ὄρος) : of the moun-
tains. νύμφαι ὀρεστιάδες : mountain

96 VOCABULARY TO THE

nymphs. Z 420.
Verg. Aen. i. 500.
ὄρεσ-φι : locat. used as gen. pl. of ὄρος,
mountain. § 33a. A 452.
Ὄρθη: a town in Perrhaebia. Β 799.
ὀρθόω, aor. partic. ὀρθωθείς : lift up,
set upright. ἕζετο ὀρθωθείς : sat up-

Cf. oreades

right. B42.
optve, aor. ὄρινε, ὀρίνθη (ὄρνυμὼ :
arouse, excite, move with pity,

“του ἢ.

ὅρκιον : (what belongs to ὅρκος), oath,
pledge of an oath, victim slain in
confirmation of an oath. Cf.

τάμνω.
ὅρκος : oath, that by which one swears.

ὁρμαίνω : revolve, ponder. A 1938.

ὁρμάω, aor. ὥρμησε and ὁρμηθήτην:
urge on, rush, hasten. A 335.

᾽Ορμένιον : Thessalian town in Mag-
nesia. B 734. :

ὁρμή : onset, endeavor, effort. ἐς ὁρμὴν
ἔγχεος : within range of (my) spear.
E 118.

ὅρμημα, -atos: longing. B 356.

ὅρμος : anchorage, roadstead.

᾽Ορνειαί, pl.: town in Argolis. B 571.

ὄρνις, -ἴθος : bird. B 459.

Spvdpr, aor. ὦρσε, ὦρτο, and wpope
(8 43 f), imv. ὄρσεο, ὄρσευ, ὄρσο
(§ 53), perf. ὄρωρεν (§ 49 f), plpf.
ὀρώρειν (dpivw, dpovw): arouse, ex-
cite, drive on; mid. and perf. arise,
raise myself, rouse, rouse (my)self,
rush, hasten.

ὄρος, -εος, locat. as gen. pl. ὄρεσφι(ν)
(8 33 a): mountain. Z 347.

ὀρούω, aor. ὄρουσεν : go hastily, rush.

ὁρόω; Epic for dpdw, see. ὃ 47 ο.

ὄρσεο, ὄρσευ, or ὄρσο (8 53): arise,
aor. imv. of ὄρνυμι, arouse. Τ' 250.
᾿Ορσίλοχος : (1) father of Diocles.
E546. (2) Son of Diocles, E542.
opupaydds: din, confused noise. B 810.
ὀρφανικός : orphaned, an orphan.
ὄρχαμος (ἄρχω) : leader, commander,
Ὄρχομενός: (1) Minyan Orcho-
menus, an ancient and rich city
in Boeotia. B 511, A 284. (2)
An Arcadian town. B 605.
ὄρωρε perf., ὀρώρειν plpf. (§ 49 f):
arise; from ὄρνυμι, arouse. T 87.
ὅς, 7, 6, gen. dov (§ 35 δ) or do: (1)
rel. who, which, what. 6, adv. ace.
as conj.: in that, that; cf. quod.
(2) Dem. ds and ὅ: he, it, esp. with
οὐδέ, μηδέ, Kai, and γάρ. μηδὲ ὃς
φύγοι: may not even he escape.
Z 59.
ds, 7, Ov, gen. οἷο (σρος, SUUS), Pos-
sessive pron.: own, his own, her
own, his, her. § 42 b.
ds περ, ἦ περ, ὅ περ, intens. rel.: just
who, exacily who; or concessive,

who nevertheless. περ: just
whither. Z 41.
ὄσσα (ἔπος 2) : rumor. B 93.

ὁσσάτιος (ὅσσος) : how great. E758.
ὄσσε, dual (oculus): eyes. A 104.
ὄσσομαι: look. κάκ᾽ ὀσσόμενος : with
a look that boded il. A 105.
ὅσ(σνος 3: how large, how much, how
far. With τόσσος expressed or
implied, as large as, as much as, as
far as, as loud as; pl. how many,
as many as. ὅσ(σγον, adv.: how
greatly. ὃ 42... A 186, T 12.
ὀστέον (08): bone, skull (Z 10).

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD 97

ὅς τις Or ὅ τις, ἥ τις, ὅτ(τ)ι, neut. pl.
ἅσσα, ace. pl. οὕς τινας, indef. ΤΕ]. :
who, whoever; in indirect ques-
tions, who. ὅ τι: wherefore, why.
§ 42 d.

ὅταν [ὅτε dv]: whenever. A 519.

ὅτε: when. A 80.

ὅτι or ὅττι (σροδ-τι), conj.: that,

because. Ady. with superl., ὅττι
τάχιστα: as quickly as possible.
E 349.

ὅτις : ὅς tis. 8 42d. T 279.

ὀτραλέως : nimbly, with speed. T 260.

᾿Οτρεύς, -ος : Phrygian king. Γ΄ 186.

ὀτρηρός 3: nimble, prompt, ready.

ὄτριχας : acc. pl. of ὄθριξ, with like
hair.

ὀτρύνω, aor. ὥτρῦνε: impel, arouse,
excite, urge on. A 268.

ὅττι : see ὅτι.

οὐ, οὐκ, οὐκί or οὐχ, neg. adv.: not.
In questions, it implies the an-
swer ‘yes.’

οὖδας, dat. οὔδει: floor, ground.

οὐδέ: but not, and not,
neither, nor.

οὐδέν, neut. acc. of οὐδείς, for ov τι:
not at all. A 244, 412.

οὐδέ ποτε: never at any time. E 789.

οὐδός (ddcos): threshold. Z 375.

Οὐκ-αλέγων, -ovros (Heed-less):
Ucalegon, ἃ Trojan elder. T 148.

οὐκ-έτι : no longer, no more. B 379.

οὐκί (ov): not, used at the end of a
sentence in καὶ οὐκί B 238,

οὐλαμός (ciAw): throng, press. A251.

ovAdpevos 3: destructive, deadly, mor-
tal; aor. partic. of dAAwu, destroy.

οὖλος : destructive, baneful, deadly.

not even,

οὐλό-χυται (yew): (poured out barley-
corns), barleycorns. A 449.

Οὐλυμπόν-δε: to Olympus. ὃ 33 e.

Οὔλυμπος : Olympus. See Ὄλυμπος.

οὖν, inferential particle: now, then,
at all events. A 57, B 321.
οὕνεκα [ἕνεκα] : because. A 111.

οὔνομα, -aTos [ὄνομα; nomen]: name.

Oipaviev, -wvos: of heaven, inhabit-
ant of heaven. A570,E 373. In
E 898 it seems to be son of
Uranus. § 39 a.

οὐρανό-θεν : from heaven. A 195.

οὐρανό-θι: in the heavens. οὐρανόθι
πρό: athwart the sky. QT 3.

οὐρανός : heaven, the heavens, sky.

οὐρεύς, -ἣος (οὖρος): mule. Cf.
ἡμίονος. A δ0.

οὖρος, -εος [ὄρος] : mountain. T 34.

οὖρος : wind. ἴκμενος οὖρος : favoring
breeze. A479.

οὐρός (ὀρύσσω) : trench. B 153.

οὐτάζω, aor. οὔτασε, or οὐτάω, aor.

»”

οὕτησε: wound with something
held in the hand. Cf. βάλλω, hit.
οὔτε: and not, nor. οὔτε. . . οὔτε,

neither... nor.

οὐτιδανός : worthless, anobody. A293.

οὔ Tis, οὔ TL: πὸ ONe, none.
not atall. A 88.

οὔ τοι: by no means. T 65, E 428.

οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, dem.: this. οὗτος
is the ordinary demonstrative in
Greek and points to a person or
thing as present, either actually
or inthought. Its place is gener-
ally taken in Homer by the article,
6, 9, τό. ὃ 42 c, 7,0

οὕτω(ς), adv.: thus, so. §56c. A131.

”
Ov TL:

98

Sped(A)ov or GheA(A)ov (aor. of
ὀφείλω, owe): should have, ought to
have. With αἴθε and ὡς it is used
to express a wish which cannot
be realized: aif ὄφελες ἄγαμος
ἀπολέσθαι : would that thou hadst
died unmarried. A 415.

ὀφέλλω : increase, magnify, exalt.

᾿Οφέλτιος : a Trojan. Z 20.

ὀφθαλμός : eye. Cf. dupa, ὄσσε.

ὄφρα, conj.: (1) of time, while, as
long as, until; (2) of purpose,
that, in order that. A 147, A 346.
ὄφρα is the most common particle
in Homer to express purpose. It
is most freq. with aor. subjunctive.

ὀφρύς, -vos (brow): eyebrow, brow.

éxa, adv.: by far, used only with
forms of ἄριστος.

ὄχεσ-φι(ν) : locat. pl. as dat. sing. of
dxos, chariot. ὃ 33a. A 297.

ὀχεύς, -ος (ἔχω) : holder, fastening.

"Oxfovos: an Aetolian. E 848.

ὀχθέω, aor. ὥχθησαν (ἔχθος) : am out
of temper, am vexed, am displeased.

ὄχθη: bank of a river. I 187, Z 34.

ὄχος, -εος, dat. pl. as sing. ὀχέεσσι
or ὄχεσφι(ν) (veho, wagon):
chariot. See ἅρμα. & 722, 745.

dp, gen. dards (ρόψ, VOX), ἴ. : voice.
ὀψέ: late. A161.

ὄψεαι, ὄψεσθαι : fut. of dpaw, see.

ὀψί-γονος : Jlate-born. ὀψιγόνων ἀν-
θρώπων : of coming generations.

ὄψιμος (ὀψέ) : late. B 325.

ὄψις, -ἰος (ὄψομαι) : sight, aspect.
Z 468.

ὀψι-τέλεστος :
B 325.

late in fulfillment.

.

VOCABULARY TO THE

II

πάγη [ἐπάγη] : aor. pass. of πήγνυμι,
Jix, make fast. Δ 185, E 616.

παγ-χρύσεος : all gold, of solid gold.

πάγχυ [πάνυ], adv.: altogether,
utterly, wholly. E 24,

πάθοι : aor. opt. of πάσχω, suffer.

ΤΠαιήων, -ονος : physician of the gods. ᾿
E 401, 900.

παιήων, -ovos [παιάν] : song of praise,

paean. A473.
Παίονες, pl.: Paeonians, Trojan
allies from Macedonia. B 848.

mais or πάϊς (§ 24), gen. παιδός
(puer): child, son, daughter.
Γ 314.
Παισός (Απαισός B 828): town in
Asia Minor. E 612.
παιφάσσω: flash forth here
there. |
πάλαι, adv.: long ago, long before.
παλαι-γενής, -ἐς : old. T 386.
παλαιός 3: of old, ancient. Z 215.
παλάμη, gen. and dat. παλάμη-φι
(§ 83 a) (palm): hand. T 388.
παλάσσω, perf. partic. πεπαλαγμένον
(πάλλωλ : spatter, besmear.
παλίλ-λογος (λέγω) : collected again.
παλιμ-πλάζομαι, aor. partic. παλιμ-
πλαγχθέντας : am driven back.
πάλιν, adv.: back, backwards. πάλιν
λάζετο μῦθον : ‘took back’ what he
said. A 116, 380.
παλιν-άγρετος (ἀγρέω = αἱρέω) : (to
be taken back), revocable. A 526.
παλίν-ορσος : turning back, backwards,
Γ 33. Cf. ἄψορρος.
Παλλάς, -άδος (πάλλω) :

and

Pallas,

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD 99

(Maiden or Spear-wielding). Epi-
thet of Athena. See ᾿Αθήνη.
πάλλω, aor. πῆλε: brandish, shake,
cast (of lots), toss. Cf. παλάσσω.
πάμ-παν, ady.: entirely, altogether.
παμ-ποίκιλος : all-varicgated, of many
colors; prob. with bright border.
πάμ-πρωτα, ady.: first of all, before
all others. § 40d. A 97.
παμφαίνω: shine bright, am shining.
(A reduplicated form.)
παμφανόων, -woa, gen. -ωντος : all-
shining, bright. B 458,
πάν-αγρος (dypéw): catching every-
thing, all-embracing. E 487.
παν-αίολος : all-flashing. A 215.
Tlav-axaol, pl.: the Pan-Achaeans,
Achaeans as a whole. B 404.
Πάνδαρος : Pandarus, son of Lycion,
leader of the northern Lycians.
He broke the truce of Τ' by
shooting Menelaus, and was
killed by Diomed. B 827, A 88,
E 168, 246.
ΠΠαν-ἔλληνες, pl.: the Pan-Hellenes,
the people of northern Greece as
a whole. B 530.
παν-ημέριος 3: all day long. § 56 a.
Πάνθοος: Panthous, a Trojan elder,
father of Euphorbus, Polydamas,
and Hyperénor. I 146.
παν-νύχιος 3: all night long. ὃ 56 a.
Πανοπεύς, -ῆος : Panopeus, Phocian
town on the Cephisus. B 520.
παν-συδίῃ (cevw) : with all zeal, in all

haste. B12, 29, 66.
πάντῃ, adv.: everywhere, on all
sides.

παντοῖος (πᾶς) 3: of all sorts. may

τοίων ἀνέμων: winds from all
quarters.

πάντοσε: in every direction, on all
sides. ὃ 33d. T 347, 356.

παππάζω: callpapa. E408. (Nau-
sicaa addresses her father, πάππα
pire, £ 57.)

aor. partic. παπτήνας:
look about cautiously, look about
after, scan. A497.

πάρ, παρά, or παραί (§ δῦ d), adv.
and prep. : by the side of, beside,
near by.

(1) With dat. by the side of.
παρὰ Κρονίωνι καθέζετο : sat down
by the side of the son of Cronus.
πὰρ Ζηνὶ καθήμενοι : seated in the
home of Zeus. πὰρ δέ οἱ ἄλλοι
ναῖον Βοιωτοὶ : the other Boeotians
dwelt near (beside) him. κτάμενον
πὰρ ὄχεσφιν : slain beside the
chariot.

(2) With ace. to the side of,
along by. ἔβαινε παραὶ Διομήδεα :
went to the side of Diomed. λαὸν
στῆσον παρ᾽ ἐρινεόν : station the
people by the wild fig tree. βῆ παρὰ
θῖνα θαλάσσης : set out along the
seashore. βάλε στῆθος παρὰ μαζόν:
hit the breast beside the nipple.
ἔρδον ἑκατόμβας παρὰ θῖνα : were
sacrificing hecatombs along the shore
(where an idea of motion may
be implied, stretched along the
shore).

(3) With gen. from the side of,
from. ἄγγελος ἦλθε Ἶρις πὰρ

Διός : Iris came as a messenger from
Zeus. Οὐοἰχαλίηθεν ἰόντα παρ᾽

παπταίνω,

100

Εὐρύτου : on his way from Oechalia
From the home of Eurytus. παρὰ μη-
pov: (drawing his sword) from his
thigh.

πάρα: by ‘anastrophe’ for παρά,
(1) when it follows its case, and
(2) when it stands for πάρεστι or
πάρεισι. τῷ αἰεὶ πάρα εἷς ye θεῶν:
one of the gods ever stands by his
side. ὃ 55.

παρα-βλήδην (βάλλων : with a side
hit. A 6.

παρα-βλώσκω, perf. παρμέμβλωκε
(μολ-, § 80 4): perf. stands by the
side of, helps.

παρα-δέχομαι, aor. παρεδέξατο: re-
ceive from. Z178.

mapat: mapa. § 56 d.

παρ-αίσιος : boding ill, ominous. A381.

παρ-αίἰσσω, aor. παρήιξεν : go past
with a bound. E690. —

παρα-κοίτης (κεῖμαι) : spouse, husband.

Z 430.

παρά-κοιτις, -LOS : Spouse, wife.

See ἄλοχος, ἄκοιτις.
A 60.
mapa-Aéyopar, aor. παρελέξατο : lie
beside, lie with. B515, Z 198.
aor. παρέπεισεν : per-
Z 61.
παρα-στάς: taking his stand near; aor.
Z 75.
παρά-σχῃ : aor. subjv. of παρέχω,
Γ 354.
παρα-τρέω, AO. παρέτρεσσαν : spring
to one side, shy. EK 295.
παρά-φημι, aor. παρεῖπον :
urge, persuade. A ὅδ.
παρδαλέη (pard ; sc. dopa): panther’s
skin, used as a light shield. Cf.
the lion’s skin of Heracles. T'17.

παρα-πείθω,
suade.

partic. of παρίσταμαι.

furnish, give.

counsel,

VOCABULARY TO THE

παρ-ἔζομαι: sit (down) near or be-
side. A 407, 557.

παρειαί, pl.: cheeks. T 86.

πάρ-ειμι, 3d pl. ᾿παρέασι, fut. παρέσ-
σεται [πάρεσται] (εἰμί) : am at
hand, stand ready, am at (your)
service.

παρ-εἶπον : aor. οὗ παράφημι, counsel,
urge, persuade. A 55d.

παρ-έρχομαι, fut. παρελεύσεαι : elude,
evade, circumvent, outwit. A 1382.

παρ-έχω, aor. subjv. παράσχῃ: fur-
nish, give. T 354.

παρήιον (παρειάν) : cheek piece. A142.

πάρ-ημαι : sit beside. A 421.

ΠΠαρθένιος : river in Paphlagonia.
B 854.

παρθένος, f.: virgin, maiden, young
woman. B 514.

Πάρις, -uos: Paris, more freq. called
Alexander, son of Priam. He
carried off Helen, wife of Mene-
laus, and so brought on the Tro-
jan War. T 325, 437, Z 280, 503.
(Except Τ' 325, the gen. and dat.
are formed from ᾿Αλέξανδρος.)

παρ-ίσταμαι, aor. παραστάς : take my
stand beside, stand near, stand by,
assist. B189, Z 75.

map-loxw, inf. παρισχέμεν (ἔχω) :
hold near, hold in readiness.

παρ-μέμβλωκε: stand by the side of,
help; perf. of παραβλώσκω.

πάρ-οιθε(ν) : in front, before. A 360.

map-olxopar, impf. mapw ero: pass
by. A 272, 326.

πάρος, adv. (fore): before, formerly,
at other times. τὸ πάρος : formerly.

With inf. (cf. πρίν), before. πάρος

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD

τάδε ἔργα γενέσθαι: before these
things occurred, before this hap-
pened. A 4538, 553, 610.

Tlappacin: Parrhasia, a district in
southwestern Arcadia. B 608.

πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν, gen. παντός, πάσης:
every, all, the whole. ΟΥ̓ ἅπας,
πρόπας, σύμπας. πάντα, adv.:
wholly; ef. πάμπαν, πάγχυ.

πάσσαλος: peg, pin on which to
hang objects. E 209.

πασ-συδίῃ : see πανσυδίῃ, in all haste.

πάσσω: sprinkle. A 219.

πάσχω (παθ-σχω), aor. opt. πάθοι,
perf. πέποσθε or πέπασθε {[πεπόν-
Gare]: suffer. μή τι πάθοι: lest he
suffer something, t.e. lest some harm
befall him.

πατέομαι, aor. πάσαντο (feed): eat.

πατέω, aor. πάτησα: trample. κατὰ
πάτησαν : trampled on. Δ 157.

πατήρ, gen. πατρός (pater): father.

πάτος : beaten path. Z 202.

πάτρη : fatherland. A 30.

πατρίς, -idos: fatherland, with or
without γαῖα. B 140, Τ' 244.

Πάτροκλος, voc. Πατρόκλεις : Patro-
clus, son of Menoetius, friend of
Achilles, slain by Hector. A 307,
337, 345, A 602 ff., Π 2 ff., 787 ff.
See on A 307.

πατρώιος (πατήρ) 3: of one’s father,
ancestral, hereditary. ξεῖνος πα-
τρώιος: friend by descent, family
Sriend.

παῦρος : little, small, few. Comp.
παυρότερος. Cf. ὀλίγος, τυτθός.
παυσωλή : cessation, respite. B 386.

παύω, fut. partic. παύσουσα, aor.

101

παῦσαν, perf. πέπαυται ( few) : stop,
put an end to; mid. cease, come to
anend. YT 134, 434.

Παφλαγόνες, pl.: Paphlagonians, a
people dwelling in Asia Minor on
the Pontus. B 851, E 577.

παχύς, -ela, -v (pinguis): thick.

meSdw, aor. πέδησε (πούς) : fetter.
A 517. 3
πέδιλον : sandal. B44.

πεδίον : plain. T 14.

πεδίον-δε: to the plain.
§ 33 e.

πεῖός : on foot (§ 56a).
πεζοί: infantry.
B 810.

πείθω, fut. πείσεις, aor. πιθόμην, aor.
opt. πεπίθοιμεν (§ 43 ©), perf.
πεποίθασιν, plpf. ἐπέπιθμεν (fides,
foedus): persuade; mid. am per-
suaded, obey; perf. trust, have con-
fidence. A 325.

πεινάω (penuria): am hungry. T 25.

Πειραΐδης: son of Peiraeus, Ptole-
maeus. A 228.

metpap, -aTos: issue, end. Z 143.

πειράω, fut. πειρήσομαι, aor. ἐπειρή-
σαντο, πειρηθῆναι (ex-perior):
try, endeavor, essay, make trial of,
put to the test.

Πειρίθοος: Pirithoiis, king of the
Lapithae, friend of Theseus.
A 263, B 741.

Πείροος : leader of the Thracians.
B 844, A 520.

πείρω, aor. ἔπειραν, perf. partic. re
παρμένον : pierce. A 246, 465.

Πελάγων, -ovros: (1) a leader of
the Pylians. A 295. (2) A

πέδιλον

102

Lycian, companion of Sarpédon.
E 695.

πελάζω, aor. πέλασ(σ)εν, ἔπληντο,
πελάσθη : bring near, bring to, in-
volve in ; pass. approach, come near.

Πελασγικός or Πελασγός : Pelasgian.
τὸ Πελασγικὸν “Apyos: Thessaly.
Β 681.

πελειάς, -άδος : dove. E778.

πέλεκυς, -εος : axe. IT 60.

πελεμίζω, δοΥ. πελεμίχθη: shake ; pass.
tremble, shudder. A 535.

Πελίης : Pelias, king of Ioleus, who
drove out his brother Neleus and
his half-brother Aeson, and sent
his nephew Jason in quest of the
golden fleece. B 715.

Πελλήνη : an Achaean town. B 574.

Πέλοψ, -oros: Pelops (son of Tan-
talus), who went from Lydia to
Elis, won the hand of Hippoda-
mia in a chariot race, established
his rule, and gave its name to
Peloponnesus. B 104 f.

πέλω and πέλομαι, aor. as pres. ἔπλεο,
ἔπλετο: (move), am. B 480.

πελώριος : (gigantic), large, mighty.

πέλωρον : monster, portent. E 741.

πέμπω, fut. πέμψω, aor., ἔπεμψεν :
escort, attend, send. Z 168, 207.

‘ πεμπ-ώβολον (πέντε) : five-tined fork
used in sacrifices. A 463.

πενθερός : father-in-law, wife’s father.

πένθος, -εος (πάσχω) : sorrow, grief.
πένομαι (πόνος) : work, am busy.
πεντα-έτηρος (ἔτος) : five years οἷά.

πεντήκοντα: fifty. B 509, Z 244.

πεπαλαγμένον : bespattered; perf. par-
tic. of παλάσσω, spatter. Z 268.

VOCABULARY TO THE

πεπαρμένος : studded, pierced; perf.
partic. of πείρω, pierce. A 246.
πέπασθε: perf. of πάσχω, suffer.
πέπηγε : perf. of πήγνυμι, fix, make
fast. T 185.
πεπίθοιμεν : redupl. 2d aor. opt. of
πείθω, persuade. § 48 ὁ. A 100.
πεπληγώς, -via: perf. as pres. partic.
of πλήσσω, smite, strike.
πέπλος : covering, robe. The princi-
pal female garment, but not made
to fit the person. It was a large
quadrangular piece of cloth, dou-
bled for the
upper part of
Π the body, laid
“\ around the
person, and

Sunes
"πιο.
=

ll ἡ τες fastened by
Neat brooches (zepé-

Ry) ξξ vat) on the

| be shoulders, and

5) ΕΞΞΞ down the side.

| ΓΞ This left the

| man arms bare, but

ἰς ἢ] Aan reached to the

feet. It was
gathered at the
waist by a
girdle (ζώνη). A πέπλος was used
also for the protection of an un-
used chariot from dust. E 194.
πεπνυμένος : prudent, discreet; perf.
partic. of πνέω, breathe. T 148.
πεποίθασιν : perf. of πείθω, persuade.

perf. of πά-

πέπλος

πέποσθε [πεπόνθατε] :
σχω, suffer. Τὸ 99.
πεποτήαται: flit, hover, are in flight;
pert. of ποτάομαι, fly. Cf. πέτομαι.

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD

πεπρωμένον : fated; perf. partic. from
the same root as πόρον, gave, fur-
nished. T 309.

πέπτανται : are spread ; perf. of πετάν-
νυμι, unfold, spread out. E 195,

πεπύθοιτο : redupl. aor. opt. of πυν-
Odvopa, learn. ὃ 48 ὁ. Z 50.

πεπυκασμένα : perf. partic. of πυκάζω,
cover. B77.

πέπων, -ovos: my good fellow; used in
addresses by an elder or superior,
in an affectionate, condescending,
or contemptuous tone.

πέρ (περί), intensive particle, en-
clitic: exceedingly, very, exactly,
however much (with concessive par-
tic.). σύ πέρ μιν τῖσον : do thou at
least honor him. A 131, 211, 241.

Περαιβοί, pl.: a Pelasgian tribe.
B 749.

περάω, pres. inf. περάαν, fut. περήσειν,
aor. ἐπέρησεν ( fare): traverse, cross,
go through, pierce. E 646.

Πέργαμος, f.: Pergamus, the acropo-
lis of Πῖοβ. A 508, E 446, 460,

Z 512.
Περγασίδης: son of Pergasus, Dei-
coon. E 535.

πέρην, ady.: opposite, over against, on
the other side of ; with genitive.

πέρθω, aor. πέρσεν (perdo): sack,
destroy. Cf. πορθέω. Z 415.

περί, adv. and prep.: about, round
about, concerning, exceedingly.

(1) With gen. about, concerning,
for. περὶ σεῖο μαχήσονται : will fight
Jor thee. Used adverbially with
gen. to denote superiority. περὶ
πάντων ἔμμεναι: to be superior to all.

103

(2) With acc. round about,
around. περὶ Δωδώνην οἰκί᾽ ἔθεντο:
built their homes about Dodona.
περὶ κεῖνον di<ve: endure woe about
him. περὶ βωμόν : about the altar.

(3) With dat. about. αἷμα περὶ
δουρὶ ἐρωήσει : blood will gush forth
about the spear. χιτῶνα περὶ στή-
θεσσιν : chiton about the breast.

πέρι: by ‘anastrophe ’ for περί, when
it follows its case. ὃ ὅδε. E739.

περι-βαίνω, aor. inf. περιβῆναι: go
about, defend. E21.

περί-δρομος : (surrounding, that which
can be run around), free-lying, ro-
tating, revolving. B 812, E 726.

περι-έχω, aor. imv. περίσχεο : (hold
about), defend, protect. A 393.

περι-ίστημι, A0r. περίστησαν: set about ;
aor. took (my) stand about.

περι-καλλής, -ἐς (κάλλος) : exceedingly
beautiful, charming. T 262.

περι-κλυτός : famous, illustrious.

περι-κτείνω : slay round about.

περί-σχεο: aor. imy. of περιέχω,
defend. A 393:

περι-τέλλομαι : roll around. B 551.

περι-τρέφομαι : curdle about. —

περι-τροπέω (τρέπων: roll, roll around.

Περίφᾶας, -avros: an Aetolian, son of
Ochesius. ἘΣ 842 ff.

περι-φραδέως : very carefully.

mepl-ppwv, -ovos (φρήν) : intelligent,
prudent. E 412.

περι-ώσιον, adv. : t00 much, over-much.
A 359.

Περκώσιος:: of Percote. B831, Z 30.

Περκώτη: town in Asia Minor, on
the Hellespont. B 835.

104

περόνη (πείρω): pin, brooch, fibula.
One or more of these held the
πέπλος in place, over the shoulders.

πέρσας : aor. partic. of πέρθω, sack.

πέσε(ν) [rece], πεσέειν, πεσών: aor. of
πίπτω, fall. A 482.

πέσσω, inf. πεσσέμεν (COgUO): (di-
gest), enjoy, nurse. B 237.

πέταλον (πετάννυμι, petal): leaf.

πετάννῦμι, ἃοΥ. πέτασσαν, pert. πέπταν-
ται: spread, spread out, unfold.
A 480, E 195. 3

πετεηνός (πέτομαι) : flying, winged.

Πετεών, -ὥνος: Boeotian village.
B 500.

Tlereds, -ὥο (8 35 δ): Peteos, father
of Menestheus. B 552, A 327.

πέτομαι, aor. ἔπτατο: fly. E99.

πέτρη (petra): reck. B 617.

πετρή-εις, -eooa: rocky. B 496.

πέφανται, sing.: appears; perf. of
φαίνω, show. B 122.

πέφανται pl. perf., πεφνέμεν redupl.
aor. inf.: from root dey, kill, slay.
See ἔπεφνον. E 531.

meppikviar: bristling ; perf. partic. of
φρίσσω. A 282.

πεφύασι: have grown; perf. of. φύω,
make to grow, put forth. A 484,

mepvypévov: perf. partic. of φεύγω,
flee, escape. Z 488.

πῇ: whither? Z 377.

VOCABULARY TO THE

my, enclitic: in any way, in any direc-
tion, perhaps. πὴ πολίων: into one
of the cities. T 400.

πηγεσί-μαλλος : thick-fleeced. Τ' 197.

πηγή: spring, source. B523.

πήγνῦμι, aor. ἔπηξε and πάγη, perf.
πέπηγεν: fiz, make fast, build;
pass. and perf. am fixed, made fast.

Πήδαιος : son of Antenor. E 69.

Πήδασος : son of Bucolion. Z 21 ff.

Πήδασος: town of the Leleges, de-
stroyed by Achilles. Z 35, Υ 92.
Perhaps it was the later Assos.

πῆλε: aor. of πάλλω, toss. Z 474.

Πηλεΐδης, Πηλεΐων, -wvos, or ΠΠηληιά-
Sys: son of Peleus, Achilles. A 1,
146, 188, 197, 277, 322, Β 674, 770.

Πηλεύς, fos: Peleus, son of Aeacus,
husband of Thetis, father of
Achilles. A 489.

Πήλιον: Mt. Pelion, in Thessaly,
south of Mt. Ossa. B 744. Cele-
brated in mythology as the home
of the centaurs, esp. of Chiron,
who trained Jason and Achilles.

πῆμα, -ατος : suffering, disaster, bane.

πημαίνω, aor. opt. πημήνειαν : injure,
wrong, commit a hostile act. T 299.

Πηνειός: Penéus, chief river of
Thessaly. Β 752 ff. It flows into
the sea through the beautiful vale
of Tempe, between Mt. Olympus
and Mt. Ossa.

Πηνέλεως, -w: Boeotian leader. B 494.

πῆξε, πήξας : aor. of πήγνυμι, fiz, make
Jast, build. T 217, Z 10.

πηός : connection by marriage.

Πηρείη : prob. the region of Pherae.
B 766.

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD

πηρός (77a): maimed, mute, perhaps
blind. B 599.

πῆχυς, -cos (elbow): arm. E 314.

Πιδύτης: a Trojan from Percdte,
slain by Odysseus. Z 30.

πιέειν or πιέμεν [tiv] inf., πίῃσθα
subjv.: aor. of πίνω, drink.

πιθέω, aor. partic. πιθήσας (πείθω) :
obey. A 398, Z 183.

πιθόμην : was persuaded, obeyed ; aor.
of πείθω, persuade. ἘΣ 201.

πικρός 3: sharp, biting. A 118.

πίμπλημι, impf. πίμπλαντο (plenus):
fill. Cf. πλήθω. A 104.

πίναξ, -axos: tablet. Z 169.

᾿ πίνω, aor. πίῃσθα [πίῃς]: drink. Cf.

πόσις, ποτόν. Z 260.

πίπτω, aor. (ἔ)πεσε : fall, rush into.
E 82.

πίσσα: pitch. A 277.

πιστόομαι, aor. πιστώσαντο (πιστός) :
pledge. Z 233.

πιστός (πείθω) : faithful, trusty.

πίσυνος (πείθων : relying on, trusting.
E 205.

Πιτθεύς, -jos: Pittheus, son of
Pelops, and king of Troezen.
r 144.

Πιτύεια : Mysian town on the Helles-
pont. B 829.

πίων, -ovos: fat, fertile, rich.

πλαγχθέντας: aor. pass. partic. of
πλάζω, drive. A 59.

πλάζω, aor. pass. partic. πλαγχθέντας
(flacker): drive. A 59.

Πλάκος : a mountain in Mysia, at
the foot of which lay Theba.
Z 396, 425.

Πλάταια: Platéa, a Boeotian town

. πλεῖος (plenus) 3: full.

105

(field of the battle of 479 B.C.)
on the Asdpus. B 504.
πλατάνιστος : plane tree. B 307.
πλατύς, -εἴα, -¥: broad, wide feeding
(of goats). B 474.

A 262.
πλεῖστος 3: most, verymany. Superl.
of πολύς, much.

the most. B 580.

πλείων, πλεῖον, Or πλέων, πλέον, dat.
pl. πλεόνεσσι [πλείοσιν, ὃ 36 5),
nom. πλέες, acc. πλάς:
Comp. of πολύς, much. τὸ πλεῖον
πολέμου : the greater part of the war.
τῶν πλεόνων Λυκίων : (the majority)
the great mass of the Lycians.

πλεῖστον, adv.:

more.

πλευρά, pl.: ribs, side. A 468.

Πλευρών, -Ovos: Aetolian town.
B 639.

πλέω, impf. ἔπλεον: sail. T 444.

πληγή (πλήσσω, plague): blow, stroke.
B 264.

πληθύς, -vos (πολύς, plebs): crowd,
multitude, the rank and jfile, ot
πολλοί. B 278.

πλήθω: am full. Cf. πίμπλημι.

πλήμνη (πλήθων : nave of a wheel.

πλήξιιππος (πλήσσωγ): (driver of
horses), knight, horseman. B 104.

πλησίος (πελάζω) 3: near by; as subst..
neighbor. πλησίον, adv.: near.

πλήσσω, aor. πλῆξε(ν) and ἐπέπλη-
γον (§ 43 6), perf. partic. πεπληγώς
(πληγήν: strike, beat, flog, smite.

πλοῦτος (πλῆθος): riches, wealth.
A171.

πνείω [ὃ 47 g] or πνέω, perf. partic.
πεπνυμένος : breathe; perf. mid.
am discreet, prudent, T 148,

106

πνεύμων, -ovos (pulmo, πνέω, pneu-
monia): lung. A 528.

πνέω : see πνείω.

πνοιή (πνέων): gust, blast of wind.

Ποδαλείριος: son of Asclepius (Ae-

sculapius), brother of Machaon. .

B 732.

Ποδάρκης, -εος: son of Iphiclus,
brother of Protesilaus. B 704.
ποδ-άρκης, -es: swift-footed, epithet

of Achilles. A 121, Z 423.
ποδ-ήνεμος : wind-footed, swift.
ποδ-ώκεια (MKS): swiftness of foot,

fleetness. B 792.
ποδ-ώκης, -es: swift-footed, fleet.
ποθέω, iterative impf. ποθέεσκε : yearn

Sor, miss, i.e. not hearing (Ε 284).
ποθή: yearning. οἷ ἐμεῖο ποθὴν ἔχου-

ow: who miss me. Z 362.
ποθί, enclitic: at some time, ever.
ποιέω, aor. ποίησεν, perf. πεποίηται :

make, build, fashion, do. A 608.
ποιή-εις, -εντος (ποίη) : grassy.
ποιητός 3 (ποιέων : made, well made.
ποίκιλμα, -ατος : variegated work, as

decoration on the border of a

garment. Z 294.
ποικίλος 3: many colored, variegated,
T 327.
ποιμαίνω : ama shepherd. Z 25.
ποιμήν, -evos: shepherd. ποιμένα

λαῶν: shepherd of the people, an

epithet of commanders. B 85.
ποιμνήιος : belonging to the flock. σταθ-

μὸν ποιμνήιον : sheepcote. B 470.
ποινή (poena): atonement, recom-

pense.
ποῖος 3: what sort of, what. A 552.
ποιπνύω (πνέω) : puff, bustle. A 600.

artistically wrought.

VOCABULARY TO THE

πολέες [πολλοί] nOM., πολέας [πολλούς]
acc.: many; pl. of πολύς, much.
§ 38 ὁ.

πολεμήιος : of war. B 338.

πολεμίζω : wage war, fight. B 452.

πολεμιστής : fighter, warrior. FE 289.

modepdv-Se: to battle, to the war.

π(τ)όλεμος: war, battle. Often in
Homer synonymous with μάχη.

πολέων [πολλῶν]: many; gen. pl. of
πολύς, much. E 691.

πόληες : nom. pl. of πόλις, city.

πολιήτης [πολίτης]: citizen, man of
(his) city. B 806.

πόλιν-δε: to the city. Z 86.

πολιός 3: gray. A 350.

πόλις, -Los, dat. πόλει or πόληι, nom.
pl. πόληες, gen. πολίων, acc. πό-
Aus: city. ἄκρη πόλις : citadel,
acropolis. Z 364.

TIoAtrns: son of Priam. B 791.

πολλάκι: often, frequently. A 396.

πολλόν [πολύ, ὃ 38 c], adv.: much,
far.

πολυ-δϊξ, -ikos (diaow): with many
onslaughts, stormy. A 165.

πολύ-αρνι, dat. (ἄρνες) : rich in sheep,
rich in flocks. B 106.

πολυ-βενθής, -ἐς (Babds): very deep.

πολύ-βουλος (βουλή): (rich in ad-
vice), very prudent. E 260.

πολυ-δαίδαλος (Daedalus) : artistically
worked, cunningly wrought.

πολύ-δακρυς, -v (δάκρυ) : tearful, caus-
ing many tears. Τ' 182.

πολυ-δειράς, -άδος (depy): with many
(necks) ridges, many ridged.

Πολυδεύκης, -eos: Polydeuces, Pol-
lux, son of Zeus and Leda,.

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD

brother of Castor and Helen,
and a famous boxer. [I 2957,
A 300.

πολυ-δίψιος (δίψαν : thirsty, dry, arid.
A171. Epithet of Argos, which
is ‘thirsty’ except for irrigation.

πολύ-δωρος: rich in gifts, richly
dowered. Z 394.

πολύ-ζυγος (Cuyov): with many ‘ yoke
timbers,’ strong, firmly built. B 293.

πολυ-ηχής, -€s (x7): loud-sounding,
resounding. A 422.

Πολύϊδος (πολυ-ειδρος): a Trojan,
son of Eurydamas. E 148.

πολύ-κεστος (κεντέω): richly em-
broidered {or marked). Τ' 371.
Cf. the cestus of Aphrodite.

πολυ-κληίς, -ἴδος : with many rowlocks.

πολύ-κλητος (καλέω) : summoned from
many places. A 438.

πολύ-κμητος (κάμνων : wrought with
much toil. Z 48.

πολύ-κνημος : with many foothills.

πολυ-κοιρανίη (κοίρανος): rule of
many. B 204.

πολυ-κτήμων, -ovos (κτῆμα): rich in
herds. E 613.

πολυ-λήιος (Ajuov)! rich in fields of
grain. E613.

πολύ-μηλος (μῆλον) : rich in flocks of
sheep. B 605, 705.

πολύ-μητις : prudent, wise. A 311.

πολυ-μήχανος (μηχανή): of many
devices, ingenious, crafty, resource-
ful. Epithet of Odysseus. B173.

πολύ-μῦθος : of many words. T 214.

Πολυνείκης, -εος : Polynices, son of
Oedipus. The expedition of the
‘Seven against Thebes’ was to

‘ ’

107

recover the kingdom for Polynices
from his brother Eteocles. A 377.
Πολύξεινος: son of Agasthenes,
leader of the Epeans. © B 623.
πολυ-πάμων, -ovos (πέπαμαι): rich,
having many goods. A 433.
Πολυποίτης : son of Peirithoiis and
Hippodamia, one of the Lapi-
thae. B 740, Z 29.
πολύς OF πουλύς, πολλή, πολύ, gen.
πολέος, pl. nom. πολέες [πολλοί],
gen. πολέων, acc. πολέας (πίμπλημι,
plus) : much, large, long; pl. many.
πολύ, πολλόν, πολλά, adv.: much,
often, by far, far. πολλὰ ἠρᾶτο:
prayed earnestly. πολὺ μεῖζον : far
greater. πολὺ φέρτατος : by far the
best. ὃ 88 c. Comp. πλείων, super.
πλεῖστος. ἶ
πολύ-σκαρθμος : agile. B 814.
πολυ-σπερής, -ἐς (σπείρωλ):
spread; far-scattered. B 804.
πολυ-στάφυλος (σταφυλή): rich in
(clusters of grapes) vines. B 507.
πολύ-στονος (στένων : causing many
groans. A 445.
πολυ-τρήρων, -ωνος : rich in doves.
Πολύφημος : Polyphemus, one of the
Lapithae. A 264.
πολύ-φλοισβος : loud-roaring, epithet
of the sea. A 34.
ΠΠολυφόντης: son of Autophonus,
slain by Tydeus. A 395.
πολύ-χαλκος : rich in bronze. E 504.
πομπή (πέμπω): escort, safe guidance.
πονέομαι (πόνος) : toil, am busy, am
in the conflict. Cf. πένομαι.
πόνος : toil, labor, toil of battle, (in
B 291) trouble. Z 77.

wide-

108

ποντο-πόρος (πείρω) : sed-going, sea-
traversing. A 439.

πόντος : sea, high sca. B 210.

πόποι: is it possible! can I believe
it! exclamation either of sorrow,
alas! or of joyful surprise, ah /
according to the tone and connec-
tion. Cf. Attic παπαῖ, BaBai.

πορθέω : destroy. Cf. πέρθω. Δ 808.

- πόρκης : ferule, ring which held the
spear point to the shaft.

πόρον aor., πεπρωμένον perf., from
root πορ-: gave, furnished ; perf.
pass. is fated. Τ' 309, Z 218.

πόρος (ferry): ford, passage.

πορσύνω, fut. partic. πορσυνέουσα:
prepare, share. Τ΄ 411.

qroptis, -ἰος : heifer. E 162. -

πορφύρεος 3: foaming, dark, purple.

Ποσειδάων, -wvos: Poseidon, Nep-
tunus, brother of Zeus, and god
of the sea. A 400.

ἸΠοσιδήιος : of Poseidon. B 506.

πόσις, -ἰος (πίνω, potio): drink.

πόσις, -ἰος, dat. πόσεϊ, acc. pl. πόσιας :
husband. Cf. πότνια. T 168.

ποσσί [ποσί, § 30 a, f]: dat. of πούς.

Tr 278.

ποτάομαι, perf. πεποτήαται (πέτομαι):
fly; perf. flit, hover. B 462.

ποτέ, ποτ᾽ ΟΥ ποθ᾽: at one time, once,

ποταμός : river.

at some time. εἴ ποτε: if ever. ov

ποτε OF μή ποτε: never. οὔ πώ
ποτε: never yet, never — before.
A 39, 40.

πότερος : which of the two. E 85.

mort: preposition. See πρός. A 245.
ποτι-δέγμενος : aor. partic. (8 53) of
προσδέχομαι, wail for, B 137.

VOCABULARY TO THE

πότμος : fate, death. B 359.

πότνια (pot-ens): mistress, honored,
Title of respect, esp. of Hera.

ποτόν (πίνω, πόσις): drink, draught.

E 171, Z 330.

πού: anywhere, in any way, perhaps.

πουλο-βότειρα (βόσκωλ) : feeding many,
fruitful. T 89, Z 213.

πουλύς [πολύς]: much. ἘΠ 776.

πούς, gen. ποδός, dat. pl. ποσ(σγίαπα
πόδεσσι (pes): foot. Τ' 18, 407.

ἸΠράκτιος : a stream in the Troad
which empties into the Helles-
pont. B 835.

πραπίδες, f. pl. : (diaphragm), mind.

πρέσβυς, πρέσβα (priscus, presby-
ter): old, reverend. Superl. πρεσ-
βύτατος. A 59, E721.

πρήθω, aor. πρῆσεν : blow, burn.

πρηνής, -ἔς (Pronus): prone, on one’s
face, headlong. B 414, 418.

πρήσσω, aor. inf. πρῆξαι [πράσσω]
(περάων : do, accomplish, achieve.

TIpiapiSys: son of Priam, Hector.
B 817, E 684.

Πρίαμος : Priam, son of Laomedon.
King of Troy. A 19, 255, B 37,
160, 304, 332, 414, 788 ff., T 105,
117, 146 ff., 261, 288, 303 ff., 314,
A 165, Z 242 ff., Y 237, X 27 ff.,
© 160 ff.

πρίν (πρό, prius), (1) adv.: before,
sooner, formerly ; (2) conj.: before.
Sometimes doubled, πρίν (adv.)

. . πρίν (conj.) with inf., as A 98.
ov πρὶν ἀπώσει πρὶν δόμεναι: he
will not (sooner) thrust off before
you give.

πρό (pro, forth), ady. and prep.;

ποῦ: where ?

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD

before, forward. With gen. be-
fore, in front of. πολὺ πρὸ φίλων
μάχεσθαι: fight far in advance of
(his) friends. λαὸν ἐρυκάκετε πρὸ
πυλάων: check the people before
the gate. :

Adv. before, forth. πρό μ᾽ ἔπεμψε:
sent me forth. τὰ πρὸ ἐόντα: the
past, what was before.

mpo-Balvw, perf. προβέβηκας : go be-
fore, surpass. Z125.

προ-βάλλω, aor. προβάλοντο: strew
before me, scatter. A 458.

προ-βέβουλα : perf. of προβούλομαι,
prefer. Α 118.

προ-βλής, -ῆτος (προβάλλω): project-
ing. B 396.

προ-γενέστερος : older; comp. of προ-
yerys. B 555.

προ-δοκή (προδέχομαιν) : watch, catch,
place where the hunter lay in
wait for game. A 107.

mpo-énxe: aor. Of προΐημι, send forth,
let go, let fly a missile. ὃ 43 d.

προ-ερέσσω, AOT. προέρεσσαν (ἐρετμός,
remus, oar): row forward. A 435.

προ-ερύω, aor. προέρυσσεν: draw forth,
draw down, launch (of ships).
A 308.

πρό-ες : aor. imv. of προΐημι, send
Sorth, let go. A127.

προ-θέουσι [προτιθέασι]: 3d pl. pres.
ind. of προτίθημι, grant, allow.
A 291.

TIpo-Bofvwp, -opos: Boeotian leader.
B 495.

Πρόθοος : leader of the Magnetes.
B 756 ff.

προ-θυμίη (θυμός): zeal. B 588,

109

mpo-idrrw, fut. mpoidwe, aor. προ-
ἴαψεν (projecit): send forth, send
4):
προ-ΐημι, 3d sing. προϊεῖ, impf. προ-
te, aor. προέηκε (8 43 d), aor. imy.
mpoes: send forth, discharge, dis-
patch, let go, let fly a missile. A127.
προ-ίστημι, aor. partic. προστήσας :
set forth, place before the rest.
IIpotros: son of Abas, king of Ti-
ryns. Z 157 ff.
προ-καθ-ίζω : setile( forward). B463.
προ-καλέω and προ-καλίζομαι, aor.
imv. προ-κάλεσσαι: call forth,
challenge. YT 19, 432.
προ-μαχίζω (πρόμαχος) : am champion,
Sight in the front rank. T 16.
πρό-μαχος (μάχη) : foremost fighter.
πρόμος : champion, foremost fighter.
προπάροιθε(ν), adv. with gen. : before,
in front of. B92, T 22.
πρό-πᾶας, -πᾶσα, -rav: all,
προ-πρηνές, adv.: forwards.
προ-ρέω : flow on. E 598.
πρός, mport, or mort, ady. and prep.:
to, toward, on, in addition, besides,
moreover.

(1) With ace. to, toward. πρὸς
Τρῶας τετραμμένοι : turned toward
the Trojans. εἶμι πρὸς Ὄλυμπον :
I will go to Olympus. βεβλήκει
πρὸς στῆθος : had hit on the breast.
πρὸς κόλπον ἐκλίνθη : leaned against
the bosom. πρὸς Διομήδεα ἄμειβεν :
exchanged with Diomed.

Cf. ἅπας.
Tr 218.

τοιαῦτα
πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἀγόρευον : said such
things to one another.

(2) With gen. from. τιμὴν
ἀρνύμενοι πρὸς Τρώων: winning

110

satisfaction from the Trojans. πρὸς
ἄλλης ὑφαίνοις : weave (before the
eyes) at the bidding of another.
εἰρύαται θέμιστας πρὸς Διός : defend
the laws (before the eyes of, at the
bidding of) in the name of Zeus.
μάρτυροι ἔστων πρός τε θεῶν πρός
τε ἀνθρώπων: be witnesses in the
sight of (before) both gods and men.
(3) With dat. on, at. ποτὶ γαίῃ
dykAivas: resting (it) upon the
ground. ποτὶ γούνασι : by his knees.
προσ-αμύνω: help, am of use. ov
προσαμύνει: makes no defense.
προσ-αρηρώς : close-fitting ; perf. par-
tic. of προσαραρίσκω, fit. E 725,
προσ-αυδάω, impf. προσηύδα : address,
say to. A 201, 539.
προσ-βαίνω, aor. προσβάς, προσεβή-

σετο: go to, step upon. 48.
πρόσ-ειμι (εἶμι) : come on. E 515.
᾿προσ-εἶπον Or προσέειπον : aor. of

πρόσ-φημι, address, say to. B 59.
πρόσθε(ν), adv. with gen.: before,
in front of. B 359, E 56.
πρόσσω (προτί): forwards. A 343.
πρόσ-φημι, impf. προσέφη, aor. προσ-
εἶπον ΟΥ προσέειπον : address, say to.
προσ-φωνέω : speak to, address.
πρότερος (πρό, prior) 3, comp.: be-
Sore, (born before), older, the first
of two, former. ot πρότεροι: the
men of former days. T 299.
προτέρω, adv.: farther, forward.
προτι-βάλλομαι [προσ-]: punish.
προ-τίθημι, 3d pl. προθέουσιν : grant,
allow. A 291.
mpé-rovos: forestay of a ship, lead-
ing from the mast to the prow.

VOCABULARY TO THE

Two of them held the mast in
place.
προ-τρέπομαι, aor. inf. προτραπέσθαι :
turn toward, give myself up to.
mpo-pépw: carry off, bring forward,
offer, cast in (his) teeth. T 64.
προ-φεύγω, aor. partic. προφυγόντα:
escape. Z 502.
πρό-φρων, -ovos (φρήν) : with ready
heart, zealously, freely. Adv. προ-
φρονέως : readily, graciously, zeal-
ously. § 56a. A 77,150.
προ-χέω : pour forth. B 465.
πρυλέες, pl.: foot soldiers. E 744.
πρύμνη : stern of aship. E292. _
πρυμνήσιος 3: of the stern. πρυμνή-
σια: stern hawsers. A 476.
πρυμνός 3: last, lowest part. γλῶσ-
σαν πρυμνήν: root of the tongue.
πρυμνὸν θέναρος : wrist. E 339.
IIptravs, -ἰος : a Lycian. E 678.
πρῴην : a little while ago, ‘just now.’
mpwita: day before yesterday. - B 303.
Πρωτεσίλαος: son of Iphiclus, a
Thessalian leader, the first to fall
in the Trojan War. B 698 ff.
πρώτιστος (πρῶτος) 3: first of all,
the very first. For the double
superlative, cf. English chiefest.
πρώτιστα, adv.
πρωτό-γονος (yev-): first-born. A102.
πρωτο-παγής, -ἐς (πήγνυμι) : just built,
new. E194.
πρῶτος 3 (πρό), superl.: jirst, fore-
most. πρῶτον, πρῶτα, adv. with or
without the article: jirst, at first,
once. ἐν πρώτῳ ῥυμῷ: at the tip
end of the pole. Z 40.
πταμένη : aor. partic. of πέτομαι, fly.

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD 111

πτελέη : elm. Z 419.

Πτελεός: (1) town in Thessaly.
B 697. (2) Colony of the former,
in Elis. B 594. |

πτερό-εις, -εσσα (πτερόν) : winged.

πτέρυξ, -vyos, f.: wing. Cf. πέτομαι.

Πτολεμαῖος : son of Peiraeus, father
of Eurymedon. A 228.

πτολεμίζω [πολεμίζω, ὃ 30 17, fut.
πτολεμίξομεν [πολεμιοῦμεν, § 48 77:
wage war, fight. B 328.

πτόλεμος [πόλεμος] : war, batile.

πτολίεθρον (πόλις, ὃ 307): city, town.

πτολί-πορθος (πέρθω) : sacker of cities.
πτόλις, -ἰος [πόλις, § 30 i]: city.
πτύγμα, -atos (rTvcow) : fold.
πτυκτός (πτύσσω) : folded. Z169.

πτωσκάζω: skulk. A 372.

πτώσσω: cower, skulk. A 371.

Πυγμαῖοι, pl. (πύξ, πυγμή, the dis-
tance from elbow to knuckles):
Pygmies ( fistlings), the Lilliputians
of epic times. Τ 6...

πυθέσθαι inf., πύθηαι [πύθῃ, § 44 h]
subjv.: learn; aor. of πυνθάνομαι,
inquire. B119.

πύθω, fut. rice: rot, cause to rot.

Πυθώ, acc. -@va, f.: Pytho, the later
Delphi (Δελφοί), seat of the
Pythian oracle -(which is ποῦ
mentioned in the Jliad). B 519.

πύκα: carefully. E 70.

πυκάζω, perf. partic. wervxacpéva:
cover. B 777.

mux(t)vds 3: thick, dense, strong, pru-
dent, cunning. A 392.

ΠΠυλαιμένης, -cos: Pylaemenes, king
of the Paphlagonians, an ally of
the Trojans. B 851, E 576.

Πύλαιος : son of Lethus, a Pelasgian
leader. B 842.

πύλη: (wing of a double gate), pl.
gate. Always pl. in Homer.
I 145.

Ππυλήνη : Aetolian town. B 639.

Πύλιος : from Pylus, Pylian. A 248,
A 293, E 545.

Πυλοιγενής, -és: Pylus born, native of
Pylus. Epithet of Nestor. B 54.

Πύλος : Pylus, city on the west coast
of Peloponnesus, home of Nestor.
A 252, 269, B 77, 591, y 4 ff.
Before its bay lay the island
Sphacteria, and in its bay was
fought the battle of Navarino
(Oct. 20, 1827).

πύλος : gate (of Hades). E 397.

πύματος : last, outermost, hindmost.

πυνθάνομαι, aor. ἐπύθοντο, redupl.
aor. πεπύθοιτο : (ascertain), learn,

πύξ: with the fist, in boxing. See on
B 418.

πῦρ, gen. πυρός (fire): fire. E 7.

Πυραίχμης : a Trojan ally, leader of
the Paeonians. B 848.

TItpacos: a Thessalian town. B 695.

πύργος : tower, column, troop. T 154.

πυρή: funeral pyre. A 99.

πώ, enclitic: ever, yet, in any way.
Cf. πώς. A 108, 262.

πωλέομαι, iterative impf. πωλέσκετο
(πέλομαι) : go often, resort. A 490.

πῶμα: cover. A116.

πῶς: how? It often introduces a
‘rhetorical question.’ A 123.

ma(s), enclitic : in any way, perchance.
Cf. πῇ, ποθί, rod. A 66. 8 30 1.

πῶν, -eos: flock of sheep. T 198,

112

P

ῥά : enclitic form of ἄρα. Most freq.
used after monosyllables.

ῥέα or peta: easily, at ease. B 475.

ῥέεθρον (pew): stream. B 461.

ῥέζω, fut. ῥέξειν, aor. ἔρεξε (ρέργον,
cf. work and wrought): work,
do, offer (sacrifice).
ῥέζουσιν : work ill to you.

peta: easily. Z 138.

péw, impf. ἔρρεεν or ῥέεν : flow. +

κακά σε

ῥηγμίν, -ivos (pyyvym), f.: beach.
A 437,

ῥήγνυμι, fut. ῥήξειν, aor. ἔρρηξεν,
ῥῆξε (ρραγ-, frango, wreck):

break, break through. Cf. ἄρρηκτος.
T 348, Z 6.

ῥηιδίως : easily. Cf. pea. A 390.

Ῥήνη: mother of Medon (an ille-
gitimate son of Oileus). B 728.

piyéw, fut. pryjoev, aor. plynoe, perf.
subjv. ἐρρίγῃσι (frigus) : shudder,
fear.

ῥίγιον, comp.: more terrible. Superl.
ῥίγιστα : most terribly. A 325.

ῥίμφα : swiftly. Z 511.

ῥῖνός, f.: hide, skin, shield of oxhide.

Ῥίπη: Arcadian town. B 606.

ῥίπτω, aor. pie: hurl. T 378.

pts, gen. ῥῖνός, f.: nose. E 291.

Ῥόδιος: Rhodian. B 654.

ῥοδο-δάκτυλος : rosy-fingered, epithet
of Dawn (Hos). A 477, Z 175.

Ῥόδος, f.: Rhodes, an island off the
southwest coast of Asia Minor.
B 654 ff.

por (pew): stream. T 5, Z 4.

ῥῦμός (ἐρύω) : pole of a chariot.

VOCABULARY TO THE

ῥυσί-πτολις (ἐρύομαι) : defender of
the cy. Z 305.
Ῥύτιον : Cretan town. B 648.

ῥωγαλέος (ῥήγνυμι) 3: torn. B 417.

=

Σαγγάριος : the largest river in Asia
Minor, except the Halys. It rises
in Galatia and empties into the
Black Sea in Bithynia. TI 187.

σακέσ-παλος (πάλλων : brandisher of
the shield, shield-wielding. KE 126.

σάκος, -eos: shield. It was very

heavy, and to manage it required
great dexterity and _ strength.
(H 238.) See dozis.

E 619.

——

SHIELD

Σαλαμίς, -tvos (Salem, of peace), fem. :
Salamis. An island near the har-
bor of Athens. B 557.

Σάμος : island near Ithaca. B 634.

σάος [σῶς] (Sanus): safe, sound.
Comp. σαώτερος. A 32, 117.

cad, fut. σαώσεις, aor. σάωσε: save,
rescue, bring off safe. Cf. σῴζω.

Σαρπηδών, -ovos: Sarpedon, leader of
the southern Lycians, bravest of
the Trojan allies, slain by Patro-
clus. B 876, E 471, 493, 629 ff.,
655 ff., 683, Z 199. See on B 876.

a Ὶ

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD

Σατνιόεις, -evros: a mountain stream
in Mysia. Z 34.

σάφα: clearly, exactly, hence truly.

σαώτερος, comp.: more safely. A 32.

σέ ace., σέθεν, σεῖο, σέο, or σεῦ
gen.: of 2d pers. pron. σύ, thou.
§ 42 a.

σεβάζομαι, aor. σεβάσσατο: fear
reverently. Z 167, 417.

σέβομαι: am ashamed, abashed.
A 242.

σείω: brandish. E 563.

ZAayos: father of Amphius. E 612.

Σεληπιάδης : son of Selepius, Euenus.
B 693.

σέλῖνον : parsley, celery. B 776.

Σελλήεις, -evros: (1) river in Elis.
B 659. (2) River in the Troad.
B 839.

σέο, σεῦ: gen. of σύ. § 42a.

σεύω, a0r. ἔσσευα, cele OF σεύατο,
perf. ἔσσυμαι, ἐσσύμενον (§ 43 h),
plpf. as aor. ἔσσυτο : drive, pursue,
start; pass. hasten, hurry, rush.
αἷμα ἔσσευα : drew blood.

σῆμα, -atos: sign, token, character,
monument, mound, portent. B 814.

σημαίνω (onua): give orders. A 289.

σημάντωρ, -opos: commander, A431.

σήπω, perf. σέσηπε: rot; perf. is
rotten. B 135.

Σήσαμος : Paphlagonian town. B853.

Σηστός : town on the Thracian Cher-
sonese, opposite Abydus. B 836.

Σθένελος : Sthenelus, son of Capaneus,
one of the ‘Epigoni’ ; lieutenant,
θεράπων, and charioteer of Dio-
med. B 564, A 367, E 111, 241,
835, I 48, II 586, Ψ 511. The

113

name is a short form of SeveAaos,
and thus corresponds to Anpo-
σθένης.
σθένος, -εος : strength. B 451.
σϊγαλό-εις, -εντος : shining. E 226.
σιγή: silence. otyy: silently. T 8.
σιδήρεος 3: of iron, iron. E 723.
σίδηρος : iron, of an arrow point.
Iron was little used in the Homeric
times; see χαλκός. A 123.
Στδονίη-θεν : from Sidon. Z 291.
Σιδόνιος 3: Sidonian. Z 290.
Σικυών, -@vos: Sicyon, not far from
Corinth, to the west. B 572.
Σιμόεις, -evros: stream rising on
Mt. Ida and uniting on the plain
of Troy with the Scamander.
A 475, E 774, Z 4.
Σιμοείσιος : a Trojan, slain by Ajax.
A 474 ff.

Σίντιες, pl.: Sintians, the earliest
inhabitants of Lemnos. A 594.
Σίσυφος : son of Aeolus, father of

Glaucus. (Z 153 ff.) (Compelled
in Hades to roll uphill a stone,
which continually rolled back.
A 593.)
otros: wheat bread. E 341.
σιωπάω : am silent. Cf. σιγή.
σιωπῇ : in silence, silently. T 95.
Σκαιαί, pl.: with or without πύλαι,
the Scaean Gate of Troy on the
side toward the Greek camp.
Γ 145, 263, Z 237, 307, 393.
σκαιῇ (SCaevus) : with the left hand.
Σκαμάνδριος, adj.: of the Scamander.
B 465 ff.
Σκαμάνδριος : Scamandrius. (1) Hee-
tor’s son, whom the people called

114

Astyanax. Z402. (2) A Trojan,
son of Strophius. E 49 ff.

Σκάμανδρος : ἃ
Trojan river, uniting with the
Simois (E 36, 774), which is called
Xanthus by the gods. (2) The
god of the river. E 77.

Σκάρφη : small Locrian town near
Thermopylae. B 532.

σκεδάννυμι : see κεδάννυμι and oxid-
ναμαι.

σκηπτοῦχος (σκῆπτρον, ἔχω) : scepter-
bearing. Epithet of kings. See
on A 15.

σκῆπτρον (σκήπτομαι, rest on): scep-
ter, staff. From representations
on ancient monuments, this ap-
pears to have been longer than a
cane. Princes, judges, priests, and
heralds carried σκῆπτρα as sym-
bols of authority. See on A 15.

σκίδναμαι, impf. éoxidvavro (σκεδάν-
νυμι) : scatter, disperse. A 487.

σκιό-εις, -evTos (σκιάν : full of shadows,
shadowy (or shadow-casting). Cf.
dum montibus umbrae | lus-
trabunt convexa Verg. Aen.
i. 607.

σκόπελος (σκέπτομαι): cliff. B 396.

σκοπιή (σκεπ-) : cliff, height from
which an extended view can be
obtained. A 275, E771.

σκοπός (σκέπτομαι) : spy, watcher.

σκότιος (σκότος), adj.: in secret, so
that a child’s father is unknown,

Z 24.

Scamander.

by a secret amour.

σκότος (shadow): darkness. Z 11.
σκύζομαι : am angry. A 23.
Σκῶλος : Boeotian village. B 497.

VOCABULARY TO THE

σμαραγέω : resound, crash, thunder.

σμερδαλέος : frightful, terrible. opep-
δαλέον, σμερδαλέα, adv. : terribly.

opepdvds (smart) 3: horrible. E 742.

Σμινθεύς, -ῆος : Smintheus, short form
for Σμινθοφθόρος, Mice destroyer.
Epithet of Apollo as the ayverter
of the plague of field mice. A 39.
(This office does not seem exalted,
but the field mice at times became
a pest. Strabo says that on Ten-
edos in his time stood a temple
of Apollo Smintheus, and the
sculptor Scopas made for Chrysa
a statue of Apollo with a mouse
under his foot.)

σμῶδιξ, -vyyos, f.: weal. B 267.

σοί: dat. of 2d pers. pron. § 42 a.

Σόλυμοι, pl.: warlike people, ancient
inhabitants of Lycia. Z 184, 204.

σόος or σάος [σῶς]: safe. A117.

σός (ov, tuus): thine, thy. § 42 ὃ.

σπάρτα, pl.: ropes, cables of reeds
or rushes. B 145.

Σπάρτη: Sparta, capital of Lacedae-
mon, home of Menelaus. B 582,
A 52. :

σπάω, A0r. σπάσεν, ἐσπάσατο: draw,
draw out. E 859.

σπένδω, aor. subjv. σπείσῃς (spon-
deo): pour a libation (σπονδή).

σπέος, gen. σπείους OF σπέεος
(spelunca): cave. Δ 279.

σπέσθαι : aor. inf. of ἕπομαι, follow.
σπεύδω (studium?): am in eager
haste.

σπινθήρ, -npos: spark. ATT.

σπλάγχνα, pl. (spleen): vitals, 1.6.
lung, heart, and liver. A 464.

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD

σπονδή (σπένδω) : libation, drink
offering. B 341, A 159.

σπουδῇ (σπεύδω) : with difficulty.

σταθμός : stable, stall, farm building.

στάσκεν iterative aor., στάς, στάντων,
aor. partic.: used to stand, took
stand ; from ἵστημι, place, cause to
stand.

στατός (torn): stalled, i.e. fed ina
stall. Z 506.

σταφύλη : plumb line. B 765.

στεῖλαν : aor. of στέλλω, send, place.

στεῖρα : cutwater, stem. A 482.

στείχω: go, come. B 287.

στέλλω, aor. στεῖλαν : arrange, put in
readiness, send. ἱστία στείλαντο:
took in ( furled) their sails. A 433.

στέμμα, -atos (στέφωγ : chaplet, fillet.

στεναχίζω : groan. B 95.

orevaxo: groan. Cf. στόνος.

Erévrwp, -opos: a Greek before Troy
with a voice as loud as fifty.
E 785.

στέρνον : breast. A 106.

στεῦμαι, impf. oredro: assert by
word or manner, boast. oredrai
τι ἔπος ἐρέειν Ἕκτωρ: Hector acts
as if he was going to say something.
B 597, T 83, E 832.

στεφανόω, perf. ἐστεφάνωται (ore
gavos): crown; perf. pass, has
been laid on as a crown, crowns.

στῆ [ἔστη] : took (his) stand, came up;
aor. of torn, place, cause to stand.

στήῃ [στῇ, ὃ 52 c]: aor. subjy. of
ἵστημι.

στῆθος, -εος, locat. as gen. στήθεσφιν
ᾧ 55 a): breast. A 83, E 41.

στηρίζω, aor. ἐστήριξε : lean against.

115

στήσᾶσα, στήσαντο: aor. of ἵστημι,
place, cause to stand. E 755.
στιβαρός : stoul, strong. T 335.
στίλβω: shine. T 392.
στιχάομαι, impf. ἐστιχόωντο (στείχω,
στίχες) : 40 inline, go,march. B92.
στίχες, f. pl.: rows, ranks. ἐπὶ στίχας:
into ranks, so as to form ranks.
r 196.
στόμα, -atos: mouth, face.
στόμαχος (stomach): throat. T 292.
στοναχή (στενάχω) : groan. B 39.
στόνος : groaning, groan. A 445,
Zrparin: Arcadian town. B 606.
στρατόομαι, impf. ἐστρατόωντο : am
encamped, am on an expedition.
στρατός (στόρνυμι) : camp, army.
otpertés (στρέφω) 3: (twisted),
well spun. E113.
στρέφω, fut. στρέψεσθε, aor. partic.
στρεφθέντι: turn; mid. and pass.
turn myself, turn around. E 40.
στρουθός (thrush): sparrow. B 311.
Στρόφιος : father of Scamandrius.
E 49.
στυγερός (στυγέω) : hateful. B 385.
στυγέω (Siyx): hate, dislike, loathe.
A 186.
Στύμφηλος :
B 608.
Στύξ, gen. Στυγός (orvyew) f.: Styz,
a stream of the lower world.
B 755, & 271.
Στύρα, pl.: town in Euboea. B539.
στυφελίζω, aor. ἐστυφέλιξε (tundo):
strike, thrust. ἘΠ 437.
σύ or τύνη, gen. σεῖο, σέο, σεῦ, σέθεν,
dat. σοί, τοί, acc. σέ (tu, thou), 2d
pers. pron.: thou. § 42 a.

Z 43.

town in Arcadia.

116

συγ-καλέω, aor. partic. συγκαλέσας :

B 55.

συλεύω Or ovAdw, impf. σὔλα, fut.
ovAnoere, aor. opt. συλήσειε (asy-
lum): take off, spoil, strip. Z 71.

συμβάλλω, aor. imyv. συμβάλετε:
bring together, pour together, unite.
Γ 70, A 453.

Σύμη-θεν : from Syme, a small island
to the north of Rhodes. B 671.
συμ-μίσγομαι [συμμίγνυμι]: mix,

mingle, of waters. B 753.
σύμ-πᾶς, σύμ-πᾶσα, σύμ-παν, pl.: all
together. A 90, B 567.
συμ-πήγνῦμι, aor. συνέπηξε : thicken,
curdle. E 902.
συμ-φράδμων, -ovos (φράζομαι) : coun-

call together, assemble.

selor. B 872. Equiv. to ovp-
βουλος.

συμ-φράζομαι, aor. συμφράσσατο:
form plans with. A 587.

σύν, ady. and prep. with dat.: with,
together with, together. ow ῥ᾽ €Ba-
λον pivots: dashed shields together.
ἐλθών σὺν πλεόνεσσιν : coming with
more. ἐνίκησεν σὺν ᾿Αθήνῃ : con-
quered with Athena’s help. σὺν νηὶ
ἐμῇ πέμψω : will send with my ship.
ἦλθε σὺν ἀγγελίῃ : came with tidings.
Cf. ξύν.

συν-άγω : bring together, assemble.

εσύν-ευμι, impf. dual συνίτην (εἶμι):

go (or come) together. Ζ 120.
ovv-érnte: aor. of συμπήγνυμι,
thicken, curdle. E 902.

συν-έχω, impf. σύνεχον, perf. partic.
συνοχωκότε: join, come together.
τὼ ὥμω συνοχωκότε: the shoulders

drawn together. B 218, Δ 133.

VOCABULARY TO THE

συν-θεσίη [συνθήκη] :: compact, injunc-
tion,

συν-ορίνομαι : set (myself) in motion.

συν-τίθεμαι, aor. imy. σύνθεο: give
heed, attend. A 76.

σῦς, gen. συός (Us, SUS, sow): hog,
boar. EK 783.

σφάζω, aor. ἔσφαξαν [σφάττω] : cut
the throat, slaughter by opening the
large artery of the neck.

σφείων gen., σφίσι(ν) or σφί(ν) dat.,
σφέας acc.: pl. 3d pers. pron.,

them. § 42a. A535.
σφέτερος (σφεῖς): their. ὃ 42 ὃ,
Δ 409.

σφός (σφεῖς): their.

σφυρόν : ankle. :

σφωέ nom., acc., σφωίν gen., dat.:
enclitic, dual 3d pers. pron., they
two. § 42a. A 8, 338.

cha, σφώ NoM., acc., σφῶιν gen.,
dat.: dual 2d pers. pron., ye two.
§ 42 a.

σφωίτερος : of youtwo. §42b. A216.

σχεδίην : at close quarters. E 830.

Σχεδίος : son of Iphitus, a Phocian
leader. B 517.

σχεδόν, adv.: near, at close quarters.

σχέθον, σχέθε : aor. of ἔχω, have, hold,
check. A 219, A 1138.

σχέτλιος (ἔχω) 3: terrible, cruel.

σχίζη (σχίζω, schism): cleft wood.

σχοίατο: refrain (cease) from; aor.
opt. mid. of ἔχω, hold, check.

Σχοῖνος : Boeotian town. B 497.

σῶμα, -atos: dead body, carcass.
This is not used as in Attic for
the living body, which is, δέμας
or χρώς. ὃ 17.

§42b. A 162.

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD

>

rai: for αἱ, the, these, they. See 6.

Tadatpévns, -εος : ἃ Maeonian. B865.

Ταλαϊονίδης (8 39 7): son of Talaiis,
Mecisteus. B 566.

ταλασί-φρων, -ovos (φρήν): steadfast.
A 421.

ταλα-ὕρῖνος (¢pwds): shield-bearing.
Cf. σακέσπαλος.

Ταλθύβιος : Talihybius, principal her-
ald of Agamemnon. A _ 320,
TY 118, A 192. According to
Herodotus (vii. 134), he had a
sanctuary at Sparta, and his
family lived there long as her-
alds.

τἄλλα: by ‘crasis’ for τὰ ἄλλα, the
rest. § 26. A 465, B 428.

ταμεσί-χρως, -oos (τάμνων : flesh-cut-
ting, flesh-cleaving. A Ό11,..

ταμίη : housewife. Z 381, 390.

ταμίης (τάμνω) : steward, master.

τάμνω, aor. τάμε [τέμνω]: cut. Vic-
tims were slain in confirmation of a
solemn oath, hence ὅρκια ταμόντες :
concluding a solemn treaty. Cf.
foedus icere, ferire foe-
dus, ‘strike a treaty.’ T 105.

τανύ-πεπλος : with trailing robes.

τανύω, aor. τάνυσσαν : stretch, place
along. A 486.

ταράσσω, aor. subjv. ταράξῃ, plpf.
τετρήχει : disturb (with owv); plpf.
was in commotion. <A 579.

ταρβέω, aor. τάρβησεν (torvus): am
Srightened, fear. B 268.

Ἰάρνη: Lydian town, at the foot of
Mt. Tmolus. E 44.

117

Τάρφη: Locrian town, near Ther-
mopylae. B 533.

τάρφος, -εος : thicket. E 555.

ταῦρος (taurus): dull. B 481.

τάχα: soon, quickly, presently. A 205.

τάχιστα, adv. superl. of ταχύ: most
quickly, very quickly. ὅττι τάχιστα:
as quickly as possible, quam
celerrime. [ 102, A 193.

ταχύ-πωλος : with swift horses. A 232.

ταχύς, -cia, -v: swift, fleet. B 527.

τέ (-que), encliticconj.:and. τέ...
τέ, τέ. .. Kai are correlated, both
... and. τέ is appended to con-
junctions, relative pronouns, and
adverbs of time and cause in
order to connect the clause closely
with its antecedent. Cf. ds τε:
just who. τέ... τέ are sometimes
combined with other conjunctions,
as pev Te... δέτε, μέν τε... ἀλλά
τε, to show close correlation.
Sometimes the exact force of τέ is
uncertain.

Teyéy: Arcadian town, — one of the
most important in Peloponnesus
before the Dorian invasion.
B 607.

τέγεος (te 0): covered, roofed. Z 248.

τεθηπότες (ταφών): perf. partic.
from the root θαπ, astonied, dazed,
stupefied with fright. A 243.

τεθναίη opt., τεθνηῶτα partic.: perf.
of θνήσκω, die. T 102.

τείνω, aor. (ἔγ)τεινε, plpf. τέτατο, te
τάσθην (tendo?): draw tight,
stretch, stretch out. T 372, A 536.

telpw: oppress, press hard, weigh
heavily upon, distress. Z 85.

118

τειχεσι-πλήτης : stormer of walls.
Epithet of Ares (Mars). E381.
τειχιό-εις, -εσσα : well walled. B 559.
τείχος, -eos: wall of a city. Z 388.
τέκε: aor. Of τίκτω, bring forth, bear,
beget. A 36, B 313.
τεκμαίρομαι, AOr. τεκμήραντο : ordain.
τέκμωρ: surety, pledge. A 526.
τέκνον : child, offspring, young.
τέκος, -εος (τίκτω) : child, young.
τεκταίνομαι, aor. τεκτήνατο : build.
Téxrwv, -ονος : (Carpenter), Tecton, a
Trojan shipbuilder. E 59.
τέκτων, -ovos (τέχνη; 6 ΧΟ): artisan,
carpenter. A110.
τελαμών, -@vos: broad strap support-
ing the shield or sword. B 388.
Τελαμώνιος: of Telamon. Αἴας Te-
λαμώνιος : Ajax, son of Telamon.
τέλειος : (complete), unblemished, full

grown.
τελείω [8 47 97 or τελέω, fut. τελέεσθαι,
aor. τέλεσσας, ἐτέλεσσεν, perf.

partic. τετελεσμένος (τέλος) : com-
plete, fulfill, accomplish. A 388.
τελή-εις, -εσσα : perfect, unblemished.
τέλλω, pilpf. with
enjoin upon, command, intrust.
τέλος, -εος : end, accomplishment.
τέμενος (τέμνω, templum): (ground
set apart), consecrated ground, ¢on-
secrated field, royal domain. Cf.
ἄλσος.
πένεδος: Tenedos, an island in the
Aegean Sea near the coast of the
Troad. A 38, 452..
TevOpndav, -dvos: father of Prothoos,
a Magnesian. B 756.
τένων, -ovTos : tendon, sinew.

> 4 > ’ὕ
ἐτέταλτο: ἐπί,

Δ 521.

VOCABULARY TO THE

τέο [Tivos]: gen. of τίς, who? ὃ 42c.
reds [ods] (tuus) 3: thine, thy. $42 ὃ.
τέρας, -ατος : sign, portent. A 76.
τέρην, -εινα : soft, delicate. T 142.
τερπι-κέραυνος (τρέπων: wielder of
the thunderbolt. Epithet of Zeus.
τέρπομαι, aor. pass. subjv. τραπείο-
μὲν (ὃ 45 a): take delight, enjoy
myself. T 441.
τεσσαράκοντα: forty. B 524.
τέσσαρες, acc. τέσσαρας : four. Β 618.
τεταγών: redupl. aor. partic. from
the root ray (tangere),: seize.
§ 43 ὁ.
τέταρτος (τέσσαρες) 3: fourth. τὸ
τέταρτον, adv.: the fourth time.
τετάσθην, réravro: plpf. of τείνω,
stretch. A 586.
τέτηκα : perf. of τήκω, melt away.
τέτληκα, imv. τέτλαθι, partic. τετληό-
tes: bear, endure, suffer; have the
heart. See τλήσομαι. A 228, 586.
rérpev, aor.: found, came upon.
τετραμμένοι: perf. pass. partic. of
τρέπω, turn. E 605.
τετρα-πλῆ: fourfold. A 128.
τετρα-φάληρος : with four knobs (or
protuberances), which seem to have
been used to strengthen the hel-
met, and perhaps to catch the
blow of a sword. E 748.
τετραχθά : into four pieces. Τ' 368.
rerphxer: was in commotion; plpf. of
tapacow, disturb. B 95.
rerpiyatas: with ἐλεεινά, uttering
piteous cries ; perf. partic. of τρίζω,
make a shrill noise. B 314.
τέττα : old fellow, informal address
to an elder. A 412.

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD

τέττιξ, -tyos: cicdda, locust. T 151.
τέτυκται pert., τετυγμένον perf. partic.,
τετύκοντο redupl. aor.: of τεύχω,
build, make ready. τέτυκται: is pre-
pared, appointed. was.
A 467,T 101, Z 7.
τεῦ [rivds]: enclitic gen. of ris, any
one, manyaone. §42c. B388.
TevOpavidys: son of Teuthranus,
Axylus. Z13. Cf. TevOpas.
Τεύθρας, -avros: a Greek. E 705.
Τεῦκρος: Teucer, son of Telamon,
half-brother of Ajax, best bowman
in the Greek army. Z 31.
Tevrapldns : son of Teutamus, Lethus.
B 843.
τεῦχος, -εος, pl.: arms, armor. Z 28.
τεύχω, fut. inf. as pass. τεύξεσθαι,
aor. (€)revfe, τετύκοντο, ἐτύχθη,
perf. τέτυκται: make, build, make
ready, appoint, cause; pass. is built,
is appointed, occurs, is. A4,B101.
τέχνη : art, skill. Cf. τέκτων.
τῇ, adv.: there, thither. EE 858.
τήκω, perf. τέτηκα (thaw): melt away,
waste away. Τ' 176.
τῆλε (telephone): far, far away. Cf.
τηλόθεν, τηλόθι, τηλοῦ.
τηλεθόω-σα : flourishing ; fem. partic.
of τηλεθάω. ὃ 47 ¢. Ζ 148.
τηλε-κλειτός : far-famed. Z 111.
Τηλέμαχος: Telemachus, only child
of Odysseus and Penelope. B 260,
4A 354. He was an infant when
his father embarked for Troy.
τηλό-θεν : from far away. A 270.
τηλό-θι, with gen.: far from. A 30.
τηλό-σε: fo a distance, far away.
τηλοῦ: far away. E 479.

TETUKTO:

119

τηλύγετος 3: last-born, dearly beloved.
(Of doubtful meaning.)

Τηρείη: a high mountain in Mysia.
B 829.

τιέσκετο: iterative impf. of riw, prize,
honor. § 54. A 46.

τίθημι, fut. θήσειν, aor. (ἔγθηκε, (ἔ)θε-
σαν, aor. subjv. θήῃς [θῆς, § 52 ¢],
aor. opt. θείην, aor. imy. θές, aor.
inf. θεῖναι, θέμεναι (do): place, put,
cause, make, put in order (with εὖ).
A 433, B 285, Z 273.

τιθήνη : nurse, attendant. Z 132.

τίκτω, aor. τέκον, ἔτεκες : bring forth,
bear, beget, am father of. Cf. τέ-
KOs, τέκνον, Toxe’s. B 628.

tipdw, fut. τιμήσουσι, aor. τίμησας :
honor, gain honor for. A 505.

τιμή: recompense, retribution, satisfac-
tion, honor. Cf. ποινή. A 159.

τινάσσω, a0r. ἐτίναξε : pluck, twitch.

τίνυμαι : punish. T 2 frase

tive, fut. τίσεσθαι, aor, τίσειαν, ἐτί-
σατο (τιμήν : pay Meaty das
for; mid. exact satisfaction, punish.
A 42, T 366.

τίπτε, τίπτ᾽ or τίφθ᾽ (τί wore): why?
why pray? A 202, A 243.

Tipuvs, -θος, f.: town in Argolis, fa-
mous for its Cyclopéan walls.
B 559.

τίς, τί, gen. τέο (quis), interrog.
pron.: who? what? εἰς ri: how
long? τί (acc.): why? wherefore ?
§ 42 ¢.

τὶς, ri, gen. τεῦ, enclitic indef. pron. :
any one, some one, many aone. Ti: ἢ
any, in any way, atall. ὃ 42 ο.

τιταίνω (τείνων) : drav, stretch. B390.

120 VOCABULARY TO THE

Tiravos: mountain of Thessaly. τλήσομαι fut., (ἔγτλη aor., τλαίης aor.

B 735. opt., τέτληκας perf., τέτλαθι imyv.,
Τιταρήσιος : river in Thessaly which τετληότες partic. (from root ταλ-,

flows into the Peneiis. B 751. cf. tuli): bear, endure, suffer, dare,
τιτύσκομαι : make ready, aim. #¥ 80. have the heart. B 299.

THE BOWMAN HERACLES
From the East Pediment of the Temple at Aegina

tlw, iterative impf. τιέσκετο, aor. Tyédos: a mountain in Lydia, near

ἔτισας (τιμήν: prize, honor. A 46. Sardis. B 866.
τλήμων, -ovos: enduring. E 670. τό: therefore. Adv. acc. of 6, 7, τό.
Τληπόλεμος: Tlepolemus, son of τοί [σοί] (tibi), dat. of 2d pers,
Heracles (Hercules), leader of pron. ov: thou. ὃ 42a.

the Rhodians. B 653, E 656, rol, asseverative particle: indeed, of

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD

a truth, you may know, I assure you.
(Originally the preceding, as an
ethical dative.) Enclitic.
rol, for of: the, these; or for of: who.
τοιγάρ: therefore, and so. A 76.
τοῖος 3: such. T 46.
τοιόσδε, -ήδε, -dvde: such, such as this,
such as that. With inf. such as
to. -Seis‘deictic.” §42c. B129.
τοιοῦτος, τοιαύτη; τοιοῦτο : such.
τοκῆες, pl. (τίκτω): parents. Τ' 140.
τομή (τέμνωγ): (cutting), stump.
Α 285.
τόξον : bow, often pl., referring to the
three parts of one bow, — the two
ends being made of horn, and the
connecting piece
(mxus) being of
wood. Its manu-
facture from goat
horns is described
in A105 ff.,where
the bow of Pan-
darus seems to
be about six feet
in length (some-
what longer than
the old English bow). Horn is
the material also of Odysseus’
bow (v 395), but it has so little
elasticity that the wooden part of
the bow would seem the most im-
portant. The bowman generally
shot from a kneeling posture.
τοσόσδε, τοσήδε, τοσόνδε: equiv. to
τόσος. -de is ‘deictic,’ so great as that.
τόσ(σνος 3: so great, so much, so far,
so long; pl. often so many.
(σ)ον: adverb.

τόξον

᾽
τοσ-

121

τοσσοῦτος, τοσσαύτη: τοσσοῦτο: equiY.
to τόσος. §42c. B 5238.

τότε: then. A 92.

τούνεκα (τοῦ ἕνεκα, ὃ 26): therefore,
on that account, A 291.

τόφρα: solong. A 509.

τραπείομεν [ταρπῶμεν] : aor. pass.
subjv. of τέρπομαι, enjoy myself.
§§ 31, 51d. Τ' 441.

τράφεν [ἐτράφησαν, ὃ 44 m]: aor. pass.
of τρέφω, nurture, bring up.

τράφον: grew up; aor. of τρέφω.

τρεῖς, τρία (tres, three): three. B671.

τρέπω, aor. ἔτρεψε, (ἔγτραπε, perf.
partic. τετραμμένοι: turn, turn
from (my) purpose; mid.
myself, turn. E605.

τρέφω, aor. θρέψε and ἐτραφέτην, aor.
pass. τράφη, τράφεν [ἐτράφησαν] :
nourish, nurture, rear. The 2d aor.
is intrans., grew up. A 251.

τρέχω, aor. ἔδραμε: run. E 599.

tpéw (terror): flee in fright. E 256.

τρήρων, -wvos (Tpew): timid. E 778.

τρητός : of uncertain meaning; per-
haps inlaid, with referénce to
decorations ; perhaps pierced, with
reference to the holes in the frame-
work of the bedstead for the straps
which supported the mattress.
Γ 448. ,

Τρηχίς, -ivos: Trachis, a Thessalian
town near Thermopylae. B 682.

Tpfixos: an Aetolian. E 706.

τρηχύς, -εἴα : rough, uneven, jagged.

τρι-γλώχῖν, -ivos:
(three-edged),
three - barbed,

E 393. τριγλώχιν

turn

122

τρίζω, perf. partic. τετριγῶτας : make
a shrill noise. τετριγῶτας ἐλεεινά :
uttering piteous cries. B 314.

τριήκοντα : thirty. B 516.

Tpix(«)y: Zricca,.Thessalian town.
B 729, A 202.

τρι-πλῇ (triplex): threefold. A128.

τρίς : three times, thrice. A 218.

E 387.

τρίτατος (τρίτος) 3: third. τρίτατοι:
those of the third generation. A 252.

Τριτογένεια: Trito-born. Epithet of
Athena (Minerva). A515. It
is perhaps best treated as a proper
name,

τρίτον, with τό: third, for the third
time. T 225, Z 186.

τρίχα (τρίς): in three parts. Cf. τριχθά.

τρίχες : nom. pl. of θρίξ, hair. T 273.

τριχθά (τρίχα, ὃ 30 7): in three parts,
into three pieces. T 363.

ἹΤροιζήν, -nvos: Troezen, town in
Argolis, near the coast. B 561.
Tpol{ynvos: son of Ceas, father of

Euphemus. B 847.

Tpoim: (1) sc. γῇ, the Troad, in the
northwest corner of Asia Minor,
with Ilios as its capital. B 162, 237,
I 74, 257, A 175, Z 815. (2) Se.
πόλις, Ilios, Troy itself. A 129,
B 141.

τρόμος (τρέμω) : trembling. T 84.

τροχός (τρέχω): wheel. Z 42.

τρυ-φάλεια (φάλος) : helmet. Τ' 376.

Tpwat or Τρῳάδες, pl.: Trojan women.

Τρῶες, -ων, pl.: Trojans. A 256.

Tpdos: of Tros. ἘΞ 222. Ἰρώιοι
ἵπποι: horses which Zeus gave to
Tros in exchange for Ganymed.

τρισ-καί-δεκα : thirteen.

VOCABULARY TO THE

Tpods 3: Trojan. (Or, Tpdos.)

Tpds, gen. Tpwds: Tros, king of
Troy, son of Erichthonius, father
of Ilus, Assaracus, and Ganymed.
E 265. See § 7 6.

τυγχάνω, aor. partic. τυχήσας, 2d aor.
(ἔγτυχε (τύχη): hit, hit wpon. μὲν
οὗτα τυχών : hit and wounded him.
τύχε ἀμάθοιο βαθείης : struck in
deep sand. A 106, E 587.

Τυδεΐδης : son of Tydeus, Diomed.
E 1, 281.

Τυδεύς : Tydeus, son of Oeneus of

_Calydon, brother of Meleager
(B 642), father of Diomed. Hay-
ing slain some kinsman, he fled
to Argos, where he married a
daughter of King Adrastus. He
was one of the ‘Seven against
Thebes.’ B 406, A 365 ff., E 126,
800 ff., Z 222.

τυκτός (τεύχω) 3: well made. τυκτὸν

κακόν : α thorough evil. E 831.

τύμβος (tomb): burial mound.

τύνη [ov], 2d pers. pron.: thou.

τυπή (τύπτων: blow. E 887.

τύπτω, aor. τύψε: smite, strike.

τυτθός: little, young. τυτθόν: a litile.
οὐδὲ τυτθόν : not even a little.

τυφλός (deaf, dumb): blind. Z 139.

Tudwets, -cos: Typhoeus, a giant
buried by Zeus beneath a moun-
tain. His efforts to rise cause
earthquakes. Β 782 ff.

τύχε, τυχήσας : aor. Of τυγχάνω, hit.
A 106, E 587.

τῷ or τῶ, adv.: then, therefore.

Tas, adv.: thus. tas is related to
ὥς as τοί to the article οἵ. T 415.

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD

Y

“Ὑάμπολις : town in Phocis. B 521.
ὕβρις, -ἰος: insulting conduct, inso-
lence. A 203.
ὑγρός (hygrometer) 3: watery, liquid.
A 312, E 903.
ὕδρος (otter): water snake. B 723.
ὕδωρ, gen. ὕδατος (wet): water.
υἱός, gen. υἷος, dat. υἷε, υἱέϊ, acc. υἱόν,
voc. υἱέ, dual vie, nom. pl. υἷες,
υἱέες, υἱεῖς, dat. υἱάσι, acc. υἱέας,
vias: son. See ὃ 57 c. A 21, 162,
B 20.
viwvds (vids): son’s son. E 631.
Ὕλη and Ὕλη: Hyle, town on a
height near Lake Copais. B 500,
E 708.
ὕλη (silva): wood, forest. T 151.
ὑλή-εις, -eooa: woody. Z 396.
ὑμεῖς or Sppes, gen. ὑμείων, dat.
ὑμῖν, ὕμμι(ν), pl. 2d pers. pron. :
you, ye. 842 a. A 274, A 348.
ὑμέτερος or ὕμός (ὑμεῖς) 3: your.
tral: for ὑπό, under. ὃ 55 d.
ὑπ-αἴσσω, aor. partic. ὑπάΐξας : dart
Jrom under. B310.
ὑπ-αντιάω, aor. partic. ὑπαντιάσας :
face, meet. Z 17.
ὕπατος (SUMmuSs) 3:
E 756.
ὑπ-έδεισαν : aor. of ὑποδείδω, fear a
_ superior power. A 406.
ὑπ-είκω, fut. ὑπείξομαι, aor. subjy.
ὑποείξομεν : concede, yield, give way.
A 294, A 62.
ὑπειρ-έχω: for ὑπερέχω, hold over,
tower above. B 426, T 210.
ὑπείρ-οχος : preéminent. Z 208.

most high.

123

Ὑπείρων, -ovos: a Trojan, slain by
Diomed. E 144.

ὑπ-έκ : out from under, away from.

ὑπ-εκ-φέρω, impf. ὑπεξέφερον : bear
out of, earry away from. E 318.

ὑπ-εκ-φεύγω, aor. ὑπέκφυγε: escape.
E 22, Z 57.

ὑπ-ένερθείν), adv.: beneath, from
under. With gen. B 150.

ὑπέρ (super, over), prep. with acc.
and gen.: over, above, beyond, con-
trary to.

(1) With ace. ὑπὲρ ὦμον ἤλυθε
ἀκωκὴ ἔγχεος : the spear point came
above (over) the shoulder; ὑπὲρ
αἶσαν : beyond what is fitting ; ὑπὲρ
ὅρκια : contrary to the compacts.

(2) With gen. στῇ ὑπὲρ κεφα-
Ans: took his stand above (his)
head ; στέρνον ὑπὲρ paloio: breast
above the nipple; ἑκατόμβην ῥέξαι
ὑπὲρ Δαναῶν : sacrifice a hecatomb
in behalf of the Greeks ; ὑπὲρ σέθεν
aloxe ἀκούω: I hear reproaches on
thy account (about thee).

ὕπερ: for ὑπέρ, when it follows its
ease. § 55.c. E 339.

ὑπερ-άλλομαι, aor. partic. ὑπεράλ-
μενος : leap over. E 158,

ὑπερ-βασίη (irepBaivw) : transgression.
T 107.

Ὑπέρεια : Hyperéa, spring at Pherae
in Thessaly. B 734, Z 457.

ὑπερ-έχω Or ὑπειρέχω, aor. subijy.
ὑπέρσχῃ: hold over, tower above.
οἱ χεῖρας ὑπείρεχε: held his hands
over him, i.e. defended him. E 433.

ὑπερ-ηνορέων, -ovros (ὑπέρ, ἀνήρ):
haughty. A176.

124

Ὑπερησίη : an Achaean town on the
Corinthian Gulf. B 573.
ὕπερθε(ν): above, on top. B 218.
ὑπέρ-θυμος : high-spirited. B 746.
ὑπερ-κύδαντες : glorying overmuch, ex-
ulting ; pl. of ὑπερκύδας (κῦδος).
ὑπερ-μενής, -ἐς (μένος) : all powerful.
Epithet of Zeus. B 116.
ὑπέρ-μορα : beyond what is fated.
ὑπεροπλίη: arrogance; pl. arrogant
A 205.
ὑπέρ-σχῃ: aor. subjv. of ὑπερέχω,
hold over. A 249.
ὑπερφίαλος : insolent, man of violence.
ὑπερώιον (ὑπέρ) : upper chamber.

acts.

ὑπ-έστην, ὑπέσταν [ὑπέστησαν] : aor.
of ὑφίστημι, promise. B 286.
ὑπ-έχω, aor. partic. ὑποσχών : hold
under, put mares to the stallion.
ὑπ-ήνεικαν: aor. of ὑποφέρω, bear
away from danger. E 885.
ὑπ-ισχνέομαι, aor. imv. ὑπόσχεο, aor.
inf. ὑποσχέσθαι: promise. A 514.
ὕπνοι; (Somnus): sleep. B19.
ὑπό and tral (8 55 d) (sub), adv.
and prep.: under, beneath. ὑπὸ
ἥρεον ἕρματα νηῶν : took props from
under the ships.
τάνυσσαν : (stretched) placed props
beneath. ἴδεσκε: always
looked down.

em, ew 4
ὑπὸ δ᾽ ἕρματα

ὑπαὶ
ὑπὸ τρόμος εἷλεν
᾿Αχαιούς: trembling seized the
Greeks beneath (i.e. in their knees).
ὑπὸ χθὼν Kova fie: the earth rum-
bled beneath.
Sovro: the Trojans withdrew before
(him).

(1) ‘With acc. ὑπὸ σπέος ἤλασε
μῆλα: drove his flock under (the

ε A ἊὉ ’
ὑπὸ Τρῶες κεκά-

VOCABULARY TO THE

shelter of ) a cave ; ὑπὸ ζυγὸν ἤγαγε:
led under the yoke ; ὑπὸ Ἴλιον ἦλθε:
came under the walls of (i.e. to)
Ilios ; ὑπὸ τεῖχος ἀγαγόντα : leading
under the wall; ὑπ᾽ ὀστέον ἤλυθ᾽
ἀκωκή : the point penetrated to the
bone ; ὑπὸ Κυλλήνης ὄρος : at the
foot of Mt. Cylléne; ὑπαὶ πόδα
Ἴδης : at the foot of Mt. Ida.

(2) With dat. ὑπὸ πλατανίστῳ :
under a plane tree; tm οὐρανῷ:
beneath the heavens; ὑπὸ Τμώλῳ:
at the foot of Mt. Tmolus; εἷσαν
ὑπὸ φηγῷ: placed under an oak;
ὑπὸ χερσί, ὑπὸ δουρί: under (i.e.
by) hands, spear ; ὑπὸ Τυδεΐδῃ κλο-
veovto φάλαγγες : the ranks were
driven before the son of Tydeus;
θεῶν ὑπὸ πόμπῃ: conducted by the
gods ; Ἐὔμηλος, τὸν ὑπ᾽ ᾿Αδμήτῳ
τέκε ἼΛλκηστις : Eumelus, whom
Alcestis bore to Admetus.

(3) With gen. under, by. ὑπὸ
τελαμῶνος : under the strap; θνή-
σκοντες ὑφ᾽ Ἕκτορος : slain at the
hands of Hector; νῆες κονάβησαν
dicdvrwv ὑπ᾽ ᾿Αχαιῶν: the ships
resounded as the Greeks shouted
(as a result of their shouting);
θεινόμεναι ὑπὸ Λυκούργου: smitten
by Lycurgus; πέλεκυς dow διὰ
δουρὸς ὑπ᾽ ἀνέρος : the axe (goes)
is driven through a beam by a man.

ὕπο: for ὑπό in some instances
when it follows its case. § 55c.
ὑπο-βλήδην : interrupting. A 292.
ὑπο-δείδω, aor. ὑπέδεισαν, plpf. ime
δείδισαν : fear, shrink before.
ὑπο-δέχομαι, aor. ὑπεδέξατο : receive.

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD

ὑπό-δρα (δέρκομαι) : askance, darkly.
A 148, B 245, A 349.

ὑπο-είξομεν: aor. subjy. of ὑπείκώ,
yield, give way. Δ 62.

Ὑποθῆβαι: Lower Thebes, situated
on the plain. B 505.

ὑπο-κύομαι, aor. partic. ὑποκυσαμένη:
become pregnant, conceive.

ὑπο-λευκαίνομαι : grow while. E 502.

ὑπο-λύω, aor. ὑπέλῦσε, ὑπελύσαο :
loose beneath, loose from under,
loose by stealth.

ὑπο-μένω, aor. ὑπέμειναν: stand my
ground. E498.

ὑπο-πεπτηῶτες : perf. partic. of. ὑπο-
πτήσσω, crouch under. ὃ. 49a.

ὑποπλάκιος 3: lying at the foot of Mt.
Placus. Z 397.

ὑπο-στεναχίζω: groan beneath, rumble
beneath. B 781.

ὑπο-στρέφω, aor. opt. ὑποστρέψειας :
turn around, turn back. E 581.

ὑπό-σχεο, ὑποσχέσθαι: aor. of ὑπι-

σχνέομαι, promise. A 514, Z 93.
ὑπό-σχεσις, -ἰος (ὑπισχνέομαι) :.- a
promise. B 286, 349.
ὑπο-σχών : aor. partic. of ὑπέχω, hold
under. E 269.
ὑπό-τροπος : coming back, back.
ὑπο-φέρω, aor. ὑπήνεικαν : bear away

from under impending danger.

ὑπο-χωρέω, aor. ὑπεχώρησαν : retire,
withdraw. Z 107.

ὑπ-όψιος (ὄψομαιν : despised, an object
of contempt. T 42,

ὕπτιος (Supinus): on one’s back,
backwards, supine. A108.

Ὑρίη: Boeotian town near Tana-
gra. B 496.

125

Ὑρμίνη : town in the northern part
of Elis. B 616.

Ὑρτακίδης : son of Hyrtacus, Asius.
B 837 f. |

ὑσμίνη, local dat. ὑσμῖνι : batile, con-
flict. B 40, 863.

toptvnv-Se: fo battle. B 477.

ὕστατος 3: superl. of ὕστερος, last,
hindmost. ὕστατα, adv.: for the
last time. A 232, E 703.

ὕστερος : later. ὕστερον: adv.

ὑφαίνω (web, woof): weave. πᾶσιν
ὕφαινον : “set forth before all.”

ὑφ-ηνίοχος : charioteer. Z 19.

ὑφ-ίημι, aor. partic. ὑφέντες : let
down, lower. A 434.

ὑφ-ίστημι, aor. ὑπέστην, ὑπέσταν
[ὑπέστησαν : promise. B 286.

ὑψ-ερεφής, -€s: high-roofed. E 213.

ὑψηλός (ὕπατος) 3: high. B 395.

Ὑψήνωρ, -opos: a Trojan, son of
Dolopion. E 76.

ὑψ-ηχής, -ἐς (ἠχέω) : loudly neighing.

ὑψι-βρεμέτης (βρέμωγ : high-thunderer.
Epithet of Zeus. A 354.

ὑψί-ζυγος (ζυγόν) : high-throned. Epi-
thet of Zeus. A 166.

ὑψί-πυλος (πύλη) : high-gated.

ὑψ-όροφος (ἐρέφω) : high-roofed.

ὑψοῦ, adv.: high. A 480, Z 509.

φάανθεν [ἐφάνθησαν, § 44m]: aor. of
φαείνω, flash, gleam. A200. ᾿
φάγε: aor. of ἐσθίω, eat. B 317.
φαεινός (φάος) 3: flashing, shining.
φαείνω, aor. pass. φάανθεν [ἐφάν-
θησαν : gleam. Cf. φαίνω.

126

φαίδιμος : illustrious, glorious. Z 27.

φαίην, φαῖμεν : opt. of φημί, say.

Φαΐνοψ, -οπος : Phaenops. E 152.

φαίνω, aor. ἔφηνε, aor. pass. (ἐ) φάνη,
perf. sing. πέφανται: show, cause
to appear; pass. appear. A 477.

Φαῖστος : son of Borus, an ally of
the Trojans. E 49.

Φαιστός : Cretan town. B 648.

φάλαγξ, -αγγος ( phalanx), fem.: rank,
column. B 558, T 77.

dddos: horn of metal on the helmet
which strengthened the helmet
and caught the blow of a sword.
Z9. Cf. τετραφάληρος.

av [ἔφασαν]: impf. of φημί, say
(think). Z 108.

φάνη, φανέντα: appeared ; aor. pass.
of daivw, show. T 81.

φάος, -εος [φῶς] : light, light of safety.

φαρέτρη: quiver. A 45.

Papis, -ἰος : Laconian town. B 582.

φάρμακον ( pharmacy): drug, herb.

φᾶρος, -cos: a linen cloak, worn only

by princes. See χλαῖνα.
φάσαν, φάτο [ἔφη] impf., φάσθαι
inf.: οἵ φημί, say, assert. B 278.
φάσγανον (opatw): sword. A 190.
φάτνη: manger. Z 506.
φέβομαι: flee. Cf. φόβος.

Φείδιππος: grandson of Heracles.
B 678.

φείδομαι : spare (with gen.). E 202.

(ev), aor. ἔπεφνε, πεφνέμεν, perf. pl.

πέφανται: kill, slay. Cf. φόνος.
Peveds: Arcadian town. B 605.
Φεραί: Thessalian town. B 711.
Φέρεκλος : son of Tecton. E 59.

φέριστος : best. φέριστε: good sir.

VOCABULARY TO THE

φέρτατος, superl.: best, bravest.
éprepos, comp.: better, more power-
ful. A169, 186.

φέρω, fut. οἴσει, aor. subjv. ἐνείκω,
aor. inf. οἰσέμεναι (§ 487) (fero,
bear): carry, bear, bring, carry off,
draw.

φεύγω, fut. φεύξονται, aor. φύγον,
perf. partic. πεφυγμένον (ἔπ 510):
δε, escape. B 175.

φῆ [ἔφη, § 43 0]: impf. of φημί, say.

oq: as, like as. B 144.

Φηγεύς, -jos: son of Dares, slain by
Diomed. E 11 ff.

φήγινος : of oak. E 838.

φηγός (fagus): oak tree, oak.

φημί, opt. φαίην, partic. φάντες,
2d sing. impf. ἔφησθα [ἔφης], 3d
sing. φῆ [ἔφη], 3d pl. dav [ἔφασαν

_(fateor): say, assert, believe
(often of an incorrect view). See
εἶπον and eipw. B 129, 248.

fp, gen. φηρός (fera): the Thessa-
lian form of θήρ, wild animal. It
is used by Homer only of centaurs.
The centaurs are not described
by Homer, but their dual nature
(half horse and half man) seems
not yet developed in the story.

Φηρή: at or near the site of the
modern Kalamata, at the head of
the Messenian Gulf. E 543.

Φηρητιάδης : son (or grandson) of
Pheres. B 763.

φθάνω, aor. partic. φθάμενος : get
the start of, anticipate. μὲ ἔβαλε
φθάμενος : hit me first. E119.

$0in: Phthia. (1) Thessalian town
on the Sperchéiis, home of Peleus.

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD

B 683. (2) Country about the
town. A 155, 169.
Φθίηνδε: to Phthia. A169. ὃ 338 e.
φθινύθω, iterative impf. φθινύθεσκε :
consume, pine, waste away, perish.
φθίένω, fut. φθίσει; plpf. ἐφθώτο :
waste away, pine, perish, die; fut.
- destroy, kill. Z 407.

Φθιρῶν or Φθειρῶν : a mountain in
Caria. B 868.

φθισ-ήνωρ, -opos (ἀνήρ) : man-destroy-
ing. B 833.

φθογγή (diphthong): voice. B 791.

φθόγγος : voice. E 234,

P8ovéw: grudge, deny. A 5d.

-pi(v): inseparable suffix, ending of
an old instrumental case. Added
to the stem of a noun, it forms a
genitive and dative in both sin-
gular and plural, which is gen-
erally used as an instrumental,
ablative, or locative case. § 33 a.

φιλέω, iterative impf. φιλέεσκεν, aor.
φίλησα, ἐφίλατο, imy. pirat, φίλη-
θεν [ἐφιλήθησαν): love, entertain
as a friend, receive hospitably.

φιλο-κτεανώτατος (κτέανον), superl.:
most greedy of gain. A 122.

Φιλοκτήτης: Philoctetes, a famous
bowman, who had the bow and
arrows of Heracles. B 718.

Φιλο-μμειδής, -ἐς (smile): laughter-
loving. Epithet of Aphrodite.
A 10.

φίλος 3: dear, beloved, pleasing; as
subst. a friend. Superl. φίλτατος.
φίλος is often used in Homer in
a familiar tone, where the less
emotional Eng. idiom would

127

not use dear, but it is distinctly
more than the possessive pro-
noun, and part of the original
coloring is lost if it is rendered
simply by thy, his, ete. It is a
standing epithet with words
which denote relationship, or a
part of the human body, or the
mind. A 86, B 56.

φιλότης, -ητος : love, friendship, hos-
pitality, B 232, T 73.

φίλως : gladly. § 56c. A 347.

φλόγεος (φλόξ, fulgeo): flashing.

φλοιός : bark of a tree. A 237.

φλοῖσβος : din of battle. E 322.

φὐβέομαι, aor. φύόβηθεν [ἐφοβήθη
σαν], φοβηθείς (φόβος): flee in
ίφηι. ξ 17. Z 185.

φόβον-δε : to flight. E 252.

Φόβος: Flight, brother of Terror
(Aeros). Δ 440. See “Apns.

φόβος: flight. Not simply fright.

Φοῖβος: Phoebus (shining?). Epi-
thet of Apollo. A 43.
φοῖνιξ, -ixos: purple. A141, Z 219.

φοιτάω, impf. φοίτων [ἐφοίτων7: go
to and fro, wander up and down.
B 779.

φολκός (falx): bandy legged. B217.

φόνος : slaughter. Cf. φεν-.
φοξός : peaked. B 219.
φορβή: fodder. ἘΠ 202.

φορέω, iterative impf. φορέεσκον, inf.
φορέειν and φορῆναι (§ 47 h)
(φέρων : bear, carry, wear, draw,
carry off. B 107.

Φόρκῦς, -ὕνος : a leader of. the Phry-
gians. B 862.

φόρμιγξ, -vyyos, f.: lyre. A 603.

128

φόως or better φόος (φάος, Pas): light,
i.€. help, safety.

φόωσ-δε : 10 the light. B 309.

φράζομαι, aor. imv. φράσαι (φρήν):
make clear to (my)self, consider,
plan, think. A 83, 554.

φρήν, gen. φρενός, fem.: the diaphragm
as seat of intelligence and feeling,
mind, heart; often in pl. A 103,
B 33, I’ 45, 442.

φρήτρη, dat. dpytpy-dw (§ 33 a)
(frater): brotherhood,
B 363.

φρίσσω, perf. partic. as pres. we
φρϊκυῖαι: bristle. A 282.

φρονέω (hpyv): think, consider, plan.
φίλα φρονέων, ἐὺ φρονέων: well-
disposed, friendly. A 78, A 219.

Φρύγες, pl.: Phrygians. B 862,
IT 185.

Ppvyin: Phrygia, district of Asia
Minor, I 184.

φῦ [ep]: grew; 2d aor. of φύω, put
forth. ἔν οἱ φῦ χειρί: (grew to)
clung to his hand. Z 258.

φύγε, φύγοι: escape; aor. of φεύγω,
flee. A 350, 2 59.

φυή (iw): form, nature. B 58.

Φυλάκη : Thessalian town. B 695 ff.

Φυλακίδης: son of Phylacus, Iphi-
clus. B 705.

Φύλακος : Phylacus, a Trojan. Z 35.

φυλάσσω (φύλαξ: guard, watch.

- Φυλείδης : son of Phyleus, Meges.
B 628.

Φυλεύς : Phyleus, sonof Augéas, father
of Meges. B 628.

φύλλον (Siw, folium): leaf. A 234.

φῦλον (fiw): tribe, race. B 363.

clan..

VOCABULARY TO THE

φύλοπις, -ἰδος : din of battle, battle
field. A 82, Z 1.

φυσιάω, partic. φυσιόωντας : snort.

φυσίζοος (φύω, ζωή) : life-giving.

φυταλιή (φυτόν) : fruit land, vineyard
or orchard land. Z 195.

φυτεύω, aor. ἐφύτευσαν (φυτόν) : set
out, plant. Z 419.

io, fut. φύσει, 2d aor. φῦ, perf.
πεφύασι, plpf. πεφύκει (fui, be):
put forth, cause to grow; 2d aor.
and perf. grow, and also φύει in
Z 149.

Φωκεῖς, gen. Φωκήων, pl.: Phocians,
people of Phocis. B 517.

φωνέω, aor. φώνησεν (φωνή): speak,
let one’s voice sound. lv φωνήσας
προσηύδα : he lifted up his voice and
addressed him. A 201, 333.

φωνή (φημί, -phone): voice. T 161.

φώς, gen. φωτός : man. T 53.

x
x’: ἴον κέ. Τ' 53, Εἰ 851.
χάζομαι, aor. κεκάδοντο (8 43 6),
aor. partic. χασσάμενος: with-
draw, give way. A 497, 535.
xaive, aor. opt. χάνοι : yawn. A182.

χαίρω, aor. ἐχάρη, χάρησαν, aor. opt.
χαρείη, κεχαροίατο (yearn): rejoice,
am delighted. χαίρετε: ‘hail, the
customary form of greeting.
χαίτη, pl.: hair, mane. Z 509.
χαλεπαίνω : am angry. B 378.
χαλεπός 3: hard, harsh, cruel. A 546.
χαλκεο-θώρηξ, -nKos: clad in bronze.
χάλκεος or χάλκειος 3: of bronze,
bronze, bronze pointed (of a spear)-

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD

χαλκεό-φωνος: with brazen voice,
loud-voiced, of Stentor. E 785.

χαλκεύς: with ἀνήρ, smith, worker in
bronze. Δ 187.

χαλκ-ήρης, -es: bronzed, fitted with
bronze, bronze-tipped. T 316.

Χαλκίς, -idos: Chalcis. (1) Principal

town of Euboea. B 537. (2)
Aetolian town. B 640.

χαλκο-βατής, -és: with bronze (cov-
ered) threshold. A 426.

χαλκο-κορυστής (Kopiaaw): helmeted
with bronze, in bronze armor.
χαλκός : bronze, copper; bronze tool,
sword (cf. the Eng. use of steel),
armor. Bronze was the most im-
portant metal of the Homeric age
for armor, weapons, tools, and
utensils. Iron was but little used.
χαλκο-χίτων, -ovos: (with bronze
tunic), bronze-clad. A 371.
Xadrkwdovriddys: son of Chalcodon,
Elephénor, leader of the Abantes.
B 541, A 464.
χαμάδις (χθών,
ground. Τ' 800.
χαμᾶζε: tothe ground. 8535 ὁ. T 29.
χαμαί: on the earth, on the ground.
χανδάνω, aor. ἔχαδε (prehendo):
check, contain. A 24.
χάνοι : aor. opt. of χαίνω, yawn.
χαράδρη: ravine. A 454.
χάρη. χαρείη : aor. of χαίρω, rejoice.
χαρί-εις, -εντος : graceful, beautiful,
pleasing ; superl. χαριέστατος.
χαρίζομαι, aor. opt. χαρίσαιτο, perf.
partic. κεχαρισμένε (χαίρω) : do a
Savor, gratify, give gladly. χαρι-
ζομένη. in order to please ; pass. am

humi): to the

129

dear. ἐμῷ κεχαρισμένε θυμῷ: de-
light of my heart. E 243.
χάρις, -ἰτος, acc. χάριν : grace, favor.
“Χάριτες, pl. : the Graces, goddesses of
grace and beauty. E 338.
χάρμα, -ατος (χαίρω) : joy, delight.
χάρμη (χαίρω) : (joy of battle), batile.
Χάροπος: father of Nireus. B 672.
χασσάμενος : aor. partic. of χάζομαι,
withdraw, give way. A 535.
xarife : lack, desire.
χείμαρρος (pew): swollen with rains
and melted snow.
χειμέριος 3: of winter, wintry. B 294.
χειμών, -Ovos (hiems): winter. T 4,
χείρ, gen. χειρός, κα
dat. pl. χείρεσσι \
or χερσί: hand,
arm. χεῖρας dava- (yg
σχών: with up- δ
lifted hands.
This was the
usual attitude of.
prayer. <A 450.
“Χείρων, -wvos: Chi-
ron, ‘the most
just of the cen-
taurs,’ famous
for his knowl-
edge of medi-
cine and divina-
tion, teacher of
Asclepius (Aes-
culapius) and
Achilles. A 219, A 832.
χερειότερος, comp.: worse, inferior
χερείων, -ovos, comp.: worse, inferior.
τὰ χερείονα νικᾷ : worse plans prevail.
xépns, dat. χέρηι, acc. χέρηα, comp. :

Re

χεῖρας dvacyx wy

130

worse, inferior, an inferior, a sub-
ject, a man of low degree.

χερμάδιον : stone for throwing.

χερ-νίπτομαι, aor. χερνίψαντο (χείρ) :
wash (my) hands. A 449.

χερσί : dat. pl. of χείρ, hand.

χέρσος, fem. : the land, shore.

xéw, aor. ἔχεεν Or Exeve, xvvTO, perf.
κέχυνται, plpf. κέχυτο (fundo,
gush): pour, heap (of a funeral
mound), throw into a heap. σὺν

ὅρκια ἔχευαν : broke (threw into a

disorderly heap) the oaths. ἀμφὶ

threw (her)

δάκρυ χέων:

ev 39 4 ,
υἱὸν ἐχεύατο πήχεα:
arms about (her) son.

weeping. Τ 270.

Χίμαιρα

χἡμεῖς : for καὶ ἡμεῖς, we also. ὃ 26.

χήν, Zen. χηνός (anser): goose. B460.

χήρη : bereft, widowed, widow. Z408.

χηρόω, aor. χήρωσε (χήρη) : empty,
make deserted. KE 642.

χηρωστής: distant relative, “next of
kin.” E 158.

χῆτος, -εος : lack, want. Z 463.

χθιζός (heri), adj.: yesterday, hes-
ternus. § 56 a. χθιζά: adv.

χθών, gen. χθονός (χαμαί, humus):
earth, ground.

Χίμαιρα : the Chimaera, a monster
slain by Bellerophon ; described
in Z 179 ff.

VOCABULARY TO THE

Z 181.

χιτών, -@vos (Phoenician Kitonet=
linen; cotton): tunic of linen; the
principal male garment, often
the only garment worn at home.
The χιτών worn under the war-
rior’s armor was short; that worn
in peace was long ‘and ungirt.’

χλαῖνα (laena): cloak, woolen mantle.
This was often dyed purple.

XoAds, -άδος, fem. pl. :
entrails, guts. A 526.

(gall), sudden
A 887.

χολόω, fut. inf. χολω-

χίμαιρα: a she-yoal.

χόλος:
anger.

σέμεν, Aor. partic, χο-
Awoapevos, perf. par-
tic. κεχολωμένον, fut.
KEXOAWTETAL, AOF. Pass,
χολώθη (χόλος):
anger, vex. Pass. and ἢ ἃ
mid. am angry. Α 78. N\
χολωτός: angry. A241.

χορόν-δε: fo the dance.
Γ 393.

χορός (chorus): (yard,
place of dance), dance.

Γ 394.

χραισμέω, aor. χραῖσμε : avail, help,
ward off «foe from another.

χραύω, aor. subjv. χραύσῃ : wound
slightly, graze. E 138.

χρειώ, -ods (χρή) : need. A 341.

χρή: necessity. Generally used like
χρή ἐστι: it is necessary, one ought.

Xpopios: (1) son of Priam slain by
Teucer. E160. (2) Son of Neleus
and Chloris. A 295, A 286. (3)
A Lycian, slain by Odysseus.
E 677.

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD

Xpdpis, -ἰος : a leader of the Mysians.
B 858,

χρόνος (chronometer): time. B 299.

χροός gen., χρόα ace.: οἵ χρώς, skin,
body. Δ 180.

χρῦσ-άμπυξ, -υκος : with golden frontlet
(headband). I.e. the straps were
adorned with gold. E 358.

χρῦσ-ἄορος (dop): with golden sword.

χρύσε(ι)ος 3: golden. A246, A111.

Χρύση: Chrysa, town on the coast
of the Troad with a temple to
Apollo. A 37, 100, 390, 431, 451.

Xpionis, -(d0s: daughter of Chryses,
captured by Achilles and given
to Agamemnon. A 111, 143, 182,
310, 369, 439. She is never called
by her own name, and the ‘pat-
ronymic’ may have meant origi-
nally only ‘maiden from Chrysa.’
Cf. Bpwrnis. The demand for
her return to her father caused
the quarrel of the princes.

χρῦσ-ήνιος : flashing with gold. Per-
haps, with golden reins (Hvit).
Epithet of Artemis. Z 205.

Χρύσης: Chryses, priest of Apollo at
Chrysa. A 11, 370, 442, 450.

χρυσό-θρονος : golden-throned. A611.

χρῦσός : gold. B 875, Z 48.

χρώς, gen. χροός : skin, body. A 510.

χύντο : aor. of xéw, pour. A 526.

χυτός (yew) 3: heaped up. Z 404.

χωλός: lame. B 217.

χώομαι, aor. ἐχώσατο: am angry, am
full of rage. A 64.

χωρέω, aor. χώρησαν : give way.

χώρη: place. Z 516.

χῶρος: place, space. T 315.

131

Ψ

ψάμαθος (auahos), fem.: sand. A 486,

ψεδνός 3: sparse. B 219.

ψευδής, -ἐς (ψεύδομαι): false, liar.
Δ 235. :

ψεύδομαι, aor. partic. ψευσαμένη : Lie.
ψευδόμενοί φασι: say falsely.

ψεῦδος, -εος : lie, deceit. B81.

ψυχή : breath, soul, life. τὸν δ᾽ ἔλιπε
ψυχή: the breath of life left him,
i.e. he fainted. ἘΠ 296.

Ψυχρός: cold. E 75.
2

ὦ, interjection: Ὁ, used before the
vocative.

ὥ, interjection followed by μοί or
πόποι, expressing surprise or dis-
pleasure: oh! alas! A 254, 414.

ὧδε: thus, in this way, as follows.
ὧδε... ὡς: 80.

.. G8, aS... as,
or ws... Moe: as...so. T 224,
ὠθέω, aor. ὦσε(ν), ὥσατο: thrust,

drive off. A 220.

ὠίγνυντο: impf. of οἴγνυμι, open.
B 809.

ὦκα (axis), ady.: quickly, swiftly.

‘Oxadéy: Boeotian village. B 501.

’"Oxeavés: Oceanus, a broad stream
which flowed about the earth.
(2) God _ of this stream, A 423,
r5, E6.

ᾧκηθεν [wxnOnoay]: aor. of οἰκέω, in-
habit, colonize. B 668.

ὠκύ-μορος: (of early death), short-lived.
Superl. ὠκυμορώτατος. A 417.

ὠκύ-πορος : swift, swifily sailing (of
ships). <A 421.

132

ὠκύ-πους, -ποδος : swift-footed, fleet.
ὠκύ-ροος (pew): swiftly flowing.
ὠκύς, ὠκέα Or ὠκεῖα, ὠκύ: swift, flect.
᾿Ωλενίη πέτρη : said to be the peak of
Mt. Scollis in Achaea near the
frontier of Elis. B 617.
"Odevos: Aetolian town. B 639.
ὦλεσα : aor. of ὄλλυμι, destroy, lose.
aor. of ὁμιλέω, am with,
A 261.
ὠμο-θετέω, aor. ὠμοθέτησαν (ὠμός, τίθη-
μι): place pieces of raw meat (upon).
ὦμος, gen. and dat. dual ὥὦμοιϊν
(umerus): A 45.
ὠμός : raw, uncooked. A 35.
ὠμο-φάγος (φαγεῖν) : raw-flesh-eating.
. ᾧμωξεν : aor, of οἰμώζω, groan. Τ' 804.
ὥνησας : aor. of ὀνίνημι, help, please.
aracav: aor. of ὀπάζω, grant. Z 157.
ὥπτησαν : aor. of ὀπτάω, roast. A466.
Ὧραι, pl.: the Hours, Seasons, door-
keepers of Olympus. E 749.
ὠρέξατο: aor. of ὀρέγνυμι, reach,
stretch out. E 851.
ὥρεσσιν : dat. pl. of dap, wife.
ὥρη (year, hour): season (of spring).

ὡμίλησα:
associate with.

shoulder.

ὥρμαινε: impf. of ὁρμαίνω, revolve,

A 198. Ν
ὡρμᾶτο impf., ὥρμησε aor.: of ὁρμάω,
Tr 142.

4
ὦρσε,

ponder.

rush, hasten.
ὥρνυτο impf., ὦρτο, pope
(8 43 f) aor.: of ὄρνυμι, rouse, ex-
cite ; mid. arise, hasten. A10, Γ19.
ὥς or ὡς, adv.: thus, so, in this way.
ὥς... ὡς: thus..
@s:as... thus.
the same manner.

ὡς, adv.: as.
(1) It introduces relative and

. as,Or ws...

ὡς αὕτως : thus in

VOCABULARY

comparative sentences in the sense
of as, like as, often corresponding
to ἃ ὥς, THs, OF οὕτω.

(2) As ἃ conj. ὡς introduces (a)
temporal sentences, as, when; (Ὁ)
dependent declarative sentences,
how, that ; (ec) purpose clauses, in
order that ; and (d) wishes, O that,
would that !

When ὡς follows its noun in the
sense of like, as, it is accented ds,
6... θεὸς ὥς : as a god. When it
thus follows the noun which it
modifies, it generally makes the
preceding syllable long by posi-
tion. § 32a.

ὦσαν, ὥσατο: aor. of ὠθώω, thrust,
drive off. A 535, Z 62.

as el: asif. B780.

ὥς περ: just as.

ὥς te: as, just as. (Never, so that.)
ὠτειλή : wound. A 140.
Ὦχτος: son of Poseidon (Neptu-

nus), brother of Ephialtes. E385.
ὥτρῦνε : aor. of drpvvw, impel, arouse,
urge on. A 73.
ωὐτός: for 6 αὐτός:
§ 26. E 396.
ὥφελ(λνγον or ὥφειλον : ought; aor. of
ὀφείλω, owe. It is used with αἴθε
and ὡς to express a wish which
cannot be realized. Z 350.

” 4
WXETO :

that very one.

impf. of οἴχομαι, go away.

ὥχθησαν: aor. of ὀχθέω, am out of
temper, vexed. A 570.

expos: pallor, paleness. T 35.

dp, gen. ards (ὄπωπαν: face, counte-
nance. εἰς ὦπα: (when one looks)
in the face, in countenance.

WORDS EASILY CONFOUNDED

ἀγείρω : collect. ἐγείρω : rouse.

ἄγεν (ἄγνυμι) : were broken. ἦγεν (ἄγω) : he led.

ἄγομεν: we lead. ἀγέμεν [ἄγειν] : to lead.

ἄγων: leading. ἀγών (agony): assembly, contest.
ἀέκων : unwilling. ἀκέων : in silence. ἀχέων : grieving.
ἄζομαι : dry. ἅζομαι: reverence.

ἄκων : javelin, dart. ἄκων : unwilling.

ἅλιος : in vain. ἅλιος (GAs): of the sea.

ava (voc.): O King. ava (ady.): up. ἀνά (prep.): up.
ἄρα (conj.): so, then. apa: prayer.

αὐτή (αὐτός) : herself. ἀντή (atw) : cry, shout.

βήσομεν (aor. subjv.):letus causeto go. βησόμεθα : we will go.

βίος : life. Bids: bow. Bin: might.
βροτός : mortal. βρότος: gore.

γαῖα [γῆ] : earth. γαίων : rejoicing.

γέρας : prize of honor. γῆρας: old age.

γόον (aor.) : they lamented. γόον (acc.): lamentation.

δεδμημένοι (Séuw): built. δεδμήμεσθα (δάμνημι) : we are subject.
δείκνυμαι : greet, pledge. δείκνυμι : point out.

δεύομαι : need. δεύω : moisten.

δῆμος : country. δημός : fat.

Δία, acc. οὗ Ζεύς. δῖα (dios): godlike. διά (prep.): through. Sl: feared.
δύω : enter. δύω or δύο : two.

ἔα (imy. of ἐάων : allow. ἔα (eram): J was.

éavds: pliant. éavés: robe.

ἑῆος (gen. of évs): valiant. és (suus): his. ἑῆς : of hers.
εἴδομεν [εἰδῶμεν : let us know. εἴδομεν : we saw.

εἴη : opt. of εἰμί, am. ely: aor. opt. of ἕἵημι, send.

εἰμέν [ἐσμέν : we are. ἔμεν [εἶναι] : to be.

εἶμι : 7 go. “εἰμί : 7 am,

εἰρύαται, perf. pass. of ἐρύω, draw up. εἰρύαται, pres. mid. of ἐρύομαι, guard.
133

134 - WORDS EASILY

εἴσατο (εἴδων : seemed.

ἕκατος (of Apollo): far-darter.

ἕκτος (€€) : sixth.

ἔλαφος : deer.

ἔνειμεν (εἰμί) : we are within.
ἔπεϊ (ἔπος) : by word.

ἔπειμι (εἰμί) : am upon,
ἐρύομαι : protect.

ἔχε (imv.): hold.

twypéw (dypew) : take alive.

ἢ: quoth, said.

ἤγειρα (ἐγείρων : roused.
ἤδη (οἶδα) : he knew.
ἧκα (ypu): 1 hurled.
ἤρατο (ἄρνυμαι) : gained.

θέειον : brimstone.

θέον (Pew): they ran.

We [εἶδε] : he saw.
ἵεμαι : desire, hasten.
ipev [ἰέναι : to go.

ἵνα, acc. of is: strength.
ἰός : arrow.

ἴσαν (εἶμι) : they went. |

καρπός : harvest.

κεῖνος [ἐκεῖνος : that, yon.
κῆρ (καρδία) : heart.
κόμη : hair.

κράτος : strength.

λᾶας : stone.

λίμην : harbor.

λύω : loose, release.

μῆτις : wisdom, device.
νηΐς : naiad, nymph.

νηός (νηύς) : of the ship.
νομός : pasturage,

3»

CONFOUNDED

εἴσατο (ἵεμαι) : hastened.
ἑκατόν (Centum): hundred.
ἐκτός (€x) : outside of.
ἐλέφας : ivory.

ἔνειμαν (νέμων : distributed.
ἐπεί : since, when.

ἔπειμι (εἶμι) : Come upon.
ἐρύω : draw,

ἔχε [εἶχε] : he held.

ζωγρέω (ἀγείρων : revive.

>

: truly. 7: in questions.

ἠγείροντο (ἀγείρω) : they assembled.
ἤδη : already.

: softly. ἥκω : 1] come.

ἠρᾶτο (apa): prayed.

θεῖον : divine.

θεόν (acc.) : god. θοόν (acc.) : swift.

λειμών :

ἰδέ (conj.): and.

type: send.

ἴομεν : let us go.

ἵνα (conj.): in order that.
ἰῷ [évi, dat.]: one.

ἴσασιν (oida): they know.

καρπός : wrist.

κεινός : empty.

κήρ: fate, death.

Attic κώμη: village.
κρᾶτός (kapy) : of the head.

λαός : people.
meadow. λίμνη: luke.
λούω : wash, bathe.

μή τις : no one,

vis (ριδ-) : witless.

νηός [νεώς] : temple. νέος : new.

Attic νόμος : law.

WORDS EASILY CONFOUNDED 135

ὅ [os]: who.
οἷος : alone.

ὅς (rel.) : who.

ὄσσα : rumor.

οὖδας : ground.
οὖρος (ὄρος) : mountain.
ὄψ (VOX): voice.

πείρω : pierce.

πείσεσθαι (fut. of πάσχω) : suffer.
πέφανται (φαίνων) : he appears.
πλεῖον (πλεῖος, plenus): full.
πολέες [πολλοί 7 : many.

πολέων [πολλῶν] : of many.
πόλιος (gen. of πόλις) : of a city.

οὖρος: wind.

&: which. 6: he.
οἷος : of what sort.
ὄρωρε (perf. of ὄρνυμι) : he is aroused.

οἰῶν (dus) : of sheep.
ὥρορε (aor.): he aroused,
ὅς (fds, possessive) : his,

ὅσσα (ὅσος) : how great. ὄσσε: two eyes.

οὐδός : threshold.
οὐρός : trench. οὐρεύς : mule.

ap (πρόσ-ωπονῚὺ : face.

πειράομαι : attempt, essay.
πείσεσθαι (fut. of πείθων : obey.

πέφανται (pev-) : they are slain.
πλεῖον [πλέον] : more.

πόληες [πόλεις] : cities.

πολίων [πόλεων : of cities.
πολιός : gray.

πόσις (potens): husband. πόσις (potio): drinking. ποσί (πούς) : with feet.

πῦρός : wheat.
pivés : hide.
σπένδω : pour a libation.

πυρός (gen. of πῦρ): of the fire.
ῥῖνός (pis): of the nose.

σπεύδω : hasten.

στῇ, aor. subjv., and στῆ [ἔστη], aor. ind. of ἵστημι.

tiw: honor.
τοί [σοί] : for thee.

υἱός (nom.): son.
φῆ [ἔφη] : he said.
φῶς [φάος] : light.

ὦμος (umerus): shoulder,
ὡς : as.

τίνω : punish,
τοί [oi]: these.

υἷος (gen.): of a son.

4 (conj.): as.
φώς : man.

ὦμός : raw, cruel,
ὡς or ὥς : thus,

3

αν" A a

SELECTED GROUPS OF WORDS FROM A-Z.

ἀγάλλομαι, delight. ἄγαλμα, source of delight. dyAads, αἰγλήεις, splendid.
ἀγλαίη, αἴγλη, splendor.

ἀγείρω, collect. ἀγορή, assembly. ἀγοράομαι, ἀγορεύω, hold or address an
assembly. ἀγορητής, orator. ἠγερέθομαι, assemble. ὁμηγερής, collected.

ἄγω (ἀν-, ἐξ-, ἐσ-, κατα, ξυν-, συν-), lead. ἀγός, ἡγέμων, ἡγήτωρ, leader ; aye
ομαι, ἡγεμονεύω, am leader. ἀγυιά, street. εὐρυάγνυια, broad-streeted.
ἀγέλη, herd. ἀγελείη, giver of booty. ἄξιος, ἀντάξιος, equivalent.

αἰδέομαι, am abashed, reverent. αἰδώς, reverence. aidoios, revered, reverend.
ἀναιδής, shameless, pitiless. ἀναιδείη, shamelessness.

GAs, sea. ἅλιος, of the sea. ἀγχίαλος, near the sea. ἔφαλος, on the sea.
ἀργός, while. dpyevvos, apyys, apywoas, gleaming. dpyupds, silver. ἀργύ-
peos, of silver. ἀργυροδίνης, of silver eddies. ἀργυρόηλος, silver studded.

ἀργυρόπεζα, silver footed. ἀργυρότοξος, with silver bow.

ἀρκέω, protect. ἀλέξω, ward off (cf. ᾿Αλέξανδρος). ἐπαρκέω, ἀρήγω, bring aid -
to. ἀρηγών, apwyds, helper, defender. ἀρωγή, ἀλκή, ἄλκαρ, defense.
ἕρκος, bulwark. ἄλκιμος, brave. ἀναλκείη, cowardice. ἄναλκις, cowardly.

ἄρχω, begin, rule. dpxds, ruler. ἀρχή, rule. ἀρχεύω, am ruler. ἐπάρχω,
begin. ἄναρχος, without commander. ἀρχέκακος, beginning of ills.

αὔω, shout. αὐδάω (ἐξ-, μετ-), speak. addy, voice. * ἀντή, outcry.

βαίνω (ἀμφι-, dva-, ἀπο-, ἐκ-, ἐμ-, ἐπι-, KaTa-, περι-, προ-, προσ-), βάσκω (ἐπι),
βίβημι, go. ἀμφίβασις, surrounding. ὑπερβασίη, transgression. βηλός,
threshold. βωμός, altar.

βάλλω (ἐκ-, ἐμ-, ἐπι-, κατα-, ξυμ-, Tvp-), hurl, throw. ἀνάβλησις, postponement.
ἀντιβολέω, go to meet. ἀπόβλητος, cast off. παραβλήδην, with a side hit.
προβλής, projecting. βέλος, missile. ἑκατηβελέτης, ἑκηβόλος, far darting.
ἑκηβολίη, long shooting. ἐπεσ βόλος, one who bandies words.

βούλομαι, wish. βουλεύω, advise. βουλή, council, counsel. βουλευτής, Bov-
ληφόρος, counselor.

γῆρας, old age. γηράσκω, grow old. ἀγήραος, ever young. γέρων, γεραιός,
old, old man. γρηῦς, old woman. γερούσιος, of the elders. γεραρός, stately.

γίγνομαι (ἐκ-, ém-), become. γένος, γενεή, γενέθλη, race. γείνομαι, bring
Sorth, beget. γόνος, ἔκγονος, offspring. ἄγονος, unborn. γενναῖος, in the
blood. προγενέστερος, older. .

137

138 SELECTED GROUPS OF WORDS FROM A-Z

Saréopar, divide. δαίνυμαι, feast. δαΐζω, cleave. δαίς, feast. δαιτρόν, por-
tion. δασμός, division.

δείδω (ὑπο-), Siw, fear. δειδίσσομαι, frighten. δειδήμων, fearful. δειλός,
cowardly. δεινός, dreaded. δέος, δεῖμα, fear.

δέμω, build. δόμος, δῶ, δῶμα, house. ἐύδμητος, well built.

ἑκών, willing. ἕκηλος, undisturbed. ἀεκαζόμενος, ἀέκων, unwilling.

ἔχω (ἀν-, ἀπ-, δι-, κατα-, παρ-, ὗπ-, ὑπειρ-), ἴσχω (map-), hold. ὑπισχνέομαι,
hold out, promise. ὑπόσχεσις, promise. ἀνεκτός, endurable. ἀάσχετος, irre-
sistible. ἔξοχος, ὑπείροχος, eminent. ἐχεπευκής, bringing bitterness. abyt-
oxos, aegis bearer. σκηπτοῦχος, scepter bearer.

ἵστημι (ἀν-, ἀφ-, δια-, ἐξ-, ἐπαν-, ἐφ-, μεθ-, παρ-; περι-, προ-, vp-), set, place.
ἱστός, mast, loom; ἱστίον, sail ; ἱστοδόκη, mast receiver. σταθμός, stable;
στατός, stabled.

κεῖμαι (ἐπι-, KaTa-), κοιμάω (KaTa-), lie. κακκείοντες, lying down. κειμήλιον,
keepsake, treasure. ἄκοιτις, παράκοιτις, spouse.

μέμαα, μέμονα, μαιμάω, am eager. pvdoua, am mindful. peveaivw, desire
eagerly. μαίνομαι (ἐπι-), rave. pupvyoKw,remind. μένος, spirit. μνηστός,
wooed, wedded. μάντις. seer. μαντεύομαι, predict. μαντοσύνη, prophecy.
μανθάνω (?), learn.

μέρος, μοῖρα, portion, fate. μόρος, fate. μόρσιμος, fated. μοιρηγενής, child
of destiny. ἄμμορος, ill-fated. ὑπέρμορα, contrary to fate. μείρομαι,
receive as portion.

πᾶς, ἅπας, πρόπας, σύμπας, all. πανημέριος, all day long. παννύχιος, all night
long. πανσυδίῃ; with all haste. παντοῖος, of every sort. πάμπαν, πάγχυ,
altogether. πάντῃ, in every way. πάντοσε, on all sides.

πέτομαι (ἀπο-, éi-), fly. ποτάομαι (dudi-), flit. πετεηνός, πτερόεις, winged.
πτέρυξ, wing.

πούς, foot. πεδάω, feller. πέδιλον, sandal. πεδίον, plain. πεζός, on foot.
ποδάρκης, ποδώκης, swift of foot. ποδήνεμος, swift as the wind. ποδώκεια,
swiftness of foot.

τίκτω, bear. τέκνον, τέκος, child, offspring. τοκεύς, parent.

τέλος, end. ἐκτελέω, complete. ἀτέλεστος, incomplete. ἀτελεύτητος, unaccom-
plished. ἡμιτελής, half finished.

φρήν, diaphragm, mind. ἀφραδέως, foolishly. ἀφραδίη, folly. ἀφραίνω, am
foolish. ἄφρων, a fool. ἐύφρων, cheerful. μελίφρων, kindly hearted.
περίφρων, prudent. πρόφρων, zealous. φρονέω, φράζομαι (ἐπι-, pera-),
consider, plan. περιφραδέως, considerately. εὐφραίνω, cheer. ἐυφρονέων,
well disposed.

Sr.

«ὖ
Tana.

tke

= : eS
i. 7 “< J
Π Ey ἡ ne δεν Ts

te

᾿ -

Ἰ “κὸν
~ πο ee ae eee ΣΝ

14 DAY USE

RETURN TO DESK FROM WHICH BORROWED |

LOAN DEPT.

This book is due on the last date stamped below, or |
on the date to which renewed.

Renewed books are subject to immediate recall.

ὃ

9 MAR’60RT

REC'D LUD

JUL 24°64-8.AM

MAAR ,
WAR Ι x
1G2EE

on § Wah |

ri | ᾿ ry

Be ke

non ΙΓ
WLW L ᾿

v bt Whe

: 21JuP64BE

LD 21A—50m-4,’59
(A1724s10)476B

General Library
University of California
Berkeley